initial commit of ebook 35742HEADmain

145 files changed, 29593 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/35742-8.txt b/35742-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5946b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8829 @@
+Project Gutenberg's American Leaders and Heroes, by Wilbur Fisk Gordy
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: American Leaders and Heroes
+       A preliminary text-book in United States History
+
+Author: Wilbur Fisk Gordy
+
+Release Date: April 1, 2011 [EBook #35742]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AMERICAN LEADERS AND HEROES ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  [Illustration: PAUL REVERE AROUSING THE INHABITANTS ALONG THE
+  ROAD TO LEXINGTON.]
+
+
+
+  AMERICAN LEADERS
+  AND HEROES
+
+  A PRELIMINARY TEXT-BOOK IN
+  UNITED STATES HISTORY
+
+  BY
+
+  WILBUR F. GORDY
+
+
+  PRINCIPAL OF THE NORTH SCHOOL, HARTFORD, CONN.; AUTHOR OF
+  "A HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES FOR SCHOOLS"; AND
+  CO-AUTHOR OF "A PATHFINDER IN AMERICAN HISTORY"
+
+  _WITH MANY ILLUSTRATIONS AND MAPS_
+
+  NEW YORK
+  CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS
+  1907
+
+
+
+  COPYRIGHT, 1901, BY
+  CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+In teaching history to boys and girls from ten to twelve years old
+simple material should be used. Children of that age like action. They
+crave the dramatic, the picturesque, the concrete, the personal. When
+they read about Daniel Boone or Abraham Lincoln they do far more than
+admire their hero. By a mysterious, sympathetic process they so identify
+themselves with him as to feel that what they see in him is possible for
+them. Herein is suggested the ethical value of history. But such ethical
+stimulus, be it noted, can come only in so far as actions are translated
+into the thoughts and feelings embodied in the actions.
+
+In this process of passing from deeds to the hearts and heads of the
+doers the image-forming power plays a leading part. Therefore a special
+effort should be made to train the sensuous imagination by furnishing
+picturesque and dramatic incidents, and then so skilfully presenting
+them that the children may get living pictures. This I have endeavored
+to do in the preparation of this historical reader, by making prominent
+the personal traits of the heroes and leaders, as they are seen, in
+boyhood and manhood alike, in the environment of their every-day home
+and social life.
+
+With the purpose of quickening the imagination, questions "To the Pupil"
+are introduced at intervals throughout the book, and on almost every
+page additional questions of the same kind might be supplied to
+advantage. "What picture do you get in that paragraph?" may well be
+asked over and over again, as children read the book. If they get clear
+and definite pictures, they will be likely to see the past as a living
+present, and thus will experience anew the thoughts and feelings of
+those who now live only in their words and deeds. The steps in this
+vital process are imagination, sympathy, and assimilation.
+
+To the same end the excellent maps and illustrations contribute a
+prominent and valuable feature of the book. If, in the elementary stages
+of historical reading, the image-forming power is developed, when the
+later work in the study of organized history is reached the imagination
+can hold the outward event before the mind for the judgment to determine
+its inner significance. For historical interpretation is based upon the
+inner life quite as much as upon the outward expression of that life in
+action.
+
+Attention is called to the fact that while the biographical element
+predominates, around the heroes and leaders are clustered typical and
+significant events in such a way as to give the basal facts of American
+history. It is hoped, therefore, that this little volume will furnish
+the young mind some conception of what our history is, and at the same
+time stimulate an abiding interest in historical and biographical
+reading.
+
+Perhaps it is needless to say that the "Review Outline" may be used in
+many ways. It certainly will furnish excellent material for language
+work, oral or written. In so using it pupils may well be encouraged to
+enlarge the number of topics.
+
+I wish to acknowledge my obligations to Professor William E. Mead, of
+Wesleyan University, who has read the manuscript and made invaluable
+suggestions; also to my wife, whose interest and assistance have done
+much to give the book whatever of merit it may possess.
+
+                                                    WILBUR F. GORDY.
+
+HARTFORD, CONN., May 1, 1901.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+  CHAPTER                                                         PAGE
+      I. CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS AND THE DISCOVERY OF AMERICA,          1
+     II. HERNANDO DE SOTO AND THE DISCOVERY OF THE MISSISSIPPI,     22
+    III. SIR WALTER RALEIGH AND THE FIRST ENGLISH ATTEMPTS TO
+            COLONIZE AMERICA,                                       31
+     IV. JOHN SMITH AND THE SETTLEMENT OF JAMESTOWN,                42
+      V. NATHANIEL BACON AND THE UPRISING OF THE PEOPLE IN
+            VIRGINIA IN 1676,                                       55
+     VI. MILES STANDISH AND THE PILGRIMS,                           64
+    VII. ROGER WILLIAMS AND THE PURITANS,                           81
+   VIII. WILLIAM PENN AND THE SETTLEMENT OF PENNSYLVANIA,           92
+     IX. CAVELIER DE LA SALLE AND THE FRENCH IN THE MISSISSIPPI
+            VALLEY,                                                103
+      X. GEORGE WASHINGTON, THE BOY SURVEYOR AND YOUNG SOLDIER,    116
+     XI. JAMES WOLFE, THE HERO OF QUEBEC,                          136
+    XII. PATRICK HENRY AND THE STAMP ACT,                          146
+   XIII. SAMUEL ADAMS AND THE BOSTON TEA PARTY,                    156
+    XIV. PAUL REVERE AND THE BATTLE OF CONCORD AND LEXINGTON,      165
+     XV. BENJAMIN FRANKLIN AND AID FROM FRANCE,                    175
+    XVI. GEORGE WASHINGTON, THE VIRGINIA PLANTER AND THE
+            REVOLUTIONARY SOLDIER,                                 189
+   XVII. NATHANIEL GREENE, THE HERO OF THE SOUTH, AND FRANCIS
+            MARION, THE "SWAMP FOX,"                               211
+  XVIII. DANIEL BOONE, THE KENTUCKY PIONEER,                       222
+    XIX. THOMAS JEFFERSON AND THE LOUISIANA PURCHASE,              234
+     XX. ROBERT FULTON AND THE STEAMBOAT,                          246
+    XXI. ANDREW JACKSON, THE UPHOLDER OF THE UNION,                253
+   XXII. DANIEL WEBSTER, THE DEFENDER AND EXPOUNDER OF THE
+            CONSTITUTION,                                          264
+  XXIII. SAMUEL FINLEY BREESE MORSE AND THE ELECTRIC TELEGRAPH,    273
+   XXIV. ABRAHAM LINCOLN, THE LIBERATOR OF THE SLAVES,             282
+    XXV. ULYSSES SIMPSON GRANT AND THE CIVIL WAR,                  302
+   XXVI. SOME LEADERS AND HEROES IN THE WAR WITH SPAIN,            314
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+                                                                  PAGE
+  Christopher Columbus,                                              1
+  The Santa Maria,                                                   7
+  The Nina,                                                          8
+  The Pinta,                                                         9
+  The Triumphal Return of Columbus to Spain,                        13
+  An Indian Stone Maul,                                             20
+  Hernando De Soto,                                                 22
+  De Soto Discovering the Mississippi,                              25
+  Sir Walter Raleigh,                                               31
+  Queen Elizabeth,                                                  35
+  Entrance to Raleigh's Cell in the Tower,                          38
+  Tower of London,                                                  39
+  An Indian Pipe,                                                   40
+  John Smith,                                                       42
+  John Smith and the Indians,                                       45
+  Indian Weapons,                                                   46
+  Ruins of Jamestown,                                               47
+  Apache's War-club,                                                50
+  Sioux Indian Bow and Arrow with Stone Point,                      50
+  Navajo Sling,                                                     51
+  A Pappoose Case,                                                  51
+  Tobacco Plant,                                                    56
+  Loading Tobacco,                                                  57
+  The Burning of Jamestown,                                         61
+  Miles Standish,                                                   64
+  The Mayflower,                                                    70
+  A Matchlock Gun,                                                  74
+  A Group of Pilgrim Relics,                                        75
+  Pilgrims Returning from Church,                                   77
+  Brewster's and Standish's Swords,                                 79
+  Roger Williams on his Way to Visit the Chief of the Narragansett
+      Indians,                                                      83
+  A Block House,                                                    84
+  Roger Williams's Meeting-House,                                   85
+  A Puritan Fireplace,                                              87
+  William Penn,                                                     92
+  William Penn's Famous Treaty with the Indians,                    95
+  Penn's Slate-roof House, Philadelphia,                            98
+  A Belt of Wampum Given to Penn by the Indians,                    99
+  Cavelier De La Salle,                                            103
+  Long House of the Iroquois,                                      104
+  The Murder of La Salle by his Followers,                         113
+  George Washington,                                               116
+  Washington's Birthplace,                                         117
+  Washington Crossing the Alleghany River,                         119
+  The Death of Braddock,                                           129
+  James Wolfe,                                                     136
+  General Montcalm,                                                139
+  The Death of Wolfe,                                              141
+  Patrick Henry,                                                   146
+  George III.,                                                     149
+  St. John's Church, Richmond,                                     152
+  Samuel Adams,                                                    156
+  Faneuil Hall, Boston,                                            160
+  The Old South Church, Boston,                                    161
+  The "Boston Tea Party,"                                          163
+  Paul Revere,                                                     165
+  The Old North Church,                                            168
+  Stone in Front of the Harrington House, Lexington, Marking
+      the Line of the Minute-Men,                                  170
+  The Retreat of the British from Concord,                         172
+  Benjamin Franklin,                                               175
+  Franklin in the Streets of Philadelphia,                         180
+  Franklin Experimenting with Electricity,                         184
+  Lafayette Offering His Services to Franklin,                     186
+  George Washington,                                               189
+  Washington's Coach,                                              190
+  A Stage Coach of the Eighteenth Century,                         191
+  Washington's Retreat through New Jersey,                         199
+  Winter at Valley Forge,                                          204
+  Washington's Home--Mount Vernon,                                 208
+  Nathaniel Greene,                                                211
+  Lord Cornwallis,                                                 215
+  General Francis Marion,                                          218
+  Marion and His Men Swooping Down on a British Camp,              219
+  Daniel Boone,                                                    222
+  Indian Costume (Female),                                         224
+  Indian Costume (Male),                                           225
+  Daniel Boone in his Cabin,                                       228
+  A Hand Corn Mill,                                                229
+  A Wigwam,                                                        231
+  Indian Implements,                                               232
+  Thomas Jefferson,                                                234
+  Monticello,                                                      237
+  Thomas Jefferson at Work upon the First Draft of the Declaration
+      of Independence,                                             238
+  Robert Fulton,                                                   246
+  A Pack Horse,                                                    247
+  A Flat Boat,                                                     248
+  The Clermont,                                                    251
+  Andrew Jackson,                                                  253
+  Andrew Jackson's Cradle,                                         254
+  A Spinning Wheel,                                                255
+  Jackson at the Battle of New Orleans,                            261
+  Daniel Webster,                                                  264
+  Marshfield--Home of Daniel Webster,                              271
+  S. F. B. Morse,                                                  273
+  Telegraph and Railroad,                                          280
+  Abraham Lincoln,                                                 282
+  Lincoln's Birthplace,                                            283
+  Lincoln Studying,                                                287
+  Slaves on a Cotton Plantation,                                   299
+  Ulysses S. Grant,                                                302
+  The Meeting of Generals Grant and Lee at Appomattox,             310
+  The McLean House,                                                311
+  General R. E. Lee,                                               312
+  The Wreck of the Maine,                                          316
+  Admiral Dewey,                                                   318
+  President MCKinley,                                              319
+  "Escolta," Manila's Main Street,                                 320
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF MAPS
+
+
+                                                                  PAGE
+  Places of Interest in Connection with Columbus's Earlier Life,     3
+  The First Voyage of Columbus, and Places of Interest in
+      Connection with his Later Voyages,                            11
+  Routes Traversed by De Soto and De Leon,                          27
+  Cabot's Route. Land Discovered by him Darkened,                   33
+  Section where Raleigh's various Colonies were Located,            37
+  Jamestown and the Surrounding Country,                            48
+  The Pilgrims in England and Holland,                              67
+  The Pilgrim Settlement,                                           72
+  The Rhode Island Settlement,                                      88
+  The Pennsylvania Settlement,                                      97
+  Map Showing Routes of Cartier, Champlain, and La Salle, also
+      French and English Possessions at the Time of the Last
+      French War,                                                  107
+  The English Colonies and the French Claims in 1754,              121
+  The French in the Ohio Valley,                                   123
+  Quebec and Surroundings,                                         138
+  Paul Revere's Ride,                                              167
+  Franklin's Journey from New York to Philadelphia,                178
+  Map Illustrating the Battle of Long Island,                      196
+  Map Illustrating the Struggle for the Hudson River and the
+      Middle States,                                               201
+  Map Showing the War in the South,                                213
+  The Kentucky Settlement,                                         223
+  Map of Louisiana Purchase: also United States in 1803,           242
+  Map Illustrating Two of Andrew Jackson's Campaigns,              258
+  Map of the United States showing the Southern Confederacy,
+      the Slave States that did not Secede, and the Territories,   297
+  Map Illustrating Campaigns in the West in 1862-63,               307
+  The United States Coast and the West Indies,                     315
+  Portion of the Coast of China and the Philippine Islands,        325
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+Christopher Columbus and the Discovery of America
+
+[1436-1506]
+
+[Illustration: Christopher Columbus.]
+
+
+From very early times there existed overland routes of trade between
+Europe and Asia. During the Middle Ages traffic over these routes
+greatly increased, so that by the fifteenth century a large and
+profitable trade was carried on between the West and the East. Merchants
+in Western Europe grew rich through trade in the silks, spices, and
+precious stones that were brought by caravan and ship from India, China,
+and Japan. But in 1453 the Turks conquered Constantinople, and by
+frequent attacks upon Christian vessels in the Mediterranean made the
+old routes unsafe. A more practicable one became necessary.
+
+Already in the early part of the fifteenth century Portuguese
+sea-captains had skirted the western coast of Africa, and by the close
+of the century others of their number had rounded the Cape of Good Hope,
+in their search for a water route to the Indies. But Spain, at that
+time the most powerful nation of Europe, adopted a plan quite different
+from that of the Portuguese. What this plan was and how it was carried
+out, we can best understand by an acquaintance with the life and work of
+the great sea-captain and navigator, Christopher Columbus.
+
+More than four hundred and fifty years ago there lived in the city of
+Genoa a poor workingman, who made his living by preparing wool for the
+spinners. Of his four sons, the eldest was Christopher, born in 1436.
+Young Christopher was not, so far as we know, very different from most
+other boys in Genoa. He doubtless joined in their every-day sports,
+going with them to see the many vessels that sailed in and out of that
+famous sea-port, and listening for hours to the stories of sailors about
+distant lands.
+
+But he did not spend all his time in playing and visiting the wharves,
+for we know that he learned his father's trade, and in school studied,
+among other things, reading, arithmetic, grammar, geography, and
+map-drawing. We can easily believe that he liked geography best of all,
+since it would carry his imagination far out over the sea and to lands
+beyond the sea. In map-drawing he acquired such skill that when he
+became a man he could earn his living, when occasion demanded, by making
+maps and charts.
+
+Beyond these facts little is known about the boyhood and youth of
+Columbus. Very likely much of his early life was spent upon the sea,
+sailing on the Mediterranean and along the west coast of Africa. Once
+he went as far north as England and perhaps even farther, but of this we
+are not certain.
+
+In the course of many voyages he heard much of the work done by
+Portuguese sailors and discoverers, for Portugal was at that time one of
+the greatest sea-powers of the world. As Lisbon, the capital of
+Portugal, was naturally a centre for sea-faring men, and as it was also
+the home of his brother Bartholomew, Columbus, at the age of about
+thirty-five, went there to live.
+
+[Illustration: Places of Interest in Connection with Columbus's Earlier
+Life.]
+
+Columbus was a man of commanding presence. He was large, tall, and
+dignified in bearing, with a ruddy complexion and piercing blue-gray
+eyes. By the time he was thirty his hair had become white, and fell in
+wavy locks about his shoulders. Although his life of hardship and
+poverty compelled him to be plain and simple in food and dress, he
+always had the air of a gentleman, and his manners were pleasing and
+courteous. But he had a strong will, which overcame difficulties that
+would have overwhelmed most men.
+
+While at Lisbon, Columbus married a woman far above him in social
+position, and went with her to live on a little island of the Madeiras,
+where her family had business interests. Meanwhile he was turning over
+in his mind schemes for a future voyage to the countries of the Far
+East. His native city, Genoa, had grown rich in trading in the silks,
+spices, and precious stones of the Indies, but the journey overland was
+dangerous, and a water route was much desired.
+
+This need the Portuguese had felt along with the rest of Europe, and for
+a long time Portuguese sea-captains had been slowly but surely finding
+their way down the west coast of Africa, in search of a passage around
+the southern cape. This route would be easier and cheaper than the old
+one through the Mediterranean and across Asia. But Columbus thought out
+a more daring course, by which he planned to sail directly west from the
+Canary Islands, across the Atlantic Ocean, expecting at the end of his
+voyage to find the far-famed Indies.
+
+Columbus was so full of his plan that it became the great thought of his
+life. A water route which would safely bring the wealth of the East to
+the doors of Europe would be the greatest discovery of the age.
+Moreover, his ambition was spurred by the thrilling account of a noted
+traveller, Marco Polo, who two centuries before had brought back from
+far-off China wonderful tales of golden palaces, of marvellous rivers
+crossed by marble bridges, and of countless treasures of gold, silver,
+and jewels.
+
+About 1484 Columbus laid his scheme before King John of Portugal. The
+king would not promise his assistance, but he borrowed hints from the
+charts of Columbus, and sent men of his own to learn whether they could
+reach land by sailing west. Meeting with stormy weather, and fearing the
+unknown expanse of ocean, the sailors soon put back to port, and brought
+word that there was no land to be seen.
+
+When Columbus heard what the king had done he was very indignant, and at
+once quitted Portugal for Spain. The future appeared gloomy enough to
+the poor navigator without a helping friend. With bitter memories he
+shook off the dust of Lisbon, and, leading by the hand his little son
+Diego, four or five years old, trudged wearily on his journey. Columbus
+took Diego to the home of the boy's aunt, who lived not far from Palos,
+and, leaving him in her care, went in search of the king and queen of
+Spain, Ferdinand and Isabella.
+
+The king and queen were at that time so much occupied in driving the
+Moors out of Spain that Columbus found difficulty in securing a hearing.
+When at last he was permitted to unfold his plans to a council of
+learned men they ridiculed him, because, forsooth, he said that the
+world was round like a globe,[1] and people lived on the opposite side
+of the earth. "Such a thing," they declared, "is absurd, for if people
+live on the other side of the earth their heads must be down. Then, too,
+if it rains there the rain falls upward; and trees, if they grow there,
+must grow upside down."
+
+  [1] The belief that the world was round was by no means new,
+      as learned men before Columbus's day had reached the same
+      conclusion. But only a comparatively small number of people
+      held such a view of the shape of the earth.
+
+Some of the learned men, however, agreed with Columbus, and thought the
+carrying out of his plan by the aid of King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella
+would bring honor and countless wealth to Spain. But their authority was
+not sufficient to affect those who believed Columbus to be a crazy
+dreamer or a worthless adventurer.
+
+Month after month, year after year, Columbus cherished his ambitious
+scheme, encouraged by the few friends who were ready to use their
+influence for him. He followed the king and queen from place to place,
+as they moved their camp in the course of the war, and he sometimes
+fought bravely in the Spanish army. But in face of scorn and ridicule he
+never gave up hope of success. These were days of great trial, when even
+the boys in the streets tapped their foreheads as he passed by, and
+pointed their fingers at him with a peculiar smile.
+
+[Illustration: THE SANTA MARIA.]
+
+In the autumn of 1491 Columbus made up his mind to leave Spain and try
+his fortune in France. So he went to the home of Diego's aunt, and once
+more taking his boy with him, started on foot out of the country which
+had so little befriended him. We can easily picture him, pale and
+wayworn, his clothes threadbare, his long white hair streaming over his
+shoulders. The travellers had gone but a short distance when they
+stopped at the gate of the Convent of St. Mary, which was only a mile
+and a half from Palos, to beg bread and water for the boy. At this
+moment the good prior of the convent happened to pass by. He was a man
+of learning and, on conversing with Columbus, became much interested in
+his story, and arranged a meeting of other learned men, among them the
+well-known sea-captain, Martin Alonzo Pinzon, who lived in Palos. The
+plans of Columbus appealed so strongly to this sea-captain that he
+promised not only to furnish money for an expedition, but to accompany
+it himself.
+
+[Illustration: The Nina.]
+
+Moreover, the prior, who had been father-confessor to Isabella, won her
+over to the sailor's cause. The queen sent what would now be nearly
+$1,200[2] to Columbus, and summoned him back to Court. Supplying himself
+with a mule and suitable clothing, Columbus, with lightened heart,
+sought the queen's presence. She approved his plan, but Columbus
+demanded so great a reward for his services as leader of the expedition
+that the queen refused to come to any agreement with him, and let him
+go.
+
+  [2] The sum sent was 20,000 maravedis of Spanish money.
+
+Columbus in disgust mounted his mule, and started once more for France.
+At this juncture, however, one of the queen's advisers hurried into her
+presence, and put the case so earnestly that she sent a swift courier,
+who overtook Columbus in a mountain pass not far away, and brought him
+back. An agreement was soon reached, and Columbus accepted his
+commission with tears of joy.
+
+[Illustration: The Pinta.]
+
+He at once went to Palos to get men and vessels for the expedition. But
+here he met with serious difficulties. Sailors called the Atlantic Ocean
+the Sea of Darkness, and believed that it contained frightful
+sea-monsters, ready to dash in pieces all vessels that might come within
+reach. Moreover, we must remember that the vessels in those days were
+not safe against storms like the great ships of our day. To venture out
+upon this trackless sea signified to sailors almost certain death.
+Hence, they were unwilling to sail, and a royal decree had to be issued
+to compel them. Even then it became necessary to release criminals from
+prisons to supply the number required for the expedition.
+
+The three caravels that were at length got ready for the perilous
+expedition westward in search of the Indies were not larger than many of
+the fishing-boats of to-day. The largest of the three--the flagship of
+Columbus--was called the Santa Maria. The other two were the Pinta and
+the Niña ("Baby"). The Santa Maria alone had a deck covering the entire
+hold of the vessel.
+
+At last all was ready, and a half-hour before sunrise on Friday morning,
+August 3, 1492, this little fleet, with one hundred and twenty men and
+provisions for a year, sailed out of the port of Palos. It was a
+sorrowful hour for the poor sailors, who felt that they had looked upon
+their homes and their friends for the last time. Columbus steered for
+the Canaries, where he delayed three weeks to repair the rudder of the
+Pinta.
+
+On September 6th he set sail again. When once out of sight of land the
+sailors, overcome with fear, cried and sobbed like children. But new
+trials awaited them. At the end of a week the compass needle no longer
+pointed to the North Star, and this strange fact filled the
+superstitious sailors with alarm.
+
+Great was their consternation when a few days later the vessels entered
+vast stretches of sea-weed. At first the little fleet easily ploughed
+its way through this mass of floating green, but at the end of three
+days, on account of a light wind, the vessels moved more slowly. In
+their dismay the sailors feared that the vessels might never get
+through this immense sea of grass, but might have to lie there and rot,
+or, perhaps, escaping this danger, run upon rocks and shoals lying just
+beneath the grass and be broken in pieces. Though they were in the midst
+of obstacles apparently insurmountable, they were also in the path of
+the trade winds that steadily bore them onward. But in their terror, the
+sailors imagined they could never return because the wind would not
+allow them to sail in the opposite direction. When the wind began to
+blow from the southwest they were once more relieved of their fears.
+
+[Illustration: The First Voyage of Columbus, and places of interest in
+connection with his Later Voyages.]
+
+After many days all hearts were gladdened by the sight of birds, which
+indicated that land was near. It was an idle hope. Again and again some
+eager-eyed sailor shouted "land," but found later that he was looking at
+distant clouds.
+
+The crews were in despair. Now in the belt of trade-winds that were
+steadily blowing them farther and farther from home and friends they
+cried in dismay: "We can never return to Spain. We are lost! What shall
+we do?" They begged Columbus to turn back. They became angry when he
+refused, and declared he was crazy and was leading them all to
+destruction. They even plotted to throw him overboard some night and say
+that he fell into the sea while looking at the stars. Columbus felt that
+dangers were growing thick about him, but he never faltered in his
+purpose. His strong will and his abiding faith in success kept him
+stanch in face of difficulties that would have caused an ordinary mind
+to give way.
+
+On October 11th unmistakable signs of land appeared. A thorn branch with
+berries on it, a reed, and a carved stick came floating by. New life
+stirred in every heart, and the sailors looked eagerly in every
+direction for land.
+
+The king and queen had promised a reward equal to nearly $600 of our
+present money to the sailor who should be the first to see land.
+Columbus had promised in addition a velvet cloak. Accordingly, all were
+on the alert to catch the first glimpse of land, and kept on the watch
+during the entire night after the appearance of the thorn-branch and
+carved stick.
+
+About ten o'clock Columbus himself saw in the distance a light, which
+looked like a torch in the hands of some one moving along the shore.
+About two o'clock next morning, Friday, October 12th--or October 21st,
+according to our present method of reckoning time--a sailor on the Pinta
+saw, about five miles off, a low strip of land. This was an island of
+the Bahama Group. Just ten weeks had elapsed since the voyage began at
+Palos, and with intense eagerness Columbus and his men awaited the
+coming of daylight.
+
+[Illustration: The Triumphal Return of Columbus to Spain.]
+
+At dawn the boats were lowered, and all went on shore. Columbus,
+dressed in a rich robe of scarlet, carried the royal standard. His
+followers also bore banners, on each of which was a brilliant green
+cross with the letters F. and Y.--the Spanish initials for Ferdinand and
+Isabella--on each side. Above the letters were crosses. Columbus threw
+himself, kneeling, upon the ground. He wept for joy, and, kissing the
+earth, took possession of the land in the name of the king and queen of
+Spain. The sailors now fell upon their knees at Columbus's feet. They
+kissed his hands, and begged him to forgive them for their evil thoughts
+toward him.
+
+At first the natives, whom Columbus called Indians because he thought he
+was in the East Indies, fled to the woods in fear of the Spaniards; but
+later they returned and worshipped the white men as beings from the sky.
+They thought the vessels were great birds and the sails wings. The
+Spaniards at once began to trade with the Indians, giving them such
+trifles as tiny bells, red caps, and glass beads, in exchange for tame
+parrots, cotton yarn, and a few small ornaments of gold, such as the
+natives wore in their noses.
+
+According to the interesting description of the natives that Columbus
+wrote in his journal, they were very poor, dark-skinned, and naked. All
+of them seemed to be young and of strong build, with coarse black hair
+hanging long behind, but cut short over their foreheads. Their bodies
+were painted with various colors and in all manner of ways. The men
+carried sticks, pointed with fish-bones, for javelins, and moved their
+canoes with paddles that looked like wooden shovels.
+
+The canoes, made out of single trunks of trees, were in some cases large
+enough to carry forty men. The dwellings, which were clustered together
+in groups of twelve to fifteen, were shaped like tents and had high
+chimneys. Inside the tents, hanging between posts, were nets used as
+beds and called "hammocks."
+
+Columbus called the island upon which he had landed San Salvador (Holy
+Saviour). He wrote of the new country: "I know not where first to go,
+nor are my eyes ever weary of gazing at the beautiful verdure. The
+singing of the birds is such that it seems as if one would never desire
+to depart hence. There are flocks of parrots that obscure the sun, and
+other birds of many kinds, large and small, entirely different from
+ours; trees, also, of a thousand species, each having its particular
+fruit, and all of marvellous flavor."
+
+Columbus sailed along the coast of Cuba and Hayti, landing here and
+there, and sent parties inland to find out what they could about the
+land and its people. Everywhere he was on the lookout for the cities of
+Asia--those wonderful cities of wealth and beauty described in such
+glowing colors by Marco Polo. He never doubted that he was in the land
+he had sought,--the East Indies.
+
+On Christmas morning (December 25, 1492), while it was still dark, as he
+was cruising along the shores of Hayti (or Hispaniola), the Santa Maria
+went aground on a sand-bar, where the waves soon knocked her to pieces.
+As the Pinta had already deserted, there now remained but one ship, the
+Niña. This little vessel was too small to accommodate all the men, and
+forty of the number, wishing to stay where they were, decided to build a
+fort out of the timbers of the wrecked vessel and put her guns in the
+fort for their defence. These men had provisions for a year, and
+constituted the first Spanish colony in the New World.
+
+On January 4, 1493, the Niña sailed for Spain. All went well with the
+sailors until February 12th, when a great storm suddenly threatened to
+break the frail vessel into pieces. Poor Columbus! His heart grew faint
+within him. Had he and his men endured such peril and hardship to perish
+unknown in the sea? Would the world never know of their great
+achievement?
+
+In his anxiety he wrote on parchment two separate accounts of his
+discovery, which he sealed and addressed to Ferdinand and Isabella. He
+then wrapped each in a cloth and, enclosing them in large cakes of wax,
+put them into barrels. One of these barrels he flung into the sea, and
+the other he kept on deck. The Niña passed safely through the storm,
+however, and on March 15th, after an absence of nearly seven and a half
+months, cast anchor in the harbor of Palos.
+
+The successful voyager lost no time in reaching Barcelona, where he was
+received by the king and queen with triumphal honors. Everybody was
+ready to praise the man who had become so famous. There was a great
+procession in his honor in the streets of Barcelona. Leading this street
+parade were six Indians whom Columbus had brought back with him. These
+were smeared with paint, decked with feathers of tropical birds, and
+ornamented with bits of gold. Following them came men carrying stuffed
+and live birds of brilliant plumage, and the skins of different animals,
+all products of the New Land. Columbus rode on horseback, attended by
+many of Spain's great men, mounted on horses.
+
+When the procession reached the house in which King Ferdinand and Queen
+Isabella were, Columbus went into the room where they sat on the throne.
+They did him the honor to rise as he entered, and when he knelt to kiss
+their hands, they again honored him, by bidding him rise and sit, like
+an equal, in their presence.
+
+The poor sailor, once despised as an idle dreamer, had become a
+distinguished personage, honored alike by kings and princes and people.
+It was no longer necessary to force men by royal decree to sail with the
+great admiral. Many were now eager to go where they might reap wealth
+and honor.
+
+In September, 1493, Columbus again sailed, this time with a fleet of
+seventeen vessels and fifteen hundred men. Many of the latter were young
+men of noble birth, and belonged to families of wide influence. All
+supposed they were going to the East Indies, the land of jewels and
+spices and precious metals. With the purpose of founding a colony,
+Columbus took with him not only horses, mules, and cattle, but vines,
+vegetables, and seeds of many kinds.
+
+When the fleet reached the island of Hayti, and the place where he had
+in the previous winter left the little colony of forty men, he found
+that the fort and provisions had been destroyed, and that eleven corpses
+had been buried near by; but not one of the forty men was ever again
+seen alive. After building a little town, called Isabella in honor of
+the queen, Columbus began exploring by land and sea. He found much that
+was beautiful and interesting, but much more that was disappointing.
+Moreover, the Indians were sometimes unfriendly, and his own men were
+often unruly and treacherous. At length, after four years of varying
+fortune, he started home, and after a long, hard voyage, during which
+provisions gave out, he and his men, weak with hunger, finally reached
+Spain in June. He was kindly received, and was promised more ships for
+another voyage.
+
+In May, 1498, with six vessels and two hundred men besides the sailors,
+Columbus started on a third voyage, this time directing his course more
+to the south than he had done before. He landed on an island which he
+named Trinidad, and then sailed along the northern coast of South
+America.
+
+He was not well, however, and in August turned his course for Santo
+Domingo, where he found things were going badly. Trouble with the
+Indians had arisen, and even more serious trouble in the colony itself
+had broken out. For two years Columbus struggled to set things right.
+But he was not successful as a colonizer. Besides, many people were
+beginning to lose faith in him because he did not get expected treasures
+for Spain. Many others were jealous of his fame, and plotted to ruin
+him. At length an official was sent from Spain to Hayti to look into the
+situation. When he reached the island he confiscated Columbus's
+property, put him in chains, and sent him as a prisoner to the country
+from which he had but recently sailed with high honor.
+
+In Spain the people were in sympathy with the admiral in his disgrace;
+so too was the queen, who sent money and summoned him to court. She
+received him there with tears in her eyes, and he broke down and wept at
+her feet.
+
+In 1502 Columbus started on a fourth voyage, sailing along the eastern
+coast of Central America. But he was not able to accomplish much, and
+finally suffered shipwreck on the island of Jamaica, where he spent a
+year of misery. At last he set out for home, arriving there only a short
+time before Queen Isabella, his only protector, died.
+
+Poor, sick, and discouraged, Columbus dragged out a weary life for
+eighteen months longer. He died in Spain of a broken heart, May 20,
+1506, in utter ignorance of the greatness of his discovery. So little
+appreciated was he that the city annals make no mention of his death. It
+remained for succeeding generations to lift his name from obscurity and
+to give faithful acknowledgment of his achievements in the advance of
+human progress.
+
+[Illustration: An Indian Stone Maul.]
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE DESIRE FOR A WATER ROUTE BETWEEN EUROPE AND THE INDIES.
+  THE TURKS CONQUER CONSTANTINOPLE.
+  THE PORTUGUESE ROUND THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE.
+  EARLY LIFE AND EDUCATION OF CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS.
+  HE GOES TO LISBON.
+  HIS PERSONAL APPEARANCE AND CHARACTER.
+  TRADE WITH THE FAR EAST.
+  A WATER ROUTE TO THE INDIES.
+  MARCO POLO'S STORIES OF THE FAR EAST.
+  KING JOHN TAKES ADVANTAGE OF COLUMBUS.
+  COLUMBUS GOES TO SPAIN.
+  THE WISE MEN RIDICULE HIM AS A CRAZY DREAMER.
+  AT THE CONVENT OF ST. MARY; THE PRIOR AND THE SEA-CAPTAIN.
+  QUEEN ISABELLA GIVES COLUMBUS A HEARING.
+  THE SAILORS' FEARS; THE LITTLE FLEET.
+  COLUMBUS SETS SAIL AT LAST.
+  NEW TRIALS FALL UPON HIM.
+  THE SAILORS IN DESPAIR; COLUMBUS IN DANGER.
+  THE GREAT DISCOVERY.
+  COLUMBUS LANDS.
+  THE PEOPLE COLUMBUS FOUND.
+  THE NEW COUNTRY.
+  COLUMBUS EXPLORES THE NEW COUNTRY.
+  THE FIRST SPANISH COLONY IN THE NEW WORLD.
+  BACK TO SPAIN.
+  HONORS SHOWERED UPON COLUMBUS.
+  HE SAILS ON HIS SECOND VOYAGE.
+  HE FINDS MANY DISAPPOINTMENTS AND HARDSHIPS.
+  HE MAKES OTHER VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES.
+  HE DIES OF A BROKEN HEART.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL.
+
+  1. Find on the map all the countries and places named in this
+  chapter, and trace the first voyage of Columbus.
+
+  2. Can you picture to yourself the following: Columbus and Diego
+  on the road together; Columbus, mounted on a mule, on his way to
+  France; the landing of Columbus on reaching San Salvador; and the
+  street parade in Barcelona?
+
+  3. Using the topics in the book, write from memory the account of
+  the first voyage.
+
+  4. Select as many words in this chapter as you can telling what
+  kind of man Columbus was. What do you admire in his character?
+
+  5. What was Columbus trying to do? Why? What great thing did he
+  do? When?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+Hernando De Soto and the Discovery of the Mississippi
+
+[1500-1542]
+
+[Illustration: Hernando De Soto.]
+
+
+After the discovery of the New World by Columbus, the Spaniards, who had
+no other thought than that he had found a new way to India, dreamed
+eagerly of its marvellous wealth, and were impatient to be off to the
+land where they believed fortunes awaited them. So zealous were they, in
+their mad search for gold and adventure, that many were willing to leave
+home and friends for years.
+
+The most brilliant of these explorers were Cortez, the conqueror of
+Mexico, and Pizarro, the conqueror of Peru, both of whom carried back to
+Spain many million dollars' worth of gold and silver. With Pizarro was a
+young man named Hernando De Soto, whose adventurous life is full of
+interest, and whose important discovery of the Mississippi River has
+given him a prominent place in the history of our country.
+
+He was born about 1500, of a poor but noble family. In his youth he
+excelled in athletic sports, and possessed unusual skill in horsemanship
+and in fencing. Taking a leading part in all the dangerous exploits in
+the New World, he not only won fame, but went back to Spain after many
+years' absence a rich man.
+
+While Cortez and Pizarro had been conquering Mexico and Peru, other
+Spaniards had been seeking their fortune in Florida.[3] Thus far these
+men had brought back no gold and silver, but their faith in the mines of
+the interior was so great that De Soto wished to conquer and explore the
+country. Having already won great influence by his achievements, he
+secured the favor of the king, who made him governor of the island of
+Cuba, and appointed him leader of an expedition to conquer and occupy
+Florida. He was to take men enough with him to build forts and plant a
+colony, so as to hold the country for Spain.
+
+  [3] De Leon discovered this land in the full bloom of an Easter
+      Sunday (1513). In token of the day and the flowers he named
+      it Pascua Florida.
+
+De Soto had no difficulty in getting followers to join him in this
+enterprise. Young men from noble families flocked to his standard from
+all parts of Spain, and as he knew that dangers and hardships awaited
+them he was careful to select from the large numbers the strongest men.
+
+De Soto's company included richly dressed nobles and warriors in
+glittering armor. It was a gala day when they sailed out of port with
+banners flying and cannon booming, and not a young man of them but felt
+proud to sail on so grand an expedition. After arriving in Cuba, De Soto
+spent some time there, and then leaving his wife to govern the island,
+set out to explore Florida. His expedition was an imposing one,
+comprising nine vessels, six hundred men, and about two hundred and
+twenty-five horses. In May, 1539, the whole force landed at Tampa Bay,
+on the western coast of Florida.
+
+They had not advanced far into the interior when De Soto fell in with a
+Spaniard named Ortiz, who had accompanied Narvaez in a previous
+expedition some ten or eleven years before. According to his story, the
+Indians had captured him, and only forbore to kill him because an Indian
+girl had begged for his life. Ortiz had lived with the Indians so many
+years that he had become very much like one himself; but we can imagine
+his joy at seeing white men once more. The Spaniards were equally
+rejoiced because they knew how serviceable their countryman would be as
+a guide and interpreter.
+
+[Illustration: DE SOTO DISCOVERING THE MISSISSIPPI]
+
+The advantage of this good-fortune was soon counteracted, however, by De
+Soto's unfriendliness to the Indians. He was not only indifferent to
+their pleasure and sufferings, but even seemed to enjoy torturing and
+killing them. It was his custom upon arriving at an Indian settlement to
+demand food for his men and horses, and upon his departure to carry off
+with him the head chief as guide and hostage, not releasing him until
+the next tribe was reached. Indian men and squaws were forced into
+service as porters for the Spanish baggage; and thus enslaved, often
+with chains and with iron collars about their necks, they were compelled
+to do all sorts of menial work. It is not strange that after such
+treatment the Indians lost all confidence in De Soto. They not only
+learned to hate him and the Spaniards but longed to be revenged upon
+them. In return for the cruelties inflicted they purposely led the
+Spaniards astray, and left untried no treachery which would serve to
+destroy the pale-faced strangers.
+
+In May, 1540, an Indian princess, rowed by her followers in a canopied
+canoe, came across a stream to meet De Soto. When she landed, her
+followers carried her in a litter, from which she alighted and
+approached him. She gave him presents of shawls and skins, and a string
+of pearls which she took from around her neck. In return for these acts
+of courtesy De Soto made her a prisoner, and kept her going about on
+foot with him until she escaped.
+
+This is but an instance of the cruelty which made enemies of all the
+Indians with whom the Spaniards came in contact. No doubt Indian runners
+were sent hundreds of miles in many directions to tell the various
+tribes of the inhuman deeds of the white men. No doubt these tribes
+combined in a desperate effort to destroy De Soto and all his men. How
+nearly they succeeded in their plan can be told in a few lines.
+
+In the autumn of 1540 the Spaniards came to the tribe of a giant
+chieftain whose slaves held over him, as he sat upon cushions on a
+raised platform, a buckskin umbrella stained red and white. He was
+sullen in the presence of the richly dressed Spaniards on their prancing
+steeds, but allowed De Soto to carry him a prisoner to the next Indian
+town, as the other head chiefs had done.
+
+[Illustration: Routes Traversed by De Soto and De Leon.]
+
+This town was called Mavilla, an Indian word from which we get the name
+Mobile for the city and river in Alabama. As the Spaniards approached
+this town Indians came out to meet them, their faces showing signs of
+displeasure and evil intent. Fearing nothing, however, De Soto, attended
+by about a dozen of his men, rode boldly inside the town, which was
+surrounded with a palisade.
+
+The giant chieftain then asked for a release that he might return to his
+own people, and on being refused went into a house in which many Indian
+warriors were concealed. When De Soto ordered him to come out he
+refused. In the excitement that followed, a Spaniard cut down with his
+sword an Indian warrior standing near by. Then, in wild fury, hundreds
+of dusky warriors rushed like madmen out of the house to the attack, and
+soon shot down five of De Soto's body-guard. Of course he had to flee
+for his life. But before he could reach the main force outside the town
+he fell to the ground two or three times, struck by Indian arrows.
+
+It was the beginning of a terrible battle, in which the Spaniards,
+although outnumbered, had the advantage because of their horses, swords,
+firearms, and superior training. Finally, from the outside, they closed
+the gates to the town, and set fire to the Indian buildings. The Indians
+fought with desperation, but they either fell, cut down by Spanish
+swords, or rushed in mad fury to perish in the flames. When night came,
+only three Indian warriors remained alive. Two of these fought until
+they were killed, and the last unfortunate one hanged himself on a tree
+with his bow-string. The Spaniards said they killed at least 2,500
+Indians, but they lost in killed and wounded about a third of their own
+number. It was a dearly bought victory.
+
+Nor was Indian craftiness the only source of trouble for the Spaniards.
+De Soto's men had to travel through thick forests with no road except
+the narrow path made by wild animals or the trail made by the Indian
+hunter. They spent many laborious days in picking their way through
+dense underbrush and miry swamps, stopping here and there to make rafts
+to carry them across the numerous streams. Often without food and on the
+point of starving, they were obliged to feed upon native dogs, and were
+sometimes reduced to berries, nuts, bear-oil, and wild honey.
+
+In spite of hunger, disease, death, and many other misfortunes, however,
+De Soto in his mad search for gold threaded his way through the tangled
+forests until, in the spring of 1541, about two years after landing at
+Tampa Bay, he reached the bank of the Mississippi River. After spending
+months in making boats, he at length crossed the mighty stream, and then
+continued his march in a northerly and westerly direction, going, it
+would seem, as far as the site of what is now Little Rock, the capital
+of Arkansas.
+
+Marching southeast, probably to the banks of the Washita, he spent a
+winter so severe that many of the party, including Ortiz, died.
+
+About the middle of April, 1542, the Spaniards, travel-spent and sick at
+heart, reached the mouth of the Red River, where De Soto, discouraged
+and broken in spirit, was taken ill with fever and soon died. At first
+his followers buried his body near the town where they were staying, but
+when the Indians began with some suspicion to examine the ground under
+which he lay, the Spaniards in the darkness of night took up the body,
+wrapped it in blankets made heavy with sand, and sadly lowered it into
+the waters of the mighty river which it was De Soto's chief honor to
+have discovered. After many more hardships the wretched survivors of
+this unhappy company, numbering not many more than half of those who
+landed at Tampa Bay, found their way to a Spanish colony in Mexico. Thus
+ended in disaster the expedition which sailed with such hope of wealth
+and renown.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  SPANISH THIRST FOR GOLD AND ADVENTURE.
+  DE SOTO'S EARLY LOVE OF SPORTS AND DANGEROUS EXPLOITS.
+  DE SOTO PLANS TO EXPLORE AND COLONIZE FLORIDA.
+  PREPARATIONS FOR THE EXPEDITION.
+  DE SOTO SETS OUT ON HIS VOYAGE.
+  HE FALLS IN WITH ORTIZ.
+  DE SOTO'S CRUEL TREATMENT OF THE INDIANS.
+  THE INDIAN PRINCESS.
+  THE PLAN TO DESTROY DE SOTO AND HIS MEN.
+  THE GIANT CHIEFTAIN.
+  DE SOTO IN DANGER.
+  A TERRIBLE BATTLE.
+  DE SOTO DISCOVERS THE MISSISSIPPI.
+  DIFFICULTIES AND SUFFERINGS.
+  MORE TROUBLES FOR THE SPANIARDS.
+  DE SOTO'S DEATH.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Find on the map Mexico, Peru, Porto Rico, Cuba, Florida,
+  Mobile the Mississippi River, and the Washita River.
+
+  2. Draw a map in which you will indicate De Soto's route.
+
+  3. Tell in your own words the story of this wretched march
+  through the forests.
+
+  4. Make a mental picture of De Soto's meeting with the Indian
+  princess; of De Soto and his body-guard in Mavilla; of the burial
+  of De Soto's body by night.
+
+  5. What did De Soto accomplish? When?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+Sir Walter Raleigh and the First English Attempts to Colonize America
+
+[1552-1618]
+
+[Illustration: Sir Walter Raleigh.]
+
+
+Only five years after Columbus made his discoveries in the West India
+Islands, John Cabot sailed from England in search of a short northwest
+passage to Asia. Directing his course across the northern part of the
+Atlantic Ocean, he landed somewhere on the eastern coast of North
+America, perhaps on the shores of Labrador. His son sailed in the
+following year along the coast from Nova Scotia down as far as North
+Carolina. By reason of these discoveries and explorations, England laid
+claim to North America.
+
+Nearly a hundred years passed before England took any further steps
+toward getting a foothold in America. In the meantime Spain, by means of
+her naval power, had conquered Mexico and Peru, and planted colonies at
+various points in the New World.
+
+The precious metals collected by Spanish explorers in Mexico and Peru
+had furnished the money with which Spain was enabled to carry on her
+expeditions as well as the almost continuous wars with other European
+powers. Some people think that Spain took out of these two countries
+gold and silver to an amount that would now equal five thousand million
+dollars.
+
+At this time England had not so strong a navy as she has to-day, and the
+Spanish King hoped because of her weakness to conquer England and make
+her a dependency of Spain. Of course this roused the English people, and
+they determined to thwart the ambitious scheming of the Spanish King.
+
+Although England had not a fighting navy, English seamen were alert to
+capture Spanish vessels and rob them of their gold and silver. To seize
+these prizes, such bold sea-captains as Drake and Hawkins roamed the
+sea, burning and plundering Spanish fleets and Spanish settlements along
+the coast of Mexico and South America.
+
+Conspicuous among these daring sea-rovers and explorers was Sir Walter
+Raleigh, one of the most distinguished Englishman of his time. He was
+born in a town near the sea-coast in Devonshire, England, in 1552, his
+father and mother both being of high social rank.
+
+In this town lived many old sailors, who could tell the wide-awake boy
+stirring tales of seafaring life and of bloody fights with Spaniards.
+Walter was a patriotic boy, and therefore soon learned to hate Spain,
+because of her insolence toward the English people. As he became older
+and learned more of the power of Spain, especially that which came
+through possessions in the New World, he was envious for his country's
+sake and wished her to become Spain's rival in wealth.
+
+[Illustration: Cabot's Route. Land discovered by him darkened.]
+
+When Walter was old enough, he was sent to Oxford University, where he
+became an earnest student. But at seventeen he put aside his studies and
+went to France to join the Huguenot army.[4] After remaining there for
+about six years, he returned to England and served for a short time in
+the English army, fighting against Spain and Austria in the Netherlands.
+Later he went as captain of a hundred men to Ireland, and there proved
+himself a brave soldier.
+
+  [4] The Huguenots were French Protestants, who were then at war
+      with the Catholics in France.
+
+Returning again to England, by a simple act of courtesy he won the
+admiration of the powerful queen Elizabeth. It happened in this way. On
+one occasion, when with her attendants she was about to cross a muddy
+road, Raleigh stood looking on. Noticing that the queen hesitated for an
+instant, he took from his shoulder his beautiful velvet cloak and
+gallantly spread it in her pathway. The queen, greatly pleased with
+this delicate attention, took Raleigh into her Court and in time
+bestowed upon him much honor. She not only made him a knight, but
+presented him with costly gifts and estates, and showered upon him
+offices of rank and dignity. The brave knight, Sir Walter Raleigh,
+became a man of great wealth and influence.
+
+As a courtier his dress was rich and dazzling. He wore a hat with a
+pearl band and a black jewelled feather. His shoes, which were tied with
+white ribbons, were studded with gems worth six thousand six hundred
+gold pieces. He had also a suit of silver armor that glittered with
+diamonds and other precious stones.
+
+This splendor did not seem so much out of place in those days as it
+would now, for much display and ceremony were customary in court life.
+Queen Elizabeth, with her ten hundred and seventy-five dresses and
+mantles, ornamented with lace, embroidery, and jewels, and with her
+eighty wigs of various colors, set a gorgeous example which her
+courtiers were delighted to follow.
+
+But Raleigh was not satisfied with the glamour of court life. He was
+eager to achieve glory for England and if possible to elevate her upon
+the ruins of her enemy, Spain.
+
+It was his desire to build up a new England for the glory of the old,
+and to that end he secured from Queen Elizabeth a charter for planting a
+colony in America. He therefore fitted out two vessels which were to
+sail to the land north of Florida, then occupied by Spain, and bring
+back reports of the country.
+
+The captains of these vessels arrived in Pamlico Sound, and landed on an
+island which they found rich in grapes and woods and abounding in deer
+and other game. The explorers received kind treatment from the Indians,
+two of whom accompanied the voyagers to England on their return. Queen
+Elizabeth was so pleased with the good reports from the new country that
+she called it Virginia in honor of herself--the Virgin Queen.
+
+[Illustration: Queen Elizabeth.]
+
+The next year, 1585, Raleigh sent out to Virginia seven vessels and one
+hundred colonists, under his cousin, Sir Richard Grenville, and Ralph
+Lane. They landed on Roanoke Island, and made a settlement there, but
+the colony was not prosperous. At the outset, by unwise and cruel
+treatment they made enemies of the natives. It is related that, an
+Indian having stolen a silver cup from one of the colonists, the
+Englishmen burned an entire village and ruined the corn belonging to its
+people. Such punishment was out of all proportion to the petty offence.
+It is not surprising, therefore, that from that time the settlers found
+the Indians unfriendly.
+
+Very soon Grenville sailed back to England, leaving the colony in charge
+of Ralph Lane. The colonists instead of building houses and tilling the
+soil to supply food, were bent upon finding gold. Hence they listened
+with eager interest to a story that the Indians told of the Roanoke
+River. According to this story, the river flowed out of a fountain in a
+rock so near the ocean that in time of storm the waves dashed over into
+the fountain. The river, the Indians said, flowed near rich mines of
+gold and silver, in a country where there was a town with walls made of
+pearls. Lane and his followers foolishly started up the river in a vain
+search for this wonderful land. They encountered many difficulties,
+including hostile attacks by Indians, and suffered so much from lack of
+food that they had to eat the flesh of their own dogs.
+
+But despite these hardships, they made their way back to Roanoke Island,
+reaching it just in time to save the colony from destruction by the
+Indians. A little later Sir Francis Drake, with a fleet of twenty-three
+vessels, appeared off the coast. He had come on his way home from the
+West Indies, where he had been plundering the Spanish settlements, and
+cheerfully consented to take the destitute and homesick colonists back
+to England. A few days after their departure Grenville arrived with
+fresh supplies, and found the settlement deserted. Leaving a garrison of
+fifteen men, with provisions for two years, to hold possession, he then
+sailed back to England.
+
+Although the settlement did not succeed, this effort to plant a colony
+was not wholly fruitless, for the colonists took to England on their
+return three products which gave to the people a somewhat different idea
+of the real wealth of the new lands. These were not precious metals, but
+products of the soil, namely, tobacco, the white potato, and Indian
+corn.
+
+[Illustration: Section where Raleigh's various colonies were located.]
+
+The discovery of the tobacco plant introduced into England the custom of
+smoking, and a curious story is told of it in connection with Sir Walter
+Raleigh, who soon learned to smoke. One day his servant, who knew
+nothing of the new custom, came into his master's room and found him
+smoking from a silver pipe. Believing Raleigh was on fire, the faithful
+servant hastily dashed a mug of ale at him to quench the flames and
+rescue him from death.
+
+The wealth that lay hidden in the soil was yet unknown, and no one felt
+any enthusiasm over the new colony of Virginia. Most men would by this
+time have lost hope. But Raleigh was not daunted. Two years later he
+made a second attempt to plant a colony in the New World, this time
+sending over three ships, with a hundred and fifty settlers, including
+seventeen women. John White was appointed governor of the colony. These
+settlers had the fore-thought to carry with them farming implements to
+use in tilling the soil. When they landed on Roanoke Island they found
+no trace of the fifteen men left there two years before by Sir Richard
+Grenville. The new settlers had not been on the island long before they
+were in need of help from England, and begged Governor White to return
+home for provisions and more settlers. White at first refused to leave
+them, but finally consented. A warm interest in the feeble settlement
+and love for his little granddaughter, born soon after the settlers
+arrived, persuaded him to yield. This little girl, the first white girl
+born in America, was named after the new country, Virginia, her full
+name being Virginia Dare.
+
+[Illustration: Entrance to Raleigh's Cell in the Tower.]
+
+When Governor White left the settlement he expected to return
+immediately, but upon reaching England he found his countrymen greatly
+excited over the coming invasion of the much-dreaded "Spanish Armada."
+Everybody was astir, and Raleigh was aroused to his fullest energy in
+preparation to meet the hated foe.
+
+But, notwithstanding this, he found time to fit out two small vessels
+for Governor White. Although they sailed, trouble with the Spaniards
+compelled their return to England, and not until two years later, when
+the Spanish Armada had been defeated, did Governor White sail again for
+Virginia, this time as a passenger in a West Indiaman. He landed on
+Roanoke Island as before, but there remained of the settlement only some
+chests of books, some maps, and some firearms, all of which had been
+ruined by the Indians.
+
+Upon bidding Governor White farewell, the colonists had agreed to carve
+on a tree the name of the place to which they would go if they should
+decide to leave Roanoke Island. They were also to carve above the name a
+cross if they were in serious trouble. Governor White found the word
+CROATOAN cut in capital letters on a large tree, but he found no cross.
+Before White could sail to Croatoan, which was an island not far away,
+he had to return to England because the captain of the vessel, having
+encountered stormy weather, refused to sail further. What became of the
+lost colonists is still a mystery. It is possible that the Indians
+either killed them or captured and enslaved them.
+
+Raleigh sent out other expeditions in search of the lost colony, but
+without success. He had already spent a sum equal to more than a million
+dollars in trying to plant this colony, and now felt that he must give
+up all hope of accomplishing his purpose.
+
+[Illustration: Tower of London.]
+
+But this was only one of his many disappointments. Because he was a
+favorite of the queen and had been a successful man he had many enemies
+who were jealous of his good fortune. Men of power envied him and tried
+to weaken his influence and do him injury. As his failures increased,
+his popularity diminished and he at length became bitter in spirit.
+
+On the death of Queen Elizabeth, James I. became king and, not favoring
+Raleigh, at length threw him into prison on a charge of treason. After
+an imprisonment of twelve years in the Tower of London, Sir Walter was
+beheaded. Just as he was about to lay his head upon the block, he felt
+the keen edge of the axe, saying, "This is a sharp medicine, but a sound
+cure for all diseases." Although he failed to carry out the great desire
+of his heart, Raleigh gave the English people some definite ideas in
+regard to the value of the New World as a place for colonizing--ideas
+which before many years found expression in the settlement of Jamestown.
+
+[Illustration: An Indian Pipe.]
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  JOHN CABOT DISCOVERS THE MAINLAND OF NORTH AMERICA.
+  ENGLAND AND SPAIN UNFRIENDLY TO EACH OTHER.
+  ENGLISH SEA CAPTAINS CAPTURE SPANISH VESSELS.
+  SIR WALTER RALEIGH'S FAMILY AND EDUCATION.
+  RALEIGH THE SOLDIER.
+  HE WINS THE FAVOR OF QUEEN ELIZABETH.
+  RALEIGH'S DRESS; DISPLAY IN COURT LIFE.
+  HE SENDS TWO VESSELS TO AMERICA.
+  HIS FIRST COLONY LANDS ON ROANOKE ISLAND.
+  A VAIN SEARCH FOR GOLD.
+  TIMELY ARRIVAL OF SIR FRANCIS DRAKE.
+  THREE AMERICAN PRODUCTS TAKEN TO ENGLAND.
+  AN AMUSING STORY ABOUT RALEIGH.
+  RALEIGH'S SECOND ATTEMPT TO PLANT A COLONY IN THE NEW WORLD.
+  GOVERNOR WHITE RETURNS TO ENGLAND.
+  HE SAILS TWO YEARS LATER FOR VIRGINIA.
+  CROATOAN.
+  RALEIGH IMPRISONED AND BEHEADED.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Tell in your own language what was done by John Cabot and his
+  son.
+
+  2. Why did Raleigh when a boy hate Spain?
+
+  3. Write an account of the failure of Raleigh's first and second
+  colonies, and give their dates.
+
+  4. What did Raleigh try to do? What did he succeed in doing?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+John Smith and the Settlement of Jamestown
+
+[1579-1631]
+
+[Illustration: John Smith.]
+
+
+About twenty years after the failure of Raleigh's attempt to plant a
+settlement in America, another effort was made by a body of merchants
+and wealthy men called the London Company. Their purpose was to discover
+gold, of which Englishmen were then dreaming, just as the Spaniards had
+dreamed years before when they sailed under the leadership of Columbus,
+Pizarro, Cortez, and De Soto. As a beginning for the new colony, which
+was destined to be the first permanent English settlement in America,
+the London Company sent out one hundred and five men, who set sail from
+London on New Year's day, 1607, in three frail vessels. They were not
+sturdy, self-reliant men such as give strength to a new enterprise. On
+the contrary, about half of them were "gentlemen," who felt themselves
+above working with their hands. They were coming to America to pick up
+a fortune, and then return to England to live at ease the rest of their
+lives. As we shall see, such colonists were unfit for the rough and
+rugged life which awaited them in the wild woods of a new country.
+
+Instead of sailing straight across the Atlantic they took a very much
+longer route, directing their course down the coast of France and Spain
+to the Canaries and from these islands to the West Indies. Here they
+stopped a long time. The result was that they were about four months on
+the tiresome voyage, and had used up nearly all their provisions before
+reaching their journey's end.
+
+This was but a beginning of their troubles. Their purpose had been to
+land on the deserted site of Raleigh's colony, Roanoke Island, but, a
+violent storm having driven them out of their course, they entered
+Chesapeake Bay, naming the headlands on either side Cape Charles and
+Cape Henry, after the king's sons. Pushing on, they found a quiet harbor
+which they fittingly called Point Comfort. After resting here they
+sailed up the river and named it the James, after James I., King of
+England.
+
+They were delighted with the country, for it was the month of May and
+the banks of the river were luxuriant with beautiful trees, shrubbery,
+and many-colored flowers. Fifty miles from the mouth of the James the
+voyagers landed on a peninsula, which they chose as the place of
+settlement because it was within easy reach of the sea.
+
+At once they set to work building dwellings, and a fort in which to
+defend themselves against unfriendly Indians. The dwellings at first
+consisted of rude cabins roofed with sage or bark, tents made of old
+sails, and holes dug in the ground. An old sail served for the roof of
+their first church, and a plank nailed up between two trees for a
+pulpit.
+
+They did well to found their Church so early, for they soon had need of
+its consolations. The intense heat of July and August and the sultry
+atmosphere hanging over the swamps and marshes bred disease, and caused
+many of the colonists to fall ill of fever. Sometimes three or four died
+in a single night. To make matters worse, food was so scarce that each
+settler's daily portion was reduced to a half-pint of mouldy wheat and
+the same quantity of barley. And, as if these afflictions from climate,
+scanty food, bad water, and loss of friends were not enough, the Indians
+kept the wretched settlers in constant terror of their lives. Each man
+had to take his turn "every third night" lying on the damp, bare ground
+to watch against attack, although at times there were not five men
+strong enough to carry guns. Their condition was indeed pitiable. Those
+in health were not sufficient to nurse the sick, and during the summer
+about half of the settlers died.
+
+[Illustration: John Smith and the Indians.
+
+When Smith fully grasped the situation he threatened the Indians with
+death, and then finding himself surrounded by hundreds of hostile
+warriors, he boldly seized Powhatan's brother by the scalp-lock, put a
+pistol to his breast, and cried, "Corn, or your life!"]
+
+All must have perished but for the bravery and strength of one man, John
+Smith, who for several years kept the struggling colony alive by his
+personal authority and wise treatment of the Indians. Born in England
+in 1579, he was at the time of the settlement of Jamestown twenty-eight
+years old. While but a boy he was left an orphan, and was early
+apprenticed to a trade; but he had such a longing for adventure that he
+soon ran away and went to the Continent to seek his fortune.
+
+From that time his life, according to his own story, was full of
+stirring incidents, only a few of which we can tell here. While
+travelling through France he was robbed and left helpless in a forest on
+the highway, where he would have died from exposure and lack of food but
+for the kindly aid of a peasant who chanced to find and rescue him.
+Going to Marseilles he took passage on a ship with some pilgrims bound
+eastward on a journey to the Holy Land. During the voyage a severe storm
+arose, which greatly alarmed the pilgrims, and, believing that in some
+mysterious way their strange passenger was the cause of their
+misfortune, they threw him overboard. Smith managed to save himself from
+the sea, however, and a little later fought in a war against the Turks,
+three of whose mighty warriors he slew in single combat. Afterward he
+was captured and enslaved by the Turks, but he seemed to lead a charmed
+life, and with his usual good-fortune again made his escape.
+
+[Illustration: Chipped flint arrow heads.]
+
+[Illustration: Stone Axe.]
+
+[Illustration: Indian Weapons.]
+
+In 1604 he returned to England, at the age of twenty-five, in time to
+join the expedition to Virginia. With such a training as Smith had
+received in his many strange adventures, he was well equipped for the
+various difficulties that had to be met in the unsettled life of the new
+colony in the forests of Virginia.
+
+[Illustration: Ruins of Jamestown.]
+
+When the cool weather of the autumn set in, the general health of all
+improved and food became abundant, for the streams were alive with
+swans, geese, ducks, and various kinds of fish, while game and garden
+supplies were plentiful.
+
+As soon as affairs were in a promising condition, Smith started one very
+cold December day on a journey of exploration. He sailed up the
+Chickahominy River in search of the South Sea, as the Pacific Ocean was
+then called. This was generally believed to be just beyond the
+mountains. When the stream had become too shallow for the barge, Smith
+with his four companions, two men and two Indian guides, continued his
+journey in a canoe. Landing near what is now called White Oak Swamp, he
+left the white men in charge of the canoe, and with one Indian pushed
+his way into the forest. Soon they were set upon by a band of two
+hundred Indian warriors, but Smith so bravely defended himself that he
+killed two of the warriors, and held out against the entire force until
+he sank in the mire and had to surrender. Having tied their prisoner to
+a tree, the Indians were about to shoot him with an arrow when he
+aroused their curiosity by showing them his pocket-compass and by asking
+that he might write a letter to his friends at Jamestown. Granting the
+request, they delivered the letter and brought back the articles for
+which it called. They were greatly amazed that the white man was able to
+make paper talk, and, believing him to be a superior being, they spared
+his life.
+
+[Illustration: Jamestown and the Surrounding Country.]
+
+Smith became much interested in the life of the Indians, and left an
+account of their customs and habits. According to his description, some
+of them lived in rude dwellings made of boughs of trees, some in huts,
+and others in wigwams a hundred feet or so in length, which served for
+a number of families. The warriors painted their bodies in many colors,
+and decorated themselves with beads, feathers, shells, pieces of copper,
+and rattles. What clothing they wore was made of skins, and their
+weapons were bows and arrows and clubs.
+
+The Indians had many kinds of horrible dances, in the course of which
+they yelled and shrieked as if suffering the most painful torture. The
+squaws carried the burdens, built the wigwams, and performed the various
+necessary duties; and the men did the hunting, the fishing, the smoking,
+and especially the fighting.
+
+The Indians took Smith to many of their villages, leading him finally
+into the presence of Powhatan, who lived in one of the long wigwams
+mentioned above, on the north bank of the York River, about fifteen
+miles from Jamestown.
+
+The old chief was tall and stalwart, with a round fat face and thin gray
+hair hanging down his back. Dressed in a robe of raccoon skins, he sat
+before the fire on a sort of bench covered with mats, with a young
+maiden sitting on each side; at his right and left stood the warriors,
+and close to the wall on either side a row of squaws.
+
+Presently one of the squaws brought to Smith some water in a wooden
+bowl, and another a bunch of feathers upon which to wipe his hands. Then
+followed a step in the proceedings that must have caused even a stout
+heart to quake. Having placed two stones upon the ground, the grim
+warriors seized Smith, laid his head upon the stones, and stood ready to
+slay him with clubs. But just at that moment the chief's little
+daughter, Pocahontas, about ten years old, fell upon Smith's body, threw
+her arms around his neck, and begged her father to spare his life.
+Powhatan's heart was so touched that he released Smith and allowed him
+to return three days later to Jamestown.
+
+[Illustration: Apache's War-club.]
+
+In the summer of 1609 Smith started out on another expedition in search
+of the Pacific. He sailed as before by way of Chesapeake Bay, exploring
+far up the Potomac. It is needless to say that he did not reach the
+Pacific, but he covered a distance of about three thousand miles, and
+made a map of his explorations, which is considered remarkable for its
+accuracy.
+
+[Illustration: Sioux Indian Bow and Arrow with Stone Point.]
+
+In the autumn Captain Newport came from England with orders from the
+London Company to crown Powhatan. Along with the crown the company sent
+gifts, consisting of a bed, a basin, a pitcher, and a scarlet robe.
+Powhatan gave token of his appreciation of the gifts by sending in
+return to King James a pair of his moccasins and one of his raccoon-skin
+blankets, but refused to kneel in receiving the crown, so that Smith
+and Newport had to lean on his shoulders to force him down.
+
+[Illustration: Navajo Sling.]
+
+The crowning of Powhatan was intended to win his favor, but the
+compliment did not make the shrewd old chief altogether friendly to the
+white strangers. For he noticed that their numbers were increasing, and
+he feared that their coming might in the end bring harm to himself and
+his people. He therefore planned to get rid of the Englishmen by
+refusing them corn, and in the following winter declined to supply them,
+asking in a hostile way when they were going home.
+
+The settlers sadly missed his friendly aid, for the rats that had come
+over in the vessels had played havoc with their provisions, and they
+were greatly in need of corn, venison, and game, such as Powhatan had
+furnished the previous year.
+
+[Illustration: A Pappoose Case.]
+
+But Smith, who knew so well how to manage the Indians, was equal to the
+occasion. He used smooth words if they served his purpose; if not, he
+used threats or even force. Bent upon gaining their good-will, or at
+least determined to secure corn, Smith sailed down the James, around
+Point Comfort, and up the York River with about forty men to Powhatan's
+home. The old chief pretended to be friendly, but Smith learned from an
+Indian informer that the wily savage was planning to murder him and his
+men. Little Pocahontas, also, came to Smith in the darkness of night and
+told him of the plot, thus proving herself, as on many other occasions,
+to be a true friend to the white men. Indeed, it has been said that by
+her timely aid the Jamestown settlement was saved from ruin.
+
+When Smith fully grasped the situation he threatened the Indians with
+death, and then, finding himself surrounded by hundreds of hostile
+warriors, he boldly seized Powhatan's brother by the scalp-lock, put a
+pistol to his breast, and cried, "Corn or your life!" The Indians, awed
+by Smith's fearlessness, no longer held out, but brought him corn in
+abundance.
+
+From the first Smith had been the natural leader of the colony, and in
+time was made president of the council. He found the men of his own race
+almost as difficult to manage as the Indians. They were so lazy that
+Smith was obliged to make a law by which he declared, "He that will not
+work shall not eat." The law proved to be a good one, and the idlers
+were soon busy making glass, felling trees, and preparing tar, pitch,
+and soap-ashes. But they hated rough labor, and were very apt to swear
+when it hurt their hands. To put an end to the swearing, Smith required
+each man to keep a record of his oaths, and for every offence ordered a
+can of cold water poured down the sleeve of the uplifted right arm of
+the culprit. By such discipline the settlement was soon put into
+excellent working order.
+
+If Smith could have remained at the head of the colony, everything might
+have continued to go well. But one day, while out in a boat, he was
+wounded so severely by the explosion of some gunpowder that he was
+obliged to return to England for treatment. This accident happened in
+October, 1609. Five years later he returned to Virginia and explored the
+coast to the north, making a map of the region, and naming it New
+England. He not only wrote an account of his own life, but also several
+books on America. He died in 1632, at the age of fifty-three years.
+Without his leadership, the weak and puny colony at Jamestown must have
+perished before the end of its first year. But his resolution and
+courage held it together until it received from England the help needed
+to put it on a firm footing.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE LONDON COMPANY SENDS TO AMERICA A COLONY IN SEARCH OF GOLD.
+  THE EMIGRANTS SET SAIL.
+  THE LONG, ROUNDABOUT VOYAGE.
+  THE COLONISTS MAKE A SETTLEMENT AT JAMESTOWN IN 1607.
+  THEIR DWELLINGS AND THEIR CHURCH.
+  FEVER, HUNGER, AND INDIANS.
+  JOHN SMITH SAVES THE SETTLEMENT FROM RUIN.
+  HIS EARLY ADVENTURES.
+  HE GOES UP THE CHICKAHOMINY RIVER IN SEARCH OF THE PACIFIC.
+  THE INDIANS CAPTURE SMITH.
+  THEY SPARE-HIS LIFE.
+  LIFE AMONG THE INDIANS OF VIRGINIA.
+  SMITH IS TAKEN TO POWHATAN.
+  LITTLE POCAHONTAS SAVES JOHN SMITH'S LIFE.
+  HIS EXPLORATIONS.
+  THE CROWNING OF POWHATAN.
+  HE PLANS TO GET RID OF THE WHITE MEN.
+  HE REFUSES THEM CORN.
+  THE FRIENDLY AID OF POCAHONTAS.
+  "CORN OR YOUR LIFE!"
+  SMITH MADE PRESIDENT OF THE COUNCIL.
+  HIS RETURN TO ENGLAND.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Describe the Jamestown settlers. Can you form a mental picture
+  of their first dwellings?
+
+  2. Write an account of Smith's capture by the Indians and of his
+  later experiences with them.
+
+  3. What do you admire in Smith? In Pocahontas? What do you think
+  of Powhatan?
+
+  4. Trace on your map Smith's voyages and explorations.
+
+  5. When was Jamestown settled?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+Nathaniel Bacon and the Uprising of the People in Virginia in 1676
+
+[1647-1676]
+
+
+When Smith returned to England he left the colony without a leader. At
+once the Indians, who had been held in check by fear of Smith, began to
+rob and plunder the settlement, and at the same time famine and disease
+aided in the work of destruction. Dogs, horses, and even rats and mice
+were in demand for food, and while at its worst the famine compelled the
+suffering colonists to feed upon the bodies of their own dead.
+
+At the close of that terrible winter, known ever since as the "Starving
+Time," barely sixty of the five hundred men whom Smith had left in the
+colony survived. The future promised nothing, and the wretched remnant
+of sufferers were about to leave Virginia for their fatherland when an
+English vessel hove in sight on the James. Greatly to their relief and
+joy Lord Delaware had arrived with a company of men and much-needed
+supplies. This was in June, 1610.
+
+[Illustration: Tobacco Plant.]
+
+By reason of ill-health Lord Delaware soon returned to England, leaving
+Sir Thomas Dale in control of the colony. He was even more firm and
+vigorous than Smith had been in dealing with the worthless men who made
+the greater part of the colony. Some of the most unruly were flogged,
+some were branded with hot irons, and one man was sentenced to death by
+starvation.
+
+Holding down the lawless by the arm of the law, Dale was also able to
+introduce reform. Before he took charge of affairs in Virginia there was
+a common storehouse from which everybody, whether idle or industrious,
+could get food. When the good-for-nothing settlers found out that they
+could thus live upon the products of others' labor, they would do
+nothing themselves, but held back, throwing all the work upon thirty or
+forty men. Dale, appreciating the evil of this system, gave to every man
+his own plot of land. Out of what he raised each was obliged to put into
+the common storehouse two and a half barrels of corn; the rest of his
+crop he could call his own. By this plan the idlers had to work or
+starve, and the thrifty were encouraged to work harder, because they
+knew they would receive the benefit of their labor.
+
+[Illustration: Loading Tobacco.]
+
+Soon after the new system was put in practice the settlers discovered
+that great profits resulted from raising tobacco. The soil and climate
+of Virginia were especially favorable to its growth, and more money
+could be made in this way than in any other. But since tobacco quickly
+exhausted the soil, much new land was needed to take the place of the
+old, and large plantations were necessary. Every planter tried to select
+a plantation on one of the numerous rivers of Virginia, so that he could
+easily take his tobacco down to the wharf, whence a vessel would carry
+it to Europe.
+
+For a long time the planters were very prosperous through their tobacco
+culture, some even becoming wealthy. But a turn of fortune made things
+bad for them. The Navigation Laws were passed, which required them to
+send all their tobacco to England in English vessels. These laws also
+required that the planters should buy from England all the European
+goods that might be needed, and should bring them over to Virginia in
+English vessels.
+
+The effect was to compel the colonist to sell his tobacco at whatever
+price English merchants were willing to pay, and to buy his goods at
+whatever price the English merchant saw fit to charge. Moreover, England
+laid heavy taxes on colonial trade, and when, after a while, the price
+of tobacco fell, the planter received small return for his labor.
+
+But these grievous trade regulations were not all that vexed the
+colonist. He had troubles at home even more irritating than the
+impositions of England. In 1660 Sir William Berkeley, a narrow-minded,
+selfish man, became Governor of Virginia. This polished cavalier, fond
+of the pleasures of the table and of good company, cared far more for
+his seventy horses than for the plain people whose welfare was entrusted
+to him. He cared so little indeed for the rights and wishes of the
+people, that he refused, for sixteen years after he became governor, to
+let a new assembly be elected. Having found in 1660 a set of pliant
+followers, he kept them in office by adjourning the assembly from year
+to year.
+
+Although such conduct was hard to excuse, the people were forbearing
+until a great evil fell upon the settlement. The Indians began to invade
+the frontier, and used the firebrand, scalping-knife, and tomahawk with
+such fearful effect that three hundred settlers were killed and their
+homes burned. The people begged Governor Berkeley to send troops to
+punish the Indians; but he refused because he was carrying on a
+profitable trade in furs with the offenders. At length, five hundred
+men, in a frenzy of rage at their wrongs, urged Nathaniel Bacon, a
+wealthy, educated planter, to lead them against their red foes.
+
+Bacon was at this time only twenty-eight years old. Tall and graceful in
+person, this young man was also brave and generous. He had sympathy with
+the plain people, over whom he exerted great influence, and when at
+length the Indians killed an overseer and favorite servant on one of his
+large plantations, he was willing to join with the people and be their
+leader against the common foe. After trying in vain to get a commission
+from Governor Berkeley, Bacon put himself at the head of five hundred
+troops, and without a commission marched boldly against the Indians.
+These he defeated with very little loss.
+
+In the meantime, with a force of his own soldiers, Berkeley followed
+after Bacon, whom he called a rebel and traitor. Before he could reach
+the young leader, however, Berkeley had to return to Jamestown to put
+down an uprising of the people. Nor did he succeed in restoring quiet
+until he agreed to an election of a new assembly to which Bacon himself
+was chosen a delegate.
+
+On Bacon's return from his attack upon the Indians he became the idol of
+the people. In their devotion to him and fear for his safety, thirty men
+armed with guns accompanied him on his sloop down the James River as he
+went to meet with the assembly at Jamestown. But this force was not
+large enough to prevent Berkeley's followers from capturing Bacon and
+taking him before the angry governor.
+
+On the advice of a friend, Bacon agreed to apologize to the governor,
+with the understanding, as seems probable, that the latter should grant
+him the desired commission. But the trouble between the two men was by
+no means settled. That very night Bacon's friends warned him of a plot
+against his life. Under cover of darkness, therefore, he took horse, and
+found safe shelter among his followers. But he speedily returned to
+Jamestown at the head of five hundred troops, where he forced Berkeley
+to grant him a commission, and compelled the legislature to pass laws
+that were favorable to the interests of the people. Then hearing that
+the Indians were again beginning to burn and murder on the border, he
+marched against them.
+
+While he was gone Berkeley called out the militia, with the intention of
+overpowering Bacon upon his return, but on learning the governor's
+purpose the troops refused to fight and went back to their homes. Sick
+with the sense of failure, Governor Berkeley now sought a place of
+safety across Chesapeake Bay in Accomac County.
+
+[Illustration: The Burning of Jamestown.]
+
+Bacon once more occupied Jamestown, but for a third time found it
+necessary to march against the Indians. While he was gone Berkeley, who
+had succeeded in raising a troop of one thousand men, came back and took
+possession of the capital. Although Bacon's men were tired out with
+fighting the Indians, they promptly gathered at his call, and attacked
+Berkeley with such vigor that the poor governor was glad to escape again
+to his retreat in Accomac County.
+
+When Bacon got control of Jamestown, then a mere village of some sixteen
+to eighteen houses, he burned it to prevent its falling into Berkeley's
+hands. The people's leader had been successful, and had risked his life
+and his fortune for the common rights. But the strain of the past four
+or five months in the malarial swamps broke down his health, and after a
+short illness, he died of fever at the home of a friend, in October,
+1676. It is not known where he was buried. His friends were obliged to
+hide his body, because they feared that, according to the custom of the
+times, Berkeley might seize it and have it hanged.
+
+With Bacon's death the rebellion lost its heart and soul. Berkeley
+brutally punished Bacon's friends, some twenty of whom he put to death.
+This displeased the English king, who summoned the governor to return to
+England, where he soon afterward died a broken-hearted man.
+
+Bacon's Rebellion, as this uprising of Virginians in 1676 has been
+rightly called, although it seemed to fail, was not without large
+influence for good. For it strengthened the liberty-loving spirit of the
+people, and prepared them for that greater movement in behalf of their
+rights that took place one hundred years later.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE "STARVING TIME."
+  LORD DELAWARE ARRIVES.
+  DALE DOES AWAY WITH THE COMMON STOREHOUSE.
+  TOBACCO AND THE PLANTATION.
+  THE NAVIGATION LAWS INJURE THE PLANTERS.
+  BERKELEY ACTS LIKE A TYRANT.
+  THE INDIANS USE THE FIREBRAND AND THE TOMAHAWK WITH TELLING EFFECT.
+  NATHANIEL BACON LEADS A FORCE AGAINST THE INDIANS.
+  HE IS ELECTED TO THE ASSEMBLY.
+  HIS CAPTURE AND ESCAPE.
+  HE GETS HIS COMMISSION.
+  HE ATTACKS BERKELEY AT JAMESTOWN.
+  HIS DEATH.
+  A STRIKING RESULT OF BACON'S REBELLION.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What important thing was done by Sir Thomas Dale?
+
+  2. What were the Navigation Laws, and how did they affect the
+  planters?
+
+  3. Describe Berkeley. What do you admire in Bacon?
+
+  4. Write a paragraph on each of the following topics: Bacon leads
+  a force against the Indians; Bacon elected to the assembly; his
+  capture and escape; he gets his commission; he attacks Berkeley
+  at Jamestown.
+
+  5. Review the following dates: 1492, 1541, and 1607. Add to these
+  1676.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+Miles Standish and the Pilgrims
+
+[1584-1656]
+
+[Illustration: Miles Standish.]
+
+
+Only thirteen years after Jamestown was settled, a colony of Englishmen,
+very different in character from the gold hunters of Virginia, landed on
+the Massachusetts coast. These men came not to seek fortunes but rather
+to establish a community with high ideals of political and religious
+life. With them they brought their wives and children, and a
+determination to build for themselves permanent homes in the new world.
+Before tracing their fortunes in America, let us glance backward a few
+years and see them as they were in their English homes.
+
+At the present time people can choose their own church and worship as
+they please, but it was not always so, even in England. In that country,
+during the reign of Queen Elizabeth, there was much religious
+disturbance, and many people were punished because they would not
+worship as the law required. There were Englishmen who, while loving
+the English Church, wished to make its services more simple or, as they
+said, purify its forms and ceremonies. These people were for this reason
+called _Puritans_. Others disliked the ceremonial and doctrines of the
+Church so much that they wished to form a separate body and worship
+after their own ideas. These were called _Separatists_, or
+_Independents_.
+
+The Separatists met for service on the Lord's Day in the home of William
+Brewster, one of their chief men, in the little village of Scrooby. For
+a year they tried to keep together and worship as an independent body.
+But as the laws of England required that all should worship in the
+Established Church, they found they could not do this without being
+hunted down, thrown into prison, and sometimes beaten and even hanged.
+
+They endured these persecutions as long as they could, and then some of
+them decided to leave their own land and seek a home in Holland, where
+they would be free to worship God as they pleased. James I, then King of
+England, being unwilling that they should go, they had much difficulty
+in carrying out their plan, but in 1608 they escaped and went to
+Amsterdam. From Amsterdam they went to Leyden, and finally from Leyden
+to America, by way of England. By reason of their wanderings they became
+known later as Pilgrims.
+
+Since they were poor people, the Pilgrims were obliged to accept any
+work that would enable them to make a living. In Leyden many found
+employment in the manufacture of woollen goods. Here they were
+prosperous enough and enjoyed freedom of worship, but were unwilling to
+remain with the Dutch, fearing that their children would forget English.
+For, although England had been unkind to them, they cherished their
+native language, customs, and habits of life.
+
+They had heard much about the English colony in Virginia, and the
+association of their own people in a free land appealed strongly to
+their English hearts. To Virginia therefore they decided to go,
+believing that there they could worship in peace and harmony and bring
+up their children in sturdy English thought and feeling.
+
+But it is often easier to plan than to accomplish, and so it was with
+these home-yearning Pilgrims. Having decided to leave Holland, they
+found practical difficulties to be overcome, the most serious of which
+were King James's opposition to their going to America and lack of funds
+for the long and expensive journey. He permitted them to sail, however,
+and agreed not to disturb them in America so long as they pleased him.
+After getting the king's consent and borrowing money on hard terms,
+these earnest men and women made ready to sail for their new home in the
+forest wilds of America.
+
+They embarked in the Speedwell, at Delft Haven, a port twelve miles from
+Leyden, and sailed for Southampton, on the south coast of England. Here
+they joined some friends who had made ready another vessel, the now
+historic Mayflower. But a brief delay was occasioned by lack of money.
+In order to secure the necessary amount, about four hundred dollars, it
+was necessary to sell some of their provisions, including much of the
+butter. Funds being secured, the two vessels at last put to sea, but
+twice returned on account of a leak in the Speedwell. Finally, deeming
+that vessel unseaworthy, one hundred and two Pilgrims, including men,
+women, children, and servants, took passage in the Mayflower, sailing
+from Plymouth, September 16, 1620.
+
+[Illustration: The Pilgrims in England and Holland.]
+
+After a most trying and tempestuous voyage lasting over nine weeks, land
+was sighted, November 19, 1620, but instead of arriving off the coast of
+Virginia, as they had planned, the storm-beaten voyagers found
+themselves in what is now the harbor of Provincetown. Before landing
+they entered into a solemn agreement to make and obey such laws as
+should be needful for the good of the colony. John Carver was chosen
+governor.
+
+Not being able on account of the shallow water to get the Mayflower to a
+point where they could step ashore, the men had to carry the women in
+their arms and wade several rods, though the weather was so cold that
+their clothing, wet from the ocean spray, froze stiff. Once on land,
+they fell upon their knees and thanked God for bringing them in safety
+through the many furious storms. Then immediately the women set to work
+lighting fires, boiling water, and washing clothing, while the men stood
+on guard to repel the Indians in case they might make an attack.
+
+It soon became clear that Cape Cod was an unfit place for a settlement,
+and an exploring party, with Miles Standish as military leader, was
+selected to look for a more suitable one.
+
+As military leader Miles Standish at once became conspicuous in the life
+of the colony. He was born in Lancashire, England, in 1584, of a noble
+family, but was in some way deprived of his estates. Going to the
+Continent he became a valiant and daring soldier in the Netherlands.
+Feeling a deep interest in the cause of the Pilgrims, he joined them
+when they sailed for America in the Mayflower, and made their fortunes
+his own.
+
+Small of stature, quick-witted, hot-tempered, and ready to brave any
+danger, this stout-hearted man was a fitting leader for the little
+Pilgrim army of something like a score of men who were obliged to defend
+themselves and their families against wild beasts and unfriendly
+Indians.
+
+Many of the Pilgrim soldiers wore armor to protect themselves against
+Indian arrows. In some instances this armor consisted of a steel helmet
+and iron breastplates, and in others of quilted coats of cotton wool.
+Like Miles Standish, some of the soldiers had swords at their sides, and
+all carried either flintlock or matchlock muskets so big and heavy that,
+before they could fire them off, they had to rest them upon supports
+stuck into the ground for the purpose.
+
+Standish's daring little band of soldiers explored some of the coast on
+the day the Mayflower anchored. The next Wednesday after landing they
+started out a second time in search of a suitable place for settlement.
+As they skirted the coast, landing here and there, they saw and heard
+Indians, who fled at their approach.
+
+Soon they came upon some mounds, out of which they dug bows and arrows
+and other utensils. These, however, they replaced, because they believed
+the mounds to be Indian graves. In a rude and deserted house they also
+found an iron kettle. Digging into still another mound these
+home-hunters were delighted to discover large baskets filled with ears
+of Indian corn--red, white, and yellow. As they were sorely in need of
+food after their long voyage, they took with them some of the corn, for
+which they were careful to pay the Indians later.
+
+An amusing incident occurred on this otherwise serious journey. Before
+they got back to the Mayflower, William Bradford, who afterward became
+the second governor of the Plymouth Colony, met with an accident that
+must have caused even the stern Pilgrim soldiers to smile. Picking his
+way through the underbrush of the wood he stepped unwittingly into a
+deer-trap, and was suddenly jerked up into the air, where he dangled by
+one leg until his friends released him, none the worse for the ludicrous
+occurrence.
+
+[Illustration: The Mayflower.]
+
+After spending more than three weeks in vain efforts to find a place for
+settlement, a party of ten picked men, including Governor Carver,
+William Bradford, and Captain Miles Standish, set out on the afternoon
+of December 16th, in the midst of a driving storm, for another search.
+It was so cold that the spray, falling upon them, soon covered their
+clothing with coats of ice, but the voyagers, though suffering terribly,
+pushed courageously forward.
+
+At the close of the next day, having anchored in a creek, they
+constructed a barricade, not only as a protection from the bitter
+weather, but as a means of defence against the Indians. This three-sided
+barricade, made of boughs, stakes, and logs, was about as high as a man,
+and was open on the leeward side. Within this shelter they lighted a big
+fire, which they kept roaring all night long. Then lying down around it,
+with their feet toward the burning logs, they wrapped their cloaks
+closely about them and fell asleep beneath the trees and the open sky,
+one man always keeping guard.
+
+Next morning they were astir early, ready for the stubborn work of
+another day. Some of them had carried their muskets down to the shore,
+leaving them there to be put aboard the boat a little later, and were
+returning to breakfast when the shout "Indians!" followed by a shower of
+arrows, greeted them. The woods seemed full of red warriors, whose
+blood-curdling war-whoops must have struck fear to the hearts of the
+small band of explorers. However, the white men bravely stood their
+ground, and with cool arm and steady hand so terrified the savages that
+they soon took to their heels.
+
+Once out to sea again the Pilgrims encountered a furious gale that
+threatened to swamp their frail boat. All day long they were tossed
+about on the storm-swept sea, and just before dark an immense wave
+almost filled the boat and carried off the rudder. A little later a
+fierce gust of wind broke the mast into three pieces. Then without mast
+or rudder the dauntless men struggled at the oars until morning when
+they reached land and found themselves on an island which they named
+Clarke's Island, in honor of the Mayflower's mate.
+
+[Illustration: The Pilgrim Settlement.]
+
+Some further explorations revealed a suitable place for settlement. It
+had a good harbor, a stream of excellent drinking water near by, and at
+a little distance from the shore a stretch of high ground affording a
+good location for a fort. In addition to these advantages there was a
+large field of cleared land on which the Indians had raised corn. Much
+cheered with their discovery the explorers returned with their report.
+
+After as little delay as possible, the Pilgrims landed[5] on the spot
+chosen for their new home,--the spot which John Smith had several years
+before named Plymouth. At once they set to work with heroic energy, some
+felling trees, some sawing, some splitting, and some carrying logs to
+the places of building.
+
+  [5] According to tradition, the Pilgrims, in landing, stepped on a
+      small granite bowlder, since known as Plymouth Rock. The date of
+      landing, December 21, is called Forefathers' Day.
+
+They first erected a rude log-house, twenty feet square, which would
+serve for a common storehouse, for shelter, and for other purposes, and
+began the building of five separate private dwellings. They built also a
+hospital and a meeting-house.
+
+The houses were all alike in form and size. After cutting down trees and
+sawing logs of suitable length, the men dragged them by hand along the
+ground--for there were no horses or other beasts of burden--and laid
+them one upon another, thus forming the walls. Probably the chimneys and
+fireplaces were of stone, the crevices being plastered with mortar made
+by mixing straw and mud, and oil paper taking the place of glass for
+windows. At the best, these log-houses were poor makeshifts for
+dwellings in the severe winter weather along the bleak New England
+coast.
+
+For furnishing these simple homes, the Pilgrims had brought over such
+articles as large arm-chairs, wooden settles, high-posted beds,
+truckle-beds for young children, and cradles for babies. Every home had
+also its spinning-wheel. The cooking was done in a big fireplace. Here
+the housewife baked bread in large ovens, roasted meat by putting it on
+iron spits which they had to keep turning in order to cook all sides of
+the roast alike, and boiled various kinds of food in large kettles hung
+over the fire.
+
+As there were no friction matches in those days, it was the custom to
+kindle a fire by striking sparks with a flint and steel into dry
+tinder-stuff. Having once started a fire,--which was no easy
+matter,--they had to be very careful not to let it go out, and for that
+reason covered the coals at bedtime with ashes.
+
+In the place of candles or lamps, pitch-pine knots furnished light at
+night. We can well imagine the Pilgrim boys and girls resting on the
+settles in the evening, and reading by the blaze from the huge
+fireplace.
+
+In this first winter lack of good food and warm clothing, exposure to
+the cold, and various kinds of hardship bred disease in the little
+colony. At one time only seven men were well enough to take care of the
+sick and suffering. One of these seven was the fearless soldier, Miles
+Standish. He now became a tender nurse, and joined with William Bradford
+and Elder Brewster in making fires, washing clothes, cooking food, and
+in other plain household duties.
+
+[Illustration: A Matchlock Gun.]
+
+By spring about half of the colonists, including Governor Carver and
+Rose Standish, wife of Captain Miles Standish, had died. Notwithstanding
+all the sufferings, however, not one of the Pilgrims went back on the
+Mayflower when she sailed for England. But so weak had the colony become
+through loss of able-bodied men, that corn was planted on the graves to
+keep the Indians from learning how many had died.
+
+One day in early spring, the Pilgrims were startled by the sudden
+appearance of an Indian, Samoset by name, who cried in English,
+"Welcome, Englishmen." A week later he returned with a friend, named
+Squanto,[6] who had formerly lived at Plymouth with other Indians, all
+of whom had been swept away by a plague.
+
+  [6] Squanto had been taken to England by some white men in 1614.
+
+Squanto was glad to get back to his old home once more. He afterward
+came to live with the Pilgrims, acting as their messenger and
+interpreter and showing them how to hunt and how to catch fish. From him
+they learned how to plant corn. Putting one or two herring as a
+fertilizer in every hill, they would watch for a while to prevent the
+wolves from digging up and eating the fish, and in due time would have
+an abundant return.
+
+[Illustration: A Group of Pilgrim Relics.]
+
+About a week after Samoset's first appearance, he returned and announced
+the approach of Massasoit, an Indian chief living at Mount Hope, some
+forty miles southwest of Plymouth. Captain Miles Standish marched out
+with his men to escort the Indian chief to meet Governor Carver in an
+unfinished house. The Pilgrims had spread upon the floor a green mat,
+which they covered with cushions for the chief and the governor. When
+the chief, who was a man of fine presence and dignified bearing, was
+seated upon the cushions, Governor Carver was escorted to the place of
+meeting by the Pilgrim soldiers, amid the beating of drums and the
+blowing of trumpets. After the governor had kissed the chief's hand, the
+two men agreed to be friends and keep peace between the white men and
+the red. The friendship thus romantically begun lasted for more than
+fifty years. Before Massasoit's departure the Pilgrims gave him two
+skins and a copper necklace.
+
+As summer came on the condition of the Pilgrims improved. There was much
+less sickness, and food was more easily obtained. On the arrival of
+autumn the corn and barley planted by the Pilgrims yielded a good
+return, and ducks, geese, wild turkeys, and deer could be secured by
+hunting. When Massasoit with ninety men came to see the Pilgrims in the
+autumn, the Indians brought some deer and the Pilgrims furnished food
+from their supplies, so that a three days' feast was held. This was the
+first celebration of the New England Thanksgiving.
+
+But not all of the Indian neighbors were so friendly as Massasoit and
+his tribe. Canonicus, chief of the Narragansetts, sent to Plymouth an
+insolent greeting in the form of a number of arrows tied with a snake's
+skin. The Pilgrims on their part stuffed the snake's skin full of powder
+and bullets, and in defiance sent it back to Canonicus. So deeply
+impressed were the Indians by this fearless act that they let the whites
+alone.
+
+Believing it wise to be prepared against Indian attacks, however, the
+Pilgrims surrounded the settlement with palisades, and erected on
+"Burial Hill" a building, on the flat roof of which cannon were placed,
+the room downstairs serving as a meeting-house.
+
+[Illustration: Pilgrims Returning from Church.]
+
+Energetic in practical affairs, they were equally zealous in religious
+observance; for they were very regular in their church attendance. Their
+Sabbaths began with sundown on Saturday and lasted until sundown on
+Sunday. The beating of a drum on Sunday morning was the signal for the
+men to meet at the door of Captain Miles Standish's house, from which
+they marched three abreast, followed by their governor in a long robe,
+with the minister on his right and Miles Standish on his left.
+
+After the men came the women, then the children, and last of all the
+servants. On entering the church they sat in order of rank, the old men
+in one part of the church, the young men in another, mothers with their
+little children in a third, young women in a fourth, and the boys in a
+fifth.
+
+The services lasted all the morning; then, after an intermission for
+lunch at noon, they began again and continuing all the afternoon. But on
+the coldest days of winter only foot-stoves were used to heat the
+meeting-house. Nor was this the only discomfort the Pilgrims had in
+their church worship. For even these good people found it sometimes hard
+to remain awake during the long services. And it was the duty of the
+constable to see that all kept their eyes open. If this official saw a
+boy asleep he rapped him with the end of a wand; if he saw a woman
+nodding he brushed her gently with a hare's foot, which was on the other
+end of the wand.
+
+The Pilgrims held their town meetings in the meeting-house, where they
+held their religious services. At town meetings all the men wore their
+hats. In voting they used corn and beans, a grain of corn meaning yes
+and a bean meaning no.
+
+Such was the life of the little company of true-hearted men and women at
+Plymouth. Small in number as they were, they remained brave in spirit,
+amid surroundings which tested all their powers of endurance. For
+several years Miles Standish did valiant service there, and then went to
+live at Duxbury, where he was soon joined by some of his Pilgrim
+friends, among whom was John Alden. Here the good captain remained the
+rest of his life, except when he was needed as military leader by the
+colony. He died many years later,--in 1656,--leaving behind him a good
+name with the Pilgrims and the rest of the world.
+
+[Illustration: Brewster's and Standish's Swords.]
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE ENGLISHMEN WHO SETTLED IN NEW ENGLAND.
+  PURITANS AND SEPARATISTS.
+  THE SEPARATISTS ESCAPE TO HOLLAND.
+  THE PILGRIMS LEAVE HOLLAND FOR AMERICA.
+  DIFFICULTIES IN THEIR WAY.
+  THE VOYAGE OF THE MAYFLOWER.
+  MILES STANDISH MADE MILITARY LEADER.
+  THE STOUT-HEARTED CAPTAIN MILES STANDISH.
+  THE GRIM PILGRIM SOLDIERS.
+  CAPTAIN MILES STANDISH HEADS A SECOND EXPLORING PARTY.
+  INDIAN MOUNDS; BRADFORD IN THE DEER-TRAP.
+  A DANGEROUS EXPEDITION.
+  A NIGHT IN THE WOODS; INDIANS.
+  A STRUGGLE FOR LIFE ON THE STORM-SWEPT SEA.
+  A SUITABLE PLACE FOR SETTLEMENT.
+  LANDING OF THE PILGRIM FATHERS AT PLYMOUTH.
+  THE BUSY BUILDERS OF LOG-HOUSES.
+  IN THE HOMES OF THE PILGRIMS.
+  THE SUFFERING PILGRIMS.
+  SAMOSET; SQUANTO; MASSASOIT VISITS THE PILGRIMS.
+  A THANKSGIVING FEAST.
+  INDIAN ENEMIES.
+  THE PILGRIMS AT CHURCH SERVICES.
+  THE MEETING-HOUSE.
+  DEATH OF CAPTAIN MILES STANDISH.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What do you admire in the character of Miles Standish, and
+  what did he do for the Pilgrims at Plymouth?
+
+  2. Trace on the map the wanderings of the Pilgrims.
+
+  3. Write an account of the "Dangerous Expedition" of the ten
+  picked men who set out on December 16th, in search of a place for
+  settlement. Picture to yourself the following: the party lying by
+  the big fire under the trees with the barricade about them; the
+  Pilgrims on their way to church; and Massasoit entertained by
+  Governor Carver.
+
+  4. Describe a Pilgrim dwelling and its furniture.
+
+  5. Compare the Pilgrims with the Jamestown settlers.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+Roger Williams and the Puritans
+
+[1599-1683]
+
+
+For years after the landing of the Pilgrims at Plymouth (1620) their
+number grew so slowly that by 1630 the population was only three
+hundred. After that year they began to increase more rapidly, by reason
+of neighboring settlements made by the Puritans at various places on the
+Massachusetts coast.
+
+We have already seen that the Puritans in England were dissatisfied with
+the English Church, and that they wished to purify some of its forms and
+beliefs. But they did not succeed in their purpose because the Stuart
+Kings of England, James I. and Charles I., bitterly opposed the Puritan
+movement. For a long time the Puritans held their meetings secretly in
+such out-of-the-way places as private houses and barns. At length,
+encouraged by the success of the Pilgrims at Plymouth, they decided to
+leave their homes in old England and try to form a new England across
+the Atlantic.
+
+These Puritans were not, like the Pilgrims, poor men of little
+influence, for some of them had been educated at Oxford or Cambridge,
+some were wealthy, and some were connected with distinguished families.
+All were of sterling character, ready to undergo hardship for the sake
+of their religion.
+
+In 1628, therefore, some of the leading Puritans formed a trading
+company and, having bought a tract of land in America from the Plymouth
+Company, sent out settlers to occupy it. The first settlement was at
+Salem with Endicott as leader. Two years later eleven vessels sailed
+with nearly 1,000 Puritans, bringing with them horses, cattle, and
+stores of various kinds. They located at Boston, Dorchester,
+Charlestown, and other towns near Boston. John Winthrop, their leader,
+was the first governor.
+
+Each of these settlements constituted a township, which usually included
+an area of from forty to sixty square miles. Within this tract settlers
+lived in villages, in the centre of which stood their meeting-house,
+used not only for a place of worship but for all kinds of public
+meetings. Near the meeting-house stood the block-house. This was a rude,
+strongly built structure, where the people of the village could take
+refuge in case of attack from Indians.
+
+Extending through each village was a long street, and on either side of
+it stood the settlers' dwellings with their small farms stretching back
+in the rear. These dwellings, which in early years were only log huts,
+afterward gave place to high-roofed frame houses. All were simple,
+solid, and neat.
+
+[Illustration: Roger Williams on his Way to Visit the Chief of the
+Narragansett Indians.]
+
+Upon entering one of these early Puritan homes we should find two
+principal rooms, the "best room" and the kitchen. In the kitchen the
+thing of special interest to us would be the fireplace, large enough for
+a back-log five or six feet long and two or three feet thick. In this
+great fireplace a Puritan housewife could roast an entire sheep. As
+stoves were unknown in these olden days, all cooking was done at this
+open fire, and it was by such firesides that the Puritan boys and girls
+used to spend the long winter evenings. While the logs blazed the mother
+and daughters would knit, or spin, or quilt, and the father would read
+his Bible or smoke his pipe. At this family hearth there was also much
+good cheer in cider-drinking, nut-cracking, and story-telling,
+especially when the family was fortunate enough to have a stranger
+present as a guest. At such times the children were always good
+listeners.
+
+[Illustration: Block House]
+
+But much as it was prized, a visit from a stranger was a rare
+occurrence, for as there were no carriages or public conveyances of any
+kind, long journeys were seldom made. When travelling by land the
+settlers sometimes went on foot and sometimes on horseback. In the
+latter case the men sat in front and the women on a pillion behind. For
+carrying supplies, sleds were used in winter and ox-carts in summer.
+
+Since travel was so difficult, there was very little communication
+between distant villages unless they happened to touch upon the sea. But
+frequently this was not the case, for many of the settlements, following
+the courses of rivers, extended inland rather than along the coast.
+
+When a stranger did appear, however, he was always welcome, for he was
+sure to bring some bit of news from the world outside. Perhaps, if he
+had travelled through the woods, he might tell of some dangerous
+adventure with wild beasts or Indians. If in midwinter he dared to make
+the journey, he might tell how he spent a cold night in some deserted
+wigwam, into which he had been driven by howling wolves. Such thrilling
+chapters from the book of every-day life were of special interest to
+people whose experience was very narrow and monotonous. For in those
+days there were no newspapers and few books.
+
+We should make a great mistake, however, were we to imagine that the
+Puritans did not value books and reading. They appreciated reading and
+education so much that every town was required to have a school. As a
+consequence of this excellent system, there were very few people who
+could not read and write.
+
+[Illustration: Roger Williams's Meeting-House.]
+
+The study of the Bible was an important feature in all this school
+training, and absorbed much of the thought of the Puritan mind,
+especially on the Sabbath. The Puritan Sabbath, which began at sunset on
+Saturday and ended at sunset on Sunday, was largely given up to church
+worship. All work and travel, not absolutely necessary, were suspended,
+and no playing on a musical instrument was allowed. Two instances will
+illustrate the severity of the Puritan ideas of Sabbath observation. The
+first is that of two lovers, who were brought to trial because they
+were seen sitting together on the Lord's Day under an apple-tree. The
+second tells us of a Boston sea-captain who was put into the public
+stocks for two hours because he kissed his wife on the Sabbath Day upon
+the doorsteps of his house. He had just returned after a two years'
+absence on a sea-voyage.
+
+In all this strictness about Sabbath observance, the Puritans were
+wholly sincere. To them purity of religion was the supreme interest of
+life. They had left their old homes in England that they might worship
+according to their own belief in a community under the control of
+Puritan ideas.
+
+But it was no easy matter for them to arrange the affairs of Church and
+State just as they wished, even in this new Puritan commonwealth. For
+they found some of the settlers unwilling to believe and act in
+accordance with Puritan ideas of right and wrong.
+
+One of these troublesome persons was a young man who came with his bride
+to Salem in 1631. This young man was Roger Williams. He was born in
+England in 1599. An Englishman of influence secured for the clever lad a
+scholarship in the Charter-House school, from which young Roger later
+went to Cambridge University. Having become a Puritan, Roger Williams,
+like so many others of his faith, found it wise to leave England. He
+came to America in order that he might escape religious persecution and
+enjoy religious freedom.
+
+On reaching New England he went to Salem, and was there appointed a
+minister of the church. After a very short time he left Salem, and went
+with his family to Plymouth. Remaining there for two years, he became
+deeply interested in the Indians, and began the difficult task of
+learning their language. He wrote afterward, "God was pleased to give me
+a painful, patient spirit to lodge with them in their filthy, smoky
+holes to gain their tongue."
+
+In this way he acquired a good knowledge of the Indians, whom he learned
+to love and who learned to love him. Little did he realize that this
+warm friendship would in after years save not only his own life but also
+the lives of many other Puritans.
+
+[Illustration: A Puritan Fireplace.]
+
+While winning the friendship of the Indians, Roger Williams incensed the
+Puritans by saying in strong language that they had no just claim to the
+lands they were living on. He said that the King had no right to grant
+to any company these lands, because they had never belonged to him. The
+Indians, and only the Indians, owned them. It is needless to say that
+such arguments made many bitter enemies for the youthful preacher.
+
+Of course he could not continue in this severe criticism of matters so
+important to the Puritan heart without losing many of his friends. The
+wrath of the Puritans at length became so great that they tried him in
+court and banished him from Massachusetts. As he became ill about this
+time, however, he was told that he might remain in the colony through
+the winter if he would not preach. But as soon as he grew better his
+friends, who were very fond of him, began to spend much time in talking
+with him at his home in Salem, where he now lived. The Puritans, fearing
+his influence, determined to send him at once to England.
+
+[Illustration: The Rhode Island Settlement.]
+
+When the heroic young minister heard of this, he hastily said good-by to
+his wife and two children--one of whom was a little girl two years old
+and the other a baby--and looked for safety in the home of his old
+friend Massasoit, living near Mount Hope, seventy or eighty miles away.
+
+The outlook was dreary enough. It was midwinter (January, 1636), and the
+snow was lying deep upon the ground. As there was no road cut through
+the forest, Roger Williams had to depend upon his compass for a guide.
+To keep himself from freezing, he carried with him a hatchet to chop
+kindling wood, and a flint and steel to kindle it into flame. Thus
+fitted out, he started, though still weak from his recent illness, with
+a staff in his hand and a pack on his back, to look for his dusky
+friend, Massasoit. This long journey in the bitter weather of a New
+England winter was indeed a trying experience to the lonely traveller.
+He wrote long afterward, "Steering my course, in winter snow, I was
+sorely tossed for one fourteen weeks in a bitter winter season, not
+knowing what bed or bread did mean." Having found Massasoit, he spent
+much of the winter in the wigwam kindly furnished him by the Indian
+chief.
+
+In the spring he began to erect buildings at Seekonk on land given him
+by the Indians. But his friend, Governor Winthrop, having secretly sent
+him word that Seekonk was in the territory belonging to the
+Massachusetts colony, he decided to go elsewhere.
+
+Accordingly, he and five of his friends rowed down the river and,
+landing at a place pointed out by the Indians as having a spring of good
+water, made a settlement, which they called Providence, in token of
+God's watchful care over them. This was the beginning of Rhode Island, a
+colony where all men, whatever their religious belief might be, were
+welcome. Men who had been persecuted elsewhere on account of their
+religion were glad to go to Rhode Island, where they were allowed to
+worship as they pleased. And thus it soon grew to be a prosperous
+settlement.
+
+Roger Williams was a man of pure and noble soul. He did not seem to bear
+any grudge against the people of Massachusetts. For when, in 1637, the
+Pequots tried to get the Narragansett Indians to join them in a general
+uprising against the whites, and especially against those living in
+Massachusetts, he did all he could to frustrate their plans. At this
+time he set out one stormy day in his canoe to visit Canonicus, chief of
+the Narragansetts, and succeeded, at the risk of his life, in preventing
+the union of the two tribes against the whites.
+
+He died in 1683 at the age of eighty-four years. Although his judgment
+was not always wise, his motives were upright. In his struggle with the
+Puritans he was ahead of his age, which was not yet ready for such
+advanced ideas of religious toleration.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  SMALL NUMBER OF PILGRIMS AT PLYMOUTH.
+  THE PURITANS DECIDE TO GO TO AMERICA.
+  THEY ARE PEOPLE OF INFLUENCE IN ENGLAND.
+  THE PURITAN SETTLERS IN MASSACHUSETTS.
+  THE NEW ENGLAND VILLAGE.
+  THE MEETING-HOUSE; THE BLOCK-HOUSE; THE GREAT FIREPLACE.
+  MODES OF TRAVEL.
+  THE STRANGER WELCOMED.
+  EDUCATION.
+  PURITAN IDEAS OF SABBATH OBSERVANCE AND RELIGIOUS WORSHIP.
+  ROGER WILLIAMS COMES TO NEW ENGLAND.
+  HE WINS THE FRIENDSHIP OF THE INDIANS.
+  HE MAKES PURITAN ENEMIES.
+  THE PURITANS BANISH ROGER WILLIAMS.
+  HE ESCAPES IN MIDWINTER.
+  A LONELY JOURNEY THROUGH THE FOREST.
+  ROGER WILLIAMS MAKES A SETTLEMENT AT PROVIDENCE.
+  HE PREVENTS THE NARRAGANSETTS FROM JOINING THE PEQUOTS IN THEIR WAR.
+  DEATH OF ROGER WILLIAMS.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Picture to yourself the New England village; also the big
+  fire-place with the Puritan family gathered about the blazing
+  fire at night.
+
+  2. What do you admire in Roger Williams? How did he make many
+  Puritan enemies?
+
+  3. Write an account of his midwinter journey through the woods.
+
+  4. Tell how he befriended the people of Massachusetts at the
+  outbreak of the Pequot War.
+
+  5. How did the people of Providence feel about religious freedom?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+William Penn and the Settlement of Pennsylvania
+
+[1644-1718]
+
+[Illustration: William Penn.]
+
+
+The Pilgrims and Puritans were not the only people who had to suffer
+persecution in England because they did not believe in the doctrines and
+forms of worship of the Established Church. Under the leadership of
+George Fox there sprang up (about 1669) a peculiar religious sect called
+by themselves Friends and by others Quakers. These people were severely
+punished on account of their religious ideas.
+
+The central doctrine of their creed was that they were in all things led
+by the "inner light," as they called conscience, which revealed to them
+the will of God. Believing that all men were equal before the law, the
+Quaker always kept his hat on in public places as a sign of equality,
+refusing to uncover even in the presence of royalty. Other peculiar
+tenets of the Quakers were their unwillingness to take an oath in court;
+to go to war; to pay taxes in support of war; the use of "thee" and
+"thou" in addressing one another; and, as a protest against the rich and
+elegant dress of their time, the wearing of plain clothes of sober
+colors.
+
+Their disdain of familiar customs made them appear very eccentric, and
+their boldness of speech and action frequently brought upon them the
+punishment of the law. But they were fearless in their defiance, and
+even eager to suffer for the sake of their religious belief, some being
+fined, some cast into prison, some whipped, and some put to death. Not
+only in England, but in Massachusetts also, they were treated like
+criminals. The Puritan fathers hated and feared them so much that they
+banished Quakers from their colony, and even put some of them to death
+on account of their views on religion and government. But, as always,
+persecution only seemed to spread the faith, and soon this derided and
+abused sect included eminent converts.
+
+Among the most prominent was William Penn, who was born in London in
+1644, the son of Sir William Penn, a wealthy admiral in the British
+Navy. Conspicuous service to his country had won him great esteem at
+Court, and he naturally desired to give his son the best possible
+advantages.
+
+At the early age of sixteen, young William was sent to Oxford, where his
+studious habits and fine scholarship soon distinguished him. He became
+proficient in Greek and Latin, and learned to speak with ease the modern
+languages, French, German, Italian, and Dutch. Devoting a part of his
+time to athletics, he became a skilful oarsman and a leader in various
+out-door sports.
+
+While he was at Oxford, Penn heard Thomas Loe, a travelling Quaker,
+preach. The new doctrines, as expounded by Loe, took so deep a hold upon
+him, that he refused to attend the religious services of his college.[7]
+For this irregularity he was fined, together with some of his companions
+who were of the same mind. Disregarding the reproof, these conscientious
+young men even refused to wear the required college gown, and committed
+a yet graver offence against their college by tearing off the gowns from
+some of their fellow-students.
+
+  [7] Oxford University is composed of a number of colleges. The one
+      Penn attended was Christ Church College.
+
+By reason of these bold and unruly proceedings the college authorities
+expelled Penn in disgrace. His father was very angry at what he deemed
+his son's folly, and knowing that neither rebuke nor persuasion was
+likely to swerve the young man from his purpose, Admiral Penn decided to
+send William to Paris, with the hope that in the gay life of the French
+capital he might forget his Quaker ideas.
+
+Penn was now a strongly built young man of eighteen, with large eyes and
+long dark hair falling in curls about his shoulders. For a brief time he
+gave himself up to the fashionable social life of Paris. Later he
+engaged in study at school for something like a year, and then spent
+another year in travelling through France and Italy. When he returned to
+England after two years' absence, he was a cultivated young gentleman,
+very different from the sober youth who on leaving Oxford had been
+called by his companions "a Quaker or some other melancholy thing."
+
+[Illustration: WILLIAM PENN'S FAMOUS TREATY WITH THE INDIANS.]
+
+The following year, however, Penn's gay spirits were disturbed by the
+awful plague that fell upon London. The Admiral, noting the serious look
+and manner of his son, again sent him from home--this time to
+Ireland--for diversion. While Penn was in Ireland an insurrection broke
+out, and he volunteered as a soldier. Military life evidently appealed
+to him, for he caused a portrait of himself to be painted, in full
+armor.
+
+While still serving as a soldier, Penn learned that the Quaker, Thomas
+Loe, was preaching near by, and went to hear him once more. The Quaker
+ideas now took complete possession of him, and he embraced the new
+religion with his whole heart. A little later, when he was arrested in a
+Quaker meeting-house and thrown into prison, his father was indignant
+because William had brought upon his family such humiliating disgrace.
+
+After William's release from prison, however, the stern old Admiral in
+his great love for his son said he would forgive his peculiar customs if
+only he would remove his hat to his father, to the King, or to the Duke
+of York. But on praying over the matter, Penn said he could not do it.
+One day, on meeting the King, he had the boldness to stand with his hat
+on in the royal presence. Instead of getting angry, the fun-loving King
+Charles laughed and took off his own hat. "Why dost thou remove thy
+hat, friend Charles?" said William Penn. "Because," answered the King,
+"wherever I am it is customary for one to remain uncovered."
+
+But the Admiral's patience was by this time exhausted. He drove his
+wilful son from his presence, and told him to begone for all time.
+Fortunately for William, his mother begged for him, and so did others
+who recognized the earnest and sincere purpose of the young Quaker. His
+father therefore forgave him once more, and allowed him to return home.
+
+[Illustration: The Pennsylvania Settlement.]
+
+From this time on William Penn used his influence--which was by no means
+small--in behalf of the persecuted Quakers; but he had to suffer the
+consequences of his own fearlessness. Many times was he thrown into
+prison, there to remain, it might be, for months. Yet even in prison he
+spent his time in writing books and pamphlets, explaining and defending
+the Quaker religion. Indeed, his labors were unceasing, so firm was his
+faith in Quaker ideas.
+
+Soon his power for doing good was immensely increased. In 1670 his
+father died and left him a princely fortune which, true to his generous
+nature, he determined to use for the good of others, and especially for
+the good of the despised and persecuted Quakers.
+
+The Crown owed Penn's father about £16,000, which the King, with his
+extravagant habits, was not likely to pay for many a day. William Penn,
+therefore, decided to ask the King to pay the debt not in money but in
+land. The good-natured Charles, thinking this was an easy way to cancel
+the obligation, readily granted to William Penn an extensive tract of
+land lying on the west side of the Delaware River.
+
+[Illustration: Penn's Slate-roof House, Philadelphia.]
+
+Penn wished his new possession to be called Sylvania, or Woodland, but
+the King insisted upon calling it Pennsylvania, in honor of Penn's
+father. Upon receiving his grant, Penn at once sent word to the Quakers
+that in Pennsylvania they could find a home and a resting-place from
+their troubles.
+
+Penn's leading aim was to plant a self-governing colony, whose people
+should have justice and religious freedom. Hundreds of Quakers eagerly
+took advantage of the favorable opportunity which Penn thus offered to
+them. During the year 1681, when the first settlement was planted in
+Pennsylvania, something like 3,000 of them sailed for the Delaware
+River. The next year Penn himself sailed for America, although he left
+his wife and children behind.
+
+He selected the junction of the Delaware and Schuylkill rivers as the
+site for his city, and called it Philadelphia, or the City of Brotherly
+Love, in token of the spirit which he hoped might prevail throughout his
+colony. He laid out the city most carefully, giving the streets such
+names as Pine, Cedar, Mulberry, Walnut, and Chestnut, after the trees he
+found growing there.
+
+When the first settlers came to Philadelphia, some of them lived in
+caves which they dug in the high river-banks. The first houses, built of
+logs, were very simple, containing only two rooms and having no floor
+except the earth. Philadelphia grew so fast, however, that by 1684 it
+had 357 houses, many of which were three stories high, with cellars and
+balconies.
+
+[Illustration: A Belt of Wampum Given to Penn by the Indians.]
+
+As we might expect from a man of his even temper and unselfish spirit,
+Penn treated the Indians with kindness and justice, and won their
+friendship from the first. Although he held the land by a grant from the
+King of England, still he wished to satisfy the natives by paying them
+for their claims to the land. Accordingly, he called a council under the
+spreading branches of a now famous elm-tree, where he met the red men as
+friends, giving them knives, kettles, axes, beads, and various other
+things in exchange for the land. He declared that he was of the same
+flesh and blood as they; and highly pleased, the Indians in return
+declared that they would live in love with William Penn as long as the
+sun and moon should shine.
+
+Penn paid the Indians friendly visits, ate their roasted acorns and
+hominy, and joined them in their sports. One day while they were leaping
+and jumping in his presence, he suddenly "sprang up and beat them all."
+
+Penn soon returned to England, but many years later (1699) he came back
+to Pennsylvania with his wife and one daughter. As he was very wealthy,
+he had two homes, one in the city and another in the country. His
+country home, which was northeast of the city on the Delaware River,
+cost him $35,000. In this house were elegant furnishings, and here, in
+his large dining-hall, Penn lavishly entertained Englishmen, Swedes,
+Indians, negroes, and passing strangers who called at his door. We are
+told that his table was so bountiful that at one of his feasts the
+guests ate a hundred roast turkeys. The grounds about his country home
+were magnificent, containing various kinds of fruits and flowers, and in
+his stables were many horses.
+
+But notwithstanding these material blessings, Penn's life was not
+without trials and disappointments, which it is needless to dwell upon.
+Owing to his warm friendship for King James, he was suspected of
+plotting in his favor after the King was forced to leave England in
+1688. He was therefore more than once arrested, but in every case he
+was set free for lack of evidence against him. Many years later, on his
+refusal to pay a false claim made by his steward, he was thrown into
+prison, where his health was broken by confinement. He died in 1718. His
+life had been a hard struggle, but it had been successful, and had come
+to an honorable close.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE QUAKERS AND THEIR PECULIAR IDEAS.
+  PUNISHMENT OF THE QUAKERS IN ENGLAND AND IN MASSACHUSETTS.
+  WILLIAM PENN'S FATHER, ADMIRAL PENN.
+  WILLIAM PENN AT OXFORD UNIVERSITY.
+  HE TURNS QUAKER.
+  ADMIRAL PENN SENDS HIS SON TO PARIS.
+  WILLIAM PENN RETURNS TO ENGLAND.
+  HE BECOMES A SOLDIER IN IRELAND.
+  HE IS THROWN INTO PRISON.
+  THE STUBBORN YOUNG QUAKER.
+  PENN'S MOTHER BEGS FOR HIM.
+  THE KING'S GRANT TO WILLIAM PENN.
+  THE QUAKERS SETTLE IN PENNSYLVANIA.
+  THE CITY OF BROTHERLY LOVE.
+  PENN'S KIND AND JUST TREATMENT OF THE INDIANS.
+  HIS HOME LIFE.
+  HIS LAST DAYS.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Give some of the peculiar ideas of the Quakers.
+
+  2. Why was Penn thrown into prison? In what ways did he give
+  evidence of his stubbornness?
+
+  3. Why did he wish to settle Pennsylvania? Imagine the scene when
+  under the elm-tree Penn met the Indians and made a treaty with them.
+
+  4. Tell something about his home life.
+
+  5. What do you admire in Penn's character?
+
+  6. When did the Quakers settle Pennsylvania?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+Cavelier De La Salle and the French in the Mississippi Valley
+
+[1643-1687]
+
+[Illustration: Cavelier De La Salle.]
+
+
+The same year in which William Penn laid out Philadelphia and there made
+a treaty with the Indians, a noted Frenchman sailed down the Mississippi
+River, exploring it in the interests of France. This man was Robert
+Cavelier, Better known as La Salle, who, like many of his countrymen,
+was trying, just as the Spaniards and Englishmen had tried, to find or
+do something in America that would not only bring glory to his own name,
+but also wealth and honor to his fatherland. We have now to consider the
+work of the French in America.
+
+In 1534 Cartier, a French explorer, discovered the St. Lawrence, and
+sailed up the river as far as an Indian village on the present site of
+Montreal. He took possession of Canada in the name of the French King,
+and his favorable reports led to several unsuccessful attempts to plant
+settlements there.
+
+More than seventy years after the discovery of the St. Lawrence, another
+French explorer, Samuel de Champlain, sailed up the noble river. Much
+impressed with the great beauty of the St. Lawrence Valley and its
+wealth of forests and furs, he longed to bring all this vast new country
+under the control of France. In 1608 he planted the first permanent
+French settlement in Canada, at Quebec, and the following year
+discovered the lake which bears his name.
+
+Although Champlain loved his country and desired to increase its glory
+and power, he made an unfortunate blunder, which proved fatal to the
+best interests of France in the New World. In planting the settlement at
+Quebec, in 1608, he found that the neighboring tribes of Algonquin
+Indians were bitter enemies of the Mohawks, one of the Five Nations, or
+Iroquois, who lived in New York.
+
+[Illustration: Long House of the Iroquois.]
+
+The Algonquins begged him to join them in an attack upon the Mohawks,
+and he unwisely consented. Having gone up Lake Champlain with a
+canoe-party of sixty Indians, he landed near the site of Ticonderoga to
+fight a battle with two hundred hardy Mohawk warriors. Champlain, clad
+in light armor and gun in hand, advanced at the head of his war-party
+and, shooting into the ranks of the astonished Mohawks, who stood in
+battle array, brought to the earth two of their chiefs. The others fled
+in terror and confusion, while their enemies, Champlain's dusky allies,
+yelled with joy, and filled the woods with their terrible warwhoops.
+
+From that day, however, the Iroquois were the bitter enemies of the
+French, and this enmity seriously interfered with the successful
+carrying out of French plans. Having control of the St. Lawrence River,
+France greatly desired to get control of the Mississippi River as well.
+Once securing possession of these two great streams, she would come into
+possession of the wealth of the North American Continent.
+
+But the Iroquois Indians were strongly posted in the Mohawk River
+Valley, and thus held the key to the situation. In this way they blocked
+the path of the French, who wished to reach the Ohio and the Mississippi
+through Lake Erie and Lake Ontario. So the French were driven to seek a
+route farther north, a route which was much longer and more difficult.
+It would be well for you to trace on your map this roundabout way, which
+extended up the Ottawa River into Georgian Bay, through Lake Huron and
+Lake Michigan, across into the Illinois River, and through that into the
+Mississippi.
+
+In the same year that Champlain made the Iroquois bitter enemies of the
+French, Henry Hudson won their lasting friendship for the Dutch. About
+the time the Frenchman was fighting in the battle against the Mohawks at
+Ticonderoga, Hudson, with a crew of twenty men in the Half Moon, was
+sailing up the river that now bears his name. Instead of finding the
+short passage to the Pacific, for which he was searching in the
+interests of the Dutch, he discovered the great water-way to the
+interior. Having received just treatment from him, the Iroquois Indians
+became his friends and the friends of the Dutch settlers and traders
+that came later.
+
+From that time, in fact, these Iroquois Indians were as ready to sell
+their furs to the Dutch and to the English, who in 1664 took New York
+away from the Dutch, as they were to oppose the French and compel them
+to go many hundred miles out of their way in the tedious explorations in
+search of the Mississippi.
+
+This toilsome work of exploration was largely accomplished by the Jesuit
+missionaries. Fearless in their heroic efforts to advance their faith,
+they suffered all sorts of hardships, many being put to death, in their
+earnest struggle to bring religious truth to the ignorant red men of the
+woods. In their journeys through the forests and over the lakes, these
+Jesuit Fathers made many valuable discoveries and explorations which
+they carefully recorded in their journals.
+
+It was one of these missionaries, Father Marquette, who succeeded in
+reaching the waters of the Mississippi. Attended by Joliet and five
+other Frenchmen, he went, in 1673, as far down the mighty river as the
+mouth of the Arkansas. This was sixty-five years after Champlain made
+his settlement at Quebec.
+
+[Illustration: Map Showing Routes of Cartier, Champlain, and La Salle,
+also French and English Possessions at the Time of the Last French
+War.]
+
+But the most important of all the French explorations were made by the
+daring and tireless La Salle. He was born in France in 1643, and
+belonged to an old and rich family. Strong in mind and character, he
+received a good education, and became an earnest Catholic. With a heart
+ready to brave any danger in the achievement of glory for himself and
+for France, this young man at the age of twenty-three sailed for Canada.
+
+His plans, as finally worked out, were twofold: (1) To build forts and
+trading centres at various points along the St. Lawrence, the Great
+Lakes, and the Mississippi; and (2) to plant a colony at the mouth of
+the Mississippi. Wishing to get control of the rich fur trade for
+France, his forts and his colony would help to protect and further this
+trade, which could be carried on more easily by way of the Mississippi,
+than by way of the Great Lakes and the St. Lawrence. For along the
+latter route lay the hostile Iroquois, who were friendly to the Dutch
+and the English; and, moreover, the St. Lawrence was ice-bound nearly
+one-half of the year.
+
+Early in August, 1679, after long and weary efforts spent in
+preparation, La Salle launched on the Niagara River above the Falls, his
+little vessel, the Griffin, of forty tons burden, which was to bear him
+through the lakes on his way to the Mississippi.
+
+Nearly a year before starting, La Salle had sent up the lakes fifteen
+men to trade for furs. He expected them to have ready, against the time
+of his arrival, a cargo of furs to be sent back to Canada. For La Salle
+needed a great deal of money with which to buy provisions, ammunition,
+and tools, and to pay his men for their services. Besides, he wished to
+get cables, anchors, and rigging for a new vessel to be built on the
+Illinois River, for the purpose of making his expedition to the mouth of
+the Mississippi. The expected cargo of furs, taken back and sold in
+Canada, would give him the money he needed to carry out his plans.
+
+Having arrived at the head of Lake Huron, therefore, he collected the
+cargo awaiting him, loaded the Griffin with furs, and on September 18,
+1679, despatched it in charge of six men to Niagara. La Salle himself
+pushed on to the mouth of the St. Joseph River, where he built a fort,
+and waited long and anxiously for the Griffin's return. But he waited in
+vain, for he never heard from his vessel again. It was a great loss and
+a keen disappointment. After waiting long he continued his way, careworn
+and weary, with eight canoes and a party of thirty-three men.
+
+They rowed up the St. Joseph in search of the carrying-place leading to
+the head-waters of the Illinois River. On landing, La Salle started off
+alone to look for the pathway. In the midst of a blinding snow-storm he
+lost his bearings in the dense forest, and wandered until about two
+o'clock in the morning, when he found himself once more at the river,
+and fired his gun as a signal to the party.
+
+Then his eyes caught the welcome sight of a fire burning in the woods.
+Believing he was near his friends, he quickened his steps, only to find
+himself mistaken. Near the fire, under a tree, was a bed of dried grass
+which was still warm, and showed plainly that a man had but a few
+minutes before been lying there. Very likely the man was an Indian, who
+had been frightened off by the sound of the gun. La Salle carefully
+placed brush for a sort of barricade on each side of the newly found
+bed, and then lay down by the blazing fire and slept till daybreak. He
+did not find his friends until four o'clock next afternoon.
+
+On rejoining his party they made their way down the Illinois River,
+until their eyes fell upon some Indian wigwams on the forest-covered
+bank. The Indians, being friendly, received the Frenchmen with generous
+hospitality. They urged La Salle not to go down the Mississippi. They
+indeed said so much of the danger of the journey that six of La Salle's
+followers deserted, and another tried to poison him. These were sad days
+for La Salle and, like all his days, were beset with troubles and
+dangers. To protect himself from attack during the winter, he now
+planned the building of a fort which he called Crèvecoeur, the French
+word for heartbreak, surely a fitting name.
+
+Up to this time the iron-willed La Salle had not given up hope of
+hearing from the Griffin, but now he decided that his vessel was lost.
+There was but one thing to do. He must make an overland journey to
+Canada, 1,500 miles away, to get supplies for his expedition down the
+Mississippi. It was a dangerous undertaking. But on March 1, 1680, with
+an Indian hunter and four Frenchmen, the dauntless explorer started in
+two canoes.
+
+The season was the worst in the year for such a journey. The ground was
+covered with melting snow, and the rivers in many places were frozen
+with ice, too thick to be broken by the boats. Much of the time the
+party had to pull the canoes on rough sleds overland or carry them on
+their shoulders until, a few days after starting, they hid them in the
+woods and pushed forward on foot to the head of Lake Michigan.
+
+Reaching that point, it was now necessary for them to thread their
+toilsome way through the deep forests of Southern Michigan to the head
+of Lake Erie. For three days the undergrowth was so thick with thorns
+that it tore their clothing into shreds, and scratched their faces until
+they were covered with blood. Another three days were spent in wading,
+sometimes up to their waists, in the mud and water of the flood-covered
+marshes. At night they would take off their clothing and, covering their
+bodies with blankets, lie down to sleep on some dry hillock. One frosty
+night their clothes froze so stiff that in the morning they had to be
+thawed by the fireside before they could be put on. Amid such exposure
+some of the men fell sick, and thus delayed the party. But early in May,
+at the end of sixty-five days, they reached Canada.
+
+As soon as he could arrange his affairs in Canada, La Salle again
+returned to the Illinois River and reached its mouth. But owing to fresh
+disappointments, he had to make still another journey through the
+wilderness to the base of his supplies on the St. Lawrence.
+
+Not until February 6, 1682, two years and a half after he first started
+out in the Griffin, and after three attempts to build a suitable vessel
+for the journey, did he float out upon the waters of the Mississippi to
+explore it; and at last he was obliged to make the journey in canoes.
+This time his party included fifty-four people--eighteen Indian
+warriors, ten squaws, three Indian children, and twenty-three Frenchmen.
+On reaching the mouth of the river he planted a column bearing the arms
+of France, and then, with imposing ceremonies, took possession of the
+great Mississippi Valley in the name of the French King, Louis XIV.,
+after whom he named the country Louisiana.
+
+By building forts and trading centres along his route, La Salle had
+carried out the first part of his plan. He now resolved to go to France
+and get men for a colony which he wished to plant at the mouth of the
+Mississippi, and thus carry out the second part.
+
+Having succeeded in France in fitting out this colony, he sailed with
+four vessels early in July, 1684, in search of the Mississippi River by
+way of the Gulf of Mexico. With his usual bad fortune, however, he
+missed its mouth and landed at Matagorda Bay, 400 miles to the west.
+Then followed many disasters, among which were loss of vessels and
+supplies, lack of food, sickness and death, and attacks by unfriendly
+Indians. For two years the wretched little colony struggled for life. La
+Salle was in sore distress. He knew he had many enemies among his men
+who would gladly take his life, but he hoped for help from France. No
+help came. It was plain to La Salle that he could save the suffering
+colony only by making his way to Canada. He therefore started out on
+January 12, 1687, with a party of seventeen men and five horses, on
+another long and dangerous journey through the dense forests--this time
+from the Gulf of Mexico to Canada.
+
+[Illustration: The Murder of La Salle by his Followers.]
+
+Travelling north, the party crossed the Brazos River and toiled onward
+to the Trinity River. But La Salle's men were tired of travelling
+through the forests, and some of them were thirsting for his blood. They
+were waiting only for a suitable opportunity to carry out their
+murderous purpose. On the morning of March 19th they lay in ambush, and
+shot him dead as he approached, probably not far from the Trinity River.
+
+La Salle's life was one of storm and peril; but he was as fearless as a
+lion. Ambitious for himself and for his country, he had room for little
+else in his life, His repeated failures brought criticism and lack of
+confidence from men who had loaned him large sums of money, and these
+criticisms hardened his spirit. Many enemies making him suspicious, he
+seemed to lose sympathy with his men, and became harsh in his treatment
+of them. But he did a great work for France, a work which entitles him
+to be regarded as one of the most remarkable of all the explorers of
+America.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE COMING OF THE FRENCH TO AMERICA.
+  CARTIER DISCOVERS THE ST. LAWRENCE.
+  CHAMPLAIN EXPLORES FOR FRANCE.
+  CHAMPLAIN'S FATAL GUNSHOT.
+  THE IROQUOIS BECOME BITTER ENEMIES OF THE FRENCH.
+  THE IROQUOIS FORCE THE FRENCH TO SEEK A ROUNDABOUT ROUTE TO THE
+      MISSISSIPPI RIVER.
+  HENRY HUDSON WINS FOR THE DUTCH THE FRIENDSHIP OF THE IROQUOIS.
+  VALUABLE WORK OF THE JESUIT MISSIONARIES.
+  FATHER MARQUETTE GOES DOWN THE MISSISSIPPI.
+  THE DARING AND TIRELESS LA SALLE.
+  HIS TWOFOLD PLANS.
+  HIS VOYAGE TO LAKE MICHIGAN IN THE GRIFFIN.
+  THE GRIFFIN SAILS BACK TO CANADA WITH A CARGO OF FURS.
+  LA SALLE LOST IN THE FOREST.
+  WITH FRIENDLY INDIANS ON THE BANKS OF THE ILLINOIS RIVER.
+  SAD DAYS FOR LA SALLE.
+  HE DECIDES TO MAKE AN OVERLAND JOURNEY TO CANADA.
+  TRAVEL IN THE DEEP FORESTS.
+  LA SALLE AT LAST REACHES THE MOUTH OF THE MISSISSIPPI.
+  HE GOES TO FRANCE.
+  HIS COLONY FAILS.
+  A LONG JOURNEY BEGUN.
+  LA SALLE MURDERED BY HIS MEN.
+  HIS CHARACTER AND HIS WORK.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What did Champlain accomplish? When? Why did the Iroquois
+  become bitter enemies of the French and warm friends of the Dutch?
+
+  2. What were La Salle's twofold plans? Trace his route through the
+  lakes to the mouth of the Mississippi.
+
+  3. Picture him lost in the forest, and spending the night alone.
+
+  4. Describe his overland journey to Canada.
+
+  5. How did his colony suffer? What do you admire in La Salle's
+  character?
+
+  6. What do the following dates mean: 1492, 1541, 1607, 1629, 1676,
+  1682?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+George Washington, the Boy Surveyor and Young Soldier
+
+[1732-1799]
+
+[Illustration: George Washington.]
+
+
+As a pioneer in leading the way along the Ohio and the Mississippi, La
+Salle did much for France. He hoped to do far more. His cherished dream
+was to build up in this vast and fertile territory an empire for France.
+But the French King foolishly feared that planting colonies in America
+would take too many of his subjects out of France, and refused to do
+that which might have made his new possessions secure. The opportunity
+thus neglected was seized fifty years later by the hardy English
+settlers who pushed westward across the Alleghany Mountains. This
+movement brought on a struggle between the two nations, a few events of
+which are important to mention.
+
+You will remember that two years after the coming of John Smith to
+Jamestown, Champlain sailed up the St. Lawrence and settled Quebec for
+the French. You will also recall that the French explorers, priests,
+and traders had been gradually making their way into the heart of the
+continent, by way of the Great Lakes, until at last La Salle glided down
+to the mouth of the Mississippi, and took possession of the land in the
+name of the French King. This was in 1681, the year the Quakers were
+settling Pennsylvania and fifty-two years before the settlement of
+Georgia, the youngest of the thirteen original colonies.
+
+Just one year before this last settlement there was born in Westmoreland
+County, Va., a boy who was to play a large part in the history not only
+of the Ohio and Mississippi valleys, but of the whole country. This boy
+was George Washington. He was born on February 22, 1732, in an
+old-fashioned Virginia farm-house, near the Potomac River, on what was
+known as Bridge's Creek Plantation. The house had four rooms on the
+ground floor, with an attic of long sloping roofs and an enormous brick
+chimney at each end.
+
+[Illustration: Washington's Birthplace.]
+
+George's father was a wealthy planter, owning land in four counties,
+more than 5,000 acres in all. Some of his lands were on the banks of the
+Rappahannock River, near which he had money invested in iron-mines. To
+this plantation the family removed when George was seven years old, the
+new home being nearly opposite Fredericksburg, then a small village.
+
+Here he was sent to a small school and taught by a man named Hobby, a
+sexton of the church and tenant of George's father. It was a simple sort
+of training the boy received from such a school-master. He learned a
+little reading, a little writing, and a little ciphering, but that was
+about all. Later in life he became a fairly good penman, writing a neat
+round hand; but he never became a good speller.
+
+When George was eleven years old his father died, leaving to him the
+home where they lived on the Rappahannock, and to his brother Lawrence
+the great plantation on the Potomac afterward called Mount Vernon.
+Lawrence went to live at Mount Vernon, while George remained with his
+mother at the house opposite Fredericksburg.
+
+Now left without a father, George received his home training from his
+mother. Fortunate, indeed, was he to have such a mother to teach him;
+for she was kind, firm, and had a strong practical sense. She loved her
+son, and he deeply appreciated her fond care of him. Some of George's
+youthful letters to his mother are full of interest. After the manner of
+the time he addressed her formally as "Honored Madam," and signed
+himself "Your dutiful son."
+
+[Illustration: WASHINGTON CROSSING THE ALLEGHANY RIVER]
+
+Nor was his mother the only strong and wholesome influence over his home
+life. His eldest brother, Lawrence, played an important part in shaping
+his character. According to the custom of those days, Lawrence, as the
+eldest son of a Virginia planter, would inherit the bulk of his father's
+estate. He was therefore sent to an excellent school in England, to
+receive the training which would fit him to be a gentleman and a leader
+in social life. For learning was not held in such high esteem as ability
+to look after the business of a large plantation and take a leading part
+in the public life of the county and the colony.
+
+With such a training Lawrence returned from England, a young man of
+culture and fine manners and well fitted to be a man of affairs. From
+this time on George, now only seven or eight years old, looked up to his
+brother, fourteen years his senior, with cordial admiration. Lawrence
+became George's model of manhood, and returned his younger brother's
+devotion with a tender love.
+
+Soon after the death of his father, the boy went to live with his
+brother Augustine on the Bridge's Creek Plantation, in order to have the
+advantages of a good school there. Many of his copy-books and books of
+exercises, containing such legal forms as receipts, bills and deeds, as
+well as pictures of birds and faces, have been preserved. In these books
+there are, also, his rules of conduct, maxims which he kept before him
+as aids to good behavior. The following are a few of them:
+
+"Every action in company ought to be with some sign of respect to those
+present.
+
+"When a man does all he can, though it succeeds not well, blame not him
+that did it.
+
+"Undertake not what you cannot perform, but be careful to keep your
+promise.
+
+"Speak not evil of the absent: for it is unjust.
+
+"Labor to keep alive in your breast that little spark of celestial fire
+called conscience."
+
+[Illustration: The English Colonies and the French Claims in 1754.]
+
+In George's school-days he heard many stories about wars with the
+Indians and about troubles between the English and the French colonies.
+Moreover, his brother Lawrence had been a soldier in the West Indies in
+a war between England and Spain, from which he had returned full of
+enthusiasm about what he had felt and seen. It was at this time that
+Lawrence changed the name of his plantation on the Potomac to Mount
+Vernon, in honor of Admiral Vernon, under whose command he had fought.
+
+Catching his brother's military spirit, George organized his boy friends
+into little military companies, and, as their commander, drilled them,
+paraded them, and led them in their sham battles in the school-yard.
+
+Naturally the boys looked to him as leader, for he was strong in mind
+and body, and fond of athletic sports. It is said that no boy of his age
+was his match in running, leaping, wrestling, and pitching quoits. His
+athletic skill expressed itself also in his fearless horsemanship. The
+story is told that he once mounted a colt that had successfully resisted
+all attempts to remain on his back. But George held on until the
+spirited animal, in a frenzy of effort to throw off the persistent young
+rider, reared, broke a blood-vessel, and fell dead. His keen enjoyment
+of a spirited horse, and of hunting in the freedom of woods and fields
+for such game as foxes, deer, and wild-cats, lasted to a late period of
+his life.
+
+George's good qualities were not confined to out-door sports requiring
+skill and physical strength alone. He was a manly boy, stout-hearted and
+truthful. All the boys trusted him because they knew he was fair-minded,
+and often called upon him to settle their disputes.
+
+But we must not think of him as a perfect boy, finding it easy always to
+do the right thing. George Washington had his faults, as some of the
+rest of us have. For instance, he had a quick temper which he found it
+hard to control. In fact, he found this a harder thing to do than many
+brave deeds for which he became famous in his manhood.
+
+The humdrum quiet of a Virginia plantation did not satisfy this alert
+boy longing for a life of action. He had heard from Lawrence about life
+on a war-vessel, and had also seen, year after year, the annual return
+to the plantation wharf of the vessel that carried a cargo of tobacco to
+England and brought back in exchange such goods as the planter needed.
+
+[Illustration: The French in the Ohio Valley.]
+
+Eager for a change of surroundings, he made all his plans to go to sea.
+The chest containing his clothing had been packed and sent down to the
+wharf, but at the last moment he yielded to his mother's persuasion, and
+gave up his cherished plan of becoming a sailor-boy. He was then
+fourteen years old.
+
+Returning to school, George continued to be careful and exact in all his
+work, his motto being "Whatever is worth doing at all is worth doing
+well." He was also methodical, and herein lay one of the secrets of his
+ability to accomplish so much when he came to manhood.
+
+His love of out-door sport gave him a natural bent for surveying, to
+the study of which he applied himself diligently. He soon became
+proficient enough to command confidence in his ability as a trustworthy
+surveyor.
+
+In the autumn of his sixteenth year he went to live with his brother
+Lawrence on the Mount Vernon plantation, where he spent much of his time
+in surveying. Here he met a man who exerted a large influence on his
+later life. This man was Lord Fairfax, a tall, courtly, white-haired
+English gentleman of about sixty years of age, who was living at
+Belvoir, a large plantation a few miles from Mount Vernon.
+
+At this time George was a shy, awkward youth, somewhat overgrown for his
+age, with long arms, and a tall, large frame. But in his serious face
+there was a sign of quiet self-control and firm purpose.
+
+The provincial youth of fifteen and the cultured English lord of sixty,
+though so far apart in age and experience, soon became close friends.
+They were much together. Sometimes they would spend the morning in
+surveying, and start out in the afternoon on their horses for a gay time
+in fox-hunting. They doubtless talked freely to each other, and as Lord
+Fairfax had seen much of the best English life and had read some of the
+best English books, he was an interesting companion to his earnest and
+thoughtful young friend.
+
+This warm friendship soon had a practical turn. Lord Fairfax owned an
+immense tract of country in the Shenandoah Valley--by some said to be as
+much as one-fifth of the present State of Virginia. Wishing to learn
+more about it and observing George to be exceedingly careful and
+accurate in his surveying, he decided to send him over the Blue Ridge
+into the wild region to find out and report to him something about the
+lands there.
+
+He was to have only one companion, George William Fairfax, who was the
+eldest son of Lord Fairfax's cousin, and was then about twenty-two years
+old. About the middle of March, 1748, when George Washington was barely
+sixteen years old, these two young fellows started out together on
+horseback, to travel through the forest a distance of 100 miles before
+they reached the Shenandoah Valley. They carried guns in their hands,
+for until their return about a month later they would have to depend
+mainly upon hunting for their supply of food. The account which George
+himself has left enables us to picture them riding alone through the
+forest with no road except perhaps, at times, a path made by Indians or
+wild animals.
+
+After reaching the wild country they had to live in the most primitive
+fashion. For instance, Washington tells of a night in a woodman's cabin
+when he had nothing but a mat of straw for his bed, with but a single
+blanket for cover, and that alive with vermin. He wrote in his diary: "I
+made a promise to sleep so no more, choosing rather to sleep in the open
+air before the fire."
+
+Again, in a letter to a friend, he says: "I have not slept above three
+or four nights in a bed, but, after walking a good deal all day, I have
+lain down before the fire upon a little hay, straw, fodder, or a
+bear-skin, with man, wife and children, like dogs and cats; and happy is
+he who gets the berth nearest the fire."
+
+Sometimes they tried life in a tent. Once in a storm the tent was blown
+over, and at another time the smoke from the fire drove the occupants
+out of doors. One night, according to the same diary, "we camped in the
+woods, and after we had pitched our tent, and made a large fire, we
+pulled out our knapsacks to recruit ourselves. Every one was his own
+cook. Our spits were forked sticks; our plates were large chips." As for
+bread, most of the time, if not all, they had none, and they drank only
+pure water from running streams.
+
+On another occasion they fell in with a war-party of painted warriors
+whom Washington and his friend Fairfax fearlessly joined, all gathering
+about a huge fire built under the trees. As the great logs blazed in the
+midst of the dark forest, the Indians joined in one of their wild, weird
+dances. They leaped to and fro, whooped and shrieked like mad beings,
+while one of their companions thumped upon a drum made by drawing a
+deer-skin across a pot filled with water, and another rattled a gourd
+containing shot and decorated with a horse's tail, "to make it look
+fine."
+
+It was a strange experience which these two youths had that month. But
+Washington was well paid, earning from $7 to $21 a day. On the return of
+the young surveyor to Mount Vernon his employer, Lord Fairfax, was so
+much pleased with the report that he secured his appointment as public
+surveyor. For the next three years George lived the life of a surveyor,
+spending much of his time with Lord Fairfax at his wilderness home,
+Greenway Court, not far from Winchester.
+
+During this time George was gaining valuable knowledge of the forest,
+and becoming so intimate with Indian life that, as people said, he came
+to walk like an Indian. His life in the woods developed fearlessness,
+patience, and self-reliance, qualities which, joined to his ability and
+character, inspired men's confidence and established his leadership.
+Governor Dinwiddie, of Virginia, appointed him an officer in the State
+militia, with the rank of major. And as an officer, his influence
+continued to increase.
+
+Some two years afterward his brother Lawrence died and left the Mount
+Vernon estate to his daughter, with George Washington as guardian. On
+her death, a little later, Washington became owner of the immense
+plantation at Mount Vernon, and hence a wealthy man.
+
+Fortune had favored him, and he might have chosen to enter upon a life
+of ease, but events soon occurred which called into action all his
+heroic qualities. The strife between the English and the French for
+control in the Ohio and Mississippi valleys was advancing rapidly toward
+war.
+
+The French had long considered this territory their own. We recall that
+La Salle had explored it, and attempted to plant colonies here. For
+many years, French explorers, priests, and traders had toiled on,
+patiently pushing their way through the forests, and planting stronghold
+after stronghold. At length, pressing closer on the English border, they
+began to build forts between Lake Erie and the head of the Ohio. For the
+English also had their eyes on the fertile valley of the Ohio, and were
+beginning to occupy it.
+
+At once a company composed largely of Virginia planters was organized
+for the purpose of making settlements in the Ohio Valley. Before they
+could do much, however, the French had boldly advanced far into
+territory claimed by England.
+
+The people of Virginia in alarm, said, "This advance must stop. What can
+be the plans of the French? How many are already in the forts lying
+between Lake Erie and the Ohio River?" Governor Dinwiddie and other
+Virginia gentlemen grew excited as they asked such questions. They
+decided, therefore, to send out to the French commander in the fort near
+Lake Erie, a trusty messenger who should ask by what right the French
+were invading a country belonging to England. This messenger was also to
+find out what he could about the forces of the French in that vicinity,
+and about their plans. Moreover, he was to make a strong effort to win
+over to the English the Indians, whose friendship the French were trying
+to gain. As a suitable man for this dangerous enterprise, all eyes
+turned to George Washington, still only twenty-one years of age.
+
+[Illustration: THE DEATH OF BRADDOCK.]
+
+The journey of 1,000 miles through trackless forests, in the bitter cold
+of Winter, did not offer a cheerful outlook. But on October 30, 1753,
+with seven companions, including an Indian and a French interpreter,
+George Washington started from Williamsburg. Stopping at Fredericksburg
+to bid good-by to his mother, he went on by way of Alexandria to
+Winchester, the familiar spot where he had spent many happy days with
+Lord Fairfax. Here he got horses and various supplies needed for his
+journey.
+
+From Winchester the little band of men moved forward to Will's Creek
+(now Cumberland, Md.), and then plunged boldly into the forest. From
+that time on, the difficulties of the journey were wellnigh
+overwhelming; but by perseverance in climbing lofty mountains and in
+swimming rivers swollen by heavy rains, the end of their journey was at
+last reached.
+
+On receiving an answer from the French commander, who promised nothing,
+Washington started back home. The horses soon proved too weak to make
+much headway through the dense forests and deep snow, and it seemed best
+to push on without them. He also left behind him all of his party except
+a trusty woodsman. Then putting on an Indian costume with a heavy cloak
+drawn over it, he strapped upon his back the pack containing his papers
+and, gun in hand, started off. A little later they were joined by an
+Indian guide, who soon gave evidence of his treachery by suddenly
+turning and discharging his gun at Washington.
+
+Washington had another narrow escape from death. He had expected on
+reaching the Alleghany River to cross on the ice, but to his dismay he
+found the ice broken up and the stream filled with whirling blocks.
+There was no way of getting over except on a raft which he and his
+companion had to make with a single hatchet. Having at last finished it,
+they pushed off, and then began a desperate struggle with the current
+and, great blocks of floating ice. Washington, in trying to guide the
+raft with a pole, was thrown violently into the water. By catching hold
+of one of the raft logs he recovered himself, and by heroic effort
+succeeded in reaching an island nearby. Here the travellers suffered
+through a night of intense cold, not daring to kindle a fire for fear of
+the Indians.
+
+On January 16th they reached Williamsburg, where Washington delivered to
+Governor Dinwiddie the unsatisfactory letter he had brought from the
+French commander. Although the result of the expedition was not what the
+Virginians had hoped for, Washington had so well succeeded in carrying
+out his perilous mission that he was highly praised for his effort.
+
+The defiant answer of the French commander made it seem probable to the
+people of Virginia that war would follow. Therefore a company of men was
+sent out to build a fort at the place where the Alleghany and
+Monongahela rivers unite to form the Ohio. Washington's quick eye had
+noted the importance of this site, afterward known as the "Gateway of
+the West."
+
+In the meantime Washington was drilling men for service, and in April he
+set out with the rank of lieutenant-colonel with two companies for the
+frontier. He had not gone very far when he learned that the French had
+driven off with a large force the men who had been sent to the head of
+the Ohio to build a fort; but he continued his march. When a little
+later the approach of a small body of French was reported, the
+Virginians surprised them, killing, wounding, or capturing all but one.
+Colonel Washington was in the thickest of the fight, and wrote in a
+letter, "I heard the bullets whistle and, believe me, there is something
+charming in the sound."
+
+After this fight, which began the war, Washington returned to Great
+Meadows, and, learning that a large body of French were marching against
+him, hastily threw up rough earthworks, which he called Fort Necessity.
+When attacked soon after by two or three times his own number, the brave
+young colonel did not shrink. For nine hours, in a heavy downpour of
+rain, he and his sturdy followers stood up to their knees in mud and
+water in the trenches. Being so greatly outnumbered, his troops were of
+course defeated, but the House of Burgesses gave their commander a vote
+of thanks in recognition of his bravery.
+
+The war now began in bitter earnest, and England promptly sent over
+troops, with General Braddock in command. When on reaching Virginia he
+heard of Colonel Washington, Braddock appointed him a member of his
+staff. Colonel Washington soon discovered that General Braddock was not
+the man to handle an army in woodland warfare. He would gladly have
+advised him, but the haughty British general would hear no suggestions
+from a colonial officer.
+
+With 2,000 soldiers, General Braddock marched against the French,
+stationed at Fort Duquesne at the head of the Ohio. On the morning of
+July 9th, when the army was only eight miles from the fort, it was
+suddenly attacked by the French and Indians, who lay in ambush in the
+thick forest. The English soldiers, standing in solid masses, were shot
+down by squads, but the Virginians fought from behind trees in true
+Indian fashion.
+
+Braddock, who has been rightly called a gallant bull-dog, rode madly to
+and fro, giving orders to his men, but in vain. He shortly fell from his
+horse, with a mortal wound. The manly figure of Colonel Washington was a
+conspicuous mark for the enemy's guns. Two horses fell under him; four
+bullets tore through his clothing; but he escaped injury.
+
+The result was a sore defeat for the English army. It lost 700 men out
+of 2,000, and three-fourths of its officers. Nothing but retreat could
+be thought of. The brave but narrow-minded Braddock had made an enormous
+and expensive blunder.
+
+After Braddock's defeat Washington was given command of the Virginia
+troops. Later in the war he led an expedition against Fort Duquesne, as
+Braddock had done. But on hearing of his approach the French fled. The
+war having subsided in the Ohio Valley, Washington resigned his
+commission, returned to Mount Vernon, and soon afterward married Mrs.
+Martha Custis, a rich young widow.
+
+We have seen him first as a robust lad, then as a fearless woodsman, and
+later as a brave soldier. We will leave him for a while at Mount Vernon,
+where in the refined society of old Virginia he came to be equally well
+known as a high-bred gentleman.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  LA SALLE'S DREAM.
+  THE FRENCH AND THE ENGLISH COLONIES.
+  GEORGE WASHINGTON'S EARLY HOME.
+  HIS SCHOOL-TRAINING.
+  GEORGE AND HIS MOTHER.
+  INFLUENCE UPON GEORGE OF HIS BROTHER LAWRENCE.
+  GEORGE'S RULES OF CONDUCT.
+  THE BOY SOLDIER.
+  THE YOUNG ATHLETE.
+  THE FAIR-MINDED, TRUTHFUL BOY.
+  GEORGE'S SELF-CONTROL.
+  HIS LONGING TO BECOME A SAILOR BOY.
+  EXACTNESS AND METHOD IN WORK.
+  THE YOUNG SURVEYOR.
+  THE SHY, AWKWARD YOUTH AND LORD FAIRFAX.
+  SURVEYING IN THE FORESTS OF THE SHENANDOAH VALLEY.
+  LIFE IN THE WOODS; AN INDIAN DANCE.
+  WITH LORD FAIRFAX AT GREENWAY COURT.
+  WASHINGTON, THE YOUNG SOLDIER.
+  WASHINGTON BECOMES A WEALTHY PLANTER.
+  THE FRENCH ADVANCE INTO THE OHIO VALLEY.
+  WASHINGTON'S PERILOUS JOURNEY.
+  THE RETURN ON FOOT; TWO NARROW ESCAPES.
+  WASHINGTON IN THE FIGHT THAT BEGINS THE WAR.
+  HIS DEFEAT AT GREAT MEADOWS.
+  A MEMBER OF BRADDOCK'S STAFF.
+  BRADDOCK'S CRUSHING DEFEAT.
+  WASHINGTON RETIRES TO MOUNT VERNON.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Write on the following topics, using a paragraph for each:
+  George Washington's early home; his school-training; George and
+  his mother; the boy soldier; the young athlete; the truthful boy.
+
+  2. It would be well for you to commit to memory George's rules of
+  conduct.
+
+  3. Give an account of the young surveyor's life in the woods out
+  in the Shenandoah Valley. Imagine the two young fellows riding
+  alone through the forest, and the scene in the woods when the
+  Indians danced by the huge fire.
+
+  4. Trace on your map Washington's perilous journey to the French
+  forts. What was the purpose of this journey? Travel in
+  imagination with Washington on his return to Williamsburg, and
+  tell, in the first person, some of your experiences.
+
+  5. What do you think of General Braddock? In what way was he
+  defeated? This was one of the battles of the Last French War.
+  What caused this war?
+
+  6. Find as many words as you can that describe George Washington.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+James Wolfe, the Hero of Quebec
+
+[1727-1759]
+
+[Illustration: James Wolfe.]
+
+
+We have just seen how the English and the French struggled to get
+control of the Ohio Valley. But the fighting in the Last French War was
+not confined to this region. Many of the battles were fought to secure
+control of two waterways. One of these was the route to Canada,
+including Lakes George and Champlain, and the other was the St. Lawrence
+River. Indeed, the crowning feature of the Last French War was the
+heroic effort made by a young English general to capture Quebec.
+
+This young general was James Wolfe. He was born in the southeastern part
+of England in 1727. From his father, who was an officer in the English
+army, he inherited a love for the soldier's life. But in all the trials
+and dangers to which he was exposed in his short and stormy career, he
+continued to be a devoted son, his love for his mother being especially
+tender and sincere. With her he kept up a regular correspondence, in
+which he freely expressed his inmost thoughts and feelings.
+
+When only sixteen years of age he was sent to Flanders as an adjutant in
+a regiment of the English army. Here, by faithful and thorough work, he
+won promotion and soon, through bravery and skill, received an
+appointment as brigadier-general. At the age of thirty-two he was sent
+to America to assist in an expedition to Louisburg, and played a large
+part in the capture of that stronghold.
+
+He presented an awkward figure. At that time he was tall and slender,
+with long limbs, narrow shoulders, and red hair tied in a queue behind.
+His face was plain, with receding chin and forehead, and up-turned nose.
+But his keen, bright eyes, full of energy and fearlessness, gave him an
+attractive countenance and revealed a heroic nature.
+
+His health was never robust. As a child he was delicate, and as a youth
+he had frequent attacks of illness. But his resolute will and his high
+ideals enabled him to do what others of a different mould would never
+have attempted. He was governed, too, by an overmastering sense of duty,
+which was his most striking trait.
+
+Although at times extremely impatient, his tenderness and frankness of
+nature easily won enduring friendships. His soldiers loved him so dearly
+that they were willing to follow him through any dangers to victory or
+death.
+
+After the capture of Louisburg, Wolfe was so worn by the demands upon
+his strength that he returned to England and went to Bath for treatment.
+At this time he met Miss Katherine Lowther, to whom he soon became
+engaged.
+
+[Illustration: Quebec and Surroundings.]
+
+But he was not long to remain inactive, for his country needed him. The
+great William Pitt, who had now become the head of affairs in England,
+saw in this fearless young general a fitting leader for a dangerous and
+difficult enterprise. This was an expedition against Quebec, the
+strongest and most important position held by the French in America.
+
+The French army at Quebec, commanded by General Montcalm, numbered more
+than 16,000 men, consisting of Frenchmen, Canadians, and Indians. But
+some were boys of fifteen, and others old men of eighty. Here they
+awaited Wolfe, whose army numbered 9,000.
+
+By June 21, 1759, Wolfe's fleet lay at anchor in the north channel of
+the island of Orleans, not far below Quebec. Then began a time of trial
+and discouragement to the young commander, who vainly looked for a point
+from which he might hope to make a successful attack.
+
+In the meantime his soldiers were suffering from intense heat and
+drenching rains. Much sickness was the natural result. Wolfe, anxious
+with doubt, himself fell a victim to a burning fever. But he would not
+give up. He said to his physician, "I know perfectly well you cannot
+cure me. But pray make me up so that I can be without pain for a few
+days, and able to do my duty. That is all I want." Although racked with
+pain, he went from tent to tent among his men, trying to encourage them.
+
+During several weeks there was fighting now and then in the neighborhood
+of Quebec. On July 31st Wolfe's troops made a determined attack upon the
+French on the heights just north of the Montmorency River. The English
+advanced, in the face of a heavy, blinding rain, with great heroism, but
+were forced to retire without having gained a foothold.
+
+[Illustration: General Montcalm.]
+
+Thus the summer wore on near to its close. In desperation, Wolfe decided
+upon a bold move. He determined to sail up the river, land above Quebec,
+scale the steep and rugged cliffs there, and compel the French to fight
+a battle or surrender the city.
+
+The most serious difficulty was to find a way to scale the cliffs. At
+last one day came a glimmer of hope. For looking through a telescope
+from the south side of the river, the resolute young commander
+discovered a narrow path leading up the frowning heights not far from
+the town. "Here," he quickly decided, "I will land my men."
+
+Promptly, eagerly, he began to lay his plans. On the morning of
+September 7th, in order to conceal from Montcalm their real purpose, the
+British, in gay red uniforms, embarked and sailed up and down the St.
+Lawrence, as if looking for a landing-place. On September 12th, the
+fatal time set for decisive action, some of the English vessels, with a
+large body of troops on board, hovered about the shore below Quebec, as
+if to force a landing there. Montcalm was completely deceived. The ruse
+had succeeded.
+
+Meanwhile the main body of English troops, which was to make ready a
+landing, was quietly anchored in the river above Quebec. Twenty-four
+brave men volunteered as leaders to scale the cliffs. These men took
+their places in the foremost boat.
+
+At two o'clock in the morning Wolfe gave the order to advance. It was a
+starlit night, but as there was no moon, it was dark enough to conceal
+the movements of the English. For two hours the long procession of boats
+filled with soldiers floated silently down the river. The brave young
+Wolfe, calm and masterful, was in one of the foremost boats. Fully
+expecting to be killed in the coming battle, he had, earlier in the
+evening, given to an old school-friend the portrait of his betrothed,
+Miss Lowther, which he had long worn about his neck. He said to his
+friend, "Give this to Miss Lowther, if I am killed."
+
+[Illustration: THE DEATH OF WOLFE.]
+
+We can imagine the strain upon Wolfe's feelings during the two hours in
+which the boats floated downstream. Perhaps it was to relieve this
+strain that he repeated in a quiet voice Gray's "Elegy in a Country
+Churchyard." He seemed to dwell with peculiar feeling upon the last line
+in the following stanza:
+
+  The boast of heraldry, the pomp of power,
+    And all that beauty, all that wealth e'er gave,
+  Await alike the inevitable hour,
+    The paths of glory lead but to the grave.
+
+On coming to the end of the poem, he said, "Gentlemen, I would rather
+have written those lines than take Quebec."
+
+When they had almost reached their landing-place they heard a sudden
+call from a French sentry, "_Qui vive!_" "_France_," replied one of
+Wolfe's officers, who spoke French. "_A quel régiment?_" "_De la
+Reine_," was the reply, and thinking the boats were under the control of
+Frenchmen carrying provisions to Montcalm, the sentry let them pass.
+Later when challenged by another sentry, the same English officer said
+in French: "Provision-boats. Don't make a noise--the English will hear
+us."
+
+At length they came to the spot since called Wolfe's Cove, and there
+landed. The twenty-four volunteers clambered up the path in the darkness
+and, reaching the top, surprised the small number of Frenchmen stationed
+there, and quickly overpowered them. It was with much difficulty that
+Wolfe's army succeeded, by seizing hold of trees and bushes, in getting
+to the top with muskets, cannons, and supplies.
+
+At daybreak, Wolfe chose as the field of battle the Plains of Abraham,
+a high stretch of land extending along the river just above the town.
+
+The brave Montcalm, in doubt and perplexity, had spent a sleepless night
+pacing to and fro. When told of the landing of the English troops he
+rode up from his camp to see what was going on. Amazed at the "silent
+wall of red" presented by the English army drawn up in battle array, he
+said, "This is a serious business."
+
+Wolfe, anxious but calm, rode to and fro, inspiring his soldiers with
+confidence. "Victory or death" was their watchword, for in case of
+failure retreat was impossible.
+
+By ten o'clock the French were in line of battle, ready for the onset.
+With loud shouts, they rushed upon the English. But the latter, waiting
+quietly until the enemy was only forty paces away, met them with a
+withering fire that strewed the ground with dead and dying men. While
+the French were wavering, the English fired another deadly volley, and
+then with victorious shouts rushed headlong upon the confused ranks.
+
+The fighting was stubborn and furious, and Wolfe was in the thickest of
+the fray. While he was leading a charge, a bullet tore through his
+wrist. Quickly wrapping his handkerchief about the wound, he dashed
+forward until he was for the third time struck by a bullet, this time
+receiving a mortal wound. Four of his men bore him in their arms to the
+rear, and wished to send for a surgeon; but Wolfe said, "There's no
+need; it's all over with me." A little later, hearing someone cry "They
+run; see how they run!" he asked, "Who runs?" "The enemy, sir. Egad,
+they give way everywhere!" Then said Wolfe in his last moments, "Now,
+God be praised. I will die in peace."
+
+Montcalm, too, died like a hero. Shot through the body, he was supported
+on either side as he passed through the town; but when he heard cries of
+distress and pity from his friends and followers, he said, "It's
+nothing, it's nothing; don't be troubled for me, good friends." Being
+told that he could not live many hours, he exclaimed, "Thank God, I
+shall not live to see Quebec surrendered." A few days later Quebec came
+into the hands of the English. Its fall meant the loss to France of all
+her possessions in North America except two small islands for
+fishing-stations in the Gulf of St. Lawrence.
+
+The treaty of peace at the end of the war, called the Last French
+War,[8] was signed at Paris in 1763. By this treaty France ceded to
+Spain all the territory between the Mississippi River and the Rocky
+Mountains; also the town of New Orleans, controlling the navigation of
+the Mississippi. To England she gave Canada and all the territory east
+of the Mississippi. Thus by a single final blow did Wolfe so weaken the
+hold of the French upon North America, as to compel them to give up
+practically all they had there.
+
+  [8] This war has sometimes been called the Old French War, and
+      sometimes the French and Indian War.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE CROWNING FEATURE OF THE LAST FRENCH WAR.
+  WOLFE'S LOVE FOR HIS MOTHER.
+  THE YOUNG SOLDIER.
+  WOLFE'S PERSONAL APPEARANCE.
+  HIS CHARACTER.
+  WOLFE SENT ON AN EXPEDITION AGAINST QUEBEC.
+  HIS TRIALS AND DIFFICULTIES.
+  HE DISCOVERS A STEEP PATHWAY.
+  HE DECEIVES MONTCALM.
+  HIS ARMY FLOATS DOWN THE RIVER.
+  THE ENGLISH REACH THE ROCKY HEIGHTS.
+  "VICTORY OR DEATH!"
+  THE CLASH OF BATTLE.
+  WOLFE AND MONTCALM RECEIVE MORTAL WOUNDS.
+  THE FRENCH SURRENDER QUEBEC.
+  END OF THE LAST FRENCH WAR.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. How did Wolfe look, and what were his most striking personal
+  traits?
+
+  2. What were his trials and difficulties at Quebec?
+
+  3. Picture his army floating down the river on the way to the
+  battle-field; also the soldiers climbing the steep heights.
+
+  4. Describe the battle, going in imagination with Wolfe at the
+  head of his men.
+
+  5. Why was the capture of Quebec by the English so important?
+
+  6. Are you forming the habit of looking up on your map all the
+  places mentioned in the text? If you wish to become strong in
+  history, such a habit will be invaluable.
+
+  7. Remember that the Last French War began in 1756 and ended in
+  1763.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+Patrick Henry and the Stamp Act
+
+[1736-1799]
+
+[Illustration: Patrick Henry.]
+
+
+With the fall of Quebec, France lost her hold of nearly all the
+territory in North America that she had acquired through the energy and
+heroism of her explorers. England profited by this loss, but England
+herself had soon to meet with a misfortune far heavier--the loss of all
+her colonies east of the Alleghanies and along the Atlantic coast. Very
+soon after the close of the Last French War, she began, under the lead
+of the dull-witted King George, to treat them with so much injustice and
+oppression that in self-defence they were driven to take up arms for the
+security of their rights as a free-born people. The result was the
+American Revolution, which began in 1775 and ended in 1783. How this
+Revolution came to be, is one of the most interesting chapters in our
+history. Let us now trace the course of events leading to its outbreak.
+
+After the close of the Last French War, England was heavily in debt. As
+this debt had been incurred largely in defence of the English colonies
+in America, George III., King of England, believed that the colonies
+should help to carry the burden. Moreover, as he intended to send them a
+standing army for their protection, he deemed it wise to levy upon them
+a tax for its support.
+
+Parliament, therefore, which was composed largely of the King's friends,
+ready to do his bidding, passed a law called the Stamp Act. This
+required the colonists to use stamps upon their newspapers and upon
+legal documents, the price of stamps ranging from a half-penny to twelve
+pounds. The King thought this tax would be just because it would fall
+upon all the colonists alike.
+
+But the colonists were of a different mind; for England had not fought
+the Last French War so much to defend them as to protect her own trade.
+Besides, they had already paid a reasonable share of the war expenses,
+and had furnished a fair proportion of soldiers for battle. They had
+always given their share toward the expenses of their defence, and were
+still willing to do so. If the King would ask them for a definite sum,
+they would raise it through their Colonial Assemblies. But they strongly
+objected to any English tax.
+
+These Colonial Assemblies were composed of men who represented the
+colonists and made laws for the colonists. Therefore the colonists were
+willing to pay any taxes levied by the Assemblies. As free-born
+Englishmen they objected to paying taxes levied by Parliament, which did
+not represent them. Parliament might levy taxes upon the people of
+England, whom it did represent. But only the Colonial Assemblies could
+tax the colonists, because they alone represented the colonists. In
+other words, as James Otis in a stirring speech had declared, there must
+be "No taxation without representation."
+
+George III. could not understand the feelings of the colonists, and he
+had no sympathy with their views. His mother had said to him when he was
+crowned, "George, be King," and this advice had pleased him. For he was
+wilful, and desired to have his own way as a ruler. Thus far he had
+shown little respect for the British Parliament, and he felt even less
+for Colonial Assemblies. Certainly if he was to rule in his own way in
+England, he must compel the obedience of the stubborn colonists in
+America. The standing army which the King wished to send to America was
+designed not so much to protect the colonies as to enforce the will of
+the King, and this the colonists knew. They therefore opposed with
+bitter indignation the payment of taxes levied for the army's support.
+
+Patrick Henry was one of many who were willing to risk everything in
+their earnest struggle against the tyrannical schemes of King George.
+Patrick Henry was born in 1736 in Hanover County, Va. His father was a
+lawyer of much intelligence, and his mother belonged to a fine old
+Welsh family. As a boy, Patrick's advantages at school were meagre, and
+even these he did not appreciate. Books were far less attractive to him
+than his gun and fishing-rod. With these he delighted to wander through
+the woods searching for game, or to sit on the bank of some stream
+fishing by the hour. When out-door sports failed, he found delight at
+home in his violin.
+
+[Illustration: George III.]
+
+When he was fifteen years old, his father put him into a country store,
+where he remained a year. He then began business for himself, but he
+gave so little attention to it that he soon failed. He next tried
+farming, and afterward storekeeping again, but without success.
+
+At length he decided to practise law, and after six months' study
+applied for admission to the bar. Although he had much difficulty in
+passing the examination, he had at last found a vocation which suited
+him. He did well in his law practice; but we must pass over this part of
+his life in order that we may go with him to Williamsburg. He went there
+in 1765, soon after the passage of the Stamp Act by the English
+Parliament, to attend the session of the Virginia House of Burgesses, of
+which he had been elected a member.
+
+We get a vivid picture of our hero at this period of his career as he
+rides on horseback toward Williamsburg, carrying his papers in his
+saddle-bags. John Esten Cooke says of him: "He was at this time just
+twenty-nine, tall in figure, but stooping, with a grim expression, small
+blue eyes which had a peculiar twinkle, and wore a brown wig without
+powder, a 'peach-blossom coat,' leather knee-breeches, and yarn
+stockings."
+
+There was great excitement in Williamsburg, and it was a time of grave
+doubt. What should be done about the Stamp Act? Should the people of
+Virginia tamely submit to it and say nothing? Should they urge
+Parliament to repeal it? or should they cry out against it in open
+defiance?
+
+Most of the members were wealthy planters, men of dignity and influence.
+These men spoke of England as the "Mother" of the colonies, and were so
+loyal in their attachment that the idea of war was hateful to them.
+Certainly, the thought of separation from England they could not
+entertain for a moment.
+
+But Patrick Henry was eager for prompt and decisive action. Having
+hastily written, on a blank leaf taken from a law-book, a series of
+resolutions, he rose and offered them to the assembly. One of these
+resolutions declared that the General Assembly of the colony had the
+sole right and power of laying taxes in the colony.
+
+A hot debate followed, in the course of which Patrick Henry, ablaze with
+indignation, arose and addressed the body. His speech closed with these
+thrilling words: "Cæsar had his Brutus, Charles the First his Cromwell,
+and George the Third--" "Treason! Treason!" shouted voices from the
+stormy assembly. Pausing a moment in a fearless attitude, the young
+orator calmly added, "may profit from their example. If this be treason
+make the most of it." The resolutions were passed.
+
+It was a great triumph for the young orator, who now became the "idol of
+the people." As he was going out of the door at the close of the
+session, one of the plain people gave him a slap on the shoulder,
+saying, "Stick to us, old fellow, or we are gone!"
+
+The note of defiance sounded by Patrick Henry at this time vibrated
+throughout America, and encouraged the colonists to unite against the
+oppressive taxation imposed upon them through the influence of the
+stubborn and misguided King George.
+
+But the English people as a whole did not support the King. Many of
+them, among whom were some of England's wisest statesmen, believed he
+was making a great mistake in trying to tax the Americans without their
+consent. Said William Pitt, in a stirring speech in the House of
+Commons: "Sir, I rejoice that America has resisted. Three millions[9] of
+people so dead to all the feelings of liberty as voluntarily to submit
+to be slaves, would have been fit instruments to make slaves of all the
+rest."
+
+  [9] This number is too large. Two millions is nearer the truth.
+
+In the ten years following the passage of the Stamp Act, events in
+America moved rapidly. Some of these we shall learn more about a little
+later. It is sufficient here to say that the colonial merchants refused
+to import goods so long as the Stamp Act was in effect; that their
+action caused the merchants, manufacturers, and ship-owners in England
+to lose money heavily; that these merchants and ship-owners at once
+begged Parliament to repeal the Stamp Act; and that Parliament did
+repeal it one year after its passage.
+
+[Illustration: St. John's Church, Richmond.]
+
+Ten years after Patrick Henry's eloquent speech at Williamsburg against
+the Stamp Act, the people of Virginia were again deeply aroused; for
+King George, acting through Parliament, had sent 3,000 soldiers to
+Boston to force her unruly people and those of Massachusetts to obey
+certain of his commands. Virginia having given her hearty support to the
+people of Massachusetts, the royal Governor of Virginia drove the
+Colonial Assembly away from Williamsburg. But the people of Virginia,
+resolute in defence of their rights, elected a convention of their
+leading men, who met at old St. John's Church in Richmond, a church
+which is yet standing. Excitement was widespread, and thoughtful men
+grew serious at the war-cloud growing blacker every hour.
+
+Virginians had already begun to make preparations to fight if they must.
+But many still hoped that the disagreements between the Americans and
+King George might be settled, and therefore believed that they should
+act with great caution. Patrick Henry thought differently. He was
+persuaded that the time had come when talk should give place to prompt,
+energetic, decisive action. The war was at hand. It could not be
+avoided. The Americans must fight, or tamely submit to be slaves.
+
+Believing these things with all the intensity of his nature, he offered
+a resolution that Virginia should at once prepare to defend herself.
+Many of the leading men stoutly opposed this resolution as rash and
+unwise.
+
+At length Patrick Henry arose, his face pale and his voice trembling
+with deep emotion. Soon his stooping figure became erect. His eyes
+flashed fire. His voice rang out like a trumpet. As he continued, men
+leaned forward in breathless interest, thrilled by his magical words:
+
+"We must fight! I repeat it, sir, we must fight! An appeal to arms and
+to the God of Hosts is all that is left us! They tell us, sir, that we
+are weak; unable to cope with so formidable an adversary. But when shall
+we be stronger? Will it be the next week, or the next year? Will it be
+when we are totally disarmed, and when a British guard shall be
+stationed in every house? Shall we gather strength by irresolution and
+inaction? Shall we acquire the means of effectual resistance by lying
+supinely on our backs and hugging the delusive phantom of hope, until
+our enemies shall have bound us hand and foot? Sir, we are not weak, if
+we make a proper use of the means which the God of nature hath placed
+in our power.... There is no retreat, but in submission and slavery! Our
+chains are forged! Their clanking may be heard on the plains of Boston!
+The war is inevitable--and let it come! I repeat it, sir, let it come!
+
+"It is in vain, sir, to extenuate the matter. Gentlemen may cry peace,
+peace--but there is no peace. The war is actually begun! The next gale
+that sweeps from the North will bring to our ears the clash of
+resounding arms! Our brethren are already in the field! Why stand we
+here idle? What is it that gentlemen wish? What would they have? Is life
+so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains
+and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I know not what course others may
+take; but as for me, give me liberty, or give me death!"
+
+This wonderful speech made a deep impression not only in Virginia but
+throughout the colonies. The next month the war began at Lexington and
+Concord. A little later Patrick Henry was made commander-in-chief of the
+Virginia forces, and later still was elected Governor of Virginia.
+
+At the age of fifty-eight he retired to an estate in Charlotte County,
+called "Red Hill," where he lived a simple and beautiful life. He died
+in 1799. His influence in arousing the people of Virginia and of the
+other colonies to a sense of their rights as freemen cannot easily be
+measured. Without doubt his impassioned oratory played a most important
+part in shaping the course of events which resulted in the Revolutionary
+War.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION.
+  GEORGE THE THIRD'S PLAN TO TAX THE COLONIES IN SUPPORT OF A
+      STANDING ARMY.
+  THE STAMP ACT.
+  THE COLONISTS OBJECT TO THE STAMP ACT; "NO TAXATION WITHOUT
+      REPRESENTATION."
+  GEORGE THE THIRD'S DESIRE FOR PERSONAL POWER.
+  FONDNESS OF PATRICK HENRY FOR OUT-DOOR SPORTS.
+  HE FAILS AS A STOREKEEPER.
+  PATRICK HENRY AS A LAWYER.
+  HIS PERSONAL APPEARANCE.
+  HIS GREAT SPEECH OPPOSING THE STAMP ACT.
+  ENGLISH OPPOSITION TO TAXING THE AMERICANS WITHOUT THEIR CONSENT.
+  REPEAL OF THE STAMP ACT.
+  PATRICK HENRY'S DEFIANT SPEECH IN ST. JOHN'S CHURCH.
+  HIS INFLUENCE AND LATER LIFE.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What was the Stamp Act and what was its purpose? Why did the
+  colonists object to it?
+
+  2. Describe George the Third. What did his mother mean when she
+  said to him, "George, be King"?
+
+  3. What was his personal appearance when he went to Williamsburg
+  to attend the session of the House of Burgesses?
+
+  4. How did William Pitt feel about American taxation?
+
+  5. Can you form a mental picture of Patrick Henry as he made his
+  great speech in St. John's Church? Do you not think it would be
+  profitable for you to memorize this speech? At any rate, you
+  might well learn to read it so as to bring out its meaning.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+Samuel Adams and the Boston Tea Party
+
+[1722-1803]
+
+[Illustration: Samuel Adams.]
+
+
+We have just seen how the people of Virginia, under the leadership of
+Patrick Henry, arose against King George's pet measure, the Stamp Act.
+But the Virginians were not alone in the feeling of opposition to the
+English King. Just as brave and liberty-loving were the Massachusetts
+people, with Samuel Adams as their leader.
+
+He was born in Boston in 1722. His father was a well-to-do man, who
+filled a large place in the community. Of Samuel Adams's boyhood we know
+little, but as far as we can learn he was a studious, in-door sort of
+lad, with little fondness for sport of any kind. His father wished him
+to be a clergyman, but he preferred to study law. Since, however, his
+mother did not approve, he gave that up for a business life, eventually
+joining his father in the malt business.
+
+When the excitement over the Stamp Act began, Samuel Adams was
+forty-two years old. He was of medium size, with gray hair and keen gray
+eyes. Although his hands were tremulous, as if with age, his health was
+vigorous. Like Patrick Henry, he had but little aptitude for business.
+So we need not be surprised to learn that in time he lost about all the
+property his father had left him.
+
+In fact, Samuel Adams soon gave up all kinds of private business,
+devoting his time and strength to public life. As a result he and his
+family had to live on the very small salary which he received as clerk
+of the Assembly of Massachusetts. Poor as he was, however, no man could
+be more upright. The British tried to buy him, but found him the very
+soul of honor. In what way he gave expression to his interest in the
+public welfare can be briefly told.
+
+As we have already seen, King George, much against his will, had to
+submit to the repeal of the Stamp Act by Parliament. But he was not
+satisfied. He could never carry out his selfish scheme of personal
+government in England and in America if he allowed the stubborn
+colonists to have their way in this matter.
+
+In 1767, therefore, through his tool, Townshend, Parliament levied new
+port duties on a few articles, including glass, lead, paper, and tea.
+These new taxes were hateful to the colonists because they were levied
+by Parliament, and because the money thus raised was to be used to their
+disadvantage in various ways: For example, some of it was to pay for
+maintaining in America a small English army. This army, the colonists
+believed, the King would use to compel them to do as he willed.
+
+The opposition to the new taxes was just as bitter as it had been
+against the Stamp Act. Samuel Adams felt that only slaves would submit
+to such high-handed oppression. He urged the people of Boston and
+Massachusetts to join in refusing to import any goods from England as
+long as the new taxes were imposed by Parliament. They did so agree, and
+thus inflicted great injury upon English merchants, as they had done two
+or three years before.
+
+Of course these merchants suffered heavy losses, and again begged for a
+repeal. But the dull-witted King could not understand the Americans.
+Thus far he had not been able to coerce them; he now made a shrewd
+attempt to outwit them.
+
+Influenced by him, Parliament took off all the new taxes except the one
+on tea. "There must be one tax to keep the right to tax," he said. If he
+could only succeed in getting the Americans to submit to paying any
+tax--no matter how small--that Parliament might levy, he would carry his
+point. He therefore urged not only the removal of all taxes except the
+one on tea, but also made arrangements whereby Americans could buy their
+taxed tea cheaper than it could be bought in England and cheaper even
+than they could smuggle it from Holland, as they had been doing. No
+doubt the King had great faith in this foolish scheme. "Of course," he
+argued, "the Americans will buy their tea where they can buy it
+cheapest, and then we will have them in a trap." But this was a huge
+blunder, as we shall now see.
+
+The East India Company arranged to ship cargoes of tea to Boston, New
+York, Philadelphia, and Charleston. When the tea arrived, the people in
+New York and Philadelphia refused to let it land, and in Charleston they
+stored it in damp cellars, where it spoiled. But in Boston, where the
+Tory Governor, Hutchinson, was determined to fight a hard battle for the
+King, there was a most exciting time. The result was the famous "Boston
+Tea Party."
+
+It was a quiet Sunday morning, on the 28th of November, 1773, when the
+Darmouth, one of the three tea-ships on the way to Boston, sailed into
+the harbor.[10] The people were attending service in the various
+churches. "The Darmouth is in!" spread like wildfire, and soon the
+streets were astir with people, Sunday though it was, in old Puritan
+Boston.
+
+  [10] The other two ships arrived a few days later.
+
+Fearing that the tea might be landed, the committee of correspondence
+quickly got together and secured a promise from Benjamin Rotch, the
+owner of the Darmouth, that the tea should not be landed before Tuesday.
+On Monday morning an immense town meeting was held in Faneuil Hall, the
+"Cradle of Liberty." Five thousand men were present. But Faneuil Hall
+proving too small, the crowd had to make its way to the Old South
+Church. In addressing the meeting Samuel Adams asked, "Is it the firm
+resolution of this body that the tea shall not only he sent back, but
+that no duty shall be paid thereon?" With a great shout the men answered
+"Yes."
+
+Samuel Adams and the people of Boston and the surrounding towns were
+determined that the tea should not be landed. Governor Hutchinson was
+equally determined that it should be. The advantage was with the
+Governor, for according to law the vessels could not return to England
+with the tea unless they got a clearance from the collector of customs
+or a pass from himself.
+
+[Illustration: Faneuil Hall, Boston.]
+
+But neither the collector of customs nor Governor Hutchinson would yield
+an inch. For nineteen days the struggle continued, growing daily more
+bitter. With a stubborn purpose to prevent the landing of the tea even
+if they had to fight, the Boston people appointed men, armed with
+muskets and bayonets, some to watch the tea-ships by day and some by
+night. Six couriers were to be ready to mount their horses, which they
+kept saddled and bridled, and speed into the country to give the alarm
+to the people. Sentinels were stationed in the church-belfries to ring
+the bells, and beacon-fires were ready to be lighted on the surrounding
+hilltops.
+
+The morning of December 16th had come. If the tea should remain in the
+harbor until the morrow--the twentieth day--the revenue officer would be
+empowered by law to land it by force. Men, talking angrily and shaking
+their fists with excitement, were thronging into the streets of Boston
+from surrounding towns. By ten o'clock over 7,000 had assembled in the
+Old South Church and in the streets outside.
+
+They were waiting for the coming of Benjamin Rotch, who had gone to see
+if the collector would give him a clearance. Rotch came in and told the
+angry crowd that the collector refused to give the clearance. The people
+told him that he must get a pass from the Governor. Fearing for his
+personal safety, the poor man started out to find Governor Hutchinson
+who had purposely retired to his country home at Milton. Then the
+meeting adjourned for the morning.
+
+[Illustration: The Old South Church, Boston.]
+
+At three o'clock a great throng of eager men again crowded into the Old
+South Church and the streets outside to wait for the return of Rotch. It
+was a critical moment. "If the Governor refuses to give the pass, shall
+the revenue officer be allowed to seize the tea and land it to-morrow
+morning?" Many anxious faces showed that men were asking themselves this
+momentous question.
+
+But while, in deep suspense, the meeting waited and deliberated, John
+Rowe said, "Who knows how tea will mingle with salt water?" A whirlwind
+of applause swept through the assembly and the masses outside the
+church. As daylight deepened into darkness, candles were lighted.
+Shortly after six Benjamin Rotch entered the church and, with pale face,
+said, "The Governor refuses to give a pass." An angry murmur arose, but
+the crowd soon became silent, when Samuel Adams arose and said, "This
+meeting can do nothing more to save the country."
+
+This was plainly a concerted signal. In an instant a war-whoop sounded,
+and forty or fifty "Mohawks," or men dressed as Indians, who were
+waiting outside, dashed past the door and down Milk Street toward
+Griffin's Wharf, where the tea-ships were lying at anchor. It was bright
+moonlight, and everything could be plainly seen. Many men stood on shore
+and watched the "Mohawks" as they broke open 342 chests, and poured the
+tea into the harbor. There was no confusion. All was done in perfect
+order.
+
+The "Boston Tea Party," of which Samuel Adams was the prime mover, was a
+long step toward the Revolution. Samuel Adams was at this time almost or
+quite alone in his desire for Independence, and he has well been called
+the "Father of the Revolution." But his influence for the good of
+America continued far beyond the time of the "Boston Tea Party." Up to
+the last his patriotism was earnest and sincere. He died in 1803, at the
+age of eighty-one years. Not as an orator, like Patrick Henry, but as a
+man of action, like Lincoln and Washington, had he a powerful influence
+over men. His was truly a life of distinguished service to his country.
+
+[Illustration: The "Boston Tea Party."]
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE FEELING OF MASSACHUSETTS PEOPLE.
+  SAMUEL ADAMS IN BUSINESS AND IN PUBLIC LIFE.
+  A MAN TO BE TRUSTED.
+  KING GEORGE'S NEW SCHEME OF TAXATION.
+  BITTER OPPOSITION TO THE NEW TAXES.
+  THE KING'S SHREWD ATTEMPT TO OUTWIT THE AMERICANS.
+  TAXED TEA ARRIVES IN AMERICA.
+  A HUGE TOWN MEETING.
+  A BITTER STRUGGLE WITH GOVERNOR HUTCHINSON OVER THE TEA.
+  OVER 7,000 EXCITED MEN IN THE OLD SOUTH CHURCH.
+  THE GOVERNOR REFUSES TO GIVE ROTCH A PASS.
+  THE "MOHAWKS" AND THE "TEA PARTY"; ADMIRAL MONTAGUE.
+  SAMUEL ADAMS THE "FATHER OF THE REVOLUTION."
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What were King George's new taxes? What was their three-fold
+  purpose?
+
+  2. Why were all the taxes repealed except the one on tea? In what
+  way did the King try to entrap the Americans?
+
+  3. Tell about the bitter struggle over landing the tea.
+
+  4. Can you form mental pictures of the following: The throng of
+  excited men in and about the Old South Church, awaiting the
+  return of Benjamin Rotch; and the party of "Mohawks" on their way
+  down Milk Street to the harbor?
+
+  5. What was the great work of Samuel Adams? What do you admire in
+  his character? Compare him with Patrick Henry. Have you definite
+  pictures of the personal appearance of these men?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+Paul Revere and the Battle of Concord and Lexington
+
+[1735-1818]
+
+[Illustration: Paul Revere.]
+
+
+After the "Boston Tea Party," affairs became more serious than ever in
+Massachusetts. As a punishment to the rebellious colonists for daring to
+oppose their royal master, the English authorities closed the port of
+Boston to all trade, and made General Gage military governor of
+Massachusetts.
+
+One of the first acts of the new Governor was to dismiss the Colonial
+Assembly, thus depriving the people of their right to make laws, and
+subjecting them wholly to the will of the King. The colonists felt this
+to be an outrage upon free government, and immediately organized a new
+governing body which they called a Provincial Congress. With John
+Hancock as its president and Samuel Adams as its leading spirit, this
+congress began at once to make rapid preparations for war. It called for
+an army of 20,000 men who were to be ready, at a minute's notice, to
+march to any point of danger. These first soldiers of the Revolution,
+thus hastily mustered, were called "minute-men."
+
+Meanwhile General Gage, who was in command of 3,000 British troops in
+Boston, had received orders from England to seize John Hancock and
+Samuel Adams as traitors. General Gage knew that Hancock and Adams were
+staying for a while with a friend in Lexington. He had learned also
+through his spies that the minute-men had collected some cannon and
+military stores in Concord, eighteen miles from Boston. The British
+General planned, therefore, to send a body of troops to arrest the two
+leaders at Lexington, and then to push on and destroy the stores at
+Concord.
+
+Although he acted with the greatest secrecy, he was not alert enough to
+keep his plans from the watchful minute-men. Gage's failure was brought
+about by one of these minute-men, Paul Revere, whose famous "midnight
+ride" was one of the exciting episodes of the Revolution.
+
+Paul Revere was born in Boston, in 1735, in what is now called the north
+end of the town. He followed his father's trade, and became a goldsmith.
+To this occupation he added copper-plate engraving, and not only
+produced prints of many current events, but engraved plates for money
+issued by the Provincial Congress of Massachusetts.
+
+He had taken an active part in the "Boston Tea Party," and in 1774, with
+about thirty other young patriots, formed a society to spy out the
+British plans. Always on the watch, these young men at once made known
+any suspicious movement to such leaders as Samuel Adams, John Hancock,
+and Dr. Joseph Warren.
+
+On the evening of April 18, 1775, Revere and his friends reported to Dr.
+Warren certain unusual movements of troops and boats, and their belief
+that General Gage was about to carry out his plan of capturing Adams and
+Hancock and of destroying the military stores at Concord.
+
+[Illustration: Paul Revere's Ride.]
+
+Dr. Warren quickly summoned William Dawes and Paul Revere, and
+despatched them on horseback to Lexington and Concord, to give the
+alarm. He sent them by different routes, hoping that one at least might
+escape capture by British patrols, with whom Gage had carefully guarded
+all the roads leading from Boston.
+
+Dawes was soon making his way across Boston Neck, while Paul Revere went
+home and put on his riding suit for his long night-ride. Then, leaving
+orders for a lantern-signal to be hung in the belfry of the Old North
+Church, to indicate by which route the British forces were advancing,
+"one if by land and two if by sea," he rowed across the Charles River,
+passing near the British war-vessels lying at anchor.
+
+On the opposite bank he soon got ready a fleet horse. There he stood,
+bridle in hand, watching to catch sight of the signal lights. At eleven
+o'clock two lights gleamed out from the belfry, and told him that the
+British troops were crossing the Charles River on their march through
+Cambridge.
+
+Leaping into his saddle he sped like the wind toward Lexington. Suddenly
+two British officers sprang out to capture him; but quickly turning his
+horse, he dashed into a side path, and soon outdistanced his pursuers.
+Ten minutes later he arrived at Medford.
+
+Then at every house along the road, he stopped and shouted, "Up and arm!
+Up and arm! The regulars are out! The regulars are out!"
+
+When he reached Lexington it was just midnight. Eight minute-men,
+guarding the house where Adams and Hancock were sleeping, warned him not
+to disturb the household by making so much noise. "Noise!" cried Paul
+Revere. "You'll have noise enough before long. The regulars are out!"
+
+[Illustration: The Old North Church.]
+
+William Dawes soon joined Paul Revere, and after a few minutes spent in
+taking refreshments they rode off together toward Concord accompanied by
+Dr. Prescott. About half way there they met some mounted British
+officers, who called to them to halt. Prescott managed to escape by
+making his horse leap a stone wall, and rode in hot haste toward
+Concord, which he reached in safety; but Paul Revere and William Dawes
+both fell into the hands of the British.
+
+In the meantime, the British troops, numbering 800 men, under
+Lieutenant-Colonel Smith, were on their way to Lexington. But they had
+not gone far before they were made aware, by the ringing of
+church-bells, the firing of signal guns, the beating of drums, and the
+gleaming of beacon-fires from the surrounding hilltops, that the
+minute-men knew of their movements. Colonel Smith, disturbed by these
+signs of threatening storm, sent Major Pitcairn ahead with a picked body
+of light infantry, in the hope that they might reach Lexington before
+the town could be aroused. He then sent back to Boston for
+reinforcements.
+
+The British commander had reason to be disturbed, for the alarm-signals
+were calling to arms thousands of patriots ready to die for their
+rights. Hastily wakened from sleep, men snatched their old muskets from
+over the door and, bidding a hurried good-by to wife and children,
+started for the meeting-places long since agreed upon.
+
+Just as the sun was rising, Major Pitcairn marched into Lexington, where
+he found forty or fifty minute-men ready to dispute his advance.
+"Disperse, ye rebels: disperse!" he cried. But they would not disperse.
+Pitcairn ordered his men to fire, and eighteen of the minute-men fell
+dead or wounded, before the remainder sullenly retired to wait for a
+hand in the struggle later in the day.
+
+Before the arrival of Pitcairn the British officers who had captured
+Revere and Dawes returned with them to Lexington, where, commanding
+Revere to dismount, they let him go. Running off at full speed to the
+house where Samuel Adams and John Hancock were staying, he recounted
+what had happened, and then guided them across the fields to a place of
+safety at Woburn. On their way they heard the guns firing on Lexington
+Common, and the sound stirred the soul of Adams, who exclaimed with
+enthusiasm, "Oh, what a glorious morning is this!"
+
+[Illustration: Stone in Front of the Harrington House, Lexington,
+Marking the Line of the Minute-Men.]
+
+From Lexington, Colonel Smith hastened to Concord, arriving there at
+seven o'clock in the morning, about six hours after Dr. Prescott had
+given the alarm. The British could not find the military stores, most of
+which the people of Concord had hidden, but they cut down the liberty
+pole, set fire to the court-house, spiked a few cannon, and emptied some
+barrels of flour.
+
+About 200 of them stood guard at the North Bridge, while a body of
+minute-men gathered on a hill beyond. When the minute-men had increased
+to 400 they advanced upon the British, and brought on a fight which
+resulted in loss of life on each side. Then continuing their advance
+they crossed the bridge, and forced the British to withdraw into the
+town.
+
+By noon Colonel Smith could see that by reason of the ever-increasing
+body of minute-men, swarming into Concord from every direction, it would
+be unwise to delay his return to Boston. His men had marched eighteen
+miles with little or no food for fourteen hours, and were tired and
+hungry.
+
+But when the British started back on their return march, the minute-men
+followed and began a deadly attack. It was an irregular fight. The
+minute-men, trained to woodland warfare, slipped from tree to tree, shot
+down the tired British soldiers, and then retreated only to return and
+repeat the annoying attack. The wooded country through which they
+marched favored this kind of fighting.
+
+But even in the open country every stone wall and hill, every house and
+barn, seemed to the exhausted British troops to bristle with the guns of
+minute-men. The retreating army pushed wearily forward, fighting as
+bravely as possible, but on the verge of confusion and panic.
+
+When they reached Lexington Common, at two o'clock, they met 1,200 fresh
+troops under Lord Percy, whose timely arrival saved the entire force
+from capture. The dismayed British troops, half-dead with exhaustion,
+entered the square Lord Percy had formed for their protection, and fell
+upon the ground, "with their tongues hanging out of their mouths like
+those of dogs after a chase."
+
+[Illustration: THE RETREAT OF THE BRITISH FROM THE CONCORD.]
+
+After resting for an hour, the British again took up their march to
+Boston. The minute-men, increasing in numbers every moment, kept up the
+same kind of running attack that they had made upon the British between
+Concord and Lexington. A British officer, in speaking of the minute-men,
+said, "they seemed to have dropped from the clouds." The condition of
+the British soldiers was pitiable until, late in the day, they got under
+the protection of the guns of the war-vessels in Boston Harbor.
+
+The British had failed. They had been driven back, almost in a panic, to
+Boston, with a loss of nearly 300 men. The Americans had not lost 100.
+It was a great day for the patriots, for they had not only defeated the
+regular troops, but they had tested their own strength and given fresh
+inspiration to their cause. Farmers, mechanics, men in all walks of
+life, now flocked to the army. Within a few days the Americans, 16,000
+strong, were surrounding the British in Boston.
+
+The Americans, eager to drive them out of Boston, threw up breastworks
+on Bunker Hill, which overlooked the town. But the next day--June
+17th--after they had twice driven the redcoats down the hill--they had
+to retreat because their powder had given out. This was the battle of
+Bunker Hill, in which the British lost in killed and wounded 1,000 men;
+the Americans, 450.
+
+Although Paul Revere took part in no important battle, he was active in
+the patriot cause, and became lieutenant-colonel of a Boston regiment of
+artillery. After the war he returned to his old business, and
+established a foundry in which church-bells and bronze cannon were cast.
+He died in Boston in 1818, eighty-three years of age, held in high
+esteem by his countrymen.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  PUNISHMENT FOR THE "BOSTON TEA PARTY."
+  THE PROVINCIAL CONGRESS AND THE "MINUTE-MEN."
+  PAUL REVERE AND OTHER PATRIOTIC YOUNG MEN SPY OUT THE BRITISH PLANS.
+  PAUL REVERE STARTS ON HIS "MIDNIGHT RIDE."
+  HE SPREADS THE ALARM.
+  SIGNS OF THE THREATENING STORM.
+  THE FIGHT AT LEXINGTON.
+  PAUL REVERE ACTS AS GUIDE TO ADAMS AND HANCOCK.
+  THE BRITISH AT CONCORD; THE FIGHT AT THE NORTH BRIDGE.
+  THE BRITISH RETREAT FROM CONCORD TO LEXINGTON.
+  LORD PERCY'S TIMELY ARRIVAL.
+  THE BRITISH DRIVEN BACK TO BOSTON.
+  PAUL REVERE AFTER THE REVOLUTION.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What were Gage's secret plans, and how did Paul Revere and his
+  band of patriots try to thwart them?
+
+  2. Draw a map, locating Boston, Medford, Lexington, and Concord.
+
+  3. Impersonating Paul Revere, write an account of the famous
+  "midnight ride."
+
+  4. Imagine yourself as a boy living in Concord at the time of the
+  battle, and tell your experiences.
+
+  5. Describe the retreat of the British.
+
+  6. When did this battle take place?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+Benjamin Franklin and Aid from France
+
+[1706-1790]
+
+[Illustration: Benjamin Franklin.]
+
+
+American independence, the beginnings of which we have just been
+considering, was accomplished after a long struggle. Many brave men
+fought on the battle-field, and many who never shouldered a musket or
+drew a sword exerted a powerful influence for the good of the patriot
+cause. One of these men was Benjamin Franklin.
+
+He was born in Boston in 1706, the fifteenth child in a family of
+seventeen children. His father was a candle-maker and soap-boiler.
+Intending to make a clergyman of Benjamin, he sent him, at eight years
+of age, to a grammar-school, with the purpose of fitting him for
+college. The boy made rapid progress, but before the end of his first
+school-year his father took him out on account of the expense, and put
+him into a school where he would learn more practical subjects, such as
+writing and arithmetic. The last study proved very difficult for him.
+
+Two years later, at the age of ten, he had to go into his father's shop.
+Here he spent his time in cutting wicks for the candles, filling the
+moulds with tallow, selling soap in the shop, and acting the part of
+errand-boy.
+
+Many times he had watched the vessels sailing in and out of Boston
+Harbor, and often in imagination had gone with them on their journeys.
+Now he longed to become a sailor, and, quitting the drudgery of the
+candle-shop, to roam out over the sea in search of more interesting
+life. But his father wisely refused to let him go. His fondness for the
+sea, however, took him frequently to the water, and he learned to swim
+like a fish and to row and sail boats with great skill. In these sports,
+as in others, he became a leader among his playmates.
+
+With all his dislike for the business of candle-making and soap-boiling,
+and with all his fondness for play, he was faithful in doing everything
+that his father's business required. His industry, together with his
+liking for good books and his keen desire for knowledge, went far toward
+supplying the lack of school-training. He spent most of his leisure in
+reading, and devoted his savings to collecting a small library.
+
+His father, noting his bookish habits, decided to apprentice Benjamin to
+his older brother, James, a printer in Boston. Benjamin was to serve
+until he was twenty-one and to receive no wages until the last year. In
+this position he was able to see more of books, and made good use of
+his opportunities. Often he would read, far into the night, a borrowed
+book that had to be returned in the morning. He also wrote some verses
+and peddled them about the streets, until his father discouraged him by
+ridiculing his efforts.
+
+About this time, in order to get money for books, he told his brother
+that he would be willing to board himself on half the money the board
+had been costing. To this his brother agreed, and Benjamin lived on a
+very meagre diet. Remaining in the printing-office at noon, he ate such
+a simple lunch as a biscuit or slice of bread and a bunch or two of
+raisins. As a meal like this required but little time, young Franklin
+could spend most of the noon hour in reading. By living thus he easily
+saved half of what his brother allowed him, and at once spent his
+savings in books.
+
+This youth was never idle, because he put a high value upon time; he was
+never wasteful of money, because he knew the easiest way to make money
+was to save what he had. These were qualities which helped Benjamin
+Franklin to get on in the world.
+
+But during this period of his life he had great hardships to bear, for
+his brother was a stern taskmaster, and was so hot-tempered that he
+would sometimes beat Benjamin cruelly. No doubt the young apprentice was
+sometimes at fault. Be that as it may, the two brothers had so many
+disagreements that Benjamin determined to run away and seek his fortune
+elsewhere.
+
+Having sold some of his books to get a little money, at the age of
+seventeen, he secured a passage on board a sloop for New York. Upon his
+arrival, friendless and almost penniless, he began to visit the
+printing-offices in search of work. But failing to find any, and being
+told that he would be more likely to succeed in Philadelphia, he decided
+to go to that city.
+
+[Illustration: Franklin's Journey from New York to Philadelphia.]
+
+To-day, the journey from New York to Philadelphia, a distance of ninety
+miles, can be made in two hours. But, of course, in Franklin's time
+there were no railroads, and it was a more difficult undertaking.
+
+He first had to go by a sail-boat from New York to Amboy, on the New
+Jersey coast. On the way a storm came up, which tore the sails and drove
+the boat to the Long Island shore. All night Franklin lay in the hold,
+while the waves dashed angrily over the boat. At length, after thirty
+hours, during which he was without food or water, he was landed at
+Amboy.
+
+As he had no money to spare for coach hire, he started to walk, along
+rough country roads, the fifty miles across New Jersey to Burlington.
+For over two days he trudged along in a downpour of rain. At the end of
+his first day's journey he was so wet and mud-spattered, and had such
+an appearance of neglect, that on reaching an inn, there was talk of
+arresting him for a runaway servant.
+
+Having arrived at Burlington, he was still twenty miles from
+Philadelphia, and boarded a boat for the remainder of his journey. As
+there was no wind, the passengers had to take turns at the oars, and in
+this way they continued down the Delaware until midnight. Then fearing
+they might pass the town in the darkness--streets not being lighted in
+those days--they landed, made a fire out of some fence-rails, and waited
+for morning.
+
+The next day, which was Sunday, they reached Philadelphia, and young
+Franklin, poorly clad and travel-soiled, with only a little money in his
+pocket, was making his way alone through the streets of Philadelphia.
+But he was cheerful and full of hope. His health was strong, and he was
+hungry for his breakfast. Going to a baker's shop he bought three large
+rolls, and, his pockets being already stuffed with shirts and stockings,
+he tucked one roll under each arm, and walked up Market Street eating
+the third. His ludicrous appearance afforded much amusement to a certain
+Deborah Read, who stood at the door of her father's house as he passed
+by. Little did she think that this strange-looking fellow would one day
+become the greatest man in Philadelphia and even in Pennsylvania. Little
+did she think that one day, not many years after that morning she would
+become his wife. Both these things came to pass.
+
+Having eaten as much as he wished, he continued up the street, giving
+the two other rolls to a woman and a child who had come on the boat with
+him.
+
+In a short time he found work with one of the two master-printers in
+Philadelphia. One day, while at work in the printing-office, he received
+a call from Sir William Keith, Governor of Pennsylvania. Governor
+Keith's attention had been directed to this seventeen-year-old youth by
+Franklin's brother-in-law, and he called on this occasion to urge him to
+start a printing-press of his own.
+
+[Illustration: Franklin in the Streets of Philadelphia.]
+
+When Franklin said he had not the money to buy a printing-press and
+type, the Governor offered to write a letter for Franklin to take to his
+father in Boston, asking him to furnish the loan. The following spring
+Franklin took the letter to his father, but the father refused to lend
+him the money.
+
+Upon Franklin's return to Philadelphia Governor Keith advised him to go
+to England to select the printing-press and other things necessary for
+the business outfit, promising to provide funds. Franklin took him at
+his word, and sailed for London, expecting to secure the money upon his
+arrival there. But the faithless Governor failed to keep his word, and
+Franklin was again stranded in a strange city.
+
+Without friends and without money he once more found work in a
+printing-office, where he remained during the two years of his stay in
+London. Here, in his manliness and strength, he was very different from
+the printers with whom he worked. They spent much of their money in
+beer-drinking, and when Franklin refused to drink with them, they made
+fun of him, by calling him a water-American. But the young man who had
+lived upon a simple diet in order to buy books was not disturbed by such
+taunts.
+
+After two years he returned to Philadelphia, where, four years later, he
+married Miss Read. In the meantime he had set up in the printing
+business for himself, but in so doing had to carry a heavy debt. He
+worked early and late to pay it off, sometimes making his own ink and
+casting his own type. He would also at times go with a wheel-barrow to
+bring to the printing-office the paper he needed.
+
+His wife assisted him by selling stationery in his shop as well as by
+saving in the household, where the furnishings and food were very
+simple. Franklin's usual breakfast was milk and bread, which he ate out
+of a wooden porringer with a pewter spoon. In time, when their money was
+more plentiful, his wife gave him a China bowl and a silver spoon. On
+observing how hard Franklin worked, people said, "There is a man who
+will surely succeed. Let us help him."
+
+In all these years of struggle Franklin was cheerful and light-hearted.
+This was no doubt largely owing to his natural disposition, but in part
+also to his healthful reading habits, which took him into a world
+outside of himself. No matter where he was or what the stress of his
+business, he found time to read and improve himself. He also adopted
+rules of conduct, some of which, in substance, are: Be temperate; speak
+honestly; be orderly about your work; do not waste anything; never be
+idle; when you decide to do anything, do it with a brave heart.
+
+Some of the wisest things Franklin ever said appeared in his Almanac,
+which he called "Poor Richard's Almanac." Beginning when he was
+twenty-six years of age, he published it yearly for twenty-five years,
+building up a very large circulation. It contained many homely maxims,
+which are as good to-day as they were in Franklin's time. Here are a few
+of them:
+
+  "God helps them that help themselves."
+
+  "Early to bed and early to rise,
+  Makes a man healthy, wealthy, and wise."
+
+  "There are no gains without pains."
+
+  "One to-day is worth two to-morrows."
+
+  "Little strokes fell great oaks."
+
+  "Keep thy shop, and thy shop will keep thee."
+
+Franklin always had a deep interest in the public welfare. He started a
+subscription library in Philadelphia and established an academy, which
+finally grew into the University of Pennsylvania. Having a decidedly
+practical turn of mind, he had great influence in organizing a better
+police force and a better fire department. He invented the Franklin
+stove, which soon became popular because it was so much better than the
+open fireplace. But the most wonderful thing he ever did was proving
+that lightning was the same thing as electricity.
+
+Before he made this discovery, men of science had learned how to store
+up electricity in what is called a Leyden jar. But Franklin wished to
+find out something about the lightning which flashed across the clouds
+during a thunder-storm. Therefore, making a kite out of silk and
+fastening to it a small iron rod, he attached to the kite and to the
+iron rod a string made of hemp.
+
+One day when a thunder-cloud was coming up he went out with his little
+son and took his stand under a shelter in the open field. At one end of
+the hempen string was fastened an iron key, and to this was tied a
+silken string, which Franklin held in his hand. As electricity will not
+run through silk, by using this silken string he protected himself
+against the electric current.
+
+[Illustration: Franklin Experimenting with Electricity.]
+
+When the kite rose high into the air, Franklin watched intently to see
+what might follow. After a while the fibres of the hempen string began
+to move, and then, putting his knuckles near the key, Franklin drew
+forth sparks of electricity. He was delighted, for he had proved that
+the lightning in the clouds was the same thing as the electricity that
+men of science could make with machines.
+
+It was a great discovery and made Benjamin Franklin famous. From some of
+the leading universities of Europe he received the title of _Doctor_,
+and he was now recognized as one of the great men of the world.
+
+Franklin rendered his country distinguished public services, only a few
+of which we can here mention. More than twenty years before the outbreak
+of the Revolution, he perceived that the principal source of weakness
+among the colonies was their lack of union. With this great weakness in
+mind, Franklin proposed, in 1754, at a time when the French were
+threatening to cut off the English from the Ohio Valley, his famous
+"Plan of Union." Although it failed, it prepared the colonies for union
+in the struggle against King George and the English Parliament.
+
+Ten years after proposing the "Plan of Union" Franklin was sent to
+England, at the time of the agitation over the Stamp Act, to make a
+strenuous effort to prevent its passage. He was unsuccessful in
+accomplishing his mission, but later did much toward securing the repeal
+of the Stamp Act.
+
+Returning from England two weeks after the battle of Lexington and
+Concord, he immediately took a prominent part in the Revolution. He was
+one of the five appointed as a committee to write the Declaration of
+Independence, and during the discussion over that remarkable State
+paper, it was he that said, "Yes, we must indeed all hang together, or
+assuredly we shall all hang separately."
+
+[Illustration: Lafayette Offering His Services to Franklin]
+
+After the signing of the Declaration of Independence on July 4, 1776, he
+was sent to France to secure aid for the American cause. The French
+people gave him a cordial reception. There were feasts and parades in
+his honor, crowds followed him on the streets, and his pictures were
+everywhere displayed. The simplicity and directness of this white-haired
+man of seventy years charmed the French people, and won for him a warm
+place in their hearts. On one of the great occasions a very beautiful
+woman was appointed to place a crown of laurel upon his white locks,
+"and to give the old man two kisses on his cheeks." All this was a
+sincere expression of admiration and esteem. He did very much to secure
+from France the aid which that country gave to us. He indeed rendered to
+his country services[11] whose value may well be compared with those of
+Washington.
+
+  [11] Franklin was one of the three commissioners to make a treaty
+       with England at the close of the Revolution. The two other
+       commissioners were John Adams and John Jay. They were all men
+       of remarkable ability, and their united effort secured a
+       treaty of peace highly favorable to their country. But, as
+       in many other brilliant political achievements in which
+       Franklin took part, his delicate tact was a strong force.
+
+Franklin left France in 1785, after having ably represented his country
+for ten years. All France was sorry to have him leave. Since it was hard
+for him to endure the motion of a carriage, the King sent one of the
+Queen's litters in which he was carried to the coast. He also bore with
+him a portrait of the King of France "framed in a double circle of four
+hundred and eight diamonds."
+
+Although in his last years he had to endure much idleness and pain, yet
+he was uniformly patient and cheerful, loving life to the end. He died
+in 1790, at the age of eighty-four, one of the greatest of American
+statesmen and heroes.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  FRANKLIN'S SCHOOL-LIFE.
+  BENJAMIN IN HIS FATHER'S SHOP.
+  HIS FONDNESS FOR THE SEA.
+  BOOKISH HABITS.
+  FRANKLIN BOARDS HIMSELF.
+  HE RUNS AWAY FROM HOME.
+  HIS JOURNEY FROM NEW YORK TO PHILADELPHIA.
+  IN A PRINTING-OFFICE AGAIN.
+  HIS MANLINESS.
+  IN BUSINESS FOR HIMSELF.
+  ECONOMY AND SIMPLICITY IN LIVING.
+  "POOR RICHARD'S ALMANAC."
+  FRANKLIN'S PUBLIC SPIRIT.
+  HIS GREAT DISCOVERY.
+  FRANKLIN THE STATESMAN.
+  HIS "PLAN OF UNION."
+  FRANKLIN IN FRANCE.
+  HIS LAST YEARS.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Give an account of Franklin's bookish habits, and of his
+  experiences on the journey from Boston to Philadelphia, when he
+  ran away from home.
+
+  2. How do you explain the success in life of this poor boy? In
+  making your explanation think of all his strong traits of
+  character and of all his good habits.
+
+  3. What simple ways of living did Franklin adopt when he was
+  trying hard to pay his debts?
+
+  4. Memorize the "Rules of Conduct" and the six homely maxims.
+
+  5. Tell about Franklin's experiment with the kite. What great
+  discovery did he make at this time?
+
+  6. What did Franklin have to do with the following: the Stamp
+  Act; the Declaration of Independence; securing aid from France?
+
+  7. How was he treated by the French people and their King?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+George Washington the Virginia Planter and the Revolutionary Soldier
+
+[1732-1799]
+
+[Illustration: George Washington.]
+
+
+We left George Washington at Mount Vernon, his extensive plantation on
+the Virginia bank of the Potomac River. After his marriage with Mrs.
+Custis, who had large property of her own, Washington became a man of
+much wealth. He was at one time one of the largest landholders in
+America. As a manager of all this property, he had much to do. Let us
+delay our story a little to get a glimpse of the life led by him and
+other Virginia planters of his time.
+
+The plantations were scattered along the rivers, sometimes many miles
+apart, with densely wooded stretches of land lying between. Each planter
+had his own wharf whence vessels, once a year, carried away his tobacco
+to England, and brought back in exchange whatever manufactured goods he
+required.
+
+Nearly all his needs could be supplied at his wharf or on his
+plantation. His slaves included not only workers in large
+tobacco-fields, but such skilled workmen as millers, weavers, tailors,
+wheelwrights, coopers, shoemakers, and carpenters. Washington said to
+his overseers, "Buy nothing that you can make within yourselves."
+Indeed, each plantation was a little world in itself. Hence towns
+containing shops with goods and supplies of various kinds did not spring
+up much in Virginia.
+
+The mansion of the planter, built of brick or wood and having at either
+end a huge chimney, was two stories high, with a large veranda outside
+and a wide hall-way inside. Near by were the storehouses, barns,
+workshops, and slave quarters. These last consisted of simple wooden
+cabins surrounded by gardens, where the negroes raised such things as
+vegetables and water-melons for their own use. In fact, the mansion and
+all the buildings clustered about it looked like a village. Here we
+could have seen, at all hours of the day, swarms of negro children
+playing happily together.
+
+The planter spent most of his time in the open air, with his dogs and
+his horses. Washington gave to his horses rather fanciful names, such as
+Ajax, Blueskin, Valiant, and Magnolia, and to his dogs, Vulcan,
+Sweetlips, Ringwood, Forrester, and Rockwood. Out-door recreations
+included fishing, shooting, and horse-racing.
+
+[Illustration: Washington's Coach.]
+
+Although life on the plantation was without luxury, there was everywhere
+a plain and homely abundance. Visitors were sure to meet a cordial
+welcome. It was no uncommon thing for a planter to entertain an entire
+family for weeks, and then to pay a similar visit in return with his own
+family. Social life absorbed much of Washington's time at Mount Vernon,
+where visitors were nearly always present. The planter, often living
+many miles away from any other human habitation, was only too glad to
+have a traveller spend the night with him and give news of the outside
+world. Such a visit was somewhat like the coming of the newspaper into
+our homes to-day.
+
+[Illustration: A Stage Coach of the Eighteenth Century.]
+
+We must remember that travelling was no such simple and easy matter then
+as it is now. As the planters in Virginia usually lived on the banks of
+one of the many rivers, the simplest method of travel was by boat, up or
+down stream. There were cross-country roads, but these at best were
+rough, and sometimes full of roots and stumps. Often they were nothing
+more than forest paths. In trying to follow such roads the traveller at
+times lost his way and occasionally had to spend a night in the woods.
+But with even such makeshifts for roads, the planter had his lumbering
+old coach to which, on state occasions, he harnessed six horses and
+drove in great style.
+
+Washington was in full sympathy with this life, and threw himself
+heartily into the work of managing his immense property. He lived up to
+his favorite motto, "If you want a thing done, do it yourself." He kept
+his own books, and looked with exactness after the smallest details.
+
+He was indeed one of the most methodical of men, and thus accomplished a
+marvellous amount of work. By habit an early riser, he was often up
+before daylight in winter. On such occasions he kindled his own fire and
+read or worked by the light of a candle. At seven in summer and at eight
+in winter he sat down to a simple breakfast, consisting of two cups of
+tea, and hoe-cakes made of Indian meal. After breakfast he rode on
+horseback over his plantation to look after his slaves, often spending
+much of the day in the saddle superintending the work. At two he ate
+dinner, early in the evening he took tea, and at nine o'clock went to
+bed.
+
+As he did not spare himself, he expected faithful service from everyone.
+But to his many slaves he was a kind master, and he took good care of
+the sick or feeble. It may be a comfort to some of us to learn that
+Washington was fonder of active life than of reading books, for which he
+never seemed to get much time. But he was even less fond of public
+speaking. Like some other great men, he found it difficult to stand up
+before a body of people and make a speech. After his term of service in
+the French and Indian War he was elected to the House of Burgesses,
+where he received a vote of thanks for his brave military services.
+Rising to reply, Washington stood blushing and stammering, without being
+able to say a word. The Speaker, equal to the occasion, said with much
+grace, "Sit down, Mr. Washington, your modesty equals your valor, and
+that surpasses the power of any language to express."
+
+While for many years after the close of the Last French War this modest,
+home-loving man was living the life of a high-bred Virginia gentleman,
+the exciting events which finally brought on the Revolution were
+stirring men's souls to heroic action. It was natural, in these trying
+days, that his countrymen should look for guidance and inspiration to
+George Washington, who had been so conspicuous a leader in the Last
+French War.
+
+He represented Virginia at the first meeting of the Continental Congress
+in 1774, going to Philadelphia in company with Patrick Henry and others.
+He was also a delegate from his colony at the second meeting of the
+Continental Congress in May, 1775. On being elected by this body
+Commander-in-Chief of the American army, he at once thanked the members
+for the election, and added, "I do not think myself equal to the command
+I am honored with." He also refused to receive any salary for his
+services, but said he would keep an account of the expenses he might
+incur, in order that these might be paid back to him.
+
+On the 21st of June Washington set out on horseback from Philadelphia,
+in company with a small body of horsemen, to take command of the
+American army around Boston. Not long after starting they met a
+messenger bringing in haste the news of the Battle of Bunker Hill.
+Washington eagerly asked, "Did the Americans stand the fire of the
+regular troops?" "Yes," was the proud answer. "Then," cried Washington,
+gladly, "the liberties of the country are safe!"
+
+Three days later, about four o'clock on Sunday afternoon, he reached New
+York, where he met with a royal welcome. Riding in an open carriage
+drawn by two white horses, he passed through the streets, escorted by
+nine companies of soldiers on foot. Along the route the people, old and
+young, received him with enthusiasm. At New Haven the Yale College
+students came out in a body, keeping step to the music of a band of
+which Noah Webster, the future lexicographer, then a freshman, was the
+leader. On July 2d, after arriving at the camp in Cambridge, Washington
+received an equally enthusiastic welcome from the soldiers.
+
+Next day General Washington rode out on horseback and, under the famous
+elm still standing near Harvard University, drew his sword and took
+command of the American army. He was then forty-three years old, with a
+tall, manly form and a noble face. He was good to look at as he sat
+there, a perfect picture of manly strength and dignity, wearing an
+epaulet on each shoulder, a broad band of blue silk across his breast,
+and a three-cornered hat with the cockade of liberty in it.
+
+Now came the labor of getting his troops into good condition for
+fighting battles, for his army was one only in name. These untrained men
+were brave and willing, but without muskets and without powder, they
+were in no condition for making war on a well-equipped enemy.
+
+Moreover, the army had no cannon, without which it could not hope to
+succeed in an attack upon the British troops in Boston. By using severe
+measures, however, Washington soon brought about much better discipline.
+But with no powder and no cannon, he had to let the autumn and the
+winter slip by before making any effort to drive the British army out of
+Boston. When cannon and other supplies were at last brought down from
+Ticonderoga on sledges drawn by oxen, the alert American General
+fortified Dorchester Heights, which overlooked the city, and forced the
+English commander to sail away with all his army.
+
+Washington believed that the next movement of the British would be to
+get control of the Hudson River and the Middle States. So he went
+promptly to New York in order to defend it against attack. But still his
+army was weak in numbers as well as in provisions, equipment, and
+training.
+
+Washington had only about 18,000 men to meet General Howe, who soon
+arrived off Staten Island with a large fleet and 30,000 men. Not knowing
+where the British General would strike first, Washington had to be on
+his guard at many points. He had to prepare a defence of a line of
+twenty miles. He also built, on opposite sides of the Hudson River just
+above New York, Forts Lee and Washington.
+
+When Brooklyn Heights, on Long Island, had been fortified, General
+Putnam went with half the army to occupy them. On August 27th General
+Howe, with something like 20,000 men, attacked a part of these forces
+and defeated them. If he had continued the battle by marching at once
+against the remainder, he might have captured all that part of
+Washington's army under Putnam's command. He might, also, have captured
+Washington himself, who, during the heat of the battle, had crossed over
+to Long Island.
+
+[Illustration: Map Illustrating the Battle of Long Island.]
+
+If Howe had done this, he might have ended the war at one stroke. But
+his men had fought hard at the end of a long night-march and needed
+rest. Besides, he thought it would be easy enough to capture the
+Americans without undue haste. For how could they escape? Soon the
+British vessels would sail up and get between them and New York, when,
+of course, escape for Washington and his men would be impossible. This
+all seemed so clear to the easy-going General Howe that he gave his
+tired men a rest after the battle on the 27th. On the 28th a heavy rain
+fell, and on the 29th a dense fog covered the island.
+
+But before midday of the 29th some American officers riding down toward
+the shore, noticed an unusual stir in the British fleet. Boats were
+going to and fro, as if carrying orders. "Very likely," said these
+officers to Washington, "the English vessels are to sail up between New
+York and Long Island, to cut off our retreat." As that was also
+Washington's opinion, he secured all the boats he could find for the
+purpose of trying to make an escape during the night.
+
+It was a desperate undertaking. There were 10,000 men, and the width of
+the river at the point of crossing was nearly a mile. It would seem
+hardly possible that such a movement could, in a single night, be made
+without discovery by the British troops, who were lying in camp but a
+short distance away. The night must have been a long and anxious one for
+Washington, who stayed at his post of duty on the Long Island shore
+until the last boat of the retreating army had pushed off. The escape
+was a brilliant achievement and saved the American cause.
+
+But this was only the beginning of Washington's troubles in this
+memorable year, 1776. As the British now occupied Brooklyn Heights,
+which overlooked New York, the Americans could not hold that place, and
+in a short time they had to withdraw, fighting stubbornly as they slowly
+retreated. Washington crossed over to the Jersey side of the Hudson, and
+left General Charles Lee with half the army at North Castle. The
+British captured Forts Lee and Washington, with 3,000 men, inflicting a
+severe loss upon the American cause. The outlook was gloomy, but more
+trying events were to follow.
+
+In order to prevent the British from capturing Philadelphia, Washington
+put his army between them and that city. The British began to move upon
+him. Needing every soldier that he could get, he sent orders to General
+Lee to join him. Lee refused to move. Again and again Washington urged
+Lee to come to his aid. Each time Lee disobeyed. We now know that he was
+a traitor, secretly hoping that Washington might fail in order that he
+himself, who was second in command, might become Commander-in-Chief of
+the American army.
+
+Lee's disobedience placed Washington in a critical position. In order to
+save his army from capture, Washington had to retreat once more, this
+time across New Jersey toward Philadelphia. As the British army, in
+every way superior to Washington's, was close upon the Americans, it was
+a race for life. Sometimes the rear-guard of the Americans was just
+leaving a burning bridge when the van of the British army could be seen
+approaching. But by burning bridges and destroying food supplies
+intended for the British, Washington so delayed them that they were
+nineteen days in marching about sixty miles.
+
+Nevertheless the situation for the Americans was still desperate. To
+make matters worse, Washington saw his army gradually melting away by
+desertion. When he reached the Delaware River it numbered barely 3,000
+men.
+
+[Illustration: WASHINGTON'S RETREAT THROUGH NEW JERSEY.]
+
+Having collected boats for seventy miles along the Delaware, Washington
+succeeded in safely crossing it a little above Trenton, on December 8th.
+As the British had no boats, they were obliged to wait until the river
+should freeze, when they intended to cross in triumph and make an easy
+capture of Philadelphia.
+
+To most people, in England and in America alike, the early downfall of
+the American cause seemed certain. General Cornwallis--who in May of
+this year had joined the British army in America--was so sure that the
+war would soon come to an end, that he had already packed some of his
+luggage and sent it aboard ship, with the intention of returning to
+England at an early day.
+
+But Washington had no thought of giving up the struggle. Far from being
+disheartened, he confronted the gloomy outlook with all his energy and
+courage. Fearless and full of faith in the patriot cause, he watched
+with vigilance for an opportunity to turn suddenly upon his
+over-confident enemy and strike a heavy blow.
+
+[Illustration: Map Illustrating the Struggle for the Hudson River and
+the Middle States.]
+
+Such an opportunity shortly came to him. The British General had
+carelessly separated his army into several divisions and scattered them
+at various points in New Jersey. One of these divisions, consisting of
+Hessians, was stationed at Trenton. Washington's quick eye noted this
+blunder of the British General, and he resolved to take advantage of it
+by attacking the Hessians at Trenton on Christmas night. Having been
+re-enforced, he now had an army of 6,000 and was therefore in a better
+condition to risk a battle. With 2,400 picked men he got ready to cross
+the Delaware River at a point nine miles above Trenton. There was snow
+on the ground, and the weather was bitterly cold. As the soldiers
+marched to the place of crossing, some of them with feet almost bare
+left bloody footprints along the route.
+
+At sunset the troops began to cross. It was a terrible night for such an
+undertaking. Angry gusts of wind, and great blocks of ice swept along by
+the swift current, threatened every moment to dash in pieces the frail
+boats. From the Trenton side of the river, General Knox, who had been
+sent ahead by Washington, loudly shouted to let the struggling boatmen
+know where to land. Ten hours were consumed in the crossing. Much longer
+must the time have seemed to Washington, as he stood in the midst of the
+wild storm, his heart full of mingled anxiety and hope.
+
+It was not until four o'clock in the morning that the troops were ready
+to march upon Trenton, nine miles away. As they advanced, a fearful
+storm of snow and sleet beat upon the already weary men. But they pushed
+forward, and surprised the Hessians at Trenton soon after sunrise,
+easily capturing them after a short struggle.
+
+Washington had brought hope to every patriot heart. The British were
+amazed at the daring feat, and Cornwallis decided to make a longer stay
+in America. He soon advanced with a superior force against Washington,
+and at nightfall, January 2, 1777, took his stand on the farther side of
+a small creek. "At last," said Cornwallis, "we have run down the old
+fox, and we will bag him in the morning."
+
+But Washington was too sly a fox for Cornwallis to bag. During the night
+he led his army around Cornwallis's camp, and pushing on to Princeton
+defeated the rear-guard, which had not yet joined the main body. He then
+retired in safety to his winter quarters among the hills about
+Morristown. During this fateful campaign Washington had handled his army
+in a masterly way. He had begun with defeat and had ended with victory.
+
+In 1777 the British planned to get control of the Hudson River, and thus
+cut off New England from the other States. In this way they hoped so to
+weaken the Americans as to make their defeat easy. Burgoyne was to march
+from Canada, by way of Lake Champlain and Fort Edward, to Albany, where
+he was to meet not only a small force of British under St. Leger from
+the Mohawk Valley, but also the main army of 18,000 men, under General
+Howe, which was expected to sail up the Hudson from New York. The
+British believed that this plan would be easily carried out and would
+soon bring the war to a close.
+
+[Illustration: WINTER AT VALLEY FORGE.
+
+The Relief.]
+
+And this might have happened if General Howe had not failed to do his
+part. Instead of going up to meet and help Burgoyne, however, he tried
+first to march across New Jersey and capture Philadelphia. But when he
+reached Morristown, he found Washington in a stronghold where he dared
+not attack him. As Washington would not come out and risk an encounter
+in the open field, and as Howe was unwilling to continue his advance
+with the American army threatening his rear, he returned to New York.
+Still desirous of reaching Philadelphia, however, he sailed a little
+later, with his army, to Chesapeake Bay. The voyage took him two months.
+
+When at length he advanced toward Philadelphia, he found Washington
+ready to dispute his progress at Brandywine Creek. There a battle was
+fought, resulting in the defeat of the Americans. But Washington handled
+his army with such skill that Howe spent two weeks in reaching
+Philadelphia, only twenty-six miles away.
+
+When Howe arrived at the city he found out that it was too late to send
+aid to Burgoyne, who was now in desperate straits. Washington had
+spoiled the English plan, and Burgoyne, failing to get the much-needed
+help from Howe, had to surrender at Saratoga (October 17, 1777) his
+entire army of 6,000 regular troops. This was a great blow to England,
+and resulted in a treaty between France and America. After this treaty,
+France sent over both land and naval forces, which were of much service
+to the American cause.
+
+At the close of 1777 Washington retired to a strong position among the
+hills at Valley Forge, on the Schuylkill River, about twenty miles
+northwest of Philadelphia. Here his army spent a winter of terrible
+suffering. Most of the soldiers were in rags, only a few had
+bed-clothing, and many had not even straw to lie upon at night. Nearly
+3,000 were barefoot. More than this, they were often for days at a time
+without bread. It makes one heartsick to read about the sufferings of
+these patriotic men during this miserable winter. But despite all the
+bitter trials of these distressing times, Washington never lost faith in
+the final success of the American cause.
+
+A beautiful story is told of this masterful man at Valley Forge. When
+"Friend Potts" was near the camp one day, he heard an earnest voice. On
+approaching he saw Washington on his knees, his cheeks wet with tears,
+praying to God for help and guidance. When the farmer returned to his
+home he said to his wife: "George Washington will succeed! George
+Washington will succeed! The Americans will secure their independence!"
+"What makes thee think so, Isaac?" inquired his wife. "I have heard him
+pray, Hannah, out in the woods to-day, and the Lord will surely hear his
+prayer. He will, Hannah; thee may rest assured He will."
+
+We may pass over without comment here the events between the winter at
+Valley Forge and the Yorktown campaign, which resulted in the surrender
+of Cornwallis with all his army. Even when not engaged in fighting
+battles, Washington was the soul of the American cause, which could
+scarcely have succeeded without his inspiring leadership. But there is
+yet one more military event--the hemming in of Cornwallis at
+Yorktown,--for us to notice briefly before we take leave of Washington.
+
+When at the close of his fighting with General Greene in the South,
+Cornwallis marched northward to Yorktown, Washington, with an army of
+French and American troops, was encamped on the Hudson River. He was
+waiting for the coming of a French fleet to New York. On its arrival he
+expected to attack the British army there by land, while the fleet
+attacked it by sea.
+
+Upon hearing that the French fleet was on its way to the Chesapeake,
+Washington thought out a brilliant scheme. This was to march his army as
+quickly and as secretly as possible to Yorktown, a distance of 400
+miles, there to join Lafayette and to co-operate with the French fleet
+in the capture of Cornwallis. The scheme succeeded so well that
+Cornwallis surrendered his entire army of 8,000 men on October 19, 1781.
+
+This was the last battle of the war, although the treaty of peace was
+not signed until 1783. By that treaty the Americans won their
+independence from England. The country which they could now call their
+own extended from Canada to Florida, and from the Atlantic Ocean to the
+Mississippi River.
+
+Washington, tired of war, was glad to become a Virginia planter once
+more. But he was not permitted to live in quiet. After his retirement
+from the army his home became, as he himself said, a well-resorted
+tavern. Two years after the close of the Revolution he wrote in his
+diary: "Dined with only Mrs. Washington, which I believe is the first
+instance of it since my retirement from public life."
+
+When, on the formation of the Constitution of the United States, the
+American people looked about for a President, all eyes naturally turned
+to George Washington. He was elected without opposition and was
+inaugurated at New York, then the capital of the United States, on April
+30, 1789.
+
+[Illustration: Washington's Home--Mount Vernon.]
+
+His life as President was one of dignity and elegance. It was his custom
+to pay no calls and accept no invitations, but between three and four
+o'clock on every Tuesday afternoon he held a public reception. On such
+occasions he appeared in court-dress, with powdered hair, yellow gloves
+in his hand, a long sword in a scabbard of white polished leather at
+his side, and a cocked hat under his arm. Standing with his right hand
+behind him, he bowed formally as each guest was presented to him.
+
+After serving two terms as President with great success he again retired
+in 1797 to private life at Mount Vernon. Here he died on December 14,
+1799, at the age of sixty-seven, loved and honored by the American
+people.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  WASHINGTON AT MOUNT VERNON.
+  THE PLANTATION IN VIRGINIA.
+  THE PLANTER'S MANSION AND ITS SURROUNDINGS.
+  VIRGINIA HOSPITALITY.
+  MODES OF TRAVEL.
+  WASHINGTON'S WORKING HABITS.
+  APPOINTED COMMANDER-IN-CHIEF OF THE AMERICAN TROOPS.
+  GENERAL WASHINGTON AND HIS ARMY.
+  THE BRITISH DRIVEN FROM BOSTON.
+  WASHINGTON GOES TO NEW YORK.
+  BATTLE OF LONG ISLAND.
+  WASHINGTON'S ESCAPE FROM LONG ISLAND.
+  THE TRAITOR LEE DISOBEYS WASHINGTON.
+  WASHINGTON RETREATS ACROSS NEW JERSEY.
+  A GLOOMY OUTLOOK.
+  A TERRIBLE NIGHT FOLLOWED BY A GLORIOUS VICTORY.
+  THE BRITISH PLANS IN 1777.
+  GENERAL HOWE FAILS TO DO HIS PART.
+  BURGOYNE'S SURRENDER; AID FROM FRANCE.
+  WASHINGTON AT VALLEY FORGE.
+  THE SURRENDER OF CORNWALLIS; TREATY OF PEACE.
+  WASHINGTON AS PRESIDENT.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. By all means make constant use of your map.
+
+  2. Write on the following topics: the plantation, the planter's
+  mansion, Virginia hospitality, modes of travel.
+
+  3. What was Washington's favorite motto? What were his working
+  habits?
+
+  4. Describe Washington at the time when he took command of the
+  army. What was the condition of this army?
+
+  5. Tell about Washington's troubles and his retreat across New
+  Jersey?
+
+  6. Imagine yourself one of Washington's soldiers on the night of
+  the march against the Hessians at Trenton, and relate your
+  experiences. Try to form vivid pictures before you tell the
+  story.
+
+  7. What were the British plans for 1777, and in what way did
+  General Howe blunder in carrying out his part?
+
+  8. Describe the sufferings of the soldiers at Valley Forge.
+
+  9. Give a short account of Washington.
+
+  10. What were the leading causes of the Revolution? Its most
+  striking result?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+Nathaniel Greene, the Hero of the South, and Francis Marion, the "Swamp
+Fox"
+
+[1742-1786]
+
+[Illustration: Nathaniel Greene.]
+
+
+We have rapidly glanced at the course of the Revolution so far as
+Washington was concerned in it. But we should fail to understand the
+connection of events were we to pass over without mention the work of
+the brilliant general, Nathaniel Greene, who by common consent is
+regarded as a military leader second to Washington alone.
+
+As already noted, the first fighting in the Revolution was in New
+England. Failing there, the British generals vainly tried to get control
+of the Hudson River and the Middle States.
+
+Their attention was now turned to the South, where there were many
+Tories who would give material support to the King's forces. George the
+Third had great hopes of conquering all the Southern States, and holding
+them at the end of the struggle as English territory, even though the
+Americans should succeed in keeping possession of New England and the
+Middle States.
+
+Beginning in Georgia in 1778, the British captured Savannah, but not
+until 1780 did they undertake the serious business of conquering the
+South. In May of that year General Lincoln, the American commander of
+the Southern army, surrendered his entire force at Charleston, and in
+the following August, General Gates, at the head of a second American
+army, suffered a crushing defeat in the battle of Camden. The outlook
+for the patriot cause appeared dark. One thing was certain. An able
+military leader must take charge of the Americans, or the British would
+soon overcome all opposition. Washington had great faith in General
+Greene's ability, and without hesitation selected him for this important
+task.
+
+Nathaniel Greene was born in Warwick, R. I., in 1742. His father, a
+Quaker preacher on Sundays and a blacksmith and miller on week days,
+brought up his son in the strictest Quaker principles, and trained him
+to work in the field, in the mill, and at the forge. Nathaniel was
+robust and athletic, a leader in outdoor sports. From an early age he
+was studious in his habits, and in his manhood, when the troubles with
+England seemed to threaten war, he eagerly turned his attention to the
+study of military tactics.
+
+In 1774 Greene took an active part in organizing, in Rhode Island, a
+military company called the Kentish Guards, in which he at once enrolled
+himself as a private. In order to procure a musket it was necessary for
+him to make a trip to Boston where, in his Quaker costume of
+drab-colored clothes and broad brimmed hat, he was a picturesque and
+interested observer of the British regulars taking their customary
+drill. On his return he brought with him not only a musket, which he
+concealed under some straw in his wagon, but also a British deserter to
+drill his company.
+
+On the news of the battle of Bunker Hill a brigade of three regiments
+was raised in Rhode Island, and Greene was placed at its head with the
+rank of brigadier-general. With this brigade he at once marched to
+Boston, and when Washington arrived to take command of the American
+troops, General Greene had the honor of welcoming him in behalf of the
+army.
+
+[Illustration: Map Showing the War in the South.]
+
+At this time Greene was thirty-three years old, six feet tall, with a
+strong, vigorous body and a frank, intelligent face. He speedily won the
+friendship and confidence of Washington, who afterward placed him in
+positions of great responsibility. Throughout the entire war General
+Greene was actively engaged, and in all his campaigns he showed
+remarkable energy and promptness. It was natural that a general so able
+should be sought in 1780 as commander of the American army in the South.
+
+When General Greene reached the Carolinas (December 2, 1780), he found
+the army in a forlorn condition. There was but one blanket for every
+three soldiers, and there were not enough provisions in camp to last
+three days. The men were disheartened because they had suffered defeat,
+rebellious because they were unpaid, and sick because they were unfed.
+They camped in rude huts made of fence rails, corn-stalks, and
+brushwood.
+
+But by his masterly way of doing things Greene soon inspired the
+confidence of officers and soldiers alike. A story is told that well
+illustrates the faith his men had in their general. Once he saw a
+bare-footed sentry and said to him, "How you must suffer from cold!" "I
+do not complain," the sentry answered, not aware that he was addressing
+his commander. "I know I should fare well if our general could procure
+supplies."
+
+Not long after taking command of the army he sent General Morgan with
+900 picked men toward the mountains in the Carolinas to threaten the
+British posts there, while he himself, with the remainder of the army,
+took a position nearer the coast on the Pedee River. General Cornwallis,
+in command of the British army in the South, detached Tarleton to march
+against Morgan. Early on the morning of January 17, 1781, after a hard
+night march, Tarleton, over-confident of success, attacked Morgan at
+Cowpens. But the Americans repelled the attack with vigor and won a
+brilliant victory. The British lost 230 killed and wounded and 600
+prisoners, almost their entire force.
+
+Cornwallis was deeply chagrined, for he had expected that Tarleton would
+crush the American force. He now planned to march rapidly across the
+country and defeat Morgan before Greene's army could unite with him. But
+Morgan, feeling certain that Cornwallis would make a strenuous effort to
+overwhelm him and rescue the 600 prisoners, marched with all possible
+speed in a northeasterly direction, with the purpose of crossing the
+Catawba River before Cornwallis could overtake him.
+
+[Illustration: Lord Cornwallis.]
+
+Moreover, when Greene heard the glorious news of the American victory,
+he knew that there was great danger that Morgan's force would fall into
+the hands of Cornwallis. He therefore planned not only to prevent such a
+catastrophe, but also to lead Cornwallis far away from his base of
+supplies at Wilmington on the coast, to a place where his own force
+united with Morgan's might fight a winning battle.
+
+With these plans in mind, having ordered General Huger to march rapidly
+with the army in a northerly direction, Greene himself, with a small
+guard, swiftly rode a distance of 150 miles across the rough country to
+Morgan's army. On the last day of January he reached it in the Catawba
+Valley, and began to direct its movements.
+
+In the meantime Cornwallis, with desperate energy, was pressing in
+pursuit. For the next ten days it was a race for life, with the odds in
+favor of Cornwallis. But Greene was exceedingly alert and masterful. The
+Catawba had been safely crossed, but Cornwallis might overtake the
+Americans before they could cross the Yadkin. To make all possible
+provision for a speedy crossing, Greene sent men ahead to see that boats
+should be collected on this river, ready for use when he should need
+them. He also had the fore-thought to carry with his army boats mounted
+on wheels. When crossing a river these boats would carry the wheels, and
+in advancing across the country the wheels would carry the boats.
+
+Having taken these precautions, Greene sent Morgan forward toward
+Salisbury, while he himself waited for a force of militia that was to
+guard fords on the Catawba in order to delay Cornwallis. But while
+waiting he heard that the militia had been scattered. When this
+unfortunate news reached him, he started upon a solitary ride through
+the heavy mud and drenching rain in search of Morgan's force. When
+Greene alighted at the Salisbury Inn, which had been turned into a
+hospital for the soldiers, the army physician greeted him, asking how
+he was. "Fatigued, hungry, alone, and penniless," he answered. The
+landlady, Mrs. Elizabeth Steele, on hearing the reply, brought out two
+bags of money, the savings of many a hard day's labor. She said, "Take
+these, you will need them, and I can do without them."
+
+In this famous retreat of 200 miles through the Carolinas the Americans
+forded three rivers, whose waters, swollen by recent rains soon after
+the Americans had crossed, checked the British in their pursuit. Greene
+crossed the last of these rivers, the Dan, with the two parts of his
+army now united, just in time to escape Cornwallis.
+
+In all this time of trial and uncertainty General Greene received
+valuable aid from partisan leaders in the South. One of the most noted
+of these was Francis Marion, who was born near Georgetown, S.C., in
+1732. Although as a child, he was extremely delicate, he grew strong
+after his twelfth year. In his mature years he was short and slight in
+frame, but strong and hardy in constitution.
+
+When the British began to swarm into South Carolina he raised and
+drilled a company of his neighbors and friends known as "Marion's
+Brigade." These men, without uniforms, without tents, and without pay,
+were among the bravest and best of the Revolutionary soldiers. Old saws
+beaten at the country forge furnished them with sabres, and pewter mugs
+and dishes supplied material for bullets. The diet of these men was
+simple. Marion, their leader, usually ate hominy and potatoes, and
+drank water flavored with a little vinegar.
+
+The story is told that one day a British officer entered the camp with a
+flag of truce. After the conference, Marion, with his usual delicate
+courtesy, invited him to dinner. We may imagine the officer's surprise
+when, seated at a log used for a table, they were served to a dinner
+consisting of roasted sweet potatoes handed to them on pieces of bark.
+The British officer was still more surprised to learn that at times
+Marion's men were not fortunate enough to have even potatoes.
+
+[Illustration: General Francis Marion.]
+
+"Marion's Brigade" of farmers and hunters seldom numbered more than
+seventy, and often less than twenty. With this very small force he
+annoyed the British beyond measure by rescuing prisoners and by
+capturing supply-trains, foraging parties, and outposts. One day a scout
+brought in the report that a party of ninety British with 200 prisoners
+were on the march for Charleston. Waiting for the darkness to conceal
+his movements, Marion with thirty men sallied out, swooped down upon the
+British camp, captured, the entire force, and rescued all the American
+prisoners.
+
+It was the custom of Marion's men when hard pressed by a superior force
+to scatter, each one for himself, and, dashing headlong into the dense,
+dark swamps, to meet again at the well-known hiding-place. Even while
+the British were in search of them they sometimes darted out just as
+suddenly as they had disappeared, and surprised another British party
+near at hand. Well did Marion deserve the name of "Swamp Fox," given him
+by the British.
+
+[Illustration: Marion and His Men Swooping Down on a British Camp.]
+
+With the aid of such partisan leaders, and by the skilful handling of
+his army, Greene was more than a match for Cornwallis. On receiving
+reinforcements from Virginia Greene turned upon his enemy at Guilford
+Court House, N. C., where he fought a losing battle. But although
+defeated, he so crippled the British army that Cornwallis was obliged
+to retreat to the coast to get supplies for his half-famished men before
+marching northward into Virginia. In this long and trying campaign
+Greene had completely outwitted Cornwallis.
+
+At the close of the war, as he passed through Philadelphia on his way
+home, the people received him with great enthusiasm. In 1785 he moved
+with his family to a plantation which the State of Georgia had given
+him. Here he lived in quiet and happiness less than a year, when he died
+of sunstroke at the age of forty-four. His comrade, Wayne, who was with
+him at the time of his death, said of him: "He was great as a soldier,
+great as a citizen, immaculate as a friend.... I have seen a great and
+good man die."
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE BRITISH ATTEMPT TO GET CONTROL IN THE SOUTH.
+  DARK OUTLOOK FOR THE AMERICANS.
+  YOUNG GREENE A LEADER IN OUT-DOOR SPORTS.
+  GREENE MADE BRIGADIER-GENERAL.
+  HE TAKES COMMAND IN THE SOUTH.
+  GENERAL GREENE AND HIS ARMY.
+  THE BATTLE OF COWPENS.
+  GREENE'S PLANS.
+  HIS ALERTNESS AND FORESIGHT.
+  A FAMOUS RETREAT.
+  PARTISAN LEADERS.
+  FRANCIS MARION AND HIS MEN.
+  MARION'S METHODS: THE "SWAMP FOX."
+  GREENE OUTWITS CORNWALLIS.
+  GENERAL GREENE AFTER THE WAR.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Why did the British wish to get control of the South?
+
+  2. How did Greene look? What do you admire in his character?
+
+  3. What was the condition of his army when he took command of it
+  in the South?
+
+  4. What was the "race for life"? How did it result?
+
+  5. Describe Francis Marion and tell all you can about his habits.
+
+  6. Tell the story of Marion and the British officer.
+
+  7. What were Marion's methods of annoying the British?
+
+  8. Are you constantly trying to form mental pictures as you read?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+Daniel Boone, the Kentucky Pioneer
+
+[1735-1820]
+
+[Illustration: Daniel Boone.]
+
+
+You will recall that at the beginning of the Last French War in 1756 the
+English colonies lived almost entirely between the Alleghany Mountains
+and the Atlantic Ocean. Such continued to be their narrow boundaries up
+to the beginning of the Revolutionary War. To understand how, at the end
+of this war, the western boundary had been extended to the Mississippi,
+we must turn our attention to those early western pioneers, the
+backwoodsmen, who rendered very important services to their country.
+
+One of the most noted of these pioneers was Daniel Boone. He was born in
+Bucks County, Pa., in 1735. Caring little for books, he spent most of
+his time in hunting and fishing. The woods were his special delight, and
+naturally he became an expert rifleman.
+
+The story is told that when a small boy he wandered one day into the
+forest some distance from home, and built himself a rough shelter of
+logs. There he would spend days at a time with only his rifle and game
+for company. The rifle served to bring down the game, and this he cooked
+over a fire of logs. A prince might have envied his dreamless slumber as
+he lay on a bed of leaves with the skin of a wild animal for covering.
+This free, wild life trained him for his future career as a fearless
+hunter and woodsman.
+
+[Illustration: The Kentucky Settlement.]
+
+When Daniel was about thirteen years old his father moved to North
+Carolina and settled on the Yadkin River, where Daniel grew to manhood.
+After his marriage at the age of twenty, he built him a hut in the
+solitude of the wilderness, far removed from other settlers' homes.
+
+But Boone was restless. For years he looked with eager eyes toward the
+rugged mountains on the west and to the country beyond. Day by day, his
+desire to visit this wild unknown region increased, until he could no
+longer restrain it. By the time he was twenty-five he had begun his
+explorations and had pushed his way as far as Boone's Creek, which is a
+branch of the Watauga River in Eastern Tennessee. Near this creek there
+yet stands a beech-tree with the inscription: "D. Boon cilled a bar on
+(this) tree in the year 1760."
+
+Nine years after this date Daniel Boone, in company with five other men,
+started out on May 1st to cross the Alleghany Mountains. For five weeks
+the bold travellers picked their way through the pathless woods. But
+when in June they reached Kentucky, they were rewarded for all the
+hardships they had endured. For here was a beautiful country with an
+abundance of game, including deer, bears, and great herds of bison.
+
+[Illustration: Indian Costume (Female).]
+
+They promptly put up a shelter made of logs and open on one side. The
+floor of this camp, as it was called, was the earth, covered with leaves
+and hemlock twigs.
+
+Six months after their arrival Boone and a man named Stewart had an
+unpleasant experience. While off on a hunting expedition, they were
+captured by an Indian party. For seven days the dusky warriors carefully
+guarded their prisoners. But on the seventh night, having gorged
+themselves with the game killed during the day, the Indians fell into a
+sound sleep. Boone, while pretending to be asleep, had been watching his
+opportunity. So when the right moment came he quietly arose, awoke
+Stewart, and the two crept stealthily away until out of hearing of the
+Indians. Then, leaping to their feet, they bounded away like deer,
+through the dark woods toward their camp. This they found deserted, and
+what had become of their friends they never learned.
+
+Some weeks later Boone was pleasantly surprised by the appearance at the
+camp of his brother, Squire Boone, and a companion. The four men lived
+together without special incident, until one day Stewart was surprised
+and shot by some Indians. Stewart's death so terrified the man who had
+accompanied Squire Boone, that he gave up the wilderness life and
+returned to his home.
+
+[Illustration: Indian Costume (Male).]
+
+Boone and his brother remained together in the forest for three months
+longer, but their ammunition getting low, on May 1st Squire Boone
+returned to North Carolina for a fresh supply and for horses. Daniel was
+thus left alone, 500 miles from home. His life was in constant peril
+from wild beasts and Indians. He dared not sleep in his camp, but
+resorted at night to a canebrake or some other hiding-place, where he
+lay concealed, not even kindling a fire lest its light might betray him.
+During these months of solitary waiting for his brother, Boone endured
+many privations. He had neither salt, sugar, nor flour, his sole food
+being game brought down by his rifle. But the return of his brother, in
+July, with the expected provisions, brought him much good cheer.
+
+After two years of this experience in the wilderness, Daniel Boone
+returned to his home on the Yadkin to make preparations for removal. By
+September, 1773, he had sold his farm and was ready to go with his
+family to settle in Kentucky. His enthusiastic reports of the fertile
+country he had been exploring found eager listeners, and when his party
+was ready to start it included, besides his wife and children, five
+families and forty men, with a sufficient number of horses and cattle.
+Unhappily they were attacked on their way by Indians, and six men, one
+of them Boone's eldest son, were killed. Discouraged by this setback the
+party returned to the nearest settlement, and for a while longer the
+migration westward was postponed.
+
+But it was Boone's unflinching purpose to settle in the beautiful
+Kentucky region. It had already become historic, for the Indians called
+it a "dark ground," a "bloody ground," and an old Indian Chief had
+related to Boone how many tribes had hunted and fought on its disputed
+territory.
+
+None of the Indians held an undisputed claim to the land. Nevertheless a
+friend of Boone, Richard Henderson, and other white men made treaties
+with the powerful Cherokees, who allowed them to settle here. As soon
+as it became certain that the Cherokees would not interfere, Henderson
+sent Boone in charge of thirty men to open a pathway from the Holston
+River, over Cumberland Gap to the Kentucky River. This is still known as
+the Wilderness Road, along which so many thousand settlers afterward
+made their way.
+
+On reaching the Kentucky River, Boone and his men set to work to build a
+fort on the left bank of the stream. This fort they called
+Boonesborough. Its four stout walls consisted in part of the outer sides
+of log cabins and in part of a stockade, some twelve feet high, made by
+thrusting into the ground stout pieces of timber pointed at the top.
+There were loop-holes in all the cabins, and a loop-holed block-house at
+each corner of the fort.
+
+Daniel Boone, the leader of this settlement, was a man of interesting
+personality. He was a tall, slender backwoodsman, with muscles of iron
+and a rugged nature that enabled him to endure great hardship. Quiet and
+serious, he possessed courage that never shrank in the face of danger.
+Men had confidence in him because he had confidence in himself.
+Moreover, his kind heart and tender sympathies won lasting friendships.
+He usually though not always dressed like an Indian. A fur cap, a
+fringed hunting shirt, and leggings and moccasins, all made of skins of
+wild animals, made up his ordinary costume.
+
+[Illustration: Daniel Boone in his Cabin.]
+
+If we should go in imagination into Daniel Boone's log cabin out in the
+clearing not far from the fort, we should find it a simple home with
+rude furnishings. A ladder against the wall was the stairway by which
+the children reached the loft. Pegs driven into the wall held the scanty
+family wardrobe, and upon a rough board, supported by four wooden legs,
+was spread the family meal.
+
+There was an abundance of plain and simple food. Bear's meat was a
+substitute for pork, and venison for beef. As salt was scarce, the beef
+was not salted down or pickled, but was jerked by drying in the sun or
+smoking over the fire. Corn was also an important article of diet. When
+away from home to hunt game or to follow the war trail, sometimes the
+only food which the settler had was the parched corn he carried in his
+pocket or wallet. Every cabin had its hand-mill for grinding the corn
+into meal and a mortar for beating it into hominy. The mortar was made
+by burning a hole into the top of a block of wood.
+
+[Illustration: A Hand Corn Mill.]
+
+A pioneer boy found his life a busy and interesting one. While still
+young he received careful training in imitating the notes and calls of
+birds and wild animals. He learned how to set traps, and how to shoot a
+rifle with unerring aim. At twelve years of age he became a
+fort-soldier, with port-hole assigned to him for use in case of an
+Indian attack. He received careful training, also, in following an
+Indian trail and in concealing his own when on the warpath. For expert
+knowledge of this kind was necessary in the midst of dangers from unseen
+foes that were likely to creep stealthily upon the settlers at all
+times whether they were working in the clearings or hunting in the
+forest.
+
+After building the fort, Boone returned to his home in North Carolina
+for his family. Some months after the family reached Boonesborough,
+Boone's daughter with two girl friends was one day floating in a boat
+near the river-bank. Suddenly five Indians darted out of the woods and,
+seizing the three girls, hurried away with them. When in their flight
+the Indians observed the eldest of the girls breaking twigs and dropping
+them in their trail, they threatened to tomahawk her unless she stopped
+it. But watching her chance, she from time to time tore off strips of
+her dress, and dropped them as guides to the pursuing whites.
+
+As soon as possible after hearing of the capture Boone, with seven other
+men from the fort, started upon the trail of the Indians and kept up the
+pursuit until, early on the second morning, they discovered the Indians
+sitting around a fire cooking breakfast. Suddenly the whites, firing a
+volley, killed two of the Indians and frightened the others so badly
+that they beat a hasty retreat, leaving the girls uninjured.
+
+Early in 1778, Boone and twenty nine other men were captured and carried
+off by a party of Indian warriors. At that time the Indians in that part
+of the country were fighting on the English side in the Revolution, and
+as they received a ransom for any Americans they might hand over to the
+English, they took Boone and the other men of his party to Detroit.
+
+Although the English offered $500 for Boone's ransom the Indians
+refused to let him go. They admired him so much that they took him to
+their home, and with due ceremony adopted him into their tribe. Having
+plucked out all his hair except a tuft on the top of his head, they
+dressed this with feathers and ribbons as a scalp-lock. Next they threw
+him into the river and gave his body a thorough scrubbing in order to
+wash out all the white blood. Then, daubing his face with paint in true
+Indian fashion, they looked upon him with huge satisfaction as one of
+themselves.
+
+[Illustration: A Wigwam.]
+
+Boone remained with them several months, during which he made the best
+of the life he had to lead. But when he heard that the Indians were
+planning an attack upon Boonesborough, he determined to escape if
+possible and give his friends warning. His own words tell the story in a
+simple way: "On the 16th of June, before sunrise, I departed in the most
+secret manner, and arrived at Boonesborough on the 20th after a journey
+of 160 miles, during which I had but one meal." He could not get any
+food because he dared not use his gun, nor would he build a fire for
+fear of discovery by his foes. He reached the fort in safety, where he
+was of great service in beating off the attacking party.
+
+But this is only one of the many hairbreadth escapes of the fearless
+backwoodsman. Once while in a shed looking after some tobacco, four
+Indians with loaded guns appeared at the door. They said: "Now, Boone,
+we got you. You no get away any more. You no cheat us any more." In the
+meantime, Boone had gathered up in his arms a number of dry tobacco
+leaves, and with the dust of these suddenly filled the Indians' eyes and
+nostrils. Then while they were coughing, sneezing, and rubbing their
+eyes, he made good his escape.
+
+[Illustration: Indian Implements]
+
+But from all his dangerous adventures Boone came out safely, and for
+years remained the leader of the settlement at Boonesborough. He was
+certainly a masterful leader in that early pioneer life in Kentucky.
+The solitude of the wilderness never lost its charm for him even to the
+last of his long life. He died in 1820, eighty-five years old. It has
+been said that but for him the settlement in Kentucky could not have
+been made for many years.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  WESTERN PIONEERS AND PATRIOTS.
+  BOONE'S FONDNESS FOR LIFE IN THE WOODS.
+  HE GOES TO KENTUCKY.
+  HIS SOLITARY LIFE IN THE FOREST.
+  HE PLANTS A SETTLEMENT IN KENTUCKY.
+  BOONESBOROUGH.
+  PERSONAL APPEARANCE AND CHARACTER OF DANIEL BOONE.
+  HIS LOG CABIN.
+  FOOD OF THE BACKWOODSMEN.
+  LIFE OF THE PIONEER BOY.
+  BOONE'S DAUGHTER CAPTURED BY THE INDIANS.
+  HIS ADOPTION BY AN INDIAN TRIBE.
+  BOONE'S IMPORTANT WORK.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Try to form a picture of Boone alone in the woods in his
+  boyhood, and then tell the story of what he did.
+
+  2. Do the same with Boone alone in the Kentucky forest after
+  his brother had left him.
+
+  3. What do you admire in Boone's character? How did he dress?
+  Describe his log cabin. Give some facts about the Kentucky
+  settlers' diet.
+
+  4. Tell something about the life of the pioneer boy.
+
+  5. Give an account of Boone's adoption into an Indian tribe.
+
+  6. What was Boone's great work?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+Thomas Jefferson and the Louisiana Purchase
+
+[1743-1826]
+
+[Illustration: Thomas Jefferson.]
+
+
+Through the achievements of early pioneers and settlers, of whom Daniel
+Boone is the type, the region lying between the Alleghany Mountains and
+the Mississippi River came into the possession of the United States. In
+a very different way did the territory lying between the Mississippi
+River and the Rocky Mountains become a part of the national domain. It
+was acquired not by exploration or settlement, but by purchase, and the
+man most intimately associated with this purchase was Thomas Jefferson.
+
+He was born in 1743 near Charlottesville, Va., on a plantation of nearly
+2,000 acres. From his father, a man of great physical strength and
+energy, Thomas inherited a hardy constitution. As a boy he lived an
+out-of-door life, sometimes hunting for deer, wild turkeys, and other
+game, sometimes swimming or paddling his boat in the river near his
+home, and sometimes riding one of his father's horses. A skilful and a
+daring rider, he remained to the end of his long life fond of a fine
+horse.
+
+When he was five years of age he entered school, and thus early began
+his life-long habit of reading and study. Even in his younger boyhood
+days he was known among his playmates for industry and thoroughness.
+
+At seventeen he entered William and Mary College, at Williamsburg, Va.
+Although Williamsburg was a village of only 1,000 people, it was the
+State capital, and represented the most aristocratic and refined social
+life of the colony. As a young college student Jefferson received the
+full advantage of this good society, and at the same time studied very
+hard, sometimes as much as fifteen hours a day. But for his strong body
+and sound health he must have broken down under such a severe strain.
+
+Being simple, refined, and gentle in manner, with a cheerful disposition
+and rare intelligence, he easily won and kept warm friends. One of these
+was the rollicking, fun-loving Patrick Henry, who with his jokes and
+stories kept everyone about him in good humor. He and Jefferson were, in
+their youth, the best of friends, and spent many an hour in playing
+their violins together.
+
+While in college at Williamsburg Jefferson, according to a description
+left of him as he appeared at that time, was six feet two and one-half
+inches tall, with a slender frame, a freckled face, sandy hair,
+hazel-gray eyes, and large feet and hands. He stood erect, straight as
+an arrow, a perfect picture of health and vigorous young manhood.
+
+It was during the last of his five-year stay at Williamsburg that
+Jefferson, then twenty-two-years old, stood one day at the door of the
+court-house earnestly listening to his friend Patrick Henry as he
+delivered his famous speech. The impassioned words of the great orator,
+bitterly denouncing the Stamp Act, made a deep impression upon young
+Jefferson's fervid nature. They fell as seed in good soil, and a few
+years later yielded harvest in the cause of liberty.
+
+These two men, devoted friends as they were, had many traits in common.
+Both were earnest patriots and fought in the same cause. But unlike
+Patrick Henry Thomas Jefferson was a poor speaker. His power expressed
+itself rather through his writing, and with such grace and strength that
+he has rightly been called "The Pen of the Revolution."
+
+At twenty-nine years of age he married a beautiful young widow of
+twenty-three. After the wedding festivities, he and his bride started
+out in a four-horse carriage to drive to his home, Monticello, more than
+100 miles away. It was in the month of January, and a heavy snow-storm
+overtook them, compelling them to abandon the carriage and continue the
+journey over the rough mountain roads on horseback.
+
+When at last they reached Monticello, tired and hungry, it was so late
+that the slaves had gone to their quarters for the night. The house was
+dark and the fires all out, but the bride and groom quickly kindled a
+fire, hunted up refreshments, and made the empty rooms ring with their
+songs and merriment. Thus with joyous hearts did they begin a
+long-continued and happy married life in their beautiful home,
+Monticello.
+
+Both Jefferson and his wife inherited wealth. When he was married, he
+owned 5,000 acres of land and fifty-two slaves, and a year later his
+wife's father died and left her 40,000 acres of land and 135 slaves.
+
+[Illustration: Monticello.]
+
+He became strongly attached to his mountain home and his life there as a
+planter, taking great interest in laying out and cultivating the
+grounds, and in introducing many new varieties of plants and trees.
+
+But he was too public-spirited to be lost in his private interest. In
+the year following his marriage, the famous "Boston Tea Party" emptied
+the chests of taxed tea into Boston Harbor. Then followed such stirring
+events as the Boston Port Bill, the first meeting of the Continental
+Congress, and the battles of Lexington and Concord; and finally the
+crisis, when the brave men of the Continental Congress, having decided
+that the time had come for the American people to declare themselves
+free and independent of England, appointed a committee of five to draw
+up the Declaration of Independence.
+
+[Illustration: THOMAS JEFFERSON AT WORK UPON THE FIRST DRAFT OF THE
+DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE.]
+
+Jefferson was one of this committee and, as he had distinguished himself
+for literary ability, it fell to him to write the first draft of this
+great state paper. Congress spent a few days in making some unimportant
+changes in Jefferson's draft, but left it practically as he had written
+it. On July 4, 1776, all the members of the Continental Congress signed
+the Declaration of Independence in Carpenter's Hall, Philadelphia, a
+hall which is yet standing.
+
+One of the striking things that Jefferson wrote in the Declaration of
+Independence was that "all men are created equal." He was always
+democratic in feeling, trying to do what he could for the interest of
+rich and poor alike. There was a law in Virginia requiring that the
+owner of land should hand it down to his eldest son. In its place he got
+a law passed which would permit all the children of a family to share in
+the land owned by their father. Another law in Virginia required that
+people should pay taxes for the support of the religious denomination,
+or church, known as the Established Church. As Jefferson believed this
+law unfair, he secured the passage of one which provided that nobody
+should be compelled to pay taxes for the support of any church.
+
+But Jefferson showed his sympathy for the rights of others quite as much
+in his private as in his public life, and won the personal attachment of
+his numerous household. His letters to his little daughters were full
+of loving advice, and their letters to him breathed the spirit of
+genuine affection. When, after the close of the Revolution, Franklin
+returned from his mission as minister to France, Jefferson was sent to
+take his place. On his return to Monticello at the end of five years,
+his slaves went miles to meet him and give him a hearty welcome home.
+They wished to take the horses from the carriage, that they might draw
+it themselves; and when, arriving at the house, Jefferson alighted, they
+bore him proudly upon their shoulders, while they laughed and cried for
+joy because "Massa" had come home again.
+
+Jefferson was truly polite, because he had warm sympathy for others,
+especially for the poor and the needy. Once when he and his grandson
+were out riding together they met a negro who bowed to them. The young
+man paid no attention to the negro, but Jefferson politely returned the
+bow, saying, "Do you permit a negro to be more of a gentleman than
+yourself?" thus teaching the young man a useful lesson.
+
+After filling many of the highest offices in the country, Thomas
+Jefferson became the third President of the United States in 1801. He
+had looked on with serious misgivings at some of the ceremonies and
+formalities in the executive mansion while Washington was President. He
+loved Washington, but he did not think that the President of the United
+States should be coldly formal and hold himself aloof from the people
+quite as much as Washington did. He believed in "republican
+simplicity," which he began to practise on the very day he was
+inaugurated.
+
+On that occasion he went on foot to the capitol, clothed in his
+every-day dress, and attended by some of his political friends. It
+became his custom later when going up to the capitol on official
+business to ride on a horse, which he tied with his own hands to a fence
+near by, before entering. He declined to hold weekly levees, as had been
+the custom, but instead opened his house to all on the fourth of July
+and the first of January. In these ways he was carrying out his
+convictions that the President should be simple in dress and manner, or,
+in other words, should live in "republican simplicity."
+
+Many acts of Jefferson prove that he was an able statesman; but one of
+the greatest things he did, while President in the years 1801-1809, was
+the purchase of Louisiana. Do not think of this territory as the State
+of Louisiana. It was far more than this, for it included all the country
+lying between the Mississippi River on the east and the Rocky Mountains
+on the west, and extending from Canada on the north to Texas on the
+south.
+
+In 1763, at the close of the Last French War, France gave up all this
+vast region to Spain. But in 1800, Napoleon forced Spain to give it up
+to France. When the Americans learned that Louisiana had again become
+French territory they were alarmed, as the country that held Louisiana
+could control the mouth of the Mississippi, and stop all American goods
+passing down through the river. As a consequence, American settlers
+living west of the Alleghanies would not be able to find a ready outlet
+to the world for their products. Then, too, France might plant a strong
+colony in Louisiana and thus give the American people untold trouble.
+
+[Illustration: Map of Louisiana Purchase; also United States in 1803.]
+
+Accordingly, President Jefferson sent Monroe to France to aid in
+securing New Orleans and a stretch of territory in Louisiana lying on
+the east bank of the Mississippi. By getting that territory, the
+Americans would own the entire east bank of the river, and could
+therefore control their own trade.
+
+The Americans approached Napoleon at a fortunate time; for he was
+greatly in need of money to aid him in his war with England. Besides, he
+feared that England might seize Louisiana with her fleet. He therefore
+gladly sold us for $15,000,000 all the immense territory of Louisiana.
+
+By carefully looking at your map you will get some idea of its vast
+extent. It was much larger than all the rest of the territory which we
+held before this purchase was made. Jefferson himself, perhaps, hardly
+realized how great a thing he was doing for his country when he made the
+purchase.
+
+At the end of his term of office as President, Jefferson retired to
+private life in his much-loved home of Monticello. Famous not only for
+his statesmanship, but for his learning, he was called the "Sage of
+Monticello," and was visited by people from far and near. The number of
+his guests was enormous, his housekeepers sometimes finding it
+necessary to provide fifty beds for them.
+
+Of course all this entertaining was a great burden, and the expense of
+it almost ruined him financially. But his life moved happily on. Always
+busy with some useful work, he took a deep interest in education, and
+was the founder of the University of Virginia, in which he felt a just
+pride.
+
+On July 4, 1826, just fifty years after the signing of the Declaration
+of Independence, this great man breathed his last, at the ripe age of
+eighty-three. On the tombstone which marks his grave at Monticello is
+this inscription, written by his own hand: "Here was buried Thomas
+Jefferson, author of the Declaration of Independence, of the Statutes of
+Virginia for Religious Freedom, and Father of the University of
+Virginia." It was such things as these--things that touched the freedom
+of all men--that he sought to further, and in so doing found his
+greatest satisfaction.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE LOUISIANA TERRITORY.
+  THE OUT-DOOR LIFE OF YOUNG THOMAS JEFFERSON.
+  SCHOOL AND COLLEGE LIFE.
+  JEFFERSON'S PERSONAL APPEARANCE.
+  "THE PEN OF THE REVOLUTION."
+  JEFFERSON'S HAPPY HOME LIFE.
+  A WEALTHY PLANTER AT MONTICELLO.
+  JEFFERSON WRITES THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE.
+  HIS "REPUBLICAN SIMPLICITY."
+  NAPOLEON SELLS US LOUISIANA; ITS VAST EXTENT.
+  THE "SAGE OF MONTICELLO."
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Tell about Jefferson's youthful friendship for Patrick Henry.
+
+  2. How did Jefferson look when he was in college?
+
+  3. Describe Jefferson's happy home life. How did he show his
+  interest in the people? How did his slaves regard him?
+
+  4. What is meant by his "republican simplicity"?
+
+  5. When and why did Jefferson purchase Louisiana?
+
+  6. Draw a map of Louisiana.
+
+  7. What do you admire in Jefferson's character?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+Robert Fulton and the Steamboat
+
+[1765-1815]
+
+[Illustration: Robert Fulton.]
+
+
+After the purchase of Louisiana thousands of settlers joined the
+ever-swelling tide of westward migration which had been set in motion by
+the early pioneers. These frontiersmen had made their way across the
+mountains either by the forest trail, leading with them their
+pack-horses or, a little later, by the rough road cut through the
+forest, their household goods packed in a strong wagon drawn by oxen or
+horses.
+
+Already this difficult method had given place to the flat boat, which,
+though safer and more convenient, was still unsatisfactory except when
+it floated down stream. In the early years of this century, therefore,
+the increasing demands of migration and traffic turned many inventive
+minds to the problem of applying steam-power to river navigation, in the
+hope of accomplishing a speedier means of travel and transportation.
+The first to achieve success in inventing and bringing into practical
+use a steam-driven boat was Robert Fulton.
+
+Robert Fulton was born of poor parents in 1765, in Little Britain, Pa.
+His father having died when the boy was only three years old, his mother
+took charge of his education. She taught him herself until he was eight
+and then sent him to school. But he had no liking for books, and made
+slow progress. Drawing and mechanical devices absorbed his interest, and
+nothing gave him greater delight than to visit the shops of mechanics
+and there with his own hands to work out his new ideas.
+
+It is said that Robert came into school late one morning, and upon being
+reproved by his teacher explained that he had been at a shop beating a
+piece of lead into a pencil. At the same time he exhibited the pencil
+and remarked: "It is the best that I have ever used." Upon examining it
+the school-master was so well pleased that he praised Robert's effort,
+and in a short time nearly all the pupils were using the same sort of
+pencil.
+
+[Illustration: A Pack Horse.]
+
+His ingenious ideas found expression in other ways. For example, it was
+the custom of his town to celebrate the Fourth of July by an
+illumination with candles; but one year candles being scarce, the
+citizens were requested to omit the usual display. Robert was at this
+time only thirteen years old, and like other boys of his age, full of
+Fourth of July patriotism which had to be expressed in some
+extraordinary way. So he set his busy brain to work, and having bought
+gunpowder and pasteboard, produced some home-made sky-rockets which
+greatly astonished the community by their mid-air explosions. Such
+fireworks were at that time entirely new to the people of the town.
+
+[Illustration: A Flat Boat.]
+
+Another illustration of his inventive gift belongs to his boyhood days.
+He and one of his playmates used to go out fishing in a flat boat which
+they propelled by the use of long poles. Getting tired of this method of
+navigation, Robert made two crude paddle-wheels, one for each side of
+the boat, connecting them by a sort of double crank, which the boys
+united in turning. They could then easily propel the boat in their
+fishing trips to various parts of the lake, and keenly enjoyed this
+novel and easy way of going a-fishing.
+
+While still young Robert won the warm regard of a great painter,
+Benjamin West, whose father was an intimate friend of Robert's father.
+Very likely this friendship turned Robert's mind strongly toward
+painting. At all events, the desire to become an artist took so strong
+a hold upon him that at the age of seventeen he went to Philadelphia and
+devoted his time to drawing and painting. Here he remained three years
+and painted with such skill that he not only supported himself, but sent
+money to his old home, and saved $400, with which he bought a little
+home for his mother.
+
+In time his interest in art led him to go to London, where he studied
+under Benjamin West. But very soon he became interested in trying to
+improve canal navigation and in working out various mechanical
+appliances.
+
+This love for invention finally diverted his attention very largely from
+painting, and led him to the work which made him famous. When about
+thirty years old he went to Paris to experiment with a diving-boat, an
+invention of his own, intended to carry cases of gunpowder under water.
+This machine was not successful, but by the spring of 1801, a little
+more than three years after his first effort, he had constructed another
+diving-boat, and went with it to Brest where he gave it a successful
+trial. With three companions he descended twenty-five feet below the
+surface of the water and remained for one hour. In 1805 he tested it
+again in England where, with a torpedo of 170 pounds, he blew up a
+vessel of 200 tons.
+
+For the invention of the torpedo-boat, the world is indebted to Fulton,
+but for the first successful steamboat it owes him a debt of deeper
+gratitude. Before leaving Paris, Fulton became acquainted with Robert
+R. Livingston, who was at that time the American minister to France. Mr.
+Livingston had long felt an interest in steamboat navigation, and was
+willing to supply Fulton the necessary money. A steamboat, constructed
+at Paris, was finished by the spring of 1803, and the day for its trial
+trip was at hand, when, early one morning the boat broke in two parts
+and sunk to the bottom of the river. The frame had been too weak to
+support the weight of the heavy machinery. On receiving the news, Fulton
+hastened to the scene of his misfortune and began at once the work of
+raising the boat. For twenty-four hours, without food or rest, and
+standing up to his waist in the cold water, he labored with his men
+until he succeeded in raising the machinery and in placing it in another
+boat. But the exposure to which he submitted himself brought on a lung
+trouble from which he never fully recovered.
+
+Having discovered the defects of the machinery Fulton returned in 1806
+to America, where, with money furnished by his friend Livingston, he
+began to construct another steamboat which he called the Clermont, after
+the name of Livingston's home on the Hudson. This boat was 130 feet long
+and 18 feet wide, with a mast and a sail, and on each side a wheel 15
+feet in diameter, fully exposed to view.
+
+One morning in August, 1807, a throng of expectant people gathered on
+the banks of the North River at New York, to see the trial of the
+Clermont. Everybody was looking for failure. People had all along
+spoken of Fulton as a crack-brained dreamer, and had called the Clermont
+"Fulton's Folly." "Of course the thing would not move." "That any man
+with common-sense might know," they said. So while Fulton was waiting to
+give the signal to start, these wiseacres were getting ready to jest at
+his failure.
+
+[Illustration: The Clermont.]
+
+Finally, at the signal, the Clermont moved slowly, and then stood
+perfectly still. "Just what I have been saying," said one onlooker with
+emphasis. "I knew the boat would not go," said another. "Such a thing is
+impossible," said a third. But they spoke too soon, for after a little
+adjustment of the machinery, the Clermont steamed proudly up the Hudson.
+
+As she continued her journey, all along the river, people who had come
+from far and near stood watching the strange sight. When the boatmen and
+sailors on the Hudson, heard the clanking machinery and saw the great
+sparks of fire and the volumes of dense, black smoke rising out of the
+funnel, they thought the Clermont was a sea-monster. In their
+superstitious dread, some of them went ashore, some jumped into the
+river, and some fell on their knees in fear, believing the day of
+judgment to be at hand. One old Dutchman told his wife that he had seen
+the devil coming up the river on a raft.
+
+The trip of 150 miles from New York to Albany was made in thirty-two
+hours. Success had at last rewarded this man of strong common-sense,
+quiet modesty, and iron will. The Clermont was the first steamboat of
+practical use ever invented. From that time men saw the immeasurable
+advantage to trade of steam navigation on lakes and rivers.
+
+This was Fulton's last work of great public interest. He died in 1815,
+having rendered an untold service to the industrial welfare of his
+country and the world.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE PACK-HORSE, THE FLAT BOAT, AND THE NEW PROBLEM.
+  ROBERT FULTON AT HOME AND AT SCHOOL.
+  HIS FOURTH OF JULY SKY ROCKETS.
+  A NEW METHOD OF NAVIGATION.
+  FULTON'S FONDNESS FOR DRAWING AND PAINTING.
+  HE INVENTS THE DIVING-BOAT.
+  FULTON AND LIVINGSTON.
+  A SERIOUS ACCIDENT.
+  "FULTON'S FOLLY" AND HER TRIP UP THE HUDSON.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Give an account of Fulton's life at school, and his youthful
+  inventions.
+
+  2. Tell about his experience with the diving-boat.
+
+  3. What serious accident happened to his boat?
+
+  4. Imagine yourself on the Clermont at the time of its trial
+  trip, and give an account of the journey from New York to
+  Albany.
+
+  5. What do you admire in the character of Robert Fulton?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+Andrew Jackson, the Upholder of the Union
+
+[1767-1845]
+
+[Illustration: Andrew Jackson.]
+
+
+Only four years after the Clermont made its successful trip up the
+Hudson, the first steamboat on the Ohio was launched at Pittsburg. This
+boat was the forerunner of numerous steam-driven craft which swarmed the
+extensive network of rivers west of the Alleghany Mountains. A fresh
+impulse was given to westward migration, for settlers could now easily
+and cheaply reach the fertile lands of the Mississippi Valley, and,
+having raised an abundant crop, could successfully send the surplus to
+the Eastern markets. Under conditions so favorable the West grew in
+population with marvellous rapidity.
+
+Wealth went hand in hand with the increase of population, and greatly
+strengthened the influence of the people of the West in the affairs of
+the country. By 1829, one of their number became the sixth President of
+the United States. This was Andrew Jackson, of Tennessee.
+
+Andrew Jackson was born in Union County, N. C., in 1767, of poor
+parents, who about two years before had come from Ireland. In a little
+clearing in the woods, they had built a rude log hut and settled down to
+hard work.
+
+But Andrew's father soon died, and his mother went with her children to
+live in her brother's home, where she spun flax to earn money. She was
+very fond of little Andrew and hoped some day to make a minister of him.
+With this in view she sent him to school where he learned reading,
+writing, and a little ciphering. But he cared so little for study that
+he made small advancement, and in fact never learned to spell well nor
+to write the English language with ease or even correctness.
+
+He found great pleasure in hunting and in rough-and-tumble sports,
+excelling in running, jumping, and wrestling. Although not robust, he
+was wiry and energetic, and when a stronger boy threw him to the ground,
+he was so agile that he always managed to regain his feet.
+
+[Illustration: Andrew Jackson's Cradle.]
+
+As a school-boy Andrew was a bare-footed, freckle-faced lad, with
+slender frame, bright blue eyes, and reddish colored hair. Full of life
+and fun, he became known as "Mischievous Andy." Andy was brave and ready
+to champion the weaker and smaller boys, but sometimes he became
+overbearing and at other times his quick temper got him into trouble.
+One day his companions, wishing to play a practical joke upon him,
+secretly overloaded a gun, and dared Andy to shoot it. The fearless
+little fellow, seizing the gun, shot it off, and was kicked violently
+upon his back. But quickly jumping up, his eyes blazing with anger, he
+shouted, "If any of you boys laugh, I'll kill him." The boys did not
+laugh.
+
+[Illustration: A Spinning Wheel.]
+
+While he was yet a lad the Revolution broke out, and there was severe
+fighting between the Americans and the British near his home. His love
+of action, which up to that time had expressed itself in out-of-door
+sports, now took a more serious turn. War became a passion with him, and
+from this time he could not visit the local blacksmith's shop without
+hammering into shape some form of weapon. Once while fiercely cutting
+weeds with a scythe he was heard repeating these words: "Oh, if I were a
+man, how I would sweep down the British with my grass blade!"
+
+In the course of a few years young "Andy" had real British soldiers to
+fight; for he was only thirteen when he was made a prisoner of war. One
+day soon after his capture, a British officer ordered him to clean his
+muddy boots. The fiery youth flashed back: "Sir, I am not your slave. I
+am your prisoner, and as such I refuse to do the work of a slave."
+Incensed at this reply, the brutal officer struck the boy a cruel blow
+with his sword. Andrew saved himself from the brunt of the blow, but
+received two severe wounds, the scars and the bitter memory of which he
+carried through life.
+
+These indignities were but a beginning. He was transferred to the prison
+pen about Camden jail, some forty miles away, where without shelter and
+almost without food, he suffered from heartless exposure. In a weak and
+half-starved condition, his wounds yet unhealed, he fell a victim to
+small-pox. Hearing of his wretched plight, Andrew's mother secured his
+release and took him home with her. Andrew struggled for months with a
+severe illness. Before he had entirely recovered, his mother died
+leaving him quite alone in the world.
+
+But these hardships passed, and some years later Andrew decided to
+become a lawyer. After studying law for a while, at twenty-one he
+crossed the mountains with an emigrant party into the backwoods region
+of Tennessee. Now grown to manhood, he was six feet and one inch tall,
+slender, straight, and graceful, with a long slim face and thick hair
+falling over a forehead beneath which looked out piercing blue eyes.
+
+When he reached Nashville, the destination of his party, his experience
+was, in a large measure, the same as that of Daniel Boone in the wilds
+of Kentucky. When the women of the settlement went out to pick berries,
+and when the men hoed corn in the clearings, some of the settlers, gun
+in hand, with watchful eyes stood guard against attack from stealthy
+Indians.
+
+To the dangers belonging to backwoods life, Jackson was greatly exposed.
+The court-houses in which, as public prosecutor, he had to try cases,
+were in some instances hundreds of miles apart. In going from one to
+another he journeyed alone, and sometimes had to remain alone in the
+woods for twenty nights in succession. In periods of unusual danger, he
+dared not light a fire or even shoot a deer for fear of Indians.
+
+But in the midst of all these dangers he escaped harm, and by his energy
+and business ability achieved success as a lawyer. In time he acquired
+the means to become a large land-owner. After his marriage he built a
+house which he called The Hermitage, on a plantation of 1,100 acres,
+about eleven miles from Nashville.
+
+Here Jackson lived with his wife, whom he loved with a deep and abiding
+affection. They kept open house for visitors, and entertained large
+numbers of guests at a time, treating rich and poor with like
+hospitality. His warm heart and generous nature were especially shown in
+his own household, where he was kind to all, including his slaves.
+Having no children he adopted two, one of whom was an Indian baby-boy
+who had lost his mother. Of these children, Jackson was very fond.
+
+Indeed, childlike simplicity was always one of his striking traits. Not
+even when he became a noted man did he give up smoking his corn-cob
+pipe. But we must not think of him as a faultless man, for besides being
+often rough in manner and speech he had a violent temper which got him
+into many serious troubles; among them were some foolish duels.
+
+[Illustration: Map Illustrating Two of Andrew Jackson's Campaigns.]
+
+After one of his duels, with a ball in his shoulder and his left arm in
+a sling, he went to lead an army of 2,500 men in an attack upon the
+Creek Indians, who had risen against the whites in Alabama. These
+Indians had captured Fort Mimms, which was in Southern Alabama, about
+forty miles north of Mobile, and had massacred 500 men, women, and
+children seeking shelter there. Although Jackson was weak from a long
+illness, he marched with vigor against the Creeks. In the campaign he
+endured much hardship, increased by the difficulty of feeding his 2,500
+men in a wild country, where they almost starved for lack of food.
+
+Under such conditions Jackson had to exercise much firmness and tact to
+keep his army from deserting and returning home. The following incident
+is told to show in what way he won the confidence and love of his men:
+"A soldier, gaunt and woe-begone, approached the general one morning,
+while he was sitting under a tree eating, and begged for some food, as
+he was nearly starving. 'It has always been a rule with me,' replied
+Jackson, 'never to turn away a hungry man when it was in my power to
+relieve him, and I will most cheerfully divide with you what I have.'
+Putting his hand into his pocket, he drew forth a few acorns, saying:
+'This is the best and only fare that I have.'" But in spite of all his
+drawbacks, Jackson conquered the Creeks, and thus broke for all time the
+power of the Indians south of the Ohio River.
+
+Not long afterward he was sent at the head of an army, with the rank of
+major-general, to defend New Orleans against an attack of the British
+who hoped to get control of the lower Mississippi and all the southern
+part of what was then known as the Louisiana Territory. When Jackson
+went down to New Orleans he was in such extremely poor health that he
+was hardly able to sit on his horse. Nevertheless he worked night and
+day with unflagging energy, arming his men and encouraging them to meet
+the over-confident British foe.
+
+The British army consisted of 12,000 veterans fresh from victories over
+the great Napoleon. Naturally enough they despised the American
+backwoodsmen. Their confidence seemed reasonable, for they numbered
+twice as many as the Americans.
+
+On January 8, 1815, the British made a vigorous assault on the American
+lines. But they were mowed down with such terrible slaughter that at the
+end of twenty-five minutes, they were forced to retreat with a loss of
+2,600 men in killed and wounded. The Americans lost only twenty-one. The
+resolute courage and unwearied action of "Old Hickory," as Jackson was
+fondly called by his men, had won a signal victory. Through his military
+reputation Jackson soon became very popular. His honesty and patriotism
+took a strong hold on the people, and in due time he was elected
+President of the United States.
+
+A man of passionate feeling, he loved his friends and hated his enemies
+with equal intensity. Moreover, he did not seem to think that a man
+could disagree with him, especially in political matters, and still be
+his friend. So when he became President he at once began to turn out of
+office those who held government positions, and put into their places
+men of his own political party who had helped to bring about his
+election. Thus was introduced into our national civil service the
+"spoils system."
+
+We can readily imagine that such a man, so warm-hearted, and yet so
+intolerant, would make many friends and many enemies. But no one doubted
+his sincerity, especially in matters pertaining to the welfare of his
+country. His absolute fairness and his high sense of duty are well
+illustrated by his dealings with the Nullification Act. By reason of a
+high tariff, passed for the protection of manufacturers in the North,
+South Carolina declared that she would not allow any such law to be
+enforced in that State. This declaration was called the Nullification
+Act.
+
+[Illustration: JACKSON AT THE BATTLE OF NEW ORLEANS.]
+
+Jackson himself did not favor a high tariff, but he was firm in his
+purpose that whatever law Congress passed should be enforced in every
+State in the Union. When, therefore, he heard of the action of South
+Carolina, he rose to the full height of his executive authority. The
+news came to him as he was quietly smoking his corn-cob pipe. In a flash
+of anger he cried aloud, "The Union! It must and shall be preserved!
+Send for General Scott!" Troops were speedily sent to compel obedience,
+and South Carolina withdrew her opposition.
+
+In 1837, at the end of his term of office as President of the United
+States, he went to his old home, The Hermitage, where he once more took
+up the life of a hospitable planter. He was now nearly seventy years
+old, and a constant sufferer from disease. With his usual stubborn will,
+however, he battled for several years longer. He died in 1845, at the
+age of seventy-eight, one of the most striking figures in American
+history. His prompt and decisive action in compelling South Carolina to
+obey the tariff laws did much to strengthen the Union, for it prepared
+the nation to ward off the greater danger of secession, in which South
+Carolina took the lead, twenty-eight years later.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  RAPID GROWTH AND INFLUENCE OF THE WEST.
+  ANDREW JACKSON'S EARLY HOME A RUDE LOG HUT.
+  "MISCHIEVOUS ANDY" AT SCHOOL.
+  "ANDY" AND THE BRITISH OFFICER.
+  JACKSON'S PERSONAL APPEARANCE.
+  LIFE AT NASHVILLE; BACKWOODS DANGERS.
+  HOME LIFE AT THE HERMITAGE.
+  JACKSON CONQUERS THE CREEK INDIANS.
+  HE WINS THE CONFIDENCE OF HIS MEN.
+  HE DEFEATS THE BRITISH AT NEW ORLEANS.
+  JACKSON AND THE UNION.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Explain the rapid growth of the West.
+
+  2. Give an account of Jackson's experience in the Revolution.
+
+  3. What sort of a man was he in his home life?
+
+  4. What and where was The Hermitage?
+
+  5. What were his most prominent traits of character?
+
+  6. Tell about the Battle of New Orleans.
+
+  7. What did Jackson do for the Union?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+Daniel Webster, the Defender and Expounder of the Constitution
+
+[1782-1852]
+
+[Illustration: Daniel Webster.]
+
+
+Andrew Jackson's stern rebuke of the nullification movement was a timely
+one, for there existed in the South a widespread feeling that the Union
+was not supreme over the States. In the North, on the contrary, the
+Union was regarded as superior to the States and qualified to enforce
+any law passed by Congress unless the Supreme Court should declare such
+law unconstitutional. Which point of view was correct? The answer to
+that momentous question involved a long and bitter struggle between the
+two parts of the Union. The great statesman who set forth the northern
+view was Daniel Webster.
+
+He was born among the hills of New Hampshire, in Salisbury (now
+Franklin), in 1782, the son of a poor farmer and the ninth of ten
+children.
+
+As Daniel was a frail child, not able to work much on the farm, his
+parents permitted him to spend much time in fishing, hunting, and
+roaming at will over the hills. Thus he came into close touch with
+nature, and gained much knowledge which was useful to him in later
+years. It was his good fortune to have as a companion on these out-door
+excursions an old English soldier and sailor then living in a small
+house on the Webster farm. The two friends, so far apart in age, were
+good comrades, and were often seen walking together along the streams.
+The old soldier entertained his young listener with many thrilling tales
+of adventure on land and sea, and the boy read to his friend from books
+which the old man liked well.
+
+Daniel's father had also been a soldier, having served in Indian wars
+and in the Revolution, and related many interesting experiences to his
+son. One which always appealed to young Daniel was the account of a
+meeting, years before, with General Washington at the time when Arnold
+was found to be a traitor. In this interview Washington had taken
+Webster's hand and, looking seriously into his face, had said, "Captain
+Webster, I believe I can trust you." This expression of confidence by
+the general to his subordinate stirred the boy's imagination.
+
+In these ways did his patriotism receive a great stimulus. An incident
+which occurred when he was only eight years old illustrates the
+seriousness of his mind. Having seen at a store near his home a small
+cotton handkerchief with the Constitution of the United States printed
+on it, he gathered up his small earnings to the amount of twenty-five
+cents and eagerly secured the treasure. From this remarkable copy he
+learned the Constitution word for word, so that he could repeat it from
+beginning to end.
+
+Of course this was an unusual thing for an eight-year-old boy to do, but
+the boy himself was unusual. He spent much of his time poring over
+books. They were few in number, but of good quality, and he read them
+over and over again until he made them a part of himself. It was a
+pleasure to him to memorize fine poems also, and noble selections from
+the Bible, for he learned easily and remembered well what he learned. In
+this way he stored his mind with the highest kind of truth.
+
+Naturally his father was proud of his boy and longed to give him a good
+education. One day, when Daniel was only thirteen years old, they were
+at work together in the hay-field, when a college-bred man, also a
+member of Congress, stopped to speak with Mr. Webster. When the stranger
+had gone his way Mr. Webster expressed to his son deep regret that he
+himself was not an educated man, adding that because of his lack of
+education he had to work hard for a very small return.
+
+"My dear father," said Daniel, "you shall not work. Brother and I will
+work for you, and will wear our hands out, and you shall rest." Then
+Daniel, whose heart was tender and full of deep affection, cried
+bitterly.
+
+"My child," said Mr. Webster, "it is of no importance to me. I now live
+but for my children. I could not give your elder brothers the advantage
+of knowledge, but I can do something for you. Exert yourself, improve
+your opportunities, learn, learn, and when I am gone you will not need
+to go through the hardships which I have undergone, and which have made
+me an old man before my time."
+
+These words show the earnest purpose of the father. The next year the
+boy, now fourteen, was sent to Phillips Exeter Academy. The principal
+began Daniel's examination by directing him to read a passage in the
+Bible. The boy's voice was so rich and musical and his reading so
+intelligent that he was allowed to read the entire chapter and then
+admitted without further questioning. This was only one illustration of
+his marvellous power as a reader. Teamsters used to stop at the home
+farm in order to hear that "Webster boy," as they called Daniel, read or
+recite poetry or verses of Scripture.
+
+The boys he met at the academy were mostly from homes of wealth and
+culture. Some of them were rude and laughed at Daniel's plain dress and
+country manners. Of course the poor boy, whose health was still weak and
+who was by nature shy and independent, found such treatment hard to
+bear.
+
+But he studied well, and soon commanded respect because of his high
+rank. One of his school duties, however, he found impossible to perform,
+and that was to stand before the school and declaim. He would carefully
+memorize and practise his declamation, but, when called on to speak, he
+could not rise from his seat and go upon the platform. During the nine
+months of his stay in the academy, he failed to overcome his deficiency
+in declaiming.
+
+After leaving this school he studied for six months under Dr. Woods, a
+private tutor, who prepared him to enter Dartmouth, at the age of
+fifteen.
+
+Although he proved himself to be a youth of great mental power, he did
+not take high rank in scholarship. But he continued to read widely and
+thoughtfully, and acquired much valuable knowledge which he used with
+great clearness and force in conversation or debate. While in Dartmouth,
+he overcame his inability as a declaimer, and gave striking evidence of
+the oratorical power for which he afterward became so famous.
+
+After spending two years in Dartmouth, Daniel begged his elder brother
+Ezekiel to join him there. But Ezekiel was needed at home, for their
+father, who was now sixty years old, was in poor health and had even at
+that age to work hard to feed and clothe his family. He had found it
+necessary to mortgage the farm to send Daniel to college. How could he
+send Ezekiel, too? It seemed foolish to think of doing so. But when
+Daniel urged such a course and agreed to help by teaching, the matter
+was arranged.
+
+After graduation Daniel taught for a year and earned the money he had
+promised Ezekiel. The following year he studied law and in due time was
+admitted to the bar. As a lawyer he was very successful, his income
+sometimes amounting to $20,000 in a single year. But he could not
+manage his money affairs well, and no matter how large his income he was
+always in debt. This unfortunate state of affairs was owing to a
+reckless extravagance, which he displayed in many ways.
+
+Indeed, Webster was a man of such large ideas that of necessity he did
+all things on a large scale. It was vastness that appealed to him. And
+this dominating force in his nature explains his idea of nationality and
+his opposition to State Rights. He was too large in his views of life to
+limit himself to his State at the expense of his country. To him the
+Union stood first and the State second, and to make the Union great and
+strong became a ruling passion in his life.
+
+Webster's magnificent reach of thought and profound reverence for the
+Union is best expressed in his speeches. The most famous one is his
+brilliant "Reply to Hayne."
+
+Senator Hayne, of South Carolina, had delivered an able speech, in which
+he put the authority of the State before that of the Union, and said
+that the Constitution supported that doctrine. Webster, then a senator
+from Massachusetts, had but one night to prepare an answer. But he knew
+the Constitution by heart, for he had been a close student of it since
+the days of childhood, when he had learned it from the cotton
+handkerchief.
+
+Senator Hayne's masterly speech caused many people to question whether
+even Daniel Webster could answer his arguments, and New England men
+especially, fearing the dangerous doctrine of State Rights, awaited
+anxiously the outcome. When, therefore, on the morning of January 26,
+1830, Mr. Webster entered the Senate Chamber to utter that memorable
+reply, he found a crowd of eager men and women waiting to hear him.
+
+"It is a critical moment," said a friend to Mr. Webster, "and it is
+time, it is high time, that the people of this country should know what
+this Constitution _is_."
+
+"Then," said Webster, "by the blessing of Heaven they shall learn, this
+day, before the sun goes down what I understand it to be."
+
+Nationality was Webster's theme, his sole purpose being to strengthen
+the claims of the Union. For four hours he held his audience spellbound
+while he set forth with convincing logic the meaning of the
+Constitution. The great orator won an overwhelming victory. Not only
+were many of his hearers in the Senate chamber that day convinced, but
+loyal Americans all over the country were inspired with more earnest
+devotion to the Union. His last words "Liberty and Union! one and
+inseparable, now and forever" electrified his countrymen and became a
+watchword of national progress.
+
+Webster's power as an orator was enhanced by his remarkable physique.
+His striking personal appearance made a deep impression upon everyone
+that saw or heard him. One day when he was walking through one of the
+streets of Liverpool a navvy said of him, "There goes a king!" On
+another occasion Sydney Smith exclaimed, "Good heavens! he is a small
+cathedral by himself." He was nearly six feet tall. He had a massive
+head, a broad, deep brow, and great coal-black eyes, which once seen
+could never be forgotten.
+
+To the day of his death he showed his deep affection for the flag, the
+emblem of that Union which had inspired his noblest efforts. During the
+last few weeks of his life, troubled much with sleeplessness, he used to
+watch the stars, and while thus occupied his eyes would often fall upon
+a small boat of his which floated in plain view of his window. On this
+boat he had a ship lantern so placed that in the darkness he could see
+the Stars and Stripes flying there. The flag was raised at six in the
+evening and kept flying until six in the morning to the day of Daniel
+Webster's death, which took place in September, 1852. On looking at the
+dead face a stranger said: "Daniel Webster, the world without you will
+be lonesome."
+
+[Illustration: Marshfield--Home of Daniel Webster.]
+
+Although we need not be blind to his faults, we may indeed count him
+among the greatest of Americans. For he did much to make the Union
+strong. He filled many high positions and had a wonderful influence in
+all the affairs of the nation.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  YOUNG WEBSTER'S FONDNESS FOR HUNTING AND FISHING.
+  THRILLING TALES OF ADVENTURES.
+  DANIEL'S READING HABITS; HIS RICH, MUSICAL VOICE.
+  WEBSTER IN COLLEGE.
+  DANIEL WEBSTER AS A LAWYER.
+  HIS NOBLE IDEAS OF THE UNION.
+  SENATOR HAYNE'S MASTERLY SPEECH.
+  DANIEL WEBSTER'S OVERWHELMING VICTORY FOR THE UNION.
+  HIS STRIKING PERSONAL APPEARANCE.
+  HIS DEVOTION TO THE FLAG OF HIS COUNTRY.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What do the following topics suggest to you concerning the
+  boyhood experiences of Daniel Webster; Daniel and the old English
+  soldier and sailor; Daniel's reading habits; his power as a
+  reader; his deficiency in declamation?
+
+  2. What was Daniel Webster's idea of the Union? Tell what you can
+  about "Webster's Reply to Hayne."
+
+  3. What picture have you of Webster's personal appearance? What
+  is there in Webster's character that you admire?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+Samuel Finley Breese Morse and the Electric Telegraph
+
+[1791-1872]
+
+[Illustration: S. F. B. Morse.]
+
+
+Great as was the power of the steamboat and the railroad in quickening
+the social life of mankind, of still greater influence in binding
+together remote communities was the invention of the electric telegraph.
+The steamboat and the railroad made travel and transportation easier,
+and frequent intercourse by letters and newspapers possible; but the
+electric telegraph enabled men to flash their thoughts thousands of
+miles in a few seconds. The inventor of this wonderful mechanism was
+Samuel Finley Breese Morse.
+
+He was born, in 1791, in a house standing at the foot of Breed's Hill,
+Charlestown, Mass. His father was a learned minister who, as Daniel
+Webster said, "was always thinking, always writing, always talking,
+always acting"; and his mother a woman of noble character, who inspired
+her son with manly purpose.
+
+When Finley was only four years of age he was sent to a school kept by
+an elderly woman known as "Old Ma'am Rand." She was lame, but nowise
+halting in discipline, for she kept near at hand a long rattan stick by
+means of which, when necessary, she could quickly reach her pupils in
+any part of the room.
+
+He did not remain long under "Old Ma'am Rand's" tuition, for when he was
+seven he went to school at Andover, and still later entered Phillips
+Academy in the same town. At fourteen he entered Yale College, where
+from the first he was a thoughtful and diligent student.
+
+Very soon Finley's two brothers joined him at college. As their father
+was poor, the boys had to help themselves along. Finley turned to
+account his talent for drawing. He made considerable money by painting
+on ivory likenesses of his classmates and professors, receiving for a
+miniature $5, and for a profile $1.
+
+At the end of his college course he made painting his chosen profession,
+and planned to get the best instruction for his life work.
+
+Having made a friend of the great artist, Washington Allston, Morse went
+with him to London, and there studied under Benjamin West who, as you
+remember, was Robert Fulton's teacher. Morse was at this time a young
+man of modest, gentle, and sunny manner, and easily won the affection of
+his new teacher.
+
+West held his pupils to high standards, as the following instance shows.
+Upon one occasion, after spending much time in making what he
+considered to be a finished drawing, Morse laid it before West for
+criticism. Upon careful examination the master praised it highly, and
+then added:
+
+"Very well, sir, very well; go on and finish it."
+
+"It is finished," was Morse's reply.
+
+"Oh, no," said Mr. West, "look here, and here, and here," pointing to
+defects in the drawing.
+
+After spending another week upon it, Morse took it to his teacher. Again
+Mr. West praised it and added:
+
+"Very well, indeed, sir; go on and finish it."
+
+"Is it not finished?" Morse asked with surprise and disappointment in
+his voice.
+
+"Not yet," said his critic.
+
+Morse spent three or four days more in trying to perfect the work, and
+again handed it to his teacher, who, after again praising it, said:
+
+"Well, sir, go and finish it."
+
+"I cannot finish it," said Morse, by this time thoroughly disheartened.
+
+"Well," replied Mr. West, "I have tried you long enough. Now, sir, you
+have learned more by this drawing than you would have accomplished in
+double the time by a dozen half-finished beginnings. It is not numerous
+drawings, but the _character of one_, which makes a thorough
+draughtsman. _Finish_ one picture, sir, and you are a painter."
+
+After four years of study, Morse returned to Boston. But in the
+meantime, like Fulton, he had gradually turned his thought from
+painting to invention. His energies were now, for many years, divided
+between the two.
+
+During these years Morse had to depend for a livelihood mainly upon
+drawing and painting. He travelled through New Hampshire and Vermont,
+and even as far as South Carolina, everywhere painting miniatures on
+ivory, and establishing his reputation as an artist.
+
+In 1829 he went once more to Europe for study and remained three years;
+but upon his return, although painting occupied much of his time, his
+career as an artist ended. His change of vocation turned upon an
+incident of his voyage home.
+
+On the ocean steamer the conversation at dinner one day was about recent
+experiments with electricity. The special question of inquiry was this:
+"Does the length of wire make any difference in the velocity of the
+electric current passing through it?" One of the men present, Dr.
+Jackson, said that so far as experiments yet indicated, electricity
+passed through any length of wire in an instant.
+
+"Then," said Morse, "thought can be transmitted hundreds of miles
+instantaneously by means of electricity. For if electricity will go ten
+miles without stopping, I can make it go around the globe." What a
+wonderful idea, in an instant to send thought thousands of miles and
+make a record of it there! That is what the telegraph was to do!
+
+When once the possibility of this great achievement entered Morse's
+mind it took complete possession of him, and he could think of nothing
+else through the busy days and sleepless nights that followed. His
+note-book was ever at hand to outline the new instrument and to jot down
+the signs in sending messages.
+
+In a short time he had worked out on paper the whole scheme of
+transmitting thought over long distances by means of electricity. And
+now began twelve toilsome years of struggle to devise machinery for his
+invention. To provide for his three motherless children, Morse had to
+devote to painting much time that he otherwise would have spent in
+perfecting the mechanical appliances for his telegraph. His progress
+therefore was slow and painful, but he persistently continued in the
+midst of discouraging conditions.
+
+His brothers, who owned a building in New York on the corner of Nassau
+and Beekman Streets, allowed Morse to have a room on the fifth floor.
+Here he toiled day and night, sleeping little and eating the simplest
+and scantiest food. Indeed, so meagre was his fare, consisting mainly of
+crackers and tea, that he bought his provisions at night lest his
+friends might discover his need.
+
+During this time of hardship he kept starvation from his door by giving
+lessons in painting to a few pupils. On a certain occasion, Morse said
+to one of them, who owed him a quarter's tuition: "Well, Strothers, my
+boy, how are we off for money?"
+
+"Professor," said the young fellow, "I'm sorry to say I have been
+disappointed, but I expect the money next week."
+
+"Next week!" cried his needy teacher, "I shall be dead by next week."
+
+"Dead, sir?" rejoined Strothers.
+
+"Yes, dead by starvation," was the emphatic answer.
+
+"Would $10 be of any service?" asked the pupil, now impressed with the
+seriousness of the situation.
+
+"Ten dollars would save my life," was the answer of the poor man, who
+had been without food for twenty-four hours. You may be sure that
+Strothers promptly handed him the money.
+
+But in spite of heavy trials and many discouragements he had by 1837
+finished a machine which he exhibited in New York. Among those present
+was a gifted and inventive young man by the name of Alfred Vail. Greatly
+impressed, he told Morse that he believed the telegraph would be
+successful, and later he joined Morse in a business compact.
+
+Alfred Vail's father and brother were wealthy men, the owners of large
+iron and brass mills, and he himself was skilful in working brass. Morse
+was therefore glad to accept him as a partner, especially on account of
+his good financial backing. Young Vail was full of hope and enthusiasm,
+and was of great assistance in devising suitable apparatus for the
+telegraph.
+
+But in spite of this substantial and timely aid, a patent was not
+secured until 1840. Then followed a tedious effort to induce the
+government at Washington to adopt and apply the invention. Finally,
+after much delay, the House of Representatives passed a bill
+"appropriating $30,000 for a trial of the telegraph." As you may know, a
+bill cannot become a law unless the Senate also passes it, but the
+Senate did not seem inclined to favor this one. Many people believed
+that the whole idea of the telegraph was rank folly. They regarded Morse
+and the telegraph very much as people had regarded Fulton and the
+steamboat, and ridiculed him as a crazy-brained fellow.
+
+Up to the evening of the last day of the session the bill had not been
+considered by the Senate. Morse sat anxiously waiting in the Senate
+chamber until nearly midnight, when, believing there was no longer any
+hope, he withdrew and went home with a heavy heart.
+
+Imagine his surprise, therefore, next morning, when a young woman, Miss
+Annie G. Ellsworth, congratulated him at breakfast on the passage of his
+bill. At first he could scarcely believe the good news, but when he
+found that Miss Ellsworth was telling him the truth his joy was
+unbounded, and he promised her that she should choose the first message.
+
+By the next year (1844) a telegraph line, extending from Baltimore to
+Washington, was ready for use. On the day appointed for trial Morse met
+a party of friends in the chamber of the Supreme Court, at the
+Washington end of the line, and sitting at the instrument which he had
+himself placed for trial, the happy inventor sent the message, as
+dictated by Miss Ellsworth, "What hath God wrought!"
+
+The telegraph was a great and brilliant achievement, and brought to its
+inventor well-earned fame. Morse married a second time and lived in a
+beautiful home on the Hudson, where, with instruments on his table, he
+could easily communicate with distant friends. Simple and modest in his
+manner of life, he was a true-hearted, kindly Christian man. He was fond
+of flowers and of animals. The most remarkable of his pets was a tame
+flying-squirrel that would sit on his master's shoulders, eat out of his
+hand, and go to sleep in his pocket.
+
+[Illustration: Telegraph and Railroad.]
+
+In his prosperity, honors were showered upon him by many countries. At
+the suggestion of the French Emperor, representatives from many
+countries of Europe met at Paris to determine upon some suitable
+testimonial to Morse as a world benefactor. These delegates voted him
+$80,000 as an expression of appreciation for his great invention. Before
+his death, also, a statue to his memory was erected in Central Park,
+New York.
+
+In 1872 this noble inventor, at the ripe age of eighty-one, breathed his
+last. The sincere expression of grief from all over the country gave
+evidence of the place he held in the hearts of the people.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE ELECTRIC TELEGRAPH.
+  THE YOUNG ARTIST AND HIS TEACHER.
+  MORSE GOES TO YALE COLLEGE.
+  HIS SUCCESS IN DRAWING.
+  WITH THE PAINTER WEST IN LONDON.
+  MORSE'S INTEREST IN INVENTION.
+  TWELVE YEARS OF BITTER STRUGGLE.
+  THE STORY OF MORSE AND YOUNG STROTHERS.
+  MORSE'S SCHEME DEBATED IN CONGRESS.
+  SUCCESS AT LAST.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What was the new problem?
+
+  2. Tell the story of Morse and the painter, Mr. West.
+
+  3. How was the idea of the telegraph suggested to Morse?
+
+  4. Give an account of Morse's trials and sufferings.
+
+  5. What honors were showered upon him?
+
+  6. Describe Morse. What do you admire in his character?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+Abraham Lincoln the Liberator of the Slaves
+
+[1809-1865]
+
+[Illustration: Abraham Lincoln.]
+
+
+While Morse had been patiently struggling toward the completion of his
+invention, the nation had been growing more and more tense in its
+contest over slavery and State rights. As an outcome of the bitter
+feeling in 1846, two years after the fulfilment of Morse's scheme,
+Congress declared war against Mexico.
+
+The Southern slaveholders hoped by this war to gain from their weak
+neighbor territory favorable for the extension of slavery. For slavery
+had long since been dying out in the States east of the Mississippi and
+north of the Mason and Dixon Line and the Ohio. On the south of this
+natural boundary line the soil and climate were adapted to the
+cultivation of rice, cotton, sugar, and tobacco. These four staples of
+the South called for large plantations and an abundance of cheap labor
+always subject to the bidding of the planter. Slavery satisfied these
+conditions, and therefore slavery seemed necessary to the prosperity of
+the South.
+
+It was because the soil and climate north of this natural boundary line
+did not favor the use of slaves that slavery gradually died out in the
+North. The result was that in one section of the Union, the South, there
+was a pressing demand for slavery; and in the other, the North, there
+was none. As time wore on, it became evident that the North was growing
+in population, wealth, and political influence much faster than the
+South. Observing this momentous fact, the slaveholders feared that in
+the course of years Congress might pass laws unfriendly to slavery.
+Hence, their stubborn purpose to struggle for the extension of slavery
+as far as possible into the territory west of the Mississippi.
+
+[Illustration: Lincoln's Birthplace.]
+
+But in the North so powerful did the opposition to the spread of slavery
+to new States become, that by 1855 there was a great political party
+that had such opposition as its leading principle. One of its ablest and
+most inspiring leaders was Abraham Lincoln. He was born in Kentucky,
+February 12, 1809. The rough log cabin in which he first saw the light
+was the wretched home of a father too lazy and shiftless to work, and so
+ignorant that he is said not to have learned his letters until taught
+by his wife. Little Abe's only playmates were his sister Sarah, two
+years older than himself, and his cousin, Dennis Hanks, who lived in the
+Lincoln home.
+
+When Abe was seven years old the family moved to Indiana, and settled
+about fifteen miles north of the Ohio River. The journey to their new
+home was very tedious and lonely, for they had in some places to cut a
+roadway through the forest.
+
+Having arrived safely in November, all set vigorously to work to provide
+a shelter against the winter. Young Abe was healthy, rugged, and active,
+and from early morning till late evening he worked with his father,
+chopping trees and cutting poles and boughs for their "camp." This
+"camp" was a mere shed, only fourteen feet square, and open on one side.
+It was built of poles lying upon one another, and had a thatched roof of
+boughs and leaves. As there was no chimney, there could be no fire
+within the enclosure, and it was necessary to keep one burning all the
+time just in front of the open side.
+
+In this rough abode the furniture was of the scantiest and rudest sort,
+very much like what we have already observed in Boone's cabin. For
+chairs there were the same kind of three-legged stools, made by
+smoothing the flat side of a split log, and putting sticks into
+auger-holes underneath. The tables were of the same simple fashion,
+except that they stood on four legs instead of three.
+
+The crude bedsteads in the corners of the cabin were made by sticking
+poles in between the logs at right angles to the wall, the outside
+corner where the logs met being supported by a crotched stick driven
+into the ground. Upon this framework, shucks and leaves were heaped for
+bedding, and over all were thrown the skins of wild animals for a
+covering. Pegs driven into the wall served as a stairway to the loft,
+where there was another bed of leaves. Here little Abe slept.
+
+In the space in front of the open side of the cabin, hanging over the
+fire, was a large iron pot, in which the rude cooking was done. These
+backwoods people knew nothing of dainty cookery, but they brought keen
+appetites to their coarse fare. The principal vegetable was the ordinary
+white potato, and the usual form of bread was "corn-dodgers," made of
+meal and roasted in the ashes. Wheat was so scarce that flour bread was
+reserved for Sunday mornings. But generally there was an abundance of
+game, such as deer, bears, and wild turkeys, many kinds of fish from the
+streams close by, and in summer wild fruits from the woods.
+
+During this first winter in the wild woods of Indiana little Abe must
+have lived a lonely life. But it was a very busy one. There was much to
+do in building the cabin which was to take the place of the "camp," and
+in cutting down trees and making a clearing for the corn-planting of the
+coming spring. Besides, Abe helped to supply the table with food, for he
+had already learned to use the rifle, and to hunt and trap animals.
+These occupations took him into the woods, and we must believe,
+therefore, in spite of all the hardships of his wilderness life, that he
+spent many happy hours.
+
+If we could see him as he started off with his gun, or as he chopped
+wood for the fires, we should doubtless find his dress somewhat
+peculiar. He was a tall, slim, awkward boy, with very long legs and
+arms. In winter he wore moccasins, trousers, and shirt of deerskin, and
+a cap of coonskin with the tail of the animal hanging down behind so as
+to serve both as ornament and convenience in handling the cap. On a cold
+winter day, such a furry costume might look very comfortable if
+close-fitting, but we are told that Abe's deerskin trousers, after
+getting wet, shrunk so much that they became several inches too short
+for his long, lean legs. As for stockings, he tells us he never wore
+them until he was "a young man grown."
+
+But although this costume seems to us singular, it did not appear so to
+his neighbors and friends, for they were used to seeing boys dressed in
+that manner. The frontiersmen were obliged to devise many contrivances
+to supply their lack of manufactured things. For instance, they all used
+thorns for pins, bits of stone for buttons, and home-made soap and
+tallow-dipped candles. Candles, indeed, were a luxury much of the time,
+and in Abe's boyhood, he was obliged in the long winter evenings to read
+by the light of the wood fire blazing in the rude fireplace of the log
+cabin.
+
+[Illustration: Lincoln Studying.]
+
+Great as had been his privations in this Indiana home, Abe had now to
+suffer a more grievous loss in the death of his mother. The rough life
+of the forest and the exposure of the open cabin had been too much for
+her delicate constitution. Before she died she said to her boy:
+"Abraham, I am going away from you, and you will never see me again. I
+know that you will always be good and kind to your sister and father.
+Try to live as I have taught you, and to love your Heavenly Father."
+Many years later Lincoln said, "All that I am, or I hope to be, I owe to
+my angel mother."
+
+A year after this sad event, his father brought home a second wife, who
+became a devoted friend to the motherless boy. Energetic, thrifty, and
+intelligent, this woman, who had been accustomed to better things than
+she found in her new home, insisted that the log cabin should be
+supplied with a door, a floor, and windows, and she at once began to
+make the children "look a little more human."
+
+Abraham Lincoln's schooling was brief--not more than a year in all. Such
+schools as he attended were nothing like the graded schools of to-day.
+The buildings were rough log cabins with the earth for floor and oiled
+paper for windows. Desks were unknown, the little school-house being
+furnished with rude benches made of split logs, after the manner of the
+stools and tables in the Lincoln home. The teachers were ignorant men,
+who taught the children a little spelling, reading, writing, and
+ciphering. While attending the last school, Abe had to go daily a
+distance of four and a half miles from his home.
+
+In spite of this meagre schooling, however, the boy, by his
+self-reliance, resolute purpose, and good reading habits, acquired the
+very best sort of training for his future life. He had but few books at
+his home, and found it impossible in that wild country to find many in
+any other homes. Among those which he read over and over again, while a
+boy, were the Bible, "Æsop's Fables," "Robinson Crusoe," "Pilgrim's
+Progress," a History of the United States, and "Weems's Life of
+Washington."
+
+His step-mother said of him: "He read everything he could lay his hands
+on, and when he came across a passage that struck him, he would write it
+down on boards, if he had no paper, and keep it before him until he
+could get paper. Then he would copy it, look at it, commit it to memory
+and repeat it."
+
+His step-brother said: "When Abe and I returned to the house from work,
+he would go to the cupboard, snatch a piece of corn-bread, take down a
+book, sit down, cock his legs up as high as his head, and read." When
+night came he would find a seat in the corner by the fireside, or
+stretch out at length on the floor, and write or work sums in arithmetic
+on a wooden shovel, using a charred stick for a pencil or pen. When he
+had covered the shovel, he would shave off the surface and begin over
+again.
+
+Having borrowed a copy of the "Life of Washington" on one occasion, he
+took it to bed with him in the loft and read until his candle gave out.
+Then before going to sleep, he tucked the book into a crevice of the
+logs in order that he might have it at hand as soon as daylight would
+permit him to read the next morning. But during the night a storm came
+up, and the rain beat in upon the book, wetting it through and through.
+With heavy heart Lincoln took it back to its owner, who told him that
+it should be his if he would work three days to pay for it. Eagerly
+agreeing to do this, the boy carried his new possession home in triumph.
+This book had a marked influence over his future.
+
+Until he was twenty his father hired him out to all sorts of work, at
+which he sometimes earned $6 a month and sometimes thirty-one cents a
+day. Just before he came of age his family, with all their possessions
+packed in a cart drawn by four oxen, moved again toward the West. For
+two weeks they travelled across the country into Illinois, and finally
+made a new home on the banks of the Sangamon River, a stream flowing
+into the Ohio. The tiresome journey was made in the month of March along
+muddy roads and over swollen streams, young Lincoln driving the oxen.
+
+On reaching the end of the journey, Abraham helped his father to build a
+hut and to clear and fence ten acres of land for planting. Shortly after
+this work was done he bargained with a neighbor, Mrs. Nancy Miller, to
+split 400 rails for every yard of brown jeans needed to make him a pair
+of trousers. As Lincoln was tall, three and one-half yards were needed,
+and he had to split 1,400 fence rails--a large amount of work for a pair
+of trousers.
+
+From time to time he had watched the boats carrying freight up and down
+the river, and had wondered where the vessels were going. Eager to know
+by experience the life of which he had dreamed, he determined to become
+a boatman. He was hungry for knowledge, and with the same earnestness
+and energy with which he had absorbed the great thoughts of his books,
+he now applied himself to learn the commerce of the river and the life
+along its banks. When an opportunity presented, he found employment on a
+flat boat that carried corn, hogs, hay, and other farm produce down to
+New Orleans. On one of his trips he chanced to attend a slave auction.
+Looking on while one slave after another was knocked down to the highest
+bidder, his indignation grew until at length he cried out, "Boys, let's
+get away from this; if I ever get a chance to hit that thing" (meaning
+slavery), "I'll hit it hard." Little did he think then what a blow he
+would strike some thirty years later.
+
+Tiring at length of his long journeys to New Orleans, he became clerk in
+a village store at New Salem. Many stories are told of Lincoln's honesty
+as displayed in his dealings with the people in this village store. It
+is said that on one occasion a woman in making change overpaid him the
+trifling sum of six cents. When Lincoln found out the mistake he walked
+three miles and back that night to give the woman her money.
+
+He was now six feet four inches tall, a giant in strength, and a skilful
+wrestler. Much against his will--for he had no love of fighting--he
+became the hero of a wrestling match with a youth named Armstrong, who
+was the leader of the rough young fellows of the place. Lincoln defeated
+Armstrong, and by his manliness won the life-long friendship of his
+opponent.
+
+At times throughout his life he was subject to deep depression, which
+made his face unspeakably sad. But as a rule he was cheerful and merry,
+and on account of his good stories was in great demand in social
+gatherings and at the cross-roads grocery stores. At such times, when
+the social glass passed around, he always declined it, never indulging
+in strong liquor of any kind, nor in tobacco.
+
+Lincoln was as kind as he was good-natured. His step-mother said of him:
+"I can say, what scarcely one mother in a thousand can say, he never
+gave me a cross word or look, and never refused in fact or appearance to
+do anything I asked him." He was tender-hearted too, as the following
+incident shows:
+
+Riding along the road one day with a company of men, Lincoln was missed
+by his companions. One of them, going to look for him, found that
+Lincoln had stopped to replace two young birds that had been blown out
+of their nest. He could not ride on in any peace of mind until he had
+restored these little ones to their home in the tree-branches.
+
+In less than a year the closing of the village store in which Lincoln
+was clerk left him without employment. He therefore enlisted as a
+volunteer for the Black Hawk War, which had broken out about this time,
+and went as captain of his company. On returning from this expedition,
+he opened a grocery store as part owner, but in this undertaking he soon
+failed. Perhaps the reason for his failure was that his interest was
+centred in other things, for about this time he began to study law.
+
+For a while after closing his store he served the Government as
+postmaster in New Salem, where the mail was so scanty that he could
+carry it in his hat and distribute it to the owners as he happened to
+meet them.
+
+He next tried surveying, his surveyor's chain, according to report,
+being a trailing grapevine. Throughout all these years Lincoln was
+apparently drifting almost aimlessly from one occupation to another. But
+whatever he was doing his interest in public affairs and his popularity
+were steadily increasing. In 1834 he sought and secured an election to
+the State Legislature. It is said that he tramped a distance of a
+hundred miles with a pack on his back when he went to the State Capitol
+to enter upon his duties as law-maker.
+
+About four years after beginning to study law, he was admitted to the
+bar and established himself at Springfield, Ill. From an early age he
+had been fond of making stump speeches, and now he turned what had been
+a pleasant diversion to practical advantage in the progress of his
+political life. In due time he was elected to Congress, where his
+interest in various public questions, especially that of slavery, became
+much quickened.
+
+On this question his clear head and warm heart united in forming strong
+convictions that had great weight with the people. He continued to grow
+in political favor, and in 1858 received the nomination of the
+Republican party for the United States Senate. Stephen A. Douglas was
+the Democratic nominee. Douglas was known as the "Little Giant," on
+account of his short stature and great power as an orator.
+
+The debates between the political rivals challenged the admiration of
+the whole country. Lincoln argued with great power against the spread of
+slavery into the new States. Although unsuccessful in securing a seat in
+the Senate, he won a recognition from his countrymen that led to his
+election as President two years later. In 1860 the Republican National
+Convention, which met at Chicago, nominated "Honest Old Abe, the
+Railsplitter," as its candidate for President, and elected him in the
+same autumn.
+
+The burning political question before the people at this time, as for
+many years before, related to the extension of slavery into the
+Territories. The South was eager to have more States come into the Union
+as slave States, while the North wished that slavery should be confined
+to the States where it already existed.
+
+Before the purchase of the Louisiana Territory in 1803, Mason and Dixon
+Line and the Ohio River formed the dividing line between the free States
+on the north and the slave States on the south. But after that purchase
+there was a prolonged struggle to determine whether the new territory
+should be slave or free.
+
+It was thought that the Missouri Compromise of 1820 would forever settle
+the trouble, but such was not the case. It broke out again, as bitter as
+ever, about the Mexican Cession, which became ours as a result of the
+Mexican War. Again it was hoped that the Compromise of 1850 would bring
+an end to the struggle. But even after this second compromise, the
+agitation over slavery continued to become more and more bitter until
+Mr. Lincoln's election, when some of the Southern States threatened to
+secede, that is, withdraw from the Union. These States claimed the right
+to decide for themselves whether or not they should remain in the Union.
+On the other hand, the North declared that no State could secede from
+the Union without the consent of the other States.
+
+Before Lincoln was inaugurated, seven of the Southern States had
+seceded. The excitement was everywhere intense. Many people felt that a
+man of larger experience than Lincoln should now be at the head of the
+Government. They doubted the ability of this plain man of the people,
+this awkward backwoodsman, to lead the destinies of the nation in these
+hours when delicate and intricate diplomacy was needed. But, little as
+they knew it, he was well fitted for the work that lay before him.
+
+While on his way to Washington for inauguration, his friends learned of
+a plot to assassinate him when he should pass through Baltimore. To save
+him from violence, therefore, they prevailed upon him to change his
+route and make the last part of his journey in secret.
+
+In a few weeks the Civil War had begun. We cannot here pause for full
+accounts of all Lincoln's trials and difficulties during this fearful
+struggle that began in 1861 and ended in 1865. His burdens were almost
+overwhelming, but, like Washington, he believed that "right makes might"
+and must prevail.
+
+When he became President he declared that the Constitution gave him no
+power to interfere with slavery in the States where it existed. But as
+the war continued, he became certain that the slaves, by remaining on
+the plantations and producing food for the Southern soldiers, were a
+great aid to the Southern cause, and thus threatened the Union. He
+therefore determined, as commander-in-chief of the Union armies, to set
+the slaves free in all territory whose people were fighting against the
+Union. He took this step as a military necessity.
+
+The famous state paper, in which Lincoln declared that the slaves were
+free in all the territory of the seceded States whose people were waging
+war against the Union, was called the Emancipation Proclamation. This he
+issued on January 1, 1863, and thus made good his word, "If ever I get a
+chance to strike that thing" (meaning slavery), "I'll strike it hard."
+
+[Illustration: SLAVES ON A COTTON PLANTATION.]
+
+On April 9, 1865, General Lee surrendered his army to General Grant at
+Appomattox Court House. By this act the war came to a close. Great was
+the rejoicing everywhere. But suddenly the universal joy was changed
+into universal sorrow. Five days after Lee's surrender Lincoln went with
+his wife and some friends to see a play at Ford's Theatre in Washington.
+In the midst of the play, a half-crazed actor, who was familiar with the
+theatre, entered the President's box, shot him in the back of the head,
+jumped to the stage, and, shouting "Sic semper tyrannis!" (So be it
+always to tyrants), rushed through the wing to the street. There he
+mounted a horse in waiting for him, and escaped, but was promptly hunted
+down and killed in a barn where he lay in hiding. The martyr-President
+lingered some hours, tenderly watched by his family and a few friends.
+When on the following morning he breathed his last, Secretary Stanton
+said with truth, "Now he belongs to the ages." A noble life had passed
+from the field of action; and the people deeply mourned the loss of him
+who had wisely and bravely led them through four years of heavy trial
+and anxiety.
+
+Wise and brave as the leadership of Abraham Lincoln was, however, the
+drain of the Civil War upon the nation's strength was well-nigh
+overwhelming. Nearly 600,000 men lost their lives in this murderous
+struggle, and the loss in wealth was not far short of $8,000,000,000.
+
+But the war was not without its good results also. One of these,
+embodied later in the Thirteenth Amendment to the Constitution, set free
+forever all the slaves in the Union; and another swept away for all time
+the evils of State rights, nullification, and secession. Webster's idea
+that the Union was supreme over the States had now become a fact which
+could never again be a subject of dispute. The Union was "one and
+_inseparable_."
+
+[Illustration: Map of the United States showing the Southern
+Confederacy, the Slave States that did not Secede, and the
+Territories.]
+
+The immortal words that Lincoln uttered as part of his Second Inaugural
+are worthy of notice, for in their sympathy, tenderness, and beautiful
+simplicity they reveal the heart of him who spoke them. This inaugural
+address was delivered in Washington on March 4, 1865, only about six
+weeks before Lincoln's assassination. It closed with these words:
+
+"With malice toward none, with charity for all, with firmness in the
+right, as God gives us to see the right, let us strive on to finish the
+work we are in, to bind up the nation's wounds, to care for him who
+shall have borne the battle, and for his widow and his orphan--to do all
+which may achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace among ourselves
+and with all nations."
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE MEXICAN WAR.
+  CONFLICT OVER THE EXTENSION OF SLAVERY.
+  ABRAHAM LINCOLN IN HIS KENTUCKY HOME.
+  THE LINCOLN FAMILY MOVES TO INDIANA.
+  THE FURNITURE AND THE FOOD OF THE BACKWOODS PEOPLE.
+  LITTLE ABE'S BUSY LIFE.
+  HIS PERSONAL APPEARANCE.
+  BACKWOODS MAKESHIFTS.
+  HIS SCHOOL LIFE; HIS READING HABITS.
+  ABRAHAM LINCOLN AS A BOATMAN.
+  "HONEST ABE."
+  HIS PHYSICAL STRENGTH.
+  HIS KINDNESS AND SYMPATHY.
+  HE IS ELECTED TO THE STATE LEGISLATURE.
+  THE GREAT DEBATE WITH STEPHEN A. DOUGLAS.
+  ABRAHAM LINCOLN AS PRESIDENT.
+  HE ISSUES THE EMANCIPATION PROCLAMATION.
+  HIS ASSASSINATION.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Explain the conflict between the North and the South over the
+  extension of slavery.
+
+  2. Form mental pictures of the following: the "camp"; the
+  furniture and the food of the backwoods people; and Abraham
+  Lincoln's personal appearance.
+
+  3. What were his reading habits?
+
+  4. Imagine yourself with Lincoln when he saw the slave auction in
+  New Orleans, and tell what you see.
+
+  5. Tell, in your own words, what you have learned of his honesty,
+  sympathy, and kindness.
+
+  6. The greatest act of Abraham Lincoln's life was the issuing of
+  the Emancipation Proclamation. What was this?
+
+  7. What do you admire in the character of Abraham Lincoln?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+Ulysses Simpson Grant and the Civil War
+
+[1822-1885]
+
+[Illustration: Ulysses S. Grant.]
+
+
+In tracing the leading events in the remarkable career of the
+martyr-President, we have had occasion to refer briefly to the causes
+and results of the Civil War. It was a struggle that tested the manhood
+quite as much as the resources of the warring sections, and each side
+might well be proud of the bravery and military skill displayed by its
+officers and soldiers. Certainly each side had among its generals some
+of the greatest military leaders of all time. One of these, who is by
+common consent regarded as the ablest general that led Northern troops
+in battle, was Ulysses Simpson Grant.
+
+He was born in a humble dwelling at Point Pleasant, O., in April, 1822.
+The year following his birth the family removed to Georgetown, O., where
+they lived many years.
+
+The father of Ulysses was a farmer and manufacturer of leather. The boy
+did not like the leather business, but was fond of the various kinds of
+farm work. When only seven years old he hauled all the wood which was
+needed in the home and at the leather factory, from a forest, a mile
+from the village. As he was too small to load and unload the wood, the
+men did that for him.
+
+From the age of eleven to seventeen, according to his own story as told
+in his "Personal Memoirs," he ploughed the soil, cultivated the growing
+corn and potatoes, sawed fire-wood for his father's store, and did any
+other work that would naturally fall to the lot of a farmer's boy. He
+had his recreations, also, including fishing, swimming in the creek not
+far from his home, skating in winter, and driving about the country
+winter and summer.
+
+Young Grant liked horses, and early became a skilful rider. Lincoln told
+a story of him which indicates not only his expert horsemanship, but his
+"bull-dog grit" as well. One day when he was at a circus the manager
+offered a silver dollar to anybody who could ride a certain mule around
+the ring. Several persons, one after another, mounted the animal only to
+be thrown over its head. Young Ulysses was among those who offered to
+ride, but like the others he was unsuccessful. Then pulling off his
+coat, he got on the animal again. Putting his legs firmly around the
+mule's body, and seizing him by the tail, Ulysses rode triumphantly
+around the ring, amid the cheers of the expectant crowd.
+
+Although he cared little for study, his father wished to give him all
+the advantages of a good education, and secured for him an appointment
+at West Point. This was indeed a rare opportunity for thorough training
+in scholarship, but Ulysses was rather indifferent to it. He had a
+special aptitude for mathematics, and became an expert horseman, but
+with these exceptions, he took little interest in the training received
+at this famous military school, his rank being only twenty-first in a
+class of thirty-nine.
+
+After graduation he wished to leave the army and become an instructor in
+mathematics at West Point. But as the Mexican War broke out about that
+time he entered active service. Soon he gave striking evidence of that
+fearless bravery for which he was to become so noted on the
+battle-fields of the Civil War.
+
+It fell to his lot to deliver a message which necessitated a dangerous
+ride. He says of it: "Before starting I adjusted myself on the side of
+my horse farthest from the enemy, and with only one foot holding to the
+cantle of the saddle and an arm over the neck of the horse exposed, I
+started at full run. It was only at the street crossings that my horse
+was under fire, but there I crossed at such a flying rate that generally
+I was past and under cover of the next block of houses before the enemy
+fired. I got out safely without a scratch."
+
+Shortly after the close of the war Grant was married. Six years later he
+resigned from the army and went with his family to live on a farm near
+St. Louis. Although he worked hard, he found it up-hill work to support
+his family, and was eventually compelled by bad health to give up
+farming. He next tried the real estate business, but without success. At
+last, his father offered him a place in his leather and hardware store,
+where Grant worked as clerk until the outbreak of the Civil War.
+
+With the news that the Southern troops had fired upon the flag at Fort
+Sumter, Grant's patriotism was aroused. Without delay he rejoined the
+army and at once took an active part in the preparations for war. First
+as colonel and then as brigadier-general, he led his troops. At last he
+had found a field of action in which he quickly developed his powers as
+a leader.
+
+The first of his achievements was the capture of Forts Henry and
+Donelson, the centre of a strong Confederate line of defence, extending
+from Columbus to Cumberland Gap. At Fort Donelson he received the
+surrender of nearly 15,000 prisoners, and by his great victory compelled
+the Confederates to abandon two of their most important strongholds,
+Columbus and Nashville.
+
+After the loss of Fort Donelson the Confederates fell back to a second
+line of defence, extending from Memphis through Corinth to Chattanooga.
+The Confederate army took position at Corinth; General Grant's army at
+Pittsburg Landing, eighteen miles away. Here, early on Sunday morning,
+April 6, 1862, Grant was attacked by Johnston, and his men were driven
+back a mile and a half toward the river. It was a fearful battle,
+lasting until nearly dark. Not until after midnight was Grant able to
+rest, and then as he sat in the rain leaning against the foot of a tree,
+he slept a few hours before the renewal of battle on Monday morning.
+With reinforcements he was able on the second day to drive the enemy off
+the field and win a signal victory.
+
+By this battle Grant broke the second Confederate line of defence.
+Although the Confederates fought bravely and well to prevent the
+Northern troops from getting control of the Mississippi River, by the
+close of 1862 they had lost every stronghold except Port Hudson and
+Vicksburg. In 1863, General Grant put forth a resolute effort to capture
+Vicksburg, and after a brilliant campaign laid siege to the city. For
+seven weeks the Confederate army held out. Meanwhile the people of
+Vicksburg found shelter in caves and cellars, their food at times
+consisting of rats and mule flesh. But on July 4, 1863, the day
+following General Lee's defeat at Gettysburg, General Pemberton, with an
+army numbering about 32,000 men, surrendered Vicksburg to General Grant.
+Four days later Port Hudson was captured, and thus the last stronghold
+of the Mississippi came under control of the North.
+
+General Grant's success was in no small measure due to his dogged
+perseverance. While his army was laying siege to Vicksburg a Confederate
+woman, at whose door he stopped to ask a drink of water, inquired
+whether he expected ever to capture Vicksburg. "Certainly," he replied.
+"But when?" was her next question. Quickly came the answer: "I cannot
+tell exactly when I shall take the town, but _I mean to stay here till I
+do, if it takes me thirty years_."
+
+[Illustration: Map Illustrating Campaigns in the West in 1862-63.]
+
+General Grant having by his effective campaign won the confidence of the
+people, President Lincoln in 1864 made him lieutenant-general, thus
+placing him in command of all the Northern forces. In presenting the new
+commission, Lincoln addressed General Grant in these words: "As the
+country herein trusts you, so, under God, it will sustain you." General
+Grant made answer: "I feel the full weight of the responsibilities now
+devolving upon me; and I know that if they are met, it will be due to
+those armies, and above all, to the favor of that Providence which leads
+both nations and men."
+
+Early in May, 1864, Grant entered upon his final campaign in Virginia,
+and while he marched with his army "On to Richmond," General Sherman, in
+Georgia, pushed with his army "On to Atlanta" and "On to the sea." Both
+generals were able, and both had able opponents. Grant crossed the
+Rapidan and entered the Wilderness, where Lee's army contested every
+foot of his advance. In the terrible fighting that followed Grant's
+losses were severe, but, with "bull-dog grit," to use Lincoln's phrase,
+he pressed on, writing to the President his stubborn resolve, "I propose
+to fight it out on this line if it takes all summer."
+
+It did take all summer and more, for Grant found it impossible to
+capture Richmond by attacking it from the northern side. He therefore
+transferred his army across the James River, and attacked the city from
+the south; but at the end of the summer Lee still held out.
+
+Nor did Lee relinquish his position until April 2, 1865, when he was
+compelled to retreat toward the west. Grant pursued him closely for a
+week, during which Lee's troops suffered great privation, living mainly
+on parched corn and the young shoots of trees. Aware that the Southern
+cause was hopeless, the distinguished leader of the Confederate armies,
+after a most brilliant retreat, decided that the time had come to give
+up the struggle.
+
+While suffering from a severe sick headache, General Grant received a
+note from Lee saying that the latter was now willing to consider terms
+of surrender. It was a remarkable occasion when the two eminent generals
+met on that Sunday morning, in what is known as the McLean house,
+standing in the little village of Appomattox Court House. Grant writes
+in his "Personal Memoirs": "I was without a sword, as I usually was when
+on horseback on the field, and wore a soldier's blouse for a coat, with
+the shoulder-straps of my rank to indicate to the army who I was....
+General Lee was dressed in a full uniform which was entirely new, and
+was wearing a sword of considerable value--very likely the sword which
+had been presented by the State of Virginia.... In my rough travelling
+suit, the uniform of a private with the straps of a lieutenant-general,
+I must have contrasted very strangely with a man so handsomely dressed,
+six feet high and of faultless form.
+
+[Illustration: THE MEETING OF GENERALS GRANT AND LEE AT APPOMATTOX.]
+
+The result of the interview was the surrender of General Lee with his
+entire army of 26,000 men. General Grant at this time gave striking
+evidence of his great kindness of heart and fine delicacy of feeling. He
+issued orders that all the Confederates who owned horses and mules
+should be allowed to take them home. "They will need them for the spring
+ploughing," he said. He spared the vanquished troops the humiliation of
+marching out and stacking their arms in token of surrender, and even
+stopped the firing of salutes by his men. Never, indeed, did General
+Grant appear more truly great than on the occasion of Lee's surrender.
+Thus ended the military career of the greatest general that the North
+produced during the Civil War.
+
+While in the army he seemed to have marvellous powers of endurance. He
+said of himself: "Whether I slept on the ground or in a tent, whether I
+slept one hour or ten in the twenty-four, whether I had one meal, or
+three or none, made no difference. I could lie down and sleep in the
+rain without caring."
+
+[Illustration: The McLean House]
+
+His appearance did not indicate his robust health. He was only five feet
+eight inches tall, round-shouldered, and not military in bearing or
+walk. He had brown hair, blue eyes, and a musical voice. He was of a
+sunny disposition and singularly pure soul, never having been known in
+all his life to speak an unclean word or tell an objectionable story.
+Quiet and simple in manner, he never became excited even in the heat of
+battle, but always kept himself cool and collected, ready for the
+severest ordeal that he might have to face.
+
+[Illustration: General R. E. Lee.]
+
+It need hardly be said that at the close of the war he had a warm place
+in the hearts of his countrymen. Wherever he went people flocked to see
+him. But like Washington and Jefferson, he found speech-making most
+difficult. At one time, in the presence of friends, General Grant's
+young son Jesse, mounted a haystack and said, "I'll show you how papa
+makes a speech. 'Ladies and Gentlemen, I am very glad to see you: I
+thank you very much. Good-night.'" All present were greatly amused
+except Grant, who was much embarrassed, feeling that his little son's
+effort verged too closely upon the truth.
+
+Grant was elected President of the United States in 1868, and served two
+terms. Upon retiring from the Presidency he made a tour around the
+world, and was everywhere received by rulers and people alike with great
+honor and distinction.
+
+During his last days he suffered much from an incurable disease, which
+became a worse enemy than he had ever found on the field of battle.
+After nine months' of struggle he died at Mount McGregor, near Saratoga,
+on July 23, 1885. His body was laid to rest in Riverside Park, on the
+Hudson, where in 1897 a magnificent monument was erected to his memory.
+Like Lincoln and Washington, he will ever live in the hearts of his
+countrymen.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  YOUNG ULYSSES S. GRANT FOND OF FARM WORK.
+  AN INSTANCE OF HIS "BULL-DOG GRIT."
+  GRANT GOES TO WEST POINT.
+  HIS BRAVERY IN THE MEXICAN WAR.
+  HE TRIES FARMING AND BUSINESS.
+  THE BEGINNING OF THE CIVIL WAR.
+  THE BATTLE OF PITTSBURG LANDING.
+  GENERAL GRANT CAPTURES VICKSBURG.
+  GENERAL LEE'S SURRENDER.
+  GENERAL GRANT'S KINDNESS AND DELICACY OF FEELING.
+  HIS PERSONALITY.
+  HIS TOUR AROUND THE WORLD; HIS LAST DAYS.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Tell as much as you can about the boyhood of Grant.
+
+  2. What can you say of his record in the Mexican War?
+
+  3. Give an account of his capture of Vicksburg.
+
+  4. Picture the scene of the interview which took place when Lee
+  surrendered.
+
+  5. What can you tell about Grant's personality? About his ability
+  as a speech-maker?
+
+  6. What traits in Grant's character do you admire?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI
+
+Some Leaders and Heroes in the War with Spain
+
+[1898-1899]
+
+
+Thus far we have directed our attention to the prominent events in
+American history centring about certain leaders and heroes. In so doing
+we have in every chapter given emphasis to the achievements of some one
+man. But in all these cases there were many other men that received no
+mention by name, and yet their co-operation was necessary to the success
+of the leader in working out his plans.
+
+This is no doubt true of all times and countries, but it is eminently
+true of our own country, whose history is full of striking instances of
+individual heroism and devotion to the flag. We shall find no better
+example of patriotic daring than in the late war with Spain--a war which
+exhibited to us and to the world the strong and manly qualities of
+American life and character. It seems fitting, therefore, that we should
+in this closing chapter briefly consider a few of the recent events
+that help us to understand what manner of people we have come to be,
+and what we are able to accomplish in time of earnest endeavor.
+
+[Illustration: The United States Coast and the West Indies.
+
+Distances are given in geographical or sea miles, sixty miles in a
+degree of latitude.]
+
+From the very beginning of her dominion in Cuba, Spain ruled the people
+there with extreme cruelty and oppression. Again and again did the
+Cubans, driven to desperation by unjust treatment, rise in rebellion,
+without success. But in 1895 they organized an uprising that Spain
+strove in vain to put down. In the last extremity of her power, she sent
+over as governor-general a man who tried to starve the Cubans into
+submission. A large part of the population lived in the country, and
+furnished the Cuban troops with food and recruits. The Spanish
+commander's brutal method was to drive these country people into the
+towns and cities, burning their homes, and destroying everything that
+might be of use to feed and support the fighting Cubans. But the Cubans
+were determined to win their independence or die in the attempt.
+
+[Illustration: The Wreck of the Maine.]
+
+As the war continued, and this inhuman policy of starvation grew more
+brutal, the horror and indignation of the United States were aroused.
+Our Government tried to induce Spain to stop her barbarous methods, but
+while the attempt was still in progress an event took place which
+greatly embittered the feeling of Americans against Spain. On the night
+of February 15, 1898, one of our battle-ships, the Maine, was blown up
+in the harbor of Havana, and 266 of our sailors were killed. Many
+believed that this awful deed was the work of Spanish officials; and
+this conviction deepened when a careful investigation was made by a
+court of naval inquiry. In all parts of this country the excitement of
+the people increased until they were ready to go to war with Spain if
+she would not change her policy toward Cuba.
+
+But Spain was so stubborn that President McKinley, after trying in every
+possible way to prevent hostilities, was obliged to say in a message
+that "the war in Cuba must stop"; and on April 25, 1898, Congress took
+the momentous step of declaring war.
+
+Our Secretary of the Navy, Mr. Long, lost no time in sending a despatch
+to Commodore Dewey,--who was in command of an American fleet of six
+war-vessels at Hong-Kong,--directing him to proceed at once to the
+Philippine Islands and capture or destroy the Spanish fleet stationed
+there.
+
+Two days later Commodore Dewey's fleet was steaming southward toward
+Manila Bay, in search of the Spanish squadron of ten war-vessels and two
+torpedo-boats. It was extremely important that these ships of war should
+be captured or destroyed before they could make their way to our Pacific
+coast and attack American cities.
+
+On the night preceding May 1st our fleet entered Manila Bay. The supreme
+moment in the life of Commodore Dewey, now in his sixty-second year, had
+come. He was 7,000 miles from home and in hostile waters. Without even a
+pilot to guide his fleet as it moved slowly but boldly into the bay, he
+knew well that he might be going into a death-trap. Two torpedoes
+exploded just in front of the flag-ship Olympia, which was in the lead,
+but the fearless commander did not swerve from his course.
+
+[Illustration: Admiral Dewey.]
+
+Drawn up at the entrance of Bakor Bay, not far from Manila, was the
+Spanish fleet, protected on either side by strong shore batteries. When
+about three miles distant Commodore Dewey quietly said to the captain of
+the Olympia, "If you are ready, Gridley, you may fire." Spanish shells
+had already filled the air all about the American fleet, but as the
+Spanish gunnery was exceedingly poor it did little serious damage.
+During the battle the American fleet steamed forward in single file, the
+Olympia in the lead. After going for some distance toward Manila the
+ships swung round and returned, firing terrible broadsides into the
+Spanish fleet as they passed. Five times they followed the course in
+this way, each time drawing nearer to the enemy's position, and each
+time pouring in a more furious and deadly fire.
+
+At seven o'clock the Spanish flagship dashed boldly out, as if with the
+purpose of running down the Olympia. But the American war-vessels
+concentrated their fire upon her so that she had to turn back. As she
+was swinging around, the Olympia hurled a shell which raked her deck,
+killing or wounding her captain and sixty of her sailors. About this
+time two Spanish torpedo-boats darted out toward the American fleet, and
+one of them, with the evident purpose of blowing her up, headed for the
+Olympia. But a well-aimed shell exploded upon the deck of the
+torpedo-boat, and sank it to the bottom of the sea.
+
+At the end of two hours, it being plain that the Spanish fleet was
+nearly done for, Commodore Dewey decided to give his tired men a rest.
+He therefore withdrew his fleet from the scene of battle, and gave his
+brave sailors some breakfast. Three hours later he renewed the fight,
+which ended with the destruction of the entire Spanish fleet. Although
+1,200 Spaniards were killed or wounded, not one American was killed and
+only eight were wounded. None of Dewey's war-vessels received serious
+injury. The battle was a brilliant exhibition of superb training and
+seamanship on the part of the American sailors, whose rapid and accurate
+handling of the guns was marvellous.
+
+[Illustration: President McKinley]
+
+The people were electrified with joy when the news of the glorious
+achievement in Manila Bay was cabled to America. On May 9th, Congress
+voted that ten thousand dollars ($10,000) should be spent in securing a
+sword for Commodore Dewey and medals for all his men, and President
+McKinley promptly appointed him a rear-admiral. Before the middle of
+August an army of 15,000 troops, under General Merritt, was sent to
+Manila to unite with the fleet under Admiral Dewey in capturing the
+city. Manila surrendered on August 13th.
+
+With the destruction of the Spanish fleet at Manila, within a week after
+Congress declared war, all danger of attack from Spanish war-vessels
+upon our Pacific coast was at an end. But there was grave fear that the
+Spanish fleet under Admiral Cervera might attack the large and wealthy
+cities upon our Atlantic coast. Shortly after the war began, this fleet
+was reported to have left the Cape Verde Islands and to have directed
+its course toward Cuban waters.
+
+[Illustration: "Escolta," Manila's Main Street.]
+
+At once Americans began to put serious questions which nobody could
+answer. "Where is Cervera going?" they asked. "Will he try to break the
+blockade which an American fleet under Admiral Sampson is keeping up on
+the northern coast of Cuba? Will he try to intercept and destroy the
+battle-ship Oregon?[12] Or, will he bring havoc and destruction upon us
+by sailing straight for some great Atlantic seaport?" Americans looked
+anxious and worried as they considered these questions.
+
+  [12] The American battle-ship Oregon was then on her famous trip
+       from San Francisco, by way of Cape Horn, to join Admiral
+       Sampson's fleet.
+
+But the uncertainty did not long continue, for soon it was learned by
+cable that Cervera had stopped at Martinique, and later at a small
+island off the coast of Venezuela, whence he had speedily steamed
+northward toward Cuba. We now know that he went to Santiago harbor,
+which he thought would prove a good hiding-place while his fleet took on
+board coal and other supplies. Shortly after Cervera's arrival at
+Santiago an American fleet under Commodore Schley discovered him, and
+blockaded the harbor in order to prevent his escape. It was extremely
+important to keep him "bottled up" there until an American army might
+come down and capture Santiago and the Spanish army which held the
+place. This capture accomplished, Cervera would have to fight either in
+the harbor or out on the open sea. But there was still some anxiety lest
+he might on some dark, stormy night manage to steal out and make his
+escape.
+
+One reason why Cervera went into the Santiago harbor was that the
+entrance was very narrow and well protected by headlands surmounted by
+batteries. At its narrowest place, the channel was not much more than a
+hundred yards wide. If, therefore, the American war-vessels should
+attempt to enter the harbor they would have to enter in single file, and
+the foremost one would possibly be blown up by the Spanish torpedoes,
+many of which were planted in the channel. The sinking of a single
+vessel in the channel would block the way for all the rest.
+
+With these facts in mind Admiral Sampson planned to obstruct the
+entrance to Santiago harbor to prevent the Spanish fleet from getting
+out. Lieutenant Hobson, a young man of twenty-eight, worked out the plan
+of sinking the collier Merrimac across the channel; and to him the
+important task of carrying it out was assigned. Torpedoes were so
+arranged on the sides of the Merrimac that their explosion would shatter
+her bottom and sink her in the channel.
+
+There was serious difficulty in selecting the small number of brave,
+cool-headed men who were to accompany Lieutenant Hobson in this perilous
+enterprise, for several hundred American sailors were eager to go, even
+though they knew that in so doing they were running serious risk of
+capture or death. But such was the heroic temper of the American sailors
+that many of them begged for an opportunity of rendering this loyal
+service.
+
+On the night appointed for the daring feat, the Merrimac did not get
+well started before the morning light began to appear in the eastern
+sky, so that Admiral Sampson recalled the expedition.
+
+After a long, nervous day of waiting, the next morning, June 3d, the
+Merrimac started off a second time. The vessel moved stealthily forward
+with its eager, silent crew, but before the place of sinking could be
+reached the Spaniards discovered her. Suddenly from the forts and the
+war-vessels in the harbor a storm of shot and shell beat in pitiless
+fury about the Merrimac. But she pressed forward. When the moment came
+for her to be swung across the channel Hobson found that the rudder of
+the ship had been shot away, so that she could not be swung about
+according to the plan. He therefore had to be content with sinking her
+_along_ instead of _across_ the channel.
+
+When the torpedoes exploded and she went down, her crew of eight men,
+struggling for life in the seething waters, managed to reach a float
+which they had brought with them on the deck of the collier. To this
+float they clung, hanging on with their hands, for they dared not expose
+their bodies as targets to Spanish soldiers on land or to Spanish
+sailors in the launches that were trying to find out what had happened.
+For some hours Hobson and his men remained in this uncomfortable
+position, shivering with the cold. At length Hobson hailed an
+approaching launch to which he swam. He was pulled in by an elderly man,
+with the exclamation, "You are brave fellows." This was Admiral Cervera,
+who treated the prisoners, Lieutenant Hobson and his crew, with great
+kindness. With the rest of the world he admired the courageous spirit of
+the "brave fellows" who had given so much in the service of their
+country.
+
+During the remainder of June, the American fleet kept watch at the
+harbor entrance. Before the end of the month an American army of 15,000
+men was ready to advance through a tropical forest upon the Spanish
+defences outside of Santiago. On July 1st the Americans made a vigorous
+attack upon these outworks, and won a glorious victory.
+
+It looked to Cervera as if he might be compelled to surrender his fleet
+without striking a blow. Although he was likely to suffer defeat in a
+battle, there was nothing to gain by remaining in the harbor. So he
+decided to dash boldly out, in a desperate effort to escape. When at
+about half-past nine of that quiet Sunday morning (July 3d) the foremost
+Spanish war-vessel was seen heading at full speed out of the harbor, the
+American sailors sent up a shout, "The Spanish fleet is coming out!" and
+leaped forward to their places at the guns. As at Manila, the battle was
+one-sided. The superior seamanship and gunnery of the Americans enabled
+them quickly to win a victory as brilliant as that won by Dewey and his
+men. Every Spanish vessel was destroyed, 600 Spaniards were killed, and
+1,300 captured. Not one American ship was seriously injured, while but
+one American was killed and one badly wounded. About the middle of July
+Santiago and a Spanish army of 22,000 men surrendered to the Americans.
+
+Although this ended the serious fighting of the war, the treaty of peace
+was not ratified by the United States Senate until February 6, 1899. In
+accordance with this treaty Spain gave up Cuba and ceded Porto Rico to
+the United States; and she also ceded to us the Philippine Islands, in
+return for which we agreed to pay her $20,000,000.
+
+But some of the most striking results of the war with Spain received no
+mention in the terms of the treaty. From the beginning of the struggle,
+Spain doubtless hoped that one or more of the Great Powers of Europe
+might intervene in her behalf. Some of them, with ill-concealed dislike
+for the United States, were quite ready to interfere in Spain's
+interests. But England refused to take any part in the movement. Her
+friendly attitude toward us in this struggle has done much to bring the
+two countries into closer sympathy with each other. A reflection of this
+good-will toward England was especially evident at the time of Queen
+Victoria's death in January, 1901.
+
+[Illustration: Portion of the Coast of China and the Philippine
+Islands.]
+
+But, after all, one of the most striking results of the war with Spain
+has been the bringing of the various sections of our own country into
+closer sympathy and union. It is safe to say that never before have the
+North, the South, the East, and the West felt so closely bound together
+in thought and feeling. Let us hope that with noble ideals of the high
+destiny that awaits us, we shall go forward to greater achievements than
+we have yet known in our history.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  SPAIN'S CRUEL RULE IN CUBA.
+  THE BLOWING UP OF THE BATTLE-SHIP MAINE.
+  COMMODORE DEWEY HEADS HIS FLEET FOR THE PHILIPPINES.
+  THE DANGEROUS ENTERPRISE.
+  THE GLORIOUS VICTORY.
+  SERIOUS QUESTIONS ABOUT ADMIRAL CERVERA'S PLANS.
+  HIS FLEET "BOTTLED UP."
+  THE DARING FEAT OF LIEUTENANT HOBSON AND HIS MEN.
+  THE DESTRUCTION OF CERVERA'S FLEET.
+  THE TREATY OF PEACE.
+  FRIENDLY RELATIONS BETWEEN OUR COUNTRY AND ENGLAND.
+  CLOSER SYMPATHY AND UNION OF THE NORTH, THE SOUTH, THE EAST, AND
+      THE WEST.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What is a hero? Whom do you most admire of all the heroes you
+  have read about in this book?
+
+  2. Why did Commodore Dewey go with his fleet to the Philippines?
+
+  3. Imagine yourself with him, and give an account of the battle.
+
+  4. What did Lieutenant Hobson and his men do? Impersonating
+  Hobson, give an account of the daring feat.
+
+  5. What caused the war with Spain? What were its most striking
+  results?
+
+  6. What do you admire in the character of Admiral Dewey? What,
+  in the American sailors in the war with Spain?
+
+  7. What do the following dates signify: 1492, 1607, 1620,
+  1775-1783, 1861-1865, 1898?
+
+
+
+
+INDEX
+
+
+  Adams, Samuel, 156;
+    in public life, 157;
+    opposes tax on tea, 158-162
+
+
+  Bacon, Nathaniel, 55;
+    marches against the Indians, 59;
+    his struggle with Berkeley, 60-62
+
+  Boone, Daniel, 222;
+    goes to Kentucky, 224;
+    at Boonesborough, 227;
+    captured by Indians, 230
+
+  "Boston Tea Party," 158-163
+
+  Braddock, General, 132, 133
+
+  Bradford, Governor, 69, 70, 74
+
+  Bunker Hill, battle of, 173
+
+  Burgoyne, General, 203-205
+
+
+  Cabot, John, 31
+
+  Cartier, 103
+
+  Carver, Governor, 70, 74-76
+
+  Cervera, Admiral, 320-324
+
+  Champlain, 104
+
+  Civil War, 295, 298
+
+  Clermont, the, 250-252
+
+  Columbus, Christopher, 1;
+    at Lisbon, 4;
+    goes to Spain, 5;
+    first voyage, 10;
+    in the New World, 12-15;
+    other voyages, 17-20
+
+  Concord, battle of, 170-173
+
+  Continental Congress, 193
+
+  Cornwallis, General, 200-203, 206, 207, 214-220
+
+  Cortez, 22, 23
+
+  Cowpens, battle of, 214, 215
+
+
+  Dale, Sir Thomas, 56
+
+  Dawes, William, 167-170
+
+  Declaration of Independence, 186, 239
+
+  De Leon, 23
+
+  De Soto, Hernando, 22;
+    lands in Florida, 24;
+    his trials and difficulties, 26-28;
+    discovers the Mississippi, 29
+
+  Dewey, Admiral, 317-319
+
+  Dinwiddie, Governor, 128, 131
+
+  Douglas, Stephen A., 293, 294
+
+  Drake, Sir Francis, 36
+
+
+  Elizabeth, Queen, 33-35
+
+
+  Fairfax, Lord, 124-127
+
+  Faneuil Hall, 159, 160
+
+  Ferdinand, King, 6
+
+  Franklin, Benjamin, 175;
+    in his brother's printing-office, 176;
+    goes to Philadelphia, 179;
+    in London, 181;
+    "Poor Richard's Almanac," 182;
+    his great discovery, 184;
+    "Plan of Union," 185;
+    in France, 186
+
+  French War, Last, 128-133, 136-144
+
+  Fulton, Robert, 246;
+    his boyhood, 247;
+    invents a torpedo boat, 249;
+    the Clermont, 250-252
+
+
+  Gage, General, 166, 167
+
+  Gates, General, 212
+
+  George III., 146-152
+
+  Grant, Ulysses S., 302;
+    his boyhood and youth, 303;
+    in Civil War, 305-309;
+    captures Lee's army, 309-311
+
+  Greene, Nathaniel, 211;
+    a Quaker boy, 212;
+    joins the army, 213;
+    in the South, 214-220
+
+  Griffin, the, 108-110
+
+
+  Hancock, John, 165-168, 170
+
+  Henry, Patrick, 146;
+    early life, 148;
+    opposes Stamp Act, 150;
+    his great speech, 153
+
+  Hobson, Lieutenant, 322
+
+  Howe, General, 195-197, 203-205
+
+  Hudson, Henry, 105
+
+  Hutchinson, Governor, 159-162
+
+
+  Indians, 14, 15, 17, 48, 49
+
+  Iroquois, 104-106
+
+  Isabella, Queen, 6, 8
+
+
+  Jackson, Andrew, 253;
+    his boyhood, 254;
+    goes to Nashville, 256;
+    conquers the Creeks, 258;
+    at battle of New Orleans, 259;
+    as President, 260
+
+  James I., 65, 66
+
+  Jefferson, Thomas, 234;
+    at college, 235;
+    as President, 240;
+   the Louisiana Purchase, 241-243
+
+  Jesuit Missionaries, 106
+
+
+  La Salle, 103;
+    his plans, 108;
+    his explorations, 109-112;
+    his colony, 112;
+    his assassination, 114
+
+  Lee, General, his surrender, 296, 309-311
+
+  Lincoln, Abraham, 282;
+    in Kentucky and Indiana, 283-289;
+    goes to Illinois, 290;
+    debates with Douglas, 294;
+    Emancipation Proclamation, 296;
+    his assassination, 296
+
+  Long Island, battle of, 196
+
+
+  Mckinley, President, 317-319
+
+  Maine, the, 316
+
+  Manila, 317
+
+  Marion, Francis, 217-219
+
+  Marquette, Father, 106
+
+  Massasoit, 75, 76
+
+  Merrimac, the, 319-322
+
+  Mimms, Fort, massacre at, 258
+
+  Montcalm, General, 138-140, 143, 144
+
+  Morgan, General, 214-216
+
+  Morse, Samuel F. B., 273;
+    studies painting, 274;
+    invents the telegraph, 276-280
+
+
+  Narvaez, 24
+
+  Navigation Laws, 58
+
+  New Orleans, battle of, 259, 260
+
+  Nullification, 260
+
+
+  Old North Church, 167, 168
+
+  Old South Church, 159, 161
+
+  Olympia, the, 316
+
+  Ortiz, 24
+
+
+  Penn, William, 92;
+    turns Quaker, 94;
+    his settlement in Pennsylvania, 98;
+    his Indian treaty, 99;
+    his country home, 100
+
+  Pilgrims, 65-79
+
+  Pittsburg Landing, battle of, 305
+
+  Pizarro, 22, 23
+
+  Plymouth, landing at, 72
+
+  Pocahontas, 50, 52
+
+  Powhatan, 49-52
+
+  Puritans, 65, 81-88
+
+
+  Quakers, 92-101
+
+  Quebec, capture of, 142-144
+
+
+  Raleigh, Sir Walter, 31;
+    in France, 33;
+    his first colony, 35;
+    second colony, 37-39;
+    in the Tower of London, 40
+
+  Revere, Paul, 165;
+    on his "midnight ride," 167-170
+
+
+  Sampson, Admiral, 322
+
+  Santiago, fighting near, 322-324
+
+  Schley, Commodore, 321
+
+  Secession, 295
+
+  Slavery, 282, 283, 294, 296
+
+  Smith, John, 42;
+    early life, 46;
+    in Virginia, 47-53;
+    relations with the Indians, 47-52;
+    explores New England coast, 53
+
+  South Carolina, 261, 262
+
+  Stamp Act, 147-151
+
+  Standish, Miles, 64;
+    military leader of the Pilgrims, 68;
+    explores coast, 69-71;
+    at Plymouth, 72-79
+
+  State Rights, 269
+
+
+  Tariff, 261, 262
+
+  Telegraph, the electric, 276-280
+
+  Tobacco, 57, 58
+
+  Trenton, battle of, 200-202
+
+
+  Valley Forge, suffering at, 205, 206
+
+  Vicksburg, capture of, 306
+
+
+  Warren, Dr. Joseph, 167
+
+  Washington, George, 116;
+    at home and school, 117-124;
+    the young surveyor, 124-127;
+    his journey to the French forts, 130;
+    at Great Meadows, 132;
+    with Braddock, 132;
+    at Mount Vernon, 189-193;
+    as General, 193-207;
+    as President, 208
+
+  Washington, Lawrence, 118-121
+
+  Webster, Daniel, 264;
+    his boyhood and youth, 265-268;
+    his "Reply to Hayne," 269;
+    his last days, 271
+
+  West, Benjamin, 274, 275
+
+  Williams, Roger, 81;
+    goes to Salem, 86;
+    driven into exile, 88;
+    his settlement at Providence, 89
+
+  Wolfe, James, 136;
+    his youth, 136;
+    at Quebec, 138-144
+
+
+
+
+TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES
+
+
+1. Passages in italics are surrounded by _underscores_.
+
+2. Images have been moved from the middle of a paragraph to the closest
+paragraph break.
+
+3. Footnotes have been renumbered and moved to the end of a paragraph in
+which they are referenced.
+
+4. Obvious punctuation errors have been silently corrected.
+
+5. The word Crèvecoeur uses an oe ligature in the original.
+
+6. The following misprints have been corrected:
+    "Wahington" corrected to "Washington" (page 190)
+    "Breeze" corrected to "Breese" (page 273)
+    "1809-1861" corrected to "1809-1865" (page 282)
+
+7. Other than the corrections listed above, printer's inconsistencies in
+spelling, hyphenation, and ligature usage have been retained.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's American Leaders and Heroes, by Wilbur Fisk Gordy
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AMERICAN LEADERS AND HEROES ***
+
+***** This file should be named 35742-8.txt or 35742-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/7/4/35742/
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/35742-8.zip b/35742-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..216b79c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-8.zip
diff --git a/35742-h.zip b/35742-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17ab6dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h.zip
diff --git a/35742-h/35742-h.htm b/35742-h/35742-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63e6408
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/35742-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,11919 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of American Leaders and Heroes, by Wilbur F. Gordy.
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+
+    p {  margin-top: .75em;
+         text-align: justify;
+         margin-bottom: .75em;
+         }
+    h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+         text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+         clear: both;
+         }
+    hr { width: 33%;
+	 margin-top: 2em;
+	 margin-bottom: 2em;
+         margin-left: auto;
+         margin-right: auto;
+         clear: both;
+       }
+
+    table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+
+    body{margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+        }
+
+    .pagenum  { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+            /*  visibility: hidden;  */
+                position: absolute;
+                left: 92%;
+                font-size: smaller;
+                text-align: right;
+              } /* page numbers */
+
+    .blockquot{margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+
+    .bbox     {border: solid 2px; margin-bottom: 3em; margin-top: 7em; margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%;}
+
+    .center   {text-align: center;}
+    .smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+    .u        {text-decoration: underline;}
+
+    .caption  {font-weight: bold;}
+
+    .figcenter   {margin: auto; text-align: center;}
+
+    .figleft     {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top:
+                 1em; margin-right: 1em; padding: 0; text-align: center;}
+
+    .figright    {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;
+                 margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;}
+
+    .textleft1     {margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 5em; margin-right: 50%;
+                   padding: 0; text-align: center; font-size:1.50em; font-weight: bold;}
+
+    .textleft2     {margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: 2em; margin-right: 50%;
+                   padding: 0; text-align: center; font-size:1.25em;}
+
+    .textcen1      {margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 4em;
+                   padding: 0; text-align: center; font-size:1.50em; font-weight: bold;}
+
+    .textcen2      {margin-bottom: 4em; margin-top: 2em;
+                   padding: 0; text-align: center; font-size:1.25em;}
+
+    .footnotes        {border: dashed 1px;}
+    .footnote         {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
+    .footnote .label  {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
+    .fnanchor         {vertical-align: super; font-size: .8em; text-decoration: none;}
+
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's American Leaders and Heroes, by Wilbur Fisk Gordy
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: American Leaders and Heroes
+       A preliminary text-book in United States History
+
+Author: Wilbur Fisk Gordy
+
+Release Date: April 1, 2011 [EBook #35742]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AMERICAN LEADERS AND HEROES ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/cover-front.jpg" width="600" height="739" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 534px;">
+<img src="images/illus001.jpg" width="534" height="800" alt="PAUL REVERE AROUSING THE INHABITANTS ALONG THE
+ROAD TO LEXINGTON." title="" />
+<span class="caption">PAUL REVERE AROUSING THE INHABITANTS ALONG THE
+ROAD TO LEXINGTON.</span>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h1>AMERICAN LEADERS<br />
+AND HEROES</h1>
+
+<h3>A PRELIMINARY TEXT-BOOK IN<br />
+UNITED STATES HISTORY</h3>
+
+<h4>BY</h4>
+
+<h2>WILBUR F. GORDY</h2>
+
+
+<h5>PRINCIPAL OF THE NORTH SCHOOL, HARTFORD, CONN.; AUTHOR OF<br />
+"A HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES FOR SCHOOLS"; AND<br />
+CO-AUTHOR OF "A PATHFINDER IN AMERICAN HISTORY"</h5>
+
+<h4><i>WITH MANY ILLUSTRATIONS AND MAPS</i></h4>
+
+<h4>NEW YORK<br />
+CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS<br />
+1907</h4>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p class="center">COPYRIGHT, 1901, BY<br />
+CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg v]</span></p>
+<h2>PREFACE</h2>
+
+
+<p>In teaching history to boys and girls from ten to
+twelve years old simple material should be used.
+Children of that age like action. They crave the
+dramatic, the picturesque, the concrete, the personal.
+When they read about Daniel Boone or Abraham
+Lincoln they do far more than admire their hero.
+By a mysterious, sympathetic process they so identify
+themselves with him as to feel that what they see in
+him is possible for them. Herein is suggested the
+ethical value of history. But such ethical stimulus,
+be it noted, can come only in so far as actions are
+translated into the thoughts and feelings embodied in
+the actions.</p>
+
+<p>In this process of passing from deeds to the hearts
+and heads of the doers the image-forming power plays
+a leading part. Therefore a special effort should be
+made to train the sensuous imagination by furnishing
+picturesque and dramatic incidents, and then so skilfully
+presenting them that the children may get living
+pictures. This I have endeavored to do in the preparation
+of this historical reader, by making prominent
+the personal traits of the heroes and leaders, as they
+<span class='pagenum'>[Pg vi]</span>
+are seen, in boyhood and manhood alike, in the environment
+of their every-day home and social life.</p>
+
+<p>With the purpose of quickening the imagination,
+questions "To the Pupil" are introduced at intervals
+throughout the book, and on almost every page additional
+questions of the same kind might be supplied
+to advantage. "What picture do you get in that
+paragraph?" may well be asked over and over again,
+as children read the book. If they get clear and definite
+pictures, they will be likely to see the past as
+a living present, and thus will experience anew the
+thoughts and feelings of those who now live only in
+their words and deeds. The steps in this vital process
+are imagination, sympathy, and assimilation.</p>
+
+<p>To the same end the excellent maps and illustrations
+contribute a prominent and valuable feature of
+the book. If, in the elementary stages of historical
+reading, the image-forming power is developed, when
+the later work in the study of organized history is
+reached the imagination can hold the outward event
+before the mind for the judgment to determine its
+inner significance. For historical interpretation is
+based upon the inner life quite as much as upon the
+outward expression of that life in action.</p>
+
+<p>Attention is called to the fact that while the biographical
+element predominates, around the heroes
+and leaders are clustered typical and significant events
+in such a way as to give the basal facts of American
+history. It is hoped, therefore, that this little volume
+<span class='pagenum'>[Pg vii]</span>
+will furnish the young mind some conception of what
+our history is, and at the same time stimulate an abiding
+interest in historical and biographical reading.</p>
+
+<p>Perhaps it is needless to say that the "Review
+Outline" may be used in many ways. It certainly
+will furnish excellent material for language work, oral
+or written. In so using it pupils may well be encouraged
+to enlarge the number of topics.</p>
+
+<p>I wish to acknowledge my obligations to Professor
+William E. Mead, of Wesleyan University, who has
+read the manuscript and made invaluable suggestions;
+also to my wife, whose interest and assistance have
+done much to give the book whatever of merit it may
+possess.</p>
+
+<p style='text-align:right'><span class="smcap">Wilbur F. Gordy.</span></p>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">Hartford, Conn.</span>, May 1, 1901.<br />
+</p>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg viii]</span></p>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg ix]</span></p>
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="10" summary="">
+<tr><td align='left'><small>CHAPTER</small></td><td align='left'>&nbsp;</td><td align='right'><small>PAGE</small></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>I.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Christopher Columbus and the Discovery Of America</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>II.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Hernando De Soto and the Discovery of the Mississippi</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_22">22</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>III.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Sir Walter Raleigh and the First English Attempts to Colonize America</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_31">31</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>IV.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">John Smith and the Settlement of Jamestown</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_42">42</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>V.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Nathaniel Bacon and the Uprising of the People in Virginia in 1676</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_55">55</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>VI.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Miles Standish and the Pilgrims</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_64">64</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>VII.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Roger Williams and the Puritans</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_81">81</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>VIII.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">William Penn and the Settlement of Pennsylvania</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_92">92</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>IX.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Cavelier De La Salle and the French in the Mississippi Valley</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_103">103</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>X.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">George Washington, the Boy Surveyor and Young Soldier</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_116">116</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XI.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">James Wolfe, the Hero of Quebec</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_136">136</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XII.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Patrick Henry and the Stamp Act</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_146">146</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XIII.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Samuel Adams and the Boston Tea Party</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_156">156</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XIV.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Paul Revere and the Battle of Concord and Lexington</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_165">165</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XV.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Benjamin Franklin and Aid from France</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_175">175</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XVI.</td><td align='left'><span class='pagenum'>[Pg x]</span><span class="smcap">George Washington, the Virginia Planter and the Revolutionary Soldier</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_189">189</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XVII.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Nathaniel Greene, the Hero of the South, and Francis Marion, the "Swamp Fox</span>,"</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_211">211</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XVIII.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Daniel Boone, the Kentucky Pioneer</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_222">222</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XIX.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Thomas Jefferson and the Louisiana Purchase</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_234">234</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XX.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Robert Fulton and the Steamboat</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_246">246</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXI.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Andrew Jackson, the Upholder of the Union</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_253">253</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXII.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Daniel Webster, the Defender and Expounder of the Constitution</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_264">264</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXIII.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Samuel Finley Breese Morse and the Electric Telegraph</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_273">273</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXIV.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Abraham Lincoln, the Liberator of the Slaves</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_282">282</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXV.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Ulysses Simpson Grant and the Civil War</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_302">302</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XXVI.</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Some Leaders and Heroes in the War with Spain</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_314">314</a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg xi]</span></p>
+<h2>LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</h2>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="10" summary="">
+<tr><td align='left'>&nbsp;</td><td align='right'><small>PAGE</small></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Christopher Columbus,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Santa Maria,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_7">7</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Nina,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_8">8</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Pinta,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_9">9</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Triumphal Return of Columbus to Spain,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_13">13</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>An Indian Stone Maul,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_20">20</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Hernando De Soto,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_22">22</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>De Soto Discovering the Mississippi,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_25">25</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Sir Walter Raleigh,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_31">31</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Queen Elizabeth,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_35">35</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Entrance to Raleigh's Cell in the Tower,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_38">38</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Tower of London,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_39">39</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>An Indian Pipe,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_40">40</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>John Smith,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_42">42</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>John Smith and the Indians,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_45">45</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Indian Weapons,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_46">46</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Ruins of Jamestown,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_47">47</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Apache's War-club,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_50">50</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Sioux Indian Bow and Arrow with Stone Point,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_50">50</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Navajo Sling,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_51">51</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>A Pappoose Case,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_51">51</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Tobacco Plant,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_56">56</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Loading Tobacco,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_57">57</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Burning of Jamestown,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_61">61</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Miles Standish,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_64">64</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Mayflower,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_70">70</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>A Matchlock Gun,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_74">74</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>A Group of Pilgrim Relics,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_75">75</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Pilgrims Returning from Church,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_77">77</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Brewster's and Standish's Swords,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_79">79</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Roger Williams on his Way to Visit the Chief of the Narragansett Indians,<span class='pagenum'>[Pg xii]</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_83">83</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>A Block House,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_84">84</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Roger Williams's Meeting-House,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_85">85</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>A Puritan Fireplace,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_87">87</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>William Penn,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_92">92</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>William Penn's Famous Treaty with the Indians,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_95">95</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Penn's Slate-roof House, Philadelphia,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_98">98</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>A Belt of Wampum Given to Penn by the Indians,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_99">99</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Cavelier De La Salle,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_103">103</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Long House of the Iroquois,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_104">104</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Murder of La Salle by his Followers,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_113">113</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>George Washington,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_116">116</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Washington's Birthplace,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_117">117</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Washington Crossing the Alleghany River,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_119">119</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Death of Braddock,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_129">129</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>James Wolfe,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_136">136</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>General Montcalm,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_139">139</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Death of Wolfe,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_141">141</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Patrick Henry,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_146">146</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>George III.,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_149">149</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>St. John's Church, Richmond,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_152">152</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Samuel Adams,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_156">156</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Faneuil Hall, Boston,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_160">160</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Old South Church, Boston,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_161">161</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The "Boston Tea Party,"</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_163">163</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Paul Revere,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_165">165</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Old North Church,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_168">168</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Stone in Front of the Harrington House, Lexington, Marking the Line of the Minute-Men,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_170">170</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Retreat of the British from Concord,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_172">172</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Benjamin Franklin,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_175">175</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Franklin in the Streets of Philadelphia,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_180">180</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Franklin Experimenting with Electricity,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_184">184</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Lafayette Offering His Services to Franklin,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_186">186</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>George Washington,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_189">189</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Washington's Coach,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_190">190</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>A Stage Coach of the Eighteenth Century,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_191">191</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Washington's Retreat through New Jersey,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_199">199</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Winter at Valley Forge,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_204">204</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Washington's Home&mdash;Mount Vernon,<span class='pagenum'>[Pg xiii]</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_208">208</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Nathaniel Greene,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_211">211</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Lord Cornwallis,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_215">215</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>General Francis Marion,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_218">218</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Marion and His Men Swooping Down on a British Camp,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_219">219</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Daniel Boone,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_222">222</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Indian Costume (Female),</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_224">224</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Indian Costume (Male),</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_225">225</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Daniel Boone in his Cabin,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_228">228</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>A Hand Corn Mill,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_229">229</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>A Wigwam,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_231">231</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Indian Implements,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_232">232</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Thomas Jefferson,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_234">234</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Monticello,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_237">237</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Thomas Jefferson at Work upon the First Draft of the Declaration of Independence,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_238">238</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Robert Fulton,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_246">246</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>A Pack Horse,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_247">247</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>A Flat Boat,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_248">248</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Clermont,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_251">251</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Andrew Jackson,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_253">253</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Andrew Jackson's Cradle,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_254">254</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>A Spinning Wheel,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_255">255</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Jackson at the Battle of New Orleans,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_261">261</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Daniel Webster,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_264">264</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Marshfield&mdash;Home of Daniel Webster,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_271">271</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>S. F. B. Morse,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_273">273</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Telegraph and Railroad,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_280">280</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Abraham Lincoln,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_282">282</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Lincoln's Birthplace,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_283">283</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Lincoln Studying,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_287">287</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Slaves on a Cotton Plantation,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_299">299</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Ulysses S. Grant,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_302">302</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Meeting of Generals Grant and Lee at Appomattox,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_310">310</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The McLean House,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_311">311</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>General R. E. Lee,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_312">312</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Wreck of the Maine,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_316">316</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Admiral Dewey,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_318">318</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>President MCKinley,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_319">319</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>"Escolta," Manila's Main Street,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_320">320</a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg xiv]</span></p>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg xv]</span></p>
+<h2>LIST OF MAPS</h2>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="10" summary="">
+<tr><td align='left'>&nbsp;</td><td align='right'><small>PAGE</small></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Places of Interest in Connection with Columbus's Earlier Life,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_3">3</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The First Voyage of Columbus, and Places of Interest in Connection with his Later Voyages,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_11">11</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Routes Traversed by De Soto and De Leon,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_27">27</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Cabot's Route. Land Discovered by him Darkened,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_33">33</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Section where Raleigh's various Colonies were Located,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_37">37</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Jamestown and the Surrounding Country,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_48">48</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Pilgrims in England and Holland,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_67">67</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Pilgrim Settlement,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_72">72</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Rhode Island Settlement,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_88">88</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Pennsylvania Settlement,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_97">97</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Map Showing Routes of Cartier, Champlain, and La Salle, also French and English Possessions at the Time of the Last French War,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_107">107</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The English Colonies and the French Claims in 1754,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_121">121</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The French in the Ohio Valley,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_123">123</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Quebec and Surroundings,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_138">138</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Paul Revere's Ride,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_167">167</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Franklin's Journey from New York to Philadelphia,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_178">178</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Map Illustrating the Battle of Long Island,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_196">196</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Map Illustrating the Struggle for the Hudson River and the Middle States,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_201">201</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Map Showing the War in the South,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_213">213</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Kentucky Settlement,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_223">223</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Map of Louisiana Purchase: also United States in 1803,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_242">242</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Map Illustrating Two of Andrew Jackson's Campaigns,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_258">258</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Map of the United States showing the Southern Confederacy, the Slave States that did not Secede, and the Territories,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_297">297</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Map Illustrating Campaigns in the West in 1862-63,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_307">307</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The United States Coast and the West Indies,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_315">315</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Portion of the Coast of China and the Philippine Islands,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_325">325</a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus016.jpg" width="100%" alt="Christopher Columbus." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Christopher Columbus.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER I<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Christopher<br />
+Columbus and<br />
+the Discovery<br />
+of America<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1436-1506</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+<p>From very early times there existed overland
+routes of trade between Europe and Asia. During
+the Middle Ages traffic over these routes greatly
+increased, so that by the fifteenth century a large and
+profitable trade was carried on between the West and
+the East. Merchants in Western Europe grew rich
+through trade in the silks, spices, and precious stones
+that were brought by caravan and ship from India,
+China, and Japan. But in 1453 the Turks conquered
+Constantinople, and by frequent attacks upon Christian
+vessels in the Mediterranean made the old routes
+unsafe. A more practicable one became necessary.</p>
+
+<p>Already in the early part of the fifteenth century
+Portuguese sea-captains had skirted the western coast of
+Africa, and by the close of the century others of their
+number had rounded the Cape of Good Hope, in their
+search for a water route to the Indies. But Spain, at<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span>
+that time the most powerful nation of Europe, adopted
+a plan quite different from that of the Portuguese.
+What this plan was and how it was carried out, we can
+best understand by an acquaintance with the life and
+work of the great sea-captain and navigator, Christopher
+Columbus.</p>
+
+<p>More than four hundred and fifty years ago there
+lived in the city of Genoa a poor workingman, who
+made his living by preparing wool for the spinners.
+Of his four sons, the eldest was Christopher, born in
+1436. Young Christopher was not, so far as we
+know, very different from most other boys in Genoa.
+He doubtless joined in their every-day sports, going
+with them to see the many vessels that sailed in and
+out of that famous sea-port, and listening for hours to
+the stories of sailors about distant lands.</p>
+
+<p>But he did not spend all his time in playing and
+visiting the wharves, for we know that he learned his
+father's trade, and in school studied, among other
+things, reading, arithmetic, grammar, geography, and
+map-drawing. We can easily believe that he liked
+geography best of all, since it would carry his imagination
+far out over the sea and to lands beyond the
+sea. In map-drawing he acquired such skill that when
+he became a man he could earn his living, when occasion
+demanded, by making maps and charts.</p>
+
+<p>Beyond these facts little is known about the boyhood
+and youth of Columbus. Very likely much of
+his early life was spent upon the sea, sailing on the
+Mediterranean and along the west coast of Africa.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span>
+Once he went as far north as England and perhaps
+even farther, but of this we are not certain.</p>
+
+<p>In the course of many voyages he heard much of
+the work done by Portuguese sailors and discoverers,
+for Portugal was at that time one of the greatest sea-powers
+of the world. As Lisbon, the capital of Portugal,
+was naturally a centre for sea-faring men, and as
+it was also the home of his brother Bartholomew,
+Columbus, at the age of about thirty-five, went there
+to live.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;">
+<img src="images/illus018.jpg" width="800" height="573" alt="Places of Interest in Connection with Columbus's Earlier Life." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Places of Interest in Connection with Columbus's Earlier Life.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Columbus was a man of commanding presence. He
+was large, tall, and dignified in bearing, with a ruddy
+complexion and piercing blue-gray eyes. By the time
+he was thirty his hair had become white, and fell in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span>
+wavy locks about his shoulders. Although his life of
+hardship and poverty compelled him to be plain and
+simple in food and dress, he always had the air of a
+gentleman, and his manners were pleasing and courteous.
+But he had a strong will, which overcame difficulties
+that would have overwhelmed most men.</p>
+
+<p>While at Lisbon, Columbus married a woman far
+above him in social position, and went with her to live
+on a little island of the Madeiras, where her family
+had business interests. Meanwhile he was turning
+over in his mind schemes for a future voyage to the
+countries of the Far East. His native city, Genoa, had
+grown rich in trading in the silks, spices, and precious
+stones of the Indies, but the journey overland was
+dangerous, and a water route was much desired.</p>
+
+<p>This need the Portuguese had felt along with the
+rest of Europe, and for a long time Portuguese sea-captains
+had been slowly but surely finding their way
+down the west coast of Africa, in search of a passage
+around the southern cape. This route would be easier
+and cheaper than the old one through the Mediterranean
+and across Asia. But Columbus thought out
+a more daring course, by which he planned to sail
+directly west from the Canary Islands, across the Atlantic
+Ocean, expecting at the end of his voyage to
+find the far-famed Indies.</p>
+
+<p>Columbus was so full of his plan that it became the
+great thought of his life. A water route which would
+safely bring the wealth of the East to the doors of
+Europe would be the greatest discovery of the age.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span>
+Moreover, his ambition was spurred by the thrilling
+account of a noted traveller, Marco Polo, who two
+centuries before had brought back from far-off China
+wonderful tales of golden palaces, of marvellous rivers
+crossed by marble bridges, and of countless treasures
+of gold, silver, and jewels.</p>
+
+<p>About 1484 Columbus laid his scheme before King
+John of Portugal. The king would not promise his
+assistance, but he borrowed hints from the charts of
+Columbus, and sent men of his own to learn whether
+they could reach land by sailing west. Meeting with
+stormy weather, and fearing the unknown expanse of
+ocean, the sailors soon put back to port, and brought
+word that there was no land to be seen.</p>
+
+<p>When Columbus heard what the king had done he
+was very indignant, and at once quitted Portugal for
+Spain. The future appeared gloomy enough to the
+poor navigator without a helping friend. With bitter
+memories he shook off the dust of Lisbon, and, leading
+by the hand his little son Diego, four or five years
+old, trudged wearily on his journey. Columbus took
+Diego to the home of the boy's aunt, who lived not
+far from Palos, and, leaving him in her care, went in
+search of the king and queen of Spain, Ferdinand and
+Isabella.</p>
+
+<p>The king and queen were at that time so much
+occupied in driving the Moors out of Spain that Columbus
+found difficulty in securing a hearing. When
+at last he was permitted to unfold his plans to a council
+of learned men they ridiculed him, because, for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span>sooth,
+he said that the world was round like a globe,<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a>
+and people lived on the opposite side of the earth.
+"Such a thing," they declared, "is absurd, for if people
+live on the other side of the earth their heads must
+be down. Then, too, if it rains there the rain falls upward;
+and trees, if they grow there, must grow upside
+down."</p>
+
+<p>Some of the learned men, however, agreed with
+Columbus, and thought the carrying out of his plan
+by the aid of King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella
+would bring honor and countless wealth to Spain.
+But their authority was not sufficient to affect those
+who believed Columbus to be a crazy dreamer or a
+worthless adventurer.</p>
+
+<p>Month after month, year after year, Columbus
+cherished his ambitious scheme, encouraged by the
+few friends who were ready to use their influence for
+him. He followed the king and queen from place to
+place, as they moved their camp in the course of the
+war, and he sometimes fought bravely in the Spanish
+army. But in face of scorn and ridicule he never gave
+up hope of success. These were days of great trial,
+when even the boys in the streets tapped their foreheads
+as he passed by, and pointed their fingers at him
+with a peculiar smile.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 542px;">
+<img src="images/illus022.jpg" width="542" height="800" alt="THE SANTA MARIA." title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE SANTA MARIA.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 371px;">
+<img src="images/illus023.jpg" width="371" height="336" alt="The Nina." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Nina.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>In the autumn of 1491 Columbus made up his
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span>
+mind to leave Spain and try
+his fortune in France. So he
+went to the home of Diego's
+aunt, and once more taking
+his boy with him, started on
+foot out of the country which
+had so little befriended him.
+We can easily picture him,
+pale and wayworn, his clothes
+threadbare, his long white hair streaming over his
+shoulders. The travellers had gone but a short distance
+when they stopped at the gate of the Convent of St.
+Mary, which was only a mile and a half from Palos, to
+beg bread and water for the boy. At this moment the
+good prior of the convent happened to pass by. He
+was a man of learning and, on conversing with Columbus,
+became much interested in his story, and arranged
+a meeting of other learned men, among them the well-known
+sea-captain, Martin Alonzo Pinzon, who lived
+in Palos. The plans of Columbus appealed so strongly
+to this sea-captain that he promised not only to furnish
+money for an expedition, but to accompany it
+himself.</p>
+
+<p>Moreover, the prior, who had been father-confessor
+to Isabella, won her over to the sailor's cause. The
+queen sent what would now be nearly $1,200<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a> to Columbus,
+and summoned him back to Court. Supplying
+himself with a mule and suitable clothing, Columbus,
+with lightened heart, sought the queen's presence.
+She approved his plan, but Columbus demanded so
+great a reward for his services as leader of the expedition
+that the queen refused to come to any agreement
+with him, and let him go.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span>Columbus in disgust mounted his mule, and started
+once more for France. At this juncture, however, one
+of the queen's advisers hurried into her presence, and
+put the case so earnestly that she sent a swift courier,
+who overtook Columbus in a mountain pass not far
+away, and brought him back. An agreement was
+soon reached, and Columbus accepted his commission
+with tears of joy.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 400px;">
+<img src="images/illus024.jpg" width="400" height="336" alt="The Pinta." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Pinta.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>He at once went to Palos to get men and vessels
+for the expedition. But here he met with serious difficulties.
+Sailors called the Atlantic Ocean the Sea of
+Darkness, and believed that it contained frightful sea-monsters,
+ready to dash in pieces all vessels that might
+come within reach. Moreover, we must remember
+that the vessels in those days were not safe against
+storms like the great
+ships of our day. To
+venture out upon this
+trackless sea signified
+to sailors almost certain
+death. Hence,
+they were unwilling
+to sail, and a royal
+decree had to be issued
+to compel them.
+Even then it became<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span>
+necessary to release criminals from prisons to supply
+the number required for the expedition.</p>
+
+<p>The three caravels that were at length got ready
+for the perilous expedition westward in search of the
+Indies were not larger than many of the fishing-boats
+of to-day. The largest of the three&mdash;the flagship of
+Columbus&mdash;was called the Santa Maria. The other
+two were the Pinta and the Ni&ntilde;a ("Baby"). The
+Santa Maria alone had a deck covering the entire hold
+of the vessel.</p>
+
+<p>At last all was ready, and a half-hour before sunrise
+on Friday morning, August 3, 1492, this little fleet,
+with one hundred and twenty men and provisions for
+a year, sailed out of the port of Palos. It was a sorrowful
+hour for the poor sailors, who felt that they had
+looked upon their homes and their friends for the last
+time. Columbus steered for the Canaries, where he
+delayed three weeks to repair the rudder of the Pinta.</p>
+
+<p>On September 6th he set sail again. When once
+out of sight of land the sailors, overcome with fear,
+cried and sobbed like children. But new trials awaited
+them. At the end of a week the compass needle no
+longer pointed to the North Star, and this strange fact
+filled the superstitious sailors with alarm.</p>
+
+<p>Great was their consternation when a few days later
+the vessels entered vast stretches of sea-weed. At
+first the little fleet easily ploughed its way through
+this mass of floating green, but at the end of three
+days, on account of a light wind, the vessels moved
+more slowly. In their dismay the sailors feared that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span>
+the vessels might never get through this immense sea
+of grass, but might have to lie there and rot, or, perhaps,
+escaping this danger, run upon rocks and shoals
+lying just beneath the grass and be broken in pieces.
+Though they were in the midst of obstacles apparently
+insurmountable, they were also in the path of the
+trade winds that steadily bore them onward. But in
+their terror, the sailors imagined they could never return
+because the wind would not allow them to sail
+in the opposite direction. When the wind began to
+blow from the southwest they were once more relieved
+of their fears.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 1024px;">
+<img src="images/illus026.jpg" width="1024" height="444" alt="The First Voyage of Columbus, and places of interest in connection with his Later
+Voyages." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The First Voyage of Columbus, and places of interest in connection with his Later
+Voyages.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>After many days all hearts were gladdened by the
+sight of birds, which indicated that land was near.
+It was an idle hope. Again and again some eager-eyed
+sailor shouted "land," but found later that he
+was looking at distant clouds.</p>
+
+<p>The crews were in despair. Now in the belt of
+trade-winds that were steadily blowing them farther<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span>
+and farther from home and friends they cried in dismay:
+"We can never return to Spain. We are lost!
+What shall we do?" They begged Columbus to turn
+back. They became angry when he refused, and declared
+he was crazy and was leading them all to destruction.
+They even plotted to throw him overboard
+some night and say that he fell into the sea while
+looking at the stars. Columbus felt that dangers
+were growing thick about him, but he never faltered
+in his purpose. His strong will and his abiding faith
+in success kept him stanch in face of difficulties that
+would have caused an ordinary mind to give way.</p>
+
+<p>On October 11th unmistakable signs of land appeared.
+A thorn branch with berries on it, a reed,
+and a carved stick came floating by. New life stirred
+in every heart, and the sailors looked eagerly in every
+direction for land.</p>
+
+<p>The king and queen had promised a reward equal to
+nearly $600 of our present money to the sailor who
+should be the first to see land. Columbus had promised
+in addition a velvet cloak. Accordingly, all were
+on the alert to catch the first glimpse of land, and kept
+on the watch during the entire night after the appearance
+of the thorn-branch and carved stick.</p>
+
+<p>About ten o'clock Columbus himself saw in the distance
+a light, which looked like a torch in the hands
+of some one moving along the shore. About two
+o'clock next morning, Friday, October 12th&mdash;or October
+21st, according to our present method of reckoning
+time&mdash;a sailor on the Pinta saw, about five miles<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span>
+off, a low strip of land. This was an island of the
+Bahama Group. Just ten weeks had elapsed since
+the voyage began at Palos, and with intense eagerness
+Columbus and his men awaited the coming of
+daylight.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 593px;">
+<img src="images/illus028.jpg" width="593" height="800" alt="The Triumphal Return of Columbus to Spain." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Triumphal Return of Columbus to Spain.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>At dawn the boats were lowered, and all went on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span>
+shore. Columbus, dressed in a rich robe of scarlet,
+carried the royal standard. His followers also bore
+banners, on each of which was a brilliant green cross
+with the letters F. and Y.&mdash;the Spanish initials for
+Ferdinand and Isabella&mdash;on each side. Above the
+letters were crosses. Columbus threw himself, kneeling,
+upon the ground. He wept for joy, and, kissing
+the earth, took possession of the land in the name of
+the king and queen of Spain. The sailors now fell
+upon their knees at Columbus's feet. They kissed his
+hands, and begged him to forgive them for their evil
+thoughts toward him.</p>
+
+<p>At first the natives, whom Columbus called Indians
+because he thought he was in the East Indies, fled to
+the woods in fear of the Spaniards; but later they returned
+and worshipped the white men as beings from
+the sky. They thought the vessels were great birds
+and the sails wings. The Spaniards at once began to
+trade with the Indians, giving them such trifles as tiny
+bells, red caps, and glass beads, in exchange for tame
+parrots, cotton yarn, and a few small ornaments of
+gold, such as the natives wore in their noses.</p>
+
+<p>According to the interesting description of the natives
+that Columbus wrote in his journal, they were
+very poor, dark-skinned, and naked. All of them
+seemed to be young and of strong build, with coarse
+black hair hanging long behind, but cut short over
+their foreheads. Their bodies were painted with various
+colors and in all manner of ways. The men
+carried sticks, pointed with fish-bones, for javelins,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span>
+and moved their canoes with paddles that looked like
+wooden shovels.</p>
+
+<p>The canoes, made out of single trunks of trees,
+were in some cases large enough to carry forty men.
+The dwellings, which were clustered together in
+groups of twelve to fifteen, were shaped like tents
+and had high chimneys. Inside the tents, hanging
+between posts, were nets used as beds and called
+"hammocks."</p>
+
+<p>Columbus called the island upon which he had
+landed San Salvador (Holy Saviour). He wrote of
+the new country: "I know not where first to go, nor
+are my eyes ever weary of gazing at the beautiful verdure.
+The singing of the birds is such that it seems
+as if one would never desire to depart hence. There
+are flocks of parrots that obscure the sun, and other
+birds of many kinds, large and small, entirely different
+from ours; trees, also, of a thousand species,
+each having its particular fruit, and all of marvellous
+flavor."</p>
+
+<p>Columbus sailed along the coast of Cuba and
+Hayti, landing here and there, and sent parties inland
+to find out what they could about the land and its
+people. Everywhere he was on the lookout for the
+cities of Asia&mdash;those wonderful cities of wealth and
+beauty described in such glowing colors by Marco
+Polo. He never doubted that he was in the land he
+had sought,&mdash;the East Indies.</p>
+
+<p>On Christmas morning (December 25, 1492), while
+it was still dark, as he was cruising along the shores of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>
+Hayti (or Hispaniola), the Santa Maria went aground
+on a sand-bar, where the waves soon knocked her to
+pieces. As the Pinta had already deserted, there now
+remained but one ship, the Ni&ntilde;a. This little vessel
+was too small to accommodate all the men, and
+forty of the number, wishing to stay where they were,
+decided to build a fort out of the timbers of the
+wrecked vessel and put her guns in the fort for
+their defence. These men had provisions for a year,
+and constituted the first Spanish colony in the New
+World.</p>
+
+<p>On January 4, 1493, the Ni&ntilde;a sailed for Spain.
+All went well with the sailors until February 12th,
+when a great storm suddenly threatened to break the
+frail vessel into pieces. Poor Columbus! His heart
+grew faint within him. Had he and his men endured
+such peril and hardship to perish unknown in the sea?
+Would the world never know of their great achievement?</p>
+
+<p>In his anxiety he wrote on parchment two separate
+accounts of his discovery, which he sealed and addressed
+to Ferdinand and Isabella. He then wrapped each in
+a cloth and, enclosing them in large cakes of wax, put
+them into barrels. One of these barrels he flung into
+the sea, and the other he kept on deck. The Ni&ntilde;a
+passed safely through the storm, however, and on
+March 15th, after an absence of nearly seven and a
+half months, cast anchor in the harbor of Palos.</p>
+
+<p>The successful voyager lost no time in reaching
+Barcelona, where he was received by the king and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span>
+queen with triumphal honors. Everybody was ready
+to praise the man who had become so famous. There
+was a great procession in his honor in the streets of
+Barcelona. Leading this street parade were six Indians
+whom Columbus had brought back with him.
+These were smeared with paint, decked with feathers
+of tropical birds, and ornamented with bits of gold.
+Following them came men carrying stuffed and live
+birds of brilliant plumage, and the skins of different
+animals, all products of the New Land. Columbus
+rode on horseback, attended by many of Spain's great
+men, mounted on horses.</p>
+
+<p>When the procession reached the house in which
+King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella were, Columbus
+went into the room where they sat on the throne.
+They did him the honor to rise as he entered, and
+when he knelt to kiss their hands, they again honored
+him, by bidding him rise and sit, like an equal, in
+their presence.</p>
+
+<p>The poor sailor, once despised as an idle dreamer,
+had become a distinguished personage, honored alike
+by kings and princes and people. It was no longer
+necessary to force men by royal decree to sail with the
+great admiral. Many were now eager to go where
+they might reap wealth and honor.</p>
+
+<p>In September, 1493, Columbus again sailed, this
+time with a fleet of seventeen vessels and fifteen hundred
+men. Many of the latter were young men of
+noble birth, and belonged to families of wide influence.
+All supposed they were going to the East Indies, the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span>
+land of jewels and spices and precious metals. With
+the purpose of founding a colony, Columbus took
+with him not only horses, mules, and cattle, but vines,
+vegetables, and seeds of many kinds.</p>
+
+<p>When the fleet reached the island of Hayti, and the
+place where he had in the previous winter left the little
+colony of forty men, he found that the fort and provisions
+had been destroyed, and that eleven corpses
+had been buried near by; but not one of the forty
+men was ever again seen alive. After building a little
+town, called Isabella in honor of the queen, Columbus
+began exploring by land and sea. He found much that
+was beautiful and interesting, but much more that was
+disappointing. Moreover, the Indians were sometimes
+unfriendly, and his own men were often unruly and
+treacherous. At length, after four years of varying
+fortune, he started home, and after a long, hard voyage,
+during which provisions gave out, he and his men,
+weak with hunger, finally reached Spain in June. He
+was kindly received, and was promised more ships for
+another voyage.</p>
+
+<p>In May, 1498, with six vessels and two hundred men
+besides the sailors, Columbus started on a third voyage,
+this time directing his course more to the south than
+he had done before. He landed on an island which
+he named Trinidad, and then sailed along the northern
+coast of South America.</p>
+
+<p>He was not well, however, and in August turned
+his course for Santo Domingo, where he found things
+were going badly. Trouble with the Indians had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span>
+arisen, and even more serious trouble in the colony
+itself had broken out. For two years Columbus struggled
+to set things right. But he was not successful as
+a colonizer. Besides, many people were beginning to
+lose faith in him because he did not get expected
+treasures for Spain. Many others were jealous of his
+fame, and plotted to ruin him. At length an official
+was sent from Spain to Hayti to look into the situation.
+When he reached the island he confiscated Columbus's
+property, put him in chains, and sent him as
+a prisoner to the country from which he had but recently
+sailed with high honor.</p>
+
+<p>In Spain the people were in sympathy with the admiral
+in his disgrace; so too was the queen, who sent
+money and summoned him to court. She received
+him there with tears in her eyes, and he broke down
+and wept at her feet.</p>
+
+<p>In 1502 Columbus started on a fourth voyage,
+sailing along the eastern coast of Central America.
+But he was not able to accomplish much, and finally
+suffered shipwreck on the island of Jamaica, where he
+spent a year of misery. At last he set out for home,
+arriving there only a short time before Queen Isabella,
+his only protector, died.</p>
+
+<p>Poor, sick, and discouraged, Columbus dragged out
+a weary life for eighteen months longer. He died in
+Spain of a broken heart, May 20, 1506, in utter ignorance
+of the greatness of his discovery. So little appreciated
+was he that the city annals make no mention of
+his death. It remained for succeeding generations to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span>
+lift his name from obscurity and to give faithful acknowledgment
+of his achievements in the advance of
+human progress.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 448px;">
+<img src="images/illus035.jpg" width="448" height="171" alt="An Indian Stone Maul." title="" />
+<span class="caption">An Indian Stone Maul.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">The Desire for a water route between Europe and the Indies.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Turks conquer Constantinople.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Portuguese round the Cape of Good Hope.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Early life and education of Christopher Columbus.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He goes to Lisbon.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His personal appearance and character.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Trade with the Far East.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A water route to the Indies.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Marco Polo's stories of the Far East.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">King John takes advantage of Columbus.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Columbus goes To Spain.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The wise men ridicule him as a crazy dreamer.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">At the Convent of St. Mary; the prior and the sea-captain.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Queen Isabella gives Columbus a hearing.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The sailors' fears; the little fleet.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Columbus sets sail at last.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">New trials fall upon him.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The sailors in despair; Columbus in danger.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The great discovery.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Columbus lands.</span><br />
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span><span class="smcap">The people Columbus found.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The New Country.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Columbus explores the New Country.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The first Spanish Colony in the New World.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Back to Spain.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Honors showered upon Columbus.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He sails on his second voyage.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He finds many disappointments and hardships.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He makes other voyages and discoveries.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He dies of a broken heart.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. Find on the map all the countries and places named in this chapter,
+and trace the first voyage of Columbus.</p>
+
+<p>2. Can you picture to yourself the following: Columbus and Diego on
+the road together; Columbus, mounted on a mule, on his way to
+France; the landing of Columbus on reaching San Salvador; and
+the street parade in Barcelona?</p>
+
+<p>3. Using the topics in the book, write from memory the account of the
+first voyage.</p>
+
+<p>4. Select as many words in this chapter as you can telling what kind
+of man Columbus was. What do you admire in his character?</p>
+
+<p>5. What was Columbus trying to do? Why? What great thing did
+he do? When?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus037.jpg" width="100%" alt="Hernando De Soto." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Hernando De Soto.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER II<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Hernando<br />
+De Soto and<br />
+the Discovery of<br />
+the Mississippi<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1500-1542</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+<p>After the discovery of the New World by Columbus,
+the Spaniards, who had no other thought
+than that he had found a new way to India, dreamed
+eagerly of its marvellous wealth, and were impatient
+to be off to the land where they believed fortunes
+awaited them. So zealous were they, in their mad
+search for gold and adventure, that many were willing
+to leave home and friends for years.</p>
+
+<p>The most brilliant of these explorers were Cortez,
+the conqueror of Mexico, and Pizarro, the conqueror
+of Peru, both of whom carried back to Spain many
+million dollars' worth of gold and silver. With Pizarro
+was a young man named Hernando De Soto,
+whose adventurous life is full of interest, and whose
+important discovery of the Mississippi River has given
+him a prominent place in the history of our country.</p>
+
+<p>He was born about 1500, of a poor but noble fam<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span>ily.
+In his youth he excelled in athletic sports, and
+possessed unusual skill in horsemanship and in fencing.
+Taking a leading part in all the dangerous exploits
+in the New World, he not only won fame, but
+went back to Spain after many years' absence a rich
+man.</p>
+
+<p>While Cortez and Pizarro had been conquering
+Mexico and Peru, other Spaniards had been seeking
+their fortune in Florida.<a name="FNanchor_3_3" id="FNanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> Thus far these men had
+brought back no gold and silver, but their faith in the
+mines of the interior was so great that De Soto wished
+to conquer and explore the country. Having already
+won great influence by his achievements, he secured
+the favor of the king, who made him governor of the
+island of Cuba, and appointed him leader of an expedition
+to conquer and occupy Florida. He was to
+take men enough with him to build forts and plant a
+colony, so as to hold the country for Spain.</p>
+
+<p>De Soto had no difficulty in getting followers to join
+him in this enterprise. Young men from noble families
+flocked to his standard from all parts of Spain, and
+as he knew that dangers and hardships awaited them
+he was careful to select from the large numbers the
+strongest men.</p>
+
+<p>De Soto's company included richly dressed nobles
+and warriors in glittering armor. It was a gala day
+when they sailed out of port with banners flying and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>cannon booming, and not a young man of them but
+felt proud to sail on so grand an expedition. After
+arriving in Cuba, De Soto spent some time there, and
+then leaving his wife to govern the island, set out to
+explore Florida. His expedition was an imposing one,
+comprising nine vessels, six hundred men, and about
+two hundred and twenty-five horses. In May, 1539,
+the whole force landed at Tampa Bay, on the western
+coast of Florida.</p>
+
+<p>They had not advanced far into the interior when
+De Soto fell in with a Spaniard named Ortiz, who had
+accompanied Narvaez in a previous expedition some
+ten or eleven years before. According to his story,
+the Indians had captured him, and only forbore to kill
+him because an Indian girl had begged for his life.
+Ortiz had lived with the Indians so many years that
+he had become very much like one himself; but we
+can imagine his joy at seeing white men once more.
+The Spaniards were equally rejoiced because they
+knew how serviceable their countryman would be as a
+guide and interpreter.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 536px;">
+<img src="images/illus040.jpg" width="536" height="800" alt="DE SOTO DISCOVERING THE MISSISSIPPI" title="" />
+<span class="caption">DE SOTO DISCOVERING THE MISSISSIPPI</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The advantage of this good-fortune was soon counteracted,
+however, by De Soto's unfriendliness to the
+Indians. He was not only indifferent to their pleasure
+and sufferings, but even seemed to enjoy torturing and
+killing them. It was his custom upon arriving at an
+Indian settlement to demand food for his men and
+horses, and upon his departure to carry off with him
+the head chief as guide and hostage, not releasing him
+until the next tribe was reached. Indian men and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span>
+squaws were forced into service as porters for the
+Spanish baggage; and thus enslaved, often with chains
+and with iron collars about their necks, they were compelled
+to do all sorts of menial work. It is not strange
+that after such treatment the Indians lost all confidence
+in De Soto. They not only learned to hate him and
+the Spaniards but longed to be revenged upon them.
+In return for the cruelties inflicted they purposely led
+the Spaniards astray, and left untried no treachery
+which would serve to destroy the pale-faced strangers.</p>
+
+<p>In May, 1540, an Indian princess, rowed by her
+followers in a canopied canoe, came across a stream to
+meet De Soto. When she landed, her followers carried
+her in a litter, from which she alighted and approached
+him. She gave him presents of shawls and
+skins, and a string of pearls which she took from
+around her neck. In return for these acts of courtesy
+De Soto made her a prisoner, and kept her going about
+on foot with him until she escaped.</p>
+
+<p>This is but an instance of the cruelty which made
+enemies of all the Indians with whom the Spaniards
+came in contact. No doubt Indian runners were sent
+hundreds of miles in many directions to tell the various
+tribes of the inhuman deeds of the white men.
+No doubt these tribes combined in a desperate effort
+to destroy De Soto and all his men. How nearly they
+succeeded in their plan can be told in a few lines.</p>
+
+<p>In the autumn of 1540 the Spaniards came to the
+tribe of a giant chieftain whose slaves held over him,
+as he sat upon cushions on a raised platform, a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span>
+buckskin umbrella stained red and white. He was
+sullen in the presence of the richly dressed Spaniards
+on their prancing steeds, but allowed De Soto to
+carry him a prisoner to the next Indian town, as the
+other head chiefs had
+done.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 597px;">
+<img src="images/illus042.jpg" width="597" height="480" alt="Routes Traversed by De Soto and De Leon." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Routes Traversed by De Soto and De Leon.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This town was called
+Mavilla, an Indian
+word from which we
+get the name Mobile
+for the city and river
+in Alabama. As the
+Spaniards approached
+this town Indians came
+out to meet them, their
+faces showing signs of displeasure and evil intent.
+Fearing nothing, however, De Soto, attended by about
+a dozen of his men, rode boldly inside the town, which
+was surrounded with a palisade.</p>
+
+<p>The giant chieftain then asked for a release that he
+might return to his own people, and on being refused
+went into a house in which many Indian warriors were
+concealed. When De Soto ordered him to come out
+he refused. In the excitement that followed, a Spaniard
+cut down with his sword an Indian warrior standing
+near by. Then, in wild fury, hundreds of dusky
+warriors rushed like madmen out of the house to
+the attack, and soon shot down five of De Soto's
+body-guard. Of course he had to flee for his life.
+But before he could reach the main force outside<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>
+the town he fell to the ground two or three times,
+struck by Indian arrows.</p>
+
+<p>It was the beginning of a terrible battle, in which
+the Spaniards, although outnumbered, had the advantage
+because of their horses, swords, firearms, and superior
+training. Finally, from the outside, they closed
+the gates to the town, and set fire to the Indian buildings.
+The Indians fought with desperation, but they
+either fell, cut down by Spanish swords, or rushed in
+mad fury to perish in the flames. When night came,
+only three Indian warriors remained alive. Two of these
+fought until they were killed, and the last unfortunate
+one hanged himself on a tree with his bow-string.
+The Spaniards said they killed at least 2,500 Indians,
+but they lost in killed and wounded about a third of
+their own number. It was a dearly bought victory.</p>
+
+<p>Nor was Indian craftiness the only source of
+trouble for the Spaniards. De Soto's men had to
+travel through thick forests with no road except the
+narrow path made by wild animals or the trail made
+by the Indian hunter. They spent many laborious
+days in picking their way through dense underbrush
+and miry swamps, stopping here and there to make
+rafts to carry them across the numerous streams.
+Often without food and on the point of starving, they
+were obliged to feed upon native dogs, and were sometimes
+reduced to berries, nuts, bear-oil, and wild honey.</p>
+
+<p>In spite of hunger, disease, death, and many other
+misfortunes, however, De Soto in his mad search for
+gold threaded his way through the tangled forests<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span>
+until, in the spring of 1541, about two years after
+landing at Tampa Bay, he reached the bank of the
+Mississippi River. After spending months in making
+boats, he at length crossed the mighty stream, and
+then continued his march in a northerly and westerly
+direction, going, it would seem, as far as the site of
+what is now Little Rock, the capital of Arkansas.</p>
+
+<p>Marching southeast, probably to the banks of the
+Washita, he spent a winter so severe that many of the
+party, including Ortiz, died.</p>
+
+<p>About the middle of April, 1542, the Spaniards,
+travel-spent and sick at heart, reached the mouth of
+the Red River, where De Soto, discouraged and broken
+in spirit, was taken ill with fever and soon died.
+At first his followers buried his body near the town
+where they were staying, but when the Indians began
+with some suspicion to examine the ground under
+which he lay, the Spaniards in the darkness of night
+took up the body, wrapped it in blankets made
+heavy with sand, and sadly lowered it into the
+waters of the mighty river which it was De Soto's
+chief honor to have discovered. After many more
+hardships the wretched survivors of this unhappy company,
+numbering not many more than half of those
+who landed at Tampa Bay, found their way to a Spanish
+colony in Mexico. Thus ended in disaster the
+expedition which sailed with such hope of wealth and
+renown.</p>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span></p>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">Spanish thirst for gold and adventure.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">De Soto's early love of sports and dangerous exploits.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">De Soto plans to explore and colonize Florida.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Preparations For the expedition.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">De Soto sets out on his voyage.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He falls in with Ortiz.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">De Soto's cruel treatment of the Indians.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Indian princess.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The plan to destroy De Soto and his men.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The giant chieftain.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">De Soto in danger.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A terrible battle.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">De Soto discovers the Mississippi.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Difficulties and sufferings.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">More troubles for the Spaniards.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">De Soto's death.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. Find on the map Mexico, Peru, Porto Rico, Cuba, Florida, Mobile
+the Mississippi River, and the Washita River.</p>
+
+<p>2. Draw a map in which you will indicate De Soto's route.</p>
+
+<p>3. Tell in your own words the story of this wretched march through
+the forests.</p>
+
+<p>4. Make a mental picture of De Soto's meeting with the Indian princess;
+of De Soto and his body-guard in Mavilla; of the burial
+of De Soto's body by night.</p>
+
+<p>5. What did De Soto accomplish? When?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus046.jpg" width="100%" alt="Sir Walter Raleigh." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Sir Walter Raleigh.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER III<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Sir Walter<br />
+Raleigh and the<br />
+First English<br />
+Attempts to Colonize<br />
+America<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1552-1618</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Only five years after Columbus made his discoveries
+in the West India Islands, John Cabot
+sailed from England in search of a short northwest
+passage to Asia. Directing his course across the northern
+part of the Atlantic Ocean, he landed somewhere
+on the eastern coast of North America, perhaps on the
+shores of Labrador. His son sailed in the following
+year along the coast from Nova Scotia down as far as
+North Carolina. By reason of these discoveries and
+explorations, England laid claim to North America.</p>
+
+<p>Nearly a hundred years passed before England took
+any further steps toward getting a foothold in America.
+In the meantime Spain, by means of her naval power,
+had conquered Mexico and Peru, and planted colonies
+at various points in the New World.</p>
+
+<p>The precious metals collected by Spanish explorers
+in Mexico and Peru had furnished the money with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span>
+which Spain was enabled to carry on her expeditions
+as well as the almost continuous wars with other
+European powers. Some people think that Spain took
+out of these two countries gold and silver to an
+amount that would now equal five thousand million
+dollars.</p>
+
+<p>At this time England had not so strong a navy as
+she has to-day, and the Spanish King hoped because
+of her weakness to conquer England and make her a
+dependency of Spain. Of course this roused the English
+people, and they determined to thwart the ambitious
+scheming of the Spanish King.</p>
+
+<p>Although England had not a fighting navy, English
+seamen were alert to capture Spanish vessels and
+rob them of their gold and silver. To seize these
+prizes, such bold sea-captains as Drake and Hawkins
+roamed the sea, burning and plundering Spanish fleets
+and Spanish settlements along the coast of Mexico
+and South America.</p>
+
+<p>Conspicuous among these daring sea-rovers and
+explorers was Sir Walter Raleigh, one of the most
+distinguished Englishman of his time. He was born
+in a town near the sea-coast in Devonshire, England,
+in 1552, his father and mother both being of high
+social rank.</p>
+
+<p>In this town lived many old sailors, who could tell
+the wide-awake boy stirring tales of seafaring life and
+of bloody fights with Spaniards. Walter was a patriotic
+boy, and therefore soon learned to hate Spain,
+because of her insolence toward the English people.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span>
+As he became older and learned more of the power of
+Spain, especially that which came through possessions
+in the New World, he was envious for his country's
+sake and wished her to become Spain's rival in wealth.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 498px;">
+<img src="images/illus048.jpg" width="498" height="480" alt="Cabot's Route. Land discovered by him darkened." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Cabot's Route. Land discovered by him darkened.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>When Walter was
+old enough, he was
+sent to Oxford University,
+where he became
+an earnest student.
+But at seventeen
+he put aside his
+studies and went to
+France to join the
+Huguenot army.<a name="FNanchor_4_4" id="FNanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> After
+remaining there for
+about six years, he returned
+to England and
+served for a short time in the English army, fighting
+against Spain and Austria in the Netherlands.
+Later he went as captain of a hundred men to Ireland,
+and there proved himself a brave soldier.</p>
+
+<p>Returning again to England, by a simple act of
+courtesy he won the admiration of the powerful queen
+Elizabeth. It happened in this way. On one occasion,
+when with her attendants she was about to cross
+a muddy road, Raleigh stood looking on. Noticing
+that the queen hesitated for an instant, he took from
+his shoulder his beautiful velvet cloak and gallantly
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span>spread it in her pathway. The queen, greatly pleased
+with this delicate attention, took Raleigh into her
+Court and in time bestowed upon him much honor.
+She not only made him a knight, but presented him
+with costly gifts and estates, and showered upon him
+offices of rank and dignity. The brave knight, Sir
+Walter Raleigh, became a man of great wealth and
+influence.</p>
+
+<p>As a courtier his dress was rich and dazzling.
+He wore a hat with a pearl band and a black jewelled
+feather. His shoes, which were tied with white ribbons,
+were studded with gems worth six thousand six
+hundred gold pieces. He had also a suit of silver
+armor that glittered with diamonds and other precious
+stones.</p>
+
+<p>This splendor did not seem so much out of place
+in those days as it would now, for much display and
+ceremony were customary in court life. Queen Elizabeth,
+with her ten hundred and seventy-five dresses
+and mantles, ornamented with lace, embroidery, and
+jewels, and with her eighty wigs of various colors, set
+a gorgeous example which her courtiers were delighted
+to follow.</p>
+
+<p>But Raleigh was not satisfied with the glamour of
+court life. He was eager to achieve glory for England
+and if possible to elevate her upon the ruins of her
+enemy, Spain.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 328px;">
+<img src="images/illus050.jpg" width="328" height="448" alt="Queen Elizabeth." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Queen Elizabeth.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>It was his desire to build up a new England for the
+glory of the old, and to that end he secured from
+Queen Elizabeth a charter for planting a colony in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>
+America. He therefore fitted out two vessels which
+were to sail to the land north of Florida, then occupied
+by Spain, and bring back reports of the country.</p>
+
+<p>The captains of these vessels arrived in Pamlico
+Sound, and landed on an island
+which they found rich in
+grapes and woods and abounding
+in deer and other game.
+The explorers received kind
+treatment from the Indians,
+two of whom accompanied the
+voyagers to England on their
+return. Queen Elizabeth was
+so pleased with the good reports
+from the new country that she
+called it Virginia in honor of
+herself&mdash;the Virgin Queen.</p>
+
+<p>The next year, 1585, Raleigh sent out to Virginia
+seven vessels and one hundred colonists, under his
+cousin, Sir Richard Grenville, and Ralph Lane. They
+landed on Roanoke Island, and made a settlement
+there, but the colony was not prosperous. At the
+outset, by unwise and cruel treatment they made
+enemies of the natives. It is related that, an Indian
+having stolen a silver cup from one of the colonists,
+the Englishmen burned an entire village and ruined
+the corn belonging to its people. Such punishment
+was out of all proportion to the petty offence. It is
+not surprising, therefore, that from that time the
+settlers found the Indians unfriendly.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Very soon Grenville sailed back to England, leaving
+the colony in charge of Ralph Lane. The colonists
+instead of building houses and tilling the soil to supply
+food, were bent upon finding gold. Hence they listened
+with eager interest to a story that the Indians
+told of the Roanoke River. According to this story,
+the river flowed out of a fountain in a rock so near
+the ocean that in time of storm the waves dashed over
+into the fountain. The river, the Indians said, flowed
+near rich mines of gold and silver, in a country where
+there was a town with walls made of pearls. Lane
+and his followers foolishly started up the river in a
+vain search for this wonderful land. They encountered
+many difficulties, including hostile attacks by
+Indians, and suffered so much from lack of food that
+they had to eat the flesh of their own dogs.</p>
+
+<p>But despite these hardships, they made their way
+back to Roanoke Island, reaching it just in time to
+save the colony from destruction by the Indians. A
+little later Sir Francis Drake, with a fleet of twenty-three
+vessels, appeared off the coast. He had come
+on his way home from the West Indies, where he had
+been plundering the Spanish settlements, and cheerfully
+consented to take the destitute and homesick
+colonists back to England. A few days after their
+departure Grenville arrived with fresh supplies, and
+found the settlement deserted. Leaving a garrison of
+fifteen men, with provisions for two years, to hold
+possession, he then sailed back to England.</p>
+
+<p>Although the settlement did not succeed, this effort<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span>
+to plant a colony was not wholly fruitless, for the
+colonists took to England on their return three products
+which gave to the people a somewhat different
+idea of the real wealth of the new lands. These
+were not precious metals,
+but products of the
+soil, namely, tobacco,
+the white potato, and
+Indian corn.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 550px;">
+<img src="images/illus052.jpg" width="550" height="480" alt="Section where Raleigh's various colonies were located." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Section where Raleigh's various colonies were located.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The discovery of the
+tobacco plant introduced
+into England the
+custom of smoking,
+and a curious story is
+told of it in connection
+with Sir Walter Raleigh,
+who soon learned to smoke. One day his servant,
+who knew nothing of the new custom, came into his
+master's room and found him smoking from a silver
+pipe. Believing Raleigh was on fire, the faithful servant
+hastily dashed a mug of ale at him to quench
+the flames and rescue him from death.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 283px;">
+<img src="images/illus053.jpg" width="283" height="448" alt="Entrance to Raleigh's Cell in the Tower." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Entrance to Raleigh's Cell in the Tower.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The wealth that lay hidden in the soil was yet unknown,
+and no one felt any enthusiasm over the new
+colony of Virginia. Most men would by this time
+have lost hope. But Raleigh was not daunted. Two
+years later he made a second attempt to plant a colony
+in the New World, this time sending over three ships,
+with a hundred and fifty settlers, including seventeen
+women. John White was appointed governor of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>
+colony. These settlers had the fore-thought
+to carry with them farming
+implements to use in tilling the soil.
+When they landed on Roanoke Island
+they found no trace of the fifteen
+men left there two years before
+by Sir Richard Grenville. The new
+settlers had not been on the island
+long before they were in need of
+help from England, and begged
+Governor White to return home for
+provisions and more settlers. White at first refused
+to leave them, but finally consented. A warm interest
+in the feeble settlement and love for his little granddaughter,
+born soon after the settlers arrived, persuaded
+him to yield. This little girl, the first white
+girl born in America, was named after the new country,
+Virginia, her full name being Virginia Dare.</p>
+
+<p>When Governor White left the settlement he expected
+to return immediately, but upon reaching England
+he found his countrymen greatly excited over
+the coming invasion of the much-dreaded "Spanish
+Armada." Everybody was astir, and Raleigh was
+aroused to his fullest energy in preparation to meet
+the hated foe.</p>
+
+<p>But, notwithstanding this, he found time to fit out
+two small vessels for Governor White. Although they
+sailed, trouble with the Spaniards compelled their return
+to England, and not until two years later, when
+the Spanish Armada had been defeated, did Governor<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span>
+White sail again for Virginia, this time as a passenger
+in a West Indiaman. He landed on Roanoke Island
+as before, but there remained of the settlement only
+some chests of books, some maps, and some firearms,
+all of which had been ruined by the Indians.</p>
+
+<p>Upon bidding Governor White farewell, the colonists
+had agreed to carve on a tree the name of the
+place to which they would go if they should decide to
+leave Roanoke Island. They were also to carve above
+the name a cross if they were in serious trouble. Governor
+White found the word CROATOAN cut in
+capital letters on a large tree, but he found no cross.
+Before White could sail to Croatoan, which was an
+island not far away, he had to return to England
+because the captain of the vessel, having encountered
+stormy weather, refused to sail further. What became
+of the lost colonists is still a mystery. It is possible
+that the Indians either killed them or captured and
+enslaved them.</p>
+
+<p>Raleigh sent out other expeditions in search of the
+lost colony, but without success.  He had already
+spent a sum equal to more than a million dollars in
+trying to plant this colony,
+and now felt that
+he must give up all
+hope of accomplishing
+his purpose.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;">
+<img src="images/illus054.jpg" width="640" height="388" alt="Tower of London." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Tower of London.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<p>But this was only
+one of his many disappointments.
+Because<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span>
+he was a favorite of the queen and had been a successful
+man he had many enemies who were jealous
+of his good fortune. Men of power envied him and
+tried to weaken his influence and do him injury. As
+his failures increased, his popularity diminished and he
+at length became bitter in spirit.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 448px;">
+<img src="images/illus055.jpg" width="448" height="204" alt="An Indian Pipe." title="" />
+<span class="caption">An Indian Pipe.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>On the death of Queen Elizabeth, James I. became
+king and, not favoring Raleigh, at length threw him
+into prison on a charge of treason. After an imprisonment
+of twelve years in the Tower of London, Sir
+Walter was beheaded. Just as he was about to lay
+his head upon the block, he felt the keen edge of the
+axe, saying, "This is a sharp medicine, but a sound
+cure for all diseases." Although he failed to carry
+out the great desire of his heart, Raleigh gave the
+English people some definite ideas in regard to the
+value of the New World as a place for colonizing&mdash;ideas
+which before many years found expression in the
+settlement of Jamestown.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">John Cabot Discovers The Mainland Of North America.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">England And Spain Unfriendly To Each Other.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">English Sea Captains Capture Spanish Vessels.</span><br />
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span><span class="smcap">Sir Walter Raleigh's Family And Education.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Raleigh the Soldier.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He wins the favor of Queen Elizabeth.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Raleigh's dress; display in court life.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He sends two vessels to America.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His first colony lands on Roanoke Island.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A vain search for gold.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Timely arrival of Sir Francis Drake.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Three American products taken to England.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">An amusing story about Raleigh.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Raleigh's second attempt to plant a colony in the New World.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Governor White returns to England.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He sails two years later for Virginia.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Croatoan.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Raleigh imprisoned and beheaded.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. Tell in your own language what was done by John Cabot and his
+son.</p>
+
+<p>2. Why did Raleigh when a boy hate Spain?</p>
+
+<p>3. Write an account of the failure of Raleigh's first and second
+colonies, and give their dates.</p>
+
+<p>4. What did Raleigh try to do? What did he succeed in doing?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span></p>
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus057.jpg" width="100%" alt="John Smith." title="" />
+<span class="caption">John Smith.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER IV<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+John Smith<br />
+and the<br />
+Settlement of<br />
+Jamestown<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1579-1631</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<p>About twenty years after the failure of Raleigh's
+attempt to plant a settlement in America, another
+effort was made by a body of merchants and
+wealthy men called the London Company. Their purpose
+was to discover gold, of which Englishmen were
+then dreaming, just as the Spaniards had dreamed years
+before when they sailed under the leadership of Columbus,
+Pizarro, Cortez, and De Soto. As a beginning
+for the new colony, which was destined to be the
+first permanent English settlement in America, the
+London Company sent out one hundred and five
+men, who set sail from London on New Year's day,
+1607, in three frail vessels. They were not sturdy,
+self-reliant men such as give strength to a new enterprise.
+On the contrary, about half of them were
+"gentlemen," who felt themselves above working
+with their hands. They were coming to America to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span>
+pick up a fortune, and then return to England to
+live at ease the rest of their lives. As we shall see,
+such colonists were unfit for the rough and rugged
+life which awaited them in the wild woods of a new
+country.</p>
+
+<p>Instead of sailing straight across the Atlantic they
+took a very much longer route, directing their course
+down the coast of France and Spain to the Canaries
+and from these islands to the West Indies. Here
+they stopped a long time. The result was that they
+were about four months on the tiresome voyage, and
+had used up nearly all their provisions before reaching
+their journey's end.</p>
+
+<p>This was but a beginning of their troubles. Their
+purpose had been to land on the deserted site of Raleigh's
+colony, Roanoke Island, but, a violent storm
+having driven them out of their course, they entered
+Chesapeake Bay, naming the headlands on either side
+Cape Charles and Cape Henry, after the king's sons.
+Pushing on, they found a quiet harbor which they fittingly
+called Point Comfort. After resting here they
+sailed up the river and named it the James, after
+James I., King of England.</p>
+
+<p>They were delighted with the country, for it was
+the month of May and the banks of the river were
+luxuriant with beautiful trees, shrubbery, and many-colored
+flowers. Fifty miles from the mouth of the
+James the voyagers landed on a peninsula, which they
+chose as the place of settlement because it was within
+easy reach of the sea.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>At once they set to work building dwellings, and a
+fort in which to defend themselves against unfriendly
+Indians. The dwellings at first consisted of rude
+cabins roofed with sage or bark, tents made of old
+sails, and holes dug in the ground. An old sail served
+for the roof of their first church, and a plank nailed
+up between two trees for a pulpit.</p>
+
+<p>They did well to found their Church so early, for
+they soon had need of its consolations. The intense
+heat of July and August and the sultry atmosphere
+hanging over the swamps and marshes bred disease,
+and caused many of the colonists to fall ill of fever.
+Sometimes three or four died in a single night. To
+make matters worse, food was so scarce that each
+settler's daily portion was reduced to a half-pint of
+mouldy wheat and the same quantity of barley. And,
+as if these afflictions from climate, scanty food, bad
+water, and loss of friends were not enough, the Indians
+kept the wretched settlers in constant terror of
+their lives. Each man had to take his turn "every
+third night" lying on the damp, bare ground to watch
+against attack, although at times there were not five
+men strong enough to carry guns. Their condition
+was indeed pitiable. Those in health were not sufficient
+to nurse the sick, and during the summer about
+half of the settlers died.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 537px;">
+<img src="images/illus060.jpg" width="537" height="800" alt="John Smith and the Indians." title="" />
+<span class="caption">John Smith and the Indians.</span>
+<p>When Smith fully grasped the situation he threatened the Indians with death, and then
+finding himself surrounded by hundreds of hostile warriors, he boldly seized Powhatan's
+brother by the scalp-lock, put a pistol to his breast, and cried, "Corn, or your life!"</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>All must have perished but for the bravery and
+strength of one man, John Smith, who for several
+years kept the struggling colony alive by his personal
+authority and wise treatment of the Indians. Born in
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>England in 1579, he was at the time of the settlement
+of Jamestown twenty-eight years old. While but a
+boy he was left an orphan, and was early apprenticed
+to a trade; but he had such a longing for adventure
+that he soon ran away and went to the Continent to
+seek his fortune.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;">
+<img src="images/illus061.jpg" width="640" height="165" alt="Chipped flint arrow heads." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Chipped flint arrow heads.<br />
+Stone Axe.<br />
+Indian Weapons.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>From that time his life, according to his own story,
+was full of stirring incidents, only a few of which we
+can tell here. While travelling through France he
+was robbed and left helpless in a forest on the highway,
+where he would have died from exposure and
+lack of food but for the kindly aid of a peasant who
+chanced to find and rescue him. Going to Marseilles
+he took passage on a ship with some pilgrims bound
+eastward on a journey to the Holy Land. During the
+voyage a severe storm arose, which greatly alarmed the
+pilgrims, and, believing that in some mysterious way
+their strange passenger was the cause of their misfortune,
+they threw him overboard. Smith managed to
+save himself from the sea, however, and a little later
+fought in a war against the Turks, three of whose
+mighty warriors he slew in single combat. Afterward
+he was captured and enslaved by the Turks, but he
+seemed to lead a charmed life, and with his usual good-fortune
+again made his escape.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 336px;">
+<img src="images/illus062.jpg" width="336" height="436" alt="Ruins of Jamestown." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Ruins of Jamestown.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>In 1604 he returned to England, at the age of
+twenty-five, in time to join the expedition to Virginia.
+With such a training as Smith had received in his
+many strange adventures, he was well equipped for the
+various difficulties that had to be met in the unsettled
+life of the new colony in the forests of Virginia.</p>
+
+<p>When the cool weather
+of the autumn set in, the
+general health of all improved
+and food became
+abundant, for the streams
+were alive with swans,
+geese, ducks, and various
+kinds of fish, while game
+and garden supplies were
+plentiful.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 468px;">
+<img src="images/illus063.jpg" width="468" height="800" alt="Jamestown and the Surrounding Country." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Jamestown and the Surrounding Country.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>As soon as affairs were
+in a promising condition,
+Smith started one very cold
+December day on a journey
+of exploration. He sailed up the Chickahominy
+River in search of the South Sea, as the Pacific Ocean
+was then called. This was generally believed to be
+just beyond the mountains. When the stream had
+become too shallow for the barge, Smith with his four
+companions, two men and two Indian guides, continued
+his journey in a canoe. Landing near what is
+now called White Oak Swamp, he left the white men
+in charge of the canoe, and with one Indian pushed
+his way into the forest. Soon they were set upon by<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span>
+a band of two hundred Indian warriors, but Smith so
+bravely defended himself that he killed two of the warriors,
+and held out against the entire force until he sank
+in the mire and had to surrender. Having tied their
+prisoner to a tree, the
+Indians were about to
+shoot him with an arrow
+when he aroused
+their curiosity by
+showing them his
+pocket-compass and by
+asking that he might
+write a letter to his
+friends at Jamestown.
+Granting the request,
+they delivered the letter
+and brought back
+the articles for which
+it called. They were
+greatly amazed that
+the white man was
+able to make paper
+talk, and, believing
+him to be a superior being,
+they spared his life.</p>
+
+<p>Smith became much interested in the life of the
+Indians, and left an account of their customs and
+habits. According to his description, some of them
+lived in rude dwellings made of boughs of trees, some
+in huts, and others in wigwams a hundred feet or<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>
+so in length, which served for a number of families.
+The warriors painted their bodies in many colors, and
+decorated themselves with beads, feathers, shells, pieces
+of copper, and rattles. What clothing they wore was
+made of skins, and their weapons were bows and
+arrows and clubs.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 110px;">
+<img src="images/illus065a.jpg" width="110" height="448" alt="Apache's
+War-club." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Apache's
+War-club.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 113px;">
+<img src="images/illus065b.jpg" width="113" height="448" alt="Sioux Indian Bow
+and Arrow with
+Stone Point." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Sioux Indian Bow
+and Arrow with
+Stone Point.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Indians had many kinds of horrible dances,
+in the course of which they yelled and shrieked as if
+suffering the most painful torture. The squaws carried
+the burdens, built the wigwams, and performed
+the various necessary duties; and the men did the
+hunting, the fishing, the smoking, and especially the
+fighting.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians took Smith to many of their villages,
+leading him finally into the presence of Powhatan, who
+lived in one of the long wigwams mentioned above, on
+the north bank of the York River, about fifteen miles
+from Jamestown.</p>
+
+<p>The old chief was tall and stalwart, with a round
+fat face and thin gray hair hanging down his back.
+Dressed in a robe of raccoon skins, he sat before the
+fire on a sort of bench covered with mats, with a
+young maiden sitting on each side; at his right and
+left stood the warriors, and close to the wall on either
+side a row of squaws.</p>
+
+<p>Presently one of the squaws brought to Smith some
+water in a wooden bowl, and another a bunch of feathers
+upon which to wipe his hands. Then followed a
+step in the proceedings that must have caused even
+a stout heart to quake. Having placed two stones<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span>
+upon the ground, the grim warriors seized
+Smith, laid his head upon the stones, and stood
+ready to slay him with clubs. But just at that
+moment the chief's little daughter, Pocahontas,
+about ten years old, fell upon Smith's body,
+threw her arms around his neck, and begged
+her father to spare his life. Powhatan's heart
+was so touched that he released Smith and
+allowed him to return three days later to
+Jamestown.</p>
+
+<p>In the summer of 1609 Smith started
+out on another expedition in search of
+the Pacific. He sailed as before by way
+of Chesapeake Bay, exploring far
+up the Potomac. It is needless to say
+that he did not reach the Pacific, but he
+covered a distance of about three thousand
+miles, and made a map of his explorations,
+which is considered remarkable for its accuracy.</p>
+
+<p>In the autumn Captain Newport came
+from England with orders from the London
+Company to crown Powhatan. Along
+with the crown the company sent gifts,
+consisting of a bed, a basin, a pitcher,
+and a scarlet robe. Powhatan gave token
+of his appreciation of the gifts by sending
+in return to King James a pair of
+his moccasins and one of his raccoon-skin
+blankets, but refused to kneel in receiving<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span>
+the crown, so that Smith and Newport had to
+lean on his shoulders to force him down.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 141px;">
+<img src="images/illus066a.jpg" width="141" height="448" alt="Navajo
+Sling." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Navajo
+Sling.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 191px;">
+<img src="images/illus066b.jpg" width="191" height="448" alt="A Pappoose Case." title="" />
+<span class="caption">A Pappoose Case.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The crowning of Powhatan was intended to
+win his favor, but the compliment did not make
+the shrewd old chief altogether friendly to the
+white strangers. For he noticed that their numbers
+were increasing, and he feared that their
+coming might in the end bring
+harm to himself and his people.
+He therefore planned to get rid of
+the Englishmen by refusing them corn,
+and in the following winter declined to
+supply them, asking in a hostile way
+when they were going home.</p>
+
+<p>The settlers sadly missed his friendly
+aid, for the rats that had come over in
+the vessels had played havoc with their
+provisions, and they were greatly in need
+of corn, venison, and game, such as
+Powhatan had furnished the previous
+year.</p>
+
+<p>But Smith, who knew so well how to manage the
+Indians, was equal to the occasion. He used smooth
+words if they served his purpose; if not, he used
+threats or even force. Bent upon gaining their good-will,
+or at least determined to secure corn, Smith
+sailed down the James, around Point Comfort, and up
+the York River with about forty men to Powhatan's
+home. The old chief pretended to be friendly, but
+Smith learned from an Indian informer that the wily<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span>
+savage was planning to murder him and his men.
+Little Pocahontas, also, came to Smith in the darkness
+of night and told him of the plot, thus proving herself,
+as on many other occasions, to be a true friend to the
+white men. Indeed, it has been said that by her
+timely aid the Jamestown settlement was saved from
+ruin.</p>
+
+<p>When Smith fully grasped the situation he threatened
+the Indians with death, and then, finding himself
+surrounded by hundreds of hostile warriors, he boldly
+seized Powhatan's brother by the scalp-lock, put a
+pistol to his breast, and cried, "Corn or your life!"
+The Indians, awed by Smith's fearlessness, no longer
+held out, but brought him corn in abundance.</p>
+
+<p>From the first Smith had been the natural leader of
+the colony, and in time was made president of the
+council. He found the men of his own race almost
+as difficult to manage as the Indians. They were so
+lazy that Smith was obliged to make a law by which
+he declared, "He that will not work shall not eat."
+The law proved to be a good one, and the idlers were
+soon busy making glass, felling trees, and preparing
+tar, pitch, and soap-ashes. But they hated rough
+labor, and were very apt to swear when it hurt their
+hands. To put an end to the swearing, Smith required
+each man to keep a record of his oaths, and for every
+offence ordered a can of cold water poured down the
+sleeve of the uplifted right arm of the culprit. By
+such discipline the settlement was soon put into excellent
+working order.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>If Smith could have remained at the head of the
+colony, everything might have continued to go well.
+But one day, while out in a boat, he was wounded so
+severely by the explosion of some gunpowder that he
+was obliged to return to England for treatment. This
+accident happened in October, 1609. Five years later
+he returned to Virginia and explored the coast to the
+north, making a map of the region, and naming it
+New England. He not only wrote an account of his
+own life, but also several books on America. He died
+in 1632, at the age of fifty-three years. Without his
+leadership, the weak and puny colony at Jamestown
+must have perished before the end of its first year.
+But his resolution and courage held it together until it
+received from England the help needed to put it on a
+firm footing.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">The London Company sends to America a colony in search of gold.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The emigrants set sail.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The long, roundabout voyage.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The colonists make a settlement at Jamestown In 1607.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Their dwellings and their church.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Fever, hunger, and Indians.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">John Smith saves the settlement from ruin.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His early adventures.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He goes up the Chickahominy River in search of the Pacific.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Indians capture Smith.</span><br />
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span><span class="smcap">They spare-his life.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Life among the Indians of Virginia.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Smith is taken to Powhatan.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Little Pocahontas saves John Smith's life.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His explorations.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The crowning of Powhatan.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He plans to get rid of the white men.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He refuses them corn.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The friendly aid of Pocahontas.</span><br />
+"<span class="smcap">Corn or your life!</span>"<br />
+<span class="smcap">Smith made president of the council.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His return to England.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+
+<p>1. Describe the Jamestown settlers. Can you form a mental picture
+of their first dwellings?</p>
+
+<p>2. Write an account of Smith's capture by the Indians and of his later
+experiences with them.</p>
+
+<p>3. What do you admire in Smith? In Pocahontas? What do you
+think of Powhatan?</p>
+<p>4. Trace on your map Smith's voyages and explorations.</p>
+<p>5. When was Jamestown settled?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span></p>
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="textcen1">
+CHAPTER V<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Nathaniel Bacon<br />
+and the<br />
+Uprising of the People in Virginia<br />
+in 1676<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textcen2">
+[<b>1647-1676</b>]
+</div>
+
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+<p>When Smith returned to England he left the
+colony without a leader. At once the Indians,
+who had been held in check by fear of Smith,
+began to rob and plunder the settlement, and at the
+same time famine and disease aided in the work of destruction.
+Dogs, horses, and even rats and mice were
+in demand for food, and while at its worst the famine
+compelled the suffering colonists to feed upon the
+bodies of their own dead.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 296px;">
+<img src="images/illus071.jpg" width="296" height="448" alt="Tobacco Plant." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Tobacco Plant.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>At the close of that terrible winter, known ever
+since as the "Starving Time," barely sixty of the five
+hundred men whom Smith had left in the colony survived.
+The future promised nothing, and the wretched
+remnant of sufferers were about to leave Virginia for
+their fatherland when an English vessel hove in sight
+on the James. Greatly to their relief and joy Lord
+Delaware had arrived with a company of men and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span>
+much-needed supplies. This was in
+June, 1610.</p>
+
+<p>By reason of ill-health Lord Delaware
+soon returned to England,
+leaving Sir Thomas Dale in control
+of the colony. He was even more
+firm and vigorous than Smith had
+been in dealing with the worthless
+men who made the greater part of
+the colony. Some of the most unruly
+were flogged, some were branded
+with hot irons, and one man was sentenced to death
+by starvation.</p>
+
+<p>Holding down the lawless by the arm of the law,
+Dale was also able to introduce reform. Before he took
+charge of affairs in Virginia there was a common storehouse
+from which everybody, whether idle or industrious,
+could get food. When the good-for-nothing
+settlers found out that they could thus live upon the
+products of others' labor, they would do nothing themselves,
+but held back, throwing all the work upon
+thirty or forty men. Dale, appreciating the evil of
+this system, gave to every man his own plot of land.
+Out of what he raised each was obliged to put into
+the common storehouse two and a half barrels of corn;
+the rest of his crop he could call his own. By this
+plan the idlers had to work or starve, and the thrifty
+were encouraged to work harder, because they knew
+they would receive the benefit of their labor.</p>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Soon after the new system was put in practice the
+settlers discovered that great profits resulted from
+raising tobacco. The soil and climate of Virginia
+were especially favorable to its growth, and more
+money could be made in this way than in any other.
+But since tobacco quickly exhausted the soil, much
+new land was needed to take the place of the old, and
+large plantations were necessary. Every planter tried
+to select a plantation on one of the numerous rivers
+of Virginia, so that he could easily take his tobacco
+down to the wharf, whence a vessel would carry it to
+Europe.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 667px;">
+<img src="images/illus072.jpg" width="667" height="600" alt="Loading Tobacco." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Loading Tobacco.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>For a long time the planters were very prosperous
+through their tobacco culture, some even becoming
+wealthy. But a turn of fortune made things bad for
+them. The Navigation Laws were passed, which required
+them to send all their tobacco to England in
+English vessels. These laws also required that the
+planters should buy from England all the European
+goods that might be needed, and should bring them
+over to Virginia in English vessels.</p>
+
+<p>The effect was to compel the colonist to sell his
+tobacco at whatever price English merchants were
+willing to pay, and to buy his goods at whatever price
+the English merchant saw fit to charge. Moreover,
+England laid heavy taxes on colonial trade, and when,
+after a while, the price of tobacco fell, the planter received
+small return for his labor.</p>
+
+<p>But these grievous trade regulations were not all
+that vexed the colonist. He had troubles at home
+even more irritating than the impositions of England.
+In 1660 Sir William Berkeley, a narrow-minded, selfish
+man, became Governor of Virginia. This polished
+cavalier, fond of the pleasures of the table and of good
+company, cared far more for his seventy horses than
+for the plain people whose welfare was entrusted to
+him. He cared so little indeed for the rights and
+wishes of the people, that he refused, for sixteen years
+after he became governor, to let a new assembly be
+elected. Having found in 1660 a set of pliant fol<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span>lowers,
+he kept them in office by adjourning the assembly
+from year to year.</p>
+
+<p>Although such conduct was hard to excuse, the
+people were forbearing until a great evil fell upon the
+settlement. The Indians began to invade the frontier,
+and used the firebrand, scalping-knife, and tomahawk
+with such fearful effect that three hundred settlers
+were killed and their homes burned. The people
+begged Governor Berkeley to send troops to punish
+the Indians; but he refused because he was carrying
+on a profitable trade in furs with the offenders. At
+length, five hundred men, in a frenzy of rage at their
+wrongs, urged Nathaniel Bacon, a wealthy, educated
+planter, to lead them against their red foes.</p>
+
+<p>Bacon was at this time only twenty-eight years old.
+Tall and graceful in person, this young man was also
+brave and generous. He had sympathy with the
+plain people, over whom he exerted great influence,
+and when at length the Indians killed an overseer and
+favorite servant on one of his large plantations, he
+was willing to join with the people and be their leader
+against the common foe. After trying in vain to get
+a commission from Governor Berkeley, Bacon put himself
+at the head of five hundred troops, and without
+a commission marched boldly against the Indians.
+These he defeated with very little loss.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, with a force of his own soldiers,
+Berkeley followed after Bacon, whom he called a rebel
+and traitor. Before he could reach the young leader,
+however, Berkeley had to return to Jamestown to put<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span>
+down an uprising of the people. Nor did he succeed
+in restoring quiet until he agreed to an election of a
+new assembly to which Bacon himself was chosen a
+delegate.</p>
+
+<p>On Bacon's return from his attack upon the Indians
+he became the idol of the people. In their devotion
+to him and fear for his safety, thirty men armed with
+guns accompanied him on his sloop down the James
+River as he went to meet with the assembly at Jamestown.
+But this force was not large enough to prevent
+Berkeley's followers from capturing Bacon and
+taking him before the angry governor.</p>
+
+<p>On the advice of a friend, Bacon agreed to apologize
+to the governor, with the understanding, as seems
+probable, that the latter should grant him the desired
+commission. But the trouble between the two men
+was by no means settled. That very night Bacon's
+friends warned him of a plot against his life. Under
+cover of darkness, therefore, he took horse, and found
+safe shelter among his followers. But he speedily
+returned to Jamestown at the head of five hundred
+troops, where he forced Berkeley to grant him a commission,
+and compelled the legislature to pass laws
+that were favorable to the interests of the people.
+Then hearing that the Indians were again beginning
+to burn and murder on the border, he marched against
+them.</p>
+
+<p>While he was gone Berkeley called out the militia,
+with the intention of overpowering Bacon upon his
+return, but on learning the governor's purpose the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span>
+troops refused to fight and went back to their homes.
+Sick with the sense of failure, Governor Berkeley now
+sought a place of safety across Chesapeake Bay in
+Accomac County.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 649px;">
+<img src="images/illus076.jpg" width="649" height="600" alt="The Burning of Jamestown." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Burning of Jamestown.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Bacon once more occupied Jamestown, but for a
+third time found it necessary to march against the
+Indians. While he was gone Berkeley, who had succeeded
+in raising a troop of one thousand men, came
+back and took possession of the capital. Although<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span>
+Bacon's men were tired out with fighting the Indians,
+they promptly gathered at his call, and attacked
+Berkeley with such vigor that the poor governor was
+glad to escape again to his retreat in Accomac County.</p>
+
+<p>When Bacon got control of Jamestown, then a mere
+village of some sixteen to eighteen houses, he burned
+it to prevent its falling into Berkeley's hands. The
+people's leader had been successful, and had risked
+his life and his fortune for the common rights. But
+the strain of the past four or five months in the malarial
+swamps broke down his health, and after a short
+illness, he died of fever at the home of a friend,
+in October, 1676. It is not known where he was
+buried. His friends were obliged to hide his body,
+because they feared that, according to the custom of
+the times, Berkeley might seize it and have it hanged.</p>
+
+<p>With Bacon's death the rebellion lost its heart and
+soul. Berkeley brutally punished Bacon's friends,
+some twenty of whom he put to death. This displeased
+the English king, who summoned the governor
+to return to England, where he soon afterward
+died a broken-hearted man.</p>
+
+<p>Bacon's Rebellion, as this uprising of Virginians
+in 1676 has been rightly called, although it seemed to
+fail, was not without large influence for good. For it
+strengthened the liberty-loving spirit of the people,
+and prepared them for that greater movement in behalf
+of their rights that took place one hundred years later.</p>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span></p>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">The "starving time."</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Lord Delaware arrives.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Dale does away with the common storehouse.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Tobacco and the plantation.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Navigation Laws injure the planters.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Berkeley acts like a tyrant.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Indians use the firebrand and the tomahawk with telling effect.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Nathaniel Bacon leads a force against the Indians.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He is elected to the assembly.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His capture and escape.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He gets his commission.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He attacks Berkeley at Jamestown.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His death.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A striking result of Bacon's Rebellion.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. What important thing was done by Sir Thomas Dale?</p>
+
+<p>2. What were the Navigation Laws, and how did they affect the
+planters?</p>
+
+<p>3. Describe Berkeley. What do you admire in Bacon?</p>
+
+<p>4. Write a paragraph on each of the following topics: Bacon leads a
+force against the Indians; Bacon elected to the assembly; his
+capture and escape; he gets his commission; he attacks Berkeley
+at Jamestown.</p>
+
+<p>5. Review the following dates: 1492, 1541, and 1607. Add to these
+1676.</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span></p>
+<div class="bbox">
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus079.jpg" width="100%" alt="Miles Standish." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Miles Standish.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER VI<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Miles Standish<br />
+and<br />
+the Pilgrims<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1584-1656</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Only thirteen years after Jamestown was settled,
+a colony of Englishmen, very different in character
+from the gold hunters of Virginia, landed on the
+Massachusetts coast. These men came not to seek
+fortunes but rather to establish a community with
+high ideals of political and religious life. With them
+they brought their wives and children, and a determination
+to build for themselves permanent homes in the
+new world. Before tracing their fortunes in America,
+let us glance backward a few years and see them as
+they were in their English homes.</p>
+
+<p>At the present time people can choose their own
+church and worship as they please, but it was not always
+so, even in England. In that country, during
+the reign of Queen Elizabeth, there was much religious
+disturbance, and many people were punished because
+they would not worship as the law required. There<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span>
+were Englishmen who, while loving the English Church,
+wished to make its services more simple or, as they
+said, purify its forms and ceremonies. These people
+were for this reason called <i>Puritans</i>. Others disliked
+the ceremonial and doctrines of the Church so much
+that they wished to form a separate body and worship
+after their own ideas. These were called <i>Separatists</i>,
+or <i>Independents</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The Separatists met for service on the Lord's Day
+in the home of William Brewster, one of their chief
+men, in the little village of Scrooby. For a year they
+tried to keep together and worship as an independent
+body. But as the laws of England required that all
+should worship in the Established Church, they found
+they could not do this without being hunted down,
+thrown into prison, and sometimes beaten and even
+hanged.</p>
+
+<p>They endured these persecutions as long as they
+could, and then some of them decided to leave their
+own land and seek a home in Holland, where they
+would be free to worship God as they pleased. James
+I, then King of England, being unwilling that they
+should go, they had much difficulty in carrying out
+their plan, but in 1608 they escaped and went to
+Amsterdam. From Amsterdam they went to Leyden,
+and finally from Leyden to America, by way of England.
+By reason of their wanderings they became
+known later as Pilgrims.</p>
+
+<p>Since they were poor people, the Pilgrims were
+obliged to accept any work that would enable them to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>
+make a living. In Leyden many found employment
+in the manufacture of woollen goods. Here they were
+prosperous enough and enjoyed freedom of worship,
+but were unwilling to remain with the Dutch, fearing
+that their children would forget English. For,
+although England had been unkind to them, they
+cherished their native language, customs, and habits
+of life.</p>
+
+<p>They had heard much about the English colony in
+Virginia, and the association of their own people in a
+free land appealed strongly to their English hearts.
+To Virginia therefore they decided to go, believing
+that there they could worship in peace and harmony
+and bring up their children in sturdy English thought
+and feeling.</p>
+
+<p>But it is often easier to plan than to accomplish,
+and so it was with these home-yearning Pilgrims.
+Having decided to leave Holland, they found practical
+difficulties to be overcome, the most serious of
+which were King James's opposition to their going to
+America and lack of funds for the long and expensive
+journey. He permitted them to sail, however,
+and agreed not to disturb them in America so long
+as they pleased him. After getting the king's consent
+and borrowing money on hard terms, these earnest
+men and women made ready to sail for their new home
+in the forest wilds of America.</p>
+
+<p>They embarked in the Speedwell, at Delft Haven, a
+port twelve miles from Leyden, and sailed for Southampton,
+on the south coast of England. Here they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>
+joined some friends who had made ready another vessel,
+the now historic Mayflower. But a brief delay
+was occasioned by lack of money. In order to secure
+the necessary amount, about four hundred dollars, it
+was necessary to sell
+some of their provisions,
+including much
+of the butter. Funds
+being secured, the two
+vessels at last put to
+sea, but twice returned
+on account of a leak in
+the Speedwell. Finally,
+deeming that vessel
+unseaworthy, one hundred
+and two Pilgrims, including men, women, children,
+and servants, took passage in the Mayflower, sailing
+from Plymouth, September 16, 1620.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 580px;">
+<img src="images/illus082.jpg" width="580" height="480" alt="The Pilgrims in England and Holland." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Pilgrims in England and Holland.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>After a most trying and tempestuous voyage lasting
+over nine weeks, land was sighted, November 19,
+1620, but instead of arriving off the coast of Virginia,
+as they had planned, the storm-beaten voyagers found
+themselves in what is now the harbor of Provincetown.
+Before landing they entered into a solemn agreement
+to make and obey such laws as should be needful
+for the good of the colony. John Carver was chosen
+governor.</p>
+
+<p>Not being able on account of the shallow water to
+get the Mayflower to a point where they could step
+ashore, the men had to carry the women in their arms<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span>
+and wade several rods, though the weather was so cold
+that their clothing, wet from the ocean spray, froze
+stiff. Once on land, they fell upon their knees and
+thanked God for bringing them in safety through the
+many furious storms. Then immediately the women
+set to work lighting fires, boiling water, and washing
+clothing, while the men stood on guard to repel the
+Indians in case they might make an attack.</p>
+
+<p>It soon became clear that Cape Cod was an unfit
+place for a settlement, and an exploring party, with
+Miles Standish as military leader, was selected to look
+for a more suitable one.</p>
+
+<p>As military leader Miles Standish at once became
+conspicuous in the life of the colony. He was born
+in Lancashire, England, in 1584, of a noble family,
+but was in some way deprived of his estates. Going
+to the Continent he became a valiant and daring soldier
+in the Netherlands. Feeling a deep interest in
+the cause of the Pilgrims, he joined them when they
+sailed for America in the Mayflower, and made their
+fortunes his own.</p>
+
+<p>Small of stature, quick-witted, hot-tempered, and
+ready to brave any danger, this stout-hearted man was
+a fitting leader for the little Pilgrim army of something
+like a score of men who were obliged to defend
+themselves and their families against wild beasts and
+unfriendly Indians.</p>
+
+<p>Many of the Pilgrim soldiers wore armor to protect
+themselves against Indian arrows. In some instances
+this armor consisted of a steel helmet and iron<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span>
+breastplates, and in others of quilted coats of cotton
+wool. Like Miles Standish, some of the soldiers had
+swords at their sides, and all carried either flintlock
+or matchlock muskets so big and heavy that, before
+they could fire them off, they had to rest them upon
+supports stuck into the ground for the purpose.</p>
+
+<p>Standish's daring little band of soldiers explored
+some of the coast on the day the Mayflower anchored.
+The next Wednesday after landing they started out
+a second time in search of a suitable place for settlement.
+As they skirted the coast, landing here and
+there, they saw and heard Indians, who fled at their
+approach.</p>
+
+<p>Soon they came upon some mounds, out of which
+they dug bows and arrows and other utensils. These,
+however, they replaced, because they believed the
+mounds to be Indian graves. In a rude and deserted
+house they also found an iron kettle. Digging into
+still another mound these home-hunters were delighted
+to discover large baskets filled with ears of Indian
+corn&mdash;red, white, and yellow. As they were sorely in
+need of food after their long voyage, they took with
+them some of the corn, for which they were careful to
+pay the Indians later.</p>
+
+<p>An amusing incident occurred on this otherwise
+serious journey. Before they got back to the Mayflower,
+William Bradford, who afterward became the
+second governor of the Plymouth Colony, met with an
+accident that must have caused even the stern Pilgrim
+soldiers to smile. Picking his way through the un<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span>derbrush
+of the wood he stepped unwittingly into a
+deer-trap, and was suddenly jerked up into the air,
+where he dangled by one leg until his friends released
+him, none the worse
+for the ludicrous occurrence.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 523px;">
+<img src="images/illus085.jpg" width="523" height="480" alt="The Mayflower." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Mayflower.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>After spending more
+than three weeks in
+vain efforts to find a
+place for settlement, a
+party of ten picked
+men, including Governor
+Carver, William
+Bradford, and Captain
+Miles Standish, set out
+on the afternoon of December 16th, in the midst of a
+driving storm, for another search. It was so cold that
+the spray, falling upon them, soon covered their clothing
+with coats of ice, but the voyagers, though suffering
+terribly, pushed courageously forward.</p>
+
+<p>At the close of the next day, having anchored in a
+creek, they constructed a barricade, not only as a protection
+from the bitter weather, but as a means of defence
+against the Indians. This three-sided barricade,
+made of boughs, stakes, and logs, was about as high
+as a man, and was open on the leeward side. Within
+this shelter they lighted a big fire, which they kept
+roaring all night long. Then lying down around it,
+with their feet toward the burning logs, they wrapped
+their cloaks closely about them and fell asleep be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span>neath
+the trees and the open sky, one man always
+keeping guard.</p>
+
+<p>Next morning they were astir early, ready for the
+stubborn work of another day. Some of them had
+carried their muskets down to the shore, leaving them
+there to be put aboard the boat a little later, and were
+returning to breakfast when the shout "Indians!"
+followed by a shower of arrows, greeted them. The
+woods seemed full of red warriors, whose blood-curdling
+war-whoops must have struck fear to the hearts
+of the small band of explorers. However, the white
+men bravely stood their ground, and with cool arm
+and steady hand so terrified the savages that they
+soon took to their heels.</p>
+
+<p>Once out to sea again the Pilgrims encountered a
+furious gale that threatened to swamp their frail boat.
+All day long they were tossed about on the storm-swept
+sea, and just before dark an immense wave
+almost filled the boat and carried off the rudder. A
+little later a fierce gust of wind broke the mast into
+three pieces. Then without mast or rudder the dauntless
+men struggled at the oars until morning when they
+reached land and found themselves on an island which
+they named Clarke's Island, in honor of the Mayflower's
+mate.</p>
+
+<p>Some further explorations revealed a suitable place
+for settlement. It had a good harbor, a stream of excellent
+drinking water near by, and at a little distance
+from the shore a stretch of high ground affording a
+good location for a fort. In addition to these advan<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span>tages
+there was a large field of cleared land on which
+the Indians had raised corn. Much cheered with their
+discovery the explorers returned with their report.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 480px;">
+<img src="images/illus087.jpg" width="480" height="531" alt="The Pilgrim Settlement." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Pilgrim Settlement.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>After as little delay as possible, the Pilgrims landed<a name="FNanchor_5_5" id="FNanchor_5_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a>
+on the spot chosen for
+their new home,&mdash;the spot
+which John Smith had
+several years before named
+Plymouth. At once they
+set to work with heroic
+energy, some felling trees,
+some sawing, some splitting,
+and some carrying
+logs to the places of
+building.</p>
+
+
+<p>They first erected a
+rude log-house, twenty feet
+square, which would serve for a common storehouse,
+for shelter, and for other purposes, and began the
+building of five separate private dwellings. They built
+also a hospital and a meeting-house.</p>
+
+<p>The houses were all alike in form and size. After
+cutting down trees and sawing logs of suitable length,
+the men dragged them by hand along the ground&mdash;for
+there were no horses or other beasts of burden&mdash;and
+laid them one upon another, thus forming the
+walls. Probably the chimneys and fireplaces were of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span>stone, the crevices being plastered with mortar made
+by mixing straw and mud, and oil paper taking the
+place of glass for windows. At the best, these log-houses
+were poor makeshifts for dwellings in the
+severe winter weather along the bleak New England
+coast.</p>
+
+<p>For furnishing these simple homes, the Pilgrims
+had brought over such articles as large arm-chairs,
+wooden settles, high-posted beds, truckle-beds for
+young children, and cradles for babies. Every home
+had also its spinning-wheel. The cooking was done
+in a big fireplace. Here the housewife baked bread
+in large ovens, roasted meat by putting it on iron spits
+which they had to keep turning in order to cook all
+sides of the roast alike, and boiled various kinds of
+food in large kettles hung over the fire.</p>
+
+<p>As there were no friction matches in those days, it
+was the custom to kindle a fire by striking sparks with
+a flint and steel into dry tinder-stuff. Having once
+started a fire,&mdash;which was no easy matter,&mdash;they had to
+be very careful not to let it go out, and for that reason
+covered the coals at bedtime with ashes.</p>
+
+<p>In the place of candles or lamps, pitch-pine knots
+furnished light at night. We can well imagine the
+Pilgrim boys and girls resting on the settles in the
+evening, and reading by the blaze from the huge fireplace.</p>
+
+<p>In this first winter lack of good food and warm
+clothing, exposure to the cold, and various kinds of
+hardship bred disease in the little colony. At one<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span>
+time only seven men were well enough to take care of
+the sick and suffering. One of these seven was the
+fearless soldier, Miles Standish. He now became a
+tender nurse, and joined with William Bradford and
+Elder Brewster in making fires, washing clothes, cooking
+food, and in other plain household duties.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;">
+<img src="images/illus089.jpg" width="640" height="117" alt="A Matchlock Gun." title="" />
+<span class="caption">A Matchlock Gun.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>By spring about half of the colonists, including
+Governor Carver and Rose Standish, wife of Captain
+Miles Standish, had died. Notwithstanding all the
+sufferings, however, not one of the Pilgrims went back
+on the Mayflower when she sailed for England. But
+so weak had the colony become through loss of able-bodied
+men, that corn was planted on the graves to
+keep the Indians from learning how many had died.</p>
+
+<p>One day in early spring, the Pilgrims were startled
+by the sudden appearance of an Indian, Samoset by
+name, who cried in English, "Welcome, Englishmen."
+A week later he returned with a friend, named
+Squanto,<a name="FNanchor_6_6" id="FNanchor_6_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> who had formerly lived at Plymouth with
+other Indians, all of whom had been swept away by a
+plague.</p>
+
+<p>Squanto was glad to get back to his old home once
+more. He afterward came to live with the Pilgrims,
+acting as their messenger and interpreter and showing
+them how to hunt and how to catch fish. From him
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span>they learned how to plant corn. Putting one or two
+herring as a fertilizer in every hill, they would watch
+for a while to prevent the wolves from digging up and
+eating the fish, and in due time would have an abundant
+return.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 634px;">
+<img src="images/illus090.jpg" width="634" height="480" alt="A Group of Pilgrim Relics." title="" />
+<span class="caption">A Group of Pilgrim Relics.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>About a week after Samoset's first appearance, he
+returned and announced the approach of Massasoit,
+an Indian chief living at Mount Hope, some forty
+miles southwest of Plymouth. Captain Miles Standish
+marched out with his men to escort the Indian chief
+to meet Governor Carver in an unfinished house.
+The Pilgrims had spread upon the floor a green mat,
+which they covered with cushions for the chief and the
+governor. When the chief, who was a man of fine
+presence and dignified bearing, was seated upon the
+cushions, Governor Carver was escorted to the place
+of meeting by the Pilgrim soldiers, amid the beating<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span>
+of drums and the blowing of trumpets. After the
+governor had kissed the chief's hand, the two men
+agreed to be friends and keep peace between the white
+men and the red. The friendship thus romantically
+begun lasted for more than fifty years. Before Massasoit's
+departure the Pilgrims gave him two skins
+and a copper necklace.</p>
+
+<p>As summer came on the condition of the Pilgrims
+improved. There was much less sickness, and food
+was more easily obtained. On the arrival of autumn
+the corn and barley planted by the Pilgrims yielded a
+good return, and ducks, geese, wild turkeys, and deer
+could be secured by hunting. When Massasoit with
+ninety men came to see the Pilgrims in the autumn,
+the Indians brought some deer and the Pilgrims furnished
+food from their supplies, so that a three days'
+feast was held. This was the first celebration of the
+New England Thanksgiving.</p>
+
+<p>But not all of the Indian neighbors were so friendly
+as Massasoit and his tribe. Canonicus, chief of the
+Narragansetts, sent to Plymouth an insolent greeting
+in the form of a number of arrows tied with a snake's
+skin. The Pilgrims on their part stuffed the snake's
+skin full of powder and bullets, and in defiance sent
+it back to Canonicus. So deeply impressed were the
+Indians by this fearless act that they let the whites
+alone.</p>
+
+<p>Believing it wise to be prepared against Indian
+attacks, however, the Pilgrims surrounded the settlement
+with palisades, and erected on "Burial Hill" a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span>
+building, on the flat roof of which cannon were placed,
+the room downstairs serving as a meeting-house.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 616px;">
+<img src="images/illus092.jpg" width="616" height="600" alt="Pilgrims Returning from Church." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Pilgrims Returning from Church.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Energetic in practical affairs, they were equally zealous
+in religious observance; for they were very regular
+in their church attendance. Their Sabbaths began
+with sundown on Saturday and lasted until sundown
+on Sunday. The beating of a drum on Sunday morning
+was the signal for the men to meet at the door of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span>
+Captain Miles Standish's house, from which they
+marched three abreast, followed by their governor in
+a long robe, with the minister on his right and Miles
+Standish on his left.</p>
+
+<p>After the men came the women, then the children,
+and last of all the servants. On entering the church
+they sat in order of rank, the old men in one part of
+the church, the young men in another, mothers with
+their little children in a third, young women in a
+fourth, and the boys in a fifth.</p>
+
+<p>The services lasted all the morning; then, after an
+intermission for lunch at noon, they began again and
+continuing all the afternoon. But on the coldest days
+of winter only foot-stoves were used to heat the meeting-house.
+Nor was this the only discomfort the Pilgrims
+had in their church worship. For even these
+good people found it sometimes hard to remain awake
+during the long services. And it was the duty of
+the constable to see that all kept their eyes open. If
+this official saw a boy asleep he rapped him with the
+end of a wand; if he saw a woman nodding he brushed
+her gently with a hare's foot, which was on the other
+end of the wand.</p>
+
+<p>The Pilgrims held their town meetings in the meeting-house,
+where they held their religious services.
+At town meetings all the men wore their hats. In
+voting they used corn and beans, a grain of corn
+meaning yes and a bean meaning no.</p>
+
+<p>Such was the life of the little company of true-hearted
+men and women at Plymouth. Small in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span>
+number as they were, they remained brave in spirit,
+amid surroundings which tested all their powers of
+endurance. For several years Miles Standish did
+valiant service there, and then went to live at Duxbury,
+where he was soon joined by some of his Pilgrim
+friends, among whom was John Alden. Here the good
+captain remained the rest of his life, except when he
+was needed as military leader by the colony. He died
+many years later,&mdash;in 1656,&mdash;leaving behind him a
+good name with the Pilgrims and the rest of the world.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;">
+<img src="images/illus094.jpg" width="640" height="325" alt="Brewster's and Standish's Swords." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Brewster's and Standish's Swords.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">The Englishmen who settled in New England.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Puritans and Separatists.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Separatists escape to Holland.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Pilgrims leave Holland for America.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Difficulties in their way.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The voyage of the Mayflower.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Miles Standish made military leader.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The stout-hearted Captain Miles Standish.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The grim Pilgrim soldiers.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Captain Miles Standish heads a second exploring party.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Indian mounds; Bradford in the deer-trap.</span><br />
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span><span class="smcap">A dangerous expedition.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A night in the woods; Indians.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A struggle for life on the storm-swept sea.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A suitable place for settlement.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Landing of the Pilgrim Fathers at Plymouth.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The busy builders of log-houses.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">In the homes of the Pilgrims.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The suffering Pilgrims.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Samoset; Squanto; Massasoit visits the Pilgrims.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A Thanksgiving feast.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Indian enemies.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Pilgrims at church services.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The meeting-house.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Death of Captain Miles Standish.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. What do you admire in the character of Miles Standish, and what
+did he do for the Pilgrims at Plymouth?</p>
+
+<p>2. Trace on the map the wanderings of the Pilgrims.</p>
+
+<p>3. Write an account of the "Dangerous Expedition" of the ten picked
+men who set out on December 16th, in search of a place for settlement.
+Picture to yourself the following: the party lying by
+the big fire under the trees with the barricade about them;
+the Pilgrims on their way to church; and Massasoit entertained
+by Governor Carver.</p>
+
+<p>4. Describe a Pilgrim dwelling and its furniture.</p>
+
+<p>5. Compare the Pilgrims with the Jamestown settlers.</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span></p>
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="textcen1">
+CHAPTER VII<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Roger Williams<br />
+and the Puritans<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textcen2">
+[<b>1599-1683</b>]
+</div>
+
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+<p>For years after the landing of the Pilgrims at
+Plymouth (1620) their number grew so slowly
+that by 1630 the population was only three hundred.
+After that year they began to increase more
+rapidly, by reason of neighboring settlements made by
+the Puritans at various places on the Massachusetts
+coast.</p>
+
+<p>We have already seen that the Puritans in England
+were dissatisfied with the English Church, and that
+they wished to purify some of its forms and beliefs.
+But they did not succeed in their purpose because the
+Stuart Kings of England, James I. and Charles I., bitterly
+opposed the Puritan movement. For a long time
+the Puritans held their meetings secretly in such out-of-the-way
+places as private houses and barns. At
+length, encouraged by the success of the Pilgrims at
+Plymouth, they decided to leave their homes in old<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span>
+England and try to form a new England across the
+Atlantic.</p>
+
+<p>These Puritans were not, like the Pilgrims, poor
+men of little influence, for some of them had been
+educated at Oxford or Cambridge, some were wealthy,
+and some were connected with distinguished families.
+All were of sterling character, ready to undergo hardship
+for the sake of their religion.</p>
+
+<p>In 1628, therefore, some of the leading Puritans
+formed a trading company and, having bought a tract
+of land in America from the Plymouth Company, sent
+out settlers to occupy it. The first settlement was at
+Salem with Endicott as leader. Two years later eleven
+vessels sailed with nearly 1,000 Puritans, bringing with
+them horses, cattle, and stores of various kinds. They
+located at Boston, Dorchester, Charlestown, and other
+towns near Boston. John Winthrop, their leader, was
+the first governor.</p>
+
+<p>Each of these settlements constituted a township,
+which usually included an area of from forty to sixty
+square miles. Within this tract settlers lived in villages,
+in the centre of which stood their meeting-house,
+used not only for a place of worship but for all kinds
+of public meetings. Near the meeting-house stood the
+block-house. This was a rude, strongly built structure,
+where the people of the village could take refuge in
+case of attack from Indians.</p>
+
+<p>Extending through each village was a long street, and
+on either side of it stood the settlers' dwellings with
+their small farms stretching back in the rear. These<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span>
+dwellings, which in early years were only log huts,
+afterward gave place to high-roofed frame houses.
+All were simple, solid, and neat.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;">
+<img src="images/illus098.jpg" width="800" height="493" alt="Roger Williams on his Way to Visit the Chief of the Narragansett Indians." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Roger Williams on his Way to Visit the Chief of the Narragansett Indians.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Upon entering one of these early Puritan homes we
+should find two principal rooms, the "best room"
+and the kitchen. In the kitchen the thing of special
+interest to us would be the fireplace, large enough for
+a back-log five or six feet long and two or three feet
+thick. In this great fireplace a Puritan housewife
+could roast an entire sheep. As stoves were unknown
+in these olden days, all cooking was done
+at this open fire, and it was by such firesides that
+the Puritan boys and girls used to spend the long
+winter evenings. While the logs blazed the mother
+and daughters would knit, or spin, or quilt, and the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span>
+father would read his Bible or smoke his pipe. At
+this family hearth there was also much good cheer
+in cider-drinking, nut-cracking, and story-telling, especially
+when the family was fortunate enough to have
+a stranger present as a
+guest. At such times
+the children were always
+good listeners.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 608px;">
+<img src="images/illus099.jpg" width="608" height="480" alt="Block House" title="" />
+<span class="caption">Block House</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>But much as it was
+prized, a visit from a
+stranger was a rare occurrence,
+for as there
+were no carriages or public
+conveyances of any
+kind, long journeys were seldom made. When travelling
+by land the settlers sometimes went on foot and
+sometimes on horseback. In the latter case the men
+sat in front and the women on a pillion behind. For
+carrying supplies, sleds were used in winter and ox-carts
+in summer.</p>
+
+<p>Since travel was so difficult, there was very little
+communication between distant villages unless they
+happened to touch upon the sea. But frequently this
+was not the case, for many of the settlements, following
+the courses of rivers, extended inland rather than
+along the coast.</p>
+
+<p>When a stranger did appear, however, he was always
+welcome, for he was sure to bring some bit of news
+from the world outside. Perhaps, if he had travelled
+through the woods, he might tell of some dangerous<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span>
+adventure with wild beasts or Indians. If in midwinter
+he dared to make the journey, he might tell how he
+spent a cold night in some deserted wigwam, into which
+he had been driven by howling wolves. Such thrilling
+chapters from the book of every-day life were of special
+interest to people whose experience was very narrow
+and monotonous. For in those days there were no
+newspapers and few books.</p>
+
+<p>We should make a great mistake, however, were we
+to imagine that the Puritans did not value books and
+reading. They appreciated reading and education so
+much that every town was required to have a school.
+As a consequence of this excellent system, there were
+very few people who could not read and write.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 491px;">
+<img src="images/illus100.jpg" width="491" height="480" alt="Roger Williams's Meeting-House." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Roger Williams's Meeting-House.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The study of the Bible was an important feature
+in all this school training, and absorbed much of the
+thought of the Puritan mind,
+especially on the Sabbath.
+The Puritan Sabbath, which
+began at sunset on Saturday
+and ended at sunset on
+Sunday, was largely given
+up to church worship. All
+work and travel, not absolutely
+necessary, were suspended,
+and no playing on
+a musical instrument was allowed.
+Two instances will illustrate the severity of
+the Puritan ideas of Sabbath observation. The first is
+that of two lovers, who were brought to trial because<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span>
+they were seen sitting together on the Lord's Day
+under an apple-tree. The second tells us of a Boston
+sea-captain who was put into the public stocks for two
+hours because he kissed his wife on the Sabbath Day
+upon the doorsteps of his house. He had just returned
+after a two years' absence on a sea-voyage.</p>
+
+<p>In all this strictness about Sabbath observance, the
+Puritans were wholly sincere. To them purity of religion
+was the supreme interest of life. They had left
+their old homes in England that they might worship
+according to their own belief in a community under
+the control of Puritan ideas.</p>
+
+<p>But it was no easy matter for them to arrange the
+affairs of Church and State just as they wished, even
+in this new Puritan commonwealth. For they found
+some of the settlers unwilling to believe and act in accordance
+with Puritan ideas of right and wrong.</p>
+
+<p>One of these troublesome persons was a young man
+who came with his bride to Salem in 1631. This
+young man was Roger Williams. He was born in
+England in 1599. An Englishman of influence secured
+for the clever lad a scholarship in the Charter-House
+school, from which young Roger later went to
+Cambridge University. Having become a Puritan,
+Roger Williams, like so many others of his faith, found
+it wise to leave England. He came to America in order
+that he might escape religious persecution and enjoy
+religious freedom.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 404px;">
+<img src="images/illus102.jpg" width="404" height="336" alt="A Puritan Fireplace." title="" />
+<span class="caption">A Puritan Fireplace.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>On reaching New England he went to Salem, and
+was there appointed a minister of the church. After<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span>
+a very short time he left Salem, and went with his
+family to Plymouth. Remaining there for two years,
+he became deeply interested in the Indians, and began
+the difficult task of learning their language. He wrote
+afterward, "God was pleased to give me a painful,
+patient spirit to lodge with them in their filthy, smoky
+holes to gain their tongue."</p>
+
+<p>In this way he acquired a good knowledge of the
+Indians, whom he learned to love and who learned
+to love him. Little
+did he realize that
+this warm friendship
+would in after years
+save not only his own
+life but also the lives
+of many other Puritans.</p>
+
+<p>While winning the
+friendship of the Indians,
+Roger Williams
+incensed the Puritans
+by saying in strong language that they had no just
+claim to the lands they were living on. He said that
+the King had no right to grant to any company these
+lands, because they had never belonged to him. The
+Indians, and only the Indians, owned them. It is
+needless to say that such arguments made many bitter
+enemies for the youthful preacher.</p>
+
+<p>Of course he could not continue in this severe criticism
+of matters so important to the Puritan heart with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span>out
+losing many of his friends. The wrath of the
+Puritans at length became so great that they tried him
+in court and banished him from Massachusetts. As
+he became ill about this time, however, he was told
+that he might remain in the
+colony through the winter if
+he would not preach. But
+as soon as he grew better his
+friends, who were very fond
+of him, began to spend much
+time in talking with him at
+his home in Salem, where he
+now lived. The Puritans,
+fearing his influence, determined
+to send him at once
+to England.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 470px;">
+<img src="images/illus103.jpg" width="470" height="640" alt="The Rhode Island Settlement." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Rhode Island Settlement.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>When the heroic young
+minister heard of this, he
+hastily said good-by to his wife and two children&mdash;one
+of whom was a little girl two years old and the other
+a baby&mdash;and looked for safety in the home of his old
+friend Massasoit, living near Mount Hope, seventy or
+eighty miles away.</p>
+
+<p>The outlook was dreary enough. It was midwinter
+(January, 1636), and the snow was lying deep upon
+the ground. As there was no road cut through the
+forest, Roger Williams had to depend upon his compass
+for a guide. To keep himself from freezing, he
+carried with him a hatchet to chop kindling wood, and
+a flint and steel to kindle it into flame. Thus fitted<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span>
+out, he started, though still weak from his recent illness,
+with a staff in his hand and a pack on his back,
+to look for his dusky friend, Massasoit. This long
+journey in the bitter weather of a New England winter
+was indeed a trying experience to the lonely traveller.
+He wrote long afterward, "Steering my course, in winter
+snow, I was sorely tossed for one fourteen weeks
+in a bitter winter season, not knowing what bed or
+bread did mean." Having found Massasoit, he spent
+much of the winter in the wigwam kindly furnished
+him by the Indian chief.</p>
+
+<p>In the spring he began to erect buildings at Seekonk
+on land given him by the Indians. But his friend,
+Governor Winthrop, having secretly sent him word
+that Seekonk was in the territory belonging to the
+Massachusetts colony, he decided to go elsewhere.</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly, he and five of his friends rowed down
+the river and, landing at a place pointed out by the
+Indians as having a spring of good water, made a
+settlement, which they called Providence, in token of
+God's watchful care over them. This was the beginning
+of Rhode Island, a colony where all men, whatever
+their religious belief might be, were welcome.
+Men who had been persecuted elsewhere on account of
+their religion were glad to go to Rhode Island, where
+they were allowed to worship as they pleased. And
+thus it soon grew to be a prosperous settlement.</p>
+
+<p>Roger Williams was a man of pure and noble soul.
+He did not seem to bear any grudge against the people
+of Massachusetts. For when, in 1637, the Pequots<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span>
+tried to get the Narragansett Indians to join them in
+a general uprising against the whites, and especially
+against those living in Massachusetts, he did all he
+could to frustrate their plans. At this time he set out
+one stormy day in his canoe to visit Canonicus, chief
+of the Narragansetts, and succeeded, at the risk of his
+life, in preventing the union of the two tribes against
+the whites.</p>
+
+<p>He died in 1683 at the age of eighty-four years.
+Although his judgment was not always wise, his motives
+were upright. In his struggle with the Puritans
+he was ahead of his age, which was not yet ready for
+such advanced ideas of religious toleration.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">Small number of Pilgrims at Plymouth.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Puritans decide to go to America.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">They are people of influence in England.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Puritan settlers in Massachusetts.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The New England village.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The meeting-house; the block-house; the great fireplace.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Modes of travel.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The stranger welcomed.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Education.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Puritan ideas of Sabbath observance and religious worship.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Roger Williams comes to New England.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He wins the friendship of the Indians.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He makes Puritan enemies.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Puritans banish Roger Williams.</span><br />
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span><span class="smcap">He escapes in midwinter.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A lonely journey through the forest.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Roger Williams makes a settlement at Providence.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He prevents the Narragansetts from joining the Pequots in their war.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Death of Roger Williams.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. Picture to yourself the New England village; also the big fire-place
+with the Puritan family gathered about the blazing fire at night.</p>
+
+<p>2. What do you admire in Roger Williams? How did he make many
+Puritan enemies?</p>
+
+<p>3. Write an account of his midwinter journey through the woods.</p>
+
+<p>4. Tell how he befriended the people of Massachusetts at the outbreak
+of the Pequot War.</p>
+
+<p>5. How did the people of Providence feel about religious freedom?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span></p>
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus107.jpg" width="100%" alt="William Penn." title="" />
+<span class="caption">William Penn.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER VIII<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+William Penn<br />
+and the<br />
+Settlement of<br />
+Pennsylvania<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1644-1718</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<p>The Pilgrims and Puritans were not the only
+people who had to suffer persecution in England
+because they did not believe in the doctrines and
+forms of worship of the Established Church. Under
+the leadership of George Fox there sprang up (about
+1669) a peculiar religious sect called by themselves
+Friends and by others Quakers. These people were
+severely punished on account of their religious ideas.</p>
+
+<p>The central doctrine of their creed was that they
+were in all things led by the "inner light," as they
+called conscience, which revealed to them the will of
+God. Believing that all men were equal before the
+law, the Quaker always kept his hat on in public
+places as a sign of equality, refusing to uncover even
+in the presence of royalty. Other peculiar tenets of
+the Quakers were their unwillingness to take an oath
+in court; to go to war; to pay taxes in support of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span>
+war; the use of "thee" and "thou" in addressing
+one another; and, as a protest against the rich and
+elegant dress of their time, the wearing of plain clothes
+of sober colors.</p>
+
+<p>Their disdain of familiar customs made them appear
+very eccentric, and their boldness of speech and action
+frequently brought upon them the punishment of the
+law. But they were fearless in their defiance, and even
+eager to suffer for the sake of their religious belief,
+some being fined, some cast into prison, some whipped,
+and some put to death. Not only in England, but in
+Massachusetts also, they were treated like criminals.
+The Puritan fathers hated and feared them so much
+that they banished Quakers from their colony, and even
+put some of them to death on account of their views on
+religion and government. But, as always, persecution
+only seemed to spread the faith, and soon this derided
+and abused sect included eminent converts.</p>
+
+<p>Among the most prominent was William Penn, who
+was born in London in 1644, the son of Sir William
+Penn, a wealthy admiral in the British Navy. Conspicuous
+service to his country had won him great
+esteem at Court, and he naturally desired to give his
+son the best possible advantages.</p>
+
+<p>At the early age of sixteen, young William was sent
+to Oxford, where his studious habits and fine scholarship
+soon distinguished him. He became proficient in
+Greek and Latin, and learned to speak with ease the
+modern languages, French, German, Italian, and Dutch.
+Devoting a part of his time to athletics, he became<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>
+a skilful oarsman and a leader in various out-door
+sports.</p>
+
+<p>While he was at Oxford, Penn heard Thomas Loe,
+a travelling Quaker, preach. The new doctrines, as
+expounded by Loe, took so deep a hold upon him,
+that he refused to attend the religious services of his
+college.<a name="FNanchor_7_7" id="FNanchor_7_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a> For this irregularity he was fined, together
+with some of his companions who were of the same
+mind. Disregarding the reproof, these conscientious
+young men even refused to wear the required college
+gown, and committed a yet graver offence against their
+college by tearing off the gowns from some of their
+fellow-students.</p>
+
+<p>By reason of these bold and unruly proceedings the
+college authorities expelled Penn in disgrace. His
+father was very angry at what he deemed his son's
+folly, and knowing that neither rebuke nor persuasion
+was likely to swerve the young man from his purpose,
+Admiral Penn decided to send William to Paris, with
+the hope that in the gay life of the French capital he
+might forget his Quaker ideas.</p>
+
+<p>Penn was now a strongly built young man of eighteen,
+with large eyes and long dark hair falling in curls
+about his shoulders. For a brief time he gave himself
+up to the fashionable social life of Paris. Later he
+engaged in study at school for something like a year,
+and then spent another year in travelling through
+France and Italy. When he returned to England after
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span>two years' absence, he was a cultivated young gentleman,
+very different from the sober youth who on leaving
+Oxford had been called by his companions "a
+Quaker or some other melancholy thing."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 531px;">
+<img src="images/illus110.jpg" width="531" height="800" alt="WILLIAM PENN'S FAMOUS TREATY WITH THE INDIANS." title="" />
+<span class="caption">WILLIAM PENN'S FAMOUS TREATY WITH THE INDIANS.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span>The
+following year, however, Penn's gay spirits
+were disturbed by the awful plague that fell upon
+London. The Admiral, noting the serious look and
+manner of his son, again sent him from home&mdash;this
+time to Ireland&mdash;for diversion. While Penn was in
+Ireland an insurrection broke out, and he volunteered
+as a soldier. Military life evidently appealed to him,
+for he caused a portrait of himself to be painted, in
+full armor.</p>
+
+<p>While still serving as a soldier, Penn learned that
+the Quaker, Thomas Loe, was preaching near by, and
+went to hear him once more. The Quaker ideas now
+took complete possession of him, and he embraced the
+new religion with his whole heart. A little later, when
+he was arrested in a Quaker meeting-house and thrown
+into prison, his father was indignant because William
+had brought upon his family such humiliating disgrace.</p>
+
+<p>After William's release from prison, however, the
+stern old Admiral in his great love for his son said he
+would forgive his peculiar customs if only he would
+remove his hat to his father, to the King, or to the
+Duke of York. But on praying over the matter, Penn
+said he could not do it. One day, on meeting the
+King, he had the boldness to stand with his hat on in
+the royal presence. Instead of getting angry, the fun-loving
+King Charles laughed and took off his own hat.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span>
+"Why dost thou remove thy hat, friend Charles?" said
+William Penn. "Because," answered the King, "wherever
+I am it is customary for one to remain uncovered."</p>
+
+<p>But the Admiral's patience was by this time exhausted.
+He drove
+his wilful son from
+his presence, and
+told him to begone
+for all time. Fortunately
+for William,
+his mother
+begged for him,
+and so did others
+who recognized the
+earnest and sincere
+purpose of the
+young Quaker. His father therefore forgave him
+once more, and allowed him to return home.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 696px;">
+<img src="images/illus112.jpg" width="696" height="600" alt="The Pennsylvania Settlement." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Pennsylvania Settlement.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>From this time on William Penn used his influence&mdash;which
+was by no means small&mdash;in behalf of the persecuted
+Quakers; but he had to suffer the consequences
+of his own fearlessness. Many times was he thrown
+into prison, there to remain, it might be, for months.
+Yet even in prison he spent his time in writing books
+and pamphlets, explaining and defending the Quaker
+religion. Indeed, his labors were unceasing, so firm
+was his faith in Quaker ideas.</p>
+
+<p>Soon his power for doing good was immensely increased.
+In 1670 his father died and left him a
+princely fortune which, true to his generous nature, he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span>
+determined to use for the good of others, and especially
+for the good of the despised and persecuted Quakers.</p>
+
+<p>The Crown owed Penn's father about &pound;16,000,
+which the King, with his extravagant habits, was not
+likely to pay for many a
+day. William Penn, therefore,
+decided to ask the
+King to pay the debt not
+in money but in land.
+The good-natured Charles,
+thinking this was an easy
+way to cancel the obligation,
+readily granted to
+William Penn an extensive tract of land lying on the
+west side of the Delaware River.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 615px;">
+<img src="images/illus113.jpg" width="615" height="480" alt="Penn's Slate-roof House, Philadelphia." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Penn's Slate-roof House, Philadelphia.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Penn wished his new possession to be called Sylvania,
+or Woodland, but the King insisted upon calling
+it Pennsylvania, in honor of Penn's father. Upon
+receiving his grant, Penn at once sent word to the
+Quakers that in Pennsylvania they could find a home
+and a resting-place from their troubles.</p>
+
+<p>Penn's leading aim was to plant a self-governing
+colony, whose people should have justice and religious
+freedom. Hundreds of Quakers eagerly took advantage
+of the favorable opportunity which Penn thus
+offered to them. During the year 1681, when the
+first settlement was planted in Pennsylvania, something
+like 3,000 of them sailed for the Delaware River. The
+next year Penn himself sailed for America, although
+he left his wife and children behind.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>He selected the junction of the Delaware and Schuylkill
+rivers as the site for his city, and called it Philadelphia,
+or the City of Brotherly Love, in token of the
+spirit which he hoped might prevail throughout his
+colony. He laid out the city most carefully, giving
+the streets such names as Pine, Cedar, Mulberry, Walnut,
+and Chestnut, after the trees he found growing
+there.</p>
+
+<p>When the first settlers came to Philadelphia, some
+of them lived in caves which they dug in the high
+river-banks. The first houses, built of logs, were
+very simple, containing only two rooms and having
+no floor except the earth. Philadelphia grew so
+fast, however, that by 1684 it had 357 houses, many
+of which were three stories high, with cellars and
+balconies.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 448px;">
+<img src="images/illus114.jpg" width="448" height="167" alt="A Belt of Wampum Given to Penn by the Indians." title="" />
+<span class="caption">A Belt of Wampum Given to Penn by the Indians.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>As we might expect from a man of his even temper
+and unselfish spirit, Penn treated the Indians with
+kindness and justice, and won their friendship from the
+first. Although he held the land by a grant from the
+King of England, still he wished to satisfy the natives
+by paying them for
+their claims to the
+land. Accordingly, he
+called a council under
+the spreading branches
+of a now famous elm-tree,
+where he met the red men as friends, giving
+them knives, kettles, axes, beads, and various other
+things in exchange for the land. He declared that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span>
+he was of the same flesh and blood as they; and
+highly pleased, the Indians in return declared that
+they would live in love with William Penn as long as
+the sun and moon should shine.</p>
+
+<p>Penn paid the Indians friendly visits, ate their
+roasted acorns and hominy, and joined them in their
+sports. One day while they were leaping and jumping
+in his presence, he suddenly "sprang up and beat
+them all."</p>
+
+<p>Penn soon returned to England, but many years
+later (1699) he came back to Pennsylvania with his
+wife and one daughter. As he was very wealthy, he
+had two homes, one in the city and another in the
+country. His country home, which was northeast of
+the city on the Delaware River, cost him $35,000. In
+this house were elegant furnishings, and here, in his
+large dining-hall, Penn lavishly entertained Englishmen,
+Swedes, Indians, negroes, and passing strangers
+who called at his door. We are told that his table
+was so bountiful that at one of his feasts the guests
+ate a hundred roast turkeys. The grounds about his
+country home were magnificent, containing various
+kinds of fruits and flowers, and in his stables were
+many horses.</p>
+
+<p>But notwithstanding these material blessings, Penn's
+life was not without trials and disappointments, which
+it is needless to dwell upon. Owing to his warm
+friendship for King James, he was suspected of plotting
+in his favor after the King was forced to leave
+England in 1688. He was therefore more than once<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span>
+arrested, but in every case he was set free for lack of
+evidence against him. Many years later, on his refusal
+to pay a false claim made by his steward, he was thrown
+into prison, where his health was broken by confinement.
+He died in 1718. His life had been a hard
+struggle, but it had been successful, and had come to
+an honorable close.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">The Quakers and their peculiar ideas.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Punishment of the Quakers in England and in Massachusetts.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">William Penn's father, Admiral Penn.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">William Penn at Oxford University.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He turns Quaker.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Admiral Penn sends his son To Paris.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">William Penn returns to England.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He becomes a soldier in Ireland.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He is thrown into prison.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The stubborn young Quaker.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Penn's mother begs for him.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The King's grant to William Penn.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Quakers settle in Pennsylvania.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The City of Brotherly Love.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Penn's kind and just treatment of the Indians.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His home life.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His last days.</span><br />
+</p>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span></p>
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+<p>1. Give some of the peculiar ideas of the Quakers.</p>
+
+<p>2. Why was Penn thrown into prison? In what ways did he give
+evidence of his stubbornness?</p>
+
+<p>3. Why did he wish to settle Pennsylvania? Imagine the scene when
+under the elm-tree Penn met the Indians and made a treaty with
+them.</p>
+
+<p>4. Tell something about his home life.</p>
+
+<p>5. What do you admire in Penn's character?</p>
+
+<p>6. When did the Quakers settle Pennsylvania?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span></p>
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus118.jpg" width="100%" alt="Cavelier De La Salle." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Cavelier De La Salle.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER IX<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Cavelier De La<br />
+Salle and the<br />
+French in<br />
+the Mississippi<br />
+Valley<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1643-1687</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<p>The same year in which William Penn laid out
+Philadelphia and there made a treaty with the
+Indians, a noted Frenchman sailed down the Mississippi
+River, exploring it in the interests of France.
+This man was Robert Cavelier, Better known as La
+Salle, who, like many of his countrymen, was trying,
+just as the Spaniards and Englishmen had tried, to find
+or do something in America that would not only
+bring glory to his own name, but also wealth and
+honor to his fatherland.  We have now to consider the
+work of the French in America.</p>
+
+<p>In 1534 Cartier, a French explorer, discovered the
+St. Lawrence, and sailed up the river as far as an
+Indian village on the present site of Montreal. He
+took possession of Canada in the name of the French
+King, and his favorable reports led to several unsuccessful
+attempts to plant settlements there.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>More than seventy years after the discovery of the
+St. Lawrence, another French explorer, Samuel de
+Champlain, sailed up the noble river. Much impressed
+with the great beauty of the St. Lawrence Valley
+and its wealth of forests and furs, he longed to
+bring all this vast new country under the control of
+France. In 1608 he planted the first permanent
+French settlement in Canada, at Quebec, and the
+following year discovered the lake which bears his
+name.</p>
+
+<p>Although Champlain loved his country and desired
+to increase its glory and power, he made an unfortunate
+blunder, which
+proved fatal to the best
+interests of France in the
+New World. In planting
+the settlement at Quebec,
+in 1608, he found
+that the neighboring tribes of Algonquin Indians were
+bitter enemies of the Mohawks, one of the Five Nations,
+or Iroquois, who lived in New York.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;">
+<img src="images/illus119.jpg" width="640" height="284" alt="Long House of the Iroquois." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Long House of the Iroquois.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Algonquins begged him to join them in an
+attack upon the Mohawks, and he unwisely consented.
+Having gone up Lake Champlain with a canoe-party
+of sixty Indians, he landed near the site of Ticonderoga
+to fight a battle with two hundred hardy
+Mohawk warriors. Champlain, clad in light armor
+and gun in hand, advanced at the head of his war-party
+and, shooting into the ranks of the astonished
+Mohawks, who stood in battle array, brought to the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span>
+earth two of their chiefs. The others fled in terror
+and confusion, while their enemies, Champlain's dusky
+allies, yelled with joy, and filled the woods with their
+terrible warwhoops.</p>
+
+<p>From that day, however, the Iroquois were the
+bitter enemies of the French, and this enmity seriously
+interfered with the successful carrying out of French
+plans. Having control of the St. Lawrence River,
+France greatly desired to get control of the Mississippi
+River as well. Once securing possession of these two
+great streams, she would come into possession of the
+wealth of the North American Continent.</p>
+
+<p>But the Iroquois Indians were strongly posted in
+the Mohawk River Valley, and thus held the key to
+the situation. In this way they blocked the path of
+the French, who wished to reach the Ohio and the
+Mississippi through Lake Erie and Lake Ontario.
+So the French were driven to seek a route farther
+north, a route which was much longer and more difficult.
+It would be well for you to trace on your map
+this roundabout way, which extended up the Ottawa
+River into Georgian Bay, through Lake Huron and
+Lake Michigan, across into the Illinois River, and
+through that into the Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>In the same year that Champlain made the Iroquois
+bitter enemies of the French, Henry Hudson won
+their lasting friendship for the Dutch. About the
+time the Frenchman was fighting in the battle against
+the Mohawks at Ticonderoga, Hudson, with a crew of
+twenty men in the Half Moon, was sailing up the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span>
+river that now bears his name. Instead of finding the
+short passage to the Pacific, for which he was searching
+in the interests of the Dutch, he discovered the
+great water-way to the interior. Having received just
+treatment from him, the Iroquois Indians became his
+friends and the friends of the Dutch settlers and
+traders that came later.</p>
+
+<p>From that time, in fact, these Iroquois Indians were
+as ready to sell their furs to the Dutch and to the
+English, who in 1664 took New York away from the
+Dutch, as they were to oppose the French and compel
+them to go many hundred miles out of their way
+in the tedious explorations in search of the Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>This toilsome work of exploration was largely
+accomplished by the Jesuit missionaries. Fearless in
+their heroic efforts to advance their faith, they suffered
+all sorts of hardships, many being put to death, in
+their earnest struggle to bring religious truth to the
+ignorant red men of the woods. In their journeys
+through the forests and over the lakes, these Jesuit
+Fathers made many valuable discoveries and explorations
+which they carefully recorded in their journals.</p>
+
+<p>It was one of these missionaries, Father Marquette,
+who succeeded in reaching the waters of the Mississippi.
+Attended by Joliet and five other Frenchmen,
+he went, in 1673, as far down the mighty river as the
+mouth of the Arkansas. This was sixty-five years after
+Champlain made his settlement at Quebec.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 1024px;">
+<img src="images/illus122.jpg" width="1024" height="640" alt="Map Showing Routes of Cartier, Champlain, and La Salle, also French and English Possessions at the Time of the Last French War." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Map Showing Routes of Cartier, Champlain, and La Salle, also French and English Possessions at the Time of the Last French War.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>But the most important of all the French explorations
+were made by the daring and tireless La Salle.
+He was born in France in 1643, and belonged to an
+old and rich family. Strong in mind and character,
+he received a good education, and became an earnest
+Catholic. With a heart ready to brave any danger in
+the achievement of glory for himself and for France,
+this young man at the age of twenty-three sailed for
+Canada.</p>
+
+<p>His plans, as finally worked out, were twofold:
+(1) To build forts and trading centres at various points
+along the St. Lawrence, the Great Lakes, and the
+Mississippi; and (2) to plant a colony at the mouth
+of the Mississippi. Wishing to get control of the rich
+fur trade for France, his forts and his colony would
+help to protect and further this trade, which could be
+carried on more easily by way of the Mississippi, than
+by way of the Great Lakes and the St. Lawrence. For
+along the latter route lay the hostile Iroquois, who
+were friendly to the Dutch and the English; and,
+moreover, the St. Lawrence was ice-bound nearly one-half
+of the year.</p>
+
+<p>Early in August, 1679, after long and weary efforts
+spent in preparation, La Salle launched on the Niagara
+River above the Falls, his little vessel, the Griffin, of
+forty tons burden, which was to bear him through the
+lakes on his way to the Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>Nearly a year before starting, La Salle had sent up
+the lakes fifteen men to trade for furs. He expected
+them to have ready, against the time of his arrival, a
+cargo of furs to be sent back to Canada. For La Salle<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span>
+needed a great deal of money with which to buy provisions,
+ammunition, and tools, and to pay his men
+for their services. Besides, he wished to get cables,
+anchors, and rigging for a new vessel to be built on
+the Illinois River, for the purpose of making his expedition
+to the mouth of the Mississippi. The expected
+cargo of furs, taken back and sold in Canada,
+would give him the money he needed to carry out his
+plans.</p>
+
+<p>Having arrived at the head of Lake Huron, therefore,
+he collected the cargo awaiting him, loaded the
+Griffin with furs, and on September 18, 1679, despatched
+it in charge of six men to Niagara. La Salle
+himself pushed on to the mouth of the St. Joseph
+River, where he built a fort, and waited long and anxiously
+for the Griffin's return. But he waited in vain,
+for he never heard from his vessel again. It was a
+great loss and a keen disappointment. After waiting
+long he continued his way, careworn and weary, with
+eight canoes and a party of thirty-three men.</p>
+
+<p>They rowed up the St. Joseph in search of the carrying-place
+leading to the head-waters of the Illinois
+River. On landing, La Salle started off alone to look
+for the pathway. In the midst of a blinding snow-storm
+he lost his bearings in the dense forest, and
+wandered until about two o'clock in the morning, when
+he found himself once more at the river, and fired his
+gun as a signal to the party.</p>
+
+<p>Then his eyes caught the welcome sight of a fire
+burning in the woods. Believing he was near his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span>
+friends, he quickened his steps, only to find himself
+mistaken. Near the fire, under a tree, was a bed of
+dried grass which was still warm, and showed plainly
+that a man had but a few minutes before been lying
+there. Very likely the man was an Indian, who had
+been frightened off by the sound of the gun. La Salle
+carefully placed brush for a sort of barricade on each
+side of the newly found bed, and then lay down by the
+blazing fire and slept till daybreak. He did not find
+his friends until four o'clock next afternoon.</p>
+
+<p>On rejoining his party they made their way down
+the Illinois River, until their eyes fell upon some Indian
+wigwams on the forest-covered bank. The Indians,
+being friendly, received the Frenchmen with generous
+hospitality. They urged La Salle not to go down the
+Mississippi. They indeed said so much of the danger
+of the journey that six of La Salle's followers deserted,
+and another tried to poison him. These were
+sad days for La Salle and, like all his days, were beset
+with troubles and dangers. To protect himself from
+attack during the winter, he now planned the building
+of a fort which he called Cr&egrave;vec&#339;ur, the French word
+for heartbreak, surely a fitting name.</p>
+
+<p>Up to this time the iron-willed La Salle had not
+given up hope of hearing from the Griffin, but now he
+decided that his vessel was lost. There was but one
+thing to do. He must make an overland journey to
+Canada, 1,500 miles away, to get supplies for his expedition
+down the Mississippi. It was a dangerous
+undertaking. But on March 1, 1680, with an Indian<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span>
+hunter and four Frenchmen, the dauntless explorer
+started in two canoes.</p>
+
+<p>The season was the worst in the year for such a
+journey. The ground was covered with melting snow,
+and the rivers in many places were frozen with ice, too
+thick to be broken by the boats. Much of the time
+the party had to pull the canoes on rough sleds overland
+or carry them on their shoulders until, a few days
+after starting, they hid them in the woods and pushed
+forward on foot to the head of Lake Michigan.</p>
+
+<p>Reaching that point, it was now necessary for them
+to thread their toilsome way through the deep forests
+of Southern Michigan to the head of Lake Erie. For
+three days the undergrowth was so thick with thorns
+that it tore their clothing into shreds, and scratched
+their faces until they were covered with blood. Another
+three days were spent in wading, sometimes up to
+their waists, in the mud and water of the flood-covered
+marshes. At night they would take off their clothing
+and, covering their bodies with blankets, lie down to
+sleep on some dry hillock. One frosty night their
+clothes froze so stiff that in the morning they had to
+be thawed by the fireside before they could be put on.
+Amid such exposure some of the men fell sick, and
+thus delayed the party. But early in May, at the end
+of sixty-five days, they reached Canada.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as he could arrange his affairs in Canada,
+La Salle again returned to the Illinois River and
+reached its mouth. But owing to fresh disappointments,
+he had to make still another journey through<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span>
+the wilderness to the base of his supplies on the St.
+Lawrence.</p>
+
+<p>Not until February 6, 1682, two years and a half
+after he first started out in the Griffin, and after three
+attempts to build a suitable vessel for the journey, did
+he float out upon the waters of the Mississippi to explore
+it; and at last he was obliged to make the journey
+in canoes. This time his party included fifty-four
+people&mdash;eighteen Indian warriors, ten squaws, three
+Indian children, and twenty-three Frenchmen. On
+reaching the mouth of the river he planted a column
+bearing the arms of France, and then, with imposing
+ceremonies, took possession of the great Mississippi
+Valley in the name of the French King, Louis XIV.,
+after whom he named the country Louisiana.</p>
+
+<p>By building forts and trading centres along his route,
+La Salle had carried out the first part of his plan. He
+now resolved to go to France and get men for a colony
+which he wished to plant at the mouth of the
+Mississippi, and thus carry out the second part.</p>
+
+<p>Having succeeded in France in fitting out this colony,
+he sailed with four vessels early in July, 1684, in
+search of the Mississippi River by way of the Gulf of
+Mexico. With his usual bad fortune, however, he
+missed its mouth and landed at Matagorda Bay, 400
+miles to the west. Then followed many disasters,
+among which were loss of vessels and supplies, lack of
+food, sickness and death, and attacks by unfriendly
+Indians. For two years the wretched little colony
+struggled for life. La Salle was in sore distress. He<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span>
+knew he had many enemies among his men who would
+gladly take his life, but he hoped for help from France.
+No help came. It was plain to La Salle that he could
+save the suffering colony only by making his way to
+Canada. He therefore started out on January 12,
+1687, with a party of seventeen men and five horses,
+on another long and dangerous journey through the
+dense forests&mdash;this time from the Gulf of Mexico to
+Canada.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/illus128.jpg" width="600" height="630" alt="The Murder of La Salle by his Followers." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Murder of La Salle by his Followers.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span>Travelling
+north, the party crossed the Brazos
+River and toiled onward to the Trinity River. But
+La Salle's men were tired of travelling through the forests,
+and some of them were thirsting for his blood.
+They were waiting only for a suitable opportunity to
+carry out their murderous purpose. On the morning
+of March 19th they lay in ambush, and shot him dead as
+he approached, probably not far from the Trinity River.</p>
+
+<p>La Salle's life was one of storm and peril; but he
+was as fearless as a lion. Ambitious for himself and
+for his country, he had room for little else in his life,
+His repeated failures brought criticism and lack of confidence
+from men who had loaned him large sums of
+money, and these criticisms hardened his spirit. Many
+enemies making him suspicious, he seemed to lose
+sympathy with his men, and became harsh in his treatment
+of them. But he did a great work for France,
+a work which entitles him to be regarded as one of the
+most remarkable of all the explorers of America.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">The coming of the French to America.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Cartier discovers the St. Lawrence.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Champlain explores for France.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Champlain's fatal gunshot.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Iroquois become bitter enemies of the French.</span><br />
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span><span class="smcap">The Iroquois force the French to seek a roundabout route to the Mississippi River.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Henry Hudson wins for the Dutch the friendship of the Iroquois.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Valuable work of the Jesuit missionaries.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Father Marquette goes down the Mississippi.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The daring and tireless La Salle.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His twofold plans.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His voyage to Lake Michigan in the Griffin.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Griffin sails back to Canada with a cargo of furs.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">La Salle lost in the forest.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">With friendly indians on the banks of the Illinois River.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Sad days for La Salle.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He decides to make an overland journey to Canada.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Travel in the deep forests.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">La Salle at last reaches the mouth of the Mississippi.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He goes to France.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His colony fails.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A long journey begun.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">La Salle murdered by his men.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His character and his work.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. What did Champlain accomplish? When? Why did the Iroquois
+become bitter enemies of the French and warm friends of the
+Dutch?</p>
+
+<p>2. What were La Salle's twofold plans? Trace his route through the
+lakes to the mouth of the Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>3. Picture him lost in the forest, and spending the night alone.</p>
+
+<p>4. Describe his overland journey to Canada.</p>
+
+<p>5. How did his colony suffer? What do you admire in La Salle's
+character?</p>
+
+<p>6. What do the following dates mean: 1492, 1541, 1607, 1629, 1676,
+1682?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span></p>
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus131.jpg" width="100%" alt="George Washington." title="" />
+<span class="caption">George Washington.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER X<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+George<br />
+Washington,<br />
+the<br />
+Boy Surveyor<br />
+and<br />
+Young Soldier<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1732-1799</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+<p>As a pioneer in leading the way along the Ohio
+and the Mississippi, La Salle did much for
+France. He hoped to do far more. His cherished
+dream was to build up in this vast and fertile territory
+an empire for France. But the French King foolishly
+feared that planting colonies in America would take
+too many of his subjects out of France, and refused to
+do that which might have made his new possessions
+secure. The opportunity thus neglected was seized
+fifty years later by the hardy English settlers who
+pushed westward across the Alleghany Mountains.
+This movement brought on a struggle between the
+two nations, a few events of which are important to
+mention.</p>
+
+<p>You will remember that two years after the coming
+of John Smith to Jamestown, Champlain sailed up the
+St. Lawrence and settled Quebec for the French.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span>
+You will also recall that the French explorers, priests,
+and traders had been gradually making their way into
+the heart of the continent, by way of the Great Lakes,
+until at last La Salle glided down to the mouth of the
+Mississippi, and took possession of the land in the
+name of the French King. This was in 1681, the
+year the Quakers were settling Pennsylvania and fifty-two
+years before the settlement of Georgia, the youngest
+of the thirteen original colonies.</p>
+
+<p>Just one year before this last settlement there was
+born in Westmoreland County, Va., a boy who was
+to play a large part in the history not only of the
+Ohio and Mississippi valleys, but of the whole country.
+This boy was George Washington. He was
+born on February 22, 1732, in an old-fashioned Virginia
+farm-house, near the Potomac River, on what was
+known as Bridge's Creek Plantation. The house had
+four rooms on the ground
+floor, with an attic of long
+sloping roofs and an enormous
+brick chimney at
+each end.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 624px;">
+<img src="images/illus132.jpg" width="624" height="480" alt="Washington's Birthplace." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Washington's Birthplace.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>George's father was a
+wealthy planter, owning
+land in four counties,
+more than 5,000 acres in
+all. Some of his lands were on the banks of the
+Rappahannock River, near which he had money invested
+in iron-mines. To this plantation the family
+removed when George was seven years old, the new<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span>
+home being nearly opposite Fredericksburg, then a
+small village.</p>
+
+<p>Here he was sent to a small school and taught by a
+man named Hobby, a sexton of the church and tenant
+of George's father. It was a simple sort of training
+the boy received from such a school-master. He
+learned a little reading, a little writing, and a little
+ciphering, but that was about all. Later in life he
+became a fairly good penman, writing a neat round
+hand; but he never became a good speller.</p>
+
+<p>When George was eleven years old his father died,
+leaving to him the home where they lived on the
+Rappahannock, and to his brother Lawrence the great
+plantation on the Potomac afterward called Mount
+Vernon. Lawrence went to live at Mount Vernon,
+while George remained with his mother at the house
+opposite Fredericksburg.</p>
+
+<p>Now left without a father, George received his
+home training from his mother. Fortunate, indeed,
+was he to have such a mother to teach him; for she
+was kind, firm, and had a strong practical sense. She
+loved her son, and he deeply appreciated her fond care
+of him. Some of George's youthful letters to his
+mother are full of interest. After the manner of the
+time he addressed her formally as "Honored Madam,"
+and signed himself "Your dutiful son."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 533px;">
+<img src="images/illus134.jpg" width="533" height="800" alt="WASHINGTON CROSSING THE ALLEGHANY RIVER" title="" />
+<span class="caption">WASHINGTON CROSSING THE ALLEGHANY RIVER</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Nor was his mother the only strong and wholesome
+influence over his home life. His eldest brother,
+Lawrence, played an important part in shaping his
+character. According to the custom of those days,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span>Lawrence, as the eldest son of a Virginia planter, would
+inherit the bulk of his father's estate. He was therefore
+sent to an excellent school in England, to receive
+the training which would fit him to be a gentleman and
+a leader in social life. For learning was not held in
+such high esteem as ability to look after the business
+of a large plantation and take a leading part in the
+public life of the county and the colony.</p>
+
+<p>With such a training Lawrence returned from England,
+a young man of culture and fine manners and
+well fitted to be a man of affairs. From this time on
+George, now only seven or eight years old, looked up
+to his brother, fourteen years his senior, with cordial
+admiration. Lawrence became George's model of manhood,
+and returned his younger brother's devotion with
+a tender love.</p>
+
+<p>Soon after the death of his father, the boy went to
+live with his brother Augustine on the Bridge's Creek
+Plantation, in order to have the advantages of a good
+school there. Many of his copy-books and books of
+exercises, containing such legal forms as receipts, bills
+and deeds, as well as pictures of birds and faces, have
+been preserved. In these books there are, also, his
+rules of conduct, maxims which he kept before him
+as aids to good behavior. The following are a few of
+them:</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 598px;">
+<img src="images/illus136.jpg" width="598" height="800" alt="The English Colonies and the French Claims in 1754." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The English Colonies and the French Claims in 1754.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>"Every action in company ought to be with some
+sign of respect to those present.</p>
+
+<p>"When a man does all he can, though it succeeds
+not well, blame not him that did it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Undertake not what you cannot perform, but be
+careful to keep your promise.</p>
+
+<p>"Speak not evil of the absent: for it is unjust.</p>
+
+<p>"Labor to keep alive in your breast that little spark
+of celestial fire
+called conscience."</p>
+
+<p>In George's
+school-days he
+heard many
+stories about
+wars with the
+Indians and
+about troubles
+between the
+English and the
+French colonies.
+Moreover,
+his brother
+Lawrence
+had been a soldier
+in the West
+Indies in a war
+between England
+and Spain,
+from which he had returned full of enthusiasm about
+what he had felt and seen. It was at this time that
+Lawrence changed the name of his plantation on the
+Potomac to Mount Vernon, in honor of Admiral Vernon,
+under whose command he had fought.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Catching his brother's military spirit, George organized
+his boy friends into little military companies,
+and, as their commander, drilled them, paraded them,
+and led them in their sham battles in the school-yard.</p>
+
+<p>Naturally the boys looked to him as leader, for he
+was strong in mind and body, and fond of athletic
+sports. It is said that no boy of his age was his match
+in running, leaping, wrestling, and pitching quoits.
+His athletic skill expressed itself also in his fearless
+horsemanship. The story is told that he once
+mounted a colt that had successfully resisted all attempts
+to remain on his back. But George held on
+until the spirited animal, in a frenzy of effort to throw
+off the persistent young rider, reared, broke a blood-vessel,
+and fell dead. His keen enjoyment of a
+spirited horse, and of hunting in the freedom of woods
+and fields for such game as foxes, deer, and wild-cats,
+lasted to a late period of his life.</p>
+
+<p>George's good qualities were not confined to out-door
+sports requiring skill and physical strength alone.
+He was a manly boy, stout-hearted and truthful. All
+the boys trusted him because they knew he was fair-minded,
+and often called upon him to settle their disputes.</p>
+
+<p>But we must not think of him as a perfect boy, finding
+it easy always to do the right thing. George
+Washington had his faults, as some of the rest of us
+have. For instance, he had a quick temper which he
+found it hard to control. In fact, he found this a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span>
+harder thing to do than many brave deeds for which
+he became famous in his manhood.</p>
+
+<p>The humdrum quiet of a Virginia plantation did not
+satisfy this alert boy longing for a life of action.
+He had heard from
+Lawrence about life on
+a war-vessel, and had
+also seen, year after
+year, the annual return
+to the plantation wharf
+of the vessel that carried
+a cargo of tobacco
+to England and brought
+back in exchange such
+goods as the planter
+needed.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/illus138.jpg" width="600" height="632" alt="The French in the Ohio Valley." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The French in the Ohio Valley.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Eager for a change
+of surroundings, he made all his plans to go to sea.
+The chest containing his clothing had been packed
+and sent down to the wharf, but at the last moment
+he yielded to his mother's persuasion, and gave up his
+cherished plan of becoming a sailor-boy. He was then
+fourteen years old.</p>
+
+<p>Returning to school, George continued to be careful
+and exact in all his work, his motto being "Whatever
+is worth doing at all is worth doing well." He was
+also methodical, and herein lay one of the secrets of
+his ability to accomplish so much when he came to
+manhood.</p>
+
+<p>His love of out-door sport gave him a natural bent<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span>
+for surveying, to the study of which he applied himself
+diligently. He soon became proficient enough to
+command confidence in his ability as a trustworthy
+surveyor.</p>
+
+<p>In the autumn of his sixteenth year he went to
+live with his brother Lawrence on the Mount Vernon
+plantation, where he spent much of his time in surveying.
+Here he met a man who exerted a large
+influence on his later life. This man was Lord Fairfax,
+a tall, courtly, white-haired English gentleman of
+about sixty years of age, who was living at Belvoir, a
+large plantation a few miles from Mount Vernon.</p>
+
+<p>At this time George was a shy, awkward youth,
+somewhat overgrown for his age, with long arms, and
+a tall, large frame. But in his serious face there was a
+sign of quiet self-control and firm purpose.</p>
+
+<p>The provincial youth of fifteen and the cultured
+English lord of sixty, though so far apart in age and
+experience, soon became close friends. They were
+much together. Sometimes they would spend the
+morning in surveying, and start out in the afternoon
+on their horses for a gay time in fox-hunting. They
+doubtless talked freely to each other, and as Lord
+Fairfax had seen much of the best English life and
+had read some of the best English books, he was an
+interesting companion to his earnest and thoughtful
+young friend.</p>
+
+<p>This warm friendship soon had a practical turn.
+Lord Fairfax owned an immense tract of country in
+the Shenandoah Valley&mdash;by some said to be as much<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span>
+as one-fifth of the present State of Virginia. Wishing
+to learn more about it and observing George to be
+exceedingly careful and accurate in his surveying, he
+decided to send him over the Blue Ridge into the wild
+region to find out and report to him something about
+the lands there.</p>
+
+<p>He was to have only one companion, George William
+Fairfax, who was the eldest son of Lord Fairfax's
+cousin, and was then about twenty-two years old.
+About the middle of March, 1748, when George
+Washington was barely sixteen years old, these two
+young fellows started out together on horseback, to
+travel through the forest a distance of 100 miles
+before they reached the Shenandoah Valley. They
+carried guns in their hands, for until their return
+about a month later they would have to depend
+mainly upon hunting for their supply of food. The
+account which George himself has left enables us
+to picture them riding alone through the forest with
+no road except perhaps, at times, a path made by
+Indians or wild animals.</p>
+
+<p>After reaching the wild country they had to live in
+the most primitive fashion. For instance, Washington
+tells of a night in a woodman's cabin when he had
+nothing but a mat of straw for his bed, with but a
+single blanket for cover, and that alive with vermin.
+He wrote in his diary: "I made a promise to sleep so
+no more, choosing rather to sleep in the open air before
+the fire."</p>
+
+<p>Again, in a letter to a friend, he says: "I have not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span>
+slept above three or four nights in a bed, but, after
+walking a good deal all day, I have lain down before
+the fire upon a little hay, straw, fodder, or a bear-skin,
+with man, wife and children, like dogs and cats; and
+happy is he who gets the berth nearest the fire."</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes they tried life in a tent. Once in a
+storm the tent was blown over, and at another time
+the smoke from the fire drove the occupants out of
+doors. One night, according to the same diary, "we
+camped in the woods, and after we had pitched our
+tent, and made a large fire, we pulled out our knapsacks
+to recruit ourselves. Every one was his own
+cook. Our spits were forked sticks; our plates were
+large chips." As for bread, most of the time, if not
+all, they had none, and they drank only pure water
+from running streams.</p>
+
+<p>On another occasion they fell in with a war-party
+of painted warriors whom Washington and his friend
+Fairfax fearlessly joined, all gathering about a huge
+fire built under the trees. As the great logs blazed
+in the midst of the dark forest, the Indians joined in
+one of their wild, weird dances. They leaped to and
+fro, whooped and shrieked like mad beings, while
+one of their companions thumped upon a drum made
+by drawing a deer-skin across a pot filled with water,
+and another rattled a gourd containing shot and decorated
+with a horse's tail, "to make it look fine."</p>
+
+<p>It was a strange experience which these two youths
+had that month. But Washington was well paid, earning
+from $7 to $21 a day. On the return of the young<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span>
+surveyor to Mount Vernon his employer, Lord Fairfax,
+was so much pleased with the report that he
+secured his appointment as public surveyor. For the
+next three years George lived the life of a surveyor,
+spending much of his time with Lord Fairfax at his
+wilderness home, Greenway Court, not far from Winchester.</p>
+
+<p>During this time George was gaining valuable knowledge
+of the forest, and becoming so intimate with Indian
+life that, as people said, he came to walk like an
+Indian. His life in the woods developed fearlessness,
+patience, and self-reliance, qualities which, joined to
+his ability and character, inspired men's confidence and
+established his leadership. Governor Dinwiddie, of
+Virginia, appointed him an officer in the State militia,
+with the rank of major. And as an officer, his influence
+continued to increase.</p>
+
+<p>Some two years afterward his brother Lawrence died
+and left the Mount Vernon estate to his daughter, with
+George Washington as guardian. On her death, a little
+later, Washington became owner of the immense plantation
+at Mount Vernon, and hence a wealthy man.</p>
+
+<p>Fortune had favored him, and he might have chosen
+to enter upon a life of ease, but events soon occurred
+which called into action all his heroic qualities. The
+strife between the English and the French for control
+in the Ohio and Mississippi valleys was advancing
+rapidly toward war.</p>
+
+<p>The French had long considered this territory their
+own. We recall that La Salle had explored it, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span>
+attempted to plant colonies here. For many years,
+French explorers, priests, and traders had toiled on,
+patiently pushing their way through the forests, and
+planting stronghold after stronghold. At length, pressing
+closer on the English border, they began to build
+forts between Lake Erie and the head of the Ohio.
+For the English also had their eyes on the fertile
+valley of the Ohio, and were beginning to occupy it.</p>
+
+<p>At once a company composed largely of Virginia
+planters was organized for the purpose of making settlements
+in the Ohio Valley. Before they could do
+much, however, the French had boldly advanced far
+into territory claimed by England.</p>
+
+<p>The people of Virginia in alarm, said, "This advance
+must stop. What can be the plans of the
+French? How many are already in the forts lying
+between Lake Erie and the Ohio River?" Governor
+Dinwiddie and other Virginia gentlemen grew excited
+as they asked such questions. They decided, therefore,
+to send out to the French commander in the fort
+near Lake Erie, a trusty messenger who should ask by
+what right the French were invading a country belonging
+to England. This messenger was also to find out
+what he could about the forces of the French in that
+vicinity, and about their plans. Moreover, he was to
+make a strong effort to win over to the English the
+Indians, whose friendship the French were trying to
+gain. As a suitable man for this dangerous enterprise,
+all eyes turned to George Washington, still only
+twenty-one years of age.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 531px;">
+<img src="images/illus144.jpg" width="531" height="800" alt="THE DEATH OF BRADDOCK." title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE DEATH OF BRADDOCK.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The journey of 1,000 miles through trackless forests,
+in the bitter cold of Winter, did not offer a cheerful
+outlook. But on October 30, 1753, with seven
+companions, including an Indian and a French interpreter,
+George Washington started from Williamsburg.
+Stopping at Fredericksburg to bid good-by to his
+mother, he went on by way of Alexandria to Winchester,
+the familiar spot where he had spent many happy
+days with Lord Fairfax. Here he got horses and various
+supplies needed for his journey.</p>
+
+<p>From Winchester the little band of men moved forward
+to Will's Creek (now Cumberland, Md.), and
+then plunged boldly into the forest. From that time
+on, the difficulties of the journey were wellnigh overwhelming;
+but by perseverance in climbing lofty mountains
+and in swimming rivers swollen by heavy rains,
+the end of their journey was at last reached.</p>
+
+<p>On receiving an answer from the French commander,
+who promised nothing, Washington started
+back home. The horses soon proved too weak to
+make much headway through the dense forests and
+deep snow, and it seemed best to push on without
+them. He also left behind him all of his party except
+a trusty woodsman. Then putting on an Indian costume
+with a heavy cloak drawn over it, he strapped
+upon his back the pack containing his papers and, gun
+in hand, started off. A little later they were joined
+by an Indian guide, who soon gave evidence of his
+treachery by suddenly turning and discharging his gun
+at Washington.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Washington had another narrow escape from death.
+He had expected on reaching the Alleghany River to
+cross on the ice, but to his dismay he found the ice
+broken up and the stream filled with whirling blocks.
+There was no way of getting over except on a raft
+which he and his companion had to make with a single
+hatchet. Having at last finished it, they pushed off,
+and then began a desperate struggle with the current
+and, great blocks of floating ice. Washington, in trying
+to guide the raft with a pole, was thrown violently
+into the water. By catching hold of one of the raft
+logs he recovered himself, and by heroic effort succeeded
+in reaching an island nearby. Here the travellers
+suffered through a night of intense cold, not daring
+to kindle a fire for fear of the Indians.</p>
+
+<p>On January 16th they reached Williamsburg, where
+Washington delivered to Governor Dinwiddie the unsatisfactory
+letter he had brought from the French
+commander. Although the result of the expedition was
+not what the Virginians had hoped for, Washington
+had so well succeeded in carrying out his perilous mission
+that he was highly praised for his effort.</p>
+
+<p>The defiant answer of the French commander made
+it seem probable to the people of Virginia that war
+would follow. Therefore a company of men was
+sent out to build a fort at the place where the Alleghany
+and Monongahela rivers unite to form the
+Ohio. Washington's quick eye had noted the importance
+of this site, afterward known as the "Gateway
+of the West."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>In the meantime Washington was drilling men for
+service, and in April he set out with the rank of lieutenant-colonel
+with two companies for the frontier.
+He had not gone very far when he learned that the
+French had driven off with a large force the men who
+had been sent to the head of the Ohio to build a fort;
+but he continued his march. When a little later the
+approach of a small body of French was reported, the
+Virginians surprised them, killing, wounding, or capturing
+all but one. Colonel Washington was in the
+thickest of the fight, and wrote in a letter, "I heard
+the bullets whistle and, believe me, there is something
+charming in the sound."</p>
+
+<p>After this fight, which began the war, Washington
+returned to Great Meadows, and, learning that a large
+body of French were marching against him, hastily
+threw up rough earthworks, which he called Fort
+Necessity. When attacked soon after by two or three
+times his own number, the brave young colonel did
+not shrink. For nine hours, in a heavy downpour of
+rain, he and his sturdy followers stood up to their
+knees in mud and water in the trenches. Being so
+greatly outnumbered, his troops were of course defeated,
+but the House of Burgesses gave their commander
+a vote of thanks in recognition of his bravery.</p>
+
+<p>The war now began in bitter earnest, and England
+promptly sent over troops, with General Braddock in
+command. When on reaching Virginia he heard of
+Colonel Washington, Braddock appointed him a member
+of his staff. Colonel Washington soon discovered<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>
+that General Braddock was not the man to handle an
+army in woodland warfare. He would gladly have advised
+him, but the haughty British general would hear
+no suggestions from a colonial officer.</p>
+
+<p>With 2,000 soldiers, General Braddock marched
+against the French, stationed at Fort Duquesne at the
+head of the Ohio. On the morning of July 9th, when
+the army was only eight miles from the fort, it was
+suddenly attacked by the French and Indians, who
+lay in ambush in the thick forest. The English soldiers,
+standing in solid masses, were shot down by
+squads, but the Virginians fought from behind trees in
+true Indian fashion.</p>
+
+<p>Braddock, who has been rightly called a gallant
+bull-dog, rode madly to and fro, giving orders to his
+men, but in vain. He shortly fell from his horse, with
+a mortal wound. The manly figure of Colonel Washington
+was a conspicuous mark for the enemy's guns.
+Two horses fell under him; four bullets tore through
+his clothing; but he escaped injury.</p>
+
+<p>The result was a sore defeat for the English army.
+It lost 700 men out of 2,000, and three-fourths of its
+officers. Nothing but retreat could be thought of.
+The brave but narrow-minded Braddock had made an
+enormous and expensive blunder.</p>
+
+<p>After Braddock's defeat Washington was given command
+of the Virginia troops. Later in the war he led
+an expedition against Fort Duquesne, as Braddock had
+done. But on hearing of his approach the French
+fled. The war having subsided in the Ohio Valley,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span>
+Washington resigned his commission, returned to Mount
+Vernon, and soon afterward married Mrs. Martha
+Custis, a rich young widow.</p>
+
+<p>We have seen him first as a robust lad, then as a
+fearless woodsman, and later as a brave soldier. We
+will leave him for a while at Mount Vernon, where in
+the refined society of old Virginia he came to be
+equally well known as a high-bred gentleman.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">La Salle's dream.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The French and the English colonies.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">George Washington's early home.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His school-training.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">George and his mother.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Influence upon George of his brother Lawrence.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">George's rules of conduct.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The boy soldier.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The young athlete.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The fair-minded, truthful boy.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">George's self-control.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His longing to become a sailor boy.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Exactness and method in work.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The young surveyor.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The shy, awkward youth and Lord Fairfax.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Surveying in the forests of the Shenandoah Valley.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Life in the woods; an Indian dance.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">With Lord Fairfax at Greenway Court.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Washington, the young soldier.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Washington becomes a wealthy planter.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The French advance into the Ohio Valley.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Washington's perilous journey.</span><br />
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span><span class="smcap">The return on foot; two narrow escapes.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Washington in the fight that begins the war.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His defeat at Great Meadows.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A member of Braddock's staff.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Braddock's crushing defeat.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Washington retires to Mount Vernon.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. Write on the following topics, using a paragraph for each: George
+Washington's early home; his school-training; George and his
+mother; the boy soldier; the young athlete; the truthful boy.</p>
+
+<p>2. It would be well for you to commit to memory George's rules of
+conduct.</p>
+
+<p>3. Give an account of the young surveyor's life in the woods out in the
+Shenandoah Valley. Imagine the two young fellows riding
+alone through the forest, and the scene in the woods when the
+Indians danced by the huge fire.</p>
+
+<p>4. Trace on your map Washington's perilous journey to the French
+forts. What was the purpose of this journey? Travel in imagination
+with Washington on his return to Williamsburg, and tell,
+in the first person, some of your experiences.</p>
+
+<p>5. What do you think of General Braddock? In what way was he
+defeated? This was one of the battles of the Last French War.
+What caused this war?</p>
+
+<p>6. Find as many words as you can that describe George Washington.</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span></p>
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus151.jpg" width="100%" alt="James Wolfe." title="" />
+<span class="caption">James Wolfe.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER XI<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+James Wolfe,<br />
+the<br />
+Hero of<br />
+Quebec<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1727-1759</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+<p>We have just seen how the English and the
+French struggled to get control of the Ohio
+Valley. But the fighting in the Last French War was
+not confined to this region. Many of the battles
+were fought to secure control of two waterways. One
+of these was the route to Canada, including Lakes
+George and Champlain, and the other was the St. Lawrence
+River. Indeed, the crowning feature of the Last
+French War was the heroic effort made by a young
+English general to capture Quebec.</p>
+
+<p>This young general was James Wolfe. He was
+born in the southeastern part of England in 1727.
+From his father, who was an officer in the English
+army, he inherited a love for the soldier's life. But in
+all the trials and dangers to which he was exposed in
+his short and stormy career, he continued to be a devoted
+son, his love for his mother being especially ten<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span>der
+and sincere. With her he kept up a regular correspondence,
+in which he freely expressed his inmost
+thoughts and feelings.</p>
+
+<p>When only sixteen years of age he was sent to
+Flanders as an adjutant in a regiment of the English
+army. Here, by faithful and thorough work, he won
+promotion and soon, through bravery and skill, received
+an appointment as brigadier-general. At the
+age of thirty-two he was sent to America to assist in
+an expedition to Louisburg, and played a large part in
+the capture of that stronghold.</p>
+
+<p>He presented an awkward figure. At that time he
+was tall and slender, with long limbs, narrow shoulders,
+and red hair tied in a queue behind. His face
+was plain, with receding chin and forehead, and up-turned
+nose. But his keen, bright eyes, full of energy
+and fearlessness, gave him an attractive countenance
+and revealed a heroic nature.</p>
+
+<p>His health was never robust. As a child he was
+delicate, and as a youth he had frequent attacks of
+illness. But his resolute will and his high ideals enabled
+him to do what others of a different mould would
+never have attempted. He was governed, too, by an
+overmastering sense of duty, which was his most striking
+trait.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 549px;">
+<img src="images/illus153.jpg" width="549" height="480" alt="Quebec and Surroundings." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Quebec and Surroundings.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Although at times extremely impatient, his tenderness
+and frankness of nature easily won enduring friendships.
+His soldiers loved him so dearly that they
+were willing to follow him through any dangers to victory
+or death.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>After the capture of Louisburg, Wolfe was so worn
+by the demands upon his strength that he returned to
+England and went to Bath for treatment. At this time
+he met Miss Katherine Lowther,
+to whom he soon became
+engaged.</p>
+
+<p>But he was not long to remain
+inactive, for his country
+needed him. The great William
+Pitt, who had now become
+the head of affairs in
+England, saw in this fearless
+young general a fitting leader for a dangerous and difficult
+enterprise. This was an expedition against Quebec,
+the strongest and most important position held
+by the French in America.</p>
+
+<p>The French army at Quebec, commanded by General
+Montcalm, numbered more than 16,000 men, consisting
+of Frenchmen, Canadians, and Indians. But some
+were boys of fifteen, and others old men of eighty.
+Here they awaited Wolfe, whose army numbered 9,000.</p>
+
+<p>By June 21, 1759, Wolfe's fleet lay at anchor in the
+north channel of the island of Orleans, not far below
+Quebec. Then began a time of trial and discouragement
+to the young commander, who vainly looked for
+a point from which he might hope to make a successful
+attack.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime his soldiers were suffering from
+intense heat and drenching rains. Much sickness was
+the natural result. Wolfe, anxious with doubt, him<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span>self
+fell a victim to a burning fever. But he would
+not give up. He said to his physician, "I know perfectly
+well you cannot cure me. But pray make me
+up so that I can be without pain for a few days, and
+able to do my duty. That is all I want." Although
+racked with pain, he went from tent to tent among his
+men, trying to encourage them.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 336px;">
+<img src="images/illus154.jpg" width="336" height="361" alt="General Montcalm." title="" />
+<span class="caption">General Montcalm.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>During several weeks there was fighting now and
+then in the neighborhood of Quebec. On July 31st
+Wolfe's troops made a determined
+attack upon the French on the
+heights just north of the Montmorency
+River. The English advanced,
+in the face of a heavy,
+blinding rain, with great heroism,
+but were forced to retire without
+having gained a foothold.</p>
+
+<p>Thus the summer wore on near
+to its close. In desperation, Wolfe decided upon a
+bold move. He determined to sail up the river,
+land above Quebec, scale the steep and rugged cliffs
+there, and compel the French to fight a battle or surrender
+the city.</p>
+
+<p>The most serious difficulty was to find a way to
+scale the cliffs. At last one day came a glimmer of
+hope. For looking through a telescope from the
+south side of the river, the resolute young commander
+discovered a narrow path leading up the frowning
+heights not far from the town. "Here," he quickly
+decided, "I will land my men."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Promptly, eagerly, he began to lay his plans. On
+the morning of September 7th, in order to conceal from
+Montcalm their real purpose, the British, in gay red
+uniforms, embarked and sailed up and down the St.
+Lawrence, as if looking for a landing-place. On September
+12th, the fatal time set for decisive action,
+some of the English vessels, with a large body of troops
+on board, hovered about the shore below Quebec, as
+if to force a landing there. Montcalm was completely
+deceived. The ruse had succeeded.</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile the main body of English troops, which
+was to make ready a landing, was quietly anchored in
+the river above Quebec. Twenty-four brave men volunteered
+as leaders to scale the cliffs. These men took
+their places in the foremost boat.</p>
+
+<p>At two o'clock in the morning Wolfe gave the order
+to advance. It was a starlit night, but as there was no
+moon, it was dark enough to conceal the movements of
+the English. For two hours the long procession of
+boats filled with soldiers floated silently down the river.
+The brave young Wolfe, calm and masterful, was in
+one of the foremost boats. Fully expecting to be killed
+in the coming battle, he had, earlier in the evening,
+given to an old school-friend the portrait of his betrothed,
+Miss Lowther, which he had long worn about
+his neck. He said to his friend, "Give this to Miss
+Lowther, if I am killed."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 528px;">
+<img src="images/illus156.jpg" width="528" height="800" alt="THE DEATH OF WOLFE." title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE DEATH OF WOLFE.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>We can imagine the strain upon Wolfe's feelings
+during the two hours in which the boats floated downstream.
+Perhaps it was to relieve this strain that he
+repeated in a quiet voice Gray's "Elegy in a Country
+Churchyard." He seemed to dwell with peculiar feeling
+upon the last line in the following stanza:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>
+The boast of heraldry, the pomp of power,<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">And all that beauty, all that wealth e'er gave,</span><br />
+Await alike the inevitable hour,<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">The paths of glory lead but to the grave.</span><br />
+</p></div>
+
+<p>On coming to the end of the poem, he said, "Gentlemen,
+I would rather have written those lines than take
+Quebec."</p>
+
+<p>When they had almost reached their landing-place
+they heard a sudden call from a French sentry, "<i>Qui
+vive!</i>" "<i>France</i>," replied one of Wolfe's officers,
+who spoke French. "<i>A quel r&eacute;giment?</i>" "<i>De la
+Reine</i>," was the reply, and thinking the boats were
+under the control of Frenchmen carrying provisions to
+Montcalm, the sentry let them pass. Later when challenged
+by another sentry, the same English officer said
+in French: "Provision-boats. Don't make a noise&mdash;the
+English will hear us."</p>
+
+<p>At length they came to the spot since called Wolfe's
+Cove, and there landed. The twenty-four volunteers
+clambered up the path in the darkness and, reaching
+the top, surprised the small number of Frenchmen
+stationed there, and quickly overpowered them. It was
+with much difficulty that Wolfe's army succeeded, by
+seizing hold of trees and bushes, in getting to the top
+with muskets, cannons, and supplies.</p>
+
+<p>At daybreak, Wolfe chose as the field of battle the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span>
+Plains of Abraham, a high stretch of land extending
+along the river just above the town.</p>
+
+<p>The brave Montcalm, in doubt and perplexity, had
+spent a sleepless night pacing to and fro. When told
+of the landing of the English troops he rode up from
+his camp to see what was going on. Amazed at the
+"silent wall of red" presented by the English army
+drawn up in battle array, he said, "This is a serious
+business."</p>
+
+<p>Wolfe, anxious but calm, rode to and fro, inspiring
+his soldiers with confidence. "Victory or death" was
+their watchword, for in case of failure retreat was
+impossible.</p>
+
+<p>By ten o'clock the French were in line of battle,
+ready for the onset. With loud shouts, they rushed
+upon the English. But the latter, waiting quietly until
+the enemy was only forty paces away, met them with
+a withering fire that strewed the ground with dead and
+dying men. While the French were wavering, the
+English fired another deadly volley, and then with
+victorious shouts rushed headlong upon the confused
+ranks.</p>
+
+<p>The fighting was stubborn and furious, and Wolfe
+was in the thickest of the fray. While he was leading a
+charge, a bullet tore through his wrist. Quickly wrapping
+his handkerchief about the wound, he dashed forward
+until he was for the third time struck by a bullet,
+this time receiving a mortal wound. Four of his men
+bore him in their arms to the rear, and wished to send
+for a surgeon; but Wolfe said, "There's no need; it's<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span>
+all over with me." A little later, hearing someone cry
+"They run; see how they run!" he asked, "Who
+runs?" "The enemy, sir. Egad, they give way
+everywhere!" Then said Wolfe in his last moments,
+"Now, God be praised. I will die in peace."</p>
+
+<p>Montcalm, too, died like a hero. Shot through the
+body, he was supported on either side as he passed
+through the town; but when he heard cries of distress
+and pity from his friends and followers, he said, "It's
+nothing, it's nothing; don't be troubled for me, good
+friends." Being told that he could not live many
+hours, he exclaimed, "Thank God, I shall not live to
+see Quebec surrendered." A few days later Quebec
+came into the hands of the English. Its fall meant the
+loss to France of all her possessions in North America
+except two small islands for fishing-stations in the Gulf
+of St. Lawrence.</p>
+
+<p>The treaty of peace at the end of the war, called the
+Last French War,<a name="FNanchor_8_8" id="FNanchor_8_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> was signed at Paris in 1763. By this
+treaty France ceded to Spain all the territory between
+the Mississippi River and the Rocky Mountains; also
+the town of New Orleans, controlling the navigation
+of the Mississippi. To England she gave Canada and
+all the territory east of the Mississippi. Thus by a
+single final blow did Wolfe so weaken the hold of the
+French upon North America, as to compel them to
+give up practically all they had there.</p>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">The crowning feature of the Last French War.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Wolfe's love for his mother.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The young soldier.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Wolfe's personal appearance.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His character.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Wolfe sent on an expedition against Quebec.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His trials and difficulties.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He discovers a steep pathway.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He deceives Montcalm.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His army floats down the river.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The English reach the rocky heights.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">"Victory or death!"</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The clash of battle.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Wolfe and Montcalm receive mortal wounds.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The French surrender Quebec.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">End of the last French War.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. How did Wolfe look, and what were his most striking personal
+traits?</p>
+
+<p>2. What were his trials and difficulties at Quebec?</p>
+
+<p>3. Picture his army floating down the river on the way to the battle-field;
+also the soldiers climbing the steep heights.</p>
+
+<p>4. Describe the battle, going in imagination with Wolfe at the head
+of his men.</p>
+
+<p>5. Why was the capture of Quebec by the English so important?</p>
+
+<p>6. Are you forming the habit of looking up on your map all the places
+mentioned in the text? If you wish to become strong in history,
+such a habit will be invaluable.</p>
+
+<p>7. Remember that the Last French War began in 1756 and ended in
+1763.</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus161.jpg" width="100%" alt="Patrick Henry." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Patrick Henry.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER XII<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Patrick Henry<br />
+and the<br />
+Stamp Act<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1736-1799</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+<p>With the fall of Quebec, France lost her hold
+of nearly all the territory in North America
+that she had acquired through the energy and heroism
+of her explorers. England profited by this loss, but
+England herself had soon to meet with a misfortune
+far heavier&mdash;the loss of all her colonies east of the
+Alleghanies and along the Atlantic coast. Very soon
+after the close of the Last French War, she began, under
+the lead of the dull-witted King George, to treat them
+with so much injustice and oppression that in self-defence
+they were driven to take up arms for the security
+of their rights as a free-born people. The result
+was the American Revolution, which began in 1775
+and ended in 1783. How this Revolution came to
+be, is one of the most interesting chapters in our history.
+Let us now trace the course of events leading
+to its outbreak.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>After the close of the Last French War, England
+was heavily in debt. As this debt had been incurred
+largely in defence of the English colonies in America,
+George III., King of England, believed that the colonies
+should help to carry the burden. Moreover, as
+he intended to send them a standing army for their
+protection, he deemed it wise to levy upon them a tax
+for its support.</p>
+
+<p>Parliament, therefore, which was composed largely
+of the King's friends, ready to do his bidding, passed
+a law called the Stamp Act. This required the colonists
+to use stamps upon their newspapers and upon
+legal documents, the price of stamps ranging from a
+half-penny to twelve pounds. The King thought this
+tax would be just because it would fall upon all the
+colonists alike.</p>
+
+<p>But the colonists were of a different mind; for England
+had not fought the Last French War so much
+to defend them as to protect her own trade. Besides,
+they had already paid a reasonable share of the war
+expenses, and had furnished a fair proportion of
+soldiers for battle. They had always given their share
+toward the expenses of their defence, and were still
+willing to do so. If the King would ask them for a
+definite sum, they would raise it through their Colonial
+Assemblies. But they strongly objected to any
+English tax.</p>
+
+<p>These Colonial Assemblies were composed of men
+who represented the colonists and made laws for the
+colonists. Therefore the colonists were willing to pay<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span>
+any taxes levied by the Assemblies. As free-born
+Englishmen they objected to paying taxes levied by
+Parliament, which did not represent them. Parliament
+might levy taxes upon the people of England, whom
+it did represent. But only the Colonial Assemblies
+could tax the colonists, because they alone represented
+the colonists. In other words, as James Otis in a stirring
+speech had declared, there must be "No taxation
+without representation."</p>
+
+<p>George III. could not understand the feelings of the
+colonists, and he had no sympathy with their views.
+His mother had said to him when he was crowned,
+"George, be King," and this advice had pleased him.
+For he was wilful, and desired to have his own way as
+a ruler. Thus far he had shown little respect for the
+British Parliament, and he felt even less for Colonial
+Assemblies. Certainly if he was to rule in his own
+way in England, he must compel the obedience of the
+stubborn colonists in America. The standing army
+which the King wished to send to America was
+designed not so much to protect the colonies as to
+enforce the will of the King, and this the colonists
+knew. They therefore opposed with bitter indignation
+the payment of taxes levied for the army's support.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 336px;">
+<img src="images/illus164.jpg" width="336" height="401" alt="George III." title="" />
+<span class="caption">George III.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Patrick Henry was one of many who were willing
+to risk everything in their earnest struggle against the
+tyrannical schemes of King George. Patrick Henry
+was born in 1736 in Hanover County, Va. His
+father was a lawyer of much intelligence, and his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span>
+mother belonged to a fine old Welsh family. As a
+boy, Patrick's advantages at school were meagre, and
+even these he did not appreciate. Books were far
+less attractive to him than his gun and fishing-rod.
+With these he delighted to wander
+through the woods searching for
+game, or to sit on the bank of some
+stream fishing by the hour. When
+out-door sports failed, he found delight
+at home in his violin.</p>
+
+<p>When he was fifteen years old, his
+father put him into a country store,
+where he remained a year. He then
+began business for himself, but he
+gave so little attention to it that he soon failed. He
+next tried farming, and afterward storekeeping again,
+but without success.</p>
+
+<p>At length he decided to practise law, and after six
+months' study applied for admission to the bar.
+Although he had much difficulty in passing the examination,
+he had at last found a vocation which suited
+him. He did well in his law practice; but we must
+pass over this part of his life in order that we may
+go with him to Williamsburg. He went there in 1765,
+soon after the passage of the Stamp Act by the English
+Parliament, to attend the session of the Virginia House
+of Burgesses, of which he had been elected a member.</p>
+
+<p>We get a vivid picture of our hero at this period of
+his career as he rides on horseback toward Williamsburg,
+carrying his papers in his saddle-bags. John<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span>
+Esten Cooke says of him: "He was at this time just
+twenty-nine, tall in figure, but stooping, with a grim
+expression, small blue eyes which had a peculiar twinkle,
+and wore a brown wig without powder, a 'peach-blossom
+coat,' leather knee-breeches, and yarn stockings."</p>
+
+<p>There was great excitement in Williamsburg, and it
+was a time of grave doubt. What should be done
+about the Stamp Act? Should the people of Virginia
+tamely submit to it and say nothing? Should they urge
+Parliament to repeal it? or should they cry out against
+it in open defiance?</p>
+
+<p>Most of the members were wealthy planters, men of
+dignity and influence. These men spoke of England
+as the "Mother" of the colonies, and were so loyal in
+their attachment that the idea of war was hateful to
+them. Certainly, the thought of separation from England
+they could not entertain for a moment.</p>
+
+<p>But Patrick Henry was eager for prompt and decisive
+action. Having hastily written, on a blank leaf
+taken from a law-book, a series of resolutions, he rose
+and offered them to the assembly. One of these resolutions
+declared that the General Assembly of the
+colony had the sole right and power of laying taxes in
+the colony.</p>
+
+<p>A hot debate followed, in the course of which
+Patrick Henry, ablaze with indignation, arose and addressed
+the body. His speech closed with these
+thrilling words: "C&aelig;sar had his Brutus, Charles the
+First his Cromwell, and George the Third&mdash;" "Treason!
+Treason!" shouted voices from the stormy as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span>sembly.
+Pausing a moment in a fearless attitude, the
+young orator calmly added, "may profit from their example.
+If this be treason make the most of it." The
+resolutions were passed.</p>
+
+<p>It was a great triumph for the young orator, who
+now became the "idol of the people." As he was
+going out of the door at the close of the session, one
+of the plain people gave him a slap on the shoulder,
+saying, "Stick to us, old fellow, or we are gone!"</p>
+
+<p>The note of defiance sounded by Patrick Henry at
+this time vibrated throughout America, and encouraged
+the colonists to unite against the oppressive taxation
+imposed upon them through the influence of the
+stubborn and misguided King George.</p>
+
+<p>But the English people as a whole did not support
+the King. Many of them, among whom were some
+of England's wisest statesmen, believed he was making
+a great mistake in trying to tax the Americans without
+their consent. Said William Pitt, in a stirring speech
+in the House of Commons: "Sir, I rejoice that America
+has resisted. Three millions<a name="FNanchor_9_9" id="FNanchor_9_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> of people so dead to
+all the feelings of liberty as voluntarily to submit to be
+slaves, would have been fit instruments to make slaves
+of all the rest."</p>
+
+<p>In the ten years following the passage of the Stamp
+Act, events in America moved rapidly. Some of these
+we shall learn more about a little later. It is sufficient
+here to say that the colonial merchants refused to import
+goods so long as the Stamp Act was in effect;
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span>that their action caused the merchants, manufacturers,
+and ship-owners in England to lose money heavily;
+that these merchants and ship-owners at once begged
+Parliament to repeal the Stamp Act; and that Parliament
+did repeal it
+one year after its
+passage.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;">
+<img src="images/illus167.jpg" width="640" height="412" alt="St. John's Church, Richmond." title="" />
+<span class="caption">St. John's Church, Richmond.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Ten years after
+Patrick Henry's
+eloquent speech
+at Williamsburg
+against the Stamp
+Act, the people
+of Virginia were
+again deeply aroused; for King George, acting through
+Parliament, had sent 3,000 soldiers to Boston to force
+her unruly people and those of Massachusetts to obey
+certain of his commands. Virginia having given her
+hearty support to the people of Massachusetts, the
+royal Governor of Virginia drove the Colonial Assembly
+away from Williamsburg. But the people of Virginia,
+resolute in defence of their rights, elected a convention
+of their leading men, who met at old St. John's Church
+in Richmond, a church which is yet standing. Excitement
+was widespread, and thoughtful men grew serious
+at the war-cloud growing blacker every hour.</p>
+
+<p>Virginians had already begun to make preparations
+to fight if they must. But many still hoped that the
+disagreements between the Americans and King George
+might be settled, and therefore believed that they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span>
+should act with great caution. Patrick Henry thought
+differently. He was persuaded that the time had come
+when talk should give place to prompt, energetic, decisive
+action. The war was at hand. It could not
+be avoided. The Americans must fight, or tamely
+submit to be slaves.</p>
+
+<p>Believing these things with all the intensity of his
+nature, he offered a resolution that Virginia should at
+once prepare to defend herself. Many of the leading
+men stoutly opposed this resolution as rash and unwise.</p>
+
+<p>At length Patrick Henry arose, his face pale and
+his voice trembling with deep emotion. Soon his
+stooping figure became erect. His eyes flashed fire.
+His voice rang out like a trumpet. As he continued,
+men leaned forward in breathless interest, thrilled by
+his magical words:</p>
+
+<p>"We must fight! I repeat it, sir, we must fight!
+An appeal to arms and to the God of Hosts is all that
+is left us! They tell us, sir, that we are weak; unable
+to cope with so formidable an adversary. But
+when shall we be stronger? Will it be the next week,
+or the next year? Will it be when we are totally
+disarmed, and when a British guard shall be stationed
+in every house? Shall we gather strength by irresolution
+and inaction? Shall we acquire the means of
+effectual resistance by lying supinely on our backs and
+hugging the delusive phantom of hope, until our enemies
+shall have bound us hand and foot? Sir, we are
+not weak, if we make a proper use of the means which<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span>
+the God of nature hath placed in our power.... There
+is no retreat, but in submission and slavery!
+Our chains are forged! Their clanking may be heard
+on the plains of Boston! The war is inevitable&mdash;and
+let it come! I repeat it, sir, let it come!</p>
+
+<p>"It is in vain, sir, to extenuate the matter. Gentlemen
+may cry peace, peace&mdash;but there is no peace.
+The war is actually begun! The next gale that
+sweeps from the North will bring to our ears the clash
+of resounding arms! Our brethren are already in the
+field! Why stand we here idle? What is it that
+gentlemen wish? What would they have? Is life so
+dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the
+price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty
+God! I know not what course others may take; but
+as for me, give me liberty, or give me death!"</p>
+
+<p>This wonderful speech made a deep impression not
+only in Virginia but throughout the colonies. The
+next month the war began at Lexington and Concord.
+A little later Patrick Henry was made commander-in-chief
+of the Virginia forces, and later still was elected
+Governor of Virginia.</p>
+
+<p>At the age of fifty-eight he retired to an estate in
+Charlotte County, called "Red Hill," where he lived a
+simple and beautiful life. He died in 1799. His influence
+in arousing the people of Virginia and of the other
+colonies to a sense of their rights as freemen cannot easily
+be measured. Without doubt his impassioned oratory
+played a most important part in shaping the course
+of events which resulted in the Revolutionary War.</p>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">The American Revolution.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">George the Third's plan to tax the colonies in support of a standing army.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Stamp Act.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The colonists object to the Stamp Act; "No taxation without representation."</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">George the Third's desire for personal power.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Fondness of Patrick Henry for out-door sports.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He fails as a storekeeper.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Patrick Henry as a lawyer.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His personal appearance.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His great speech opposing the Stamp Act.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">English opposition to taxing the Americans without their consent.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Repeal of the Stamp Act.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Patrick Henry's defiant speech in St. John's Church.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His influence and later life.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. What was the Stamp Act and what was its purpose? Why did the
+colonists object to it?</p>
+
+<p>2. Describe George the Third. What did his mother mean when she
+said to him, "George, be King"?</p>
+
+<p>3. What was his personal appearance when he went to Williamsburg
+to attend the session of the House of Burgesses?</p>
+
+<p>4. How did William Pitt feel about American taxation?</p>
+
+<p>5. Can you form a mental picture of Patrick Henry as he made his
+great speech in St. John's Church? Do you not think it would
+be profitable for you to memorize this speech? At any rate,
+you might well learn to read it so as to bring out its meaning.</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus171.jpg" width="100%" alt="Samuel Adams." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Samuel Adams.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER XIII<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Samuel Adams<br />
+and the<br />
+Boston Tea<br />
+Party<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1722-1803</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+<p>We have just seen how the people of Virginia,
+under the leadership of Patrick Henry, arose
+against King George's pet measure, the Stamp Act.
+But the Virginians were not alone in the feeling of
+opposition to the English King. Just as brave and
+liberty-loving were the Massachusetts people, with
+Samuel Adams as their leader.</p>
+
+<p>He was born in Boston in 1722. His father was a
+well-to-do man, who filled a large place in the community.
+Of Samuel Adams's boyhood we know little,
+but as far as we can learn he was a studious, in-door
+sort of lad, with little fondness for sport of any kind.
+His father wished him to be a clergyman, but he preferred
+to study law. Since, however, his mother did
+not approve, he gave that up for a business life,
+eventually joining his father in the malt business.</p>
+
+<p>When the excitement over the Stamp Act began,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span>
+Samuel Adams was forty-two years old. He was of
+medium size, with gray hair and keen gray eyes.
+Although his hands were tremulous, as if with age, his
+health was vigorous. Like Patrick Henry, he had
+but little aptitude for business. So we need not be
+surprised to learn that in time he lost about all the
+property his father had left him.</p>
+
+<p>In fact, Samuel Adams soon gave up all kinds of
+private business, devoting his time and strength to
+public life. As a result he and his family had to live
+on the very small salary which he received as clerk of
+the Assembly of Massachusetts. Poor as he was, however,
+no man could be more upright. The British tried
+to buy him, but found him the very soul of honor.
+In what way he gave expression to his interest in the
+public welfare can be briefly told.</p>
+
+<p>As we have already seen, King George, much
+against his will, had to submit to the repeal of the
+Stamp Act by Parliament. But he was not satisfied.
+He could never carry out his selfish scheme of personal
+government in England and in America if he
+allowed the stubborn colonists to have their way in
+this matter.</p>
+
+<p>In 1767, therefore, through his tool, Townshend,
+Parliament levied new port duties on a few articles,
+including glass, lead, paper, and tea. These new taxes
+were hateful to the colonists because they were levied
+by Parliament, and because the money thus raised was
+to be used to their disadvantage in various ways: For
+example, some of it was to pay for maintaining in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span>
+America a small English army. This army, the colonists
+believed, the King would use to compel them to
+do as he willed.</p>
+
+<p>The opposition to the new taxes was just as bitter
+as it had been against the Stamp Act. Samuel Adams
+felt that only slaves would submit to such high-handed
+oppression. He urged the people of Boston and
+Massachusetts to join in refusing to import any goods
+from England as long as the new taxes were imposed
+by Parliament. They did so agree, and thus inflicted
+great injury upon English merchants, as they had
+done two or three years before.</p>
+
+<p>Of course these merchants suffered heavy losses,
+and again begged for a repeal. But the dull-witted
+King could not understand the Americans. Thus far
+he had not been able to coerce them; he now made a
+shrewd attempt to outwit them.</p>
+
+<p>Influenced by him, Parliament took off all the new
+taxes except the one on tea. "There must be one
+tax to keep the right to tax," he said. If he could
+only succeed in getting the Americans to submit to
+paying any tax&mdash;no matter how small&mdash;that Parliament
+might levy, he would carry his point. He
+therefore urged not only the removal of all taxes
+except the one on tea, but also made arrangements
+whereby Americans could buy their taxed tea cheaper
+than it could be bought in England and cheaper even
+than they could smuggle it from Holland, as they had
+been doing. No doubt the King had great faith in
+this foolish scheme. "Of course," he argued, "the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span>
+Americans will buy their tea where they can buy it
+cheapest, and then we will have them in a trap."
+But this was a huge blunder, as we shall now see.</p>
+
+<p>The East India Company arranged to ship cargoes
+of tea to Boston, New York, Philadelphia, and Charleston.
+When the tea arrived, the people in New York
+and Philadelphia refused to let it land, and in Charleston
+they stored it in damp cellars, where it spoiled.
+But in Boston, where the Tory Governor, Hutchinson,
+was determined to fight a hard battle for the King,
+there was a most exciting time. The result was the
+famous "Boston Tea Party."</p>
+
+<p>It was a quiet Sunday morning, on the 28th of
+November, 1773, when the Darmouth, one of the
+three tea-ships on the way to Boston, sailed into the
+harbor.<a name="FNanchor_10_10" id="FNanchor_10_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_10_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a> The people were attending service in the
+various churches. "The Darmouth is in!" spread
+like wildfire, and soon the streets were astir with people,
+Sunday though it was, in old Puritan Boston.</p>
+
+<p>Fearing that the tea might be landed, the committee
+of correspondence quickly got together and secured a
+promise from Benjamin Rotch, the owner of the Darmouth,
+that the tea should not be landed before Tuesday.
+On Monday morning an immense town meeting
+was held in Faneuil Hall, the "Cradle of Liberty."
+Five thousand men were present. But Faneuil Hall
+proving too small, the crowd had to make its way to
+the Old South Church. In addressing the meeting
+Samuel Adams asked, "Is it the firm resolution of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span>this body that the tea shall not only he sent back,
+but that no duty shall be paid thereon?" With a
+great shout the men answered "Yes."</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 480px;">
+<img src="images/illus175.jpg" width="480" height="590" alt="Faneuil Hall, Boston." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Faneuil Hall, Boston.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Samuel Adams and the people of Boston and the
+surrounding towns were
+determined that the tea
+should not be landed.
+Governor Hutchinson
+was equally determined
+that it should be. The
+advantage was with the
+Governor, for according
+to law the vessels could
+not return to England
+with the tea unless they
+got a clearance from the
+collector of customs or
+a pass from himself.</p>
+
+
+<p>But neither the collector
+of customs nor Governor Hutchinson would
+yield an inch. For nineteen days the struggle continued,
+growing daily more bitter. With a stubborn
+purpose to prevent the landing of the tea even if they
+had to fight, the Boston people appointed men, armed
+with muskets and bayonets, some to watch the tea-ships
+by day and some by night. Six couriers were
+to be ready to mount their horses, which they kept
+saddled and bridled, and speed into the country to
+give the alarm to the people. Sentinels were stationed
+in the church-belfries to ring the bells, and beacon-<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span>fires
+were ready to be lighted on the surrounding
+hilltops.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 421px;">
+<img src="images/illus176.jpg" width="421" height="640" alt="The Old South Church, Boston." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Old South Church, Boston.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The morning of December 16th had come. If the
+tea should remain in the harbor until the morrow&mdash;the
+twentieth day&mdash;the revenue officer would be empowered
+by law to land it by force. Men, talking
+angrily and shaking their fists with excitement, were
+thronging into the streets of Boston from surrounding
+towns. By ten o'clock over 7,000 had assembled
+in the Old South Church and in the streets outside.</p>
+
+<p>They were waiting for the coming of Benjamin
+Rotch, who had gone to see if the collector would
+give him a clearance. Rotch
+came in and told the angry
+crowd that the collector refused
+to give the clearance.
+The people told him that he
+must get a pass from the Governor.
+Fearing for his personal
+safety, the poor man
+started out to find Governor
+Hutchinson who had purposely
+retired to his country home
+at Milton. Then the meeting
+adjourned for the morning.</p>
+
+<p>At three o'clock a great
+throng of eager men again crowded into the Old
+South Church and the streets outside to wait for the
+return of Rotch. It was a critical moment. "If the
+Governor refuses to give the pass, shall the revenue<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span>
+officer be allowed to seize the tea and land it to-morrow
+morning?" Many anxious faces showed that
+men were asking themselves this momentous question.</p>
+
+<p>But while, in deep suspense, the meeting waited
+and deliberated, John Rowe said, "Who knows how
+tea will mingle with salt water?" A whirlwind of
+applause swept through the assembly and the masses
+outside the church. As daylight deepened into darkness,
+candles were lighted. Shortly after six Benjamin
+Rotch entered the church and, with pale face, said,
+"The Governor refuses to give a pass." An angry
+murmur arose, but the crowd soon became silent,
+when Samuel Adams arose and said, "This meeting
+can do nothing more to save the country."</p>
+
+<p>This was plainly a concerted signal. In an instant
+a war-whoop sounded, and forty or fifty "Mohawks,"
+or men dressed as Indians, who were waiting outside,
+dashed past the door and down Milk Street toward
+Griffin's Wharf, where the tea-ships were lying at
+anchor. It was bright moonlight, and everything
+could be plainly seen. Many men stood on shore
+and watched the "Mohawks" as they broke open 342
+chests, and poured the tea into the harbor. There was
+no confusion. All was done in perfect order.</p>
+
+<p>The "Boston Tea Party," of which Samuel Adams
+was the prime mover, was a long step toward the Revolution.
+Samuel Adams was at this time almost or quite
+alone in his desire for Independence, and he has well
+been called the "Father of the Revolution." But<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span>
+his influence for the good of America continued far
+beyond the time of the "Boston Tea Party." Up to
+the last his patriotism was earnest and sincere. He
+died in 1803, at the age of eighty-one years. Not as
+an orator, like Patrick Henry, but as a man of action,
+like Lincoln and Washington, had he a powerful influence
+over men. His was truly a life of distinguished
+service to his country.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 617px;">
+<img src="images/illus178.jpg" width="617" height="600" alt="The &quot;Boston Tea Party.&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">The &quot;Boston Tea Party.&quot;</span>
+</div>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">The feeling of Massachusetts people.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Samuel Adams in business and in public life.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A man to be trusted.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">King George's new scheme of taxation.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Bitter opposition to the new taxes.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The King's shrewd attempt to outwit the Americans.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Taxed tea arrives in America.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A huge town meeting.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A Bitter Struggle with Governor Hutchinson over the Tea.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Over 7,000 excited men in the Old South Church.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Governor refuses to give Rotch a pass.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The "Mohawks" and the "Tea Party"; Admiral Montague.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Samuel Adams the "Father of the Revolution."</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+<p>1. What were King George's new taxes? What was their three-fold purpose?</p>
+
+<p>2. Why were all the taxes repealed except the one on tea? In what way
+did the King try to entrap the Americans?</p>
+
+<p>3. Tell about the bitter struggle over landing the tea.</p>
+
+<p>4. Can you form mental pictures of the following: The throng of excited
+men in and about the Old South Church, awaiting the return of Benjamin
+Rotch; and the party of "Mohawks" on their way down Milk Street to the
+harbor?</p>
+
+<p>5. What was the great work of Samuel Adams? What do you admire in his
+character? Compare him with Patrick Henry. Have you definite pictures of
+the personal appearance of these men?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus180.jpg" width="100%" alt="Paul Revere." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Paul Revere.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER XIV<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Paul Revere<br />
+and the<br />
+Battle of<br />
+Concord and<br />
+Lexington<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1735-1818</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+<p>After the "Boston Tea Party," affairs became
+more serious than ever in Massachusetts. As
+a punishment to the rebellious colonists for daring to
+oppose their royal master, the English authorities closed
+the port of Boston to all trade, and made General Gage
+military governor of Massachusetts.</p>
+
+<p>One of the first acts of the new Governor was to dismiss
+the Colonial Assembly, thus depriving the people
+of their right to make laws, and subjecting them wholly
+to the will of the King. The colonists felt this to
+be an outrage upon free government, and immediately
+organized a new governing body which they called a
+Provincial Congress. With John Hancock as its president
+and Samuel Adams as its leading spirit, this congress
+began at once to make rapid preparations for
+war. It called for an army of 20,000 men who were
+to be ready, at a minute's notice, to march to any point<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span>
+of danger. These first soldiers of the Revolution, thus
+hastily mustered, were called "minute-men."</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile General Gage, who was in command of
+3,000 British troops in Boston, had received orders
+from England to seize John Hancock and Samuel
+Adams as traitors. General Gage knew that Hancock
+and Adams were staying for a while with a friend in
+Lexington. He had learned also through his spies
+that the minute-men had collected some cannon and
+military stores in Concord, eighteen miles from Boston.
+The British General planned, therefore, to send
+a body of troops to arrest the two leaders at Lexington,
+and then to push on and destroy the stores at
+Concord.</p>
+
+<p>Although he acted with the greatest secrecy, he was
+not alert enough to keep his plans from the watchful
+minute-men. Gage's failure was brought about by one
+of these minute-men, Paul Revere, whose famous
+"midnight ride" was one of the exciting episodes of
+the Revolution.</p>
+
+<p>Paul Revere was born in Boston, in 1735, in what is
+now called the north end of the town. He followed
+his father's trade, and became a goldsmith. To this
+occupation he added copper-plate engraving, and not
+only produced prints of many current events, but engraved
+plates for money issued by the Provincial Congress
+of Massachusetts.</p>
+
+<p>He had taken an active part in the "Boston Tea
+Party," and in 1774, with about thirty other young patriots,
+formed a society to spy out the British plans.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span>
+Always on the watch, these young men at once made
+known any suspicious movement to such leaders as Samuel
+Adams, John Hancock, and Dr. Joseph Warren.</p>
+
+<p>On the evening of April 18, 1775, Revere and
+his friends reported
+to Dr. Warren certain
+unusual movements
+of troops and
+boats, and their belief
+that General
+Gage was about to
+carry out his plan
+of capturing
+Adams and Hancock
+and of destroying the military stores at Concord.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;">
+<img src="images/illus182.jpg" width="800" height="557" alt="Paul Revere's Ride." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Paul Revere's Ride.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Dr. Warren quickly summoned William Dawes and
+Paul Revere, and despatched them on horseback to
+Lexington and Concord, to give the alarm. He sent
+them by different routes, hoping that one at least might
+escape capture by British patrols, with whom Gage had
+carefully guarded all the roads leading from Boston.</p>
+
+<p>Dawes was soon making his way across Boston Neck,
+while Paul Revere went home and put on his riding
+suit for his long night-ride. Then, leaving orders for
+a lantern-signal to be hung in the belfry of the Old
+North Church, to indicate by which route the British
+forces were advancing, "one if by land and two if
+by sea," he rowed across the Charles River, passing
+near the British war-vessels lying at anchor.</p>
+
+<p>On the opposite bank he soon got ready a fleet horse.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span>
+There he stood, bridle in hand, watching to catch sight
+of the signal lights. At eleven o'clock two lights
+gleamed out from the belfry, and told him that the
+British troops were crossing the Charles River on their
+march through Cambridge.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 351px;">
+<img src="images/illus183.jpg" width="351" height="640" alt="The Old North Church." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Old North Church.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Leaping into his saddle he sped like the wind
+toward Lexington. Suddenly two British officers
+sprang out to capture him; but quickly turning his
+horse, he dashed into a side path, and soon outdistanced
+his pursuers. Ten minutes later he arrived at
+Medford.</p>
+
+<p>Then at every house along the road, he stopped
+and shouted, "Up and arm! Up and arm! The
+regulars are out! The regulars are
+out!"</p>
+
+<p>When he reached Lexington it
+was just midnight. Eight minute-men,
+guarding the house where
+Adams and Hancock were sleeping,
+warned him not to disturb the
+household by making so much
+noise. "Noise!" cried Paul Revere.
+"You'll have noise enough before
+long. The regulars are out!"</p>
+
+<p>William Dawes soon joined Paul
+Revere, and after a few minutes
+spent in taking refreshments they
+rode off together toward Concord accompanied by
+Dr. Prescott. About half way there they met some
+mounted British officers, who called to them to halt.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span>
+Prescott managed to escape by making his horse leap
+a stone wall, and rode in hot haste toward Concord,
+which he reached in safety; but Paul Revere and
+William Dawes both fell into the hands of the
+British.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, the British troops, numbering 800
+men, under Lieutenant-Colonel Smith, were on their
+way to Lexington. But they had not gone far before
+they were made aware, by the ringing of church-bells,
+the firing of signal guns, the beating of drums, and
+the gleaming of beacon-fires from the surrounding hilltops,
+that the minute-men knew of their movements.
+Colonel Smith, disturbed by these signs of threatening
+storm, sent Major Pitcairn ahead with a picked body
+of light infantry, in the hope that they might reach
+Lexington before the town could be aroused. He then
+sent back to Boston for reinforcements.</p>
+
+<p>The British commander had reason to be disturbed,
+for the alarm-signals were calling to arms thousands of
+patriots ready to die for their rights. Hastily wakened
+from sleep, men snatched their old muskets from over
+the door and, bidding a hurried good-by to wife and
+children, started for the meeting-places long since agreed
+upon.</p>
+
+<p>Just as the sun was rising, Major Pitcairn marched
+into Lexington, where he found forty or fifty minute-men
+ready to dispute his advance. "Disperse, ye
+rebels: disperse!" he cried. But they would not disperse.
+Pitcairn ordered his men to fire, and eighteen
+of the minute-men fell dead or wounded, before the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span>
+remainder sullenly retired to wait for a hand in the
+struggle later in the day.</p>
+
+<p>Before the arrival of Pitcairn the British officers
+who had captured Revere and Dawes returned with
+them to Lexington,
+where, commanding
+Revere to dismount,
+they let him go. Running
+off at full speed
+to the house where
+Samuel Adams and
+John Hancock were
+staying, he recounted
+what had happened,
+and then guided them
+across the fields to a
+place of safety at Woburn. On their way they heard
+the guns firing on Lexington Common, and the sound
+stirred the soul of Adams, who exclaimed with enthusiasm,
+"Oh, what a glorious morning is this!"</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 704px;">
+<img src="images/illus185.jpg" width="704" height="600" alt="Stone in Front of the Harrington House, Lexington,
+Marking the Line of the Minute-Men." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Stone in Front of the Harrington House, Lexington,
+Marking the Line of the Minute-Men.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>From Lexington, Colonel Smith hastened to Concord,
+arriving there at seven o'clock in the morning,
+about six hours after Dr. Prescott had given the alarm.
+The British could not find the military stores, most
+of which the people of Concord had hidden, but they
+cut down the liberty pole, set fire to the court-house,
+spiked a few cannon, and emptied some barrels of
+flour.</p>
+
+<p>About 200 of them stood guard at the North
+Bridge, while a body of minute-men gathered on a hill<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span>
+beyond. When the minute-men had increased to 400
+they advanced upon the British, and brought on a fight
+which resulted in loss of life on each side. Then continuing
+their advance they crossed the bridge, and
+forced the British to withdraw into the town.</p>
+
+<p>By noon Colonel Smith could see that by reason of
+the ever-increasing body of minute-men, swarming into
+Concord from every direction, it would be unwise to
+delay his return to Boston. His men had marched
+eighteen miles with little or no food for fourteen hours,
+and were tired and hungry.</p>
+
+<p>But when the British started back on their return
+march, the minute-men followed and began a deadly
+attack. It was an irregular fight. The minute-men,
+trained to woodland warfare, slipped from tree to tree,
+shot down the tired British soldiers, and then retreated
+only to return and repeat the annoying attack. The
+wooded country through which they marched favored
+this kind of fighting.</p>
+
+<p>But even in the open country every stone wall and
+hill, every house and barn, seemed to the exhausted
+British troops to bristle with the guns of minute-men.
+The retreating army pushed wearily forward, fighting
+as bravely as possible, but on the verge of confusion
+and panic.</p>
+
+<p>When they reached Lexington Common, at two
+o'clock, they met 1,200 fresh troops under Lord Percy,
+whose timely arrival saved the entire force from capture.
+The dismayed British troops, half-dead with exhaustion,
+entered the square Lord Percy had formed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span>
+for their protection, and fell upon the ground, "with
+their tongues hanging out of their mouths like those of
+dogs after a chase."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;">
+<img src="images/illus187.jpg" width="800" height="489" alt="THE RETREAT OF THE BRITISH FROM THE CONCORD." title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE RETREAT OF THE BRITISH FROM THE CONCORD.</span>
+</div>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span></p>
+<p>After resting for an hour, the British again took up
+their march to Boston. The minute-men, increasing
+in numbers every moment, kept up the same kind of
+running attack that they had made upon the British
+between Concord and Lexington. A British officer, in
+speaking of the minute-men, said, "they seemed to
+have dropped from the clouds." The condition of the
+British soldiers was pitiable until, late in the day, they
+got under the protection of the guns of the war-vessels
+in Boston Harbor.</p>
+
+<p>The British had failed. They had been driven back,
+almost in a panic, to Boston, with a loss of nearly 300
+men. The Americans had not lost 100. It was a
+great day for the patriots, for they had not only defeated
+the regular troops, but they had tested their own
+strength and given fresh inspiration to their cause.
+Farmers, mechanics, men in all walks of life, now flocked
+to the army. Within a few days the Americans,
+16,000 strong, were surrounding the British in Boston.</p>
+
+<p>The Americans, eager to drive them out of Boston,
+threw up breastworks on Bunker Hill, which overlooked
+the town. But the next day&mdash;June 17th&mdash;after
+they had twice driven the redcoats down the
+hill&mdash;they had to retreat because their powder had
+given out. This was the battle of Bunker Hill, in
+which the British lost in killed and wounded 1,000
+men; the Americans, 450.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Although Paul Revere took part in no important
+battle, he was active in the patriot cause, and became
+lieutenant-colonel of a Boston regiment of artillery.
+After the war he returned to his old business, and established
+a foundry in which church-bells and bronze cannon
+were cast. He died in Boston in 1818, eighty-three
+years of age, held in high esteem by his countrymen.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">Punishment for the "Boston Tea Party."</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Provincial Congress and the "minute-men."</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Paul Revere and other patriotic young men spy out the British plans.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Paul Revere starts on his "midnight ride."</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He spreads the alarm.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Signs of the threatening storm.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The fight at Lexington.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Paul Revere acts as guide to Adams and Hancock.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The British at Concord; the fight at the North Bridge.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The British retreat from Concord to Lexington.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Lord Percy's timely arrival.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The British driven back to Boston.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Paul Revere after the Revolution.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. What were Gage's secret plans, and how did Paul Revere and his
+band of patriots try to thwart them?</p>
+
+<p>2. Draw a map, locating Boston, Medford, Lexington, and Concord.</p>
+
+<p>3. Impersonating Paul Revere, write an account of the famous "midnight
+ride."</p>
+
+<p>4. Imagine yourself as a boy living in Concord at the time of the
+battle, and tell your experiences.</p>
+
+<p>5. Describe the retreat of the British.</p>
+
+<p>6. When did this battle take place?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus190.jpg" width="100%" alt="Benjamin Franklin." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Benjamin Franklin.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER XV<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Benjamin<br />
+Franklin and<br />
+Aid<br />
+from France<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1706-1790</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+<p>American independence, the beginnings of
+which we have just been considering, was accomplished
+after a long struggle. Many brave men fought
+on the battle-field, and many who never shouldered a
+musket or drew a sword exerted a powerful influence
+for the good of the patriot cause. One of these men
+was Benjamin Franklin.</p>
+
+<p>He was born in Boston in 1706, the fifteenth child in
+a family of seventeen children. His father was a candle-maker
+and soap-boiler. Intending to make a clergyman
+of Benjamin, he sent him, at eight years of age, to a
+grammar-school, with the purpose of fitting him for college.
+The boy made rapid progress, but before the end
+of his first school-year his father took him out on account
+of the expense, and put him into a school where he would
+learn more practical subjects, such as writing and arithmetic.
+The last study proved very difficult for him.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Two years later, at the age of ten, he had to go
+into his father's shop. Here he spent his time in cutting
+wicks for the candles, filling the moulds with
+tallow, selling soap in the shop, and acting the part of
+errand-boy.</p>
+
+<p>Many times he had watched the vessels sailing in
+and out of Boston Harbor, and often in imagination
+had gone with them on their journeys. Now he longed
+to become a sailor, and, quitting the drudgery of the
+candle-shop, to roam out over the sea in search of more
+interesting life. But his father wisely refused to let
+him go. His fondness for the sea, however, took him
+frequently to the water, and he learned to swim like a
+fish and to row and sail boats with great skill. In
+these sports, as in others, he became a leader among his
+playmates.</p>
+
+<p>With all his dislike for the business of candle-making
+and soap-boiling, and with all his fondness for
+play, he was faithful in doing everything that his father's
+business required. His industry, together with
+his liking for good books and his keen desire for
+knowledge, went far toward supplying the lack of
+school-training. He spent most of his leisure in
+reading, and devoted his savings to collecting a small
+library.</p>
+
+<p>His father, noting his bookish habits, decided to
+apprentice Benjamin to his older brother, James, a
+printer in Boston. Benjamin was to serve until he
+was twenty-one and to receive no wages until the last
+year. In this position he was able to see more of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span>
+books, and made good use of his opportunities.
+Often he would read, far into the night, a borrowed
+book that had to be returned in the morning. He
+also wrote some verses and peddled them about the
+streets, until his father discouraged him by ridiculing
+his efforts.</p>
+
+<p>About this time, in order to get money for books, he
+told his brother that he would be willing to board
+himself on half the money the board had been costing.
+To this his brother agreed, and Benjamin lived on a
+very meagre diet. Remaining in the printing-office at
+noon, he ate such a simple lunch as a biscuit or slice
+of bread and a bunch or two of raisins. As a meal
+like this required but little time, young Franklin could
+spend most of the noon hour in reading. By living
+thus he easily saved half of what his brother allowed
+him, and at once spent his savings in books.</p>
+
+<p>This youth was never idle, because he put a high
+value upon time; he was never wasteful of money,
+because he knew the easiest way to make money was
+to save what he had. These were qualities which
+helped Benjamin Franklin to get on in the world.</p>
+
+<p>But during this period of his life he had great hardships
+to bear, for his brother was a stern taskmaster, and
+was so hot-tempered that he would sometimes beat
+Benjamin cruelly. No doubt the young apprentice
+was sometimes at fault. Be that as it may, the two
+brothers had so many disagreements that Benjamin determined
+to run away and seek his fortune elsewhere.</p>
+
+<p>Having sold some of his books to get a little money,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span>
+at the age of seventeen, he secured a passage on board
+a sloop for New York. Upon his arrival, friendless and
+almost penniless, he began to visit the printing-offices
+in search of work. But failing to find any, and being
+told that he would be
+more likely to succeed
+in Philadelphia,
+he decided to go to
+that city.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/illus193.jpg" width="600" height="601" alt="Franklin's Journey from New York to Philadelphia." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Franklin's Journey from New York to Philadelphia.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>To-day, the journey
+from New York
+to Philadelphia, a
+distance of ninety
+miles, can be made in
+two hours. But, of
+course, in Franklin's
+time there were no
+railroads, and it was a more difficult undertaking.</p>
+
+<p>He first had to go by a sail-boat from New York to
+Amboy, on the New Jersey coast. On the way a storm
+came up, which tore the sails and drove the boat to
+the Long Island shore. All night Franklin lay in the
+hold, while the waves dashed angrily over the boat.
+At length, after thirty hours, during which he was
+without food or water, he was landed at Amboy.</p>
+
+<p>As he had no money to spare for coach hire, he
+started to walk, along rough country roads, the fifty
+miles across New Jersey to Burlington. For over
+two days he trudged along in a downpour of rain.
+At the end of his first day's journey he was so wet and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span>
+mud-spattered, and had such an appearance of neglect,
+that on reaching an inn, there was talk of arresting
+him for a runaway servant.</p>
+
+<p>Having arrived at Burlington, he was still twenty
+miles from Philadelphia, and boarded a boat for the
+remainder of his journey. As there was no wind, the
+passengers had to take turns at the oars, and in this
+way they continued down the Delaware until midnight.
+Then fearing they might pass the town in the darkness&mdash;streets
+not being lighted in those days&mdash;they
+landed, made a fire out of some fence-rails, and waited
+for morning.</p>
+
+<p>The next day, which was Sunday, they reached Philadelphia,
+and young Franklin, poorly clad and travel-soiled,
+with only a little money in his pocket, was making
+his way alone through the streets of Philadelphia.
+But he was cheerful and full of hope. His health was
+strong, and he was hungry for his breakfast. Going to
+a baker's shop he bought three large rolls, and, his
+pockets being already stuffed with shirts and stockings,
+he tucked one roll under each arm, and walked up
+Market Street eating the third. His ludicrous appearance
+afforded much amusement to a certain Deborah
+Read, who stood at the door of her father's house
+as he passed by. Little did she think that this strange-looking
+fellow would one day become the greatest man
+in Philadelphia and even in Pennsylvania. Little did
+she think that one day, not many years after that morning
+she would become his wife. Both these things
+came to pass.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Having eaten as much as he wished, he continued
+up the street, giving the two other rolls to a woman
+and a child who had come on the boat with him.</p>
+
+<p>In a short time he found work with one of the two
+master-printers in Philadelphia. One day, while at
+work in the printing-office, he received a call from Sir
+William Keith, Governor of Pennsylvania. Governor
+Keith's attention had been directed to this seventeen-year-old
+youth by Franklin's brother-in-law, and he
+called on this occasion to urge him to start a printing-press
+of his own.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 594px;">
+<img src="images/illus195.jpg" width="594" height="480" alt="Franklin in the Streets of Philadelphia." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Franklin in the Streets of Philadelphia.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>When Franklin said he had not the money to buy a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span>
+printing-press and type, the Governor offered to write
+a letter for Franklin to take to his father in Boston,
+asking him to furnish the loan. The following spring
+Franklin took the letter to his father, but the father
+refused to lend him the money.</p>
+
+<p>Upon Franklin's return to Philadelphia Governor
+Keith advised him to go to England to select the
+printing-press and other things necessary for the business
+outfit, promising to provide funds. Franklin took
+him at his word, and sailed for London, expecting to
+secure the money upon his arrival there. But the
+faithless Governor failed to keep his word, and Franklin
+was again stranded in a strange city.</p>
+
+<p>Without friends and without money he once more
+found work in a printing-office, where he remained
+during the two years of his stay in London. Here,
+in his manliness and strength, he was very different
+from the printers with whom he worked. They
+spent much of their money in beer-drinking, and
+when Franklin refused to drink with them, they
+made fun of him, by calling him a water-American.
+But the young man who had lived upon a simple
+diet in order to buy books was not disturbed by such
+taunts.</p>
+
+<p>After two years he returned to Philadelphia, where,
+four years later, he married Miss Read. In the meantime
+he had set up in the printing business for himself,
+but in so doing had to carry a heavy debt. He
+worked early and late to pay it off, sometimes making
+his own ink and casting his own type. He would also<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span>
+at times go with a wheel-barrow to bring to the printing-office
+the paper he needed.</p>
+
+<p>His wife assisted him by selling stationery in his
+shop as well as by saving in the household, where the
+furnishings and food were very simple. Franklin's
+usual breakfast was milk and bread, which he ate out
+of a wooden porringer with a pewter spoon. In time,
+when their money was more plentiful, his wife gave him
+a China bowl and a silver spoon. On observing how
+hard Franklin worked, people said, "There is a man
+who will surely succeed. Let us help him."</p>
+
+<p>In all these years of struggle Franklin was cheerful
+and light-hearted. This was no doubt largely owing
+to his natural disposition, but in part also to his healthful
+reading habits, which took him into a world outside
+of himself. No matter where he was or what
+the stress of his business, he found time to read and
+improve himself. He also adopted rules of conduct,
+some of which, in substance, are: Be temperate; speak
+honestly; be orderly about your work; do not waste
+anything; never be idle; when you decide to do anything,
+do it with a brave heart.</p>
+
+<p>Some of the wisest things Franklin ever said appeared
+in his Almanac, which he called "Poor Richard's
+Almanac." Beginning when he was twenty-six
+years of age, he published it yearly for twenty-five
+years, building up a very large circulation. It contained
+many homely maxims, which are as good to-day
+as they were in Franklin's time. Here are a few of
+them:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>
+"God helps them that help themselves."<br />
+<br />
+"Early to bed and early to rise,<br />
+Makes a man healthy, wealthy, and wise."<br />
+<br />
+"There are no gains without pains."<br />
+<br />
+"One to-day is worth two to-morrows."<br />
+<br />
+"Little strokes fell great oaks."<br />
+<br />
+"Keep thy shop, and thy shop will keep thee."<br />
+</p></div>
+
+<p>Franklin always had a deep interest in the public
+welfare. He started a subscription library in Philadelphia
+and established an academy, which finally grew into
+the University of Pennsylvania. Having a decidedly
+practical turn of mind, he had great influence in organizing
+a better police force and a better fire department.
+He invented the Franklin stove, which soon became
+popular because it was so much better than the open fireplace.
+But the most wonderful thing he ever did was
+proving that lightning was the same thing as electricity.</p>
+
+<p>Before he made this discovery, men of science had
+learned how to store up electricity in what is called a
+Leyden jar. But Franklin wished to find out something
+about the lightning which flashed across the
+clouds during a thunder-storm. Therefore, making a
+kite out of silk and fastening to it a small iron rod,
+he attached to the kite and to the iron rod a string
+made of hemp.</p>
+
+<p>One day when a thunder-cloud was coming up he
+went out with his little son and took his stand under
+a shelter in the open field. At one end of the hempen<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span>
+string was fastened an iron key, and to this was tied a
+silken string, which Franklin held in his hand. As
+electricity will not run through silk, by using this silken
+string he protected himself against the electric current.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/illus199.jpg" width="600" height="660" alt="Franklin Experimenting with Electricity." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Franklin Experimenting with Electricity.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>When the kite rose high into the air, Franklin
+watched intently to see what might follow. After a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span>
+while the fibres of the hempen string began to move,
+and then, putting his knuckles near the key, Franklin
+drew forth sparks of electricity. He was delighted,
+for he had proved that the lightning in the clouds was
+the same thing as the electricity that men of science
+could make with machines.</p>
+
+<p>It was a great discovery and made Benjamin Franklin
+famous. From some of the leading universities of
+Europe he received the title of <i>Doctor</i>, and he was now
+recognized as one of the great men of the world.</p>
+
+<p>Franklin rendered his country distinguished public
+services, only a few of which we can here mention.
+More than twenty years before the outbreak of the
+Revolution, he perceived that the principal source of
+weakness among the colonies was their lack of union.
+With this great weakness in mind, Franklin proposed,
+in 1754, at a time when the French were threatening
+to cut off the English from the Ohio Valley, his
+famous "Plan of Union." Although it failed, it
+prepared the colonies for union in the struggle against
+King George and the English Parliament.</p>
+
+<p>Ten years after proposing the "Plan of Union"
+Franklin was sent to England, at the time of the agitation
+over the Stamp Act, to make a strenuous effort to
+prevent its passage. He was unsuccessful in accomplishing
+his mission, but later did much toward securing
+the repeal of the Stamp Act.</p>
+
+<p>Returning from England two weeks after the battle
+of Lexington and Concord, he immediately took a
+prominent part in the Revolution. He was one of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span>
+the five appointed as a committee to write the Declaration
+of Independence, and during the discussion over
+that remarkable State paper, it was he that said, "Yes,
+we must indeed all hang together, or assuredly we
+shall all hang separately."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 589px;">
+<img src="images/illus201.jpg" width="589" height="480" alt="Lafayette Offering His Services to Franklin" title="" />
+<span class="caption">Lafayette Offering His Services to Franklin</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>After the signing of the Declaration of Independence
+on July 4, 1776, he was sent to France to secure aid
+for the American cause. The French people gave him
+a cordial reception. There were feasts and parades in
+his honor, crowds followed him on the streets, and his
+pictures were everywhere displayed. The simplicity
+and directness of this white-haired man of seventy years<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span>
+charmed the French people, and won for him a warm
+place in their hearts. On one of the great occasions a
+very beautiful woman was appointed to place a crown
+of laurel upon his white locks, "and to give the old
+man two kisses on his cheeks." All this was a sincere
+expression of admiration and esteem. He did very
+much to secure from France the aid which that country
+gave to us. He indeed rendered to his country
+services<a name="FNanchor_11_11" id="FNanchor_11_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_11_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a> whose value may well be compared with those
+of Washington.</p>
+
+<p>Franklin left France in 1785, after having ably represented
+his country for ten years. All France was
+sorry to have him leave. Since it was hard for him to
+endure the motion of a carriage, the King sent one of
+the Queen's litters in which he was carried to the coast.
+He also bore with him a portrait of the King of France
+"framed in a double circle of four hundred and eight
+diamonds."</p>
+
+<p>Although in his last years he had to endure much
+idleness and pain, yet he was uniformly patient and
+cheerful, loving life to the end. He died in 1790, at
+the age of eighty-four, one of the greatest of American
+statesmen and heroes.</p>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">Franklin's school-life.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Benjamin in his father's shop.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His fondness for the sea.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Bookish habits.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Franklin boards himself.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He runs away from home.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His journey from New York to Philadelphia.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">In a printing-office again.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His manliness.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">In business for himself.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Economy and simplicity in living.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">"Poor Richard's Almanac."</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Franklin's public spirit.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His great discovery.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Franklin the statesman.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His "plan of Union."</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Franklin in France.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His last years.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. Give an account of Franklin's bookish habits, and of his experiences
+on the journey from Boston to Philadelphia, when he ran
+away from home.</p>
+
+<p>2. How do you explain the success in life of this poor boy? In making
+your explanation think of all his strong traits of character and
+of all his good habits.</p>
+
+<p>3. What simple ways of living did Franklin adopt when he was trying
+hard to pay his debts?</p>
+
+<p>4. Memorize the "Rules of Conduct" and the six homely maxims.</p>
+
+<p>5. Tell about Franklin's experiment with the kite. What great discovery
+did he make at this time?</p>
+
+<p>6. What did Franklin have to do with the following: the Stamp Act;
+the Declaration of Independence; securing aid from France?</p>
+
+<p>7. How was he treated by the French people and their King?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus204.jpg" width="100%" alt="George Washington." title="" />
+<span class="caption">George Washington.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER XVI<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+George Washington<br />
+the<br />
+Virginia Planter<br />
+and the<br />
+Revolutionary<br />
+Soldier<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1732-1799</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+<p>We left George Washington at Mount Vernon,
+his extensive plantation on the Virginia bank
+of the Potomac River. After his marriage with Mrs.
+Custis, who had large property of her own, Washington
+became a man of much wealth. He was at one
+time one of the largest landholders in America. As a
+manager of all this property, he had much to do. Let
+us delay our story a little to get a glimpse of the life
+led by him and other Virginia planters of his time.</p>
+
+<p>The plantations were scattered along the rivers,
+sometimes many miles apart, with densely wooded
+stretches of land lying between. Each planter had his
+own wharf whence vessels, once a year, carried away his
+tobacco to England, and brought back in exchange
+whatever manufactured goods he required.</p>
+
+<p>Nearly all his needs could be supplied at his wharf
+or on his plantation. His slaves included not only<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span>
+workers in large tobacco-fields, but such skilled workmen
+as millers, weavers, tailors, wheelwrights, coopers,
+shoemakers, and carpenters. Washington said to his
+overseers, "Buy nothing that you can make within
+yourselves." Indeed, each plantation was a little world
+in itself. Hence towns containing shops with goods
+and supplies of various kinds did not spring up much
+in Virginia.</p>
+
+<p>The mansion of the planter, built of brick or wood
+and having at either end a huge chimney, was two
+stories high, with a large veranda outside and a wide
+hall-way inside. Near by were the storehouses, barns,
+workshops, and slave quarters. These last consisted of
+simple wooden cabins surrounded by gardens, where
+the negroes raised such things as vegetables and water-melons
+for their own use. In fact, the mansion and
+all the buildings clustered about it looked like a village.
+Here we could have seen, at all hours of the day,
+swarms of negro children playing happily together.</p>
+
+<p>The planter spent most of his time in the open air,
+with his dogs and his horses. Washington gave to his
+horses rather fanciful
+names, such as Ajax,
+Blueskin, Valiant, and
+Magnolia, and to his
+dogs, Vulcan, Sweetlips,
+Ringwood, Forrester, and Rockwood. Out-door
+recreations included fishing, shooting, and horse-racing.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;">
+<img src="images/illus205.jpg" width="640" height="217" alt="Washington's Coach." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Washington's Coach.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Although life on the plantation was without luxury,
+there was everywhere a plain and homely abundance.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span>
+Visitors were sure to meet a cordial welcome. It was
+no uncommon thing for a planter to entertain an entire
+family for weeks, and then to pay a similar visit in return
+with his own family. Social life absorbed much
+of Washington's time at
+Mount Vernon, where
+visitors were nearly always
+present. The planter,
+often living many miles
+away from any other human
+habitation, was only
+too glad to have a traveller
+spend the night with
+him and give news of the outside world. Such a visit
+was somewhat like the coming of the newspaper into
+our homes to-day.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;">
+<img src="images/illus206.jpg" width="640" height="450" alt="A Stage Coach of the Eighteenth Century." title="" />
+<span class="caption">A Stage Coach of the Eighteenth Century.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>We must remember that travelling was no such simple
+and easy matter then as it is now. As the planters
+in Virginia usually lived on the banks of one of the
+many rivers, the simplest method of travel was by boat,
+up or down stream. There were cross-country roads,
+but these at best were rough, and sometimes full of
+roots and stumps. Often they were nothing more than
+forest paths. In trying to follow such roads the traveller
+at times lost his way and occasionally had to spend
+a night in the woods. But with even such makeshifts
+for roads, the planter had his lumbering old coach to
+which, on state occasions, he harnessed six horses and
+drove in great style.</p>
+
+<p>Washington was in full sympathy with this life, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span>
+threw himself heartily into the work of managing his
+immense property. He lived up to his favorite motto,
+"If you want a thing done, do it yourself." He kept
+his own books, and looked with exactness after the
+smallest details.</p>
+
+<p>He was indeed one of the most methodical of men,
+and thus accomplished a marvellous amount of work.
+By habit an early riser, he was often up before daylight
+in winter. On such occasions he kindled his
+own fire and read or worked by the light of a candle.
+At seven in summer and at eight in winter he sat
+down to a simple breakfast, consisting of two cups of
+tea, and hoe-cakes made of Indian meal. After breakfast
+he rode on horseback over his plantation to look
+after his slaves, often spending much of the day in the
+saddle superintending the work. At two he ate dinner,
+early in the evening he took tea, and at nine o'clock
+went to bed.</p>
+
+<p>As he did not spare himself, he expected faithful
+service from everyone. But to his many slaves he
+was a kind master, and he took good care of the sick
+or feeble. It may be a comfort to some of us to learn
+that Washington was fonder of active life than of reading
+books, for which he never seemed to get much
+time. But he was even less fond of public speaking.
+Like some other great men, he found it difficult to
+stand up before a body of people and make a speech.
+After his term of service in the French and Indian
+War he was elected to the House of Burgesses, where
+he received a vote of thanks for his brave military ser<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span>vices.
+Rising to reply, Washington stood blushing and
+stammering, without being able to say a word. The
+Speaker, equal to the occasion, said with much grace,
+"Sit down, Mr. Washington, your modesty equals your
+valor, and that surpasses the power of any language to
+express."</p>
+
+<p>While for many years after the close of the Last
+French War this modest, home-loving man was living
+the life of a high-bred Virginia gentleman, the exciting
+events which finally brought on the Revolution were
+stirring men's souls to heroic action. It was natural,
+in these trying days, that his countrymen should look
+for guidance and inspiration to George Washington,
+who had been so conspicuous a leader in the Last
+French War.</p>
+
+<p>He represented Virginia at the first meeting of the
+Continental Congress in 1774, going to Philadelphia in
+company with Patrick Henry and others. He was also
+a delegate from his colony at the second meeting
+of the Continental Congress in May, 1775. On being
+elected by this body Commander-in-Chief of the American
+army, he at once thanked the members for the
+election, and added, "I do not think myself equal to
+the command I am honored with." He also refused
+to receive any salary for his services, but said he would
+keep an account of the expenses he might incur, in
+order that these might be paid back to him.</p>
+
+<p>On the 21st of June Washington set out on horseback
+from Philadelphia, in company with a small body
+of horsemen, to take command of the American army<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span>
+around Boston. Not long after starting they met a
+messenger bringing in haste the news of the Battle of
+Bunker Hill. Washington eagerly asked, "Did the
+Americans stand the fire of the regular troops?"
+"Yes," was the proud answer. "Then," cried Washington,
+gladly, "the liberties of the country are
+safe!"</p>
+
+<p>Three days later, about four o'clock on Sunday
+afternoon, he reached New York, where he met with a
+royal welcome. Riding in an open carriage drawn by
+two white horses, he passed through the streets, escorted
+by nine companies of soldiers on foot. Along
+the route the people, old and young, received him
+with enthusiasm. At New Haven the Yale College
+students came out in a body, keeping step to the music
+of a band of which Noah Webster, the future lexicographer,
+then a freshman, was the leader. On July 2d,
+after arriving at the camp in Cambridge, Washington
+received an equally enthusiastic welcome from the
+soldiers.</p>
+
+<p>Next day General Washington rode out on horseback
+and, under the famous elm still standing near
+Harvard University, drew his sword and took command
+of the American army. He was then forty-three
+years old, with a tall, manly form and a noble
+face. He was good to look at as he sat there, a perfect
+picture of manly strength and dignity, wearing an
+epaulet on each shoulder, a broad band of blue silk
+across his breast, and a three-cornered hat with the
+cockade of liberty in it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Now came the labor of getting his troops into good
+condition for fighting battles, for his army was one
+only in name. These untrained men were brave and
+willing, but without muskets and without powder, they
+were in no condition for making war on a well-equipped
+enemy.</p>
+
+<p>Moreover, the army had no cannon, without which
+it could not hope to succeed in an attack upon the
+British troops in Boston. By using severe measures,
+however, Washington soon brought about much better
+discipline. But with no powder and no cannon, he
+had to let the autumn and the winter slip by before
+making any effort to drive the British army out of
+Boston. When cannon and other supplies were at last
+brought down from Ticonderoga on sledges drawn by
+oxen, the alert American General fortified Dorchester
+Heights, which overlooked the city, and forced the
+English commander to sail away with all his army.</p>
+
+<p>Washington believed that the next movement of the
+British would be to get control of the Hudson River
+and the Middle States. So he went promptly to New
+York in order to defend it against attack. But still
+his army was weak in numbers as well as in provisions,
+equipment, and training.</p>
+
+<p>Washington had only about 18,000 men to meet
+General Howe, who soon arrived off Staten Island
+with a large fleet and 30,000 men. Not knowing
+where the British General would strike first, Washington
+had to be on his guard at many points. He had
+to prepare a defence of a line of twenty miles. He<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span>
+also built, on opposite sides of the Hudson River just
+above New York, Forts Lee and Washington.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 484px;">
+<img src="images/illus211.jpg" width="484" height="800" alt="Map Illustrating the Battle of Long
+Island." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Map Illustrating the Battle of Long
+Island.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>When Brooklyn Heights, on Long Island, had been
+fortified, General Putnam went with half the army
+to occupy them. On August
+27th General Howe, with
+something like 20,000 men,
+attacked a part of these forces
+and defeated them. If he had
+continued the battle by marching
+at once against the remainder,
+he might have captured
+all that part of Washington's
+army under Putnam's command.
+He might, also, have
+captured Washington himself,
+who, during the heat of the
+battle, had crossed over to
+Long Island.</p>
+
+<p>If Howe had done this, he
+might have ended the war at one stroke. But his men
+had fought hard at the end of a long night-march and
+needed rest. Besides, he thought it would be easy
+enough to capture the Americans without undue haste.
+For how could they escape? Soon the British vessels
+would sail up and get between them and New
+York, when, of course, escape for Washington and
+his men would be impossible. This all seemed so
+clear to the easy-going General Howe that he gave
+his tired men a rest after the battle on the 27th. On<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span>
+the 28th a heavy rain fell, and on the 29th a dense
+fog covered the island.</p>
+
+<p>But before midday of the 29th some American
+officers riding down toward the shore, noticed an
+unusual stir in the British fleet. Boats were going to
+and fro, as if carrying orders. "Very likely," said
+these officers to Washington, "the English vessels are
+to sail up between New York and Long Island, to cut
+off our retreat." As that was also Washington's opinion,
+he secured all the boats he could find for the purpose
+of trying to make an escape during the night.</p>
+
+<p>It was a desperate undertaking. There were 10,000
+men, and the width of the river at the point of crossing
+was nearly a mile. It would seem hardly possible
+that such a movement could, in a single night, be
+made without discovery by the British troops, who
+were lying in camp but a short distance away. The
+night must have been a long and anxious one for
+Washington, who stayed at his post of duty on the
+Long Island shore until the last boat of the retreating
+army had pushed off. The escape was a brilliant
+achievement and saved the American cause.</p>
+
+<p>But this was only the beginning of Washington's
+troubles in this memorable year, 1776. As the British
+now occupied Brooklyn Heights, which overlooked
+New York, the Americans could not hold that place,
+and in a short time they had to withdraw, fighting
+stubbornly as they slowly retreated. Washington
+crossed over to the Jersey side of the Hudson, and
+left General Charles Lee with half the army at North<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span>
+Castle. The British captured Forts Lee and Washington,
+with 3,000 men, inflicting a severe loss upon
+the American cause. The outlook was gloomy, but
+more trying events were to follow.</p>
+
+<p>In order to prevent the British from capturing Philadelphia,
+Washington put his army between them and
+that city. The British began to move upon him.
+Needing every soldier that he could get, he sent orders
+to General Lee to join him. Lee refused to move.
+Again and again Washington urged Lee to come to his
+aid. Each time Lee disobeyed. We now know that
+he was a traitor, secretly hoping that Washington
+might fail in order that he himself, who was second
+in command, might become Commander-in-Chief of
+the American army.</p>
+
+<p>Lee's disobedience placed Washington in a critical
+position. In order to save his army from capture,
+Washington had to retreat once more, this time across
+New Jersey toward Philadelphia. As the British army,
+in every way superior to Washington's, was close upon
+the Americans, it was a race for life. Sometimes the
+rear-guard of the Americans was just leaving a burning
+bridge when the van of the British army could be seen
+approaching. But by burning bridges and destroying
+food supplies intended for the British, Washington so
+delayed them that they were nineteen days in marching
+about sixty miles.</p>
+
+<p>Nevertheless the situation for the Americans was
+still desperate. To make matters worse, Washington
+saw his army gradually melting away by desertion.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span>
+When he reached the Delaware River it numbered
+barely 3,000 men.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;">
+<img src="images/illus214.jpg" width="800" height="527" alt="WASHINGTON'S RETREAT THROUGH NEW JERSEY." title="" />
+<span class="caption">WASHINGTON'S RETREAT THROUGH NEW JERSEY.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Having collected boats for seventy miles along the
+Delaware, Washington succeeded in safely crossing it
+a little above Trenton, on December 8th. As the
+British had no boats, they were obliged to wait until
+the river should freeze, when they intended to cross in
+triumph and make an easy capture of Philadelphia.</p>
+
+<p>To most people, in England and in America alike,
+the early downfall of the American cause seemed certain.
+General Cornwallis&mdash;who in May of this year
+had joined the British army in America&mdash;was so sure
+that the war would soon come to an end, that he had
+already packed some of his luggage and sent it aboard
+ship, with the intention of returning to England at an
+early day.</p>
+
+<p>But Washington had no thought of giving up the
+struggle. Far from being disheartened, he confronted
+the gloomy outlook with all his energy and courage.
+Fearless and full of faith in the patriot cause, he
+watched with vigilance for an opportunity to turn suddenly
+upon his over-confident enemy and strike a heavy
+blow.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 664px;">
+<img src="images/illus216.jpg" width="664" height="1024" alt="Map Illustrating the Struggle for the Hudson River and the Middle States." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Map Illustrating the Struggle for the Hudson River and the Middle States.</span>
+</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Such an opportunity shortly came to him. The
+British General had carelessly separated his army into
+several divisions and scattered them at various points
+in New Jersey. One of these divisions, consisting of
+Hessians, was stationed at Trenton. Washington's
+quick eye noted this blunder of the British General,
+and he resolved to take advantage of it by attacking
+the Hessians at Trenton on Christmas night. Having
+been re-enforced, he now had an army of 6,000
+and was therefore in a better condition to risk a battle.
+With 2,400 picked men he got ready to cross the
+Delaware River at a point nine miles above Trenton.
+There was snow on the ground, and the weather was
+bitterly cold. As the soldiers marched to the place
+of crossing, some of them with feet almost bare left
+bloody footprints along the route.</p>
+
+<p>At sunset the troops began to cross. It was a terrible
+night for such an undertaking. Angry gusts of
+wind, and great blocks of ice swept along by the swift
+current, threatened every moment to dash in pieces the
+frail boats. From the Trenton side of the river, General
+Knox, who had been sent ahead by Washington,
+loudly shouted to let the struggling boatmen know
+where to land. Ten hours were consumed in the
+crossing. Much longer must the time have seemed to
+Washington, as he stood in the midst of the wild
+storm, his heart full of mingled anxiety and hope.</p>
+
+<p>It was not until four o'clock in the morning that
+the troops were ready to march upon Trenton, nine
+miles away. As they advanced, a fearful storm of
+snow and sleet beat upon the already weary men. But
+they pushed forward, and surprised the Hessians at
+Trenton soon after sunrise, easily capturing them after
+a short struggle.</p>
+
+<p>Washington had brought hope to every patriot
+heart. The British were amazed at the daring feat,
+and Cornwallis decided to make a longer stay in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span>
+America. He soon advanced with a superior force
+against Washington, and at nightfall, January 2, 1777,
+took his stand on the farther side of a small creek.
+"At last," said Cornwallis, "we have run down the old
+fox, and we will bag him in the morning."</p>
+
+<p>But Washington was too sly a fox for Cornwallis to
+bag. During the night he led his army around Cornwallis's
+camp, and pushing on to Princeton defeated
+the rear-guard, which had not yet joined the main body.
+He then retired in safety to his winter quarters among
+the hills about Morristown. During this fateful campaign
+Washington had handled his army in a masterly
+way. He had begun with defeat and had ended with
+victory.</p>
+
+<p>In 1777 the British planned to get control of the
+Hudson River, and thus cut off New England from the
+other States. In this way they hoped so to weaken
+the Americans as to make their defeat easy. Burgoyne
+was to march from Canada, by way of Lake Champlain
+and Fort Edward, to Albany, where he was to
+meet not only a small force of British under St. Leger
+from the Mohawk Valley, but also the main army of
+18,000 men, under General Howe, which was expected
+to sail up the Hudson from New York. The British
+believed that this plan would be easily carried out and
+would soon bring the war to a close.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 534px;">
+<img src="images/illus219.jpg" width="534" height="800" alt="WINTER AT VALLEY FORGE." title="" />
+<span class="caption">WINTER AT VALLEY FORGE.<br />
+<br />
+The Relief.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span></p>
+<p>And this might have happened if General Howe
+had not failed to do his part. Instead of going up to
+meet and help Burgoyne, however, he tried first to
+march across New Jersey and capture Philadelphia.
+But when he reached Morristown, he found Washington
+in a stronghold where he dared not attack him. As
+Washington would not come out and risk an encounter
+in the open field, and as Howe was unwilling to continue
+his advance with the American army threatening
+his rear, he returned to New York. Still desirous of
+reaching Philadelphia, however, he sailed a little later,
+with his army, to Chesapeake Bay. The voyage took
+him two months.</p>
+
+<p>When at length he advanced toward Philadelphia,
+he found Washington ready to dispute his progress at
+Brandywine Creek. There a battle was fought, resulting
+in the defeat of the Americans. But Washington
+handled his army with such skill that Howe spent two
+weeks in reaching Philadelphia, only twenty-six miles
+away.</p>
+
+<p>When Howe arrived at the city he found out that it
+was too late to send aid to Burgoyne, who was now in
+desperate straits. Washington had spoiled the English
+plan, and Burgoyne, failing to get the much-needed
+help from Howe, had to surrender at Saratoga (October
+17, 1777) his entire army of 6,000 regular troops.
+This was a great blow to England, and resulted in a
+treaty between France and America. After this treaty,
+France sent over both land and naval forces, which
+were of much service to the American cause.</p>
+
+<p>At the close of 1777 Washington retired to a strong
+position among the hills at Valley Forge, on the
+Schuylkill River, about twenty miles northwest of Philadelphia.
+Here his army spent a winter of terrible<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span>
+suffering. Most of the soldiers were in rags, only a
+few had bed-clothing, and many had not even straw to
+lie upon at night. Nearly 3,000 were barefoot. More
+than this, they were often for days at a time without
+bread. It makes one heartsick to read about the sufferings
+of these patriotic men during this miserable
+winter. But despite all the bitter trials of these distressing
+times, Washington never lost faith in the final
+success of the American cause.</p>
+
+<p>A beautiful story is told of this masterful man at
+Valley Forge. When "Friend Potts" was near the
+camp one day, he heard an earnest voice. On approaching
+he saw Washington on his knees, his cheeks
+wet with tears, praying to God for help and guidance.
+When the farmer returned to his home he said to his
+wife: "George Washington will succeed! George
+Washington will succeed! The Americans will secure
+their independence!" "What makes thee think so,
+Isaac?" inquired his wife. "I have heard him pray,
+Hannah, out in the woods to-day, and the Lord will
+surely hear his prayer. He will, Hannah; thee may
+rest assured He will."</p>
+
+<p>We may pass over without comment here the events
+between the winter at Valley Forge and the Yorktown
+campaign, which resulted in the surrender of Cornwallis
+with all his army. Even when not engaged in fighting
+battles, Washington was the soul of the American
+cause, which could scarcely have succeeded without his
+inspiring leadership. But there is yet one more military
+event&mdash;the hemming in of Cornwallis at York<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span>town,&mdash;for
+us to notice briefly before we take leave of
+Washington.</p>
+
+<p>When at the close of his fighting with General
+Greene in the South, Cornwallis marched northward to
+Yorktown, Washington, with an army of French and
+American troops, was encamped on the Hudson River.
+He was waiting for the coming of a French fleet to
+New York. On its arrival he expected to attack the
+British army there by land, while the fleet attacked it
+by sea.</p>
+
+<p>Upon hearing that the French fleet was on its way
+to the Chesapeake, Washington thought out a brilliant
+scheme. This was to march his army as quickly and
+as secretly as possible to Yorktown, a distance of 400
+miles, there to join Lafayette and to co-operate with
+the French fleet in the capture of Cornwallis. The
+scheme succeeded so well that Cornwallis surrendered
+his entire army of 8,000 men on October 19, 1781.</p>
+
+<p>This was the last battle of the war, although the
+treaty of peace was not signed until 1783. By that
+treaty the Americans won their independence from
+England. The country which they could now call
+their own extended from Canada to Florida, and from
+the Atlantic Ocean to the Mississippi River.</p>
+
+<p>Washington, tired of war, was glad to become a Virginia
+planter once more. But he was not permitted to
+live in quiet. After his retirement from the army his
+home became, as he himself said, a well-resorted tavern.
+Two years after the close of the Revolution he
+wrote in his diary: "Dined with only Mrs. Washing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span>ton,
+which I believe is the first instance of it since my
+retirement from public life."</p>
+
+<p>When, on the formation of the Constitution of the
+United States, the American people looked about for
+a President, all eyes naturally turned to George Washington.
+He was elected without opposition and was
+inaugurated at New York, then the capital of the
+United States, on April 30, 1789.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;">
+<img src="images/illus223.jpg" width="640" height="447" alt="Washington's Home&mdash;Mount Vernon." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Washington's Home&mdash;Mount Vernon.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>His life as President was one of dignity and elegance.
+It was his custom to pay no calls and accept no invitations,
+but between three and four o'clock on every
+Tuesday afternoon he held a public reception. On
+such occasions he appeared in court-dress, with powdered
+hair, yellow gloves in his hand, a long sword in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span>
+a scabbard of white polished leather at his side, and a
+cocked hat under his arm. Standing with his right
+hand behind him, he bowed formally as each guest
+was presented to him.</p>
+
+<p>After serving two terms as President with great success
+he again retired in 1797 to private life at Mount
+Vernon. Here he died on December 14, 1799, at
+the age of sixty-seven, loved and honored by the
+American people.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">Washington at Mount Vernon.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The plantation in Virginia.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The planter's mansion and its surroundings.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Virginia hospitality.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Modes of travel.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Washington's working habits.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Appointed commander-in-chief of the American troops.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">General Washington and his army.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The British driven from Boston.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Washington goes to New York.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Battle of Long Island.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Washington's escape from Long Island.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The traitor Lee disobeys Washington.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Washington retreats across New Jersey.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A gloomy outlook.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">A terrible night followed by a glorious victory.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The British plans in 1777.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">General Howe fails to do his part.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Burgoyne's surrender; aid from France.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Washington at Valley Forge.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The surrender of Cornwallis; treaty of peace.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Washington as president.</span><br />
+</p>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span></p>
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. By all means make constant use of your map.</p>
+
+<p>2. Write on the following topics: the plantation, the planter's mansion,
+Virginia hospitality, modes of travel.</p>
+
+<p>3. What was Washington's favorite motto? What were his working
+habits?</p>
+
+<p>4. Describe Washington at the time when he took command of the
+army. What was the condition of this army?</p>
+
+<p>5. Tell about Washington's troubles and his retreat across New
+Jersey?</p>
+
+<p>6. Imagine yourself one of Washington's soldiers on the night of the
+march against the Hessians at Trenton, and relate your experiences.
+Try to form vivid pictures before you tell the story.</p>
+
+<p>7. What were the British plans for 1777, and in what way did
+General Howe blunder in carrying out his part?</p>
+
+<p>8. Describe the sufferings of the soldiers at Valley Forge.</p>
+
+<p>9. Give a short account of Washington.</p>
+
+<p>10. What were the leading causes of the Revolution? Its most striking
+result?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus226.jpg" width="100%" alt="Nathaniel Greene." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Nathaniel Greene.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER XVII<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Nathaniel<br />
+Greene, the Hero<br />
+of the South,<br />
+and Francis<br />
+Marion, the<br />
+"Swamp Fox"<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1742-1786</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+<p>We have rapidly glanced at the course of the
+Revolution so far as Washington was concerned
+in it. But we should fail to understand the
+connection of events were we to pass over without
+mention the work of the brilliant general, Nathaniel
+Greene, who by common consent is regarded as a military
+leader second to Washington alone.</p>
+
+<p>As already noted, the first fighting in the Revolution
+was in New England. Failing there, the British
+generals vainly tried to get control of the Hudson
+River and the Middle States.</p>
+
+<p>Their attention was now turned to the South, where
+there were many Tories who would give material support
+to the King's forces. George the Third had
+great hopes of conquering all the Southern States, and
+holding them at the end of the struggle as English
+territory, even though the Americans should succeed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span>
+in keeping possession of New England and the Middle
+States.</p>
+
+<p>Beginning in Georgia in 1778, the British captured
+Savannah, but not until 1780 did they undertake the
+serious business of conquering the South. In May of
+that year General Lincoln, the American commander
+of the Southern army, surrendered his entire force at
+Charleston, and in the following August, General
+Gates, at the head of a second American army, suffered
+a crushing defeat in the battle of Camden. The
+outlook for the patriot cause appeared dark. One
+thing was certain. An able military leader must take
+charge of the Americans, or the British would soon
+overcome all opposition. Washington had great faith
+in General Greene's ability, and without hesitation
+selected him for this important task.</p>
+
+<p>Nathaniel Greene was born in Warwick, R. I., in
+1742. His father, a Quaker preacher on Sundays
+and a blacksmith and miller on week days, brought up
+his son in the strictest Quaker principles, and trained
+him to work in the field, in the mill, and at the forge.
+Nathaniel was robust and athletic, a leader in outdoor
+sports. From an early age he was studious in his
+habits, and in his manhood, when the troubles with
+England seemed to threaten war, he eagerly turned his
+attention to the study of military tactics.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/illus228.jpg" width="600" height="751" alt="Map Showing the War in the South." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Map Showing the War in the South.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>In 1774 Greene took an active part in organizing,
+in Rhode Island, a military company called the Kentish
+Guards, in which he at once enrolled himself as a
+private. In order to procure a musket it was neces<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span>sary
+for him to make a trip to Boston where, in his
+Quaker costume of drab-colored clothes and broad
+brimmed hat, he was a picturesque and interested
+observer of the British regulars taking their customary
+drill. On his return
+he brought
+with him not only
+a musket, which he
+concealed under
+some straw in his
+wagon, but also a
+British deserter to
+drill his company.</p>
+
+<p>On the news of
+the battle of Bunker
+Hill a brigade of
+three regiments was
+raised in Rhode
+Island, and Greene
+was placed at its
+head with the rank
+of brigadier-general. With this brigade he at once
+marched to Boston, and when Washington arrived to
+take command of the American troops, General Greene
+had the honor of welcoming him in behalf of the army.</p>
+
+<p>At this time Greene was thirty-three years old, six
+feet tall, with a strong, vigorous body and a frank,
+intelligent face. He speedily won the friendship and
+confidence of Washington, who afterward placed him
+in positions of great responsibility. Throughout the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span>
+entire war General Greene was actively engaged, and in
+all his campaigns he showed remarkable energy and
+promptness. It was natural that a general so able
+should be sought in 1780 as commander of the American
+army in the South.</p>
+
+<p>When General Greene reached the Carolinas (December
+2, 1780), he found the army in a forlorn condition.
+There was but one blanket for every three soldiers,
+and there were not enough provisions in camp to last
+three days. The men were disheartened because
+they had suffered defeat, rebellious because they were
+unpaid, and sick because they were unfed. They
+camped in rude huts made of fence rails, corn-stalks,
+and brushwood.</p>
+
+<p>But by his masterly way of doing things Greene
+soon inspired the confidence of officers and soldiers
+alike. A story is told that well illustrates the faith
+his men had in their general. Once he saw a bare-footed
+sentry and said to him, "How you must suffer
+from cold!" "I do not complain," the sentry answered,
+not aware that he was addressing his commander.
+"I know I should fare well if our general
+could procure supplies."</p>
+
+<p>Not long after taking command of the army he sent
+General Morgan with 900 picked men toward the
+mountains in the Carolinas to threaten the British posts
+there, while he himself, with the remainder of the army,
+took a position nearer the coast on the Pedee River.
+General Cornwallis, in command of the British army in
+the South, detached Tarleton to march against Morgan.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span>
+Early on the morning of January 17, 1781, after a
+hard night march, Tarleton, over-confident of success,
+attacked Morgan at Cowpens. But the Americans
+repelled the attack with vigor and won a brilliant victory.
+The British lost 230 killed
+and wounded and 600 prisoners,
+almost their entire force.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 336px;">
+<img src="images/illus230.jpg" width="336" height="448" alt="Lord Cornwallis." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Lord Cornwallis.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Cornwallis was deeply chagrined,
+for he had expected that
+Tarleton would crush the American
+force. He now planned to
+march rapidly across the country
+and defeat Morgan before
+Greene's army could unite with
+him. But Morgan, feeling certain
+that Cornwallis would make
+a strenuous effort to overwhelm him and rescue the
+600 prisoners, marched with all possible speed in a
+northeasterly direction, with the purpose of crossing
+the Catawba River before Cornwallis could overtake
+him.</p>
+
+<p>Moreover, when Greene heard the glorious news of
+the American victory, he knew that there was great
+danger that Morgan's force would fall into the hands
+of Cornwallis. He therefore planned not only to prevent
+such a catastrophe, but also to lead Cornwallis far
+away from his base of supplies at Wilmington on the
+coast, to a place where his own force united with
+Morgan's might fight a winning battle.</p>
+
+<p>With these plans in mind, having ordered General<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span>
+Huger to march rapidly with the army in a northerly
+direction, Greene himself, with a small guard, swiftly
+rode a distance of 150 miles across the rough country
+to Morgan's army. On the last day of January he
+reached it in the Catawba Valley, and began to direct
+its movements.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime Cornwallis, with desperate energy,
+was pressing in pursuit. For the next ten days it was
+a race for life, with the odds in favor of Cornwallis.
+But Greene was exceedingly alert and masterful. The
+Catawba had been safely crossed, but Cornwallis
+might overtake the Americans before they could cross
+the Yadkin. To make all possible provision for a
+speedy crossing, Greene sent men ahead to see that
+boats should be collected on this river, ready for use
+when he should need them. He also had the fore-thought
+to carry with his army boats mounted on
+wheels. When crossing a river these boats would
+carry the wheels, and in advancing across the country
+the wheels would carry the boats.</p>
+
+<p>Having taken these precautions, Greene sent Morgan
+forward toward Salisbury, while he himself waited
+for a force of militia that was to guard fords on the
+Catawba in order to delay Cornwallis. But while waiting
+he heard that the militia had been scattered. When
+this unfortunate news reached him, he started upon a
+solitary ride through the heavy mud and drenching rain
+in search of Morgan's force. When Greene alighted
+at the Salisbury Inn, which had been turned into a
+hospital for the soldiers, the army physician greeted<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span>
+him, asking how he was. "Fatigued, hungry, alone,
+and penniless," he answered. The landlady, Mrs.
+Elizabeth Steele, on hearing the reply, brought out
+two bags of money, the savings of many a hard day's
+labor. She said, "Take these, you will need them,
+and I can do without them."</p>
+
+<p>In this famous retreat of 200 miles through the
+Carolinas the Americans forded three rivers, whose
+waters, swollen by recent rains soon after the Americans
+had crossed, checked the British in their pursuit.
+Greene crossed the last of these rivers, the Dan, with
+the two parts of his army now united, just in time to
+escape Cornwallis.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 336px;">
+<img src="images/illus233.jpg" width="336" height="372" alt="General Francis Marion." title="" />
+<span class="caption">General Francis Marion.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>In all this time of trial and uncertainty General
+Greene received valuable aid from partisan leaders in
+the South. One of the most noted of these was Francis
+Marion, who was born near Georgetown, S.C., in
+1732. Although as a child, he was extremely delicate,
+he grew strong after his twelfth year. In his mature
+years he was short and slight in frame, but strong and
+hardy in constitution.</p>
+
+<p>When the British began to swarm into South Carolina
+he raised and drilled a company of his neighbors
+and friends known as "Marion's Brigade." These
+men, without uniforms, without tents, and without
+pay, were among the bravest and best of the Revolutionary
+soldiers. Old saws beaten at the country
+forge furnished them with sabres, and pewter mugs
+and dishes supplied material for bullets. The diet of
+these men was simple. Marion, their leader, usually<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span>
+ate hominy and potatoes, and drank water flavored
+with a little vinegar.</p>
+
+<p>The story is told that one day a British officer
+entered the camp with a flag of truce. After the conference,
+Marion, with his usual delicate
+courtesy, invited him to dinner.
+We may imagine the officer's surprise
+when, seated at a log used for
+a table, they were served to a dinner
+consisting of roasted sweet potatoes
+handed to them on pieces of bark.
+The British officer was still more
+surprised to learn that at times Marion's men were not
+fortunate enough to have even potatoes.</p>
+
+<p>"Marion's Brigade" of farmers and hunters seldom
+numbered more than seventy, and often less than
+twenty. With this very small force he annoyed the
+British beyond measure by rescuing prisoners and by
+capturing supply-trains, foraging parties, and outposts.
+One day a scout brought in the report that a party of
+ninety British with 200 prisoners were on the march
+for Charleston. Waiting for the darkness to conceal
+his movements, Marion with thirty men sallied out,
+swooped down upon the British camp, captured, the
+entire force, and rescued all the American prisoners.</p>
+
+<p>It was the custom of Marion's men when hard
+pressed by a superior force to scatter, each one for
+himself, and, dashing headlong into the dense, dark
+swamps, to meet again at the well-known hiding-place.
+Even while the British were in search of them they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span>
+sometimes darted out just as suddenly as they had
+disappeared, and surprised another British party near
+at hand. Well did Marion deserve the name of
+"Swamp Fox," given him by the British.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 634px;">
+<img src="images/illus234.jpg" width="634" height="600" alt="Marion and His Men Swooping Down on a British Camp." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Marion and His Men Swooping Down on a British Camp.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>With the aid of such partisan leaders, and by the
+skilful handling of his army, Greene was more than a
+match for Cornwallis. On receiving reinforcements
+from Virginia Greene turned upon his enemy at Guilford
+Court House, N. C., where he fought a losing
+battle. But although defeated, he so crippled the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span>
+British army that Cornwallis was obliged to retreat to
+the coast to get supplies for his half-famished men
+before marching northward into Virginia. In this long
+and trying campaign Greene had completely outwitted
+Cornwallis.</p>
+
+<p>At the close of the war, as he passed through Philadelphia
+on his way home, the people received him
+with great enthusiasm. In 1785 he moved with his
+family to a plantation which the State of Georgia had
+given him. Here he lived in quiet and happiness less
+than a year, when he died of sunstroke at the age of
+forty-four. His comrade, Wayne, who was with him
+at the time of his death, said of him: "He was great
+as a soldier, great as a citizen, immaculate as a friend.... I
+have seen a great and good man die."</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">The British attempt to get control in the south.<br />
+Dark outlook for the Americans.<br />
+Young Greene a leader in out-door sports.<br />
+Greene made brigadier-general.<br />
+He takes command in the South.<br />
+General Greene and his army.<br />
+The battle of Cowpens.<br />
+Greene's plans.<br />
+His alertness and foresight.<br />
+A famous retreat.<br />
+Partisan leaders.<br />
+Francis Marion and his men.<br />
+Marion's methods: the "Swamp Fox."<br />
+Greene outwits Cornwallis.<br />
+General Greene after the war.</span><br />
+</p>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span></p>
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+<p>1. Why did the British wish to get control of the South?</p>
+
+<p>2. How did Greene look? What do you admire in his character?</p>
+
+<p>3. What was the condition of his army when he took command of it in the South?</p>
+
+<p>4. What was the "race for life"? How did it result?</p>
+
+<p>5. Describe Francis Marion and tell all you can about his habits.</p>
+
+<p>6. Tell the story of Marion and the British officer.</p>
+
+<p>7. What were Marion's methods of annoying the British?</p>
+
+<p>8. Are you constantly trying to form mental pictures as you read?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus237.jpg" width="100%" alt="Daniel Boone." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Daniel Boone.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER XVIII<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Daniel Boone,<br />
+the<br />
+Kentucky<br />
+Pioneer<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1735-1820</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+<p>You will recall that at the beginning of the Last
+French War in 1756 the English colonies lived
+almost entirely between the Alleghany Mountains and
+the Atlantic Ocean. Such continued to be their narrow
+boundaries up to the beginning of the Revolutionary
+War. To understand how, at the end of this
+war, the western boundary had been extended to the
+Mississippi, we must turn our attention to those early
+western pioneers, the backwoodsmen, who rendered
+very important services to their country.</p>
+
+<p>One of the most noted of these pioneers was Daniel
+Boone. He was born in Bucks County, Pa., in 1735.
+Caring little for books, he spent most of his time in
+hunting and fishing. The woods were his special delight,
+and naturally he became an expert rifleman.</p>
+
+<p>The story is told that when a small boy he wandered
+one day into the forest some distance from home,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span>
+and built himself a rough shelter of logs. There he
+would spend days at a time with only his rifle and
+game for company. The rifle served to bring down
+the game, and this he cooked over a fire of logs. A
+prince might have envied his dreamless slumber as he
+lay on a bed of leaves with the skin of a wild animal
+for covering. This free, wild life trained him for his
+future career as a fearless hunter and woodsman.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 1024px;">
+<img src="images/illus238.jpg" width="1024" height="576" alt="The Kentucky Settlement." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Kentucky Settlement.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>When Daniel was about thirteen years old his
+father moved to North Carolina and settled on the
+Yadkin River, where Daniel grew to manhood. After
+his marriage at the age of twenty, he built him a hut
+in the solitude of the wilderness, far removed from
+other settlers' homes.</p>
+
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 317px;">
+<img src="images/illus239.jpg" width="317" height="640" alt="Indian Costume (Female)." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Indian Costume (Female).</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>But Boone was restless. For years he looked with
+eager eyes toward the rugged mountains on the west
+and to the country beyond. Day by day, his desire to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span>
+visit this wild unknown region increased, until he could
+no longer restrain it. By the time he was twenty-five
+he had begun his explorations and had pushed his way
+as far as Boone's Creek, which is a branch of the Watauga
+River in Eastern Tennessee.
+Near this creek there yet stands a
+beech-tree with the inscription: "D.
+Boon cilled a bar on (this) tree in
+the year 1760."</p>
+
+<p>Nine years after this date Daniel
+Boone, in company with five other
+men, started out on May 1st to
+cross the Alleghany Mountains.
+For five weeks the bold travellers
+picked their way through the pathless
+woods. But when in June they
+reached Kentucky, they were rewarded
+for all the hardships they
+had endured. For here was a beautiful
+country with an abundance of
+game, including deer, bears, and great herds of bison.</p>
+
+<p>They promptly put up a shelter made of logs and
+open on one side. The floor of this camp, as it was
+called, was the earth, covered with leaves and hemlock
+twigs.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 275px;">
+<img src="images/illus240.jpg" width="275" height="640" alt="Indian Costume (Male)." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Indian Costume (Male).</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Six months after their arrival Boone and a man
+named Stewart had an unpleasant experience. While
+off on a hunting expedition, they were captured by an
+Indian party. For seven days the dusky warriors carefully
+guarded their prisoners. But on the seventh night,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span>
+having gorged themselves with the game killed during
+the day, the Indians fell into a sound sleep. Boone,
+while pretending to be asleep, had been watching his
+opportunity. So when the right moment came he quietly
+arose, awoke Stewart, and the two
+crept stealthily away until out of hearing
+of the Indians. Then, leaping to
+their feet, they bounded away like
+deer, through the dark woods toward
+their camp. This they found deserted,
+and what had become of their
+friends they never learned.</p>
+
+<p>Some weeks later Boone was pleasantly
+surprised by the appearance at
+the camp of his brother, Squire Boone,
+and a companion. The four men
+lived together without special incident,
+until one day Stewart was surprised
+and shot by some Indians. Stewart's
+death so terrified the man who had
+accompanied Squire Boone, that he gave up the wilderness
+life and returned to his home.</p>
+
+<p>Boone and his brother remained together in the
+forest for three months longer, but their ammunition
+getting low, on May 1st Squire Boone returned to
+North Carolina for a fresh supply and for horses.
+Daniel was thus left alone, 500 miles from home.
+His life was in constant peril from wild beasts and
+Indians. He dared not sleep in his camp, but resorted
+at night to a canebrake or some other hiding-<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span>place,
+where he lay concealed, not even kindling a
+fire lest its light might betray him. During these
+months of solitary waiting for his brother, Boone
+endured many privations. He had neither salt, sugar,
+nor flour, his sole food being game brought down by
+his rifle. But the return of his brother, in July, with
+the expected provisions, brought him much good cheer.</p>
+
+<p>After two years of this experience in the wilderness,
+Daniel Boone returned to his home on the Yadkin
+to make preparations for removal. By September,
+1773, he had sold his farm and was ready to go with
+his family to settle in Kentucky. His enthusiastic
+reports of the fertile country he had been exploring
+found eager listeners, and when his party was ready
+to start it included, besides his wife and children, five
+families and forty men, with a sufficient number of
+horses and cattle. Unhappily they were attacked on
+their way by Indians, and six men, one of them Boone's
+eldest son, were killed. Discouraged by this setback
+the party returned to the nearest settlement, and for
+a while longer the migration westward was postponed.</p>
+
+<p>But it was Boone's unflinching purpose to settle in
+the beautiful Kentucky region. It had already become
+historic, for the Indians called it a "dark
+ground," a "bloody ground," and an old Indian Chief
+had related to Boone how many tribes had hunted and
+fought on its disputed territory.</p>
+
+<p>None of the Indians held an undisputed claim to
+the land. Nevertheless a friend of Boone, Richard
+Henderson, and other white men made treaties with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span>
+the powerful Cherokees, who allowed them to settle
+here. As soon as it became certain that the Cherokees
+would not interfere, Henderson sent Boone in charge
+of thirty men to open a pathway from the Holston
+River, over Cumberland Gap to the Kentucky River.
+This is still known as the Wilderness Road, along
+which so many thousand settlers afterward made their
+way.</p>
+
+<p>On reaching the Kentucky River, Boone and his
+men set to work to build a fort on the left bank of
+the stream. This fort they called Boonesborough. Its
+four stout walls consisted in part of the outer sides of
+log cabins and in part of a stockade, some twelve feet
+high, made by thrusting into the ground stout pieces
+of timber pointed at the top. There were loop-holes
+in all the cabins, and a loop-holed block-house at each
+corner of the fort.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel Boone, the leader of this settlement, was a
+man of interesting personality. He was a tall, slender
+backwoodsman, with muscles of iron and a rugged
+nature that enabled him to endure great hardship.
+Quiet and serious, he possessed courage that never
+shrank in the face of danger. Men had confidence in
+him because he had confidence in himself. Moreover,
+his kind heart and tender sympathies won lasting friendships.
+He usually though not always dressed like an
+Indian. A fur cap, a fringed hunting shirt, and leggings
+and moccasins, all made of skins of wild animals,
+made up his ordinary costume.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/illus243.jpg" width="600" height="631" alt="Daniel Boone in his Cabin." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Daniel Boone in his Cabin.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>If we should go in imagination into Daniel Boone's
+log cabin out in the clearing not far from the fort, we
+should find it a simple home with rude furnishings.
+A ladder against the wall was the stairway by which
+the children reached the loft. Pegs driven into the
+wall held the scanty family wardrobe, and upon a
+rough board, supported by four wooden legs, was
+spread the family meal.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 325px;">
+<img src="images/illus244.jpg" width="325" height="448" alt="A Hand Corn Mill." title="" />
+<span class="caption">A Hand Corn Mill.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>There was an abundance of plain and simple food.
+Bear's meat was a substitute for pork, and venison for
+beef. As salt was scarce, the beef was not salted down
+or pickled, but was jerked by drying in the sun or
+smoking over the fire. Corn was also an important
+article of diet. When away
+from home to hunt game or to
+follow the war trail, sometimes
+the only food which the settler
+had was the parched corn he
+carried in his pocket or wallet.
+Every cabin had its hand-mill
+for grinding the corn into meal
+and a mortar for beating it
+into hominy. The mortar was
+made by burning a hole into
+the top of a block of wood.</p>
+
+<p>A pioneer boy found his life
+a busy and interesting one. While still young he
+received careful training in imitating the notes and
+calls of birds and wild animals. He learned how
+to set traps, and how to shoot a rifle with unerring
+aim. At twelve years of age he became a
+fort-soldier, with port-hole assigned to him for use
+in case of an Indian attack. He received careful
+training, also, in following an Indian trail and in
+concealing his own when on the warpath. For expert
+knowledge of this kind was necessary in the
+midst of dangers from unseen foes that were likely
+to creep stealthily upon the settlers at all times<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span>
+whether they were working in the clearings or hunting
+in the forest.</p>
+
+<p>After building the fort, Boone returned to his home
+in North Carolina for his family. Some months after
+the family reached Boonesborough, Boone's daughter
+with two girl friends was one day floating in a boat
+near the river-bank. Suddenly five Indians darted out
+of the woods and, seizing the three girls, hurried away
+with them. When in their flight the Indians observed
+the eldest of the girls breaking twigs and dropping
+them in their trail, they threatened to tomahawk her
+unless she stopped it. But watching her chance, she
+from time to time tore off strips of her dress, and
+dropped them as guides to the pursuing whites.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 336px;">
+<img src="images/illus246.jpg" width="336" height="441" alt="A Wigwam." title="" />
+<span class="caption">A Wigwam.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>As soon as possible after hearing of the capture
+Boone, with seven other men from the fort, started
+upon the trail of the Indians and kept up the pursuit
+until, early on the second morning, they discovered
+the Indians sitting around a fire cooking breakfast.
+Suddenly the whites, firing a volley, killed two of the
+Indians and frightened the others so badly that they
+beat a hasty retreat, leaving the girls uninjured.</p>
+
+<p>Early in 1778, Boone and twenty nine other men
+were captured and carried off by a party of Indian
+warriors. At that time the Indians in that part of the
+country were fighting on the English side in the
+Revolution, and as they received a ransom for any
+Americans they might hand over to the English, they
+took Boone and the other men of his party to Detroit.</p>
+
+<p>Although the English offered $500 for Boone's<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span>
+ransom the Indians refused to let him go. They
+admired him so much that they took him to their
+home, and with due ceremony adopted him into their
+tribe. Having plucked out all his hair except a tuft
+on the top of his head, they
+dressed this with feathers and
+ribbons as a scalp-lock. Next
+they threw him into the river
+and gave his body a thorough
+scrubbing in order to wash out
+all the white blood. Then, daubing
+his face with paint in true
+Indian fashion, they looked upon
+him with huge satisfaction as one
+of themselves.</p>
+
+<p>Boone remained with them
+several months, during which he made the best of the
+life he had to lead. But when he heard that the
+Indians were planning an attack upon Boonesborough,
+he determined to escape if possible and give his friends
+warning. His own words tell the story in a simple
+way: "On the 16th of June, before sunrise, I departed
+in the most secret manner, and arrived at
+Boonesborough on the 20th after a journey of 160
+miles, during which I had but one meal." He could
+not get any food because he dared not use his gun,
+nor would he build a fire for fear of discovery by his
+foes. He reached the fort in safety, where he was of
+great service in beating off the attacking party.</p>
+
+<p>But this is only one of the many hairbreadth escapes<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span>
+of the fearless backwoodsman. Once while in a shed
+looking after some tobacco, four Indians with loaded
+guns appeared at the door. They said: "Now, Boone,
+we got you. You no get away any more. You no
+cheat us any more." In the meantime, Boone had
+gathered up in his arms a number of dry tobacco
+leaves, and with the dust of these suddenly filled the
+Indians' eyes and nostrils. Then while they were
+coughing, sneezing, and rubbing their eyes, he made
+good his escape.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 608px;">
+<img src="images/illus247.jpg" width="608" height="600" alt="Indian Implements" title="" />
+<span class="caption">Indian Implements</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>But from all his dangerous adventures Boone came
+out safely, and for years remained the leader of the
+settlement at Boonesborough. He was certainly a
+masterful leader in that early pioneer life in Kentucky.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span>
+The solitude of the wilderness never lost its charm for
+him even to the last of his long life. He died in
+1820, eighty-five years old. It has been said that but
+for him the settlement in Kentucky could not have
+been made for many years.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">Western pioneers and patriots.<br />
+Boone's fondness for life in the woods.<br />
+He goes to Kentucky.<br />
+His solitary life in the forest.<br />
+He plants a settlement in Kentucky.<br />
+Boonesborough.<br />
+Personal appearance and character of Daniel Boone.<br />
+His log cabin.<br />
+Food of the backwoodsmen.<br />
+Life of the pioneer boy.<br />
+Boone's daughter captured by the Indians.<br />
+His adoption by an Indian Tribe.<br />
+Boone's important work.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. Try to form a picture of Boone alone in the woods in his boyhood,
+and then tell the story of what he did.</p>
+
+<p>2. Do the same with Boone alone in the Kentucky forest after his
+brother had left him.</p>
+
+<p>3. What do you admire in Boone's character? How did he dress?
+Describe his log cabin. Give some facts about the Kentucky
+settlers' diet.</p>
+
+<p>4. Tell something about the life of the pioneer boy.</p>
+
+<p>5. Give an account of Boone's adoption into an Indian tribe.</p>
+
+<p>6. What was Boone's great work?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus249.jpg" width="100%" alt="Thomas Jefferson." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Thomas Jefferson.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER XIX<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Thomas<br />
+Jefferson and<br />
+the<br />
+Louisiana<br />
+Purchase<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1743-1826</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>Through the achievements of early pioneers
+and settlers, of whom Daniel Boone is the type,
+the region lying between the Alleghany Mountains and
+the Mississippi River came into the possession of the
+United States. In a very different way did the territory
+lying between the Mississippi River and the
+Rocky Mountains become a part of the national domain.
+It was acquired not by exploration or settlement,
+but by purchase, and the man most intimately
+associated with this purchase was Thomas Jefferson.</p>
+
+<p>He was born in 1743 near Charlottesville, Va.,
+on a plantation of nearly 2,000 acres. From his father,
+a man of great physical strength and energy, Thomas
+inherited a hardy constitution. As a boy he lived
+an out-of-door life, sometimes hunting for deer, wild
+turkeys, and other game, sometimes swimming or
+paddling his boat in the river near his home, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span>
+sometimes riding one of his father's horses. A skilful
+and a daring rider, he remained to the end of his long
+life fond of a fine horse.</p>
+
+<p>When he was five years of age he entered school,
+and thus early began his life-long habit of reading and
+study. Even in his younger boyhood days he was
+known among his playmates for industry and thoroughness.</p>
+
+<p>At seventeen he entered William and Mary College,
+at Williamsburg, Va. Although Williamsburg
+was a village of only 1,000 people, it was the State
+capital, and represented the most aristocratic and refined
+social life of the colony. As a young college
+student Jefferson received the full advantage of this
+good society, and at the same time studied very hard,
+sometimes as much as fifteen hours a day. But for his
+strong body and sound health he must have broken
+down under such a severe strain.</p>
+
+<p>Being simple, refined, and gentle in manner, with a
+cheerful disposition and rare intelligence, he easily
+won and kept warm friends. One of these was the
+rollicking, fun-loving Patrick Henry, who with his
+jokes and stories kept everyone about him in good
+humor. He and Jefferson were, in their youth, the
+best of friends, and spent many an hour in playing
+their violins together.</p>
+
+<p>While in college at Williamsburg Jefferson, according
+to a description left of him as he appeared at that
+time, was six feet two and one-half inches tall, with a
+slender frame, a freckled face, sandy hair, hazel-gray<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span>
+eyes, and large feet and hands. He stood erect,
+straight as an arrow, a perfect picture of health and
+vigorous young manhood.</p>
+
+<p>It was during the last of his five-year stay at Williamsburg
+that Jefferson, then twenty-two-years old,
+stood one day at the door of the court-house earnestly
+listening to his friend Patrick Henry as he delivered
+his famous speech. The impassioned words of the
+great orator, bitterly denouncing the Stamp Act, made
+a deep impression upon young Jefferson's fervid nature.
+They fell as seed in good soil, and a few years
+later yielded harvest in the cause of liberty.</p>
+
+<p>These two men, devoted friends as they were, had
+many traits in common. Both were earnest patriots and
+fought in the same cause. But unlike Patrick Henry
+Thomas Jefferson was a poor speaker. His power
+expressed itself rather through his writing, and with
+such grace and strength that he has rightly been called
+"The Pen of the Revolution."</p>
+
+<p>At twenty-nine years of age he married a beautiful
+young widow of twenty-three. After the wedding
+festivities, he and his bride started out in a four-horse
+carriage to drive to his home, Monticello, more than
+100 miles away. It was in the month of January,
+and a heavy snow-storm overtook them, compelling
+them to abandon the carriage and continue the journey
+over the rough mountain roads on horseback.</p>
+
+<p>When at last they reached Monticello, tired and
+hungry, it was so late that the slaves had gone to
+their quarters for the night. The house was dark<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span>
+and the fires all out, but the bride and groom quickly
+kindled a fire, hunted up refreshments, and made the
+empty rooms ring with their songs and merriment.
+Thus with joyous hearts did they begin a long-continued
+and happy
+married life in their
+beautiful home, Monticello.</p>
+
+<p>Both Jefferson and
+his wife inherited
+wealth. When he was
+married, he owned
+5,000 acres of land
+and fifty-two slaves,
+and a year later his wife's father died and left her
+40,000 acres of land and 135 slaves.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 626px;">
+<img src="images/illus252.jpg" width="626" height="480" alt="Monticello." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Monticello.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>He became strongly attached to his mountain home
+and his life there as a planter, taking great interest in
+laying out and cultivating the grounds, and in introducing
+many new varieties of plants and trees.</p>
+
+<p>But he was too public-spirited to be lost in his private
+interest. In the year following his marriage, the
+famous "Boston Tea Party" emptied the chests of
+taxed tea into Boston Harbor. Then followed such
+stirring events as the Boston Port Bill, the first meeting
+of the Continental Congress, and the battles of
+Lexington and Concord; and finally the crisis, when
+the brave men of the Continental Congress, having decided
+that the time had come for the American people
+to declare themselves free and independent of Eng<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span>land,
+appointed a committee of five to draw up the
+Declaration of Independence.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 535px;">
+<img src="images/illus253.jpg" width="535" height="800" alt="THOMAS JEFFERSON AT WORK UPON THE FIRST DRAFT OF THE
+DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE." title="" />
+<span class="caption">THOMAS JEFFERSON AT WORK UPON THE FIRST DRAFT OF THE
+DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Jefferson was one of this committee and, as he had
+distinguished himself for literary ability, it fell to him
+to write the first draft of this great state paper. Congress
+spent a few days in making some unimportant
+changes in Jefferson's draft, but left it practically as he
+had written it. On July 4, 1776, all the members of
+the Continental Congress signed the Declaration of Independence
+in Carpenter's Hall, Philadelphia, a hall
+which is yet standing.</p>
+
+<p>One of the striking things that Jefferson wrote in
+the Declaration of Independence was that "all men are
+created equal." He was always democratic in feeling,
+trying to do what he could for the interest of rich and
+poor alike. There was a law in Virginia requiring that
+the owner of land should hand it down to his eldest
+son. In its place he got a law passed which would
+permit all the children of a family to share in the land
+owned by their father. Another law in Virginia required
+that people should pay taxes for the support of
+the religious denomination, or church, known as the
+Established Church. As Jefferson believed this law
+unfair, he secured the passage of one which provided
+that nobody should be compelled to pay taxes for the
+support of any church.</p>
+
+<p>But Jefferson showed his sympathy for the rights of
+others quite as much in his private as in his public life,
+and won the personal attachment of his numerous
+household. His letters to his little daughters were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</a></span>
+full of loving advice, and their letters to him breathed
+the spirit of genuine affection. When, after the close
+of the Revolution, Franklin returned from his mission
+as minister to France, Jefferson was sent to take his
+place. On his return to Monticello at the end of five
+years, his slaves went miles to meet him and give him
+a hearty welcome home. They wished to take the
+horses from the carriage, that they might draw it themselves;
+and when, arriving at the house, Jefferson
+alighted, they bore him proudly upon their shoulders,
+while they laughed and cried for joy because "Massa"
+had come home again.</p>
+
+<p>Jefferson was truly polite, because he had warm
+sympathy for others, especially for the poor and
+the needy. Once when he and his grandson were
+out riding together they met a negro who bowed
+to them. The young man paid no attention to the
+negro, but Jefferson politely returned the bow, saying,
+"Do you permit a negro to be more of a gentleman
+than yourself?" thus teaching the young man a useful
+lesson.</p>
+
+<p>After filling many of the highest offices in the country,
+Thomas Jefferson became the third President of
+the United States in 1801. He had looked on with
+serious misgivings at some of the ceremonies and formalities
+in the executive mansion while Washington
+was President. He loved Washington, but he did not
+think that the President of the United States should
+be coldly formal and hold himself aloof from the people
+quite as much as Washington did. He believed in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</a></span>
+"republican simplicity," which he began to practise on
+the very day he was inaugurated.</p>
+
+<p>On that occasion he went on foot to the capitol,
+clothed in his every-day dress, and attended by some
+of his political friends. It became his custom later
+when going up to the capitol on official business to
+ride on a horse, which he tied with his own hands to
+a fence near by, before entering. He declined to hold
+weekly levees, as had been the custom, but instead
+opened his house to all on the fourth of July and
+the first of January. In these ways he was carrying
+out his convictions that the President should be simple
+in dress and manner, or, in other words, should
+live in "republican simplicity."</p>
+
+<p>Many acts of Jefferson prove that he was an able
+statesman; but one of the greatest things he did, while
+President in the years 1801-1809, was the purchase of
+Louisiana. Do not think of this territory as the State
+of Louisiana. It was far more than this, for it included
+all the country lying between the Mississippi
+River on the east and the Rocky Mountains on the west,
+and extending from Canada on the north to Texas on
+the south.</p>
+
+<p>In 1763, at the close of the Last French War,
+France gave up all this vast region to Spain. But in
+1800, Napoleon forced Spain to give it up to France.
+When the Americans learned that Louisiana had again
+become French territory they were alarmed, as the
+country that held Louisiana could control the mouth
+of the Mississippi, and stop all American goods pass<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</a></span>ing
+down through the river. As a consequence,
+American settlers living west of the Alleghanies would
+not be able to find a ready outlet to the world for their
+products. Then, too, France might plant a strong
+colony in Louisiana and thus give the American people
+untold trouble.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 1024px;">
+<img src="images/illus257.jpg" width="1024" height="667" alt="Map of Louisiana Purchase; also United States in 1803." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Map of Louisiana Purchase; also United States in 1803.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Accordingly, President Jefferson sent Monroe to
+France to aid in securing New Orleans and a stretch
+of territory in Louisiana lying on the east bank of the
+Mississippi. By getting that territory, the Americans
+would own the entire east bank of the river, and could
+therefore control their own trade.</p>
+
+<p>The Americans approached Napoleon at a fortunate
+time; for he was greatly in need of money to aid him
+in his war with England. Besides, he feared that
+England might seize Louisiana with her fleet. He
+therefore gladly sold us for $15,000,000 all the immense
+territory of Louisiana.</p>
+
+<p>By carefully looking at your map you will get some
+idea of its vast extent. It was much larger than all the
+rest of the territory which we held before this purchase
+was made. Jefferson himself, perhaps, hardly realized
+how great a thing he was doing for his country when
+he made the purchase.</p>
+
+<p>At the end of his term of office as President, Jefferson
+retired to private life in his much-loved home of
+Monticello. Famous not only for his statesmanship,
+but for his learning, he was called the "Sage of Monticello,"
+and was visited by people from far and near.
+The number of his guests was enormous, his house<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[Pg 244]</a></span>keepers
+sometimes finding it necessary to provide fifty
+beds for them.</p>
+
+<p>Of course all this entertaining was a great burden,
+and the expense of it almost ruined him financially.
+But his life moved happily on. Always busy with
+some useful work, he took a deep interest in education,
+and was the founder of the University of Virginia,
+in which he felt a just pride.</p>
+
+<p>On July 4, 1826, just fifty years after the signing
+of the Declaration of Independence, this great man
+breathed his last, at the ripe age of eighty-three.
+On the tombstone which marks his grave at Monticello
+is this inscription, written by his own hand:
+"Here was buried Thomas Jefferson, author of the
+Declaration of Independence, of the Statutes of Virginia
+for Religious Freedom, and Father of the
+University of Virginia." It was such things as these&mdash;things
+that touched the freedom of all men&mdash;that
+he sought to further, and in so doing found his
+greatest satisfaction.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">The Louisiana territory.<br />
+The out-door life of young Thomas Jefferson.<br />
+School and college life.<br />
+Jefferson's personal appearance.<br />
+"The pen of the Revolution."<br />
+Jefferson's happy home life.<br />
+A wealthy planter at Monticello.</span><br />
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[Pg 245]</a></span>
+<span class="smcap">Jefferson writes the Declaration of Independence.<br />
+His "republican simplicity."<br />
+Napoleon sells us Louisiana; its vast extent.<br />
+The "Sage of Monticello."</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. Tell about Jefferson's youthful friendship for Patrick Henry.</p>
+
+<p>2. How did Jefferson look when he was in college?</p>
+
+<p>3. Describe Jefferson's happy home life. How did he show his
+interest in the people? How did his slaves regard him?</p>
+
+<p>4. What is meant by his "republican simplicity"?</p>
+
+<p>5. When and why did Jefferson purchase Louisiana?</p>
+
+<p>6. Draw a map of Louisiana.</p>
+
+<p>7. What do you admire in Jefferson's character?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[Pg 246]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus261.jpg" width="100%" alt="Robert Fulton." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Robert Fulton.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER XX<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Robert Fulton<br />
+and the<br />
+Steamboat<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1765-1815</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+<p>After the purchase of Louisiana thousands of
+settlers joined the ever-swelling tide of westward
+migration which had been set in motion by the
+early pioneers. These frontiersmen had made their
+way across the mountains either by the forest trail,
+leading with them their pack-horses or, a little later,
+by the rough road cut through the forest, their household
+goods packed in a strong wagon drawn by oxen
+or horses.</p>
+
+<p>Already this difficult method had given place to the
+flat boat, which, though safer and more convenient,
+was still unsatisfactory except when it floated down
+stream. In the early years of this century, therefore,
+the increasing demands of migration and traffic turned
+many inventive minds to the problem of applying
+steam-power to river navigation, in the hope of accomplishing
+a speedier means of travel and transpor<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[Pg 247]</a></span>tation.
+The first to achieve success in inventing and
+bringing into practical use a steam-driven boat was
+Robert Fulton.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 420px;">
+<img src="images/illus262.jpg" width="420" height="336" alt="A Pack Horse." title="" />
+<span class="caption">A Pack Horse.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Robert Fulton was born of poor parents in 1765,
+in Little Britain, Pa. His father having died when
+the boy was only three years old, his mother took
+charge of his education. She taught him herself until
+he was eight and then sent him to school. But he
+had no liking for books, and made slow progress.
+Drawing and mechanical devices absorbed his interest,
+and nothing gave him greater delight than to visit the
+shops of mechanics and there with his own hands to
+work out his new ideas.</p>
+
+<p>It is said that Robert came into school late one
+morning, and upon being reproved by his teacher
+explained that he had been
+at a shop beating a piece
+of lead into a pencil. At
+the same time he exhibited
+the pencil and remarked:
+"It is the best
+that I have ever used."
+Upon examining it the
+school-master was so well
+pleased that he praised
+Robert's effort, and in a short time nearly all the
+pupils were using the same sort of pencil.</p>
+
+<p>His ingenious ideas found expression in other ways.
+For example, it was the custom of his town to celebrate
+the Fourth of July by an illumination with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[Pg 248]</a></span>
+candles; but one year candles being scarce, the citizens
+were requested to omit the usual display. Robert
+was at this time only thirteen years old, and like other
+boys of his age, full of Fourth of July patriotism
+which had to be expressed
+in some extraordinary
+way. So
+he set his busy brain
+to work, and having
+bought gunpowder
+and pasteboard, produced
+some home-made sky-rockets which greatly
+astonished the community by their mid-air explosions.
+Such fireworks were at that time entirely new to the
+people of the town.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;">
+<img src="images/illus263.jpg" width="640" height="303" alt="A Flat Boat." title="" />
+<span class="caption">A Flat Boat.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Another illustration of his inventive gift belongs to
+his boyhood days. He and one of his playmates used
+to go out fishing in a flat boat which they propelled
+by the use of long poles. Getting tired of this method
+of navigation, Robert made two crude paddle-wheels,
+one for each side of the boat, connecting them
+by a sort of double crank, which the boys united
+in turning. They could then easily propel the boat
+in their fishing trips to various parts of the lake,
+and keenly enjoyed this novel and easy way of going
+a-fishing.</p>
+
+<p>While still young Robert won the warm regard of
+a great painter, Benjamin West, whose father was an
+intimate friend of Robert's father. Very likely this
+friendship turned Robert's mind strongly toward paint<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[Pg 249]</a></span>ing.
+At all events, the desire to become an artist
+took so strong a hold upon him that at the age of
+seventeen he went to Philadelphia and devoted his
+time to drawing and painting. Here he remained
+three years and painted with such skill that he not
+only supported himself, but sent money to his old
+home, and saved $400, with which he bought a little
+home for his mother.</p>
+
+<p>In time his interest in art led him to go to London,
+where he studied under Benjamin West. But very
+soon he became interested in trying to improve canal
+navigation and in working out various mechanical appliances.</p>
+
+<p>This love for invention finally diverted his attention
+very largely from painting, and led him to
+the work which made him famous. When about
+thirty years old he went to Paris to experiment with
+a diving-boat, an invention of his own, intended to
+carry cases of gunpowder under water. This machine
+was not successful, but by the spring of 1801, a little
+more than three years after his first effort, he had constructed
+another diving-boat, and went with it to Brest
+where he gave it a successful trial. With three companions
+he descended twenty-five feet below the surface
+of the water and remained for one hour. In 1805
+he tested it again in England where, with a torpedo
+of 170 pounds, he blew up a vessel of 200 tons.</p>
+
+<p>For the invention of the torpedo-boat, the world
+is indebted to Fulton, but for the first successful
+steamboat it owes him a debt of deeper gratitude.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[Pg 250]</a></span>
+Before leaving Paris, Fulton became acquainted with
+Robert R. Livingston, who was at that time the American
+minister to France. Mr. Livingston had long felt
+an interest in steamboat navigation, and was willing to
+supply Fulton the necessary money. A steamboat,
+constructed at Paris, was finished by the spring of
+1803, and the day for its trial trip was at hand, when,
+early one morning the boat broke in two parts and
+sunk to the bottom of the river. The frame had been
+too weak to support the weight of the heavy machinery.
+On receiving the news, Fulton hastened to
+the scene of his misfortune and began at once the work
+of raising the boat. For twenty-four hours, without
+food or rest, and standing up to his waist in the cold
+water, he labored with his men until he succeeded in
+raising the machinery and in placing it in another boat.
+But the exposure to which he submitted himself
+brought on a lung trouble from which he never fully
+recovered.</p>
+
+<p>Having discovered the defects of the machinery
+Fulton returned in 1806 to America, where, with
+money furnished by his friend Livingston, he began to
+construct another steamboat which he called the Clermont,
+after the name of Livingston's home on the
+Hudson. This boat was 130 feet long and 18 feet
+wide, with a mast and a sail, and on each side a wheel
+15 feet in diameter, fully exposed to view.</p>
+
+<p>One morning in August, 1807, a throng of expectant
+people gathered on the banks of the North River
+at New York, to see the trial of the Clermont. Every<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[Pg 251]</a></span>body
+was looking for failure. People had all along
+spoken of Fulton as a crack-brained dreamer, and had
+called the Clermont "Fulton's Folly." "Of course
+the thing would not move." "That any man with
+common-sense might know,"
+they said. So while Fulton
+was waiting to give the signal
+to start, these wiseacres were
+getting ready to jest at his
+failure.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 448px;">
+<img src="images/illus266.jpg" width="448" height="314" alt="The Clermont." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Clermont.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Finally, at the signal, the
+Clermont moved slowly, and then stood perfectly still.
+"Just what I have been saying," said one onlooker
+with emphasis. "I knew the boat would not go,"
+said another. "Such a thing is impossible," said a
+third. But they spoke too soon, for after a little adjustment
+of the machinery, the Clermont steamed
+proudly up the Hudson.</p>
+
+<p>As she continued her journey, all along the river,
+people who had come from far and near stood watching
+the strange sight. When the boatmen and sailors
+on the Hudson, heard the clanking machinery and saw
+the great sparks of fire and the volumes of dense,
+black smoke rising out of the funnel, they thought the
+Clermont was a sea-monster. In their superstitious
+dread, some of them went ashore, some jumped into
+the river, and some fell on their knees in fear, believing
+the day of judgment to be at hand. One old
+Dutchman told his wife that he had seen the devil coming
+up the river on a raft.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[Pg 252]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The trip of 150 miles from New York to Albany
+was made in thirty-two hours. Success had at last rewarded
+this man of strong common-sense, quiet modesty,
+and iron will. The Clermont was the first steamboat
+of practical use ever invented. From that time
+men saw the immeasurable advantage to trade of steam
+navigation on lakes and rivers.</p>
+
+<p>This was Fulton's last work of great public interest.
+He died in 1815, having rendered an untold service to
+the industrial welfare of his country and the world.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">The pack-horse, the flat boat, and the new problem.<br />
+Robert Fulton at home and at school.<br />
+His Fourth of July sky rockets.<br />
+A new method of navigation.<br />
+Fulton's fondness for drawing and painting.<br />
+He invents the diving-boat.<br />
+Fulton and Livingston.<br />
+A serious accident.<br />
+"Fulton's Folly" and her trip up the Hudson.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+<p>1. Give an account of Fulton's life at school, and his youthful inventions.</p>
+
+<p>2. Tell about his experience with the diving-boat.</p>
+
+<p>3. What serious accident happened to his boat?</p>
+
+<p>4. Imagine yourself on the Clermont at the time of its trial trip, and
+give an account of the journey from New York to Albany.</p>
+
+<p>5. What do you admire in the character of Robert Fulton?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[Pg 253]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus268.jpg" width="100%" alt="Andrew Jackson." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Andrew Jackson.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER XXI<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Andrew<br />
+Jackson, the<br />
+Upholder<br />
+of the Union<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1767-1845</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+<p>Only four years after the Clermont made its successful
+trip up the Hudson, the first steamboat
+on the Ohio was launched at Pittsburg. This boat
+was the forerunner of numerous steam-driven craft
+which swarmed the extensive network of rivers west
+of the Alleghany Mountains. A fresh impulse was
+given to westward migration, for settlers could now
+easily and cheaply reach the fertile lands of the
+Mississippi Valley, and, having raised an abundant
+crop, could successfully send the surplus to
+the Eastern markets. Under conditions so favorable
+the West grew in population with marvellous
+rapidity.</p>
+
+<p>Wealth went hand in hand with the increase of
+population, and greatly strengthened the influence of
+the people of the West in the affairs of the country.
+By 1829, one of their number became the sixth Presi<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[Pg 254]</a></span>dent
+of the United States. This was Andrew Jackson,
+of Tennessee.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 448px;">
+<img src="images/illus269.jpg" width="448" height="239" alt="Andrew Jackson's Cradle." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Andrew Jackson's Cradle.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Andrew Jackson was born in Union County, N. C.,
+in 1767, of poor parents, who about two years before
+had come from Ireland. In a little clearing in the
+woods, they had built a rude log hut and settled down
+to hard work.</p>
+
+<p>But Andrew's father soon died, and his mother
+went with her children to live in her brother's home,
+where she spun flax to earn money. She was very
+fond of little Andrew and hoped some day to make a
+minister of him. With this in view she sent him to
+school where he learned reading, writing, and a little
+ciphering. But he cared so little for study that he
+made small advancement, and in fact never learned to
+spell well nor to write the English language with ease
+or even correctness.</p>
+
+<p>He found great pleasure in hunting and in rough-and-tumble
+sports, excelling in running, jumping, and
+wrestling. Although not robust, he was wiry and
+energetic, and when a
+stronger boy threw him to
+the ground, he was so
+agile that he always managed
+to regain his feet.</p>
+
+<p>As a school-boy Andrew
+was a bare-footed, freckle-faced lad, with slender frame,
+bright blue eyes, and reddish colored hair. Full of
+life and fun, he became known as "Mischievous
+Andy." Andy was brave and ready to champion<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[Pg 255]</a></span>
+the weaker and smaller boys, but sometimes he became
+overbearing and at other times his quick temper
+got him into trouble. One day his companions,
+wishing to play a practical joke upon him, secretly
+overloaded a gun, and
+dared Andy to shoot it.
+The fearless little fellow,
+seizing the gun, shot it
+off, and was kicked violently
+upon his back. But
+quickly jumping up, his
+eyes blazing with anger,
+he shouted, "If any of
+you boys laugh, I'll kill
+him." The boys did not
+laugh.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 482px;">
+<img src="images/illus270.jpg" width="482" height="480" alt="A Spinning Wheel." title="" />
+<span class="caption">A Spinning Wheel.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>While he was yet a lad the Revolution broke out,
+and there was severe fighting between the Americans
+and the British near his home. His love of action,
+which up to that time had expressed itself in out-of-door
+sports, now took a more serious turn. War
+became a passion with him, and from this time he could
+not visit the local blacksmith's shop without hammering
+into shape some form of weapon. Once while
+fiercely cutting weeds with a scythe he was heard repeating
+these words: "Oh, if I were a man, how I
+would sweep down the British with my grass blade!"</p>
+
+<p>In the course of a few years young "Andy" had
+real British soldiers to fight; for he was only thirteen
+when he was made a prisoner of war. One day soon<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[Pg 256]</a></span>
+after his capture, a British officer ordered him to clean
+his muddy boots. The fiery youth flashed back: "Sir,
+I am not your slave. I am your prisoner, and as
+such I refuse to do the work of a slave." Incensed
+at this reply, the brutal officer struck the boy a cruel
+blow with his sword. Andrew saved himself from the
+brunt of the blow, but received two severe wounds,
+the scars and the bitter memory of which he carried
+through life.</p>
+
+<p>These indignities were but a beginning. He was
+transferred to the prison pen about Camden jail, some
+forty miles away, where without shelter and almost
+without food, he suffered from heartless exposure. In
+a weak and half-starved condition, his wounds yet unhealed,
+he fell a victim to small-pox. Hearing of his
+wretched plight, Andrew's mother secured his release
+and took him home with her. Andrew struggled for
+months with a severe illness. Before he had entirely
+recovered, his mother died leaving him quite alone in
+the world.</p>
+
+<p>But these hardships passed, and some years later
+Andrew decided to become a lawyer. After studying
+law for a while, at twenty-one he crossed the mountains
+with an emigrant party into the backwoods region
+of Tennessee. Now grown to manhood, he was six
+feet and one inch tall, slender, straight, and graceful,
+with a long slim face and thick hair falling over a forehead
+beneath which looked out piercing blue eyes.</p>
+
+<p>When he reached Nashville, the destination of his
+party, his experience was, in a large measure, the same<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[Pg 257]</a></span>
+as that of Daniel Boone in the wilds of Kentucky.
+When the women of the settlement went out to pick
+berries, and when the men hoed corn in the clearings,
+some of the settlers, gun in hand, with watchful eyes
+stood guard against attack from stealthy Indians.</p>
+
+<p>To the dangers belonging to backwoods life, Jackson
+was greatly exposed. The court-houses in which,
+as public prosecutor, he had to try cases, were in some
+instances hundreds of miles apart. In going from
+one to another he journeyed alone, and sometimes had
+to remain alone in the woods for twenty nights in succession.
+In periods of unusual danger, he dared not
+light a fire or even shoot a deer for fear of Indians.</p>
+
+<p>But in the midst of all these dangers he escaped
+harm, and by his energy and business ability achieved
+success as a lawyer. In time he acquired the means to
+become a large land-owner. After his marriage he
+built a house which he called The Hermitage, on a
+plantation of 1,100 acres, about eleven miles from
+Nashville.</p>
+
+<p>Here Jackson lived with his wife, whom he loved
+with a deep and abiding affection. They kept open
+house for visitors, and entertained large numbers of
+guests at a time, treating rich and poor with like hospitality.
+His warm heart and generous nature were especially
+shown in his own household, where he was
+kind to all, including his slaves. Having no children
+he adopted two, one of whom was an Indian baby-boy
+who had lost his mother. Of these children, Jackson
+was very fond.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[Pg 258]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/illus273.jpg" width="600" height="643" alt="Map Illustrating Two of Andrew Jackson's
+Campaigns." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Map Illustrating Two of Andrew Jackson's
+Campaigns.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Indeed, childlike simplicity was always one of his
+striking traits. Not even when he became a noted
+man did he give up smoking his corn-cob pipe. But
+we must not think of him as a faultless man, for besides
+being often rough in manner
+and speech he had a
+violent temper which got
+him into many serious
+troubles; among them were
+some foolish duels.</p>
+
+<p>After one of his duels,
+with a ball in his shoulder
+and his left arm in a sling,
+he went to lead an army of
+2,500 men in an attack
+upon the Creek Indians,
+who had risen against the
+whites in Alabama. These Indians had captured
+Fort Mimms, which was in Southern Alabama, about
+forty miles north of Mobile, and had massacred 500
+men, women, and children seeking shelter there. Although
+Jackson was weak from a long illness, he
+marched with vigor against the Creeks. In the campaign
+he endured much hardship, increased by the
+difficulty of feeding his 2,500 men in a wild country,
+where they almost starved for lack of food.</p>
+
+<p>Under such conditions Jackson had to exercise much
+firmness and tact to keep his army from deserting and
+returning home. The following incident is told to show
+in what way he won the confidence and love of his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[Pg 259]</a></span>
+men: "A soldier, gaunt and woe-begone, approached
+the general one morning, while he was sitting under a
+tree eating, and begged for some food, as he was nearly
+starving. 'It has always been a rule with me,' replied
+Jackson, 'never to turn away a hungry man when it
+was in my power to relieve him, and I will most cheerfully
+divide with you what I have.' Putting his hand
+into his pocket, he drew forth a few acorns, saying:
+'This is the best and only fare that I have.'" But in
+spite of all his drawbacks, Jackson conquered the
+Creeks, and thus broke for all time the power of the
+Indians south of the Ohio River.</p>
+
+<p>Not long afterward he was sent at the head of an
+army, with the rank of major-general, to defend New
+Orleans against an attack of the British who hoped to
+get control of the lower Mississippi and all the southern
+part of what was then known as the Louisiana Territory.
+When Jackson went down to New Orleans he
+was in such extremely poor health that he was hardly
+able to sit on his horse. Nevertheless he worked night
+and day with unflagging energy, arming his men and encouraging
+them to meet the over-confident British foe.</p>
+
+<p>The British army consisted of 12,000 veterans fresh
+from victories over the great Napoleon. Naturally
+enough they despised the American backwoodsmen.
+Their confidence seemed reasonable, for they numbered
+twice as many as the Americans.</p>
+
+<p>On January 8, 1815, the British made a vigorous
+assault on the American lines. But they were mowed
+down with such terrible slaughter that at the end of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[Pg 260]</a></span>
+twenty-five minutes, they were forced to retreat with a
+loss of 2,600 men in killed and wounded. The Americans
+lost only twenty-one. The resolute courage and
+unwearied action of "Old Hickory," as Jackson was
+fondly called by his men, had won a signal victory.
+Through his military reputation Jackson soon became
+very popular. His honesty and patriotism took a
+strong hold on the people, and in due time he was
+elected President of the United States.</p>
+
+<p>A man of passionate feeling, he loved his friends
+and hated his enemies with equal intensity. Moreover,
+he did not seem to think that a man could disagree
+with him, especially in political matters, and still be
+his friend. So when he became President he at once
+began to turn out of office those who held government
+positions, and put into their places men of his own
+political party who had helped to bring about his election.
+Thus was introduced into our national civil service
+the "spoils system."</p>
+
+<p>We can readily imagine that such a man, so warm-hearted,
+and yet so intolerant, would make many
+friends and many enemies. But no one doubted his
+sincerity, especially in matters pertaining to the welfare
+of his country. His absolute fairness and his high
+sense of duty are well illustrated by his dealings with
+the Nullification Act. By reason of a high tariff,
+passed for the protection of manufacturers in the
+North, South Carolina declared that she would not
+allow any such law to be enforced in that State. This
+declaration was called the Nullification Act.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[Pg 261]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;">
+<img src="images/illus276.jpg" width="800" height="530" alt="JACKSON AT THE BATTLE OF NEW ORLEANS." title="" />
+<span class="caption">JACKSON AT THE BATTLE OF NEW ORLEANS.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[Pg 262]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Jackson himself did not favor a high tariff, but he
+was firm in his purpose that whatever law Congress
+passed should be enforced in every State in the Union.
+When, therefore, he heard of the action of South Carolina,
+he rose to the full height of his executive authority.
+The news came to him as he was quietly smoking his
+corn-cob pipe. In a flash of anger he cried aloud,
+"The Union! It must and shall be preserved! Send
+for General Scott!" Troops were speedily sent to
+compel obedience, and South Carolina withdrew her
+opposition.</p>
+
+<p>In 1837, at the end of his term of office as President
+of the United States, he went to his old home, The
+Hermitage, where he once more took up the life of a
+hospitable planter. He was now nearly seventy years
+old, and a constant sufferer from disease. With his
+usual stubborn will, however, he battled for several
+years longer. He died in 1845, at the age of seventy-eight,
+one of the most striking figures in American history.
+His prompt and decisive action in compelling
+South Carolina to obey the tariff laws did much to
+strengthen the Union, for it prepared the nation to
+ward off the greater danger of secession, in which South
+Carolina took the lead, twenty-eight years later.</p>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[Pg 263]</a></span></p>
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">Rapid growth and influence of the west.<br />
+Andrew Jackson's early home a rude log hut.<br />
+"Mischievous Andy" at school.<br />
+"Andy" and the British officer.<br />
+Jackson's personal appearance.<br />
+Life at Nashville; backwoods dangers.<br />
+Home life at the Hermitage.<br />
+Jackson conquers the Creek Indians.<br />
+He wins the confidence of his men.<br />
+He defeats the British at New Orleans.<br />
+Jackson and the union.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+
+<p>1. Explain the rapid growth of the West.</p>
+
+<p>2. Give an account of Jackson's experience in the Revolution.</p>
+
+<p>3. What sort of a man was he in his home life?</p>
+
+<p>4. What and where was The Hermitage?</p>
+
+<p>5. What were his most prominent traits of character?</p>
+
+<p>6. Tell about the Battle of New Orleans.</p>
+
+<p>7. What did Jackson do for the Union?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[Pg 264]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus279.jpg" width="100%" alt="Daniel Webster." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Daniel Webster.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER XXII<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Daniel Webster,<br />
+the Defender<br />
+and Expounder<br />
+of the<br />
+Constitution<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1782-1852</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<p>Andrew Jackson's stern rebuke of the
+nullification movement was a timely one, for
+there existed in the South a widespread feeling that
+the Union was not supreme over the States. In the
+North, on the contrary, the Union was regarded as
+superior to the States and qualified to enforce any law
+passed by Congress unless the Supreme Court should
+declare such law unconstitutional. Which point of
+view was correct? The answer to that momentous
+question involved a long and bitter struggle between
+the two parts of the Union. The great statesman
+who set forth the northern view was Daniel Webster.</p>
+
+<p>He was born among the hills of New Hampshire,
+in Salisbury (now Franklin), in 1782, the son of a
+poor farmer and the ninth of ten children.</p>
+
+<p>As Daniel was a frail child, not able to work much
+on the farm, his parents permitted him to spend much<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[Pg 265]</a></span>
+time in fishing, hunting, and roaming at will over the
+hills. Thus he came into close touch with nature, and
+gained much knowledge which was useful to him in
+later years. It was his good fortune to have as a companion
+on these out-door excursions an old English
+soldier and sailor then living in a small house on the
+Webster farm. The two friends, so far apart in age,
+were good comrades, and were often seen walking together
+along the streams. The old soldier entertained
+his young listener with many thrilling tales of adventure
+on land and sea, and the boy read to his friend
+from books which the old man liked well.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel's father had also been a soldier, having
+served in Indian wars and in the Revolution, and related
+many interesting experiences to his son. One
+which always appealed to young Daniel was the account
+of a meeting, years before, with General Washington
+at the time when Arnold was found to be
+a traitor. In this interview Washington had taken
+Webster's hand and, looking seriously into his face,
+had said, "Captain Webster, I believe I can trust
+you." This expression of confidence by the general to
+his subordinate stirred the boy's imagination.</p>
+
+<p>In these ways did his patriotism receive a great
+stimulus. An incident which occurred when he was
+only eight years old illustrates the seriousness of his
+mind. Having seen at a store near his home a small
+cotton handkerchief with the Constitution of the
+United States printed on it, he gathered up his small
+earnings to the amount of twenty-five cents and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[Pg 266]</a></span>
+eagerly secured the treasure. From this remarkable
+copy he learned the Constitution word for word, so
+that he could repeat it from beginning to end.</p>
+
+<p>Of course this was an unusual thing for an eight-year-old
+boy to do, but the boy himself was unusual.
+He spent much of his time poring over books. They
+were few in number, but of good quality, and he read
+them over and over again until he made them a part
+of himself. It was a pleasure to him to memorize
+fine poems also, and noble selections from the Bible,
+for he learned easily and remembered well what he
+learned. In this way he stored his mind with the
+highest kind of truth.</p>
+
+<p>Naturally his father was proud of his boy and
+longed to give him a good education. One day,
+when Daniel was only thirteen years old, they were at
+work together in the hay-field, when a college-bred
+man, also a member of Congress, stopped to speak
+with Mr. Webster. When the stranger had gone his
+way Mr. Webster expressed to his son deep regret
+that he himself was not an educated man, adding
+that because of his lack of education he had to work
+hard for a very small return.</p>
+
+<p>"My dear father," said Daniel, "you shall not
+work. Brother and I will work for you, and will wear
+our hands out, and you shall rest." Then Daniel,
+whose heart was tender and full of deep affection, cried
+bitterly.</p>
+
+<p>"My child," said Mr. Webster, "it is of no importance
+to me. I now live but for my children. I<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[Pg 267]</a></span>
+could not give your elder brothers the advantage of
+knowledge, but I can do something for you. Exert
+yourself, improve your opportunities, learn, learn, and
+when I am gone you will not need to go through the
+hardships which I have undergone, and which have
+made me an old man before my time."</p>
+
+<p>These words show the earnest purpose of the father.
+The next year the boy, now fourteen, was sent to
+Phillips Exeter Academy. The principal began Daniel's
+examination by directing him to read a passage
+in the Bible. The boy's voice was so rich and musical
+and his reading so intelligent that he was allowed to
+read the entire chapter and then admitted without
+further questioning. This was only one illustration of
+his marvellous power as a reader. Teamsters used to
+stop at the home farm in order to hear that "Webster
+boy," as they called Daniel, read or recite poetry or
+verses of Scripture.</p>
+
+<p>The boys he met at the academy were mostly from
+homes of wealth and culture. Some of them were rude
+and laughed at Daniel's plain dress and country manners.
+Of course the poor boy, whose health was still
+weak and who was by nature shy and independent,
+found such treatment hard to bear.</p>
+
+<p>But he studied well, and soon commanded respect
+because of his high rank. One of his school duties,
+however, he found impossible to perform, and that
+was to stand before the school and declaim. He
+would carefully memorize and practise his declamation,
+but, when called on to speak, he could not rise from<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">[Pg 268]</a></span>
+his seat and go upon the platform. During the nine
+months of his stay in the academy, he failed to overcome
+his deficiency in declaiming.</p>
+
+<p>After leaving this school he studied for six months
+under Dr. Woods, a private tutor, who prepared him
+to enter Dartmouth, at the age of fifteen.</p>
+
+<p>Although he proved himself to be a youth of great
+mental power, he did not take high rank in scholarship.
+But he continued to read widely and thoughtfully,
+and acquired much valuable knowledge which he
+used with great clearness and force in conversation or
+debate. While in Dartmouth, he overcame his inability
+as a declaimer, and gave striking evidence of the
+oratorical power for which he afterward became so
+famous.</p>
+
+<p>After spending two years in Dartmouth, Daniel
+begged his elder brother Ezekiel to join him there.
+But Ezekiel was needed at home, for their father, who
+was now sixty years old, was in poor health and had
+even at that age to work hard to feed and clothe his
+family. He had found it necessary to mortgage the
+farm to send Daniel to college. How could he send
+Ezekiel, too? It seemed foolish to think of doing so.
+But when Daniel urged such a course and agreed to
+help by teaching, the matter was arranged.</p>
+
+<p>After graduation Daniel taught for a year and
+earned the money he had promised Ezekiel. The
+following year he studied law and in due time was
+admitted to the bar. As a lawyer he was very successful,
+his income sometimes amounting to $20,000<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269">[Pg 269]</a></span>
+in a single year. But he could not manage his money
+affairs well, and no matter how large his income he was
+always in debt. This unfortunate state of affairs was
+owing to a reckless extravagance, which he displayed
+in many ways.</p>
+
+<p>Indeed, Webster was a man of such large ideas that
+of necessity he did all things on a large scale. It was
+vastness that appealed to him. And this dominating
+force in his nature explains his idea of nationality and
+his opposition to State Rights. He was too large in
+his views of life to limit himself to his State at the expense
+of his country. To him the Union stood first
+and the State second, and to make the Union great and
+strong became a ruling passion in his life.</p>
+
+<p>Webster's magnificent reach of thought and profound
+reverence for the Union is best expressed in
+his speeches. The most famous one is his brilliant
+"Reply to Hayne."</p>
+
+<p>Senator Hayne, of South Carolina, had delivered an
+able speech, in which he put the authority of the State
+before that of the Union, and said that the Constitution
+supported that doctrine. Webster, then a senator
+from Massachusetts, had but one night to prepare an
+answer. But he knew the Constitution by heart, for
+he had been a close student of it since the days of
+childhood, when he had learned it from the cotton
+handkerchief.</p>
+
+<p>Senator Hayne's masterly speech caused many
+people to question whether even Daniel Webster could
+answer his arguments, and New England men espe<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270">[Pg 270]</a></span>cially,
+fearing the dangerous doctrine of State Rights,
+awaited anxiously the outcome. When, therefore, on
+the morning of January 26, 1830, Mr. Webster entered
+the Senate Chamber to utter that memorable
+reply, he found a crowd of eager men and women
+waiting to hear him.</p>
+
+<p>"It is a critical moment," said a friend to Mr. Webster,
+"and it is time, it is high time, that the people of
+this country should know what this Constitution <i>is</i>."</p>
+
+<p>"Then," said Webster, "by the blessing of Heaven
+they shall learn, this day, before the sun goes down
+what I understand it to be."</p>
+
+<p>Nationality was Webster's theme, his sole purpose
+being to strengthen the claims of the Union. For
+four hours he held his audience spellbound while he
+set forth with convincing logic the meaning of the Constitution.
+The great orator won an overwhelming
+victory. Not only were many of his hearers in the
+Senate chamber that day convinced, but loyal Americans
+all over the country were inspired with more
+earnest devotion to the Union. His last words "Liberty
+and Union! one and inseparable, now and forever"
+electrified his countrymen and became a watchword
+of national progress.</p>
+
+<p>Webster's power as an orator was enhanced by his
+remarkable physique. His striking personal appearance
+made a deep impression upon everyone that saw
+or heard him. One day when he was walking through
+one of the streets of Liverpool a navvy said of him,
+"There goes a king!" On another occasion Sydney<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_271" id="Page_271">[Pg 271]</a></span>
+Smith exclaimed, "Good heavens! he is a small cathedral
+by himself." He was nearly six feet tall. He had
+a massive head, a broad, deep brow, and great coal-black
+eyes, which once seen could never be forgotten.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;">
+<img src="images/illus286.jpg" width="640" height="357" alt="Marshfield&mdash;Home of Daniel Webster." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Marshfield&mdash;Home of Daniel Webster.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>To the day of his death he showed his deep affection
+for the flag, the emblem of that Union which had inspired
+his noblest efforts. During the last few weeks
+of his life, troubled much with sleeplessness, he used
+to watch the stars, and while thus occupied his eyes
+would often fall upon a small boat of his which
+floated in plain view of his window. On this boat he
+had a ship lantern so placed that in the darkness he
+could see the Stars and Stripes flying there. The flag
+was raised at six in the evening and kept flying until
+six in the morning to the day of Daniel Webster's
+death, which took place in September, 1852. On
+looking at the dead face a stranger said: "Daniel
+Webster, the world without you will be lonesome."</p>
+
+<p>Although we need not be blind to his faults, we may
+indeed count him among the greatest of Americans.
+For he did much to make the Union strong. He filled
+many high positions and had a wonderful influence in
+all the affairs of the nation.</p>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_272" id="Page_272">[Pg 272]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">Young Webster's fondness for hunting and fishing.<br />
+Thrilling tales of adventures.<br />
+Daniel's reading habits; his rich, musical voice.<br />
+Webster in college.<br />
+Daniel Webster as a lawyer.<br />
+His noble ideas of the union.<br />
+Senator Hayne's masterly speech.<br />
+Daniel Webster's overwhelming victory for the union.<br />
+His striking personal appearance.<br />
+His devotion to the flag of his country.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+
+<p>1. What do the following topics suggest to you concerning the boyhood
+experiences of Daniel Webster; Daniel and the old English
+soldier and sailor; Daniel's reading habits; his power as a
+reader; his deficiency in declamation?</p>
+
+<p>2. What was Daniel Webster's idea of the Union? Tell what you
+can about "Webster's Reply to Hayne."</p>
+
+<p>3. What picture have you of Webster's personal appearance? What
+is there in Webster's character that you admire?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273">[Pg 273]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus288.jpg" width="100%" alt="S. F. B. Morse." title="" />
+<span class="caption">S. F. B. Morse.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER XXIII<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Samuel Finley<br />
+Breese Morse<br />
+and the Electric<br />
+Telegraph<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1791-1872</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+<p>Great as was the power of the steamboat and
+the railroad in quickening the social life of mankind,
+of still greater influence in binding together remote
+communities was the invention of the electric telegraph.
+The steamboat and the railroad made travel
+and transportation easier, and frequent intercourse by
+letters and newspapers possible; but the electric telegraph
+enabled men to flash their thoughts thousands
+of miles in a few seconds. The inventor of this wonderful
+mechanism was Samuel Finley Breese Morse.</p>
+
+<p>He was born, in 1791, in a house standing at the
+foot of Breed's Hill, Charlestown, Mass. His father
+was a learned minister who, as Daniel Webster said,
+"was always thinking, always writing, always talking,
+always acting"; and his mother a woman of noble
+character, who inspired her son with manly purpose.</p>
+
+<p>When Finley was only four years of age he was sent<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274">[Pg 274]</a></span>
+to a school kept by an elderly woman known as "Old
+Ma'am Rand." She was lame, but nowise halting in
+discipline, for she kept near at hand a long rattan stick
+by means of which, when necessary, she could quickly
+reach her pupils in any part of the room.</p>
+
+<p>He did not remain long under "Old Ma'am
+Rand's" tuition, for when he was seven he went to
+school at Andover, and still later entered Phillips
+Academy in the same town. At fourteen he entered
+Yale College, where from the first he was a thoughtful
+and diligent student.</p>
+
+<p>Very soon Finley's two brothers joined him at college.
+As their father was poor, the boys had to help
+themselves along. Finley turned to account his talent
+for drawing. He made considerable money by
+painting on ivory likenesses of his classmates and professors,
+receiving for a miniature $5, and for a profile
+$1.</p>
+
+<p>At the end of his college course he made painting
+his chosen profession, and planned to get the best
+instruction for his life work.</p>
+
+<p>Having made a friend of the great artist, Washington
+Allston, Morse went with him to London, and
+there studied under Benjamin West who, as you remember,
+was Robert Fulton's teacher. Morse was at
+this time a young man of modest, gentle, and sunny
+manner, and easily won the affection of his new
+teacher.</p>
+
+<p>West held his pupils to high standards, as the following
+instance shows. Upon one occasion, after spend<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_275" id="Page_275">[Pg 275]</a></span>ing
+much time in making what he considered to be a
+finished drawing, Morse laid it before West for criticism.
+Upon careful examination the master praised it
+highly, and then added:</p>
+
+<p>"Very well, sir, very well; go on and finish it."</p>
+
+<p>"It is finished," was Morse's reply.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, no," said Mr. West, "look here, and here,
+and here," pointing to defects in the drawing.</p>
+
+<p>After spending another week upon it, Morse took
+it to his teacher. Again Mr. West praised it and
+added:</p>
+
+<p>"Very well, indeed, sir; go on and finish it."</p>
+
+<p>"Is it not finished?" Morse asked with surprise
+and disappointment in his voice.</p>
+
+<p>"Not yet," said his critic.</p>
+
+<p>Morse spent three or four days more in trying to
+perfect the work, and again handed it to his teacher,
+who, after again praising it, said:</p>
+
+<p>"Well, sir, go and finish it."</p>
+
+<p>"I cannot finish it," said Morse, by this time thoroughly
+disheartened.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," replied Mr. West, "I have tried you long
+enough. Now, sir, you have learned more by this
+drawing than you would have accomplished in double
+the time by a dozen half-finished beginnings. It is
+not numerous drawings, but the <i>character of one</i>, which
+makes a thorough draughtsman. <i>Finish</i> one picture,
+sir, and you are a painter."</p>
+
+<p>After four years of study, Morse returned to Boston.
+But in the meantime, like Fulton, he had grad<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_276" id="Page_276">[Pg 276]</a></span>ually
+turned his thought from painting to invention.
+His energies were now, for many years, divided between
+the two.</p>
+
+<p>During these years Morse had to depend for a
+livelihood mainly upon drawing and painting. He
+travelled through New Hampshire and Vermont, and
+even as far as South Carolina, everywhere painting
+miniatures on ivory, and establishing his reputation
+as an artist.</p>
+
+<p>In 1829 he went once more to Europe for study
+and remained three years; but upon his return, although
+painting occupied much of his time, his career
+as an artist ended. His change of vocation turned
+upon an incident of his voyage home.</p>
+
+<p>On the ocean steamer the conversation at dinner one
+day was about recent experiments with electricity. The
+special question of inquiry was this: "Does the length
+of wire make any difference in the velocity of the
+electric current passing through it?" One of the
+men present, Dr. Jackson, said that so far as experiments
+yet indicated, electricity passed through any
+length of wire in an instant.</p>
+
+<p>"Then," said Morse, "thought can be transmitted
+hundreds of miles instantaneously by means of electricity.
+For if electricity will go ten miles without
+stopping, I can make it go around the globe." What
+a wonderful idea, in an instant to send thought thousands
+of miles and make a record of it there! That
+is what the telegraph was to do!</p>
+
+<p>When once the possibility of this great achievement<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277">[Pg 277]</a></span>
+entered Morse's mind it took complete possession of
+him, and he could think of nothing else through the
+busy days and sleepless nights that followed. His
+note-book was ever at hand to outline the new instrument
+and to jot down the signs in sending messages.</p>
+
+<p>In a short time he had worked out on paper the
+whole scheme of transmitting thought over long distances
+by means of electricity. And now began twelve
+toilsome years of struggle to devise machinery for his
+invention. To provide for his three motherless children,
+Morse had to devote to painting much time
+that he otherwise would have spent in perfecting the
+mechanical appliances for his telegraph. His progress
+therefore was slow and painful, but he persistently
+continued in the midst of discouraging conditions.</p>
+
+<p>His brothers, who owned a building in New York
+on the corner of Nassau and Beekman Streets, allowed
+Morse to have a room on the fifth floor. Here he
+toiled day and night, sleeping little and eating the
+simplest and scantiest food. Indeed, so meagre was
+his fare, consisting mainly of crackers and tea, that
+he bought his provisions at night lest his friends
+might discover his need.</p>
+
+<p>During this time of hardship he kept starvation
+from his door by giving lessons in painting to a few
+pupils. On a certain occasion, Morse said to one of
+them, who owed him a quarter's tuition: "Well,
+Strothers, my boy, how are we off for money?"</p>
+
+<p>"Professor," said the young fellow, "I'm sorry to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_278" id="Page_278">[Pg 278]</a></span>
+say I have been disappointed, but I expect the money
+next week."</p>
+
+<p>"Next week!" cried his needy teacher, "I shall
+be dead by next week."</p>
+
+<p>"Dead, sir?" rejoined Strothers.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, dead by starvation," was the emphatic answer.</p>
+
+<p>"Would $10 be of any service?" asked the pupil,
+now impressed with the seriousness of the situation.</p>
+
+<p>"Ten dollars would save my life," was the answer
+of the poor man, who had been without food for
+twenty-four hours. You may be sure that Strothers
+promptly handed him the money.</p>
+
+<p>But in spite of heavy trials and many discouragements
+he had by 1837 finished a machine which he
+exhibited in New York. Among those present was a
+gifted and inventive young man by the name of Alfred
+Vail. Greatly impressed, he told Morse that he
+believed the telegraph would be successful, and later
+he joined Morse in a business compact.</p>
+
+<p>Alfred Vail's father and brother were wealthy men,
+the owners of large iron and brass mills, and he himself
+was skilful in working brass. Morse was therefore
+glad to accept him as a partner, especially on account
+of his good financial backing. Young Vail was
+full of hope and enthusiasm, and was of great assistance
+in devising suitable apparatus for the telegraph.</p>
+
+<p>But in spite of this substantial and timely aid, a
+patent was not secured until 1840. Then followed a
+tedious effort to induce the government at Washing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_279" id="Page_279">[Pg 279]</a></span>ton
+to adopt and apply the invention. Finally, after
+much delay, the House of Representatives passed a
+bill "appropriating $30,000 for a trial of the telegraph."
+As you may know, a bill cannot become a
+law unless the Senate also passes it, but the Senate
+did not seem inclined to favor this one. Many people
+believed that the whole idea of the telegraph
+was rank folly. They regarded Morse and the telegraph
+very much as people had regarded Fulton and
+the steamboat, and ridiculed him as a crazy-brained
+fellow.</p>
+
+<p>Up to the evening of the last day of the session
+the bill had not been considered by the Senate.
+Morse sat anxiously waiting in the Senate chamber
+until nearly midnight, when, believing there was no
+longer any hope, he withdrew and went home with a
+heavy heart.</p>
+
+<p>Imagine his surprise, therefore, next morning, when
+a young woman, Miss Annie G. Ellsworth, congratulated
+him at breakfast on the passage of his bill. At
+first he could scarcely believe the good news, but when
+he found that Miss Ellsworth was telling him the
+truth his joy was unbounded, and he promised her
+that she should choose the first message.</p>
+
+<p>By the next year (1844) a telegraph line, extending
+from Baltimore to Washington, was ready for use.
+On the day appointed for trial Morse met a party of
+friends in the chamber of the Supreme Court, at the
+Washington end of the line, and sitting at the instrument
+which he had himself placed for trial, the happy<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_280" id="Page_280">[Pg 280]</a></span>
+inventor sent the message, as dictated by Miss Ellsworth,
+"What hath God wrought!"</p>
+
+<p>The telegraph was a great and brilliant achievement,
+and brought to its inventor well-earned fame. Morse
+married a second time and lived in a beautiful home
+on the Hudson, where, with instruments on his table,
+he could easily communicate with distant friends.
+Simple and modest in his manner of life, he was a
+true-hearted, kindly Christian man. He was fond of
+flowers and of animals. The most remarkable of his
+pets was a tame flying-squirrel that would sit on his
+master's shoulders, eat out of his hand, and go to sleep
+in his pocket.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 613px;">
+<img src="images/illus295.jpg" width="613" height="480" alt="Telegraph and Railroad." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Telegraph and Railroad.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>In his prosperity, honors were showered upon him
+by many countries. At the suggestion of the French
+Emperor, representatives from many countries of Europe
+met at Paris to determine upon some suitable
+testimonial to Morse as a world benefactor. These
+delegates voted him $80,000 as an expression of appreciation
+for his great invention. Before his death,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_281" id="Page_281">[Pg 281]</a></span>
+also, a statue to his memory was erected in Central
+Park, New York.</p>
+
+<p>In 1872 this noble inventor, at the ripe age of eighty-one,
+breathed his last. The sincere expression of grief
+from all over the country gave evidence of the place he
+held in the hearts of the people.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">The electric telegraph.<br />
+The young artist and his teacher.<br />
+Morse goes to Yale College.<br />
+His success in drawing.<br />
+With the painter West in London.<br />
+Morse's interest in invention.<br />
+Twelve years of bitter struggle.<br />
+The story of Morse and young Strothers.<br />
+Morse's scheme debated in congress.<br />
+Success at last.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+
+<p>1. What was the new problem?</p>
+
+<p>2. Tell the story of Morse and the painter, Mr. West.</p>
+
+<p>3. How was the idea of the telegraph suggested to Morse?</p>
+
+<p>4. Give an account of Morse's trials and sufferings.</p>
+
+<p>5. What honors were showered upon him?</p>
+
+<p>6. Describe Morse. What do you admire in his character?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_282" id="Page_282">[Pg 282]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus297.jpg" width="100%" alt="Abraham Lincoln." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Abraham Lincoln.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER XXIV<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Abraham Lincoln<br />
+the<br />
+Liberator of the<br />
+Slaves<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1809-1865</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+<p>While Morse had been patiently struggling
+toward the completion of his invention, the
+nation had been growing more and more tense in its
+contest over slavery and State rights. As an outcome
+of the bitter feeling in 1846, two years after the fulfilment
+of Morse's scheme, Congress declared war against
+Mexico.</p>
+
+<p>The Southern slaveholders hoped by this war to
+gain from their weak neighbor territory favorable for
+the extension of slavery. For slavery had long since
+been dying out in the States east of the Mississippi and
+north of the Mason and Dixon Line and the Ohio.
+On the south of this natural boundary line the soil
+and climate were adapted to the cultivation of rice,
+cotton, sugar, and tobacco. These four staples of the
+South called for large plantations and an abundance
+of cheap labor always subject to the bidding of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_283" id="Page_283">[Pg 283]</a></span>
+planter. Slavery satisfied these conditions, and therefore
+slavery seemed necessary to the prosperity of the
+South.</p>
+
+<p>It was because the soil and climate north of this
+natural boundary line did not favor the use of slaves
+that slavery gradually died out in the North. The
+result was that in one section of the Union, the South,
+there was a pressing demand for slavery; and in the
+other, the North, there was none. As time wore on,
+it became evident that the North was growing in
+population, wealth, and political influence much faster
+than the South. Observing this momentous fact, the
+slaveholders feared that in the course of years Congress
+might pass laws unfriendly to slavery. Hence,
+their stubborn purpose to struggle for the extension
+of slavery as far as possible into the territory west of
+the Mississippi.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 448px;">
+<img src="images/illus298.jpg" width="448" height="288" alt="Lincoln's Birthplace." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Lincoln's Birthplace.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>But in the North so powerful did the opposition to
+the spread of slavery to
+new States become, that
+by 1855 there was a great
+political party that had
+such opposition as its
+leading principle. One of
+its ablest and most inspiring
+leaders was Abraham
+Lincoln. He was born in Kentucky, February 12,
+1809. The rough log cabin in which he first saw the
+light was the wretched home of a father too lazy and
+shiftless to work, and so ignorant that he is said not to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_284" id="Page_284">[Pg 284]</a></span>
+have learned his letters until taught by his wife. Little
+Abe's only playmates were his sister Sarah, two years
+older than himself, and his cousin, Dennis Hanks, who
+lived in the Lincoln home.</p>
+
+<p>When Abe was seven years old the family moved to
+Indiana, and settled about fifteen miles north of the
+Ohio River. The journey to their new home was very
+tedious and lonely, for they had in some places to cut
+a roadway through the forest.</p>
+
+<p>Having arrived safely in November, all set vigorously
+to work to provide a shelter against the winter.
+Young Abe was healthy, rugged, and active, and from
+early morning till late evening he worked with his
+father, chopping trees and cutting poles and boughs for
+their "camp." This "camp" was a mere shed, only
+fourteen feet square, and open on one side. It was
+built of poles lying upon one another, and had a
+thatched roof of boughs and leaves. As there was no
+chimney, there could be no fire within the enclosure,
+and it was necessary to keep one burning all the time
+just in front of the open side.</p>
+
+<p>In this rough abode the furniture was of the scantiest
+and rudest sort, very much like what we have already
+observed in Boone's cabin. For chairs there were the
+same kind of three-legged stools, made by smoothing
+the flat side of a split log, and putting sticks into auger-holes
+underneath. The tables were of the same simple
+fashion, except that they stood on four legs instead of
+three.</p>
+
+<p>The crude bedsteads in the corners of the cabin<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_285" id="Page_285">[Pg 285]</a></span>
+were made by sticking poles in between the logs at right
+angles to the wall, the outside corner where the logs
+met being supported by a crotched stick driven into
+the ground. Upon this framework, shucks and leaves
+were heaped for bedding, and over all were thrown the
+skins of wild animals for a covering. Pegs driven into
+the wall served as a stairway to the loft, where there
+was another bed of leaves. Here little Abe slept.</p>
+
+<p>In the space in front of the open side of the cabin,
+hanging over the fire, was a large iron pot, in which
+the rude cooking was done. These backwoods people
+knew nothing of dainty cookery, but they brought
+keen appetites to their coarse fare. The principal
+vegetable was the ordinary white potato, and the usual
+form of bread was "corn-dodgers," made of meal and
+roasted in the ashes. Wheat was so scarce that flour
+bread was reserved for Sunday mornings. But generally
+there was an abundance of game, such as deer,
+bears, and wild turkeys, many kinds of fish from the
+streams close by, and in summer wild fruits from the
+woods.</p>
+
+<p>During this first winter in the wild woods of Indiana
+little Abe must have lived a lonely life. But it was a
+very busy one. There was much to do in building the
+cabin which was to take the place of the "camp," and
+in cutting down trees and making a clearing for the
+corn-planting of the coming spring. Besides, Abe
+helped to supply the table with food, for he had already
+learned to use the rifle, and to hunt and trap animals.
+These occupations took him into the woods, and we<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_286" id="Page_286">[Pg 286]</a></span>
+must believe, therefore, in spite of all the hardships
+of his wilderness life, that he spent many happy hours.</p>
+
+<p>If we could see him as he started off with his gun, or
+as he chopped wood for the fires, we should doubtless
+find his dress somewhat peculiar. He was a tall, slim,
+awkward boy, with very long legs and arms. In winter
+he wore moccasins, trousers, and shirt of deerskin,
+and a cap of coonskin with the tail of the animal
+hanging down behind so as to serve both as ornament
+and convenience in handling the cap. On a cold winter
+day, such a furry costume might look very comfortable
+if close-fitting, but we are told that Abe's deerskin
+trousers, after getting wet, shrunk so much that they
+became several inches too short for his long, lean legs.
+As for stockings, he tells us he never wore them until
+he was "a young man grown."</p>
+
+<p>But although this costume seems to us singular, it
+did not appear so to his neighbors and friends, for they
+were used to seeing boys dressed in that manner. The
+frontiersmen were obliged to devise many contrivances
+to supply their lack of manufactured things. For instance,
+they all used thorns for pins, bits of stone for
+buttons, and home-made soap and tallow-dipped candles.
+Candles, indeed, were a luxury much of the time,
+and in Abe's boyhood, he was obliged in the long winter
+evenings to read by the light of the wood fire
+blazing in the rude fireplace of the log cabin.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_287" id="Page_287">[Pg 287]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 480px;">
+<img src="images/illus302.jpg" width="480" height="593" alt="Lincoln Studying." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Lincoln Studying.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Great as had been his privations in this Indiana
+home, Abe had now to suffer a more grievous loss in
+the death of his mother. The rough life of the forest
+and the exposure of the open cabin had been too much
+for her delicate constitution. Before she died she said
+to her boy: "Abraham, I am going away from you,
+and you will never see me again. I know that you<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_288" id="Page_288">[Pg 288]</a></span>
+will always be good and kind to your sister and father.
+Try to live as I have taught you, and to love your
+Heavenly Father." Many years later Lincoln said,
+"All that I am, or I hope to be, I owe to my angel
+mother."</p>
+
+<p>A year after this sad event, his father brought home
+a second wife, who became a devoted friend to the
+motherless boy. Energetic, thrifty, and intelligent,
+this woman, who had been accustomed to better things
+than she found in her new home, insisted that the log
+cabin should be supplied with a door, a floor, and windows,
+and she at once began to make the children
+"look a little more human."</p>
+
+<p>Abraham Lincoln's schooling was brief&mdash;not more
+than a year in all. Such schools as he attended were
+nothing like the graded schools of to-day. The buildings
+were rough log cabins with the earth for floor and
+oiled paper for windows. Desks were unknown, the
+little school-house being furnished with rude benches
+made of split logs, after the manner of the stools and
+tables in the Lincoln home. The teachers were ignorant
+men, who taught the children a little spelling, reading,
+writing, and ciphering. While attending the last
+school, Abe had to go daily a distance of four and a
+half miles from his home.</p>
+
+<p>In spite of this meagre schooling, however, the boy,
+by his self-reliance, resolute purpose, and good reading
+habits, acquired the very best sort of training for his
+future life. He had but few books at his home, and
+found it impossible in that wild country to find many<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_289" id="Page_289">[Pg 289]</a></span>
+in any other homes. Among those which he read over
+and over again, while a boy, were the Bible, "&AElig;sop's
+Fables," "Robinson Crusoe," "Pilgrim's Progress,"
+a History of the United States, and "Weems's Life of
+Washington."</p>
+
+<p>His step-mother said of him: "He read everything
+he could lay his hands on, and when he came across a
+passage that struck him, he would write it down on
+boards, if he had no paper, and keep it before him until
+he could get paper. Then he would copy it, look at
+it, commit it to memory and repeat it."</p>
+
+<p>His step-brother said: "When Abe and I returned
+to the house from work, he would go to the cupboard,
+snatch a piece of corn-bread, take down a book, sit
+down, cock his legs up as high as his head, and read."
+When night came he would find a seat in the corner
+by the fireside, or stretch out at length on the floor,
+and write or work sums in arithmetic on a wooden
+shovel, using a charred stick for a pencil or pen. When
+he had covered the shovel, he would shave off the surface
+and begin over again.</p>
+
+<p>Having borrowed a copy of the "Life of Washington"
+on one occasion, he took it to bed with him in the
+loft and read until his candle gave out. Then before
+going to sleep, he tucked the book into a crevice of the
+logs in order that he might have it at hand as soon as
+daylight would permit him to read the next morning.
+But during the night a storm came up, and the rain
+beat in upon the book, wetting it through and through.
+With heavy heart Lincoln took it back to its owner,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_290" id="Page_290">[Pg 290]</a></span>
+who told him that it should be his if he would work
+three days to pay for it. Eagerly agreeing to do this,
+the boy carried his new possession home in triumph.
+This book had a marked influence over his future.</p>
+
+<p>Until he was twenty his father hired him out to all
+sorts of work, at which he sometimes earned $6 a
+month and sometimes thirty-one cents a day. Just
+before he came of age his family, with all their possessions
+packed in a cart drawn by four oxen, moved
+again toward the West. For two weeks they travelled
+across the country into Illinois, and finally made a new
+home on the banks of the Sangamon River, a stream
+flowing into the Ohio. The tiresome journey was made
+in the month of March along muddy roads and over
+swollen streams, young Lincoln driving the oxen.</p>
+
+<p>On reaching the end of the journey, Abraham helped
+his father to build a hut and to clear and fence ten acres
+of land for planting. Shortly after this work was done
+he bargained with a neighbor, Mrs. Nancy Miller, to
+split 400 rails for every yard of brown jeans needed to
+make him a pair of trousers. As Lincoln was tall, three
+and one-half yards were needed, and he had to split
+1,400 fence rails&mdash;a large amount of work for a pair
+of trousers.</p>
+
+<p>From time to time he had watched the boats carrying
+freight up and down the river, and had wondered
+where the vessels were going. Eager to know
+by experience the life of which he had dreamed, he determined
+to become a boatman. He was hungry for
+knowledge, and with the same earnestness and energy<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_291" id="Page_291">[Pg 291]</a></span>
+with which he had absorbed the great thoughts of his
+books, he now applied himself to learn the commerce of
+the river and the life along its banks. When an opportunity
+presented, he found employment on a flat boat
+that carried corn, hogs, hay, and other farm produce
+down to New Orleans. On one of his trips he chanced
+to attend a slave auction. Looking on while one slave
+after another was knocked down to the highest bidder,
+his indignation grew until at length he cried out, "Boys,
+let's get away from this; if I ever get a chance to hit
+that thing" (meaning slavery), "I'll hit it hard."
+Little did he think then what a blow he would strike
+some thirty years later.</p>
+
+<p>Tiring at length of his long journeys to New Orleans,
+he became clerk in a village store at New Salem.
+Many stories are told of Lincoln's honesty as displayed
+in his dealings with the people in this village
+store. It is said that on one occasion a woman in
+making change overpaid him the trifling sum of six
+cents. When Lincoln found out the mistake he walked
+three miles and back that night to give the woman her
+money.</p>
+
+<p>He was now six feet four inches tall, a giant in
+strength, and a skilful wrestler. Much against his
+will&mdash;for he had no love of fighting&mdash;he became the
+hero of a wrestling match with a youth named Armstrong,
+who was the leader of the rough young fellows
+of the place. Lincoln defeated Armstrong, and by his
+manliness won the life-long friendship of his opponent.</p>
+
+<p>At times throughout his life he was subject to deep<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_292" id="Page_292">[Pg 292]</a></span>
+depression, which made his face unspeakably sad. But
+as a rule he was cheerful and merry, and on account of
+his good stories was in great demand in social gatherings
+and at the cross-roads grocery stores. At such
+times, when the social glass passed around, he always
+declined it, never indulging in strong liquor of any
+kind, nor in tobacco.</p>
+
+<p>Lincoln was as kind as he was good-natured. His
+step-mother said of him: "I can say, what scarcely
+one mother in a thousand can say, he never gave me
+a cross word or look, and never refused in fact or
+appearance to do anything I asked him." He was
+tender-hearted too, as the following incident shows:</p>
+
+<p>Riding along the road one day with a company of
+men, Lincoln was missed by his companions. One of
+them, going to look for him, found that Lincoln had
+stopped to replace two young birds that had been
+blown out of their nest. He could not ride on in any
+peace of mind until he had restored these little ones to
+their home in the tree-branches.</p>
+
+<p>In less than a year the closing of the village store in
+which Lincoln was clerk left him without employment.
+He therefore enlisted as a volunteer for the Black
+Hawk War, which had broken out about this time, and
+went as captain of his company. On returning from
+this expedition, he opened a grocery store as part
+owner, but in this undertaking he soon failed. Perhaps
+the reason for his failure was that his interest was
+centred in other things, for about this time he began to
+study law.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_293" id="Page_293">[Pg 293]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>For a while after closing his store he served the
+Government as postmaster in New Salem, where the
+mail was so scanty that he could carry it in his hat
+and distribute it to the owners as he happened to meet
+them.</p>
+
+<p>He next tried surveying, his surveyor's chain, according
+to report, being a trailing grapevine. Throughout
+all these years Lincoln was apparently drifting
+almost aimlessly from one occupation to another. But
+whatever he was doing his interest in public affairs and
+his popularity were steadily increasing. In 1834 he
+sought and secured an election to the State Legislature.
+It is said that he tramped a distance of a hundred miles
+with a pack on his back when he went to the State
+Capitol to enter upon his duties as law-maker.</p>
+
+<p>About four years after beginning to study law, he
+was admitted to the bar and established himself at
+Springfield, Ill. From an early age he had been fond
+of making stump speeches, and now he turned what
+had been a pleasant diversion to practical advantage in
+the progress of his political life. In due time he was
+elected to Congress, where his interest in various public
+questions, especially that of slavery, became much
+quickened.</p>
+
+<p>On this question his clear head and warm heart
+united in forming strong convictions that had great
+weight with the people. He continued to grow in
+political favor, and in 1858 received the nomination of
+the Republican party for the United States Senate.
+Stephen A. Douglas was the Democratic nominee.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_294" id="Page_294">[Pg 294]</a></span>
+Douglas was known as the "Little Giant," on account
+of his short stature and great power as an orator.</p>
+
+<p>The debates between the political rivals challenged
+the admiration of the whole country. Lincoln argued
+with great power against the spread of slavery into the
+new States. Although unsuccessful in securing a seat
+in the Senate, he won a recognition from his countrymen
+that led to his election as President two years
+later. In 1860 the Republican National Convention,
+which met at Chicago, nominated "Honest Old Abe,
+the Railsplitter," as its candidate for President, and
+elected him in the same autumn.</p>
+
+<p>The burning political question before the people at
+this time, as for many years before, related to the extension
+of slavery into the Territories. The South was
+eager to have more States come into the Union as
+slave States, while the North wished that slavery should
+be confined to the States where it already existed.</p>
+
+<p>Before the purchase of the Louisiana Territory in
+1803, Mason and Dixon Line and the Ohio River
+formed the dividing line between the free States on the
+north and the slave States on the south. But after
+that purchase there was a prolonged struggle to determine
+whether the new territory should be slave or
+free.</p>
+
+<p>It was thought that the Missouri Compromise of
+1820 would forever settle the trouble, but such was
+not the case. It broke out again, as bitter as ever,
+about the Mexican Cession, which became ours as a
+result of the Mexican War. Again it was hoped that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_295" id="Page_295">[Pg 295]</a></span>
+the Compromise of 1850 would bring an end to the
+struggle. But even after this second compromise, the
+agitation over slavery continued to become more and
+more bitter until Mr. Lincoln's election, when some of
+the Southern States threatened to secede, that is, withdraw
+from the Union. These States claimed the right
+to decide for themselves whether or not they should
+remain in the Union. On the other hand, the North
+declared that no State could secede from the Union
+without the consent of the other States.</p>
+
+<p>Before Lincoln was inaugurated, seven of the Southern
+States had seceded. The excitement was everywhere
+intense. Many people felt that a man of larger
+experience than Lincoln should now be at the head of
+the Government. They doubted the ability of this
+plain man of the people, this awkward backwoodsman,
+to lead the destinies of the nation in these hours when
+delicate and intricate diplomacy was needed. But, little
+as they knew it, he was well fitted for the work that
+lay before him.</p>
+
+<p>While on his way to Washington for inauguration,
+his friends learned of a plot to assassinate him when
+he should pass through Baltimore. To save him from
+violence, therefore, they prevailed upon him to change
+his route and make the last part of his journey in
+secret.</p>
+
+<p>In a few weeks the Civil War had begun. We cannot
+here pause for full accounts of all Lincoln's trials
+and difficulties during this fearful struggle that began
+in 1861 and ended in 1865. His burdens were almost<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_296" id="Page_296">[Pg 296]</a></span>
+overwhelming, but, like Washington, he believed that
+"right makes might" and must prevail.</p>
+
+<p>When he became President he declared that the
+Constitution gave him no power to interfere with slavery
+in the States where it existed. But as the war continued,
+he became certain that the slaves, by remaining
+on the plantations and producing food for the Southern
+soldiers, were a great aid to the Southern cause,
+and thus threatened the Union. He therefore determined,
+as commander-in-chief of the Union armies,
+to set the slaves free in all territory whose people were
+fighting against the Union. He took this step as a
+military necessity.</p>
+
+<p>The famous state paper, in which Lincoln declared
+that the slaves were free in all the territory of the
+seceded States whose people were waging war against
+the Union, was called the Emancipation Proclamation.
+This he issued on January 1, 1863, and thus made
+good his word, "If ever I get a chance to strike that
+thing" (meaning slavery), "I'll strike it hard."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_297" id="Page_297">[Pg 297]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 1024px;">
+<img src="images/illus314.jpg" width="1024" height="649" alt="Map of the United States showing the Southern Confederacy, the Slave States that did not Secede, and the Territories." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Map of the United States showing the Southern Confederacy, the Slave States that did not Secede, and the Territories.</span>
+</div>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_298" id="Page_298">[Pg 298]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>On April 9, 1865, General Lee surrendered his
+army to General Grant at Appomattox Court House.
+By this act the war came to a close. Great was the
+rejoicing everywhere. But suddenly the universal
+joy was changed into universal sorrow. Five days
+after Lee's surrender Lincoln went with his wife and
+some friends to see a play at Ford's Theatre in
+Washington. In the midst of the play, a half-crazed
+actor, who was familiar with the theatre, entered the
+President's box, shot him in the back of the head,
+jumped to the stage, and, shouting "Sic semper tyrannis!"
+(So be it always to tyrants), rushed through the
+wing to the street. There he mounted a horse in
+waiting for him, and escaped, but was promptly hunted
+down and killed in a barn where he lay in hiding. The
+martyr-President lingered some hours, tenderly watched
+by his family and a few friends. When on the following
+morning he breathed his last, Secretary Stanton
+said with truth, "Now he belongs to the ages." A
+noble life had passed from the field of action; and the
+people deeply mourned the loss of him who had wisely
+and bravely led them through four years of heavy
+trial and anxiety.</p>
+
+<p>Wise and brave as the leadership of Abraham Lincoln
+was, however, the drain of the Civil War upon
+the nation's strength was well-nigh overwhelming.
+Nearly 600,000 men lost their lives in this murderous
+struggle, and the loss in wealth was not far short
+of $8,000,000,000.</p>
+
+<p>But the war was not without its good results also.
+One of these, embodied later in the Thirteenth Amendment
+to the Constitution, set free forever all the slaves
+in the Union; and another swept away for all time
+the evils of State rights, nullification, and secession.
+Webster's idea that the Union was supreme over the
+States had now become a fact which could never again
+be a subject of dispute. The Union was "one and
+<i>inseparable</i>."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_299" id="Page_299">[Pg 299]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;">
+<img src="images/illus312.jpg" width="800" height="531" alt="SLAVES ON A COTTON PLANTATION." title="" />
+<span class="caption">SLAVES ON A COTTON PLANTATION.</span>
+</div>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_300" id="Page_300">[Pg 300]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The immortal words that Lincoln uttered as part of
+his Second Inaugural are worthy of notice, for in their
+sympathy, tenderness, and beautiful simplicity they
+reveal the heart of him who spoke them. This inaugural
+address was delivered in Washington on March
+4, 1865, only about six weeks before Lincoln's assassination.
+It closed with these words:</p>
+
+<p>"With malice toward none, with charity for all,
+with firmness in the right, as God gives us to see the
+right, let us strive on to finish the work we are in, to
+bind up the nation's wounds, to care for him who shall
+have borne the battle, and for his widow and his
+orphan&mdash;to do all which may achieve and cherish a
+just and lasting peace among ourselves and with all
+nations."</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">The Mexican war.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Conflict over the extension of slavery.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Abraham Lincoln in his Kentucky home.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The Lincoln family moves to Indiana.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The furniture and the food of the backwoods people.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Little Abe's busy life.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His personal appearance.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Backwoods makeshifts.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His school life; his reading habits.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Abraham Lincoln as a boatman.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">"Honest Abe."</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His physical strength.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His kindness and sympathy.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He is elected to the state legislature.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">The great debate with Stephen A. Douglas.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Abraham Lincoln as president.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">He issues the emancipation proclamation.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">His assassination.</span><br />
+</p>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_301" id="Page_301">[Pg 301]</a></span></p>
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+
+<p>1. Explain the conflict between the North and the South over the
+extension of slavery.</p>
+
+<p>2. Form mental pictures of the following: the "camp"; the furniture
+and the food of the backwoods people; and Abraham Lincoln's
+personal appearance.</p>
+
+<p>3. What were his reading habits?</p>
+
+<p>4. Imagine yourself with Lincoln when he saw the slave auction in
+New Orleans, and tell what you see.</p>
+
+<p>5. Tell, in your own words, what you have learned of his honesty,
+sympathy, and kindness.</p>
+
+<p>6. The greatest act of Abraham Lincoln's life was the issuing of the
+Emancipation Proclamation. What was this?</p>
+
+<p>7. What do you admire in the character of Abraham Lincoln?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_302" id="Page_302">[Pg 302]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox">
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 50%;">
+<img src="images/illus317.jpg" width="100%" alt="Ulysses S. Grant." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Ulysses S. Grant.</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft1">
+CHAPTER XXV<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Ulysses<br />
+Simpson Grant<br />
+and the<br />
+Civil War<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textleft2">
+[<b>1822-1885</b>]
+</div>
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+<p>In tracing the leading events in the remarkable
+career of the martyr-President, we have had occasion
+to refer briefly to the causes and results of the
+Civil War. It was a struggle that tested the manhood
+quite as much as the resources of the warring
+sections, and each side might well be proud of the
+bravery and military skill displayed by its officers and
+soldiers. Certainly each side had among its generals
+some of the greatest military leaders of all time. One
+of these, who is by common consent regarded as the
+ablest general that led Northern troops in battle, was
+Ulysses Simpson Grant.</p>
+
+<p>He was born in a humble dwelling at Point Pleasant,
+O., in April, 1822. The year following his birth
+the family removed to Georgetown, O., where they
+lived many years.</p>
+
+<p>The father of Ulysses was a farmer and manu<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_303" id="Page_303">[Pg 303]</a></span>facturer
+of leather. The boy did not like the leather
+business, but was fond of the various kinds of farm
+work. When only seven years old he hauled all the
+wood which was needed in the home and at the leather
+factory, from a forest, a mile from the village. As he
+was too small to load and unload the wood, the men
+did that for him.</p>
+
+<p>From the age of eleven to seventeen, according to
+his own story as told in his "Personal Memoirs," he
+ploughed the soil, cultivated the growing corn and
+potatoes, sawed fire-wood for his father's store, and
+did any other work that would naturally fall to the
+lot of a farmer's boy. He had his recreations, also,
+including fishing, swimming in the creek not far from
+his home, skating in winter, and driving about the
+country winter and summer.</p>
+
+<p>Young Grant liked horses, and early became a skilful
+rider. Lincoln told a story of him which indicates
+not only his expert horsemanship, but his "bull-dog
+grit" as well. One day when he was at a circus the
+manager offered a silver dollar to anybody who could
+ride a certain mule around the ring. Several persons,
+one after another, mounted the animal only to be
+thrown over its head. Young Ulysses was among
+those who offered to ride, but like the others he was
+unsuccessful. Then pulling off his coat, he got on
+the animal again. Putting his legs firmly around the
+mule's body, and seizing him by the tail, Ulysses rode
+triumphantly around the ring, amid the cheers of the
+expectant crowd.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_304" id="Page_304">[Pg 304]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Although he cared little for study, his father wished
+to give him all the advantages of a good education, and
+secured for him an appointment at West Point. This
+was indeed a rare opportunity for thorough training in
+scholarship, but Ulysses was rather indifferent to it.
+He had a special aptitude for mathematics, and became
+an expert horseman, but with these exceptions, he took
+little interest in the training received at this famous
+military school, his rank being only twenty-first in a
+class of thirty-nine.</p>
+
+<p>After graduation he wished to leave the army and
+become an instructor in mathematics at West Point.
+But as the Mexican War broke out about that time he
+entered active service. Soon he gave striking evidence
+of that fearless bravery for which he was to become so
+noted on the battle-fields of the Civil War.</p>
+
+<p>It fell to his lot to deliver a message which necessitated
+a dangerous ride. He says of it: "Before starting
+I adjusted myself on the side of my horse farthest
+from the enemy, and with only one foot holding to the
+cantle of the saddle and an arm over the neck of the
+horse exposed, I started at full run. It was only at
+the street crossings that my horse was under fire, but
+there I crossed at such a flying rate that generally I
+was past and under cover of the next block of houses
+before the enemy fired. I got out safely without a
+scratch."</p>
+
+<p>Shortly after the close of the war Grant was married.
+Six years later he resigned from the army and
+went with his family to live on a farm near St. Louis.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_305" id="Page_305">[Pg 305]</a></span>
+Although he worked hard, he found it up-hill work to
+support his family, and was eventually compelled by
+bad health to give up farming. He next tried the real
+estate business, but without success. At last, his father
+offered him a place in his leather and hardware store,
+where Grant worked as clerk until the outbreak of the
+Civil War.</p>
+
+<p>With the news that the Southern troops had fired
+upon the flag at Fort Sumter, Grant's patriotism was
+aroused. Without delay he rejoined the army and at
+once took an active part in the preparations for war.
+First as colonel and then as brigadier-general, he led
+his troops. At last he had found a field of action in
+which he quickly developed his powers as a leader.</p>
+
+<p>The first of his achievements was the capture of
+Forts Henry and Donelson, the centre of a strong Confederate
+line of defence, extending from Columbus to
+Cumberland Gap. At Fort Donelson he received the
+surrender of nearly 15,000 prisoners, and by his great
+victory compelled the Confederates to abandon two
+of their most important strongholds, Columbus and
+Nashville.</p>
+
+<p>After the loss of Fort Donelson the Confederates
+fell back to a second line of defence, extending from
+Memphis through Corinth to Chattanooga. The Confederate
+army took position at Corinth; General
+Grant's army at Pittsburg Landing, eighteen miles
+away. Here, early on Sunday morning, April 6, 1862,
+Grant was attacked by Johnston, and his men were
+driven back a mile and a half toward the river. It was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_306" id="Page_306">[Pg 306]</a></span>
+a fearful battle, lasting until nearly dark. Not until
+after midnight was Grant able to rest, and then as he
+sat in the rain leaning against the foot of a tree, he
+slept a few hours before the renewal of battle on Monday
+morning. With reinforcements he was able on the
+second day to drive the enemy off the field and win a
+signal victory.</p>
+
+<p>By this battle Grant broke the second Confederate
+line of defence. Although the Confederates fought
+bravely and well to prevent the Northern troops from
+getting control of the Mississippi River, by the close
+of 1862 they had lost every stronghold except Port
+Hudson and Vicksburg. In 1863, General Grant put
+forth a resolute effort to capture Vicksburg, and after
+a brilliant campaign laid siege to the city. For seven
+weeks the Confederate army held out. Meanwhile the
+people of Vicksburg found shelter in caves and cellars,
+their food at times consisting of rats and mule flesh.
+But on July 4, 1863, the day following General Lee's
+defeat at Gettysburg, General Pemberton, with an army
+numbering about 32,000 men, surrendered Vicksburg
+to General Grant. Four days later Port Hudson was
+captured, and thus the last stronghold of the Mississippi
+came under control of the North.</p>
+
+<p>General Grant's success was in no small measure due
+to his dogged perseverance. While his army was laying
+siege to Vicksburg a Confederate woman, at whose
+door he stopped to ask a drink of water, inquired
+whether he expected ever to capture Vicksburg. "Certainly,"
+he replied. "But when?" was her next ques<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_307" id="Page_307">[Pg 307]</a></span>tion.
+Quickly came the answer: "I cannot tell exactly
+when I shall take the town, but <i>I mean to stay
+here till I do, if it takes me thirty years</i>."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 1024px;">
+<img src="images/illus322.jpg" width="1024" height="679" alt="Map Illustrating Campaigns in the West in 1862-63." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Map Illustrating Campaigns in the West in 1862-63.</span>
+</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_308" id="Page_308">[Pg 308]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>General Grant having by his effective campaign won
+the confidence of the people, President Lincoln in 1864
+made him lieutenant-general, thus placing him in command
+of all the Northern forces. In presenting the
+new commission, Lincoln addressed General Grant in
+these words: "As the country herein trusts you, so,
+under God, it will sustain you." General Grant made
+answer: "I feel the full weight of the responsibilities
+now devolving upon me; and I know that if they are
+met, it will be due to those armies, and above all, to
+the favor of that Providence which leads both nations
+and men."</p>
+
+<p>Early in May, 1864, Grant entered upon his final
+campaign in Virginia, and while he marched with his
+army "On to Richmond," General Sherman, in
+Georgia, pushed with his army "On to Atlanta" and
+"On to the sea." Both generals were able, and both
+had able opponents. Grant crossed the Rapidan and
+entered the Wilderness, where Lee's army contested
+every foot of his advance. In the terrible fighting that
+followed Grant's losses were severe, but, with "bull-dog
+grit," to use Lincoln's phrase, he pressed on, writing
+to the President his stubborn resolve, "I propose to
+fight it out on this line if it takes all summer."</p>
+
+<p>It did take all summer and more, for Grant found it
+impossible to capture Richmond by attacking it from
+the northern side. He therefore transferred his army<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_309" id="Page_309">[Pg 309]</a></span>
+across the James River, and attacked the city from the
+south; but at the end of the summer Lee still held out.</p>
+
+<p>Nor did Lee relinquish his position until April 2,
+1865, when he was compelled to retreat toward the
+west. Grant pursued him closely for a week, during
+which Lee's troops suffered great privation, living
+mainly on parched corn and the young shoots of trees.
+Aware that the Southern cause was hopeless, the distinguished
+leader of the Confederate armies, after a
+most brilliant retreat, decided that the time had come
+to give up the struggle.</p>
+
+<p>While suffering from a severe sick headache, General
+Grant received a note from Lee saying that the
+latter was now willing to consider terms of surrender.
+It was a remarkable occasion when the two eminent
+generals met on that Sunday morning, in what is
+known as the McLean house, standing in the little village
+of Appomattox Court House. Grant writes in
+his "Personal Memoirs": "I was without a sword, as
+I usually was when on horseback on the field, and
+wore a soldier's blouse for a coat, with the shoulder-straps
+of my rank to indicate to the army who I was.... General
+Lee was dressed in a full uniform
+which was entirely new, and was wearing a sword of
+considerable value&mdash;very likely the sword which had
+been presented by the State of Virginia.... In
+my rough travelling suit, the uniform of a private with
+the straps of a lieutenant-general, I must have contrasted
+very strangely with a man so handsomely
+dressed, six feet high and of faultless form.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_310" id="Page_310">[Pg 310]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 533px;">
+<img src="images/illus325.jpg" width="533" height="800" alt="THE MEETING OF GENERALS GRANT AND LEE AT APPOMATTOX." title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE MEETING OF GENERALS GRANT AND LEE AT APPOMATTOX.</span>
+</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_311" id="Page_311">[Pg 311]</a></span></p>
+
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 480px;">
+<img src="images/illus326.jpg" width="480" height="480" alt="The McLean House" title="" />
+<span class="caption">The McLean House</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The result of the interview was the surrender of
+General Lee with his entire army of 26,000 men. General
+Grant at this time gave striking evidence of his
+great kindness of heart and fine delicacy of feeling. He
+issued orders that all the Confederates who owned
+horses and mules should be allowed to take them
+home. "They will need them for the spring ploughing,"
+he said. He spared the vanquished troops the
+humiliation of marching out and stacking their arms in
+token of surrender, and even stopped the firing of salutes
+by his men. Never, indeed, did General Grant
+appear more truly great than on the occasion of Lee's
+surrender. Thus ended the military career of the
+greatest general that the
+North produced during
+the Civil War.</p>
+
+<p>While in the army he
+seemed to have marvellous
+powers of endurance.
+He said of himself:
+"Whether I slept
+on the ground or in a
+tent, whether I slept one
+hour or ten in the twenty-four,
+whether I had
+one meal, or three or
+none, made no difference. I could lie down and sleep
+in the rain without caring."</p>
+
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 336px;">
+<img src="images/illus327.jpg" width="336" height="392" alt="General R. E. Lee." title="" />
+<span class="caption">General R. E. Lee.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>His appearance did not indicate his robust health.
+He was only five feet eight inches tall, round-shoul<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_312" id="Page_312">[Pg 312]</a></span>dered,
+and not military in bearing or walk. He had
+brown hair, blue eyes, and a musical voice. He was
+of a sunny disposition and singularly pure soul, never
+having been known in all his life to speak an unclean
+word or tell an objectionable story.
+Quiet and simple in manner, he
+never became excited even in the
+heat of battle, but always kept himself
+cool and collected, ready for
+the severest ordeal that he might
+have to face.</p>
+
+<p>It need hardly be said that at
+the close of the war he had a warm
+place in the hearts of his countrymen.
+Wherever he went people flocked to see him.
+But like Washington and Jefferson, he found speech-making
+most difficult. At one time, in the presence of
+friends, General Grant's young son Jesse, mounted a
+haystack and said, "I'll show you how papa makes a
+speech. 'Ladies and Gentlemen, I am very glad to
+see you: I thank you very much. Good-night.'" All
+present were greatly amused except Grant, who was
+much embarrassed, feeling that his little son's effort
+verged too closely upon the truth.</p>
+
+<p>Grant was elected President of the United States in
+1868, and served two terms. Upon retiring from the
+Presidency he made a tour around the world, and was
+everywhere received by rulers and people alike with
+great honor and distinction.</p>
+
+<p>During his last days he suffered much from an in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_313" id="Page_313">[Pg 313]</a></span>curable
+disease, which became a worse enemy than he
+had ever found on the field of battle. After nine
+months' of struggle he died at Mount McGregor, near
+Saratoga, on July 23, 1885. His body was laid to
+rest in Riverside Park, on the Hudson, where in 1897
+a magnificent monument was erected to his memory.
+Like Lincoln and Washington, he will ever live in the
+hearts of his countrymen.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">Young Ulysses S. Grant fond of farm work.<br />
+An instance of his "bull-dog grit."<br />
+Grant goes to West Point.<br />
+His bravery in the Mexican War.<br />
+He tries farming and business.<br />
+The beginning of the Civil War.<br />
+The battle of Pittsburg Landing.<br />
+General Grant captures Vicksburg.<br />
+General Lee's surrender.<br />
+General Grant's kindness and delicacy of feeling.<br />
+His personality.<br />
+His tour around the world; his last days.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+
+<p>1. Tell as much as you can about the boyhood of Grant.</p>
+
+<p>2. What can you say of his record in the Mexican War?</p>
+
+<p>3. Give an account of his capture of Vicksburg.</p>
+
+<p>4. Picture the scene of the interview which took place when Lee
+surrendered.</p>
+
+<p>5. What can you tell about Grant's personality? About his ability
+as a speech-maker?</p>
+
+<p>6. What traits in Grant's character do you admire?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_314" id="Page_314">[Pg 314]</a></span></p>
+<div class="bbox">
+<div class="textcen1">
+CHAPTER XXVI<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Some Leaders and Heroes<br />
+in the<br />
+War with Spain<br />
+in 1676<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="textcen2">
+[<b>1898-1899</b>]
+</div>
+
+<div style="clear: both;"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Thus far we have directed our attention to the
+prominent events in American history centring
+about certain leaders and heroes. In so doing we have
+in every chapter given emphasis to the achievements
+of some one man. But in all these cases there were
+many other men that received no mention by name,
+and yet their co-operation was necessary to the success
+of the leader in working out his plans.</p>
+
+<p>This is no doubt true of all times and countries, but
+it is eminently true of our own country, whose history
+is full of striking instances of individual heroism and
+devotion to the flag. We shall find no better example
+of patriotic daring than in the late war with Spain&mdash;a
+war which exhibited to us and to the world the strong
+and manly qualities of American life and character. It
+seems fitting, therefore, that we should in this closing
+chapter briefly consider a few of the recent events that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_315" id="Page_315">[Pg 315]</a></span>
+help us to understand what manner of people we have
+come to be, and what we are able to accomplish in time
+of earnest endeavor.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 689px;">
+<img src="images/illus330.jpg" width="689" height="1024" alt="The United States Coast and the West Indies." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The United States Coast and the West Indies.</span>
+
+<p>Distances are given in geographical or sea miles, sixty miles
+in a degree of latitude.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>From the very beginning of her dominion in Cuba,
+Spain ruled the people
+there with extreme
+cruelty and
+oppression. Again
+and again did the
+Cubans, driven to
+desperation by unjust
+treatment, rise
+in rebellion, without
+success. But in
+1895 they organized
+an uprising
+that Spain strove in
+vain to put down.
+In the last extremity
+of her power,
+she sent over as
+governor-general a
+man who tried to
+starve the Cubans
+into submission. A
+large part of the population lived in the country, and
+furnished the Cuban troops with food and recruits.
+The Spanish commander's brutal method was to drive
+these country people into the towns and cities, burning
+their homes, and destroying everything that might<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_316" id="Page_316">[Pg 316]</a></span>
+be of use to feed and support the fighting Cubans.
+But the Cubans were determined to win their independence
+or die in the attempt.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 576px;">
+<img src="images/illus331.jpg" width="576" height="480" alt="The Wreck of the Maine." title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Wreck of the Maine.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>As the war continued, and this inhuman policy of
+starvation grew more brutal, the horror and indignation
+of the United States were aroused. Our Government
+tried to induce Spain to stop her barbarous
+methods, but while the attempt was still in progress an
+event took place which greatly embittered the feeling
+of Americans against Spain. On the night of February
+15, 1898, one of our battle-ships, the Maine, was
+blown up in the harbor of Havana, and 266 of our
+sailors were killed. Many believed that this awful deed
+was the work of Spanish officials; and this conviction<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_317" id="Page_317">[Pg 317]</a></span>
+deepened when a careful investigation was made by a
+court of naval inquiry. In all parts of this country the
+excitement of the people increased until they were ready
+to go to war with Spain if she would not change her
+policy toward Cuba.</p>
+
+<p>But Spain was so stubborn that President McKinley,
+after trying in every possible way to prevent hostilities,
+was obliged to say in a message that "the war in Cuba
+must stop"; and on April 25, 1898, Congress took the
+momentous step of declaring war.</p>
+
+<p>Our Secretary of the Navy, Mr. Long, lost no time
+in sending a despatch to Commodore Dewey,&mdash;who
+was in command of an American fleet of six war-vessels
+at Hong-Kong,&mdash;directing him to proceed at once to
+the Philippine Islands and capture or destroy the Spanish
+fleet stationed there.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 359px;">
+<img src="images/illus333.jpg" width="359" height="336" alt="Admiral Dewey." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Admiral Dewey.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Two days later Commodore Dewey's fleet was
+steaming southward toward Manila Bay, in search of
+the Spanish squadron of ten war-vessels and two torpedo-boats.
+It was extremely important that these
+ships of war should be captured or destroyed before
+they could make their way to our Pacific coast and
+attack American cities.</p>
+
+<p>On the night preceding May 1st our fleet entered
+Manila Bay. The supreme moment in the life of Commodore
+Dewey, now in his sixty-second year, had come.
+He was 7,000 miles from home and in hostile waters.
+Without even a pilot to guide his fleet as it moved
+slowly but boldly into the bay, he knew well that he
+might be going into a death-trap. Two torpedoes ex<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_318" id="Page_318">[Pg 318]</a></span>ploded
+just in front of the flag-ship Olympia, which
+was in the lead, but the fearless commander did not
+swerve from his course.</p>
+
+<p>Drawn up at the entrance of Bakor Bay, not far
+from Manila, was the Spanish fleet,
+protected on either side by strong
+shore batteries. When about three
+miles distant Commodore Dewey
+quietly said to the captain of the
+Olympia, "If you are ready, Gridley,
+you may fire." Spanish shells
+had already filled the air all about
+the American fleet, but as the Spanish gunnery was exceedingly
+poor it did little serious damage. During the
+battle the American fleet steamed forward in single
+file, the Olympia in the lead. After going for some
+distance toward Manila the ships swung round and returned,
+firing terrible broadsides into the Spanish fleet as
+they passed. Five times they followed the course in this
+way, each time drawing nearer to the enemy's position,
+and each time pouring in a more furious and deadly fire.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 336px;">
+<img src="images/illus334.jpg" width="336" height="374" alt="President McKinley" title="" />
+<span class="caption">President McKinley</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>At seven o'clock the Spanish flagship dashed boldly
+out, as if with the purpose of running down the
+Olympia. But the American war-vessels concentrated
+their fire upon her so that she had to turn back. As
+she was swinging around, the Olympia hurled a shell
+which raked her deck, killing or wounding her captain
+and sixty of her sailors. About this time two Spanish
+torpedo-boats darted out toward the American fleet,
+and one of them, with the evident purpose of blowing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_319" id="Page_319">[Pg 319]</a></span>
+her up, headed for the Olympia. But a well-aimed
+shell exploded upon the deck of the torpedo-boat, and
+sank it to the bottom of the sea.</p>
+
+<p>At the end of two hours, it being plain that the Spanish
+fleet was nearly done for, Commodore
+Dewey decided to give his
+tired men a rest. He therefore withdrew
+his fleet from the scene of battle,
+and gave his brave sailors some
+breakfast. Three hours later he renewed
+the fight, which ended with the
+destruction of the entire Spanish fleet.
+Although 1,200 Spaniards were killed or wounded, not
+one American was killed and only eight were wounded.
+None of Dewey's war-vessels received serious injury.
+The battle was a brilliant exhibition of superb training
+and seamanship on the part of the American sailors,
+whose rapid and accurate handling of the guns was
+marvellous.</p>
+
+<p>The people were electrified with joy when the news
+of the glorious achievement in Manila Bay was cabled
+to America. On May 9th, Congress voted that ten
+thousand dollars ($10,000) should be spent in securing
+a sword for Commodore Dewey and medals for all
+his men, and President McKinley promptly appointed
+him a rear-admiral. Before the middle of August an
+army of 15,000 troops, under General Merritt, was
+sent to Manila to unite with the fleet under Admiral
+Dewey in capturing the city. Manila surrendered on
+August 13th.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_320" id="Page_320">[Pg 320]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>With the destruction of the Spanish fleet at Manila,
+within a week after Congress declared war, all danger
+of attack from Spanish war-vessels upon our Pacific
+coast was at an end. But there was grave fear that
+the Spanish fleet under Admiral Cervera might attack
+the large and wealthy cities upon our Atlantic coast.
+Shortly after the war began, this fleet was reported to
+have left the Cape Verde Islands and to have directed
+its course toward Cuban waters.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;">
+<img src="images/illus335.jpg" width="800" height="579" alt="Escolta, Manila's Main Street." title="" />
+<span class="caption">"Escolta," Manila's Main Street.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>At once Americans began to put serious questions
+which nobody could answer. "Where is Cervera
+going?" they asked. "Will he try to break the blockade
+which an American fleet under Admiral Sampson
+is keeping up on the northern coast of Cuba? Will<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_321" id="Page_321">[Pg 321]</a></span>
+he try to intercept and destroy the battle-ship Oregon?<a name="FNanchor_12_12" id="FNanchor_12_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_12_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a>
+Or, will he bring havoc and destruction upon us by
+sailing straight for some great Atlantic seaport?"
+Americans looked anxious and worried as they considered
+these questions.</p>
+
+<p>But the uncertainty did not long continue, for soon
+it was learned by cable that Cervera had stopped at
+Martinique, and later at a small island off the coast of
+Venezuela, whence he had speedily steamed northward
+toward Cuba. We now know that he went to Santiago
+harbor, which he thought would prove a good hiding-place
+while his fleet took on board coal and other supplies.
+Shortly after Cervera's arrival at Santiago an
+American fleet under Commodore Schley discovered
+him, and blockaded the harbor in order to prevent his
+escape. It was extremely important to keep him "bottled
+up" there until an American army might come
+down and capture Santiago and the Spanish army which
+held the place. This capture accomplished, Cervera
+would have to fight either in the harbor or out on the
+open sea. But there was still some anxiety lest he
+might on some dark, stormy night manage to steal out
+and make his escape.</p>
+
+<p>One reason why Cervera went into the Santiago harbor
+was that the entrance was very narrow and well
+protected by headlands surmounted by batteries. At
+its narrowest place, the channel was not much more
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_322" id="Page_322">[Pg 322]</a></span>than a hundred yards wide. If, therefore, the American
+war-vessels should attempt to enter the harbor they
+would have to enter in single file, and the foremost one
+would possibly be blown up by the Spanish torpedoes,
+many of which were planted in the channel. The sinking
+of a single vessel in the channel would block the
+way for all the rest.</p>
+
+<p>With these facts in mind Admiral Sampson planned
+to obstruct the entrance to Santiago harbor to prevent
+the Spanish fleet from getting out. Lieutenant Hobson,
+a young man of twenty-eight, worked out the plan
+of sinking the collier Merrimac across the channel;
+and to him the important task of carrying it out was
+assigned. Torpedoes were so arranged on the sides of
+the Merrimac that their explosion would shatter her
+bottom and sink her in the channel.</p>
+
+<p>There was serious difficulty in selecting the small
+number of brave, cool-headed men who were to accompany
+Lieutenant Hobson in this perilous enterprise,
+for several hundred American sailors were eager to go,
+even though they knew that in so doing they were
+running serious risk of capture or death. But such was
+the heroic temper of the American sailors that many
+of them begged for an opportunity of rendering this
+loyal service.</p>
+
+<p>On the night appointed for the daring feat, the Merrimac
+did not get well started before the morning light
+began to appear in the eastern sky, so that Admiral
+Sampson recalled the expedition.</p>
+
+<p>After a long, nervous day of waiting, the next morn<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_323" id="Page_323">[Pg 323]</a></span>ing,
+June 3d, the Merrimac started off a second time.
+The vessel moved stealthily forward with its eager,
+silent crew, but before the place of sinking could be
+reached the Spaniards discovered her. Suddenly from
+the forts and the war-vessels in the harbor a storm of
+shot and shell beat in pitiless fury about the Merrimac.
+But she pressed forward. When the moment came
+for her to be swung across the channel Hobson found
+that the rudder of the ship had been shot away, so
+that she could not be swung about according to the
+plan. He therefore had to be content with sinking her
+<i>along</i> instead of <i>across</i> the channel.</p>
+
+<p>When the torpedoes exploded and she went down,
+her crew of eight men, struggling for life in the seething
+waters, managed to reach a float which they had
+brought with them on the deck of the collier. To this
+float they clung, hanging on with their hands, for they
+dared not expose their bodies as targets to Spanish
+soldiers on land or to Spanish sailors in the launches
+that were trying to find out what had happened. For
+some hours Hobson and his men remained in this uncomfortable
+position, shivering with the cold. At
+length Hobson hailed an approaching launch to which
+he swam. He was pulled in by an elderly man, with
+the exclamation, "You are brave fellows." This was
+Admiral Cervera, who treated the prisoners, Lieutenant
+Hobson and his crew, with great kindness. With
+the rest of the world he admired the courageous spirit
+of the "brave fellows" who had given so much in the
+service of their country.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_324" id="Page_324">[Pg 324]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>During the remainder of June, the American fleet
+kept watch at the harbor entrance. Before the end of
+the month an American army of 15,000 men was ready
+to advance through a tropical forest upon the Spanish
+defences outside of Santiago. On July 1st the Americans
+made a vigorous attack upon these outworks,
+and won a glorious victory.</p>
+
+<p>It looked to Cervera as if he might be compelled to
+surrender his fleet without striking a blow. Although
+he was likely to suffer defeat in a battle, there was nothing
+to gain by remaining in the harbor. So he decided
+to dash boldly out, in a desperate effort to escape.
+When at about half-past nine of that quiet Sunday
+morning (July 3d) the foremost Spanish war-vessel was
+seen heading at full speed out of the harbor, the American
+sailors sent up a shout, "The Spanish fleet is coming
+out!" and leaped forward to their places at the guns.
+As at Manila, the battle was one-sided. The superior
+seamanship and gunnery of the Americans enabled
+them quickly to win a victory as brilliant as that won
+by Dewey and his men. Every Spanish vessel was destroyed,
+600 Spaniards were killed, and 1,300 captured.
+Not one American ship was seriously injured, while but
+one American was killed and one badly wounded.
+About the middle of July Santiago and a Spanish army
+of 22,000 men surrendered to the Americans.</p>
+
+<p>Although this ended the serious fighting of the war,
+the treaty of peace was not ratified by the United States
+Senate until February 6, 1899. In accordance with
+this treaty Spain gave up Cuba and ceded Porto Rico<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_325" id="Page_325">[Pg 325]</a></span>
+to the United States; and she also ceded to us the Philippine
+Islands, in return for which we agreed to pay
+her $20,000,000.</p>
+
+<p>But some of the most striking results of the war with
+Spain received no
+mention in the
+terms of the treaty.
+From the beginning
+of the struggle,
+Spain doubtless
+hoped that one
+or more of the
+Great Powers of
+Europe might intervene
+in her behalf.
+Some of
+them, with ill-concealed
+dislike for
+the United States,
+were quite ready
+to interfere in
+Spain's interests.
+But England refused
+to take any part in the movement. Her friendly
+attitude toward us in this struggle has done much to
+bring the two countries into closer sympathy with each
+other. A reflection of this good-will toward England
+was especially evident at the time of Queen Victoria's
+death in January, 1901.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 768px;">
+<img src="images/illus340.jpg" width="768" height="1014" alt="Portion of the Coast of China and the Philippine
+Islands." title="" />
+<span class="caption">Portion of the Coast of China and the Philippine
+Islands.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>But, after all, one of the most striking results of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_326" id="Page_326">[Pg 326]</a></span>
+war with Spain has been the bringing of the various
+sections of our own country into closer sympathy and
+union. It is safe to say that never before have the
+North, the South, the East, and the West felt so closely
+bound together in thought and feeling. Let us hope
+that with noble ideals of the high destiny that awaits
+us, we shall go forward to greater achievements than
+we have yet known in our history.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<h4>REVIEW OUTLINE</h4>
+
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">Spain's cruel rule in Cuba.<br />
+The blowing up of the battle-ship Maine.<br />
+Commodore Dewey heads his fleet for the Philippines.<br />
+The dangerous enterprise.<br />
+The glorious victory.<br />
+Serious Questions About Admiral Cervera's Plans.<br />
+His fleet "bottled Up."<br />
+The daring feat of Lieutenant Hobson and his men.<br />
+The destruction of Cervera's fleet.<br />
+The treaty of peace.<br />
+Friendly relations between our country and England.<br />
+Closer sympathy and union of the North, the South, The East, and the West.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<h4>TO THE PUPIL</h4>
+
+
+<p>1. What is a hero? Whom do you most admire of all the heroes
+you have read about in this book?</p>
+
+<p>2. Why did Commodore Dewey go with his fleet to the Philippines?</p>
+
+<p>3. Imagine yourself with him, and give an account of the battle.</p>
+
+<p>4. What did Lieutenant Hobson and his men do? Impersonating
+Hobson, give an account of the daring feat.</p>
+
+<p>5. What caused the war with Spain? What were its most striking
+results?</p>
+
+<p>6. What do you admire in the character of Admiral Dewey? What,
+in the American sailors in the war with Spain?</p>
+
+<p>7. What do the following dates signify: 1492, 1607, 1620, 1775-1783,
+1861-1865, 1898?</p></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_327" id="Page_327">[Pg 327]</a></span></p>
+<h2>INDEX</h2>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>
+Adams, Samuel, <a href="#Page_156">156</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in public life, <a href="#Page_157">157</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">opposes tax on tea, <a href="#Page_158">158-162</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Bacon, Nathaniel, <a href="#Page_55">55</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">marches against the Indians, <a href="#Page_59">59</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his struggle with Berkeley, <a href="#Page_60">60-62</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Boone, Daniel, <a href="#Page_222">222</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">goes to Kentucky, <a href="#Page_224">224</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">at Boonesborough, <a href="#Page_227">227</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">captured by Indians, <a href="#Page_230">230</a></span><br />
+<br />
+"Boston Tea Party," <a href="#Page_158">158-163</a><br />
+<br />
+Braddock, General, <a href="#Page_132">132</a>, <a href="#Page_133">133</a><br />
+<br />
+Bradford, Governor, <a href="#Page_69">69</a>, <a href="#Page_70">70</a>, <a href="#Page_74">74</a><br />
+<br />
+Bunker Hill, battle of, <a href="#Page_173">173</a><br />
+<br />
+Burgoyne, General, <a href="#Page_203">203-205</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Cabot, John, <a href="#Page_31">31</a><br />
+<br />
+Cartier, <a href="#Page_103">103</a><br />
+<br />
+Carver, Governor, <a href="#Page_70">70</a>, <a href="#Page_74">74-76</a><br />
+<br />
+Cervera, Admiral, <a href="#Page_320">320-324</a><br />
+<br />
+Champlain, <a href="#Page_104">104</a><br />
+<br />
+Civil War, <a href="#Page_295">295</a>, <a href="#Page_298">298</a><br />
+<br />
+Clermont, the, <a href="#Page_250">250-252</a><br />
+<br />
+Columbus, Christopher, <a href="#Page_1">1</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">at Lisbon, <a href="#Page_4">4</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">goes to Spain, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">first voyage, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in the New World, <a href="#Page_12">12-15</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">other voyages, <a href="#Page_17">17-20</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Concord, battle of, <a href="#Page_170">170-173</a><br />
+<br />
+Continental Congress, <a href="#Page_193">193</a><br />
+<br />
+Cornwallis, General, <a href="#Page_200">200-203</a>, <a href="#Page_206">206</a>, <a href="#Page_207">207</a>, <a href="#Page_214">214-220</a><br />
+<br />
+Cortez, <a href="#Page_22">22</a>, <a href="#Page_23">23</a><br />
+<br />
+Cowpens, battle of, <a href="#Page_214">214</a>, <a href="#Page_215">215</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Dale, Sir Thomas, <a href="#Page_56">56</a><br />
+<br />
+Dawes, William, <a href="#Page_167">167-170</a><br />
+<br />
+Declaration of Independence, <a href="#Page_186">186</a>, <a href="#Page_239">239</a><br />
+<br />
+De Leon, <a href="#Page_23">23</a><br />
+<br />
+De Soto, Hernando, <a href="#Page_22">22</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">lands in Florida, <a href="#Page_24">24</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his trials and difficulties, <a href="#Page_26">26-28</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">discovers the Mississippi, <a href="#Page_29">29</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Dewey, Admiral, <a href="#Page_317">317-319</a><br />
+<br />
+Dinwiddie, Governor, <a href="#Page_128">128</a>, <a href="#Page_131">131</a><br />
+<br />
+Douglas, Stephen A., <a href="#Page_293">293</a>, <a href="#Page_294">294</a><br />
+<br />
+Drake, Sir Francis, <a href="#Page_36">36</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Elizabeth, Queen, <a href="#Page_33">33-35</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Fairfax, Lord, <a href="#Page_124">124-127</a><br />
+<br />
+Faneuil Hall, <a href="#Page_159">159</a>, <a href="#Page_160">160</a><br />
+<br />
+Ferdinand, King, <a href="#Page_6">6</a><br />
+<br />
+Franklin, Benjamin, <a href="#Page_175">175</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in his brother's printing-office, <a href="#Page_176">176</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">goes to Philadelphia, <a href="#Page_179">179</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in London, <a href="#Page_181">181</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">"Poor Richard's Almanac," <a href="#Page_182">182</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his great discovery, <a href="#Page_184">184</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">"Plan of Union," <a href="#Page_185">185</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in France, <a href="#Page_186">186</a></span><br />
+<br />
+French War, Last, <a href="#Page_128">128-133</a>, <a href="#Page_136">136-144</a><br />
+<br />
+Fulton, Robert, <a href="#Page_246">246</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his boyhood, <a href="#Page_247">247</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">invents a torpedo boat, <a href="#Page_249">249</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the Clermont, <a href="#Page_250">250-252</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Gage, General, <a href="#Page_166">166</a>, <a href="#Page_167">167</a><br />
+<br />
+Gates, General, <a href="#Page_212">212</a><br />
+<br />
+George III., <a href="#Page_146">146-152</a><br />
+<br />
+Grant, Ulysses S., <a href="#Page_302">302</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his boyhood and youth, <a href="#Page_303">303</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in Civil War, <a href="#Page_305">305-309</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">captures Lee's army, <a href="#Page_309">309-311</a></span><br />
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_328" id="Page_328">[Pg 328]</a></span><br />
+Greene, Nathaniel, <a href="#Page_211">211</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">a Quaker boy, <a href="#Page_212">212</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">joins the army, <a href="#Page_213">213</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in the South, <a href="#Page_214">214-220</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Griffin, the, <a href="#Page_108">108-110</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Hancock, John, <a href="#Page_165">165-168</a>, <a href="#Page_170">170</a><br />
+<br />
+Henry, Patrick, <a href="#Page_146">146</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">early life, <a href="#Page_148">148</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">opposes Stamp Act, <a href="#Page_150">150</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his great speech, <a href="#Page_153">153</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Hobson, Lieutenant, <a href="#Page_322">322</a><br />
+<br />
+Howe, General, <a href="#Page_195">195-197</a>, <a href="#Page_203">203-205</a><br />
+<br />
+Hudson, Henry, <a href="#Page_105">105</a><br />
+<br />
+Hutchinson, Governor, <a href="#Page_159">159-162</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Indians, <a href="#Page_14">14</a>, <a href="#Page_15">15</a>, <a href="#Page_17">17</a>, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>, <a href="#Page_49">49</a><br />
+<br />
+Iroquois, <a href="#Page_104">104-106</a><br />
+<br />
+Isabella, Queen, <a href="#Page_6">6</a>, <a href="#Page_8">8</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Jackson, Andrew, <a href="#Page_253">253</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his boyhood, <a href="#Page_254">254</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">goes to Nashville, <a href="#Page_256">256</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">conquers the Creeks, <a href="#Page_258">258</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">at battle of New Orleans, <a href="#Page_259">259</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">as President, <a href="#Page_260">260</a></span><br />
+<br />
+James I., <a href="#Page_65">65</a>, <a href="#Page_66">66</a><br />
+<br />
+Jefferson, Thomas, <a href="#Page_234">234</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">at college, <a href="#Page_235">235</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">as President, <a href="#Page_240">240</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the Louisiana Purchase, <a href="#Page_241">241-243</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Jesuit Missionaries, <a href="#Page_106">106</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+La Salle, <a href="#Page_103">103</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his plans, <a href="#Page_108">108</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his explorations, <a href="#Page_109">109-112</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his colony, <a href="#Page_112">112</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his assassination, <a href="#Page_114">114</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Lee, General, his surrender, <a href="#Page_296">296</a>, <a href="#Page_309">309-311</a><br />
+<br />
+Lincoln, Abraham, <a href="#Page_282">282</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in Kentucky and Indiana, <a href="#Page_283">283-289</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">goes to Illinois, <a href="#Page_290">290</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">debates with Douglas, <a href="#Page_294">294</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Emancipation Proclamation, <a href="#Page_296">296</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his assassination, <a href="#Page_296">296</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Long Island, battle of, <a href="#Page_196">196</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Mckinley, President, <a href="#Page_317">317-319</a><br />
+<br />
+Maine, the, <a href="#Page_316">316</a><br />
+<br />
+Manila, <a href="#Page_317">317</a><br />
+<br />
+Marion, Francis, <a href="#Page_217">217-219</a><br />
+<br />
+Marquette, Father, <a href="#Page_106">106</a><br />
+<br />
+Massasoit, <a href="#Page_75">75</a>, <a href="#Page_76">76</a><br />
+<br />
+Merrimac, the, <a href="#Page_319">319-322</a><br />
+<br />
+Mimms, Fort, massacre at, <a href="#Page_258">258</a><br />
+<br />
+Montcalm, General, <a href="#Page_138">138-140</a>, <a href="#Page_143">143</a>, <a href="#Page_144">144</a><br />
+<br />
+Morgan, General, <a href="#Page_214">214-216</a><br />
+<br />
+Morse, Samuel F. B., <a href="#Page_273">273</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">studies painting, <a href="#Page_274">274</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">invents the telegraph, <a href="#Page_276">276-280</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Narvaez, <a href="#Page_24">24</a><br />
+<br />
+Navigation Laws, <a href="#Page_58">58</a><br />
+<br />
+New Orleans, battle of, <a href="#Page_259">259</a>, <a href="#Page_260">260</a><br />
+<br />
+Nullification, <a href="#Page_260">260</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Old North Church, <a href="#Page_167">167</a>, <a href="#Page_168">168</a><br />
+<br />
+Old South Church, <a href="#Page_159">159</a>, <a href="#Page_161">161</a><br />
+<br />
+Olympia, the, <a href="#Page_316">316</a><br />
+<br />
+Ortiz, <a href="#Page_24">24</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Penn, William, <a href="#Page_92">92</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">turns Quaker, <a href="#Page_94">94</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his settlement in Pennsylvania, <a href="#Page_98">98</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his Indian treaty, <a href="#Page_99">99</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his country home, <a href="#Page_100">100</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Pilgrims, <a href="#Page_65">65-79</a><br />
+<br />
+Pittsburg Landing, battle of, <a href="#Page_305">305</a><br />
+<br />
+Pizarro, <a href="#Page_22">22</a>, <a href="#Page_23">23</a><br />
+<br />
+Plymouth, landing at, <a href="#Page_72">72</a><br />
+<br />
+Pocahontas, <a href="#Page_50">50</a>, <a href="#Page_52">52</a><br />
+<br />
+Powhatan, <a href="#Page_49">49-52</a><br />
+<br />
+Puritans, <a href="#Page_65">65</a>, <a href="#Page_81">81-88</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Quakers, <a href="#Page_92">92-101</a><br />
+<br />
+Quebec, capture of, <a href="#Page_142">142-144</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Raleigh, Sir Walter, <a href="#Page_31">31</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in France, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his first colony, <a href="#Page_35">35</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">second colony, <a href="#Page_37">37-39</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in the Tower of London, <a href="#Page_40">40</a></span><br />
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_329" id="Page_329">[Pg 329]</a></span><br />
+Revere, Paul, <a href="#Page_165">165</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">on his "midnight ride," <a href="#Page_167">167-170</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Sampson, Admiral, <a href="#Page_322">322</a><br />
+<br />
+Santiago, fighting near, <a href="#Page_322">322-324</a><br />
+<br />
+Schley, Commodore, <a href="#Page_321">321</a><br />
+<br />
+Secession, <a href="#Page_295">295</a><br />
+<br />
+Slavery, <a href="#Page_282">282</a>, <a href="#Page_283">283</a>, <a href="#Page_294">294</a>, <a href="#Page_296">296</a><br />
+<br />
+Smith, John, <a href="#Page_42">42</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">early life, <a href="#Page_46">46</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in Virginia, <a href="#Page_47">47-53</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">relations with the Indians, <a href="#Page_47">47-52</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">explores New England coast, <a href="#Page_53">53</a></span><br />
+<br />
+South Carolina, <a href="#Page_261">261</a>, <a href="#Page_262">262</a><br />
+<br />
+Stamp Act, <a href="#Page_147">147-151</a><br />
+<br />
+Standish, Miles, <a href="#Page_64">64</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">military leader of the Pilgrims, <a href="#Page_68">68</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">explores coast, <a href="#Page_69">69-71</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">at Plymouth, <a href="#Page_72">72-79</a></span><br />
+<br />
+State Rights, <a href="#Page_269">269</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Tariff, <a href="#Page_261">261</a>, <a href="#Page_262">262</a><br />
+<br />
+Telegraph, the electric, <a href="#Page_276">276-280</a><br />
+<br />
+Tobacco, <a href="#Page_57">57</a>, <a href="#Page_58">58</a><br />
+<br />
+Trenton, battle of, <a href="#Page_200">200-202</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Valley Forge, suffering at, <a href="#Page_205">205</a>, <a href="#Page_206">206</a><br />
+<br />
+Vicksburg, capture of, <a href="#Page_306">306</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Warren, Dr. Joseph, <a href="#Page_167">167</a><br />
+<br />
+Washington, George, <a href="#Page_116">116</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">at home and school, <a href="#Page_117">117-124</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the young surveyor, <a href="#Page_124">124-127</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his journey to the French forts, <a href="#Page_130">130</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">at Great Meadows, <a href="#Page_132">132</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">with Braddock, <a href="#Page_132">132</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">at Mount Vernon, <a href="#Page_189">189-193</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">as General, <a href="#Page_193">193-207</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">as President, <a href="#Page_208">208</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Washington, Lawrence, <a href="#Page_118">118-121</a><br />
+<br />
+Webster, Daniel, <a href="#Page_264">264</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his boyhood and youth, <a href="#Page_265">265-268</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his "Reply to Hayne," <a href="#Page_269">269</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his last days, <a href="#Page_271">271</a></span><br />
+<br />
+West, Benjamin, <a href="#Page_274">274</a>, <a href="#Page_275">275</a><br />
+<br />
+Williams, Roger, <a href="#Page_81">81</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">goes to Salem, <a href="#Page_86">86</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">driven into exile, <a href="#Page_88">88</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his settlement at Providence, <a href="#Page_89">89</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Wolfe, James, <a href="#Page_136">136</a>;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his youth, <a href="#Page_136">136</a>;</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">at Quebec, <a href="#Page_138">138-144</a></span><br />
+</p></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<div class="footnotes">
+<h3>FOOTNOTES</h3>
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> The belief that the world was round was by no means new, as learned
+men before Columbus's day had reached the same conclusion. But
+only a comparatively small number of people held such a view of the
+shape of the earth.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> The sum sent was 20,000 maravedis of Spanish money.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_3" id="Footnote_3_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> De Leon discovered this land in the full bloom of an Easter Sunday
+(1513). In token of the day and the flowers he named it Pascua
+Florida.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_4" id="Footnote_4_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> The Huguenots were French Protestants, who were then at war
+with the Catholics in France.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_5_5" id="Footnote_5_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> According to tradition, the Pilgrims, in landing, stepped on a small
+granite bowlder, since known as Plymouth Rock. The date of landing,
+December 21, is called Forefathers' Day.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_6_6" id="Footnote_6_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> Squanto had been taken to England by some white men in 1614.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_7_7" id="Footnote_7_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> Oxford University is composed of a number of colleges. The one
+Penn attended was Christ Church College.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_8_8" id="Footnote_8_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a> This war has sometimes been called the Old French War, and
+sometimes the French and Indian War.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_9_9" id="Footnote_9_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a> This number is too large. Two millions is nearer the truth.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_10_10" id="Footnote_10_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a> The other two ships arrived a few days later.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_11_11" id="Footnote_11_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a> Franklin was one of the three commissioners to make a treaty with
+England at the close of the Revolution. The two other commissioners
+were John Adams and John Jay. They were all men of remarkable
+ability, and their united effort secured a treaty of peace highly
+favorable to their country. But, as in many other brilliant political
+achievements in which Franklin took part, his delicate tact was a
+strong force.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_12_12" id="Footnote_12_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a> The American battle-ship Oregon was then on her famous trip
+from San Francisco, by way of Cape Horn, to join Admiral Sampson's
+fleet.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 514px;">
+<img src="images/cover-back.jpg" width="514" height="800" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+
+<h3>TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES</h3>
+
+
+<p>1. Images have been moved from the middle of a paragraph to the closest
+paragraph break.</p>
+
+<p>2. Footnotes have been renumbered and moved to the end of the text.</p>
+
+<p>3. Obvious punctuation errors have been silently corrected.</p>
+
+<p>4. The following misprints have been corrected:<br />
+&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;    "Wahington" corrected to "Washington" (page 190)<br />
+&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;     "Breeze" corrected to "Breese" (page 273)<br />
+&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;     "1809-1861" corrected to "1809-1865" (page 282)</p>
+
+<p>5. Other than the corrections listed above, printer's inconsistencies in
+spelling, hyphenation, and ligature usage have been retained.</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's American Leaders and Heroes, by Wilbur Fisk Gordy
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AMERICAN LEADERS AND HEROES ***
+
+***** This file should be named 35742-h.htm or 35742-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/7/4/35742/
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/35742-h/images/cover-back.jpg b/35742-h/images/cover-back.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a70b70a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/cover-back.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/cover-front.jpg b/35742-h/images/cover-front.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e01e47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/cover-front.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus001.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus001.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86172b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus001.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus016.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus016.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..771f5a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus016.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus018.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus018.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a1851c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus018.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus022.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus022.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf230d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus022.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus023.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus023.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b530692
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus023.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus024.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus024.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9d8941
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus024.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus026.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus026.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..116ed22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus026.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus028.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus028.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67ff8d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus028.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus035.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus035.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78b24b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus035.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus037.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus037.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4f487c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus037.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus040.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus040.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff232a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus040.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus042.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus042.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2849839
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus042.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus046.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus046.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..295a590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus046.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus048.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus048.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad8de6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus048.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus050.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus050.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c350b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus050.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus052.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus052.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45edf82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus052.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus053.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus053.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0816eb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus053.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus054.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus054.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04a14ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus054.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus055.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus055.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da1aa4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus055.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus057.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus057.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a1688
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus057.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus060.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus060.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1976585
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus060.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus061.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus061.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fff68f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus061.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus062.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus062.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c9aff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus062.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus063.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus063.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50d1f75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus063.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus065a.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus065a.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7547ad6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus065a.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus065b.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus065b.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dc96b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus065b.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus066a.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus066a.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26e5ff5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus066a.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus066b.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus066b.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f43822
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus066b.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus071.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus071.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc3fd3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus071.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus072.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus072.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b0b765
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus072.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus076.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus076.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c98cd4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus076.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus079.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus079.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bf2a5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus079.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus082.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus082.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bed8699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus082.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus085.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus085.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1936deb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus085.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus087.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus087.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6458217
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus087.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus089.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus089.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2892d1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus089.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus090.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus090.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e6eb30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus090.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus092.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus092.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a93bed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus092.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus094.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus094.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ef6809
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus094.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus098.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus098.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ba8b9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus098.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus099.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus099.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01b8297
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus099.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus100.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus100.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4df9276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus100.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus102.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus102.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6de1e1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus102.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus103.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus103.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07439e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus103.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus107.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus107.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..545e789
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus107.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus110.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus110.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..136a32a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus110.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus112.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus112.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81a1ca5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus112.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus113.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus113.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..312dd56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus113.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus114.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus114.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d77ed4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus114.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus118.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus118.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff2005b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus118.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus119.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus119.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21f43c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus119.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus122.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus122.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99e2fee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus122.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus128.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus128.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac2aef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus128.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus131.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus131.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85fad35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus131.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus132.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus132.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2de3855
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus132.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus134.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus134.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ac59cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus134.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus136.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus136.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f373b54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus136.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus138.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus138.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..302a935
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus138.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus144.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus144.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d495d26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus144.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus151.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus151.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17cd6ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus151.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus153.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus153.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0575bf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus153.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus154.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus154.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..014952f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus154.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus156.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus156.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f17fb92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus156.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus161.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus161.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12885e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus161.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus164.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus164.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f824f2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus164.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus167.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus167.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ea82e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus167.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus171.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus171.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5107149
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus171.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus175.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus175.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e52186
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus175.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus176.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus176.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73b73b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus176.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus178.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus178.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..887dd0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus178.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus180.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus180.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..688765c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus180.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus182.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus182.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a7cb9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus182.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus183.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus183.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5761c4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus183.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus185.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus185.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df2fcc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus185.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus187.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus187.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5afb233
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus187.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus190.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus190.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81b8ecc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus190.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus193.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus193.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16dcfa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus193.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus195.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus195.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07c2716
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus195.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus199.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus199.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc1991e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus199.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus201.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus201.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69708c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus201.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus204.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus204.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43af2a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus204.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus205.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus205.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e9e064
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus205.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus206.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus206.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92a7230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus206.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus211.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus211.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14a0a44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus211.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus214.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus214.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74c9d6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus214.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus216.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus216.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66d0665
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus216.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus219.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus219.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de05001
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus219.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus223.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus223.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99cc47b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus223.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus226.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus226.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f87042
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus226.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus228.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus228.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b65c57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus228.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus230.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus230.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b94eb0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus230.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus233.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus233.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80f4c41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus233.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus234.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus234.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d315033
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus234.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus237.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus237.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5547d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus237.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus238.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus238.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb930de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus238.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus239.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus239.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..038e40c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus239.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus240.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus240.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a59b3f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus240.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus243.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus243.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9469af8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus243.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus244.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus244.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1e41ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus244.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus246.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus246.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8870be7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus246.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus247.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus247.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5750267
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus247.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus249.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus249.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..796280d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus249.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus252.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus252.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8dad0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus252.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus253.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus253.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9ca832
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus253.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus257.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus257.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11fefc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus257.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus261.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus261.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebeec6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus261.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus262.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus262.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6b4abb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus262.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus263.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus263.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae8109c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus263.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus266.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus266.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..220ea9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus266.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus268.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus268.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e60c40f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus268.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus269.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus269.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbf3acb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus269.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus270.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus270.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..744f12b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus270.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus273.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus273.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59f746e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus273.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus276.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus276.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6c1293
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus276.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus279.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus279.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfea1a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus279.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus286.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus286.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6a83aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus286.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus288.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus288.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4748b32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus288.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus295.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus295.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35380dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus295.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus297.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus297.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d4906e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus297.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus298.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus298.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2dad0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus298.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus302.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus302.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1e120d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus302.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus312.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus312.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b02981
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus312.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus314.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus314.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a67f3e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus314.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus317.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus317.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9397337
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus317.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus322.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus322.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6162ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus322.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus325.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus325.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee2a9d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus325.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus326.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus326.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65d16cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus326.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus327.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus327.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..adf4c89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus327.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus330.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus330.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e4e89c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus330.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus331.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus331.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd00801
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus331.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus333.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus333.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0d02a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus333.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus334.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus334.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0fe127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus334.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus335.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus335.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11377d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus335.jpg
diff --git a/35742-h/images/illus340.jpg b/35742-h/images/illus340.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ad3f9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742-h/images/illus340.jpg
diff --git a/35742.txt b/35742.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..802172c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8829 @@
+Project Gutenberg's American Leaders and Heroes, by Wilbur Fisk Gordy
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: American Leaders and Heroes
+       A preliminary text-book in United States History
+
+Author: Wilbur Fisk Gordy
+
+Release Date: April 1, 2011 [EBook #35742]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AMERICAN LEADERS AND HEROES ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  [Illustration: PAUL REVERE AROUSING THE INHABITANTS ALONG THE
+  ROAD TO LEXINGTON.]
+
+
+
+  AMERICAN LEADERS
+  AND HEROES
+
+  A PRELIMINARY TEXT-BOOK IN
+  UNITED STATES HISTORY
+
+  BY
+
+  WILBUR F. GORDY
+
+
+  PRINCIPAL OF THE NORTH SCHOOL, HARTFORD, CONN.; AUTHOR OF
+  "A HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES FOR SCHOOLS"; AND
+  CO-AUTHOR OF "A PATHFINDER IN AMERICAN HISTORY"
+
+  _WITH MANY ILLUSTRATIONS AND MAPS_
+
+  NEW YORK
+  CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS
+  1907
+
+
+
+  COPYRIGHT, 1901, BY
+  CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+In teaching history to boys and girls from ten to twelve years old
+simple material should be used. Children of that age like action. They
+crave the dramatic, the picturesque, the concrete, the personal. When
+they read about Daniel Boone or Abraham Lincoln they do far more than
+admire their hero. By a mysterious, sympathetic process they so identify
+themselves with him as to feel that what they see in him is possible for
+them. Herein is suggested the ethical value of history. But such ethical
+stimulus, be it noted, can come only in so far as actions are translated
+into the thoughts and feelings embodied in the actions.
+
+In this process of passing from deeds to the hearts and heads of the
+doers the image-forming power plays a leading part. Therefore a special
+effort should be made to train the sensuous imagination by furnishing
+picturesque and dramatic incidents, and then so skilfully presenting
+them that the children may get living pictures. This I have endeavored
+to do in the preparation of this historical reader, by making prominent
+the personal traits of the heroes and leaders, as they are seen, in
+boyhood and manhood alike, in the environment of their every-day home
+and social life.
+
+With the purpose of quickening the imagination, questions "To the Pupil"
+are introduced at intervals throughout the book, and on almost every
+page additional questions of the same kind might be supplied to
+advantage. "What picture do you get in that paragraph?" may well be
+asked over and over again, as children read the book. If they get clear
+and definite pictures, they will be likely to see the past as a living
+present, and thus will experience anew the thoughts and feelings of
+those who now live only in their words and deeds. The steps in this
+vital process are imagination, sympathy, and assimilation.
+
+To the same end the excellent maps and illustrations contribute a
+prominent and valuable feature of the book. If, in the elementary stages
+of historical reading, the image-forming power is developed, when the
+later work in the study of organized history is reached the imagination
+can hold the outward event before the mind for the judgment to determine
+its inner significance. For historical interpretation is based upon the
+inner life quite as much as upon the outward expression of that life in
+action.
+
+Attention is called to the fact that while the biographical element
+predominates, around the heroes and leaders are clustered typical and
+significant events in such a way as to give the basal facts of American
+history. It is hoped, therefore, that this little volume will furnish
+the young mind some conception of what our history is, and at the same
+time stimulate an abiding interest in historical and biographical
+reading.
+
+Perhaps it is needless to say that the "Review Outline" may be used in
+many ways. It certainly will furnish excellent material for language
+work, oral or written. In so using it pupils may well be encouraged to
+enlarge the number of topics.
+
+I wish to acknowledge my obligations to Professor William E. Mead, of
+Wesleyan University, who has read the manuscript and made invaluable
+suggestions; also to my wife, whose interest and assistance have done
+much to give the book whatever of merit it may possess.
+
+                                                    WILBUR F. GORDY.
+
+HARTFORD, CONN., May 1, 1901.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+  CHAPTER                                                         PAGE
+      I. CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS AND THE DISCOVERY OF AMERICA,          1
+     II. HERNANDO DE SOTO AND THE DISCOVERY OF THE MISSISSIPPI,     22
+    III. SIR WALTER RALEIGH AND THE FIRST ENGLISH ATTEMPTS TO
+            COLONIZE AMERICA,                                       31
+     IV. JOHN SMITH AND THE SETTLEMENT OF JAMESTOWN,                42
+      V. NATHANIEL BACON AND THE UPRISING OF THE PEOPLE IN
+            VIRGINIA IN 1676,                                       55
+     VI. MILES STANDISH AND THE PILGRIMS,                           64
+    VII. ROGER WILLIAMS AND THE PURITANS,                           81
+   VIII. WILLIAM PENN AND THE SETTLEMENT OF PENNSYLVANIA,           92
+     IX. CAVELIER DE LA SALLE AND THE FRENCH IN THE MISSISSIPPI
+            VALLEY,                                                103
+      X. GEORGE WASHINGTON, THE BOY SURVEYOR AND YOUNG SOLDIER,    116
+     XI. JAMES WOLFE, THE HERO OF QUEBEC,                          136
+    XII. PATRICK HENRY AND THE STAMP ACT,                          146
+   XIII. SAMUEL ADAMS AND THE BOSTON TEA PARTY,                    156
+    XIV. PAUL REVERE AND THE BATTLE OF CONCORD AND LEXINGTON,      165
+     XV. BENJAMIN FRANKLIN AND AID FROM FRANCE,                    175
+    XVI. GEORGE WASHINGTON, THE VIRGINIA PLANTER AND THE
+            REVOLUTIONARY SOLDIER,                                 189
+   XVII. NATHANIEL GREENE, THE HERO OF THE SOUTH, AND FRANCIS
+            MARION, THE "SWAMP FOX,"                               211
+  XVIII. DANIEL BOONE, THE KENTUCKY PIONEER,                       222
+    XIX. THOMAS JEFFERSON AND THE LOUISIANA PURCHASE,              234
+     XX. ROBERT FULTON AND THE STEAMBOAT,                          246
+    XXI. ANDREW JACKSON, THE UPHOLDER OF THE UNION,                253
+   XXII. DANIEL WEBSTER, THE DEFENDER AND EXPOUNDER OF THE
+            CONSTITUTION,                                          264
+  XXIII. SAMUEL FINLEY BREESE MORSE AND THE ELECTRIC TELEGRAPH,    273
+   XXIV. ABRAHAM LINCOLN, THE LIBERATOR OF THE SLAVES,             282
+    XXV. ULYSSES SIMPSON GRANT AND THE CIVIL WAR,                  302
+   XXVI. SOME LEADERS AND HEROES IN THE WAR WITH SPAIN,            314
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+                                                                  PAGE
+  Christopher Columbus,                                              1
+  The Santa Maria,                                                   7
+  The Nina,                                                          8
+  The Pinta,                                                         9
+  The Triumphal Return of Columbus to Spain,                        13
+  An Indian Stone Maul,                                             20
+  Hernando De Soto,                                                 22
+  De Soto Discovering the Mississippi,                              25
+  Sir Walter Raleigh,                                               31
+  Queen Elizabeth,                                                  35
+  Entrance to Raleigh's Cell in the Tower,                          38
+  Tower of London,                                                  39
+  An Indian Pipe,                                                   40
+  John Smith,                                                       42
+  John Smith and the Indians,                                       45
+  Indian Weapons,                                                   46
+  Ruins of Jamestown,                                               47
+  Apache's War-club,                                                50
+  Sioux Indian Bow and Arrow with Stone Point,                      50
+  Navajo Sling,                                                     51
+  A Pappoose Case,                                                  51
+  Tobacco Plant,                                                    56
+  Loading Tobacco,                                                  57
+  The Burning of Jamestown,                                         61
+  Miles Standish,                                                   64
+  The Mayflower,                                                    70
+  A Matchlock Gun,                                                  74
+  A Group of Pilgrim Relics,                                        75
+  Pilgrims Returning from Church,                                   77
+  Brewster's and Standish's Swords,                                 79
+  Roger Williams on his Way to Visit the Chief of the Narragansett
+      Indians,                                                      83
+  A Block House,                                                    84
+  Roger Williams's Meeting-House,                                   85
+  A Puritan Fireplace,                                              87
+  William Penn,                                                     92
+  William Penn's Famous Treaty with the Indians,                    95
+  Penn's Slate-roof House, Philadelphia,                            98
+  A Belt of Wampum Given to Penn by the Indians,                    99
+  Cavelier De La Salle,                                            103
+  Long House of the Iroquois,                                      104
+  The Murder of La Salle by his Followers,                         113
+  George Washington,                                               116
+  Washington's Birthplace,                                         117
+  Washington Crossing the Alleghany River,                         119
+  The Death of Braddock,                                           129
+  James Wolfe,                                                     136
+  General Montcalm,                                                139
+  The Death of Wolfe,                                              141
+  Patrick Henry,                                                   146
+  George III.,                                                     149
+  St. John's Church, Richmond,                                     152
+  Samuel Adams,                                                    156
+  Faneuil Hall, Boston,                                            160
+  The Old South Church, Boston,                                    161
+  The "Boston Tea Party,"                                          163
+  Paul Revere,                                                     165
+  The Old North Church,                                            168
+  Stone in Front of the Harrington House, Lexington, Marking
+      the Line of the Minute-Men,                                  170
+  The Retreat of the British from Concord,                         172
+  Benjamin Franklin,                                               175
+  Franklin in the Streets of Philadelphia,                         180
+  Franklin Experimenting with Electricity,                         184
+  Lafayette Offering His Services to Franklin,                     186
+  George Washington,                                               189
+  Washington's Coach,                                              190
+  A Stage Coach of the Eighteenth Century,                         191
+  Washington's Retreat through New Jersey,                         199
+  Winter at Valley Forge,                                          204
+  Washington's Home--Mount Vernon,                                 208
+  Nathaniel Greene,                                                211
+  Lord Cornwallis,                                                 215
+  General Francis Marion,                                          218
+  Marion and His Men Swooping Down on a British Camp,              219
+  Daniel Boone,                                                    222
+  Indian Costume (Female),                                         224
+  Indian Costume (Male),                                           225
+  Daniel Boone in his Cabin,                                       228
+  A Hand Corn Mill,                                                229
+  A Wigwam,                                                        231
+  Indian Implements,                                               232
+  Thomas Jefferson,                                                234
+  Monticello,                                                      237
+  Thomas Jefferson at Work upon the First Draft of the Declaration
+      of Independence,                                             238
+  Robert Fulton,                                                   246
+  A Pack Horse,                                                    247
+  A Flat Boat,                                                     248
+  The Clermont,                                                    251
+  Andrew Jackson,                                                  253
+  Andrew Jackson's Cradle,                                         254
+  A Spinning Wheel,                                                255
+  Jackson at the Battle of New Orleans,                            261
+  Daniel Webster,                                                  264
+  Marshfield--Home of Daniel Webster,                              271
+  S. F. B. Morse,                                                  273
+  Telegraph and Railroad,                                          280
+  Abraham Lincoln,                                                 282
+  Lincoln's Birthplace,                                            283
+  Lincoln Studying,                                                287
+  Slaves on a Cotton Plantation,                                   299
+  Ulysses S. Grant,                                                302
+  The Meeting of Generals Grant and Lee at Appomattox,             310
+  The McLean House,                                                311
+  General R. E. Lee,                                               312
+  The Wreck of the Maine,                                          316
+  Admiral Dewey,                                                   318
+  President MCKinley,                                              319
+  "Escolta," Manila's Main Street,                                 320
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF MAPS
+
+
+                                                                  PAGE
+  Places of Interest in Connection with Columbus's Earlier Life,     3
+  The First Voyage of Columbus, and Places of Interest in
+      Connection with his Later Voyages,                            11
+  Routes Traversed by De Soto and De Leon,                          27
+  Cabot's Route. Land Discovered by him Darkened,                   33
+  Section where Raleigh's various Colonies were Located,            37
+  Jamestown and the Surrounding Country,                            48
+  The Pilgrims in England and Holland,                              67
+  The Pilgrim Settlement,                                           72
+  The Rhode Island Settlement,                                      88
+  The Pennsylvania Settlement,                                      97
+  Map Showing Routes of Cartier, Champlain, and La Salle, also
+      French and English Possessions at the Time of the Last
+      French War,                                                  107
+  The English Colonies and the French Claims in 1754,              121
+  The French in the Ohio Valley,                                   123
+  Quebec and Surroundings,                                         138
+  Paul Revere's Ride,                                              167
+  Franklin's Journey from New York to Philadelphia,                178
+  Map Illustrating the Battle of Long Island,                      196
+  Map Illustrating the Struggle for the Hudson River and the
+      Middle States,                                               201
+  Map Showing the War in the South,                                213
+  The Kentucky Settlement,                                         223
+  Map of Louisiana Purchase: also United States in 1803,           242
+  Map Illustrating Two of Andrew Jackson's Campaigns,              258
+  Map of the United States showing the Southern Confederacy,
+      the Slave States that did not Secede, and the Territories,   297
+  Map Illustrating Campaigns in the West in 1862-63,               307
+  The United States Coast and the West Indies,                     315
+  Portion of the Coast of China and the Philippine Islands,        325
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+Christopher Columbus and the Discovery of America
+
+[1436-1506]
+
+[Illustration: Christopher Columbus.]
+
+
+From very early times there existed overland routes of trade between
+Europe and Asia. During the Middle Ages traffic over these routes
+greatly increased, so that by the fifteenth century a large and
+profitable trade was carried on between the West and the East. Merchants
+in Western Europe grew rich through trade in the silks, spices, and
+precious stones that were brought by caravan and ship from India, China,
+and Japan. But in 1453 the Turks conquered Constantinople, and by
+frequent attacks upon Christian vessels in the Mediterranean made the
+old routes unsafe. A more practicable one became necessary.
+
+Already in the early part of the fifteenth century Portuguese
+sea-captains had skirted the western coast of Africa, and by the close
+of the century others of their number had rounded the Cape of Good Hope,
+in their search for a water route to the Indies. But Spain, at that
+time the most powerful nation of Europe, adopted a plan quite different
+from that of the Portuguese. What this plan was and how it was carried
+out, we can best understand by an acquaintance with the life and work of
+the great sea-captain and navigator, Christopher Columbus.
+
+More than four hundred and fifty years ago there lived in the city of
+Genoa a poor workingman, who made his living by preparing wool for the
+spinners. Of his four sons, the eldest was Christopher, born in 1436.
+Young Christopher was not, so far as we know, very different from most
+other boys in Genoa. He doubtless joined in their every-day sports,
+going with them to see the many vessels that sailed in and out of that
+famous sea-port, and listening for hours to the stories of sailors about
+distant lands.
+
+But he did not spend all his time in playing and visiting the wharves,
+for we know that he learned his father's trade, and in school studied,
+among other things, reading, arithmetic, grammar, geography, and
+map-drawing. We can easily believe that he liked geography best of all,
+since it would carry his imagination far out over the sea and to lands
+beyond the sea. In map-drawing he acquired such skill that when he
+became a man he could earn his living, when occasion demanded, by making
+maps and charts.
+
+Beyond these facts little is known about the boyhood and youth of
+Columbus. Very likely much of his early life was spent upon the sea,
+sailing on the Mediterranean and along the west coast of Africa. Once
+he went as far north as England and perhaps even farther, but of this we
+are not certain.
+
+In the course of many voyages he heard much of the work done by
+Portuguese sailors and discoverers, for Portugal was at that time one of
+the greatest sea-powers of the world. As Lisbon, the capital of
+Portugal, was naturally a centre for sea-faring men, and as it was also
+the home of his brother Bartholomew, Columbus, at the age of about
+thirty-five, went there to live.
+
+[Illustration: Places of Interest in Connection with Columbus's Earlier
+Life.]
+
+Columbus was a man of commanding presence. He was large, tall, and
+dignified in bearing, with a ruddy complexion and piercing blue-gray
+eyes. By the time he was thirty his hair had become white, and fell in
+wavy locks about his shoulders. Although his life of hardship and
+poverty compelled him to be plain and simple in food and dress, he
+always had the air of a gentleman, and his manners were pleasing and
+courteous. But he had a strong will, which overcame difficulties that
+would have overwhelmed most men.
+
+While at Lisbon, Columbus married a woman far above him in social
+position, and went with her to live on a little island of the Madeiras,
+where her family had business interests. Meanwhile he was turning over
+in his mind schemes for a future voyage to the countries of the Far
+East. His native city, Genoa, had grown rich in trading in the silks,
+spices, and precious stones of the Indies, but the journey overland was
+dangerous, and a water route was much desired.
+
+This need the Portuguese had felt along with the rest of Europe, and for
+a long time Portuguese sea-captains had been slowly but surely finding
+their way down the west coast of Africa, in search of a passage around
+the southern cape. This route would be easier and cheaper than the old
+one through the Mediterranean and across Asia. But Columbus thought out
+a more daring course, by which he planned to sail directly west from the
+Canary Islands, across the Atlantic Ocean, expecting at the end of his
+voyage to find the far-famed Indies.
+
+Columbus was so full of his plan that it became the great thought of his
+life. A water route which would safely bring the wealth of the East to
+the doors of Europe would be the greatest discovery of the age.
+Moreover, his ambition was spurred by the thrilling account of a noted
+traveller, Marco Polo, who two centuries before had brought back from
+far-off China wonderful tales of golden palaces, of marvellous rivers
+crossed by marble bridges, and of countless treasures of gold, silver,
+and jewels.
+
+About 1484 Columbus laid his scheme before King John of Portugal. The
+king would not promise his assistance, but he borrowed hints from the
+charts of Columbus, and sent men of his own to learn whether they could
+reach land by sailing west. Meeting with stormy weather, and fearing the
+unknown expanse of ocean, the sailors soon put back to port, and brought
+word that there was no land to be seen.
+
+When Columbus heard what the king had done he was very indignant, and at
+once quitted Portugal for Spain. The future appeared gloomy enough to
+the poor navigator without a helping friend. With bitter memories he
+shook off the dust of Lisbon, and, leading by the hand his little son
+Diego, four or five years old, trudged wearily on his journey. Columbus
+took Diego to the home of the boy's aunt, who lived not far from Palos,
+and, leaving him in her care, went in search of the king and queen of
+Spain, Ferdinand and Isabella.
+
+The king and queen were at that time so much occupied in driving the
+Moors out of Spain that Columbus found difficulty in securing a hearing.
+When at last he was permitted to unfold his plans to a council of
+learned men they ridiculed him, because, forsooth, he said that the
+world was round like a globe,[1] and people lived on the opposite side
+of the earth. "Such a thing," they declared, "is absurd, for if people
+live on the other side of the earth their heads must be down. Then, too,
+if it rains there the rain falls upward; and trees, if they grow there,
+must grow upside down."
+
+  [1] The belief that the world was round was by no means new,
+      as learned men before Columbus's day had reached the same
+      conclusion. But only a comparatively small number of people
+      held such a view of the shape of the earth.
+
+Some of the learned men, however, agreed with Columbus, and thought the
+carrying out of his plan by the aid of King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella
+would bring honor and countless wealth to Spain. But their authority was
+not sufficient to affect those who believed Columbus to be a crazy
+dreamer or a worthless adventurer.
+
+Month after month, year after year, Columbus cherished his ambitious
+scheme, encouraged by the few friends who were ready to use their
+influence for him. He followed the king and queen from place to place,
+as they moved their camp in the course of the war, and he sometimes
+fought bravely in the Spanish army. But in face of scorn and ridicule he
+never gave up hope of success. These were days of great trial, when even
+the boys in the streets tapped their foreheads as he passed by, and
+pointed their fingers at him with a peculiar smile.
+
+[Illustration: THE SANTA MARIA.]
+
+In the autumn of 1491 Columbus made up his mind to leave Spain and try
+his fortune in France. So he went to the home of Diego's aunt, and once
+more taking his boy with him, started on foot out of the country which
+had so little befriended him. We can easily picture him, pale and
+wayworn, his clothes threadbare, his long white hair streaming over his
+shoulders. The travellers had gone but a short distance when they
+stopped at the gate of the Convent of St. Mary, which was only a mile
+and a half from Palos, to beg bread and water for the boy. At this
+moment the good prior of the convent happened to pass by. He was a man
+of learning and, on conversing with Columbus, became much interested in
+his story, and arranged a meeting of other learned men, among them the
+well-known sea-captain, Martin Alonzo Pinzon, who lived in Palos. The
+plans of Columbus appealed so strongly to this sea-captain that he
+promised not only to furnish money for an expedition, but to accompany
+it himself.
+
+[Illustration: The Nina.]
+
+Moreover, the prior, who had been father-confessor to Isabella, won her
+over to the sailor's cause. The queen sent what would now be nearly
+$1,200[2] to Columbus, and summoned him back to Court. Supplying himself
+with a mule and suitable clothing, Columbus, with lightened heart,
+sought the queen's presence. She approved his plan, but Columbus
+demanded so great a reward for his services as leader of the expedition
+that the queen refused to come to any agreement with him, and let him
+go.
+
+  [2] The sum sent was 20,000 maravedis of Spanish money.
+
+Columbus in disgust mounted his mule, and started once more for France.
+At this juncture, however, one of the queen's advisers hurried into her
+presence, and put the case so earnestly that she sent a swift courier,
+who overtook Columbus in a mountain pass not far away, and brought him
+back. An agreement was soon reached, and Columbus accepted his
+commission with tears of joy.
+
+[Illustration: The Pinta.]
+
+He at once went to Palos to get men and vessels for the expedition. But
+here he met with serious difficulties. Sailors called the Atlantic Ocean
+the Sea of Darkness, and believed that it contained frightful
+sea-monsters, ready to dash in pieces all vessels that might come within
+reach. Moreover, we must remember that the vessels in those days were
+not safe against storms like the great ships of our day. To venture out
+upon this trackless sea signified to sailors almost certain death.
+Hence, they were unwilling to sail, and a royal decree had to be issued
+to compel them. Even then it became necessary to release criminals from
+prisons to supply the number required for the expedition.
+
+The three caravels that were at length got ready for the perilous
+expedition westward in search of the Indies were not larger than many of
+the fishing-boats of to-day. The largest of the three--the flagship of
+Columbus--was called the Santa Maria. The other two were the Pinta and
+the Nina ("Baby"). The Santa Maria alone had a deck covering the entire
+hold of the vessel.
+
+At last all was ready, and a half-hour before sunrise on Friday morning,
+August 3, 1492, this little fleet, with one hundred and twenty men and
+provisions for a year, sailed out of the port of Palos. It was a
+sorrowful hour for the poor sailors, who felt that they had looked upon
+their homes and their friends for the last time. Columbus steered for
+the Canaries, where he delayed three weeks to repair the rudder of the
+Pinta.
+
+On September 6th he set sail again. When once out of sight of land the
+sailors, overcome with fear, cried and sobbed like children. But new
+trials awaited them. At the end of a week the compass needle no longer
+pointed to the North Star, and this strange fact filled the
+superstitious sailors with alarm.
+
+Great was their consternation when a few days later the vessels entered
+vast stretches of sea-weed. At first the little fleet easily ploughed
+its way through this mass of floating green, but at the end of three
+days, on account of a light wind, the vessels moved more slowly. In
+their dismay the sailors feared that the vessels might never get
+through this immense sea of grass, but might have to lie there and rot,
+or, perhaps, escaping this danger, run upon rocks and shoals lying just
+beneath the grass and be broken in pieces. Though they were in the midst
+of obstacles apparently insurmountable, they were also in the path of
+the trade winds that steadily bore them onward. But in their terror, the
+sailors imagined they could never return because the wind would not
+allow them to sail in the opposite direction. When the wind began to
+blow from the southwest they were once more relieved of their fears.
+
+[Illustration: The First Voyage of Columbus, and places of interest in
+connection with his Later Voyages.]
+
+After many days all hearts were gladdened by the sight of birds, which
+indicated that land was near. It was an idle hope. Again and again some
+eager-eyed sailor shouted "land," but found later that he was looking at
+distant clouds.
+
+The crews were in despair. Now in the belt of trade-winds that were
+steadily blowing them farther and farther from home and friends they
+cried in dismay: "We can never return to Spain. We are lost! What shall
+we do?" They begged Columbus to turn back. They became angry when he
+refused, and declared he was crazy and was leading them all to
+destruction. They even plotted to throw him overboard some night and say
+that he fell into the sea while looking at the stars. Columbus felt that
+dangers were growing thick about him, but he never faltered in his
+purpose. His strong will and his abiding faith in success kept him
+stanch in face of difficulties that would have caused an ordinary mind
+to give way.
+
+On October 11th unmistakable signs of land appeared. A thorn branch with
+berries on it, a reed, and a carved stick came floating by. New life
+stirred in every heart, and the sailors looked eagerly in every
+direction for land.
+
+The king and queen had promised a reward equal to nearly $600 of our
+present money to the sailor who should be the first to see land.
+Columbus had promised in addition a velvet cloak. Accordingly, all were
+on the alert to catch the first glimpse of land, and kept on the watch
+during the entire night after the appearance of the thorn-branch and
+carved stick.
+
+About ten o'clock Columbus himself saw in the distance a light, which
+looked like a torch in the hands of some one moving along the shore.
+About two o'clock next morning, Friday, October 12th--or October 21st,
+according to our present method of reckoning time--a sailor on the Pinta
+saw, about five miles off, a low strip of land. This was an island of
+the Bahama Group. Just ten weeks had elapsed since the voyage began at
+Palos, and with intense eagerness Columbus and his men awaited the
+coming of daylight.
+
+[Illustration: The Triumphal Return of Columbus to Spain.]
+
+At dawn the boats were lowered, and all went on shore. Columbus,
+dressed in a rich robe of scarlet, carried the royal standard. His
+followers also bore banners, on each of which was a brilliant green
+cross with the letters F. and Y.--the Spanish initials for Ferdinand and
+Isabella--on each side. Above the letters were crosses. Columbus threw
+himself, kneeling, upon the ground. He wept for joy, and, kissing the
+earth, took possession of the land in the name of the king and queen of
+Spain. The sailors now fell upon their knees at Columbus's feet. They
+kissed his hands, and begged him to forgive them for their evil thoughts
+toward him.
+
+At first the natives, whom Columbus called Indians because he thought he
+was in the East Indies, fled to the woods in fear of the Spaniards; but
+later they returned and worshipped the white men as beings from the sky.
+They thought the vessels were great birds and the sails wings. The
+Spaniards at once began to trade with the Indians, giving them such
+trifles as tiny bells, red caps, and glass beads, in exchange for tame
+parrots, cotton yarn, and a few small ornaments of gold, such as the
+natives wore in their noses.
+
+According to the interesting description of the natives that Columbus
+wrote in his journal, they were very poor, dark-skinned, and naked. All
+of them seemed to be young and of strong build, with coarse black hair
+hanging long behind, but cut short over their foreheads. Their bodies
+were painted with various colors and in all manner of ways. The men
+carried sticks, pointed with fish-bones, for javelins, and moved their
+canoes with paddles that looked like wooden shovels.
+
+The canoes, made out of single trunks of trees, were in some cases large
+enough to carry forty men. The dwellings, which were clustered together
+in groups of twelve to fifteen, were shaped like tents and had high
+chimneys. Inside the tents, hanging between posts, were nets used as
+beds and called "hammocks."
+
+Columbus called the island upon which he had landed San Salvador (Holy
+Saviour). He wrote of the new country: "I know not where first to go,
+nor are my eyes ever weary of gazing at the beautiful verdure. The
+singing of the birds is such that it seems as if one would never desire
+to depart hence. There are flocks of parrots that obscure the sun, and
+other birds of many kinds, large and small, entirely different from
+ours; trees, also, of a thousand species, each having its particular
+fruit, and all of marvellous flavor."
+
+Columbus sailed along the coast of Cuba and Hayti, landing here and
+there, and sent parties inland to find out what they could about the
+land and its people. Everywhere he was on the lookout for the cities of
+Asia--those wonderful cities of wealth and beauty described in such
+glowing colors by Marco Polo. He never doubted that he was in the land
+he had sought,--the East Indies.
+
+On Christmas morning (December 25, 1492), while it was still dark, as he
+was cruising along the shores of Hayti (or Hispaniola), the Santa Maria
+went aground on a sand-bar, where the waves soon knocked her to pieces.
+As the Pinta had already deserted, there now remained but one ship, the
+Nina. This little vessel was too small to accommodate all the men, and
+forty of the number, wishing to stay where they were, decided to build a
+fort out of the timbers of the wrecked vessel and put her guns in the
+fort for their defence. These men had provisions for a year, and
+constituted the first Spanish colony in the New World.
+
+On January 4, 1493, the Nina sailed for Spain. All went well with the
+sailors until February 12th, when a great storm suddenly threatened to
+break the frail vessel into pieces. Poor Columbus! His heart grew faint
+within him. Had he and his men endured such peril and hardship to perish
+unknown in the sea? Would the world never know of their great
+achievement?
+
+In his anxiety he wrote on parchment two separate accounts of his
+discovery, which he sealed and addressed to Ferdinand and Isabella. He
+then wrapped each in a cloth and, enclosing them in large cakes of wax,
+put them into barrels. One of these barrels he flung into the sea, and
+the other he kept on deck. The Nina passed safely through the storm,
+however, and on March 15th, after an absence of nearly seven and a half
+months, cast anchor in the harbor of Palos.
+
+The successful voyager lost no time in reaching Barcelona, where he was
+received by the king and queen with triumphal honors. Everybody was
+ready to praise the man who had become so famous. There was a great
+procession in his honor in the streets of Barcelona. Leading this street
+parade were six Indians whom Columbus had brought back with him. These
+were smeared with paint, decked with feathers of tropical birds, and
+ornamented with bits of gold. Following them came men carrying stuffed
+and live birds of brilliant plumage, and the skins of different animals,
+all products of the New Land. Columbus rode on horseback, attended by
+many of Spain's great men, mounted on horses.
+
+When the procession reached the house in which King Ferdinand and Queen
+Isabella were, Columbus went into the room where they sat on the throne.
+They did him the honor to rise as he entered, and when he knelt to kiss
+their hands, they again honored him, by bidding him rise and sit, like
+an equal, in their presence.
+
+The poor sailor, once despised as an idle dreamer, had become a
+distinguished personage, honored alike by kings and princes and people.
+It was no longer necessary to force men by royal decree to sail with the
+great admiral. Many were now eager to go where they might reap wealth
+and honor.
+
+In September, 1493, Columbus again sailed, this time with a fleet of
+seventeen vessels and fifteen hundred men. Many of the latter were young
+men of noble birth, and belonged to families of wide influence. All
+supposed they were going to the East Indies, the land of jewels and
+spices and precious metals. With the purpose of founding a colony,
+Columbus took with him not only horses, mules, and cattle, but vines,
+vegetables, and seeds of many kinds.
+
+When the fleet reached the island of Hayti, and the place where he had
+in the previous winter left the little colony of forty men, he found
+that the fort and provisions had been destroyed, and that eleven corpses
+had been buried near by; but not one of the forty men was ever again
+seen alive. After building a little town, called Isabella in honor of
+the queen, Columbus began exploring by land and sea. He found much that
+was beautiful and interesting, but much more that was disappointing.
+Moreover, the Indians were sometimes unfriendly, and his own men were
+often unruly and treacherous. At length, after four years of varying
+fortune, he started home, and after a long, hard voyage, during which
+provisions gave out, he and his men, weak with hunger, finally reached
+Spain in June. He was kindly received, and was promised more ships for
+another voyage.
+
+In May, 1498, with six vessels and two hundred men besides the sailors,
+Columbus started on a third voyage, this time directing his course more
+to the south than he had done before. He landed on an island which he
+named Trinidad, and then sailed along the northern coast of South
+America.
+
+He was not well, however, and in August turned his course for Santo
+Domingo, where he found things were going badly. Trouble with the
+Indians had arisen, and even more serious trouble in the colony itself
+had broken out. For two years Columbus struggled to set things right.
+But he was not successful as a colonizer. Besides, many people were
+beginning to lose faith in him because he did not get expected treasures
+for Spain. Many others were jealous of his fame, and plotted to ruin
+him. At length an official was sent from Spain to Hayti to look into the
+situation. When he reached the island he confiscated Columbus's
+property, put him in chains, and sent him as a prisoner to the country
+from which he had but recently sailed with high honor.
+
+In Spain the people were in sympathy with the admiral in his disgrace;
+so too was the queen, who sent money and summoned him to court. She
+received him there with tears in her eyes, and he broke down and wept at
+her feet.
+
+In 1502 Columbus started on a fourth voyage, sailing along the eastern
+coast of Central America. But he was not able to accomplish much, and
+finally suffered shipwreck on the island of Jamaica, where he spent a
+year of misery. At last he set out for home, arriving there only a short
+time before Queen Isabella, his only protector, died.
+
+Poor, sick, and discouraged, Columbus dragged out a weary life for
+eighteen months longer. He died in Spain of a broken heart, May 20,
+1506, in utter ignorance of the greatness of his discovery. So little
+appreciated was he that the city annals make no mention of his death. It
+remained for succeeding generations to lift his name from obscurity and
+to give faithful acknowledgment of his achievements in the advance of
+human progress.
+
+[Illustration: An Indian Stone Maul.]
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE DESIRE FOR A WATER ROUTE BETWEEN EUROPE AND THE INDIES.
+  THE TURKS CONQUER CONSTANTINOPLE.
+  THE PORTUGUESE ROUND THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE.
+  EARLY LIFE AND EDUCATION OF CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS.
+  HE GOES TO LISBON.
+  HIS PERSONAL APPEARANCE AND CHARACTER.
+  TRADE WITH THE FAR EAST.
+  A WATER ROUTE TO THE INDIES.
+  MARCO POLO'S STORIES OF THE FAR EAST.
+  KING JOHN TAKES ADVANTAGE OF COLUMBUS.
+  COLUMBUS GOES TO SPAIN.
+  THE WISE MEN RIDICULE HIM AS A CRAZY DREAMER.
+  AT THE CONVENT OF ST. MARY; THE PRIOR AND THE SEA-CAPTAIN.
+  QUEEN ISABELLA GIVES COLUMBUS A HEARING.
+  THE SAILORS' FEARS; THE LITTLE FLEET.
+  COLUMBUS SETS SAIL AT LAST.
+  NEW TRIALS FALL UPON HIM.
+  THE SAILORS IN DESPAIR; COLUMBUS IN DANGER.
+  THE GREAT DISCOVERY.
+  COLUMBUS LANDS.
+  THE PEOPLE COLUMBUS FOUND.
+  THE NEW COUNTRY.
+  COLUMBUS EXPLORES THE NEW COUNTRY.
+  THE FIRST SPANISH COLONY IN THE NEW WORLD.
+  BACK TO SPAIN.
+  HONORS SHOWERED UPON COLUMBUS.
+  HE SAILS ON HIS SECOND VOYAGE.
+  HE FINDS MANY DISAPPOINTMENTS AND HARDSHIPS.
+  HE MAKES OTHER VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES.
+  HE DIES OF A BROKEN HEART.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL.
+
+  1. Find on the map all the countries and places named in this
+  chapter, and trace the first voyage of Columbus.
+
+  2. Can you picture to yourself the following: Columbus and Diego
+  on the road together; Columbus, mounted on a mule, on his way to
+  France; the landing of Columbus on reaching San Salvador; and the
+  street parade in Barcelona?
+
+  3. Using the topics in the book, write from memory the account of
+  the first voyage.
+
+  4. Select as many words in this chapter as you can telling what
+  kind of man Columbus was. What do you admire in his character?
+
+  5. What was Columbus trying to do? Why? What great thing did he
+  do? When?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+Hernando De Soto and the Discovery of the Mississippi
+
+[1500-1542]
+
+[Illustration: Hernando De Soto.]
+
+
+After the discovery of the New World by Columbus, the Spaniards, who had
+no other thought than that he had found a new way to India, dreamed
+eagerly of its marvellous wealth, and were impatient to be off to the
+land where they believed fortunes awaited them. So zealous were they, in
+their mad search for gold and adventure, that many were willing to leave
+home and friends for years.
+
+The most brilliant of these explorers were Cortez, the conqueror of
+Mexico, and Pizarro, the conqueror of Peru, both of whom carried back to
+Spain many million dollars' worth of gold and silver. With Pizarro was a
+young man named Hernando De Soto, whose adventurous life is full of
+interest, and whose important discovery of the Mississippi River has
+given him a prominent place in the history of our country.
+
+He was born about 1500, of a poor but noble family. In his youth he
+excelled in athletic sports, and possessed unusual skill in horsemanship
+and in fencing. Taking a leading part in all the dangerous exploits in
+the New World, he not only won fame, but went back to Spain after many
+years' absence a rich man.
+
+While Cortez and Pizarro had been conquering Mexico and Peru, other
+Spaniards had been seeking their fortune in Florida.[3] Thus far these
+men had brought back no gold and silver, but their faith in the mines of
+the interior was so great that De Soto wished to conquer and explore the
+country. Having already won great influence by his achievements, he
+secured the favor of the king, who made him governor of the island of
+Cuba, and appointed him leader of an expedition to conquer and occupy
+Florida. He was to take men enough with him to build forts and plant a
+colony, so as to hold the country for Spain.
+
+  [3] De Leon discovered this land in the full bloom of an Easter
+      Sunday (1513). In token of the day and the flowers he named
+      it Pascua Florida.
+
+De Soto had no difficulty in getting followers to join him in this
+enterprise. Young men from noble families flocked to his standard from
+all parts of Spain, and as he knew that dangers and hardships awaited
+them he was careful to select from the large numbers the strongest men.
+
+De Soto's company included richly dressed nobles and warriors in
+glittering armor. It was a gala day when they sailed out of port with
+banners flying and cannon booming, and not a young man of them but felt
+proud to sail on so grand an expedition. After arriving in Cuba, De Soto
+spent some time there, and then leaving his wife to govern the island,
+set out to explore Florida. His expedition was an imposing one,
+comprising nine vessels, six hundred men, and about two hundred and
+twenty-five horses. In May, 1539, the whole force landed at Tampa Bay,
+on the western coast of Florida.
+
+They had not advanced far into the interior when De Soto fell in with a
+Spaniard named Ortiz, who had accompanied Narvaez in a previous
+expedition some ten or eleven years before. According to his story, the
+Indians had captured him, and only forbore to kill him because an Indian
+girl had begged for his life. Ortiz had lived with the Indians so many
+years that he had become very much like one himself; but we can imagine
+his joy at seeing white men once more. The Spaniards were equally
+rejoiced because they knew how serviceable their countryman would be as
+a guide and interpreter.
+
+[Illustration: DE SOTO DISCOVERING THE MISSISSIPPI]
+
+The advantage of this good-fortune was soon counteracted, however, by De
+Soto's unfriendliness to the Indians. He was not only indifferent to
+their pleasure and sufferings, but even seemed to enjoy torturing and
+killing them. It was his custom upon arriving at an Indian settlement to
+demand food for his men and horses, and upon his departure to carry off
+with him the head chief as guide and hostage, not releasing him until
+the next tribe was reached. Indian men and squaws were forced into
+service as porters for the Spanish baggage; and thus enslaved, often
+with chains and with iron collars about their necks, they were compelled
+to do all sorts of menial work. It is not strange that after such
+treatment the Indians lost all confidence in De Soto. They not only
+learned to hate him and the Spaniards but longed to be revenged upon
+them. In return for the cruelties inflicted they purposely led the
+Spaniards astray, and left untried no treachery which would serve to
+destroy the pale-faced strangers.
+
+In May, 1540, an Indian princess, rowed by her followers in a canopied
+canoe, came across a stream to meet De Soto. When she landed, her
+followers carried her in a litter, from which she alighted and
+approached him. She gave him presents of shawls and skins, and a string
+of pearls which she took from around her neck. In return for these acts
+of courtesy De Soto made her a prisoner, and kept her going about on
+foot with him until she escaped.
+
+This is but an instance of the cruelty which made enemies of all the
+Indians with whom the Spaniards came in contact. No doubt Indian runners
+were sent hundreds of miles in many directions to tell the various
+tribes of the inhuman deeds of the white men. No doubt these tribes
+combined in a desperate effort to destroy De Soto and all his men. How
+nearly they succeeded in their plan can be told in a few lines.
+
+In the autumn of 1540 the Spaniards came to the tribe of a giant
+chieftain whose slaves held over him, as he sat upon cushions on a
+raised platform, a buckskin umbrella stained red and white. He was
+sullen in the presence of the richly dressed Spaniards on their prancing
+steeds, but allowed De Soto to carry him a prisoner to the next Indian
+town, as the other head chiefs had done.
+
+[Illustration: Routes Traversed by De Soto and De Leon.]
+
+This town was called Mavilla, an Indian word from which we get the name
+Mobile for the city and river in Alabama. As the Spaniards approached
+this town Indians came out to meet them, their faces showing signs of
+displeasure and evil intent. Fearing nothing, however, De Soto, attended
+by about a dozen of his men, rode boldly inside the town, which was
+surrounded with a palisade.
+
+The giant chieftain then asked for a release that he might return to his
+own people, and on being refused went into a house in which many Indian
+warriors were concealed. When De Soto ordered him to come out he
+refused. In the excitement that followed, a Spaniard cut down with his
+sword an Indian warrior standing near by. Then, in wild fury, hundreds
+of dusky warriors rushed like madmen out of the house to the attack, and
+soon shot down five of De Soto's body-guard. Of course he had to flee
+for his life. But before he could reach the main force outside the town
+he fell to the ground two or three times, struck by Indian arrows.
+
+It was the beginning of a terrible battle, in which the Spaniards,
+although outnumbered, had the advantage because of their horses, swords,
+firearms, and superior training. Finally, from the outside, they closed
+the gates to the town, and set fire to the Indian buildings. The Indians
+fought with desperation, but they either fell, cut down by Spanish
+swords, or rushed in mad fury to perish in the flames. When night came,
+only three Indian warriors remained alive. Two of these fought until
+they were killed, and the last unfortunate one hanged himself on a tree
+with his bow-string. The Spaniards said they killed at least 2,500
+Indians, but they lost in killed and wounded about a third of their own
+number. It was a dearly bought victory.
+
+Nor was Indian craftiness the only source of trouble for the Spaniards.
+De Soto's men had to travel through thick forests with no road except
+the narrow path made by wild animals or the trail made by the Indian
+hunter. They spent many laborious days in picking their way through
+dense underbrush and miry swamps, stopping here and there to make rafts
+to carry them across the numerous streams. Often without food and on the
+point of starving, they were obliged to feed upon native dogs, and were
+sometimes reduced to berries, nuts, bear-oil, and wild honey.
+
+In spite of hunger, disease, death, and many other misfortunes, however,
+De Soto in his mad search for gold threaded his way through the tangled
+forests until, in the spring of 1541, about two years after landing at
+Tampa Bay, he reached the bank of the Mississippi River. After spending
+months in making boats, he at length crossed the mighty stream, and then
+continued his march in a northerly and westerly direction, going, it
+would seem, as far as the site of what is now Little Rock, the capital
+of Arkansas.
+
+Marching southeast, probably to the banks of the Washita, he spent a
+winter so severe that many of the party, including Ortiz, died.
+
+About the middle of April, 1542, the Spaniards, travel-spent and sick at
+heart, reached the mouth of the Red River, where De Soto, discouraged
+and broken in spirit, was taken ill with fever and soon died. At first
+his followers buried his body near the town where they were staying, but
+when the Indians began with some suspicion to examine the ground under
+which he lay, the Spaniards in the darkness of night took up the body,
+wrapped it in blankets made heavy with sand, and sadly lowered it into
+the waters of the mighty river which it was De Soto's chief honor to
+have discovered. After many more hardships the wretched survivors of
+this unhappy company, numbering not many more than half of those who
+landed at Tampa Bay, found their way to a Spanish colony in Mexico. Thus
+ended in disaster the expedition which sailed with such hope of wealth
+and renown.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  SPANISH THIRST FOR GOLD AND ADVENTURE.
+  DE SOTO'S EARLY LOVE OF SPORTS AND DANGEROUS EXPLOITS.
+  DE SOTO PLANS TO EXPLORE AND COLONIZE FLORIDA.
+  PREPARATIONS FOR THE EXPEDITION.
+  DE SOTO SETS OUT ON HIS VOYAGE.
+  HE FALLS IN WITH ORTIZ.
+  DE SOTO'S CRUEL TREATMENT OF THE INDIANS.
+  THE INDIAN PRINCESS.
+  THE PLAN TO DESTROY DE SOTO AND HIS MEN.
+  THE GIANT CHIEFTAIN.
+  DE SOTO IN DANGER.
+  A TERRIBLE BATTLE.
+  DE SOTO DISCOVERS THE MISSISSIPPI.
+  DIFFICULTIES AND SUFFERINGS.
+  MORE TROUBLES FOR THE SPANIARDS.
+  DE SOTO'S DEATH.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Find on the map Mexico, Peru, Porto Rico, Cuba, Florida,
+  Mobile the Mississippi River, and the Washita River.
+
+  2. Draw a map in which you will indicate De Soto's route.
+
+  3. Tell in your own words the story of this wretched march
+  through the forests.
+
+  4. Make a mental picture of De Soto's meeting with the Indian
+  princess; of De Soto and his body-guard in Mavilla; of the burial
+  of De Soto's body by night.
+
+  5. What did De Soto accomplish? When?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+Sir Walter Raleigh and the First English Attempts to Colonize America
+
+[1552-1618]
+
+[Illustration: Sir Walter Raleigh.]
+
+
+Only five years after Columbus made his discoveries in the West India
+Islands, John Cabot sailed from England in search of a short northwest
+passage to Asia. Directing his course across the northern part of the
+Atlantic Ocean, he landed somewhere on the eastern coast of North
+America, perhaps on the shores of Labrador. His son sailed in the
+following year along the coast from Nova Scotia down as far as North
+Carolina. By reason of these discoveries and explorations, England laid
+claim to North America.
+
+Nearly a hundred years passed before England took any further steps
+toward getting a foothold in America. In the meantime Spain, by means of
+her naval power, had conquered Mexico and Peru, and planted colonies at
+various points in the New World.
+
+The precious metals collected by Spanish explorers in Mexico and Peru
+had furnished the money with which Spain was enabled to carry on her
+expeditions as well as the almost continuous wars with other European
+powers. Some people think that Spain took out of these two countries
+gold and silver to an amount that would now equal five thousand million
+dollars.
+
+At this time England had not so strong a navy as she has to-day, and the
+Spanish King hoped because of her weakness to conquer England and make
+her a dependency of Spain. Of course this roused the English people, and
+they determined to thwart the ambitious scheming of the Spanish King.
+
+Although England had not a fighting navy, English seamen were alert to
+capture Spanish vessels and rob them of their gold and silver. To seize
+these prizes, such bold sea-captains as Drake and Hawkins roamed the
+sea, burning and plundering Spanish fleets and Spanish settlements along
+the coast of Mexico and South America.
+
+Conspicuous among these daring sea-rovers and explorers was Sir Walter
+Raleigh, one of the most distinguished Englishman of his time. He was
+born in a town near the sea-coast in Devonshire, England, in 1552, his
+father and mother both being of high social rank.
+
+In this town lived many old sailors, who could tell the wide-awake boy
+stirring tales of seafaring life and of bloody fights with Spaniards.
+Walter was a patriotic boy, and therefore soon learned to hate Spain,
+because of her insolence toward the English people. As he became older
+and learned more of the power of Spain, especially that which came
+through possessions in the New World, he was envious for his country's
+sake and wished her to become Spain's rival in wealth.
+
+[Illustration: Cabot's Route. Land discovered by him darkened.]
+
+When Walter was old enough, he was sent to Oxford University, where he
+became an earnest student. But at seventeen he put aside his studies and
+went to France to join the Huguenot army.[4] After remaining there for
+about six years, he returned to England and served for a short time in
+the English army, fighting against Spain and Austria in the Netherlands.
+Later he went as captain of a hundred men to Ireland, and there proved
+himself a brave soldier.
+
+  [4] The Huguenots were French Protestants, who were then at war
+      with the Catholics in France.
+
+Returning again to England, by a simple act of courtesy he won the
+admiration of the powerful queen Elizabeth. It happened in this way. On
+one occasion, when with her attendants she was about to cross a muddy
+road, Raleigh stood looking on. Noticing that the queen hesitated for an
+instant, he took from his shoulder his beautiful velvet cloak and
+gallantly spread it in her pathway. The queen, greatly pleased with
+this delicate attention, took Raleigh into her Court and in time
+bestowed upon him much honor. She not only made him a knight, but
+presented him with costly gifts and estates, and showered upon him
+offices of rank and dignity. The brave knight, Sir Walter Raleigh,
+became a man of great wealth and influence.
+
+As a courtier his dress was rich and dazzling. He wore a hat with a
+pearl band and a black jewelled feather. His shoes, which were tied with
+white ribbons, were studded with gems worth six thousand six hundred
+gold pieces. He had also a suit of silver armor that glittered with
+diamonds and other precious stones.
+
+This splendor did not seem so much out of place in those days as it
+would now, for much display and ceremony were customary in court life.
+Queen Elizabeth, with her ten hundred and seventy-five dresses and
+mantles, ornamented with lace, embroidery, and jewels, and with her
+eighty wigs of various colors, set a gorgeous example which her
+courtiers were delighted to follow.
+
+But Raleigh was not satisfied with the glamour of court life. He was
+eager to achieve glory for England and if possible to elevate her upon
+the ruins of her enemy, Spain.
+
+It was his desire to build up a new England for the glory of the old,
+and to that end he secured from Queen Elizabeth a charter for planting a
+colony in America. He therefore fitted out two vessels which were to
+sail to the land north of Florida, then occupied by Spain, and bring
+back reports of the country.
+
+The captains of these vessels arrived in Pamlico Sound, and landed on an
+island which they found rich in grapes and woods and abounding in deer
+and other game. The explorers received kind treatment from the Indians,
+two of whom accompanied the voyagers to England on their return. Queen
+Elizabeth was so pleased with the good reports from the new country that
+she called it Virginia in honor of herself--the Virgin Queen.
+
+[Illustration: Queen Elizabeth.]
+
+The next year, 1585, Raleigh sent out to Virginia seven vessels and one
+hundred colonists, under his cousin, Sir Richard Grenville, and Ralph
+Lane. They landed on Roanoke Island, and made a settlement there, but
+the colony was not prosperous. At the outset, by unwise and cruel
+treatment they made enemies of the natives. It is related that, an
+Indian having stolen a silver cup from one of the colonists, the
+Englishmen burned an entire village and ruined the corn belonging to its
+people. Such punishment was out of all proportion to the petty offence.
+It is not surprising, therefore, that from that time the settlers found
+the Indians unfriendly.
+
+Very soon Grenville sailed back to England, leaving the colony in charge
+of Ralph Lane. The colonists instead of building houses and tilling the
+soil to supply food, were bent upon finding gold. Hence they listened
+with eager interest to a story that the Indians told of the Roanoke
+River. According to this story, the river flowed out of a fountain in a
+rock so near the ocean that in time of storm the waves dashed over into
+the fountain. The river, the Indians said, flowed near rich mines of
+gold and silver, in a country where there was a town with walls made of
+pearls. Lane and his followers foolishly started up the river in a vain
+search for this wonderful land. They encountered many difficulties,
+including hostile attacks by Indians, and suffered so much from lack of
+food that they had to eat the flesh of their own dogs.
+
+But despite these hardships, they made their way back to Roanoke Island,
+reaching it just in time to save the colony from destruction by the
+Indians. A little later Sir Francis Drake, with a fleet of twenty-three
+vessels, appeared off the coast. He had come on his way home from the
+West Indies, where he had been plundering the Spanish settlements, and
+cheerfully consented to take the destitute and homesick colonists back
+to England. A few days after their departure Grenville arrived with
+fresh supplies, and found the settlement deserted. Leaving a garrison of
+fifteen men, with provisions for two years, to hold possession, he then
+sailed back to England.
+
+Although the settlement did not succeed, this effort to plant a colony
+was not wholly fruitless, for the colonists took to England on their
+return three products which gave to the people a somewhat different idea
+of the real wealth of the new lands. These were not precious metals, but
+products of the soil, namely, tobacco, the white potato, and Indian
+corn.
+
+[Illustration: Section where Raleigh's various colonies were located.]
+
+The discovery of the tobacco plant introduced into England the custom of
+smoking, and a curious story is told of it in connection with Sir Walter
+Raleigh, who soon learned to smoke. One day his servant, who knew
+nothing of the new custom, came into his master's room and found him
+smoking from a silver pipe. Believing Raleigh was on fire, the faithful
+servant hastily dashed a mug of ale at him to quench the flames and
+rescue him from death.
+
+The wealth that lay hidden in the soil was yet unknown, and no one felt
+any enthusiasm over the new colony of Virginia. Most men would by this
+time have lost hope. But Raleigh was not daunted. Two years later he
+made a second attempt to plant a colony in the New World, this time
+sending over three ships, with a hundred and fifty settlers, including
+seventeen women. John White was appointed governor of the colony. These
+settlers had the fore-thought to carry with them farming implements to
+use in tilling the soil. When they landed on Roanoke Island they found
+no trace of the fifteen men left there two years before by Sir Richard
+Grenville. The new settlers had not been on the island long before they
+were in need of help from England, and begged Governor White to return
+home for provisions and more settlers. White at first refused to leave
+them, but finally consented. A warm interest in the feeble settlement
+and love for his little granddaughter, born soon after the settlers
+arrived, persuaded him to yield. This little girl, the first white girl
+born in America, was named after the new country, Virginia, her full
+name being Virginia Dare.
+
+[Illustration: Entrance to Raleigh's Cell in the Tower.]
+
+When Governor White left the settlement he expected to return
+immediately, but upon reaching England he found his countrymen greatly
+excited over the coming invasion of the much-dreaded "Spanish Armada."
+Everybody was astir, and Raleigh was aroused to his fullest energy in
+preparation to meet the hated foe.
+
+But, notwithstanding this, he found time to fit out two small vessels
+for Governor White. Although they sailed, trouble with the Spaniards
+compelled their return to England, and not until two years later, when
+the Spanish Armada had been defeated, did Governor White sail again for
+Virginia, this time as a passenger in a West Indiaman. He landed on
+Roanoke Island as before, but there remained of the settlement only some
+chests of books, some maps, and some firearms, all of which had been
+ruined by the Indians.
+
+Upon bidding Governor White farewell, the colonists had agreed to carve
+on a tree the name of the place to which they would go if they should
+decide to leave Roanoke Island. They were also to carve above the name a
+cross if they were in serious trouble. Governor White found the word
+CROATOAN cut in capital letters on a large tree, but he found no cross.
+Before White could sail to Croatoan, which was an island not far away,
+he had to return to England because the captain of the vessel, having
+encountered stormy weather, refused to sail further. What became of the
+lost colonists is still a mystery. It is possible that the Indians
+either killed them or captured and enslaved them.
+
+Raleigh sent out other expeditions in search of the lost colony, but
+without success. He had already spent a sum equal to more than a million
+dollars in trying to plant this colony, and now felt that he must give
+up all hope of accomplishing his purpose.
+
+[Illustration: Tower of London.]
+
+But this was only one of his many disappointments. Because he was a
+favorite of the queen and had been a successful man he had many enemies
+who were jealous of his good fortune. Men of power envied him and tried
+to weaken his influence and do him injury. As his failures increased,
+his popularity diminished and he at length became bitter in spirit.
+
+On the death of Queen Elizabeth, James I. became king and, not favoring
+Raleigh, at length threw him into prison on a charge of treason. After
+an imprisonment of twelve years in the Tower of London, Sir Walter was
+beheaded. Just as he was about to lay his head upon the block, he felt
+the keen edge of the axe, saying, "This is a sharp medicine, but a sound
+cure for all diseases." Although he failed to carry out the great desire
+of his heart, Raleigh gave the English people some definite ideas in
+regard to the value of the New World as a place for colonizing--ideas
+which before many years found expression in the settlement of Jamestown.
+
+[Illustration: An Indian Pipe.]
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  JOHN CABOT DISCOVERS THE MAINLAND OF NORTH AMERICA.
+  ENGLAND AND SPAIN UNFRIENDLY TO EACH OTHER.
+  ENGLISH SEA CAPTAINS CAPTURE SPANISH VESSELS.
+  SIR WALTER RALEIGH'S FAMILY AND EDUCATION.
+  RALEIGH THE SOLDIER.
+  HE WINS THE FAVOR OF QUEEN ELIZABETH.
+  RALEIGH'S DRESS; DISPLAY IN COURT LIFE.
+  HE SENDS TWO VESSELS TO AMERICA.
+  HIS FIRST COLONY LANDS ON ROANOKE ISLAND.
+  A VAIN SEARCH FOR GOLD.
+  TIMELY ARRIVAL OF SIR FRANCIS DRAKE.
+  THREE AMERICAN PRODUCTS TAKEN TO ENGLAND.
+  AN AMUSING STORY ABOUT RALEIGH.
+  RALEIGH'S SECOND ATTEMPT TO PLANT A COLONY IN THE NEW WORLD.
+  GOVERNOR WHITE RETURNS TO ENGLAND.
+  HE SAILS TWO YEARS LATER FOR VIRGINIA.
+  CROATOAN.
+  RALEIGH IMPRISONED AND BEHEADED.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Tell in your own language what was done by John Cabot and his
+  son.
+
+  2. Why did Raleigh when a boy hate Spain?
+
+  3. Write an account of the failure of Raleigh's first and second
+  colonies, and give their dates.
+
+  4. What did Raleigh try to do? What did he succeed in doing?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+John Smith and the Settlement of Jamestown
+
+[1579-1631]
+
+[Illustration: John Smith.]
+
+
+About twenty years after the failure of Raleigh's attempt to plant a
+settlement in America, another effort was made by a body of merchants
+and wealthy men called the London Company. Their purpose was to discover
+gold, of which Englishmen were then dreaming, just as the Spaniards had
+dreamed years before when they sailed under the leadership of Columbus,
+Pizarro, Cortez, and De Soto. As a beginning for the new colony, which
+was destined to be the first permanent English settlement in America,
+the London Company sent out one hundred and five men, who set sail from
+London on New Year's day, 1607, in three frail vessels. They were not
+sturdy, self-reliant men such as give strength to a new enterprise. On
+the contrary, about half of them were "gentlemen," who felt themselves
+above working with their hands. They were coming to America to pick up
+a fortune, and then return to England to live at ease the rest of their
+lives. As we shall see, such colonists were unfit for the rough and
+rugged life which awaited them in the wild woods of a new country.
+
+Instead of sailing straight across the Atlantic they took a very much
+longer route, directing their course down the coast of France and Spain
+to the Canaries and from these islands to the West Indies. Here they
+stopped a long time. The result was that they were about four months on
+the tiresome voyage, and had used up nearly all their provisions before
+reaching their journey's end.
+
+This was but a beginning of their troubles. Their purpose had been to
+land on the deserted site of Raleigh's colony, Roanoke Island, but, a
+violent storm having driven them out of their course, they entered
+Chesapeake Bay, naming the headlands on either side Cape Charles and
+Cape Henry, after the king's sons. Pushing on, they found a quiet harbor
+which they fittingly called Point Comfort. After resting here they
+sailed up the river and named it the James, after James I., King of
+England.
+
+They were delighted with the country, for it was the month of May and
+the banks of the river were luxuriant with beautiful trees, shrubbery,
+and many-colored flowers. Fifty miles from the mouth of the James the
+voyagers landed on a peninsula, which they chose as the place of
+settlement because it was within easy reach of the sea.
+
+At once they set to work building dwellings, and a fort in which to
+defend themselves against unfriendly Indians. The dwellings at first
+consisted of rude cabins roofed with sage or bark, tents made of old
+sails, and holes dug in the ground. An old sail served for the roof of
+their first church, and a plank nailed up between two trees for a
+pulpit.
+
+They did well to found their Church so early, for they soon had need of
+its consolations. The intense heat of July and August and the sultry
+atmosphere hanging over the swamps and marshes bred disease, and caused
+many of the colonists to fall ill of fever. Sometimes three or four died
+in a single night. To make matters worse, food was so scarce that each
+settler's daily portion was reduced to a half-pint of mouldy wheat and
+the same quantity of barley. And, as if these afflictions from climate,
+scanty food, bad water, and loss of friends were not enough, the Indians
+kept the wretched settlers in constant terror of their lives. Each man
+had to take his turn "every third night" lying on the damp, bare ground
+to watch against attack, although at times there were not five men
+strong enough to carry guns. Their condition was indeed pitiable. Those
+in health were not sufficient to nurse the sick, and during the summer
+about half of the settlers died.
+
+[Illustration: John Smith and the Indians.
+
+When Smith fully grasped the situation he threatened the Indians with
+death, and then finding himself surrounded by hundreds of hostile
+warriors, he boldly seized Powhatan's brother by the scalp-lock, put a
+pistol to his breast, and cried, "Corn, or your life!"]
+
+All must have perished but for the bravery and strength of one man, John
+Smith, who for several years kept the struggling colony alive by his
+personal authority and wise treatment of the Indians. Born in England
+in 1579, he was at the time of the settlement of Jamestown twenty-eight
+years old. While but a boy he was left an orphan, and was early
+apprenticed to a trade; but he had such a longing for adventure that he
+soon ran away and went to the Continent to seek his fortune.
+
+From that time his life, according to his own story, was full of
+stirring incidents, only a few of which we can tell here. While
+travelling through France he was robbed and left helpless in a forest on
+the highway, where he would have died from exposure and lack of food but
+for the kindly aid of a peasant who chanced to find and rescue him.
+Going to Marseilles he took passage on a ship with some pilgrims bound
+eastward on a journey to the Holy Land. During the voyage a severe storm
+arose, which greatly alarmed the pilgrims, and, believing that in some
+mysterious way their strange passenger was the cause of their
+misfortune, they threw him overboard. Smith managed to save himself from
+the sea, however, and a little later fought in a war against the Turks,
+three of whose mighty warriors he slew in single combat. Afterward he
+was captured and enslaved by the Turks, but he seemed to lead a charmed
+life, and with his usual good-fortune again made his escape.
+
+[Illustration: Chipped flint arrow heads.]
+
+[Illustration: Stone Axe.]
+
+[Illustration: Indian Weapons.]
+
+In 1604 he returned to England, at the age of twenty-five, in time to
+join the expedition to Virginia. With such a training as Smith had
+received in his many strange adventures, he was well equipped for the
+various difficulties that had to be met in the unsettled life of the new
+colony in the forests of Virginia.
+
+[Illustration: Ruins of Jamestown.]
+
+When the cool weather of the autumn set in, the general health of all
+improved and food became abundant, for the streams were alive with
+swans, geese, ducks, and various kinds of fish, while game and garden
+supplies were plentiful.
+
+As soon as affairs were in a promising condition, Smith started one very
+cold December day on a journey of exploration. He sailed up the
+Chickahominy River in search of the South Sea, as the Pacific Ocean was
+then called. This was generally believed to be just beyond the
+mountains. When the stream had become too shallow for the barge, Smith
+with his four companions, two men and two Indian guides, continued his
+journey in a canoe. Landing near what is now called White Oak Swamp, he
+left the white men in charge of the canoe, and with one Indian pushed
+his way into the forest. Soon they were set upon by a band of two
+hundred Indian warriors, but Smith so bravely defended himself that he
+killed two of the warriors, and held out against the entire force until
+he sank in the mire and had to surrender. Having tied their prisoner to
+a tree, the Indians were about to shoot him with an arrow when he
+aroused their curiosity by showing them his pocket-compass and by asking
+that he might write a letter to his friends at Jamestown. Granting the
+request, they delivered the letter and brought back the articles for
+which it called. They were greatly amazed that the white man was able to
+make paper talk, and, believing him to be a superior being, they spared
+his life.
+
+[Illustration: Jamestown and the Surrounding Country.]
+
+Smith became much interested in the life of the Indians, and left an
+account of their customs and habits. According to his description, some
+of them lived in rude dwellings made of boughs of trees, some in huts,
+and others in wigwams a hundred feet or so in length, which served for
+a number of families. The warriors painted their bodies in many colors,
+and decorated themselves with beads, feathers, shells, pieces of copper,
+and rattles. What clothing they wore was made of skins, and their
+weapons were bows and arrows and clubs.
+
+The Indians had many kinds of horrible dances, in the course of which
+they yelled and shrieked as if suffering the most painful torture. The
+squaws carried the burdens, built the wigwams, and performed the various
+necessary duties; and the men did the hunting, the fishing, the smoking,
+and especially the fighting.
+
+The Indians took Smith to many of their villages, leading him finally
+into the presence of Powhatan, who lived in one of the long wigwams
+mentioned above, on the north bank of the York River, about fifteen
+miles from Jamestown.
+
+The old chief was tall and stalwart, with a round fat face and thin gray
+hair hanging down his back. Dressed in a robe of raccoon skins, he sat
+before the fire on a sort of bench covered with mats, with a young
+maiden sitting on each side; at his right and left stood the warriors,
+and close to the wall on either side a row of squaws.
+
+Presently one of the squaws brought to Smith some water in a wooden
+bowl, and another a bunch of feathers upon which to wipe his hands. Then
+followed a step in the proceedings that must have caused even a stout
+heart to quake. Having placed two stones upon the ground, the grim
+warriors seized Smith, laid his head upon the stones, and stood ready to
+slay him with clubs. But just at that moment the chief's little
+daughter, Pocahontas, about ten years old, fell upon Smith's body, threw
+her arms around his neck, and begged her father to spare his life.
+Powhatan's heart was so touched that he released Smith and allowed him
+to return three days later to Jamestown.
+
+[Illustration: Apache's War-club.]
+
+In the summer of 1609 Smith started out on another expedition in search
+of the Pacific. He sailed as before by way of Chesapeake Bay, exploring
+far up the Potomac. It is needless to say that he did not reach the
+Pacific, but he covered a distance of about three thousand miles, and
+made a map of his explorations, which is considered remarkable for its
+accuracy.
+
+[Illustration: Sioux Indian Bow and Arrow with Stone Point.]
+
+In the autumn Captain Newport came from England with orders from the
+London Company to crown Powhatan. Along with the crown the company sent
+gifts, consisting of a bed, a basin, a pitcher, and a scarlet robe.
+Powhatan gave token of his appreciation of the gifts by sending in
+return to King James a pair of his moccasins and one of his raccoon-skin
+blankets, but refused to kneel in receiving the crown, so that Smith
+and Newport had to lean on his shoulders to force him down.
+
+[Illustration: Navajo Sling.]
+
+The crowning of Powhatan was intended to win his favor, but the
+compliment did not make the shrewd old chief altogether friendly to the
+white strangers. For he noticed that their numbers were increasing, and
+he feared that their coming might in the end bring harm to himself and
+his people. He therefore planned to get rid of the Englishmen by
+refusing them corn, and in the following winter declined to supply them,
+asking in a hostile way when they were going home.
+
+The settlers sadly missed his friendly aid, for the rats that had come
+over in the vessels had played havoc with their provisions, and they
+were greatly in need of corn, venison, and game, such as Powhatan had
+furnished the previous year.
+
+[Illustration: A Pappoose Case.]
+
+But Smith, who knew so well how to manage the Indians, was equal to the
+occasion. He used smooth words if they served his purpose; if not, he
+used threats or even force. Bent upon gaining their good-will, or at
+least determined to secure corn, Smith sailed down the James, around
+Point Comfort, and up the York River with about forty men to Powhatan's
+home. The old chief pretended to be friendly, but Smith learned from an
+Indian informer that the wily savage was planning to murder him and his
+men. Little Pocahontas, also, came to Smith in the darkness of night and
+told him of the plot, thus proving herself, as on many other occasions,
+to be a true friend to the white men. Indeed, it has been said that by
+her timely aid the Jamestown settlement was saved from ruin.
+
+When Smith fully grasped the situation he threatened the Indians with
+death, and then, finding himself surrounded by hundreds of hostile
+warriors, he boldly seized Powhatan's brother by the scalp-lock, put a
+pistol to his breast, and cried, "Corn or your life!" The Indians, awed
+by Smith's fearlessness, no longer held out, but brought him corn in
+abundance.
+
+From the first Smith had been the natural leader of the colony, and in
+time was made president of the council. He found the men of his own race
+almost as difficult to manage as the Indians. They were so lazy that
+Smith was obliged to make a law by which he declared, "He that will not
+work shall not eat." The law proved to be a good one, and the idlers
+were soon busy making glass, felling trees, and preparing tar, pitch,
+and soap-ashes. But they hated rough labor, and were very apt to swear
+when it hurt their hands. To put an end to the swearing, Smith required
+each man to keep a record of his oaths, and for every offence ordered a
+can of cold water poured down the sleeve of the uplifted right arm of
+the culprit. By such discipline the settlement was soon put into
+excellent working order.
+
+If Smith could have remained at the head of the colony, everything might
+have continued to go well. But one day, while out in a boat, he was
+wounded so severely by the explosion of some gunpowder that he was
+obliged to return to England for treatment. This accident happened in
+October, 1609. Five years later he returned to Virginia and explored the
+coast to the north, making a map of the region, and naming it New
+England. He not only wrote an account of his own life, but also several
+books on America. He died in 1632, at the age of fifty-three years.
+Without his leadership, the weak and puny colony at Jamestown must have
+perished before the end of its first year. But his resolution and
+courage held it together until it received from England the help needed
+to put it on a firm footing.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE LONDON COMPANY SENDS TO AMERICA A COLONY IN SEARCH OF GOLD.
+  THE EMIGRANTS SET SAIL.
+  THE LONG, ROUNDABOUT VOYAGE.
+  THE COLONISTS MAKE A SETTLEMENT AT JAMESTOWN IN 1607.
+  THEIR DWELLINGS AND THEIR CHURCH.
+  FEVER, HUNGER, AND INDIANS.
+  JOHN SMITH SAVES THE SETTLEMENT FROM RUIN.
+  HIS EARLY ADVENTURES.
+  HE GOES UP THE CHICKAHOMINY RIVER IN SEARCH OF THE PACIFIC.
+  THE INDIANS CAPTURE SMITH.
+  THEY SPARE-HIS LIFE.
+  LIFE AMONG THE INDIANS OF VIRGINIA.
+  SMITH IS TAKEN TO POWHATAN.
+  LITTLE POCAHONTAS SAVES JOHN SMITH'S LIFE.
+  HIS EXPLORATIONS.
+  THE CROWNING OF POWHATAN.
+  HE PLANS TO GET RID OF THE WHITE MEN.
+  HE REFUSES THEM CORN.
+  THE FRIENDLY AID OF POCAHONTAS.
+  "CORN OR YOUR LIFE!"
+  SMITH MADE PRESIDENT OF THE COUNCIL.
+  HIS RETURN TO ENGLAND.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Describe the Jamestown settlers. Can you form a mental picture
+  of their first dwellings?
+
+  2. Write an account of Smith's capture by the Indians and of his
+  later experiences with them.
+
+  3. What do you admire in Smith? In Pocahontas? What do you think
+  of Powhatan?
+
+  4. Trace on your map Smith's voyages and explorations.
+
+  5. When was Jamestown settled?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+Nathaniel Bacon and the Uprising of the People in Virginia in 1676
+
+[1647-1676]
+
+
+When Smith returned to England he left the colony without a leader. At
+once the Indians, who had been held in check by fear of Smith, began to
+rob and plunder the settlement, and at the same time famine and disease
+aided in the work of destruction. Dogs, horses, and even rats and mice
+were in demand for food, and while at its worst the famine compelled the
+suffering colonists to feed upon the bodies of their own dead.
+
+At the close of that terrible winter, known ever since as the "Starving
+Time," barely sixty of the five hundred men whom Smith had left in the
+colony survived. The future promised nothing, and the wretched remnant
+of sufferers were about to leave Virginia for their fatherland when an
+English vessel hove in sight on the James. Greatly to their relief and
+joy Lord Delaware had arrived with a company of men and much-needed
+supplies. This was in June, 1610.
+
+[Illustration: Tobacco Plant.]
+
+By reason of ill-health Lord Delaware soon returned to England, leaving
+Sir Thomas Dale in control of the colony. He was even more firm and
+vigorous than Smith had been in dealing with the worthless men who made
+the greater part of the colony. Some of the most unruly were flogged,
+some were branded with hot irons, and one man was sentenced to death by
+starvation.
+
+Holding down the lawless by the arm of the law, Dale was also able to
+introduce reform. Before he took charge of affairs in Virginia there was
+a common storehouse from which everybody, whether idle or industrious,
+could get food. When the good-for-nothing settlers found out that they
+could thus live upon the products of others' labor, they would do
+nothing themselves, but held back, throwing all the work upon thirty or
+forty men. Dale, appreciating the evil of this system, gave to every man
+his own plot of land. Out of what he raised each was obliged to put into
+the common storehouse two and a half barrels of corn; the rest of his
+crop he could call his own. By this plan the idlers had to work or
+starve, and the thrifty were encouraged to work harder, because they
+knew they would receive the benefit of their labor.
+
+[Illustration: Loading Tobacco.]
+
+Soon after the new system was put in practice the settlers discovered
+that great profits resulted from raising tobacco. The soil and climate
+of Virginia were especially favorable to its growth, and more money
+could be made in this way than in any other. But since tobacco quickly
+exhausted the soil, much new land was needed to take the place of the
+old, and large plantations were necessary. Every planter tried to select
+a plantation on one of the numerous rivers of Virginia, so that he could
+easily take his tobacco down to the wharf, whence a vessel would carry
+it to Europe.
+
+For a long time the planters were very prosperous through their tobacco
+culture, some even becoming wealthy. But a turn of fortune made things
+bad for them. The Navigation Laws were passed, which required them to
+send all their tobacco to England in English vessels. These laws also
+required that the planters should buy from England all the European
+goods that might be needed, and should bring them over to Virginia in
+English vessels.
+
+The effect was to compel the colonist to sell his tobacco at whatever
+price English merchants were willing to pay, and to buy his goods at
+whatever price the English merchant saw fit to charge. Moreover, England
+laid heavy taxes on colonial trade, and when, after a while, the price
+of tobacco fell, the planter received small return for his labor.
+
+But these grievous trade regulations were not all that vexed the
+colonist. He had troubles at home even more irritating than the
+impositions of England. In 1660 Sir William Berkeley, a narrow-minded,
+selfish man, became Governor of Virginia. This polished cavalier, fond
+of the pleasures of the table and of good company, cared far more for
+his seventy horses than for the plain people whose welfare was entrusted
+to him. He cared so little indeed for the rights and wishes of the
+people, that he refused, for sixteen years after he became governor, to
+let a new assembly be elected. Having found in 1660 a set of pliant
+followers, he kept them in office by adjourning the assembly from year
+to year.
+
+Although such conduct was hard to excuse, the people were forbearing
+until a great evil fell upon the settlement. The Indians began to invade
+the frontier, and used the firebrand, scalping-knife, and tomahawk with
+such fearful effect that three hundred settlers were killed and their
+homes burned. The people begged Governor Berkeley to send troops to
+punish the Indians; but he refused because he was carrying on a
+profitable trade in furs with the offenders. At length, five hundred
+men, in a frenzy of rage at their wrongs, urged Nathaniel Bacon, a
+wealthy, educated planter, to lead them against their red foes.
+
+Bacon was at this time only twenty-eight years old. Tall and graceful in
+person, this young man was also brave and generous. He had sympathy with
+the plain people, over whom he exerted great influence, and when at
+length the Indians killed an overseer and favorite servant on one of his
+large plantations, he was willing to join with the people and be their
+leader against the common foe. After trying in vain to get a commission
+from Governor Berkeley, Bacon put himself at the head of five hundred
+troops, and without a commission marched boldly against the Indians.
+These he defeated with very little loss.
+
+In the meantime, with a force of his own soldiers, Berkeley followed
+after Bacon, whom he called a rebel and traitor. Before he could reach
+the young leader, however, Berkeley had to return to Jamestown to put
+down an uprising of the people. Nor did he succeed in restoring quiet
+until he agreed to an election of a new assembly to which Bacon himself
+was chosen a delegate.
+
+On Bacon's return from his attack upon the Indians he became the idol of
+the people. In their devotion to him and fear for his safety, thirty men
+armed with guns accompanied him on his sloop down the James River as he
+went to meet with the assembly at Jamestown. But this force was not
+large enough to prevent Berkeley's followers from capturing Bacon and
+taking him before the angry governor.
+
+On the advice of a friend, Bacon agreed to apologize to the governor,
+with the understanding, as seems probable, that the latter should grant
+him the desired commission. But the trouble between the two men was by
+no means settled. That very night Bacon's friends warned him of a plot
+against his life. Under cover of darkness, therefore, he took horse, and
+found safe shelter among his followers. But he speedily returned to
+Jamestown at the head of five hundred troops, where he forced Berkeley
+to grant him a commission, and compelled the legislature to pass laws
+that were favorable to the interests of the people. Then hearing that
+the Indians were again beginning to burn and murder on the border, he
+marched against them.
+
+While he was gone Berkeley called out the militia, with the intention of
+overpowering Bacon upon his return, but on learning the governor's
+purpose the troops refused to fight and went back to their homes. Sick
+with the sense of failure, Governor Berkeley now sought a place of
+safety across Chesapeake Bay in Accomac County.
+
+[Illustration: The Burning of Jamestown.]
+
+Bacon once more occupied Jamestown, but for a third time found it
+necessary to march against the Indians. While he was gone Berkeley, who
+had succeeded in raising a troop of one thousand men, came back and took
+possession of the capital. Although Bacon's men were tired out with
+fighting the Indians, they promptly gathered at his call, and attacked
+Berkeley with such vigor that the poor governor was glad to escape again
+to his retreat in Accomac County.
+
+When Bacon got control of Jamestown, then a mere village of some sixteen
+to eighteen houses, he burned it to prevent its falling into Berkeley's
+hands. The people's leader had been successful, and had risked his life
+and his fortune for the common rights. But the strain of the past four
+or five months in the malarial swamps broke down his health, and after a
+short illness, he died of fever at the home of a friend, in October,
+1676. It is not known where he was buried. His friends were obliged to
+hide his body, because they feared that, according to the custom of the
+times, Berkeley might seize it and have it hanged.
+
+With Bacon's death the rebellion lost its heart and soul. Berkeley
+brutally punished Bacon's friends, some twenty of whom he put to death.
+This displeased the English king, who summoned the governor to return to
+England, where he soon afterward died a broken-hearted man.
+
+Bacon's Rebellion, as this uprising of Virginians in 1676 has been
+rightly called, although it seemed to fail, was not without large
+influence for good. For it strengthened the liberty-loving spirit of the
+people, and prepared them for that greater movement in behalf of their
+rights that took place one hundred years later.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE "STARVING TIME."
+  LORD DELAWARE ARRIVES.
+  DALE DOES AWAY WITH THE COMMON STOREHOUSE.
+  TOBACCO AND THE PLANTATION.
+  THE NAVIGATION LAWS INJURE THE PLANTERS.
+  BERKELEY ACTS LIKE A TYRANT.
+  THE INDIANS USE THE FIREBRAND AND THE TOMAHAWK WITH TELLING EFFECT.
+  NATHANIEL BACON LEADS A FORCE AGAINST THE INDIANS.
+  HE IS ELECTED TO THE ASSEMBLY.
+  HIS CAPTURE AND ESCAPE.
+  HE GETS HIS COMMISSION.
+  HE ATTACKS BERKELEY AT JAMESTOWN.
+  HIS DEATH.
+  A STRIKING RESULT OF BACON'S REBELLION.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What important thing was done by Sir Thomas Dale?
+
+  2. What were the Navigation Laws, and how did they affect the
+  planters?
+
+  3. Describe Berkeley. What do you admire in Bacon?
+
+  4. Write a paragraph on each of the following topics: Bacon leads
+  a force against the Indians; Bacon elected to the assembly; his
+  capture and escape; he gets his commission; he attacks Berkeley
+  at Jamestown.
+
+  5. Review the following dates: 1492, 1541, and 1607. Add to these
+  1676.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+Miles Standish and the Pilgrims
+
+[1584-1656]
+
+[Illustration: Miles Standish.]
+
+
+Only thirteen years after Jamestown was settled, a colony of Englishmen,
+very different in character from the gold hunters of Virginia, landed on
+the Massachusetts coast. These men came not to seek fortunes but rather
+to establish a community with high ideals of political and religious
+life. With them they brought their wives and children, and a
+determination to build for themselves permanent homes in the new world.
+Before tracing their fortunes in America, let us glance backward a few
+years and see them as they were in their English homes.
+
+At the present time people can choose their own church and worship as
+they please, but it was not always so, even in England. In that country,
+during the reign of Queen Elizabeth, there was much religious
+disturbance, and many people were punished because they would not
+worship as the law required. There were Englishmen who, while loving
+the English Church, wished to make its services more simple or, as they
+said, purify its forms and ceremonies. These people were for this reason
+called _Puritans_. Others disliked the ceremonial and doctrines of the
+Church so much that they wished to form a separate body and worship
+after their own ideas. These were called _Separatists_, or
+_Independents_.
+
+The Separatists met for service on the Lord's Day in the home of William
+Brewster, one of their chief men, in the little village of Scrooby. For
+a year they tried to keep together and worship as an independent body.
+But as the laws of England required that all should worship in the
+Established Church, they found they could not do this without being
+hunted down, thrown into prison, and sometimes beaten and even hanged.
+
+They endured these persecutions as long as they could, and then some of
+them decided to leave their own land and seek a home in Holland, where
+they would be free to worship God as they pleased. James I, then King of
+England, being unwilling that they should go, they had much difficulty
+in carrying out their plan, but in 1608 they escaped and went to
+Amsterdam. From Amsterdam they went to Leyden, and finally from Leyden
+to America, by way of England. By reason of their wanderings they became
+known later as Pilgrims.
+
+Since they were poor people, the Pilgrims were obliged to accept any
+work that would enable them to make a living. In Leyden many found
+employment in the manufacture of woollen goods. Here they were
+prosperous enough and enjoyed freedom of worship, but were unwilling to
+remain with the Dutch, fearing that their children would forget English.
+For, although England had been unkind to them, they cherished their
+native language, customs, and habits of life.
+
+They had heard much about the English colony in Virginia, and the
+association of their own people in a free land appealed strongly to
+their English hearts. To Virginia therefore they decided to go,
+believing that there they could worship in peace and harmony and bring
+up their children in sturdy English thought and feeling.
+
+But it is often easier to plan than to accomplish, and so it was with
+these home-yearning Pilgrims. Having decided to leave Holland, they
+found practical difficulties to be overcome, the most serious of which
+were King James's opposition to their going to America and lack of funds
+for the long and expensive journey. He permitted them to sail, however,
+and agreed not to disturb them in America so long as they pleased him.
+After getting the king's consent and borrowing money on hard terms,
+these earnest men and women made ready to sail for their new home in the
+forest wilds of America.
+
+They embarked in the Speedwell, at Delft Haven, a port twelve miles from
+Leyden, and sailed for Southampton, on the south coast of England. Here
+they joined some friends who had made ready another vessel, the now
+historic Mayflower. But a brief delay was occasioned by lack of money.
+In order to secure the necessary amount, about four hundred dollars, it
+was necessary to sell some of their provisions, including much of the
+butter. Funds being secured, the two vessels at last put to sea, but
+twice returned on account of a leak in the Speedwell. Finally, deeming
+that vessel unseaworthy, one hundred and two Pilgrims, including men,
+women, children, and servants, took passage in the Mayflower, sailing
+from Plymouth, September 16, 1620.
+
+[Illustration: The Pilgrims in England and Holland.]
+
+After a most trying and tempestuous voyage lasting over nine weeks, land
+was sighted, November 19, 1620, but instead of arriving off the coast of
+Virginia, as they had planned, the storm-beaten voyagers found
+themselves in what is now the harbor of Provincetown. Before landing
+they entered into a solemn agreement to make and obey such laws as
+should be needful for the good of the colony. John Carver was chosen
+governor.
+
+Not being able on account of the shallow water to get the Mayflower to a
+point where they could step ashore, the men had to carry the women in
+their arms and wade several rods, though the weather was so cold that
+their clothing, wet from the ocean spray, froze stiff. Once on land,
+they fell upon their knees and thanked God for bringing them in safety
+through the many furious storms. Then immediately the women set to work
+lighting fires, boiling water, and washing clothing, while the men stood
+on guard to repel the Indians in case they might make an attack.
+
+It soon became clear that Cape Cod was an unfit place for a settlement,
+and an exploring party, with Miles Standish as military leader, was
+selected to look for a more suitable one.
+
+As military leader Miles Standish at once became conspicuous in the life
+of the colony. He was born in Lancashire, England, in 1584, of a noble
+family, but was in some way deprived of his estates. Going to the
+Continent he became a valiant and daring soldier in the Netherlands.
+Feeling a deep interest in the cause of the Pilgrims, he joined them
+when they sailed for America in the Mayflower, and made their fortunes
+his own.
+
+Small of stature, quick-witted, hot-tempered, and ready to brave any
+danger, this stout-hearted man was a fitting leader for the little
+Pilgrim army of something like a score of men who were obliged to defend
+themselves and their families against wild beasts and unfriendly
+Indians.
+
+Many of the Pilgrim soldiers wore armor to protect themselves against
+Indian arrows. In some instances this armor consisted of a steel helmet
+and iron breastplates, and in others of quilted coats of cotton wool.
+Like Miles Standish, some of the soldiers had swords at their sides, and
+all carried either flintlock or matchlock muskets so big and heavy that,
+before they could fire them off, they had to rest them upon supports
+stuck into the ground for the purpose.
+
+Standish's daring little band of soldiers explored some of the coast on
+the day the Mayflower anchored. The next Wednesday after landing they
+started out a second time in search of a suitable place for settlement.
+As they skirted the coast, landing here and there, they saw and heard
+Indians, who fled at their approach.
+
+Soon they came upon some mounds, out of which they dug bows and arrows
+and other utensils. These, however, they replaced, because they believed
+the mounds to be Indian graves. In a rude and deserted house they also
+found an iron kettle. Digging into still another mound these
+home-hunters were delighted to discover large baskets filled with ears
+of Indian corn--red, white, and yellow. As they were sorely in need of
+food after their long voyage, they took with them some of the corn, for
+which they were careful to pay the Indians later.
+
+An amusing incident occurred on this otherwise serious journey. Before
+they got back to the Mayflower, William Bradford, who afterward became
+the second governor of the Plymouth Colony, met with an accident that
+must have caused even the stern Pilgrim soldiers to smile. Picking his
+way through the underbrush of the wood he stepped unwittingly into a
+deer-trap, and was suddenly jerked up into the air, where he dangled by
+one leg until his friends released him, none the worse for the ludicrous
+occurrence.
+
+[Illustration: The Mayflower.]
+
+After spending more than three weeks in vain efforts to find a place for
+settlement, a party of ten picked men, including Governor Carver,
+William Bradford, and Captain Miles Standish, set out on the afternoon
+of December 16th, in the midst of a driving storm, for another search.
+It was so cold that the spray, falling upon them, soon covered their
+clothing with coats of ice, but the voyagers, though suffering terribly,
+pushed courageously forward.
+
+At the close of the next day, having anchored in a creek, they
+constructed a barricade, not only as a protection from the bitter
+weather, but as a means of defence against the Indians. This three-sided
+barricade, made of boughs, stakes, and logs, was about as high as a man,
+and was open on the leeward side. Within this shelter they lighted a big
+fire, which they kept roaring all night long. Then lying down around it,
+with their feet toward the burning logs, they wrapped their cloaks
+closely about them and fell asleep beneath the trees and the open sky,
+one man always keeping guard.
+
+Next morning they were astir early, ready for the stubborn work of
+another day. Some of them had carried their muskets down to the shore,
+leaving them there to be put aboard the boat a little later, and were
+returning to breakfast when the shout "Indians!" followed by a shower of
+arrows, greeted them. The woods seemed full of red warriors, whose
+blood-curdling war-whoops must have struck fear to the hearts of the
+small band of explorers. However, the white men bravely stood their
+ground, and with cool arm and steady hand so terrified the savages that
+they soon took to their heels.
+
+Once out to sea again the Pilgrims encountered a furious gale that
+threatened to swamp their frail boat. All day long they were tossed
+about on the storm-swept sea, and just before dark an immense wave
+almost filled the boat and carried off the rudder. A little later a
+fierce gust of wind broke the mast into three pieces. Then without mast
+or rudder the dauntless men struggled at the oars until morning when
+they reached land and found themselves on an island which they named
+Clarke's Island, in honor of the Mayflower's mate.
+
+[Illustration: The Pilgrim Settlement.]
+
+Some further explorations revealed a suitable place for settlement. It
+had a good harbor, a stream of excellent drinking water near by, and at
+a little distance from the shore a stretch of high ground affording a
+good location for a fort. In addition to these advantages there was a
+large field of cleared land on which the Indians had raised corn. Much
+cheered with their discovery the explorers returned with their report.
+
+After as little delay as possible, the Pilgrims landed[5] on the spot
+chosen for their new home,--the spot which John Smith had several years
+before named Plymouth. At once they set to work with heroic energy, some
+felling trees, some sawing, some splitting, and some carrying logs to
+the places of building.
+
+  [5] According to tradition, the Pilgrims, in landing, stepped on a
+      small granite bowlder, since known as Plymouth Rock. The date of
+      landing, December 21, is called Forefathers' Day.
+
+They first erected a rude log-house, twenty feet square, which would
+serve for a common storehouse, for shelter, and for other purposes, and
+began the building of five separate private dwellings. They built also a
+hospital and a meeting-house.
+
+The houses were all alike in form and size. After cutting down trees and
+sawing logs of suitable length, the men dragged them by hand along the
+ground--for there were no horses or other beasts of burden--and laid
+them one upon another, thus forming the walls. Probably the chimneys and
+fireplaces were of stone, the crevices being plastered with mortar made
+by mixing straw and mud, and oil paper taking the place of glass for
+windows. At the best, these log-houses were poor makeshifts for
+dwellings in the severe winter weather along the bleak New England
+coast.
+
+For furnishing these simple homes, the Pilgrims had brought over such
+articles as large arm-chairs, wooden settles, high-posted beds,
+truckle-beds for young children, and cradles for babies. Every home had
+also its spinning-wheel. The cooking was done in a big fireplace. Here
+the housewife baked bread in large ovens, roasted meat by putting it on
+iron spits which they had to keep turning in order to cook all sides of
+the roast alike, and boiled various kinds of food in large kettles hung
+over the fire.
+
+As there were no friction matches in those days, it was the custom to
+kindle a fire by striking sparks with a flint and steel into dry
+tinder-stuff. Having once started a fire,--which was no easy
+matter,--they had to be very careful not to let it go out, and for that
+reason covered the coals at bedtime with ashes.
+
+In the place of candles or lamps, pitch-pine knots furnished light at
+night. We can well imagine the Pilgrim boys and girls resting on the
+settles in the evening, and reading by the blaze from the huge
+fireplace.
+
+In this first winter lack of good food and warm clothing, exposure to
+the cold, and various kinds of hardship bred disease in the little
+colony. At one time only seven men were well enough to take care of the
+sick and suffering. One of these seven was the fearless soldier, Miles
+Standish. He now became a tender nurse, and joined with William Bradford
+and Elder Brewster in making fires, washing clothes, cooking food, and
+in other plain household duties.
+
+[Illustration: A Matchlock Gun.]
+
+By spring about half of the colonists, including Governor Carver and
+Rose Standish, wife of Captain Miles Standish, had died. Notwithstanding
+all the sufferings, however, not one of the Pilgrims went back on the
+Mayflower when she sailed for England. But so weak had the colony become
+through loss of able-bodied men, that corn was planted on the graves to
+keep the Indians from learning how many had died.
+
+One day in early spring, the Pilgrims were startled by the sudden
+appearance of an Indian, Samoset by name, who cried in English,
+"Welcome, Englishmen." A week later he returned with a friend, named
+Squanto,[6] who had formerly lived at Plymouth with other Indians, all
+of whom had been swept away by a plague.
+
+  [6] Squanto had been taken to England by some white men in 1614.
+
+Squanto was glad to get back to his old home once more. He afterward
+came to live with the Pilgrims, acting as their messenger and
+interpreter and showing them how to hunt and how to catch fish. From him
+they learned how to plant corn. Putting one or two herring as a
+fertilizer in every hill, they would watch for a while to prevent the
+wolves from digging up and eating the fish, and in due time would have
+an abundant return.
+
+[Illustration: A Group of Pilgrim Relics.]
+
+About a week after Samoset's first appearance, he returned and announced
+the approach of Massasoit, an Indian chief living at Mount Hope, some
+forty miles southwest of Plymouth. Captain Miles Standish marched out
+with his men to escort the Indian chief to meet Governor Carver in an
+unfinished house. The Pilgrims had spread upon the floor a green mat,
+which they covered with cushions for the chief and the governor. When
+the chief, who was a man of fine presence and dignified bearing, was
+seated upon the cushions, Governor Carver was escorted to the place of
+meeting by the Pilgrim soldiers, amid the beating of drums and the
+blowing of trumpets. After the governor had kissed the chief's hand, the
+two men agreed to be friends and keep peace between the white men and
+the red. The friendship thus romantically begun lasted for more than
+fifty years. Before Massasoit's departure the Pilgrims gave him two
+skins and a copper necklace.
+
+As summer came on the condition of the Pilgrims improved. There was much
+less sickness, and food was more easily obtained. On the arrival of
+autumn the corn and barley planted by the Pilgrims yielded a good
+return, and ducks, geese, wild turkeys, and deer could be secured by
+hunting. When Massasoit with ninety men came to see the Pilgrims in the
+autumn, the Indians brought some deer and the Pilgrims furnished food
+from their supplies, so that a three days' feast was held. This was the
+first celebration of the New England Thanksgiving.
+
+But not all of the Indian neighbors were so friendly as Massasoit and
+his tribe. Canonicus, chief of the Narragansetts, sent to Plymouth an
+insolent greeting in the form of a number of arrows tied with a snake's
+skin. The Pilgrims on their part stuffed the snake's skin full of powder
+and bullets, and in defiance sent it back to Canonicus. So deeply
+impressed were the Indians by this fearless act that they let the whites
+alone.
+
+Believing it wise to be prepared against Indian attacks, however, the
+Pilgrims surrounded the settlement with palisades, and erected on
+"Burial Hill" a building, on the flat roof of which cannon were placed,
+the room downstairs serving as a meeting-house.
+
+[Illustration: Pilgrims Returning from Church.]
+
+Energetic in practical affairs, they were equally zealous in religious
+observance; for they were very regular in their church attendance. Their
+Sabbaths began with sundown on Saturday and lasted until sundown on
+Sunday. The beating of a drum on Sunday morning was the signal for the
+men to meet at the door of Captain Miles Standish's house, from which
+they marched three abreast, followed by their governor in a long robe,
+with the minister on his right and Miles Standish on his left.
+
+After the men came the women, then the children, and last of all the
+servants. On entering the church they sat in order of rank, the old men
+in one part of the church, the young men in another, mothers with their
+little children in a third, young women in a fourth, and the boys in a
+fifth.
+
+The services lasted all the morning; then, after an intermission for
+lunch at noon, they began again and continuing all the afternoon. But on
+the coldest days of winter only foot-stoves were used to heat the
+meeting-house. Nor was this the only discomfort the Pilgrims had in
+their church worship. For even these good people found it sometimes hard
+to remain awake during the long services. And it was the duty of the
+constable to see that all kept their eyes open. If this official saw a
+boy asleep he rapped him with the end of a wand; if he saw a woman
+nodding he brushed her gently with a hare's foot, which was on the other
+end of the wand.
+
+The Pilgrims held their town meetings in the meeting-house, where they
+held their religious services. At town meetings all the men wore their
+hats. In voting they used corn and beans, a grain of corn meaning yes
+and a bean meaning no.
+
+Such was the life of the little company of true-hearted men and women at
+Plymouth. Small in number as they were, they remained brave in spirit,
+amid surroundings which tested all their powers of endurance. For
+several years Miles Standish did valiant service there, and then went to
+live at Duxbury, where he was soon joined by some of his Pilgrim
+friends, among whom was John Alden. Here the good captain remained the
+rest of his life, except when he was needed as military leader by the
+colony. He died many years later,--in 1656,--leaving behind him a good
+name with the Pilgrims and the rest of the world.
+
+[Illustration: Brewster's and Standish's Swords.]
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE ENGLISHMEN WHO SETTLED IN NEW ENGLAND.
+  PURITANS AND SEPARATISTS.
+  THE SEPARATISTS ESCAPE TO HOLLAND.
+  THE PILGRIMS LEAVE HOLLAND FOR AMERICA.
+  DIFFICULTIES IN THEIR WAY.
+  THE VOYAGE OF THE MAYFLOWER.
+  MILES STANDISH MADE MILITARY LEADER.
+  THE STOUT-HEARTED CAPTAIN MILES STANDISH.
+  THE GRIM PILGRIM SOLDIERS.
+  CAPTAIN MILES STANDISH HEADS A SECOND EXPLORING PARTY.
+  INDIAN MOUNDS; BRADFORD IN THE DEER-TRAP.
+  A DANGEROUS EXPEDITION.
+  A NIGHT IN THE WOODS; INDIANS.
+  A STRUGGLE FOR LIFE ON THE STORM-SWEPT SEA.
+  A SUITABLE PLACE FOR SETTLEMENT.
+  LANDING OF THE PILGRIM FATHERS AT PLYMOUTH.
+  THE BUSY BUILDERS OF LOG-HOUSES.
+  IN THE HOMES OF THE PILGRIMS.
+  THE SUFFERING PILGRIMS.
+  SAMOSET; SQUANTO; MASSASOIT VISITS THE PILGRIMS.
+  A THANKSGIVING FEAST.
+  INDIAN ENEMIES.
+  THE PILGRIMS AT CHURCH SERVICES.
+  THE MEETING-HOUSE.
+  DEATH OF CAPTAIN MILES STANDISH.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What do you admire in the character of Miles Standish, and
+  what did he do for the Pilgrims at Plymouth?
+
+  2. Trace on the map the wanderings of the Pilgrims.
+
+  3. Write an account of the "Dangerous Expedition" of the ten
+  picked men who set out on December 16th, in search of a place for
+  settlement. Picture to yourself the following: the party lying by
+  the big fire under the trees with the barricade about them; the
+  Pilgrims on their way to church; and Massasoit entertained by
+  Governor Carver.
+
+  4. Describe a Pilgrim dwelling and its furniture.
+
+  5. Compare the Pilgrims with the Jamestown settlers.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+Roger Williams and the Puritans
+
+[1599-1683]
+
+
+For years after the landing of the Pilgrims at Plymouth (1620) their
+number grew so slowly that by 1630 the population was only three
+hundred. After that year they began to increase more rapidly, by reason
+of neighboring settlements made by the Puritans at various places on the
+Massachusetts coast.
+
+We have already seen that the Puritans in England were dissatisfied with
+the English Church, and that they wished to purify some of its forms and
+beliefs. But they did not succeed in their purpose because the Stuart
+Kings of England, James I. and Charles I., bitterly opposed the Puritan
+movement. For a long time the Puritans held their meetings secretly in
+such out-of-the-way places as private houses and barns. At length,
+encouraged by the success of the Pilgrims at Plymouth, they decided to
+leave their homes in old England and try to form a new England across
+the Atlantic.
+
+These Puritans were not, like the Pilgrims, poor men of little
+influence, for some of them had been educated at Oxford or Cambridge,
+some were wealthy, and some were connected with distinguished families.
+All were of sterling character, ready to undergo hardship for the sake
+of their religion.
+
+In 1628, therefore, some of the leading Puritans formed a trading
+company and, having bought a tract of land in America from the Plymouth
+Company, sent out settlers to occupy it. The first settlement was at
+Salem with Endicott as leader. Two years later eleven vessels sailed
+with nearly 1,000 Puritans, bringing with them horses, cattle, and
+stores of various kinds. They located at Boston, Dorchester,
+Charlestown, and other towns near Boston. John Winthrop, their leader,
+was the first governor.
+
+Each of these settlements constituted a township, which usually included
+an area of from forty to sixty square miles. Within this tract settlers
+lived in villages, in the centre of which stood their meeting-house,
+used not only for a place of worship but for all kinds of public
+meetings. Near the meeting-house stood the block-house. This was a rude,
+strongly built structure, where the people of the village could take
+refuge in case of attack from Indians.
+
+Extending through each village was a long street, and on either side of
+it stood the settlers' dwellings with their small farms stretching back
+in the rear. These dwellings, which in early years were only log huts,
+afterward gave place to high-roofed frame houses. All were simple,
+solid, and neat.
+
+[Illustration: Roger Williams on his Way to Visit the Chief of the
+Narragansett Indians.]
+
+Upon entering one of these early Puritan homes we should find two
+principal rooms, the "best room" and the kitchen. In the kitchen the
+thing of special interest to us would be the fireplace, large enough for
+a back-log five or six feet long and two or three feet thick. In this
+great fireplace a Puritan housewife could roast an entire sheep. As
+stoves were unknown in these olden days, all cooking was done at this
+open fire, and it was by such firesides that the Puritan boys and girls
+used to spend the long winter evenings. While the logs blazed the mother
+and daughters would knit, or spin, or quilt, and the father would read
+his Bible or smoke his pipe. At this family hearth there was also much
+good cheer in cider-drinking, nut-cracking, and story-telling,
+especially when the family was fortunate enough to have a stranger
+present as a guest. At such times the children were always good
+listeners.
+
+[Illustration: Block House]
+
+But much as it was prized, a visit from a stranger was a rare
+occurrence, for as there were no carriages or public conveyances of any
+kind, long journeys were seldom made. When travelling by land the
+settlers sometimes went on foot and sometimes on horseback. In the
+latter case the men sat in front and the women on a pillion behind. For
+carrying supplies, sleds were used in winter and ox-carts in summer.
+
+Since travel was so difficult, there was very little communication
+between distant villages unless they happened to touch upon the sea. But
+frequently this was not the case, for many of the settlements, following
+the courses of rivers, extended inland rather than along the coast.
+
+When a stranger did appear, however, he was always welcome, for he was
+sure to bring some bit of news from the world outside. Perhaps, if he
+had travelled through the woods, he might tell of some dangerous
+adventure with wild beasts or Indians. If in midwinter he dared to make
+the journey, he might tell how he spent a cold night in some deserted
+wigwam, into which he had been driven by howling wolves. Such thrilling
+chapters from the book of every-day life were of special interest to
+people whose experience was very narrow and monotonous. For in those
+days there were no newspapers and few books.
+
+We should make a great mistake, however, were we to imagine that the
+Puritans did not value books and reading. They appreciated reading and
+education so much that every town was required to have a school. As a
+consequence of this excellent system, there were very few people who
+could not read and write.
+
+[Illustration: Roger Williams's Meeting-House.]
+
+The study of the Bible was an important feature in all this school
+training, and absorbed much of the thought of the Puritan mind,
+especially on the Sabbath. The Puritan Sabbath, which began at sunset on
+Saturday and ended at sunset on Sunday, was largely given up to church
+worship. All work and travel, not absolutely necessary, were suspended,
+and no playing on a musical instrument was allowed. Two instances will
+illustrate the severity of the Puritan ideas of Sabbath observation. The
+first is that of two lovers, who were brought to trial because they
+were seen sitting together on the Lord's Day under an apple-tree. The
+second tells us of a Boston sea-captain who was put into the public
+stocks for two hours because he kissed his wife on the Sabbath Day upon
+the doorsteps of his house. He had just returned after a two years'
+absence on a sea-voyage.
+
+In all this strictness about Sabbath observance, the Puritans were
+wholly sincere. To them purity of religion was the supreme interest of
+life. They had left their old homes in England that they might worship
+according to their own belief in a community under the control of
+Puritan ideas.
+
+But it was no easy matter for them to arrange the affairs of Church and
+State just as they wished, even in this new Puritan commonwealth. For
+they found some of the settlers unwilling to believe and act in
+accordance with Puritan ideas of right and wrong.
+
+One of these troublesome persons was a young man who came with his bride
+to Salem in 1631. This young man was Roger Williams. He was born in
+England in 1599. An Englishman of influence secured for the clever lad a
+scholarship in the Charter-House school, from which young Roger later
+went to Cambridge University. Having become a Puritan, Roger Williams,
+like so many others of his faith, found it wise to leave England. He
+came to America in order that he might escape religious persecution and
+enjoy religious freedom.
+
+On reaching New England he went to Salem, and was there appointed a
+minister of the church. After a very short time he left Salem, and went
+with his family to Plymouth. Remaining there for two years, he became
+deeply interested in the Indians, and began the difficult task of
+learning their language. He wrote afterward, "God was pleased to give me
+a painful, patient spirit to lodge with them in their filthy, smoky
+holes to gain their tongue."
+
+In this way he acquired a good knowledge of the Indians, whom he learned
+to love and who learned to love him. Little did he realize that this
+warm friendship would in after years save not only his own life but also
+the lives of many other Puritans.
+
+[Illustration: A Puritan Fireplace.]
+
+While winning the friendship of the Indians, Roger Williams incensed the
+Puritans by saying in strong language that they had no just claim to the
+lands they were living on. He said that the King had no right to grant
+to any company these lands, because they had never belonged to him. The
+Indians, and only the Indians, owned them. It is needless to say that
+such arguments made many bitter enemies for the youthful preacher.
+
+Of course he could not continue in this severe criticism of matters so
+important to the Puritan heart without losing many of his friends. The
+wrath of the Puritans at length became so great that they tried him in
+court and banished him from Massachusetts. As he became ill about this
+time, however, he was told that he might remain in the colony through
+the winter if he would not preach. But as soon as he grew better his
+friends, who were very fond of him, began to spend much time in talking
+with him at his home in Salem, where he now lived. The Puritans, fearing
+his influence, determined to send him at once to England.
+
+[Illustration: The Rhode Island Settlement.]
+
+When the heroic young minister heard of this, he hastily said good-by to
+his wife and two children--one of whom was a little girl two years old
+and the other a baby--and looked for safety in the home of his old
+friend Massasoit, living near Mount Hope, seventy or eighty miles away.
+
+The outlook was dreary enough. It was midwinter (January, 1636), and the
+snow was lying deep upon the ground. As there was no road cut through
+the forest, Roger Williams had to depend upon his compass for a guide.
+To keep himself from freezing, he carried with him a hatchet to chop
+kindling wood, and a flint and steel to kindle it into flame. Thus
+fitted out, he started, though still weak from his recent illness, with
+a staff in his hand and a pack on his back, to look for his dusky
+friend, Massasoit. This long journey in the bitter weather of a New
+England winter was indeed a trying experience to the lonely traveller.
+He wrote long afterward, "Steering my course, in winter snow, I was
+sorely tossed for one fourteen weeks in a bitter winter season, not
+knowing what bed or bread did mean." Having found Massasoit, he spent
+much of the winter in the wigwam kindly furnished him by the Indian
+chief.
+
+In the spring he began to erect buildings at Seekonk on land given him
+by the Indians. But his friend, Governor Winthrop, having secretly sent
+him word that Seekonk was in the territory belonging to the
+Massachusetts colony, he decided to go elsewhere.
+
+Accordingly, he and five of his friends rowed down the river and,
+landing at a place pointed out by the Indians as having a spring of good
+water, made a settlement, which they called Providence, in token of
+God's watchful care over them. This was the beginning of Rhode Island, a
+colony where all men, whatever their religious belief might be, were
+welcome. Men who had been persecuted elsewhere on account of their
+religion were glad to go to Rhode Island, where they were allowed to
+worship as they pleased. And thus it soon grew to be a prosperous
+settlement.
+
+Roger Williams was a man of pure and noble soul. He did not seem to bear
+any grudge against the people of Massachusetts. For when, in 1637, the
+Pequots tried to get the Narragansett Indians to join them in a general
+uprising against the whites, and especially against those living in
+Massachusetts, he did all he could to frustrate their plans. At this
+time he set out one stormy day in his canoe to visit Canonicus, chief of
+the Narragansetts, and succeeded, at the risk of his life, in preventing
+the union of the two tribes against the whites.
+
+He died in 1683 at the age of eighty-four years. Although his judgment
+was not always wise, his motives were upright. In his struggle with the
+Puritans he was ahead of his age, which was not yet ready for such
+advanced ideas of religious toleration.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  SMALL NUMBER OF PILGRIMS AT PLYMOUTH.
+  THE PURITANS DECIDE TO GO TO AMERICA.
+  THEY ARE PEOPLE OF INFLUENCE IN ENGLAND.
+  THE PURITAN SETTLERS IN MASSACHUSETTS.
+  THE NEW ENGLAND VILLAGE.
+  THE MEETING-HOUSE; THE BLOCK-HOUSE; THE GREAT FIREPLACE.
+  MODES OF TRAVEL.
+  THE STRANGER WELCOMED.
+  EDUCATION.
+  PURITAN IDEAS OF SABBATH OBSERVANCE AND RELIGIOUS WORSHIP.
+  ROGER WILLIAMS COMES TO NEW ENGLAND.
+  HE WINS THE FRIENDSHIP OF THE INDIANS.
+  HE MAKES PURITAN ENEMIES.
+  THE PURITANS BANISH ROGER WILLIAMS.
+  HE ESCAPES IN MIDWINTER.
+  A LONELY JOURNEY THROUGH THE FOREST.
+  ROGER WILLIAMS MAKES A SETTLEMENT AT PROVIDENCE.
+  HE PREVENTS THE NARRAGANSETTS FROM JOINING THE PEQUOTS IN THEIR WAR.
+  DEATH OF ROGER WILLIAMS.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Picture to yourself the New England village; also the big
+  fire-place with the Puritan family gathered about the blazing
+  fire at night.
+
+  2. What do you admire in Roger Williams? How did he make many
+  Puritan enemies?
+
+  3. Write an account of his midwinter journey through the woods.
+
+  4. Tell how he befriended the people of Massachusetts at the
+  outbreak of the Pequot War.
+
+  5. How did the people of Providence feel about religious freedom?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+William Penn and the Settlement of Pennsylvania
+
+[1644-1718]
+
+[Illustration: William Penn.]
+
+
+The Pilgrims and Puritans were not the only people who had to suffer
+persecution in England because they did not believe in the doctrines and
+forms of worship of the Established Church. Under the leadership of
+George Fox there sprang up (about 1669) a peculiar religious sect called
+by themselves Friends and by others Quakers. These people were severely
+punished on account of their religious ideas.
+
+The central doctrine of their creed was that they were in all things led
+by the "inner light," as they called conscience, which revealed to them
+the will of God. Believing that all men were equal before the law, the
+Quaker always kept his hat on in public places as a sign of equality,
+refusing to uncover even in the presence of royalty. Other peculiar
+tenets of the Quakers were their unwillingness to take an oath in court;
+to go to war; to pay taxes in support of war; the use of "thee" and
+"thou" in addressing one another; and, as a protest against the rich and
+elegant dress of their time, the wearing of plain clothes of sober
+colors.
+
+Their disdain of familiar customs made them appear very eccentric, and
+their boldness of speech and action frequently brought upon them the
+punishment of the law. But they were fearless in their defiance, and
+even eager to suffer for the sake of their religious belief, some being
+fined, some cast into prison, some whipped, and some put to death. Not
+only in England, but in Massachusetts also, they were treated like
+criminals. The Puritan fathers hated and feared them so much that they
+banished Quakers from their colony, and even put some of them to death
+on account of their views on religion and government. But, as always,
+persecution only seemed to spread the faith, and soon this derided and
+abused sect included eminent converts.
+
+Among the most prominent was William Penn, who was born in London in
+1644, the son of Sir William Penn, a wealthy admiral in the British
+Navy. Conspicuous service to his country had won him great esteem at
+Court, and he naturally desired to give his son the best possible
+advantages.
+
+At the early age of sixteen, young William was sent to Oxford, where his
+studious habits and fine scholarship soon distinguished him. He became
+proficient in Greek and Latin, and learned to speak with ease the modern
+languages, French, German, Italian, and Dutch. Devoting a part of his
+time to athletics, he became a skilful oarsman and a leader in various
+out-door sports.
+
+While he was at Oxford, Penn heard Thomas Loe, a travelling Quaker,
+preach. The new doctrines, as expounded by Loe, took so deep a hold upon
+him, that he refused to attend the religious services of his college.[7]
+For this irregularity he was fined, together with some of his companions
+who were of the same mind. Disregarding the reproof, these conscientious
+young men even refused to wear the required college gown, and committed
+a yet graver offence against their college by tearing off the gowns from
+some of their fellow-students.
+
+  [7] Oxford University is composed of a number of colleges. The one
+      Penn attended was Christ Church College.
+
+By reason of these bold and unruly proceedings the college authorities
+expelled Penn in disgrace. His father was very angry at what he deemed
+his son's folly, and knowing that neither rebuke nor persuasion was
+likely to swerve the young man from his purpose, Admiral Penn decided to
+send William to Paris, with the hope that in the gay life of the French
+capital he might forget his Quaker ideas.
+
+Penn was now a strongly built young man of eighteen, with large eyes and
+long dark hair falling in curls about his shoulders. For a brief time he
+gave himself up to the fashionable social life of Paris. Later he
+engaged in study at school for something like a year, and then spent
+another year in travelling through France and Italy. When he returned to
+England after two years' absence, he was a cultivated young gentleman,
+very different from the sober youth who on leaving Oxford had been
+called by his companions "a Quaker or some other melancholy thing."
+
+[Illustration: WILLIAM PENN'S FAMOUS TREATY WITH THE INDIANS.]
+
+The following year, however, Penn's gay spirits were disturbed by the
+awful plague that fell upon London. The Admiral, noting the serious look
+and manner of his son, again sent him from home--this time to
+Ireland--for diversion. While Penn was in Ireland an insurrection broke
+out, and he volunteered as a soldier. Military life evidently appealed
+to him, for he caused a portrait of himself to be painted, in full
+armor.
+
+While still serving as a soldier, Penn learned that the Quaker, Thomas
+Loe, was preaching near by, and went to hear him once more. The Quaker
+ideas now took complete possession of him, and he embraced the new
+religion with his whole heart. A little later, when he was arrested in a
+Quaker meeting-house and thrown into prison, his father was indignant
+because William had brought upon his family such humiliating disgrace.
+
+After William's release from prison, however, the stern old Admiral in
+his great love for his son said he would forgive his peculiar customs if
+only he would remove his hat to his father, to the King, or to the Duke
+of York. But on praying over the matter, Penn said he could not do it.
+One day, on meeting the King, he had the boldness to stand with his hat
+on in the royal presence. Instead of getting angry, the fun-loving King
+Charles laughed and took off his own hat. "Why dost thou remove thy
+hat, friend Charles?" said William Penn. "Because," answered the King,
+"wherever I am it is customary for one to remain uncovered."
+
+But the Admiral's patience was by this time exhausted. He drove his
+wilful son from his presence, and told him to begone for all time.
+Fortunately for William, his mother begged for him, and so did others
+who recognized the earnest and sincere purpose of the young Quaker. His
+father therefore forgave him once more, and allowed him to return home.
+
+[Illustration: The Pennsylvania Settlement.]
+
+From this time on William Penn used his influence--which was by no means
+small--in behalf of the persecuted Quakers; but he had to suffer the
+consequences of his own fearlessness. Many times was he thrown into
+prison, there to remain, it might be, for months. Yet even in prison he
+spent his time in writing books and pamphlets, explaining and defending
+the Quaker religion. Indeed, his labors were unceasing, so firm was his
+faith in Quaker ideas.
+
+Soon his power for doing good was immensely increased. In 1670 his
+father died and left him a princely fortune which, true to his generous
+nature, he determined to use for the good of others, and especially for
+the good of the despised and persecuted Quakers.
+
+The Crown owed Penn's father about L16,000, which the King, with his
+extravagant habits, was not likely to pay for many a day. William Penn,
+therefore, decided to ask the King to pay the debt not in money but in
+land. The good-natured Charles, thinking this was an easy way to cancel
+the obligation, readily granted to William Penn an extensive tract of
+land lying on the west side of the Delaware River.
+
+[Illustration: Penn's Slate-roof House, Philadelphia.]
+
+Penn wished his new possession to be called Sylvania, or Woodland, but
+the King insisted upon calling it Pennsylvania, in honor of Penn's
+father. Upon receiving his grant, Penn at once sent word to the Quakers
+that in Pennsylvania they could find a home and a resting-place from
+their troubles.
+
+Penn's leading aim was to plant a self-governing colony, whose people
+should have justice and religious freedom. Hundreds of Quakers eagerly
+took advantage of the favorable opportunity which Penn thus offered to
+them. During the year 1681, when the first settlement was planted in
+Pennsylvania, something like 3,000 of them sailed for the Delaware
+River. The next year Penn himself sailed for America, although he left
+his wife and children behind.
+
+He selected the junction of the Delaware and Schuylkill rivers as the
+site for his city, and called it Philadelphia, or the City of Brotherly
+Love, in token of the spirit which he hoped might prevail throughout his
+colony. He laid out the city most carefully, giving the streets such
+names as Pine, Cedar, Mulberry, Walnut, and Chestnut, after the trees he
+found growing there.
+
+When the first settlers came to Philadelphia, some of them lived in
+caves which they dug in the high river-banks. The first houses, built of
+logs, were very simple, containing only two rooms and having no floor
+except the earth. Philadelphia grew so fast, however, that by 1684 it
+had 357 houses, many of which were three stories high, with cellars and
+balconies.
+
+[Illustration: A Belt of Wampum Given to Penn by the Indians.]
+
+As we might expect from a man of his even temper and unselfish spirit,
+Penn treated the Indians with kindness and justice, and won their
+friendship from the first. Although he held the land by a grant from the
+King of England, still he wished to satisfy the natives by paying them
+for their claims to the land. Accordingly, he called a council under the
+spreading branches of a now famous elm-tree, where he met the red men as
+friends, giving them knives, kettles, axes, beads, and various other
+things in exchange for the land. He declared that he was of the same
+flesh and blood as they; and highly pleased, the Indians in return
+declared that they would live in love with William Penn as long as the
+sun and moon should shine.
+
+Penn paid the Indians friendly visits, ate their roasted acorns and
+hominy, and joined them in their sports. One day while they were leaping
+and jumping in his presence, he suddenly "sprang up and beat them all."
+
+Penn soon returned to England, but many years later (1699) he came back
+to Pennsylvania with his wife and one daughter. As he was very wealthy,
+he had two homes, one in the city and another in the country. His
+country home, which was northeast of the city on the Delaware River,
+cost him $35,000. In this house were elegant furnishings, and here, in
+his large dining-hall, Penn lavishly entertained Englishmen, Swedes,
+Indians, negroes, and passing strangers who called at his door. We are
+told that his table was so bountiful that at one of his feasts the
+guests ate a hundred roast turkeys. The grounds about his country home
+were magnificent, containing various kinds of fruits and flowers, and in
+his stables were many horses.
+
+But notwithstanding these material blessings, Penn's life was not
+without trials and disappointments, which it is needless to dwell upon.
+Owing to his warm friendship for King James, he was suspected of
+plotting in his favor after the King was forced to leave England in
+1688. He was therefore more than once arrested, but in every case he
+was set free for lack of evidence against him. Many years later, on his
+refusal to pay a false claim made by his steward, he was thrown into
+prison, where his health was broken by confinement. He died in 1718. His
+life had been a hard struggle, but it had been successful, and had come
+to an honorable close.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE QUAKERS AND THEIR PECULIAR IDEAS.
+  PUNISHMENT OF THE QUAKERS IN ENGLAND AND IN MASSACHUSETTS.
+  WILLIAM PENN'S FATHER, ADMIRAL PENN.
+  WILLIAM PENN AT OXFORD UNIVERSITY.
+  HE TURNS QUAKER.
+  ADMIRAL PENN SENDS HIS SON TO PARIS.
+  WILLIAM PENN RETURNS TO ENGLAND.
+  HE BECOMES A SOLDIER IN IRELAND.
+  HE IS THROWN INTO PRISON.
+  THE STUBBORN YOUNG QUAKER.
+  PENN'S MOTHER BEGS FOR HIM.
+  THE KING'S GRANT TO WILLIAM PENN.
+  THE QUAKERS SETTLE IN PENNSYLVANIA.
+  THE CITY OF BROTHERLY LOVE.
+  PENN'S KIND AND JUST TREATMENT OF THE INDIANS.
+  HIS HOME LIFE.
+  HIS LAST DAYS.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Give some of the peculiar ideas of the Quakers.
+
+  2. Why was Penn thrown into prison? In what ways did he give
+  evidence of his stubbornness?
+
+  3. Why did he wish to settle Pennsylvania? Imagine the scene when
+  under the elm-tree Penn met the Indians and made a treaty with them.
+
+  4. Tell something about his home life.
+
+  5. What do you admire in Penn's character?
+
+  6. When did the Quakers settle Pennsylvania?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+Cavelier De La Salle and the French in the Mississippi Valley
+
+[1643-1687]
+
+[Illustration: Cavelier De La Salle.]
+
+
+The same year in which William Penn laid out Philadelphia and there made
+a treaty with the Indians, a noted Frenchman sailed down the Mississippi
+River, exploring it in the interests of France. This man was Robert
+Cavelier, Better known as La Salle, who, like many of his countrymen,
+was trying, just as the Spaniards and Englishmen had tried, to find or
+do something in America that would not only bring glory to his own name,
+but also wealth and honor to his fatherland. We have now to consider the
+work of the French in America.
+
+In 1534 Cartier, a French explorer, discovered the St. Lawrence, and
+sailed up the river as far as an Indian village on the present site of
+Montreal. He took possession of Canada in the name of the French King,
+and his favorable reports led to several unsuccessful attempts to plant
+settlements there.
+
+More than seventy years after the discovery of the St. Lawrence, another
+French explorer, Samuel de Champlain, sailed up the noble river. Much
+impressed with the great beauty of the St. Lawrence Valley and its
+wealth of forests and furs, he longed to bring all this vast new country
+under the control of France. In 1608 he planted the first permanent
+French settlement in Canada, at Quebec, and the following year
+discovered the lake which bears his name.
+
+Although Champlain loved his country and desired to increase its glory
+and power, he made an unfortunate blunder, which proved fatal to the
+best interests of France in the New World. In planting the settlement at
+Quebec, in 1608, he found that the neighboring tribes of Algonquin
+Indians were bitter enemies of the Mohawks, one of the Five Nations, or
+Iroquois, who lived in New York.
+
+[Illustration: Long House of the Iroquois.]
+
+The Algonquins begged him to join them in an attack upon the Mohawks,
+and he unwisely consented. Having gone up Lake Champlain with a
+canoe-party of sixty Indians, he landed near the site of Ticonderoga to
+fight a battle with two hundred hardy Mohawk warriors. Champlain, clad
+in light armor and gun in hand, advanced at the head of his war-party
+and, shooting into the ranks of the astonished Mohawks, who stood in
+battle array, brought to the earth two of their chiefs. The others fled
+in terror and confusion, while their enemies, Champlain's dusky allies,
+yelled with joy, and filled the woods with their terrible warwhoops.
+
+From that day, however, the Iroquois were the bitter enemies of the
+French, and this enmity seriously interfered with the successful
+carrying out of French plans. Having control of the St. Lawrence River,
+France greatly desired to get control of the Mississippi River as well.
+Once securing possession of these two great streams, she would come into
+possession of the wealth of the North American Continent.
+
+But the Iroquois Indians were strongly posted in the Mohawk River
+Valley, and thus held the key to the situation. In this way they blocked
+the path of the French, who wished to reach the Ohio and the Mississippi
+through Lake Erie and Lake Ontario. So the French were driven to seek a
+route farther north, a route which was much longer and more difficult.
+It would be well for you to trace on your map this roundabout way, which
+extended up the Ottawa River into Georgian Bay, through Lake Huron and
+Lake Michigan, across into the Illinois River, and through that into the
+Mississippi.
+
+In the same year that Champlain made the Iroquois bitter enemies of the
+French, Henry Hudson won their lasting friendship for the Dutch. About
+the time the Frenchman was fighting in the battle against the Mohawks at
+Ticonderoga, Hudson, with a crew of twenty men in the Half Moon, was
+sailing up the river that now bears his name. Instead of finding the
+short passage to the Pacific, for which he was searching in the
+interests of the Dutch, he discovered the great water-way to the
+interior. Having received just treatment from him, the Iroquois Indians
+became his friends and the friends of the Dutch settlers and traders
+that came later.
+
+From that time, in fact, these Iroquois Indians were as ready to sell
+their furs to the Dutch and to the English, who in 1664 took New York
+away from the Dutch, as they were to oppose the French and compel them
+to go many hundred miles out of their way in the tedious explorations in
+search of the Mississippi.
+
+This toilsome work of exploration was largely accomplished by the Jesuit
+missionaries. Fearless in their heroic efforts to advance their faith,
+they suffered all sorts of hardships, many being put to death, in their
+earnest struggle to bring religious truth to the ignorant red men of the
+woods. In their journeys through the forests and over the lakes, these
+Jesuit Fathers made many valuable discoveries and explorations which
+they carefully recorded in their journals.
+
+It was one of these missionaries, Father Marquette, who succeeded in
+reaching the waters of the Mississippi. Attended by Joliet and five
+other Frenchmen, he went, in 1673, as far down the mighty river as the
+mouth of the Arkansas. This was sixty-five years after Champlain made
+his settlement at Quebec.
+
+[Illustration: Map Showing Routes of Cartier, Champlain, and La Salle,
+also French and English Possessions at the Time of the Last French
+War.]
+
+But the most important of all the French explorations were made by the
+daring and tireless La Salle. He was born in France in 1643, and
+belonged to an old and rich family. Strong in mind and character, he
+received a good education, and became an earnest Catholic. With a heart
+ready to brave any danger in the achievement of glory for himself and
+for France, this young man at the age of twenty-three sailed for Canada.
+
+His plans, as finally worked out, were twofold: (1) To build forts and
+trading centres at various points along the St. Lawrence, the Great
+Lakes, and the Mississippi; and (2) to plant a colony at the mouth of
+the Mississippi. Wishing to get control of the rich fur trade for
+France, his forts and his colony would help to protect and further this
+trade, which could be carried on more easily by way of the Mississippi,
+than by way of the Great Lakes and the St. Lawrence. For along the
+latter route lay the hostile Iroquois, who were friendly to the Dutch
+and the English; and, moreover, the St. Lawrence was ice-bound nearly
+one-half of the year.
+
+Early in August, 1679, after long and weary efforts spent in
+preparation, La Salle launched on the Niagara River above the Falls, his
+little vessel, the Griffin, of forty tons burden, which was to bear him
+through the lakes on his way to the Mississippi.
+
+Nearly a year before starting, La Salle had sent up the lakes fifteen
+men to trade for furs. He expected them to have ready, against the time
+of his arrival, a cargo of furs to be sent back to Canada. For La Salle
+needed a great deal of money with which to buy provisions, ammunition,
+and tools, and to pay his men for their services. Besides, he wished to
+get cables, anchors, and rigging for a new vessel to be built on the
+Illinois River, for the purpose of making his expedition to the mouth of
+the Mississippi. The expected cargo of furs, taken back and sold in
+Canada, would give him the money he needed to carry out his plans.
+
+Having arrived at the head of Lake Huron, therefore, he collected the
+cargo awaiting him, loaded the Griffin with furs, and on September 18,
+1679, despatched it in charge of six men to Niagara. La Salle himself
+pushed on to the mouth of the St. Joseph River, where he built a fort,
+and waited long and anxiously for the Griffin's return. But he waited in
+vain, for he never heard from his vessel again. It was a great loss and
+a keen disappointment. After waiting long he continued his way, careworn
+and weary, with eight canoes and a party of thirty-three men.
+
+They rowed up the St. Joseph in search of the carrying-place leading to
+the head-waters of the Illinois River. On landing, La Salle started off
+alone to look for the pathway. In the midst of a blinding snow-storm he
+lost his bearings in the dense forest, and wandered until about two
+o'clock in the morning, when he found himself once more at the river,
+and fired his gun as a signal to the party.
+
+Then his eyes caught the welcome sight of a fire burning in the woods.
+Believing he was near his friends, he quickened his steps, only to find
+himself mistaken. Near the fire, under a tree, was a bed of dried grass
+which was still warm, and showed plainly that a man had but a few
+minutes before been lying there. Very likely the man was an Indian, who
+had been frightened off by the sound of the gun. La Salle carefully
+placed brush for a sort of barricade on each side of the newly found
+bed, and then lay down by the blazing fire and slept till daybreak. He
+did not find his friends until four o'clock next afternoon.
+
+On rejoining his party they made their way down the Illinois River,
+until their eyes fell upon some Indian wigwams on the forest-covered
+bank. The Indians, being friendly, received the Frenchmen with generous
+hospitality. They urged La Salle not to go down the Mississippi. They
+indeed said so much of the danger of the journey that six of La Salle's
+followers deserted, and another tried to poison him. These were sad days
+for La Salle and, like all his days, were beset with troubles and
+dangers. To protect himself from attack during the winter, he now
+planned the building of a fort which he called Crevecoeur, the French
+word for heartbreak, surely a fitting name.
+
+Up to this time the iron-willed La Salle had not given up hope of
+hearing from the Griffin, but now he decided that his vessel was lost.
+There was but one thing to do. He must make an overland journey to
+Canada, 1,500 miles away, to get supplies for his expedition down the
+Mississippi. It was a dangerous undertaking. But on March 1, 1680, with
+an Indian hunter and four Frenchmen, the dauntless explorer started in
+two canoes.
+
+The season was the worst in the year for such a journey. The ground was
+covered with melting snow, and the rivers in many places were frozen
+with ice, too thick to be broken by the boats. Much of the time the
+party had to pull the canoes on rough sleds overland or carry them on
+their shoulders until, a few days after starting, they hid them in the
+woods and pushed forward on foot to the head of Lake Michigan.
+
+Reaching that point, it was now necessary for them to thread their
+toilsome way through the deep forests of Southern Michigan to the head
+of Lake Erie. For three days the undergrowth was so thick with thorns
+that it tore their clothing into shreds, and scratched their faces until
+they were covered with blood. Another three days were spent in wading,
+sometimes up to their waists, in the mud and water of the flood-covered
+marshes. At night they would take off their clothing and, covering their
+bodies with blankets, lie down to sleep on some dry hillock. One frosty
+night their clothes froze so stiff that in the morning they had to be
+thawed by the fireside before they could be put on. Amid such exposure
+some of the men fell sick, and thus delayed the party. But early in May,
+at the end of sixty-five days, they reached Canada.
+
+As soon as he could arrange his affairs in Canada, La Salle again
+returned to the Illinois River and reached its mouth. But owing to fresh
+disappointments, he had to make still another journey through the
+wilderness to the base of his supplies on the St. Lawrence.
+
+Not until February 6, 1682, two years and a half after he first started
+out in the Griffin, and after three attempts to build a suitable vessel
+for the journey, did he float out upon the waters of the Mississippi to
+explore it; and at last he was obliged to make the journey in canoes.
+This time his party included fifty-four people--eighteen Indian
+warriors, ten squaws, three Indian children, and twenty-three Frenchmen.
+On reaching the mouth of the river he planted a column bearing the arms
+of France, and then, with imposing ceremonies, took possession of the
+great Mississippi Valley in the name of the French King, Louis XIV.,
+after whom he named the country Louisiana.
+
+By building forts and trading centres along his route, La Salle had
+carried out the first part of his plan. He now resolved to go to France
+and get men for a colony which he wished to plant at the mouth of the
+Mississippi, and thus carry out the second part.
+
+Having succeeded in France in fitting out this colony, he sailed with
+four vessels early in July, 1684, in search of the Mississippi River by
+way of the Gulf of Mexico. With his usual bad fortune, however, he
+missed its mouth and landed at Matagorda Bay, 400 miles to the west.
+Then followed many disasters, among which were loss of vessels and
+supplies, lack of food, sickness and death, and attacks by unfriendly
+Indians. For two years the wretched little colony struggled for life. La
+Salle was in sore distress. He knew he had many enemies among his men
+who would gladly take his life, but he hoped for help from France. No
+help came. It was plain to La Salle that he could save the suffering
+colony only by making his way to Canada. He therefore started out on
+January 12, 1687, with a party of seventeen men and five horses, on
+another long and dangerous journey through the dense forests--this time
+from the Gulf of Mexico to Canada.
+
+[Illustration: The Murder of La Salle by his Followers.]
+
+Travelling north, the party crossed the Brazos River and toiled onward
+to the Trinity River. But La Salle's men were tired of travelling
+through the forests, and some of them were thirsting for his blood. They
+were waiting only for a suitable opportunity to carry out their
+murderous purpose. On the morning of March 19th they lay in ambush, and
+shot him dead as he approached, probably not far from the Trinity River.
+
+La Salle's life was one of storm and peril; but he was as fearless as a
+lion. Ambitious for himself and for his country, he had room for little
+else in his life, His repeated failures brought criticism and lack of
+confidence from men who had loaned him large sums of money, and these
+criticisms hardened his spirit. Many enemies making him suspicious, he
+seemed to lose sympathy with his men, and became harsh in his treatment
+of them. But he did a great work for France, a work which entitles him
+to be regarded as one of the most remarkable of all the explorers of
+America.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE COMING OF THE FRENCH TO AMERICA.
+  CARTIER DISCOVERS THE ST. LAWRENCE.
+  CHAMPLAIN EXPLORES FOR FRANCE.
+  CHAMPLAIN'S FATAL GUNSHOT.
+  THE IROQUOIS BECOME BITTER ENEMIES OF THE FRENCH.
+  THE IROQUOIS FORCE THE FRENCH TO SEEK A ROUNDABOUT ROUTE TO THE
+      MISSISSIPPI RIVER.
+  HENRY HUDSON WINS FOR THE DUTCH THE FRIENDSHIP OF THE IROQUOIS.
+  VALUABLE WORK OF THE JESUIT MISSIONARIES.
+  FATHER MARQUETTE GOES DOWN THE MISSISSIPPI.
+  THE DARING AND TIRELESS LA SALLE.
+  HIS TWOFOLD PLANS.
+  HIS VOYAGE TO LAKE MICHIGAN IN THE GRIFFIN.
+  THE GRIFFIN SAILS BACK TO CANADA WITH A CARGO OF FURS.
+  LA SALLE LOST IN THE FOREST.
+  WITH FRIENDLY INDIANS ON THE BANKS OF THE ILLINOIS RIVER.
+  SAD DAYS FOR LA SALLE.
+  HE DECIDES TO MAKE AN OVERLAND JOURNEY TO CANADA.
+  TRAVEL IN THE DEEP FORESTS.
+  LA SALLE AT LAST REACHES THE MOUTH OF THE MISSISSIPPI.
+  HE GOES TO FRANCE.
+  HIS COLONY FAILS.
+  A LONG JOURNEY BEGUN.
+  LA SALLE MURDERED BY HIS MEN.
+  HIS CHARACTER AND HIS WORK.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What did Champlain accomplish? When? Why did the Iroquois
+  become bitter enemies of the French and warm friends of the Dutch?
+
+  2. What were La Salle's twofold plans? Trace his route through the
+  lakes to the mouth of the Mississippi.
+
+  3. Picture him lost in the forest, and spending the night alone.
+
+  4. Describe his overland journey to Canada.
+
+  5. How did his colony suffer? What do you admire in La Salle's
+  character?
+
+  6. What do the following dates mean: 1492, 1541, 1607, 1629, 1676,
+  1682?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+George Washington, the Boy Surveyor and Young Soldier
+
+[1732-1799]
+
+[Illustration: George Washington.]
+
+
+As a pioneer in leading the way along the Ohio and the Mississippi, La
+Salle did much for France. He hoped to do far more. His cherished dream
+was to build up in this vast and fertile territory an empire for France.
+But the French King foolishly feared that planting colonies in America
+would take too many of his subjects out of France, and refused to do
+that which might have made his new possessions secure. The opportunity
+thus neglected was seized fifty years later by the hardy English
+settlers who pushed westward across the Alleghany Mountains. This
+movement brought on a struggle between the two nations, a few events of
+which are important to mention.
+
+You will remember that two years after the coming of John Smith to
+Jamestown, Champlain sailed up the St. Lawrence and settled Quebec for
+the French. You will also recall that the French explorers, priests,
+and traders had been gradually making their way into the heart of the
+continent, by way of the Great Lakes, until at last La Salle glided down
+to the mouth of the Mississippi, and took possession of the land in the
+name of the French King. This was in 1681, the year the Quakers were
+settling Pennsylvania and fifty-two years before the settlement of
+Georgia, the youngest of the thirteen original colonies.
+
+Just one year before this last settlement there was born in Westmoreland
+County, Va., a boy who was to play a large part in the history not only
+of the Ohio and Mississippi valleys, but of the whole country. This boy
+was George Washington. He was born on February 22, 1732, in an
+old-fashioned Virginia farm-house, near the Potomac River, on what was
+known as Bridge's Creek Plantation. The house had four rooms on the
+ground floor, with an attic of long sloping roofs and an enormous brick
+chimney at each end.
+
+[Illustration: Washington's Birthplace.]
+
+George's father was a wealthy planter, owning land in four counties,
+more than 5,000 acres in all. Some of his lands were on the banks of the
+Rappahannock River, near which he had money invested in iron-mines. To
+this plantation the family removed when George was seven years old, the
+new home being nearly opposite Fredericksburg, then a small village.
+
+Here he was sent to a small school and taught by a man named Hobby, a
+sexton of the church and tenant of George's father. It was a simple sort
+of training the boy received from such a school-master. He learned a
+little reading, a little writing, and a little ciphering, but that was
+about all. Later in life he became a fairly good penman, writing a neat
+round hand; but he never became a good speller.
+
+When George was eleven years old his father died, leaving to him the
+home where they lived on the Rappahannock, and to his brother Lawrence
+the great plantation on the Potomac afterward called Mount Vernon.
+Lawrence went to live at Mount Vernon, while George remained with his
+mother at the house opposite Fredericksburg.
+
+Now left without a father, George received his home training from his
+mother. Fortunate, indeed, was he to have such a mother to teach him;
+for she was kind, firm, and had a strong practical sense. She loved her
+son, and he deeply appreciated her fond care of him. Some of George's
+youthful letters to his mother are full of interest. After the manner of
+the time he addressed her formally as "Honored Madam," and signed
+himself "Your dutiful son."
+
+[Illustration: WASHINGTON CROSSING THE ALLEGHANY RIVER]
+
+Nor was his mother the only strong and wholesome influence over his home
+life. His eldest brother, Lawrence, played an important part in shaping
+his character. According to the custom of those days, Lawrence, as the
+eldest son of a Virginia planter, would inherit the bulk of his father's
+estate. He was therefore sent to an excellent school in England, to
+receive the training which would fit him to be a gentleman and a leader
+in social life. For learning was not held in such high esteem as ability
+to look after the business of a large plantation and take a leading part
+in the public life of the county and the colony.
+
+With such a training Lawrence returned from England, a young man of
+culture and fine manners and well fitted to be a man of affairs. From
+this time on George, now only seven or eight years old, looked up to his
+brother, fourteen years his senior, with cordial admiration. Lawrence
+became George's model of manhood, and returned his younger brother's
+devotion with a tender love.
+
+Soon after the death of his father, the boy went to live with his
+brother Augustine on the Bridge's Creek Plantation, in order to have the
+advantages of a good school there. Many of his copy-books and books of
+exercises, containing such legal forms as receipts, bills and deeds, as
+well as pictures of birds and faces, have been preserved. In these books
+there are, also, his rules of conduct, maxims which he kept before him
+as aids to good behavior. The following are a few of them:
+
+"Every action in company ought to be with some sign of respect to those
+present.
+
+"When a man does all he can, though it succeeds not well, blame not him
+that did it.
+
+"Undertake not what you cannot perform, but be careful to keep your
+promise.
+
+"Speak not evil of the absent: for it is unjust.
+
+"Labor to keep alive in your breast that little spark of celestial fire
+called conscience."
+
+[Illustration: The English Colonies and the French Claims in 1754.]
+
+In George's school-days he heard many stories about wars with the
+Indians and about troubles between the English and the French colonies.
+Moreover, his brother Lawrence had been a soldier in the West Indies in
+a war between England and Spain, from which he had returned full of
+enthusiasm about what he had felt and seen. It was at this time that
+Lawrence changed the name of his plantation on the Potomac to Mount
+Vernon, in honor of Admiral Vernon, under whose command he had fought.
+
+Catching his brother's military spirit, George organized his boy friends
+into little military companies, and, as their commander, drilled them,
+paraded them, and led them in their sham battles in the school-yard.
+
+Naturally the boys looked to him as leader, for he was strong in mind
+and body, and fond of athletic sports. It is said that no boy of his age
+was his match in running, leaping, wrestling, and pitching quoits. His
+athletic skill expressed itself also in his fearless horsemanship. The
+story is told that he once mounted a colt that had successfully resisted
+all attempts to remain on his back. But George held on until the
+spirited animal, in a frenzy of effort to throw off the persistent young
+rider, reared, broke a blood-vessel, and fell dead. His keen enjoyment
+of a spirited horse, and of hunting in the freedom of woods and fields
+for such game as foxes, deer, and wild-cats, lasted to a late period of
+his life.
+
+George's good qualities were not confined to out-door sports requiring
+skill and physical strength alone. He was a manly boy, stout-hearted and
+truthful. All the boys trusted him because they knew he was fair-minded,
+and often called upon him to settle their disputes.
+
+But we must not think of him as a perfect boy, finding it easy always to
+do the right thing. George Washington had his faults, as some of the
+rest of us have. For instance, he had a quick temper which he found it
+hard to control. In fact, he found this a harder thing to do than many
+brave deeds for which he became famous in his manhood.
+
+The humdrum quiet of a Virginia plantation did not satisfy this alert
+boy longing for a life of action. He had heard from Lawrence about life
+on a war-vessel, and had also seen, year after year, the annual return
+to the plantation wharf of the vessel that carried a cargo of tobacco to
+England and brought back in exchange such goods as the planter needed.
+
+[Illustration: The French in the Ohio Valley.]
+
+Eager for a change of surroundings, he made all his plans to go to sea.
+The chest containing his clothing had been packed and sent down to the
+wharf, but at the last moment he yielded to his mother's persuasion, and
+gave up his cherished plan of becoming a sailor-boy. He was then
+fourteen years old.
+
+Returning to school, George continued to be careful and exact in all his
+work, his motto being "Whatever is worth doing at all is worth doing
+well." He was also methodical, and herein lay one of the secrets of his
+ability to accomplish so much when he came to manhood.
+
+His love of out-door sport gave him a natural bent for surveying, to
+the study of which he applied himself diligently. He soon became
+proficient enough to command confidence in his ability as a trustworthy
+surveyor.
+
+In the autumn of his sixteenth year he went to live with his brother
+Lawrence on the Mount Vernon plantation, where he spent much of his time
+in surveying. Here he met a man who exerted a large influence on his
+later life. This man was Lord Fairfax, a tall, courtly, white-haired
+English gentleman of about sixty years of age, who was living at
+Belvoir, a large plantation a few miles from Mount Vernon.
+
+At this time George was a shy, awkward youth, somewhat overgrown for his
+age, with long arms, and a tall, large frame. But in his serious face
+there was a sign of quiet self-control and firm purpose.
+
+The provincial youth of fifteen and the cultured English lord of sixty,
+though so far apart in age and experience, soon became close friends.
+They were much together. Sometimes they would spend the morning in
+surveying, and start out in the afternoon on their horses for a gay time
+in fox-hunting. They doubtless talked freely to each other, and as Lord
+Fairfax had seen much of the best English life and had read some of the
+best English books, he was an interesting companion to his earnest and
+thoughtful young friend.
+
+This warm friendship soon had a practical turn. Lord Fairfax owned an
+immense tract of country in the Shenandoah Valley--by some said to be as
+much as one-fifth of the present State of Virginia. Wishing to learn
+more about it and observing George to be exceedingly careful and
+accurate in his surveying, he decided to send him over the Blue Ridge
+into the wild region to find out and report to him something about the
+lands there.
+
+He was to have only one companion, George William Fairfax, who was the
+eldest son of Lord Fairfax's cousin, and was then about twenty-two years
+old. About the middle of March, 1748, when George Washington was barely
+sixteen years old, these two young fellows started out together on
+horseback, to travel through the forest a distance of 100 miles before
+they reached the Shenandoah Valley. They carried guns in their hands,
+for until their return about a month later they would have to depend
+mainly upon hunting for their supply of food. The account which George
+himself has left enables us to picture them riding alone through the
+forest with no road except perhaps, at times, a path made by Indians or
+wild animals.
+
+After reaching the wild country they had to live in the most primitive
+fashion. For instance, Washington tells of a night in a woodman's cabin
+when he had nothing but a mat of straw for his bed, with but a single
+blanket for cover, and that alive with vermin. He wrote in his diary: "I
+made a promise to sleep so no more, choosing rather to sleep in the open
+air before the fire."
+
+Again, in a letter to a friend, he says: "I have not slept above three
+or four nights in a bed, but, after walking a good deal all day, I have
+lain down before the fire upon a little hay, straw, fodder, or a
+bear-skin, with man, wife and children, like dogs and cats; and happy is
+he who gets the berth nearest the fire."
+
+Sometimes they tried life in a tent. Once in a storm the tent was blown
+over, and at another time the smoke from the fire drove the occupants
+out of doors. One night, according to the same diary, "we camped in the
+woods, and after we had pitched our tent, and made a large fire, we
+pulled out our knapsacks to recruit ourselves. Every one was his own
+cook. Our spits were forked sticks; our plates were large chips." As for
+bread, most of the time, if not all, they had none, and they drank only
+pure water from running streams.
+
+On another occasion they fell in with a war-party of painted warriors
+whom Washington and his friend Fairfax fearlessly joined, all gathering
+about a huge fire built under the trees. As the great logs blazed in the
+midst of the dark forest, the Indians joined in one of their wild, weird
+dances. They leaped to and fro, whooped and shrieked like mad beings,
+while one of their companions thumped upon a drum made by drawing a
+deer-skin across a pot filled with water, and another rattled a gourd
+containing shot and decorated with a horse's tail, "to make it look
+fine."
+
+It was a strange experience which these two youths had that month. But
+Washington was well paid, earning from $7 to $21 a day. On the return of
+the young surveyor to Mount Vernon his employer, Lord Fairfax, was so
+much pleased with the report that he secured his appointment as public
+surveyor. For the next three years George lived the life of a surveyor,
+spending much of his time with Lord Fairfax at his wilderness home,
+Greenway Court, not far from Winchester.
+
+During this time George was gaining valuable knowledge of the forest,
+and becoming so intimate with Indian life that, as people said, he came
+to walk like an Indian. His life in the woods developed fearlessness,
+patience, and self-reliance, qualities which, joined to his ability and
+character, inspired men's confidence and established his leadership.
+Governor Dinwiddie, of Virginia, appointed him an officer in the State
+militia, with the rank of major. And as an officer, his influence
+continued to increase.
+
+Some two years afterward his brother Lawrence died and left the Mount
+Vernon estate to his daughter, with George Washington as guardian. On
+her death, a little later, Washington became owner of the immense
+plantation at Mount Vernon, and hence a wealthy man.
+
+Fortune had favored him, and he might have chosen to enter upon a life
+of ease, but events soon occurred which called into action all his
+heroic qualities. The strife between the English and the French for
+control in the Ohio and Mississippi valleys was advancing rapidly toward
+war.
+
+The French had long considered this territory their own. We recall that
+La Salle had explored it, and attempted to plant colonies here. For
+many years, French explorers, priests, and traders had toiled on,
+patiently pushing their way through the forests, and planting stronghold
+after stronghold. At length, pressing closer on the English border, they
+began to build forts between Lake Erie and the head of the Ohio. For the
+English also had their eyes on the fertile valley of the Ohio, and were
+beginning to occupy it.
+
+At once a company composed largely of Virginia planters was organized
+for the purpose of making settlements in the Ohio Valley. Before they
+could do much, however, the French had boldly advanced far into
+territory claimed by England.
+
+The people of Virginia in alarm, said, "This advance must stop. What can
+be the plans of the French? How many are already in the forts lying
+between Lake Erie and the Ohio River?" Governor Dinwiddie and other
+Virginia gentlemen grew excited as they asked such questions. They
+decided, therefore, to send out to the French commander in the fort near
+Lake Erie, a trusty messenger who should ask by what right the French
+were invading a country belonging to England. This messenger was also to
+find out what he could about the forces of the French in that vicinity,
+and about their plans. Moreover, he was to make a strong effort to win
+over to the English the Indians, whose friendship the French were trying
+to gain. As a suitable man for this dangerous enterprise, all eyes
+turned to George Washington, still only twenty-one years of age.
+
+[Illustration: THE DEATH OF BRADDOCK.]
+
+The journey of 1,000 miles through trackless forests, in the bitter cold
+of Winter, did not offer a cheerful outlook. But on October 30, 1753,
+with seven companions, including an Indian and a French interpreter,
+George Washington started from Williamsburg. Stopping at Fredericksburg
+to bid good-by to his mother, he went on by way of Alexandria to
+Winchester, the familiar spot where he had spent many happy days with
+Lord Fairfax. Here he got horses and various supplies needed for his
+journey.
+
+From Winchester the little band of men moved forward to Will's Creek
+(now Cumberland, Md.), and then plunged boldly into the forest. From
+that time on, the difficulties of the journey were wellnigh
+overwhelming; but by perseverance in climbing lofty mountains and in
+swimming rivers swollen by heavy rains, the end of their journey was at
+last reached.
+
+On receiving an answer from the French commander, who promised nothing,
+Washington started back home. The horses soon proved too weak to make
+much headway through the dense forests and deep snow, and it seemed best
+to push on without them. He also left behind him all of his party except
+a trusty woodsman. Then putting on an Indian costume with a heavy cloak
+drawn over it, he strapped upon his back the pack containing his papers
+and, gun in hand, started off. A little later they were joined by an
+Indian guide, who soon gave evidence of his treachery by suddenly
+turning and discharging his gun at Washington.
+
+Washington had another narrow escape from death. He had expected on
+reaching the Alleghany River to cross on the ice, but to his dismay he
+found the ice broken up and the stream filled with whirling blocks.
+There was no way of getting over except on a raft which he and his
+companion had to make with a single hatchet. Having at last finished it,
+they pushed off, and then began a desperate struggle with the current
+and, great blocks of floating ice. Washington, in trying to guide the
+raft with a pole, was thrown violently into the water. By catching hold
+of one of the raft logs he recovered himself, and by heroic effort
+succeeded in reaching an island nearby. Here the travellers suffered
+through a night of intense cold, not daring to kindle a fire for fear of
+the Indians.
+
+On January 16th they reached Williamsburg, where Washington delivered to
+Governor Dinwiddie the unsatisfactory letter he had brought from the
+French commander. Although the result of the expedition was not what the
+Virginians had hoped for, Washington had so well succeeded in carrying
+out his perilous mission that he was highly praised for his effort.
+
+The defiant answer of the French commander made it seem probable to the
+people of Virginia that war would follow. Therefore a company of men was
+sent out to build a fort at the place where the Alleghany and
+Monongahela rivers unite to form the Ohio. Washington's quick eye had
+noted the importance of this site, afterward known as the "Gateway of
+the West."
+
+In the meantime Washington was drilling men for service, and in April he
+set out with the rank of lieutenant-colonel with two companies for the
+frontier. He had not gone very far when he learned that the French had
+driven off with a large force the men who had been sent to the head of
+the Ohio to build a fort; but he continued his march. When a little
+later the approach of a small body of French was reported, the
+Virginians surprised them, killing, wounding, or capturing all but one.
+Colonel Washington was in the thickest of the fight, and wrote in a
+letter, "I heard the bullets whistle and, believe me, there is something
+charming in the sound."
+
+After this fight, which began the war, Washington returned to Great
+Meadows, and, learning that a large body of French were marching against
+him, hastily threw up rough earthworks, which he called Fort Necessity.
+When attacked soon after by two or three times his own number, the brave
+young colonel did not shrink. For nine hours, in a heavy downpour of
+rain, he and his sturdy followers stood up to their knees in mud and
+water in the trenches. Being so greatly outnumbered, his troops were of
+course defeated, but the House of Burgesses gave their commander a vote
+of thanks in recognition of his bravery.
+
+The war now began in bitter earnest, and England promptly sent over
+troops, with General Braddock in command. When on reaching Virginia he
+heard of Colonel Washington, Braddock appointed him a member of his
+staff. Colonel Washington soon discovered that General Braddock was not
+the man to handle an army in woodland warfare. He would gladly have
+advised him, but the haughty British general would hear no suggestions
+from a colonial officer.
+
+With 2,000 soldiers, General Braddock marched against the French,
+stationed at Fort Duquesne at the head of the Ohio. On the morning of
+July 9th, when the army was only eight miles from the fort, it was
+suddenly attacked by the French and Indians, who lay in ambush in the
+thick forest. The English soldiers, standing in solid masses, were shot
+down by squads, but the Virginians fought from behind trees in true
+Indian fashion.
+
+Braddock, who has been rightly called a gallant bull-dog, rode madly to
+and fro, giving orders to his men, but in vain. He shortly fell from his
+horse, with a mortal wound. The manly figure of Colonel Washington was a
+conspicuous mark for the enemy's guns. Two horses fell under him; four
+bullets tore through his clothing; but he escaped injury.
+
+The result was a sore defeat for the English army. It lost 700 men out
+of 2,000, and three-fourths of its officers. Nothing but retreat could
+be thought of. The brave but narrow-minded Braddock had made an enormous
+and expensive blunder.
+
+After Braddock's defeat Washington was given command of the Virginia
+troops. Later in the war he led an expedition against Fort Duquesne, as
+Braddock had done. But on hearing of his approach the French fled. The
+war having subsided in the Ohio Valley, Washington resigned his
+commission, returned to Mount Vernon, and soon afterward married Mrs.
+Martha Custis, a rich young widow.
+
+We have seen him first as a robust lad, then as a fearless woodsman, and
+later as a brave soldier. We will leave him for a while at Mount Vernon,
+where in the refined society of old Virginia he came to be equally well
+known as a high-bred gentleman.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  LA SALLE'S DREAM.
+  THE FRENCH AND THE ENGLISH COLONIES.
+  GEORGE WASHINGTON'S EARLY HOME.
+  HIS SCHOOL-TRAINING.
+  GEORGE AND HIS MOTHER.
+  INFLUENCE UPON GEORGE OF HIS BROTHER LAWRENCE.
+  GEORGE'S RULES OF CONDUCT.
+  THE BOY SOLDIER.
+  THE YOUNG ATHLETE.
+  THE FAIR-MINDED, TRUTHFUL BOY.
+  GEORGE'S SELF-CONTROL.
+  HIS LONGING TO BECOME A SAILOR BOY.
+  EXACTNESS AND METHOD IN WORK.
+  THE YOUNG SURVEYOR.
+  THE SHY, AWKWARD YOUTH AND LORD FAIRFAX.
+  SURVEYING IN THE FORESTS OF THE SHENANDOAH VALLEY.
+  LIFE IN THE WOODS; AN INDIAN DANCE.
+  WITH LORD FAIRFAX AT GREENWAY COURT.
+  WASHINGTON, THE YOUNG SOLDIER.
+  WASHINGTON BECOMES A WEALTHY PLANTER.
+  THE FRENCH ADVANCE INTO THE OHIO VALLEY.
+  WASHINGTON'S PERILOUS JOURNEY.
+  THE RETURN ON FOOT; TWO NARROW ESCAPES.
+  WASHINGTON IN THE FIGHT THAT BEGINS THE WAR.
+  HIS DEFEAT AT GREAT MEADOWS.
+  A MEMBER OF BRADDOCK'S STAFF.
+  BRADDOCK'S CRUSHING DEFEAT.
+  WASHINGTON RETIRES TO MOUNT VERNON.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Write on the following topics, using a paragraph for each:
+  George Washington's early home; his school-training; George and
+  his mother; the boy soldier; the young athlete; the truthful boy.
+
+  2. It would be well for you to commit to memory George's rules of
+  conduct.
+
+  3. Give an account of the young surveyor's life in the woods out
+  in the Shenandoah Valley. Imagine the two young fellows riding
+  alone through the forest, and the scene in the woods when the
+  Indians danced by the huge fire.
+
+  4. Trace on your map Washington's perilous journey to the French
+  forts. What was the purpose of this journey? Travel in
+  imagination with Washington on his return to Williamsburg, and
+  tell, in the first person, some of your experiences.
+
+  5. What do you think of General Braddock? In what way was he
+  defeated? This was one of the battles of the Last French War.
+  What caused this war?
+
+  6. Find as many words as you can that describe George Washington.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+James Wolfe, the Hero of Quebec
+
+[1727-1759]
+
+[Illustration: James Wolfe.]
+
+
+We have just seen how the English and the French struggled to get
+control of the Ohio Valley. But the fighting in the Last French War was
+not confined to this region. Many of the battles were fought to secure
+control of two waterways. One of these was the route to Canada,
+including Lakes George and Champlain, and the other was the St. Lawrence
+River. Indeed, the crowning feature of the Last French War was the
+heroic effort made by a young English general to capture Quebec.
+
+This young general was James Wolfe. He was born in the southeastern part
+of England in 1727. From his father, who was an officer in the English
+army, he inherited a love for the soldier's life. But in all the trials
+and dangers to which he was exposed in his short and stormy career, he
+continued to be a devoted son, his love for his mother being especially
+tender and sincere. With her he kept up a regular correspondence, in
+which he freely expressed his inmost thoughts and feelings.
+
+When only sixteen years of age he was sent to Flanders as an adjutant in
+a regiment of the English army. Here, by faithful and thorough work, he
+won promotion and soon, through bravery and skill, received an
+appointment as brigadier-general. At the age of thirty-two he was sent
+to America to assist in an expedition to Louisburg, and played a large
+part in the capture of that stronghold.
+
+He presented an awkward figure. At that time he was tall and slender,
+with long limbs, narrow shoulders, and red hair tied in a queue behind.
+His face was plain, with receding chin and forehead, and up-turned nose.
+But his keen, bright eyes, full of energy and fearlessness, gave him an
+attractive countenance and revealed a heroic nature.
+
+His health was never robust. As a child he was delicate, and as a youth
+he had frequent attacks of illness. But his resolute will and his high
+ideals enabled him to do what others of a different mould would never
+have attempted. He was governed, too, by an overmastering sense of duty,
+which was his most striking trait.
+
+Although at times extremely impatient, his tenderness and frankness of
+nature easily won enduring friendships. His soldiers loved him so dearly
+that they were willing to follow him through any dangers to victory or
+death.
+
+After the capture of Louisburg, Wolfe was so worn by the demands upon
+his strength that he returned to England and went to Bath for treatment.
+At this time he met Miss Katherine Lowther, to whom he soon became
+engaged.
+
+[Illustration: Quebec and Surroundings.]
+
+But he was not long to remain inactive, for his country needed him. The
+great William Pitt, who had now become the head of affairs in England,
+saw in this fearless young general a fitting leader for a dangerous and
+difficult enterprise. This was an expedition against Quebec, the
+strongest and most important position held by the French in America.
+
+The French army at Quebec, commanded by General Montcalm, numbered more
+than 16,000 men, consisting of Frenchmen, Canadians, and Indians. But
+some were boys of fifteen, and others old men of eighty. Here they
+awaited Wolfe, whose army numbered 9,000.
+
+By June 21, 1759, Wolfe's fleet lay at anchor in the north channel of
+the island of Orleans, not far below Quebec. Then began a time of trial
+and discouragement to the young commander, who vainly looked for a point
+from which he might hope to make a successful attack.
+
+In the meantime his soldiers were suffering from intense heat and
+drenching rains. Much sickness was the natural result. Wolfe, anxious
+with doubt, himself fell a victim to a burning fever. But he would not
+give up. He said to his physician, "I know perfectly well you cannot
+cure me. But pray make me up so that I can be without pain for a few
+days, and able to do my duty. That is all I want." Although racked with
+pain, he went from tent to tent among his men, trying to encourage them.
+
+During several weeks there was fighting now and then in the neighborhood
+of Quebec. On July 31st Wolfe's troops made a determined attack upon the
+French on the heights just north of the Montmorency River. The English
+advanced, in the face of a heavy, blinding rain, with great heroism, but
+were forced to retire without having gained a foothold.
+
+[Illustration: General Montcalm.]
+
+Thus the summer wore on near to its close. In desperation, Wolfe decided
+upon a bold move. He determined to sail up the river, land above Quebec,
+scale the steep and rugged cliffs there, and compel the French to fight
+a battle or surrender the city.
+
+The most serious difficulty was to find a way to scale the cliffs. At
+last one day came a glimmer of hope. For looking through a telescope
+from the south side of the river, the resolute young commander
+discovered a narrow path leading up the frowning heights not far from
+the town. "Here," he quickly decided, "I will land my men."
+
+Promptly, eagerly, he began to lay his plans. On the morning of
+September 7th, in order to conceal from Montcalm their real purpose, the
+British, in gay red uniforms, embarked and sailed up and down the St.
+Lawrence, as if looking for a landing-place. On September 12th, the
+fatal time set for decisive action, some of the English vessels, with a
+large body of troops on board, hovered about the shore below Quebec, as
+if to force a landing there. Montcalm was completely deceived. The ruse
+had succeeded.
+
+Meanwhile the main body of English troops, which was to make ready a
+landing, was quietly anchored in the river above Quebec. Twenty-four
+brave men volunteered as leaders to scale the cliffs. These men took
+their places in the foremost boat.
+
+At two o'clock in the morning Wolfe gave the order to advance. It was a
+starlit night, but as there was no moon, it was dark enough to conceal
+the movements of the English. For two hours the long procession of boats
+filled with soldiers floated silently down the river. The brave young
+Wolfe, calm and masterful, was in one of the foremost boats. Fully
+expecting to be killed in the coming battle, he had, earlier in the
+evening, given to an old school-friend the portrait of his betrothed,
+Miss Lowther, which he had long worn about his neck. He said to his
+friend, "Give this to Miss Lowther, if I am killed."
+
+[Illustration: THE DEATH OF WOLFE.]
+
+We can imagine the strain upon Wolfe's feelings during the two hours in
+which the boats floated downstream. Perhaps it was to relieve this
+strain that he repeated in a quiet voice Gray's "Elegy in a Country
+Churchyard." He seemed to dwell with peculiar feeling upon the last line
+in the following stanza:
+
+  The boast of heraldry, the pomp of power,
+    And all that beauty, all that wealth e'er gave,
+  Await alike the inevitable hour,
+    The paths of glory lead but to the grave.
+
+On coming to the end of the poem, he said, "Gentlemen, I would rather
+have written those lines than take Quebec."
+
+When they had almost reached their landing-place they heard a sudden
+call from a French sentry, "_Qui vive!_" "_France_," replied one of
+Wolfe's officers, who spoke French. "_A quel regiment?_" "_De la
+Reine_," was the reply, and thinking the boats were under the control of
+Frenchmen carrying provisions to Montcalm, the sentry let them pass.
+Later when challenged by another sentry, the same English officer said
+in French: "Provision-boats. Don't make a noise--the English will hear
+us."
+
+At length they came to the spot since called Wolfe's Cove, and there
+landed. The twenty-four volunteers clambered up the path in the darkness
+and, reaching the top, surprised the small number of Frenchmen stationed
+there, and quickly overpowered them. It was with much difficulty that
+Wolfe's army succeeded, by seizing hold of trees and bushes, in getting
+to the top with muskets, cannons, and supplies.
+
+At daybreak, Wolfe chose as the field of battle the Plains of Abraham,
+a high stretch of land extending along the river just above the town.
+
+The brave Montcalm, in doubt and perplexity, had spent a sleepless night
+pacing to and fro. When told of the landing of the English troops he
+rode up from his camp to see what was going on. Amazed at the "silent
+wall of red" presented by the English army drawn up in battle array, he
+said, "This is a serious business."
+
+Wolfe, anxious but calm, rode to and fro, inspiring his soldiers with
+confidence. "Victory or death" was their watchword, for in case of
+failure retreat was impossible.
+
+By ten o'clock the French were in line of battle, ready for the onset.
+With loud shouts, they rushed upon the English. But the latter, waiting
+quietly until the enemy was only forty paces away, met them with a
+withering fire that strewed the ground with dead and dying men. While
+the French were wavering, the English fired another deadly volley, and
+then with victorious shouts rushed headlong upon the confused ranks.
+
+The fighting was stubborn and furious, and Wolfe was in the thickest of
+the fray. While he was leading a charge, a bullet tore through his
+wrist. Quickly wrapping his handkerchief about the wound, he dashed
+forward until he was for the third time struck by a bullet, this time
+receiving a mortal wound. Four of his men bore him in their arms to the
+rear, and wished to send for a surgeon; but Wolfe said, "There's no
+need; it's all over with me." A little later, hearing someone cry "They
+run; see how they run!" he asked, "Who runs?" "The enemy, sir. Egad,
+they give way everywhere!" Then said Wolfe in his last moments, "Now,
+God be praised. I will die in peace."
+
+Montcalm, too, died like a hero. Shot through the body, he was supported
+on either side as he passed through the town; but when he heard cries of
+distress and pity from his friends and followers, he said, "It's
+nothing, it's nothing; don't be troubled for me, good friends." Being
+told that he could not live many hours, he exclaimed, "Thank God, I
+shall not live to see Quebec surrendered." A few days later Quebec came
+into the hands of the English. Its fall meant the loss to France of all
+her possessions in North America except two small islands for
+fishing-stations in the Gulf of St. Lawrence.
+
+The treaty of peace at the end of the war, called the Last French
+War,[8] was signed at Paris in 1763. By this treaty France ceded to
+Spain all the territory between the Mississippi River and the Rocky
+Mountains; also the town of New Orleans, controlling the navigation of
+the Mississippi. To England she gave Canada and all the territory east
+of the Mississippi. Thus by a single final blow did Wolfe so weaken the
+hold of the French upon North America, as to compel them to give up
+practically all they had there.
+
+  [8] This war has sometimes been called the Old French War, and
+      sometimes the French and Indian War.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE CROWNING FEATURE OF THE LAST FRENCH WAR.
+  WOLFE'S LOVE FOR HIS MOTHER.
+  THE YOUNG SOLDIER.
+  WOLFE'S PERSONAL APPEARANCE.
+  HIS CHARACTER.
+  WOLFE SENT ON AN EXPEDITION AGAINST QUEBEC.
+  HIS TRIALS AND DIFFICULTIES.
+  HE DISCOVERS A STEEP PATHWAY.
+  HE DECEIVES MONTCALM.
+  HIS ARMY FLOATS DOWN THE RIVER.
+  THE ENGLISH REACH THE ROCKY HEIGHTS.
+  "VICTORY OR DEATH!"
+  THE CLASH OF BATTLE.
+  WOLFE AND MONTCALM RECEIVE MORTAL WOUNDS.
+  THE FRENCH SURRENDER QUEBEC.
+  END OF THE LAST FRENCH WAR.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. How did Wolfe look, and what were his most striking personal
+  traits?
+
+  2. What were his trials and difficulties at Quebec?
+
+  3. Picture his army floating down the river on the way to the
+  battle-field; also the soldiers climbing the steep heights.
+
+  4. Describe the battle, going in imagination with Wolfe at the
+  head of his men.
+
+  5. Why was the capture of Quebec by the English so important?
+
+  6. Are you forming the habit of looking up on your map all the
+  places mentioned in the text? If you wish to become strong in
+  history, such a habit will be invaluable.
+
+  7. Remember that the Last French War began in 1756 and ended in
+  1763.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+Patrick Henry and the Stamp Act
+
+[1736-1799]
+
+[Illustration: Patrick Henry.]
+
+
+With the fall of Quebec, France lost her hold of nearly all the
+territory in North America that she had acquired through the energy and
+heroism of her explorers. England profited by this loss, but England
+herself had soon to meet with a misfortune far heavier--the loss of all
+her colonies east of the Alleghanies and along the Atlantic coast. Very
+soon after the close of the Last French War, she began, under the lead
+of the dull-witted King George, to treat them with so much injustice and
+oppression that in self-defence they were driven to take up arms for the
+security of their rights as a free-born people. The result was the
+American Revolution, which began in 1775 and ended in 1783. How this
+Revolution came to be, is one of the most interesting chapters in our
+history. Let us now trace the course of events leading to its outbreak.
+
+After the close of the Last French War, England was heavily in debt. As
+this debt had been incurred largely in defence of the English colonies
+in America, George III., King of England, believed that the colonies
+should help to carry the burden. Moreover, as he intended to send them a
+standing army for their protection, he deemed it wise to levy upon them
+a tax for its support.
+
+Parliament, therefore, which was composed largely of the King's friends,
+ready to do his bidding, passed a law called the Stamp Act. This
+required the colonists to use stamps upon their newspapers and upon
+legal documents, the price of stamps ranging from a half-penny to twelve
+pounds. The King thought this tax would be just because it would fall
+upon all the colonists alike.
+
+But the colonists were of a different mind; for England had not fought
+the Last French War so much to defend them as to protect her own trade.
+Besides, they had already paid a reasonable share of the war expenses,
+and had furnished a fair proportion of soldiers for battle. They had
+always given their share toward the expenses of their defence, and were
+still willing to do so. If the King would ask them for a definite sum,
+they would raise it through their Colonial Assemblies. But they strongly
+objected to any English tax.
+
+These Colonial Assemblies were composed of men who represented the
+colonists and made laws for the colonists. Therefore the colonists were
+willing to pay any taxes levied by the Assemblies. As free-born
+Englishmen they objected to paying taxes levied by Parliament, which did
+not represent them. Parliament might levy taxes upon the people of
+England, whom it did represent. But only the Colonial Assemblies could
+tax the colonists, because they alone represented the colonists. In
+other words, as James Otis in a stirring speech had declared, there must
+be "No taxation without representation."
+
+George III. could not understand the feelings of the colonists, and he
+had no sympathy with their views. His mother had said to him when he was
+crowned, "George, be King," and this advice had pleased him. For he was
+wilful, and desired to have his own way as a ruler. Thus far he had
+shown little respect for the British Parliament, and he felt even less
+for Colonial Assemblies. Certainly if he was to rule in his own way in
+England, he must compel the obedience of the stubborn colonists in
+America. The standing army which the King wished to send to America was
+designed not so much to protect the colonies as to enforce the will of
+the King, and this the colonists knew. They therefore opposed with
+bitter indignation the payment of taxes levied for the army's support.
+
+Patrick Henry was one of many who were willing to risk everything in
+their earnest struggle against the tyrannical schemes of King George.
+Patrick Henry was born in 1736 in Hanover County, Va. His father was a
+lawyer of much intelligence, and his mother belonged to a fine old
+Welsh family. As a boy, Patrick's advantages at school were meagre, and
+even these he did not appreciate. Books were far less attractive to him
+than his gun and fishing-rod. With these he delighted to wander through
+the woods searching for game, or to sit on the bank of some stream
+fishing by the hour. When out-door sports failed, he found delight at
+home in his violin.
+
+[Illustration: George III.]
+
+When he was fifteen years old, his father put him into a country store,
+where he remained a year. He then began business for himself, but he
+gave so little attention to it that he soon failed. He next tried
+farming, and afterward storekeeping again, but without success.
+
+At length he decided to practise law, and after six months' study
+applied for admission to the bar. Although he had much difficulty in
+passing the examination, he had at last found a vocation which suited
+him. He did well in his law practice; but we must pass over this part of
+his life in order that we may go with him to Williamsburg. He went there
+in 1765, soon after the passage of the Stamp Act by the English
+Parliament, to attend the session of the Virginia House of Burgesses, of
+which he had been elected a member.
+
+We get a vivid picture of our hero at this period of his career as he
+rides on horseback toward Williamsburg, carrying his papers in his
+saddle-bags. John Esten Cooke says of him: "He was at this time just
+twenty-nine, tall in figure, but stooping, with a grim expression, small
+blue eyes which had a peculiar twinkle, and wore a brown wig without
+powder, a 'peach-blossom coat,' leather knee-breeches, and yarn
+stockings."
+
+There was great excitement in Williamsburg, and it was a time of grave
+doubt. What should be done about the Stamp Act? Should the people of
+Virginia tamely submit to it and say nothing? Should they urge
+Parliament to repeal it? or should they cry out against it in open
+defiance?
+
+Most of the members were wealthy planters, men of dignity and influence.
+These men spoke of England as the "Mother" of the colonies, and were so
+loyal in their attachment that the idea of war was hateful to them.
+Certainly, the thought of separation from England they could not
+entertain for a moment.
+
+But Patrick Henry was eager for prompt and decisive action. Having
+hastily written, on a blank leaf taken from a law-book, a series of
+resolutions, he rose and offered them to the assembly. One of these
+resolutions declared that the General Assembly of the colony had the
+sole right and power of laying taxes in the colony.
+
+A hot debate followed, in the course of which Patrick Henry, ablaze with
+indignation, arose and addressed the body. His speech closed with these
+thrilling words: "Caesar had his Brutus, Charles the First his Cromwell,
+and George the Third--" "Treason! Treason!" shouted voices from the
+stormy assembly. Pausing a moment in a fearless attitude, the young
+orator calmly added, "may profit from their example. If this be treason
+make the most of it." The resolutions were passed.
+
+It was a great triumph for the young orator, who now became the "idol of
+the people." As he was going out of the door at the close of the
+session, one of the plain people gave him a slap on the shoulder,
+saying, "Stick to us, old fellow, or we are gone!"
+
+The note of defiance sounded by Patrick Henry at this time vibrated
+throughout America, and encouraged the colonists to unite against the
+oppressive taxation imposed upon them through the influence of the
+stubborn and misguided King George.
+
+But the English people as a whole did not support the King. Many of
+them, among whom were some of England's wisest statesmen, believed he
+was making a great mistake in trying to tax the Americans without their
+consent. Said William Pitt, in a stirring speech in the House of
+Commons: "Sir, I rejoice that America has resisted. Three millions[9] of
+people so dead to all the feelings of liberty as voluntarily to submit
+to be slaves, would have been fit instruments to make slaves of all the
+rest."
+
+  [9] This number is too large. Two millions is nearer the truth.
+
+In the ten years following the passage of the Stamp Act, events in
+America moved rapidly. Some of these we shall learn more about a little
+later. It is sufficient here to say that the colonial merchants refused
+to import goods so long as the Stamp Act was in effect; that their
+action caused the merchants, manufacturers, and ship-owners in England
+to lose money heavily; that these merchants and ship-owners at once
+begged Parliament to repeal the Stamp Act; and that Parliament did
+repeal it one year after its passage.
+
+[Illustration: St. John's Church, Richmond.]
+
+Ten years after Patrick Henry's eloquent speech at Williamsburg against
+the Stamp Act, the people of Virginia were again deeply aroused; for
+King George, acting through Parliament, had sent 3,000 soldiers to
+Boston to force her unruly people and those of Massachusetts to obey
+certain of his commands. Virginia having given her hearty support to the
+people of Massachusetts, the royal Governor of Virginia drove the
+Colonial Assembly away from Williamsburg. But the people of Virginia,
+resolute in defence of their rights, elected a convention of their
+leading men, who met at old St. John's Church in Richmond, a church
+which is yet standing. Excitement was widespread, and thoughtful men
+grew serious at the war-cloud growing blacker every hour.
+
+Virginians had already begun to make preparations to fight if they must.
+But many still hoped that the disagreements between the Americans and
+King George might be settled, and therefore believed that they should
+act with great caution. Patrick Henry thought differently. He was
+persuaded that the time had come when talk should give place to prompt,
+energetic, decisive action. The war was at hand. It could not be
+avoided. The Americans must fight, or tamely submit to be slaves.
+
+Believing these things with all the intensity of his nature, he offered
+a resolution that Virginia should at once prepare to defend herself.
+Many of the leading men stoutly opposed this resolution as rash and
+unwise.
+
+At length Patrick Henry arose, his face pale and his voice trembling
+with deep emotion. Soon his stooping figure became erect. His eyes
+flashed fire. His voice rang out like a trumpet. As he continued, men
+leaned forward in breathless interest, thrilled by his magical words:
+
+"We must fight! I repeat it, sir, we must fight! An appeal to arms and
+to the God of Hosts is all that is left us! They tell us, sir, that we
+are weak; unable to cope with so formidable an adversary. But when shall
+we be stronger? Will it be the next week, or the next year? Will it be
+when we are totally disarmed, and when a British guard shall be
+stationed in every house? Shall we gather strength by irresolution and
+inaction? Shall we acquire the means of effectual resistance by lying
+supinely on our backs and hugging the delusive phantom of hope, until
+our enemies shall have bound us hand and foot? Sir, we are not weak, if
+we make a proper use of the means which the God of nature hath placed
+in our power.... There is no retreat, but in submission and slavery! Our
+chains are forged! Their clanking may be heard on the plains of Boston!
+The war is inevitable--and let it come! I repeat it, sir, let it come!
+
+"It is in vain, sir, to extenuate the matter. Gentlemen may cry peace,
+peace--but there is no peace. The war is actually begun! The next gale
+that sweeps from the North will bring to our ears the clash of
+resounding arms! Our brethren are already in the field! Why stand we
+here idle? What is it that gentlemen wish? What would they have? Is life
+so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains
+and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I know not what course others may
+take; but as for me, give me liberty, or give me death!"
+
+This wonderful speech made a deep impression not only in Virginia but
+throughout the colonies. The next month the war began at Lexington and
+Concord. A little later Patrick Henry was made commander-in-chief of the
+Virginia forces, and later still was elected Governor of Virginia.
+
+At the age of fifty-eight he retired to an estate in Charlotte County,
+called "Red Hill," where he lived a simple and beautiful life. He died
+in 1799. His influence in arousing the people of Virginia and of the
+other colonies to a sense of their rights as freemen cannot easily be
+measured. Without doubt his impassioned oratory played a most important
+part in shaping the course of events which resulted in the Revolutionary
+War.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION.
+  GEORGE THE THIRD'S PLAN TO TAX THE COLONIES IN SUPPORT OF A
+      STANDING ARMY.
+  THE STAMP ACT.
+  THE COLONISTS OBJECT TO THE STAMP ACT; "NO TAXATION WITHOUT
+      REPRESENTATION."
+  GEORGE THE THIRD'S DESIRE FOR PERSONAL POWER.
+  FONDNESS OF PATRICK HENRY FOR OUT-DOOR SPORTS.
+  HE FAILS AS A STOREKEEPER.
+  PATRICK HENRY AS A LAWYER.
+  HIS PERSONAL APPEARANCE.
+  HIS GREAT SPEECH OPPOSING THE STAMP ACT.
+  ENGLISH OPPOSITION TO TAXING THE AMERICANS WITHOUT THEIR CONSENT.
+  REPEAL OF THE STAMP ACT.
+  PATRICK HENRY'S DEFIANT SPEECH IN ST. JOHN'S CHURCH.
+  HIS INFLUENCE AND LATER LIFE.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What was the Stamp Act and what was its purpose? Why did the
+  colonists object to it?
+
+  2. Describe George the Third. What did his mother mean when she
+  said to him, "George, be King"?
+
+  3. What was his personal appearance when he went to Williamsburg
+  to attend the session of the House of Burgesses?
+
+  4. How did William Pitt feel about American taxation?
+
+  5. Can you form a mental picture of Patrick Henry as he made his
+  great speech in St. John's Church? Do you not think it would be
+  profitable for you to memorize this speech? At any rate, you
+  might well learn to read it so as to bring out its meaning.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+Samuel Adams and the Boston Tea Party
+
+[1722-1803]
+
+[Illustration: Samuel Adams.]
+
+
+We have just seen how the people of Virginia, under the leadership of
+Patrick Henry, arose against King George's pet measure, the Stamp Act.
+But the Virginians were not alone in the feeling of opposition to the
+English King. Just as brave and liberty-loving were the Massachusetts
+people, with Samuel Adams as their leader.
+
+He was born in Boston in 1722. His father was a well-to-do man, who
+filled a large place in the community. Of Samuel Adams's boyhood we know
+little, but as far as we can learn he was a studious, in-door sort of
+lad, with little fondness for sport of any kind. His father wished him
+to be a clergyman, but he preferred to study law. Since, however, his
+mother did not approve, he gave that up for a business life, eventually
+joining his father in the malt business.
+
+When the excitement over the Stamp Act began, Samuel Adams was
+forty-two years old. He was of medium size, with gray hair and keen gray
+eyes. Although his hands were tremulous, as if with age, his health was
+vigorous. Like Patrick Henry, he had but little aptitude for business.
+So we need not be surprised to learn that in time he lost about all the
+property his father had left him.
+
+In fact, Samuel Adams soon gave up all kinds of private business,
+devoting his time and strength to public life. As a result he and his
+family had to live on the very small salary which he received as clerk
+of the Assembly of Massachusetts. Poor as he was, however, no man could
+be more upright. The British tried to buy him, but found him the very
+soul of honor. In what way he gave expression to his interest in the
+public welfare can be briefly told.
+
+As we have already seen, King George, much against his will, had to
+submit to the repeal of the Stamp Act by Parliament. But he was not
+satisfied. He could never carry out his selfish scheme of personal
+government in England and in America if he allowed the stubborn
+colonists to have their way in this matter.
+
+In 1767, therefore, through his tool, Townshend, Parliament levied new
+port duties on a few articles, including glass, lead, paper, and tea.
+These new taxes were hateful to the colonists because they were levied
+by Parliament, and because the money thus raised was to be used to their
+disadvantage in various ways: For example, some of it was to pay for
+maintaining in America a small English army. This army, the colonists
+believed, the King would use to compel them to do as he willed.
+
+The opposition to the new taxes was just as bitter as it had been
+against the Stamp Act. Samuel Adams felt that only slaves would submit
+to such high-handed oppression. He urged the people of Boston and
+Massachusetts to join in refusing to import any goods from England as
+long as the new taxes were imposed by Parliament. They did so agree, and
+thus inflicted great injury upon English merchants, as they had done two
+or three years before.
+
+Of course these merchants suffered heavy losses, and again begged for a
+repeal. But the dull-witted King could not understand the Americans.
+Thus far he had not been able to coerce them; he now made a shrewd
+attempt to outwit them.
+
+Influenced by him, Parliament took off all the new taxes except the one
+on tea. "There must be one tax to keep the right to tax," he said. If he
+could only succeed in getting the Americans to submit to paying any
+tax--no matter how small--that Parliament might levy, he would carry his
+point. He therefore urged not only the removal of all taxes except the
+one on tea, but also made arrangements whereby Americans could buy their
+taxed tea cheaper than it could be bought in England and cheaper even
+than they could smuggle it from Holland, as they had been doing. No
+doubt the King had great faith in this foolish scheme. "Of course," he
+argued, "the Americans will buy their tea where they can buy it
+cheapest, and then we will have them in a trap." But this was a huge
+blunder, as we shall now see.
+
+The East India Company arranged to ship cargoes of tea to Boston, New
+York, Philadelphia, and Charleston. When the tea arrived, the people in
+New York and Philadelphia refused to let it land, and in Charleston they
+stored it in damp cellars, where it spoiled. But in Boston, where the
+Tory Governor, Hutchinson, was determined to fight a hard battle for the
+King, there was a most exciting time. The result was the famous "Boston
+Tea Party."
+
+It was a quiet Sunday morning, on the 28th of November, 1773, when the
+Darmouth, one of the three tea-ships on the way to Boston, sailed into
+the harbor.[10] The people were attending service in the various
+churches. "The Darmouth is in!" spread like wildfire, and soon the
+streets were astir with people, Sunday though it was, in old Puritan
+Boston.
+
+  [10] The other two ships arrived a few days later.
+
+Fearing that the tea might be landed, the committee of correspondence
+quickly got together and secured a promise from Benjamin Rotch, the
+owner of the Darmouth, that the tea should not be landed before Tuesday.
+On Monday morning an immense town meeting was held in Faneuil Hall, the
+"Cradle of Liberty." Five thousand men were present. But Faneuil Hall
+proving too small, the crowd had to make its way to the Old South
+Church. In addressing the meeting Samuel Adams asked, "Is it the firm
+resolution of this body that the tea shall not only he sent back, but
+that no duty shall be paid thereon?" With a great shout the men answered
+"Yes."
+
+Samuel Adams and the people of Boston and the surrounding towns were
+determined that the tea should not be landed. Governor Hutchinson was
+equally determined that it should be. The advantage was with the
+Governor, for according to law the vessels could not return to England
+with the tea unless they got a clearance from the collector of customs
+or a pass from himself.
+
+[Illustration: Faneuil Hall, Boston.]
+
+But neither the collector of customs nor Governor Hutchinson would yield
+an inch. For nineteen days the struggle continued, growing daily more
+bitter. With a stubborn purpose to prevent the landing of the tea even
+if they had to fight, the Boston people appointed men, armed with
+muskets and bayonets, some to watch the tea-ships by day and some by
+night. Six couriers were to be ready to mount their horses, which they
+kept saddled and bridled, and speed into the country to give the alarm
+to the people. Sentinels were stationed in the church-belfries to ring
+the bells, and beacon-fires were ready to be lighted on the surrounding
+hilltops.
+
+The morning of December 16th had come. If the tea should remain in the
+harbor until the morrow--the twentieth day--the revenue officer would be
+empowered by law to land it by force. Men, talking angrily and shaking
+their fists with excitement, were thronging into the streets of Boston
+from surrounding towns. By ten o'clock over 7,000 had assembled in the
+Old South Church and in the streets outside.
+
+They were waiting for the coming of Benjamin Rotch, who had gone to see
+if the collector would give him a clearance. Rotch came in and told the
+angry crowd that the collector refused to give the clearance. The people
+told him that he must get a pass from the Governor. Fearing for his
+personal safety, the poor man started out to find Governor Hutchinson
+who had purposely retired to his country home at Milton. Then the
+meeting adjourned for the morning.
+
+[Illustration: The Old South Church, Boston.]
+
+At three o'clock a great throng of eager men again crowded into the Old
+South Church and the streets outside to wait for the return of Rotch. It
+was a critical moment. "If the Governor refuses to give the pass, shall
+the revenue officer be allowed to seize the tea and land it to-morrow
+morning?" Many anxious faces showed that men were asking themselves this
+momentous question.
+
+But while, in deep suspense, the meeting waited and deliberated, John
+Rowe said, "Who knows how tea will mingle with salt water?" A whirlwind
+of applause swept through the assembly and the masses outside the
+church. As daylight deepened into darkness, candles were lighted.
+Shortly after six Benjamin Rotch entered the church and, with pale face,
+said, "The Governor refuses to give a pass." An angry murmur arose, but
+the crowd soon became silent, when Samuel Adams arose and said, "This
+meeting can do nothing more to save the country."
+
+This was plainly a concerted signal. In an instant a war-whoop sounded,
+and forty or fifty "Mohawks," or men dressed as Indians, who were
+waiting outside, dashed past the door and down Milk Street toward
+Griffin's Wharf, where the tea-ships were lying at anchor. It was bright
+moonlight, and everything could be plainly seen. Many men stood on shore
+and watched the "Mohawks" as they broke open 342 chests, and poured the
+tea into the harbor. There was no confusion. All was done in perfect
+order.
+
+The "Boston Tea Party," of which Samuel Adams was the prime mover, was a
+long step toward the Revolution. Samuel Adams was at this time almost or
+quite alone in his desire for Independence, and he has well been called
+the "Father of the Revolution." But his influence for the good of
+America continued far beyond the time of the "Boston Tea Party." Up to
+the last his patriotism was earnest and sincere. He died in 1803, at the
+age of eighty-one years. Not as an orator, like Patrick Henry, but as a
+man of action, like Lincoln and Washington, had he a powerful influence
+over men. His was truly a life of distinguished service to his country.
+
+[Illustration: The "Boston Tea Party."]
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE FEELING OF MASSACHUSETTS PEOPLE.
+  SAMUEL ADAMS IN BUSINESS AND IN PUBLIC LIFE.
+  A MAN TO BE TRUSTED.
+  KING GEORGE'S NEW SCHEME OF TAXATION.
+  BITTER OPPOSITION TO THE NEW TAXES.
+  THE KING'S SHREWD ATTEMPT TO OUTWIT THE AMERICANS.
+  TAXED TEA ARRIVES IN AMERICA.
+  A HUGE TOWN MEETING.
+  A BITTER STRUGGLE WITH GOVERNOR HUTCHINSON OVER THE TEA.
+  OVER 7,000 EXCITED MEN IN THE OLD SOUTH CHURCH.
+  THE GOVERNOR REFUSES TO GIVE ROTCH A PASS.
+  THE "MOHAWKS" AND THE "TEA PARTY"; ADMIRAL MONTAGUE.
+  SAMUEL ADAMS THE "FATHER OF THE REVOLUTION."
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What were King George's new taxes? What was their three-fold
+  purpose?
+
+  2. Why were all the taxes repealed except the one on tea? In what
+  way did the King try to entrap the Americans?
+
+  3. Tell about the bitter struggle over landing the tea.
+
+  4. Can you form mental pictures of the following: The throng of
+  excited men in and about the Old South Church, awaiting the
+  return of Benjamin Rotch; and the party of "Mohawks" on their way
+  down Milk Street to the harbor?
+
+  5. What was the great work of Samuel Adams? What do you admire in
+  his character? Compare him with Patrick Henry. Have you definite
+  pictures of the personal appearance of these men?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+Paul Revere and the Battle of Concord and Lexington
+
+[1735-1818]
+
+[Illustration: Paul Revere.]
+
+
+After the "Boston Tea Party," affairs became more serious than ever in
+Massachusetts. As a punishment to the rebellious colonists for daring to
+oppose their royal master, the English authorities closed the port of
+Boston to all trade, and made General Gage military governor of
+Massachusetts.
+
+One of the first acts of the new Governor was to dismiss the Colonial
+Assembly, thus depriving the people of their right to make laws, and
+subjecting them wholly to the will of the King. The colonists felt this
+to be an outrage upon free government, and immediately organized a new
+governing body which they called a Provincial Congress. With John
+Hancock as its president and Samuel Adams as its leading spirit, this
+congress began at once to make rapid preparations for war. It called for
+an army of 20,000 men who were to be ready, at a minute's notice, to
+march to any point of danger. These first soldiers of the Revolution,
+thus hastily mustered, were called "minute-men."
+
+Meanwhile General Gage, who was in command of 3,000 British troops in
+Boston, had received orders from England to seize John Hancock and
+Samuel Adams as traitors. General Gage knew that Hancock and Adams were
+staying for a while with a friend in Lexington. He had learned also
+through his spies that the minute-men had collected some cannon and
+military stores in Concord, eighteen miles from Boston. The British
+General planned, therefore, to send a body of troops to arrest the two
+leaders at Lexington, and then to push on and destroy the stores at
+Concord.
+
+Although he acted with the greatest secrecy, he was not alert enough to
+keep his plans from the watchful minute-men. Gage's failure was brought
+about by one of these minute-men, Paul Revere, whose famous "midnight
+ride" was one of the exciting episodes of the Revolution.
+
+Paul Revere was born in Boston, in 1735, in what is now called the north
+end of the town. He followed his father's trade, and became a goldsmith.
+To this occupation he added copper-plate engraving, and not only
+produced prints of many current events, but engraved plates for money
+issued by the Provincial Congress of Massachusetts.
+
+He had taken an active part in the "Boston Tea Party," and in 1774, with
+about thirty other young patriots, formed a society to spy out the
+British plans. Always on the watch, these young men at once made known
+any suspicious movement to such leaders as Samuel Adams, John Hancock,
+and Dr. Joseph Warren.
+
+On the evening of April 18, 1775, Revere and his friends reported to Dr.
+Warren certain unusual movements of troops and boats, and their belief
+that General Gage was about to carry out his plan of capturing Adams and
+Hancock and of destroying the military stores at Concord.
+
+[Illustration: Paul Revere's Ride.]
+
+Dr. Warren quickly summoned William Dawes and Paul Revere, and
+despatched them on horseback to Lexington and Concord, to give the
+alarm. He sent them by different routes, hoping that one at least might
+escape capture by British patrols, with whom Gage had carefully guarded
+all the roads leading from Boston.
+
+Dawes was soon making his way across Boston Neck, while Paul Revere went
+home and put on his riding suit for his long night-ride. Then, leaving
+orders for a lantern-signal to be hung in the belfry of the Old North
+Church, to indicate by which route the British forces were advancing,
+"one if by land and two if by sea," he rowed across the Charles River,
+passing near the British war-vessels lying at anchor.
+
+On the opposite bank he soon got ready a fleet horse. There he stood,
+bridle in hand, watching to catch sight of the signal lights. At eleven
+o'clock two lights gleamed out from the belfry, and told him that the
+British troops were crossing the Charles River on their march through
+Cambridge.
+
+Leaping into his saddle he sped like the wind toward Lexington. Suddenly
+two British officers sprang out to capture him; but quickly turning his
+horse, he dashed into a side path, and soon outdistanced his pursuers.
+Ten minutes later he arrived at Medford.
+
+Then at every house along the road, he stopped and shouted, "Up and arm!
+Up and arm! The regulars are out! The regulars are out!"
+
+When he reached Lexington it was just midnight. Eight minute-men,
+guarding the house where Adams and Hancock were sleeping, warned him not
+to disturb the household by making so much noise. "Noise!" cried Paul
+Revere. "You'll have noise enough before long. The regulars are out!"
+
+[Illustration: The Old North Church.]
+
+William Dawes soon joined Paul Revere, and after a few minutes spent in
+taking refreshments they rode off together toward Concord accompanied by
+Dr. Prescott. About half way there they met some mounted British
+officers, who called to them to halt. Prescott managed to escape by
+making his horse leap a stone wall, and rode in hot haste toward
+Concord, which he reached in safety; but Paul Revere and William Dawes
+both fell into the hands of the British.
+
+In the meantime, the British troops, numbering 800 men, under
+Lieutenant-Colonel Smith, were on their way to Lexington. But they had
+not gone far before they were made aware, by the ringing of
+church-bells, the firing of signal guns, the beating of drums, and the
+gleaming of beacon-fires from the surrounding hilltops, that the
+minute-men knew of their movements. Colonel Smith, disturbed by these
+signs of threatening storm, sent Major Pitcairn ahead with a picked body
+of light infantry, in the hope that they might reach Lexington before
+the town could be aroused. He then sent back to Boston for
+reinforcements.
+
+The British commander had reason to be disturbed, for the alarm-signals
+were calling to arms thousands of patriots ready to die for their
+rights. Hastily wakened from sleep, men snatched their old muskets from
+over the door and, bidding a hurried good-by to wife and children,
+started for the meeting-places long since agreed upon.
+
+Just as the sun was rising, Major Pitcairn marched into Lexington, where
+he found forty or fifty minute-men ready to dispute his advance.
+"Disperse, ye rebels: disperse!" he cried. But they would not disperse.
+Pitcairn ordered his men to fire, and eighteen of the minute-men fell
+dead or wounded, before the remainder sullenly retired to wait for a
+hand in the struggle later in the day.
+
+Before the arrival of Pitcairn the British officers who had captured
+Revere and Dawes returned with them to Lexington, where, commanding
+Revere to dismount, they let him go. Running off at full speed to the
+house where Samuel Adams and John Hancock were staying, he recounted
+what had happened, and then guided them across the fields to a place of
+safety at Woburn. On their way they heard the guns firing on Lexington
+Common, and the sound stirred the soul of Adams, who exclaimed with
+enthusiasm, "Oh, what a glorious morning is this!"
+
+[Illustration: Stone in Front of the Harrington House, Lexington,
+Marking the Line of the Minute-Men.]
+
+From Lexington, Colonel Smith hastened to Concord, arriving there at
+seven o'clock in the morning, about six hours after Dr. Prescott had
+given the alarm. The British could not find the military stores, most of
+which the people of Concord had hidden, but they cut down the liberty
+pole, set fire to the court-house, spiked a few cannon, and emptied some
+barrels of flour.
+
+About 200 of them stood guard at the North Bridge, while a body of
+minute-men gathered on a hill beyond. When the minute-men had increased
+to 400 they advanced upon the British, and brought on a fight which
+resulted in loss of life on each side. Then continuing their advance
+they crossed the bridge, and forced the British to withdraw into the
+town.
+
+By noon Colonel Smith could see that by reason of the ever-increasing
+body of minute-men, swarming into Concord from every direction, it would
+be unwise to delay his return to Boston. His men had marched eighteen
+miles with little or no food for fourteen hours, and were tired and
+hungry.
+
+But when the British started back on their return march, the minute-men
+followed and began a deadly attack. It was an irregular fight. The
+minute-men, trained to woodland warfare, slipped from tree to tree, shot
+down the tired British soldiers, and then retreated only to return and
+repeat the annoying attack. The wooded country through which they
+marched favored this kind of fighting.
+
+But even in the open country every stone wall and hill, every house and
+barn, seemed to the exhausted British troops to bristle with the guns of
+minute-men. The retreating army pushed wearily forward, fighting as
+bravely as possible, but on the verge of confusion and panic.
+
+When they reached Lexington Common, at two o'clock, they met 1,200 fresh
+troops under Lord Percy, whose timely arrival saved the entire force
+from capture. The dismayed British troops, half-dead with exhaustion,
+entered the square Lord Percy had formed for their protection, and fell
+upon the ground, "with their tongues hanging out of their mouths like
+those of dogs after a chase."
+
+[Illustration: THE RETREAT OF THE BRITISH FROM THE CONCORD.]
+
+After resting for an hour, the British again took up their march to
+Boston. The minute-men, increasing in numbers every moment, kept up the
+same kind of running attack that they had made upon the British between
+Concord and Lexington. A British officer, in speaking of the minute-men,
+said, "they seemed to have dropped from the clouds." The condition of
+the British soldiers was pitiable until, late in the day, they got under
+the protection of the guns of the war-vessels in Boston Harbor.
+
+The British had failed. They had been driven back, almost in a panic, to
+Boston, with a loss of nearly 300 men. The Americans had not lost 100.
+It was a great day for the patriots, for they had not only defeated the
+regular troops, but they had tested their own strength and given fresh
+inspiration to their cause. Farmers, mechanics, men in all walks of
+life, now flocked to the army. Within a few days the Americans, 16,000
+strong, were surrounding the British in Boston.
+
+The Americans, eager to drive them out of Boston, threw up breastworks
+on Bunker Hill, which overlooked the town. But the next day--June
+17th--after they had twice driven the redcoats down the hill--they had
+to retreat because their powder had given out. This was the battle of
+Bunker Hill, in which the British lost in killed and wounded 1,000 men;
+the Americans, 450.
+
+Although Paul Revere took part in no important battle, he was active in
+the patriot cause, and became lieutenant-colonel of a Boston regiment of
+artillery. After the war he returned to his old business, and
+established a foundry in which church-bells and bronze cannon were cast.
+He died in Boston in 1818, eighty-three years of age, held in high
+esteem by his countrymen.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  PUNISHMENT FOR THE "BOSTON TEA PARTY."
+  THE PROVINCIAL CONGRESS AND THE "MINUTE-MEN."
+  PAUL REVERE AND OTHER PATRIOTIC YOUNG MEN SPY OUT THE BRITISH PLANS.
+  PAUL REVERE STARTS ON HIS "MIDNIGHT RIDE."
+  HE SPREADS THE ALARM.
+  SIGNS OF THE THREATENING STORM.
+  THE FIGHT AT LEXINGTON.
+  PAUL REVERE ACTS AS GUIDE TO ADAMS AND HANCOCK.
+  THE BRITISH AT CONCORD; THE FIGHT AT THE NORTH BRIDGE.
+  THE BRITISH RETREAT FROM CONCORD TO LEXINGTON.
+  LORD PERCY'S TIMELY ARRIVAL.
+  THE BRITISH DRIVEN BACK TO BOSTON.
+  PAUL REVERE AFTER THE REVOLUTION.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What were Gage's secret plans, and how did Paul Revere and his
+  band of patriots try to thwart them?
+
+  2. Draw a map, locating Boston, Medford, Lexington, and Concord.
+
+  3. Impersonating Paul Revere, write an account of the famous
+  "midnight ride."
+
+  4. Imagine yourself as a boy living in Concord at the time of the
+  battle, and tell your experiences.
+
+  5. Describe the retreat of the British.
+
+  6. When did this battle take place?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+Benjamin Franklin and Aid from France
+
+[1706-1790]
+
+[Illustration: Benjamin Franklin.]
+
+
+American independence, the beginnings of which we have just been
+considering, was accomplished after a long struggle. Many brave men
+fought on the battle-field, and many who never shouldered a musket or
+drew a sword exerted a powerful influence for the good of the patriot
+cause. One of these men was Benjamin Franklin.
+
+He was born in Boston in 1706, the fifteenth child in a family of
+seventeen children. His father was a candle-maker and soap-boiler.
+Intending to make a clergyman of Benjamin, he sent him, at eight years
+of age, to a grammar-school, with the purpose of fitting him for
+college. The boy made rapid progress, but before the end of his first
+school-year his father took him out on account of the expense, and put
+him into a school where he would learn more practical subjects, such as
+writing and arithmetic. The last study proved very difficult for him.
+
+Two years later, at the age of ten, he had to go into his father's shop.
+Here he spent his time in cutting wicks for the candles, filling the
+moulds with tallow, selling soap in the shop, and acting the part of
+errand-boy.
+
+Many times he had watched the vessels sailing in and out of Boston
+Harbor, and often in imagination had gone with them on their journeys.
+Now he longed to become a sailor, and, quitting the drudgery of the
+candle-shop, to roam out over the sea in search of more interesting
+life. But his father wisely refused to let him go. His fondness for the
+sea, however, took him frequently to the water, and he learned to swim
+like a fish and to row and sail boats with great skill. In these sports,
+as in others, he became a leader among his playmates.
+
+With all his dislike for the business of candle-making and soap-boiling,
+and with all his fondness for play, he was faithful in doing everything
+that his father's business required. His industry, together with his
+liking for good books and his keen desire for knowledge, went far toward
+supplying the lack of school-training. He spent most of his leisure in
+reading, and devoted his savings to collecting a small library.
+
+His father, noting his bookish habits, decided to apprentice Benjamin to
+his older brother, James, a printer in Boston. Benjamin was to serve
+until he was twenty-one and to receive no wages until the last year. In
+this position he was able to see more of books, and made good use of
+his opportunities. Often he would read, far into the night, a borrowed
+book that had to be returned in the morning. He also wrote some verses
+and peddled them about the streets, until his father discouraged him by
+ridiculing his efforts.
+
+About this time, in order to get money for books, he told his brother
+that he would be willing to board himself on half the money the board
+had been costing. To this his brother agreed, and Benjamin lived on a
+very meagre diet. Remaining in the printing-office at noon, he ate such
+a simple lunch as a biscuit or slice of bread and a bunch or two of
+raisins. As a meal like this required but little time, young Franklin
+could spend most of the noon hour in reading. By living thus he easily
+saved half of what his brother allowed him, and at once spent his
+savings in books.
+
+This youth was never idle, because he put a high value upon time; he was
+never wasteful of money, because he knew the easiest way to make money
+was to save what he had. These were qualities which helped Benjamin
+Franklin to get on in the world.
+
+But during this period of his life he had great hardships to bear, for
+his brother was a stern taskmaster, and was so hot-tempered that he
+would sometimes beat Benjamin cruelly. No doubt the young apprentice was
+sometimes at fault. Be that as it may, the two brothers had so many
+disagreements that Benjamin determined to run away and seek his fortune
+elsewhere.
+
+Having sold some of his books to get a little money, at the age of
+seventeen, he secured a passage on board a sloop for New York. Upon his
+arrival, friendless and almost penniless, he began to visit the
+printing-offices in search of work. But failing to find any, and being
+told that he would be more likely to succeed in Philadelphia, he decided
+to go to that city.
+
+[Illustration: Franklin's Journey from New York to Philadelphia.]
+
+To-day, the journey from New York to Philadelphia, a distance of ninety
+miles, can be made in two hours. But, of course, in Franklin's time
+there were no railroads, and it was a more difficult undertaking.
+
+He first had to go by a sail-boat from New York to Amboy, on the New
+Jersey coast. On the way a storm came up, which tore the sails and drove
+the boat to the Long Island shore. All night Franklin lay in the hold,
+while the waves dashed angrily over the boat. At length, after thirty
+hours, during which he was without food or water, he was landed at
+Amboy.
+
+As he had no money to spare for coach hire, he started to walk, along
+rough country roads, the fifty miles across New Jersey to Burlington.
+For over two days he trudged along in a downpour of rain. At the end of
+his first day's journey he was so wet and mud-spattered, and had such
+an appearance of neglect, that on reaching an inn, there was talk of
+arresting him for a runaway servant.
+
+Having arrived at Burlington, he was still twenty miles from
+Philadelphia, and boarded a boat for the remainder of his journey. As
+there was no wind, the passengers had to take turns at the oars, and in
+this way they continued down the Delaware until midnight. Then fearing
+they might pass the town in the darkness--streets not being lighted in
+those days--they landed, made a fire out of some fence-rails, and waited
+for morning.
+
+The next day, which was Sunday, they reached Philadelphia, and young
+Franklin, poorly clad and travel-soiled, with only a little money in his
+pocket, was making his way alone through the streets of Philadelphia.
+But he was cheerful and full of hope. His health was strong, and he was
+hungry for his breakfast. Going to a baker's shop he bought three large
+rolls, and, his pockets being already stuffed with shirts and stockings,
+he tucked one roll under each arm, and walked up Market Street eating
+the third. His ludicrous appearance afforded much amusement to a certain
+Deborah Read, who stood at the door of her father's house as he passed
+by. Little did she think that this strange-looking fellow would one day
+become the greatest man in Philadelphia and even in Pennsylvania. Little
+did she think that one day, not many years after that morning she would
+become his wife. Both these things came to pass.
+
+Having eaten as much as he wished, he continued up the street, giving
+the two other rolls to a woman and a child who had come on the boat with
+him.
+
+In a short time he found work with one of the two master-printers in
+Philadelphia. One day, while at work in the printing-office, he received
+a call from Sir William Keith, Governor of Pennsylvania. Governor
+Keith's attention had been directed to this seventeen-year-old youth by
+Franklin's brother-in-law, and he called on this occasion to urge him to
+start a printing-press of his own.
+
+[Illustration: Franklin in the Streets of Philadelphia.]
+
+When Franklin said he had not the money to buy a printing-press and
+type, the Governor offered to write a letter for Franklin to take to his
+father in Boston, asking him to furnish the loan. The following spring
+Franklin took the letter to his father, but the father refused to lend
+him the money.
+
+Upon Franklin's return to Philadelphia Governor Keith advised him to go
+to England to select the printing-press and other things necessary for
+the business outfit, promising to provide funds. Franklin took him at
+his word, and sailed for London, expecting to secure the money upon his
+arrival there. But the faithless Governor failed to keep his word, and
+Franklin was again stranded in a strange city.
+
+Without friends and without money he once more found work in a
+printing-office, where he remained during the two years of his stay in
+London. Here, in his manliness and strength, he was very different from
+the printers with whom he worked. They spent much of their money in
+beer-drinking, and when Franklin refused to drink with them, they made
+fun of him, by calling him a water-American. But the young man who had
+lived upon a simple diet in order to buy books was not disturbed by such
+taunts.
+
+After two years he returned to Philadelphia, where, four years later, he
+married Miss Read. In the meantime he had set up in the printing
+business for himself, but in so doing had to carry a heavy debt. He
+worked early and late to pay it off, sometimes making his own ink and
+casting his own type. He would also at times go with a wheel-barrow to
+bring to the printing-office the paper he needed.
+
+His wife assisted him by selling stationery in his shop as well as by
+saving in the household, where the furnishings and food were very
+simple. Franklin's usual breakfast was milk and bread, which he ate out
+of a wooden porringer with a pewter spoon. In time, when their money was
+more plentiful, his wife gave him a China bowl and a silver spoon. On
+observing how hard Franklin worked, people said, "There is a man who
+will surely succeed. Let us help him."
+
+In all these years of struggle Franklin was cheerful and light-hearted.
+This was no doubt largely owing to his natural disposition, but in part
+also to his healthful reading habits, which took him into a world
+outside of himself. No matter where he was or what the stress of his
+business, he found time to read and improve himself. He also adopted
+rules of conduct, some of which, in substance, are: Be temperate; speak
+honestly; be orderly about your work; do not waste anything; never be
+idle; when you decide to do anything, do it with a brave heart.
+
+Some of the wisest things Franklin ever said appeared in his Almanac,
+which he called "Poor Richard's Almanac." Beginning when he was
+twenty-six years of age, he published it yearly for twenty-five years,
+building up a very large circulation. It contained many homely maxims,
+which are as good to-day as they were in Franklin's time. Here are a few
+of them:
+
+  "God helps them that help themselves."
+
+  "Early to bed and early to rise,
+  Makes a man healthy, wealthy, and wise."
+
+  "There are no gains without pains."
+
+  "One to-day is worth two to-morrows."
+
+  "Little strokes fell great oaks."
+
+  "Keep thy shop, and thy shop will keep thee."
+
+Franklin always had a deep interest in the public welfare. He started a
+subscription library in Philadelphia and established an academy, which
+finally grew into the University of Pennsylvania. Having a decidedly
+practical turn of mind, he had great influence in organizing a better
+police force and a better fire department. He invented the Franklin
+stove, which soon became popular because it was so much better than the
+open fireplace. But the most wonderful thing he ever did was proving
+that lightning was the same thing as electricity.
+
+Before he made this discovery, men of science had learned how to store
+up electricity in what is called a Leyden jar. But Franklin wished to
+find out something about the lightning which flashed across the clouds
+during a thunder-storm. Therefore, making a kite out of silk and
+fastening to it a small iron rod, he attached to the kite and to the
+iron rod a string made of hemp.
+
+One day when a thunder-cloud was coming up he went out with his little
+son and took his stand under a shelter in the open field. At one end of
+the hempen string was fastened an iron key, and to this was tied a
+silken string, which Franklin held in his hand. As electricity will not
+run through silk, by using this silken string he protected himself
+against the electric current.
+
+[Illustration: Franklin Experimenting with Electricity.]
+
+When the kite rose high into the air, Franklin watched intently to see
+what might follow. After a while the fibres of the hempen string began
+to move, and then, putting his knuckles near the key, Franklin drew
+forth sparks of electricity. He was delighted, for he had proved that
+the lightning in the clouds was the same thing as the electricity that
+men of science could make with machines.
+
+It was a great discovery and made Benjamin Franklin famous. From some of
+the leading universities of Europe he received the title of _Doctor_,
+and he was now recognized as one of the great men of the world.
+
+Franklin rendered his country distinguished public services, only a few
+of which we can here mention. More than twenty years before the outbreak
+of the Revolution, he perceived that the principal source of weakness
+among the colonies was their lack of union. With this great weakness in
+mind, Franklin proposed, in 1754, at a time when the French were
+threatening to cut off the English from the Ohio Valley, his famous
+"Plan of Union." Although it failed, it prepared the colonies for union
+in the struggle against King George and the English Parliament.
+
+Ten years after proposing the "Plan of Union" Franklin was sent to
+England, at the time of the agitation over the Stamp Act, to make a
+strenuous effort to prevent its passage. He was unsuccessful in
+accomplishing his mission, but later did much toward securing the repeal
+of the Stamp Act.
+
+Returning from England two weeks after the battle of Lexington and
+Concord, he immediately took a prominent part in the Revolution. He was
+one of the five appointed as a committee to write the Declaration of
+Independence, and during the discussion over that remarkable State
+paper, it was he that said, "Yes, we must indeed all hang together, or
+assuredly we shall all hang separately."
+
+[Illustration: Lafayette Offering His Services to Franklin]
+
+After the signing of the Declaration of Independence on July 4, 1776, he
+was sent to France to secure aid for the American cause. The French
+people gave him a cordial reception. There were feasts and parades in
+his honor, crowds followed him on the streets, and his pictures were
+everywhere displayed. The simplicity and directness of this white-haired
+man of seventy years charmed the French people, and won for him a warm
+place in their hearts. On one of the great occasions a very beautiful
+woman was appointed to place a crown of laurel upon his white locks,
+"and to give the old man two kisses on his cheeks." All this was a
+sincere expression of admiration and esteem. He did very much to secure
+from France the aid which that country gave to us. He indeed rendered to
+his country services[11] whose value may well be compared with those of
+Washington.
+
+  [11] Franklin was one of the three commissioners to make a treaty
+       with England at the close of the Revolution. The two other
+       commissioners were John Adams and John Jay. They were all men
+       of remarkable ability, and their united effort secured a
+       treaty of peace highly favorable to their country. But, as
+       in many other brilliant political achievements in which
+       Franklin took part, his delicate tact was a strong force.
+
+Franklin left France in 1785, after having ably represented his country
+for ten years. All France was sorry to have him leave. Since it was hard
+for him to endure the motion of a carriage, the King sent one of the
+Queen's litters in which he was carried to the coast. He also bore with
+him a portrait of the King of France "framed in a double circle of four
+hundred and eight diamonds."
+
+Although in his last years he had to endure much idleness and pain, yet
+he was uniformly patient and cheerful, loving life to the end. He died
+in 1790, at the age of eighty-four, one of the greatest of American
+statesmen and heroes.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  FRANKLIN'S SCHOOL-LIFE.
+  BENJAMIN IN HIS FATHER'S SHOP.
+  HIS FONDNESS FOR THE SEA.
+  BOOKISH HABITS.
+  FRANKLIN BOARDS HIMSELF.
+  HE RUNS AWAY FROM HOME.
+  HIS JOURNEY FROM NEW YORK TO PHILADELPHIA.
+  IN A PRINTING-OFFICE AGAIN.
+  HIS MANLINESS.
+  IN BUSINESS FOR HIMSELF.
+  ECONOMY AND SIMPLICITY IN LIVING.
+  "POOR RICHARD'S ALMANAC."
+  FRANKLIN'S PUBLIC SPIRIT.
+  HIS GREAT DISCOVERY.
+  FRANKLIN THE STATESMAN.
+  HIS "PLAN OF UNION."
+  FRANKLIN IN FRANCE.
+  HIS LAST YEARS.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Give an account of Franklin's bookish habits, and of his
+  experiences on the journey from Boston to Philadelphia, when he
+  ran away from home.
+
+  2. How do you explain the success in life of this poor boy? In
+  making your explanation think of all his strong traits of
+  character and of all his good habits.
+
+  3. What simple ways of living did Franklin adopt when he was
+  trying hard to pay his debts?
+
+  4. Memorize the "Rules of Conduct" and the six homely maxims.
+
+  5. Tell about Franklin's experiment with the kite. What great
+  discovery did he make at this time?
+
+  6. What did Franklin have to do with the following: the Stamp
+  Act; the Declaration of Independence; securing aid from France?
+
+  7. How was he treated by the French people and their King?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+George Washington the Virginia Planter and the Revolutionary Soldier
+
+[1732-1799]
+
+[Illustration: George Washington.]
+
+
+We left George Washington at Mount Vernon, his extensive plantation on
+the Virginia bank of the Potomac River. After his marriage with Mrs.
+Custis, who had large property of her own, Washington became a man of
+much wealth. He was at one time one of the largest landholders in
+America. As a manager of all this property, he had much to do. Let us
+delay our story a little to get a glimpse of the life led by him and
+other Virginia planters of his time.
+
+The plantations were scattered along the rivers, sometimes many miles
+apart, with densely wooded stretches of land lying between. Each planter
+had his own wharf whence vessels, once a year, carried away his tobacco
+to England, and brought back in exchange whatever manufactured goods he
+required.
+
+Nearly all his needs could be supplied at his wharf or on his
+plantation. His slaves included not only workers in large
+tobacco-fields, but such skilled workmen as millers, weavers, tailors,
+wheelwrights, coopers, shoemakers, and carpenters. Washington said to
+his overseers, "Buy nothing that you can make within yourselves."
+Indeed, each plantation was a little world in itself. Hence towns
+containing shops with goods and supplies of various kinds did not spring
+up much in Virginia.
+
+The mansion of the planter, built of brick or wood and having at either
+end a huge chimney, was two stories high, with a large veranda outside
+and a wide hall-way inside. Near by were the storehouses, barns,
+workshops, and slave quarters. These last consisted of simple wooden
+cabins surrounded by gardens, where the negroes raised such things as
+vegetables and water-melons for their own use. In fact, the mansion and
+all the buildings clustered about it looked like a village. Here we
+could have seen, at all hours of the day, swarms of negro children
+playing happily together.
+
+The planter spent most of his time in the open air, with his dogs and
+his horses. Washington gave to his horses rather fanciful names, such as
+Ajax, Blueskin, Valiant, and Magnolia, and to his dogs, Vulcan,
+Sweetlips, Ringwood, Forrester, and Rockwood. Out-door recreations
+included fishing, shooting, and horse-racing.
+
+[Illustration: Washington's Coach.]
+
+Although life on the plantation was without luxury, there was everywhere
+a plain and homely abundance. Visitors were sure to meet a cordial
+welcome. It was no uncommon thing for a planter to entertain an entire
+family for weeks, and then to pay a similar visit in return with his own
+family. Social life absorbed much of Washington's time at Mount Vernon,
+where visitors were nearly always present. The planter, often living
+many miles away from any other human habitation, was only too glad to
+have a traveller spend the night with him and give news of the outside
+world. Such a visit was somewhat like the coming of the newspaper into
+our homes to-day.
+
+[Illustration: A Stage Coach of the Eighteenth Century.]
+
+We must remember that travelling was no such simple and easy matter then
+as it is now. As the planters in Virginia usually lived on the banks of
+one of the many rivers, the simplest method of travel was by boat, up or
+down stream. There were cross-country roads, but these at best were
+rough, and sometimes full of roots and stumps. Often they were nothing
+more than forest paths. In trying to follow such roads the traveller at
+times lost his way and occasionally had to spend a night in the woods.
+But with even such makeshifts for roads, the planter had his lumbering
+old coach to which, on state occasions, he harnessed six horses and
+drove in great style.
+
+Washington was in full sympathy with this life, and threw himself
+heartily into the work of managing his immense property. He lived up to
+his favorite motto, "If you want a thing done, do it yourself." He kept
+his own books, and looked with exactness after the smallest details.
+
+He was indeed one of the most methodical of men, and thus accomplished a
+marvellous amount of work. By habit an early riser, he was often up
+before daylight in winter. On such occasions he kindled his own fire and
+read or worked by the light of a candle. At seven in summer and at eight
+in winter he sat down to a simple breakfast, consisting of two cups of
+tea, and hoe-cakes made of Indian meal. After breakfast he rode on
+horseback over his plantation to look after his slaves, often spending
+much of the day in the saddle superintending the work. At two he ate
+dinner, early in the evening he took tea, and at nine o'clock went to
+bed.
+
+As he did not spare himself, he expected faithful service from everyone.
+But to his many slaves he was a kind master, and he took good care of
+the sick or feeble. It may be a comfort to some of us to learn that
+Washington was fonder of active life than of reading books, for which he
+never seemed to get much time. But he was even less fond of public
+speaking. Like some other great men, he found it difficult to stand up
+before a body of people and make a speech. After his term of service in
+the French and Indian War he was elected to the House of Burgesses,
+where he received a vote of thanks for his brave military services.
+Rising to reply, Washington stood blushing and stammering, without being
+able to say a word. The Speaker, equal to the occasion, said with much
+grace, "Sit down, Mr. Washington, your modesty equals your valor, and
+that surpasses the power of any language to express."
+
+While for many years after the close of the Last French War this modest,
+home-loving man was living the life of a high-bred Virginia gentleman,
+the exciting events which finally brought on the Revolution were
+stirring men's souls to heroic action. It was natural, in these trying
+days, that his countrymen should look for guidance and inspiration to
+George Washington, who had been so conspicuous a leader in the Last
+French War.
+
+He represented Virginia at the first meeting of the Continental Congress
+in 1774, going to Philadelphia in company with Patrick Henry and others.
+He was also a delegate from his colony at the second meeting of the
+Continental Congress in May, 1775. On being elected by this body
+Commander-in-Chief of the American army, he at once thanked the members
+for the election, and added, "I do not think myself equal to the command
+I am honored with." He also refused to receive any salary for his
+services, but said he would keep an account of the expenses he might
+incur, in order that these might be paid back to him.
+
+On the 21st of June Washington set out on horseback from Philadelphia,
+in company with a small body of horsemen, to take command of the
+American army around Boston. Not long after starting they met a
+messenger bringing in haste the news of the Battle of Bunker Hill.
+Washington eagerly asked, "Did the Americans stand the fire of the
+regular troops?" "Yes," was the proud answer. "Then," cried Washington,
+gladly, "the liberties of the country are safe!"
+
+Three days later, about four o'clock on Sunday afternoon, he reached New
+York, where he met with a royal welcome. Riding in an open carriage
+drawn by two white horses, he passed through the streets, escorted by
+nine companies of soldiers on foot. Along the route the people, old and
+young, received him with enthusiasm. At New Haven the Yale College
+students came out in a body, keeping step to the music of a band of
+which Noah Webster, the future lexicographer, then a freshman, was the
+leader. On July 2d, after arriving at the camp in Cambridge, Washington
+received an equally enthusiastic welcome from the soldiers.
+
+Next day General Washington rode out on horseback and, under the famous
+elm still standing near Harvard University, drew his sword and took
+command of the American army. He was then forty-three years old, with a
+tall, manly form and a noble face. He was good to look at as he sat
+there, a perfect picture of manly strength and dignity, wearing an
+epaulet on each shoulder, a broad band of blue silk across his breast,
+and a three-cornered hat with the cockade of liberty in it.
+
+Now came the labor of getting his troops into good condition for
+fighting battles, for his army was one only in name. These untrained men
+were brave and willing, but without muskets and without powder, they
+were in no condition for making war on a well-equipped enemy.
+
+Moreover, the army had no cannon, without which it could not hope to
+succeed in an attack upon the British troops in Boston. By using severe
+measures, however, Washington soon brought about much better discipline.
+But with no powder and no cannon, he had to let the autumn and the
+winter slip by before making any effort to drive the British army out of
+Boston. When cannon and other supplies were at last brought down from
+Ticonderoga on sledges drawn by oxen, the alert American General
+fortified Dorchester Heights, which overlooked the city, and forced the
+English commander to sail away with all his army.
+
+Washington believed that the next movement of the British would be to
+get control of the Hudson River and the Middle States. So he went
+promptly to New York in order to defend it against attack. But still his
+army was weak in numbers as well as in provisions, equipment, and
+training.
+
+Washington had only about 18,000 men to meet General Howe, who soon
+arrived off Staten Island with a large fleet and 30,000 men. Not knowing
+where the British General would strike first, Washington had to be on
+his guard at many points. He had to prepare a defence of a line of
+twenty miles. He also built, on opposite sides of the Hudson River just
+above New York, Forts Lee and Washington.
+
+When Brooklyn Heights, on Long Island, had been fortified, General
+Putnam went with half the army to occupy them. On August 27th General
+Howe, with something like 20,000 men, attacked a part of these forces
+and defeated them. If he had continued the battle by marching at once
+against the remainder, he might have captured all that part of
+Washington's army under Putnam's command. He might, also, have captured
+Washington himself, who, during the heat of the battle, had crossed over
+to Long Island.
+
+[Illustration: Map Illustrating the Battle of Long Island.]
+
+If Howe had done this, he might have ended the war at one stroke. But
+his men had fought hard at the end of a long night-march and needed
+rest. Besides, he thought it would be easy enough to capture the
+Americans without undue haste. For how could they escape? Soon the
+British vessels would sail up and get between them and New York, when,
+of course, escape for Washington and his men would be impossible. This
+all seemed so clear to the easy-going General Howe that he gave his
+tired men a rest after the battle on the 27th. On the 28th a heavy rain
+fell, and on the 29th a dense fog covered the island.
+
+But before midday of the 29th some American officers riding down toward
+the shore, noticed an unusual stir in the British fleet. Boats were
+going to and fro, as if carrying orders. "Very likely," said these
+officers to Washington, "the English vessels are to sail up between New
+York and Long Island, to cut off our retreat." As that was also
+Washington's opinion, he secured all the boats he could find for the
+purpose of trying to make an escape during the night.
+
+It was a desperate undertaking. There were 10,000 men, and the width of
+the river at the point of crossing was nearly a mile. It would seem
+hardly possible that such a movement could, in a single night, be made
+without discovery by the British troops, who were lying in camp but a
+short distance away. The night must have been a long and anxious one for
+Washington, who stayed at his post of duty on the Long Island shore
+until the last boat of the retreating army had pushed off. The escape
+was a brilliant achievement and saved the American cause.
+
+But this was only the beginning of Washington's troubles in this
+memorable year, 1776. As the British now occupied Brooklyn Heights,
+which overlooked New York, the Americans could not hold that place, and
+in a short time they had to withdraw, fighting stubbornly as they slowly
+retreated. Washington crossed over to the Jersey side of the Hudson, and
+left General Charles Lee with half the army at North Castle. The
+British captured Forts Lee and Washington, with 3,000 men, inflicting a
+severe loss upon the American cause. The outlook was gloomy, but more
+trying events were to follow.
+
+In order to prevent the British from capturing Philadelphia, Washington
+put his army between them and that city. The British began to move upon
+him. Needing every soldier that he could get, he sent orders to General
+Lee to join him. Lee refused to move. Again and again Washington urged
+Lee to come to his aid. Each time Lee disobeyed. We now know that he was
+a traitor, secretly hoping that Washington might fail in order that he
+himself, who was second in command, might become Commander-in-Chief of
+the American army.
+
+Lee's disobedience placed Washington in a critical position. In order to
+save his army from capture, Washington had to retreat once more, this
+time across New Jersey toward Philadelphia. As the British army, in
+every way superior to Washington's, was close upon the Americans, it was
+a race for life. Sometimes the rear-guard of the Americans was just
+leaving a burning bridge when the van of the British army could be seen
+approaching. But by burning bridges and destroying food supplies
+intended for the British, Washington so delayed them that they were
+nineteen days in marching about sixty miles.
+
+Nevertheless the situation for the Americans was still desperate. To
+make matters worse, Washington saw his army gradually melting away by
+desertion. When he reached the Delaware River it numbered barely 3,000
+men.
+
+[Illustration: WASHINGTON'S RETREAT THROUGH NEW JERSEY.]
+
+Having collected boats for seventy miles along the Delaware, Washington
+succeeded in safely crossing it a little above Trenton, on December 8th.
+As the British had no boats, they were obliged to wait until the river
+should freeze, when they intended to cross in triumph and make an easy
+capture of Philadelphia.
+
+To most people, in England and in America alike, the early downfall of
+the American cause seemed certain. General Cornwallis--who in May of
+this year had joined the British army in America--was so sure that the
+war would soon come to an end, that he had already packed some of his
+luggage and sent it aboard ship, with the intention of returning to
+England at an early day.
+
+But Washington had no thought of giving up the struggle. Far from being
+disheartened, he confronted the gloomy outlook with all his energy and
+courage. Fearless and full of faith in the patriot cause, he watched
+with vigilance for an opportunity to turn suddenly upon his
+over-confident enemy and strike a heavy blow.
+
+[Illustration: Map Illustrating the Struggle for the Hudson River and
+the Middle States.]
+
+Such an opportunity shortly came to him. The British General had
+carelessly separated his army into several divisions and scattered them
+at various points in New Jersey. One of these divisions, consisting of
+Hessians, was stationed at Trenton. Washington's quick eye noted this
+blunder of the British General, and he resolved to take advantage of it
+by attacking the Hessians at Trenton on Christmas night. Having been
+re-enforced, he now had an army of 6,000 and was therefore in a better
+condition to risk a battle. With 2,400 picked men he got ready to cross
+the Delaware River at a point nine miles above Trenton. There was snow
+on the ground, and the weather was bitterly cold. As the soldiers
+marched to the place of crossing, some of them with feet almost bare
+left bloody footprints along the route.
+
+At sunset the troops began to cross. It was a terrible night for such an
+undertaking. Angry gusts of wind, and great blocks of ice swept along by
+the swift current, threatened every moment to dash in pieces the frail
+boats. From the Trenton side of the river, General Knox, who had been
+sent ahead by Washington, loudly shouted to let the struggling boatmen
+know where to land. Ten hours were consumed in the crossing. Much longer
+must the time have seemed to Washington, as he stood in the midst of the
+wild storm, his heart full of mingled anxiety and hope.
+
+It was not until four o'clock in the morning that the troops were ready
+to march upon Trenton, nine miles away. As they advanced, a fearful
+storm of snow and sleet beat upon the already weary men. But they pushed
+forward, and surprised the Hessians at Trenton soon after sunrise,
+easily capturing them after a short struggle.
+
+Washington had brought hope to every patriot heart. The British were
+amazed at the daring feat, and Cornwallis decided to make a longer stay
+in America. He soon advanced with a superior force against Washington,
+and at nightfall, January 2, 1777, took his stand on the farther side of
+a small creek. "At last," said Cornwallis, "we have run down the old
+fox, and we will bag him in the morning."
+
+But Washington was too sly a fox for Cornwallis to bag. During the night
+he led his army around Cornwallis's camp, and pushing on to Princeton
+defeated the rear-guard, which had not yet joined the main body. He then
+retired in safety to his winter quarters among the hills about
+Morristown. During this fateful campaign Washington had handled his army
+in a masterly way. He had begun with defeat and had ended with victory.
+
+In 1777 the British planned to get control of the Hudson River, and thus
+cut off New England from the other States. In this way they hoped so to
+weaken the Americans as to make their defeat easy. Burgoyne was to march
+from Canada, by way of Lake Champlain and Fort Edward, to Albany, where
+he was to meet not only a small force of British under St. Leger from
+the Mohawk Valley, but also the main army of 18,000 men, under General
+Howe, which was expected to sail up the Hudson from New York. The
+British believed that this plan would be easily carried out and would
+soon bring the war to a close.
+
+[Illustration: WINTER AT VALLEY FORGE.
+
+The Relief.]
+
+And this might have happened if General Howe had not failed to do his
+part. Instead of going up to meet and help Burgoyne, however, he tried
+first to march across New Jersey and capture Philadelphia. But when he
+reached Morristown, he found Washington in a stronghold where he dared
+not attack him. As Washington would not come out and risk an encounter
+in the open field, and as Howe was unwilling to continue his advance
+with the American army threatening his rear, he returned to New York.
+Still desirous of reaching Philadelphia, however, he sailed a little
+later, with his army, to Chesapeake Bay. The voyage took him two months.
+
+When at length he advanced toward Philadelphia, he found Washington
+ready to dispute his progress at Brandywine Creek. There a battle was
+fought, resulting in the defeat of the Americans. But Washington handled
+his army with such skill that Howe spent two weeks in reaching
+Philadelphia, only twenty-six miles away.
+
+When Howe arrived at the city he found out that it was too late to send
+aid to Burgoyne, who was now in desperate straits. Washington had
+spoiled the English plan, and Burgoyne, failing to get the much-needed
+help from Howe, had to surrender at Saratoga (October 17, 1777) his
+entire army of 6,000 regular troops. This was a great blow to England,
+and resulted in a treaty between France and America. After this treaty,
+France sent over both land and naval forces, which were of much service
+to the American cause.
+
+At the close of 1777 Washington retired to a strong position among the
+hills at Valley Forge, on the Schuylkill River, about twenty miles
+northwest of Philadelphia. Here his army spent a winter of terrible
+suffering. Most of the soldiers were in rags, only a few had
+bed-clothing, and many had not even straw to lie upon at night. Nearly
+3,000 were barefoot. More than this, they were often for days at a time
+without bread. It makes one heartsick to read about the sufferings of
+these patriotic men during this miserable winter. But despite all the
+bitter trials of these distressing times, Washington never lost faith in
+the final success of the American cause.
+
+A beautiful story is told of this masterful man at Valley Forge. When
+"Friend Potts" was near the camp one day, he heard an earnest voice. On
+approaching he saw Washington on his knees, his cheeks wet with tears,
+praying to God for help and guidance. When the farmer returned to his
+home he said to his wife: "George Washington will succeed! George
+Washington will succeed! The Americans will secure their independence!"
+"What makes thee think so, Isaac?" inquired his wife. "I have heard him
+pray, Hannah, out in the woods to-day, and the Lord will surely hear his
+prayer. He will, Hannah; thee may rest assured He will."
+
+We may pass over without comment here the events between the winter at
+Valley Forge and the Yorktown campaign, which resulted in the surrender
+of Cornwallis with all his army. Even when not engaged in fighting
+battles, Washington was the soul of the American cause, which could
+scarcely have succeeded without his inspiring leadership. But there is
+yet one more military event--the hemming in of Cornwallis at
+Yorktown,--for us to notice briefly before we take leave of Washington.
+
+When at the close of his fighting with General Greene in the South,
+Cornwallis marched northward to Yorktown, Washington, with an army of
+French and American troops, was encamped on the Hudson River. He was
+waiting for the coming of a French fleet to New York. On its arrival he
+expected to attack the British army there by land, while the fleet
+attacked it by sea.
+
+Upon hearing that the French fleet was on its way to the Chesapeake,
+Washington thought out a brilliant scheme. This was to march his army as
+quickly and as secretly as possible to Yorktown, a distance of 400
+miles, there to join Lafayette and to co-operate with the French fleet
+in the capture of Cornwallis. The scheme succeeded so well that
+Cornwallis surrendered his entire army of 8,000 men on October 19, 1781.
+
+This was the last battle of the war, although the treaty of peace was
+not signed until 1783. By that treaty the Americans won their
+independence from England. The country which they could now call their
+own extended from Canada to Florida, and from the Atlantic Ocean to the
+Mississippi River.
+
+Washington, tired of war, was glad to become a Virginia planter once
+more. But he was not permitted to live in quiet. After his retirement
+from the army his home became, as he himself said, a well-resorted
+tavern. Two years after the close of the Revolution he wrote in his
+diary: "Dined with only Mrs. Washington, which I believe is the first
+instance of it since my retirement from public life."
+
+When, on the formation of the Constitution of the United States, the
+American people looked about for a President, all eyes naturally turned
+to George Washington. He was elected without opposition and was
+inaugurated at New York, then the capital of the United States, on April
+30, 1789.
+
+[Illustration: Washington's Home--Mount Vernon.]
+
+His life as President was one of dignity and elegance. It was his custom
+to pay no calls and accept no invitations, but between three and four
+o'clock on every Tuesday afternoon he held a public reception. On such
+occasions he appeared in court-dress, with powdered hair, yellow gloves
+in his hand, a long sword in a scabbard of white polished leather at
+his side, and a cocked hat under his arm. Standing with his right hand
+behind him, he bowed formally as each guest was presented to him.
+
+After serving two terms as President with great success he again retired
+in 1797 to private life at Mount Vernon. Here he died on December 14,
+1799, at the age of sixty-seven, loved and honored by the American
+people.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  WASHINGTON AT MOUNT VERNON.
+  THE PLANTATION IN VIRGINIA.
+  THE PLANTER'S MANSION AND ITS SURROUNDINGS.
+  VIRGINIA HOSPITALITY.
+  MODES OF TRAVEL.
+  WASHINGTON'S WORKING HABITS.
+  APPOINTED COMMANDER-IN-CHIEF OF THE AMERICAN TROOPS.
+  GENERAL WASHINGTON AND HIS ARMY.
+  THE BRITISH DRIVEN FROM BOSTON.
+  WASHINGTON GOES TO NEW YORK.
+  BATTLE OF LONG ISLAND.
+  WASHINGTON'S ESCAPE FROM LONG ISLAND.
+  THE TRAITOR LEE DISOBEYS WASHINGTON.
+  WASHINGTON RETREATS ACROSS NEW JERSEY.
+  A GLOOMY OUTLOOK.
+  A TERRIBLE NIGHT FOLLOWED BY A GLORIOUS VICTORY.
+  THE BRITISH PLANS IN 1777.
+  GENERAL HOWE FAILS TO DO HIS PART.
+  BURGOYNE'S SURRENDER; AID FROM FRANCE.
+  WASHINGTON AT VALLEY FORGE.
+  THE SURRENDER OF CORNWALLIS; TREATY OF PEACE.
+  WASHINGTON AS PRESIDENT.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. By all means make constant use of your map.
+
+  2. Write on the following topics: the plantation, the planter's
+  mansion, Virginia hospitality, modes of travel.
+
+  3. What was Washington's favorite motto? What were his working
+  habits?
+
+  4. Describe Washington at the time when he took command of the
+  army. What was the condition of this army?
+
+  5. Tell about Washington's troubles and his retreat across New
+  Jersey?
+
+  6. Imagine yourself one of Washington's soldiers on the night of
+  the march against the Hessians at Trenton, and relate your
+  experiences. Try to form vivid pictures before you tell the
+  story.
+
+  7. What were the British plans for 1777, and in what way did
+  General Howe blunder in carrying out his part?
+
+  8. Describe the sufferings of the soldiers at Valley Forge.
+
+  9. Give a short account of Washington.
+
+  10. What were the leading causes of the Revolution? Its most
+  striking result?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+Nathaniel Greene, the Hero of the South, and Francis Marion, the "Swamp
+Fox"
+
+[1742-1786]
+
+[Illustration: Nathaniel Greene.]
+
+
+We have rapidly glanced at the course of the Revolution so far as
+Washington was concerned in it. But we should fail to understand the
+connection of events were we to pass over without mention the work of
+the brilliant general, Nathaniel Greene, who by common consent is
+regarded as a military leader second to Washington alone.
+
+As already noted, the first fighting in the Revolution was in New
+England. Failing there, the British generals vainly tried to get control
+of the Hudson River and the Middle States.
+
+Their attention was now turned to the South, where there were many
+Tories who would give material support to the King's forces. George the
+Third had great hopes of conquering all the Southern States, and holding
+them at the end of the struggle as English territory, even though the
+Americans should succeed in keeping possession of New England and the
+Middle States.
+
+Beginning in Georgia in 1778, the British captured Savannah, but not
+until 1780 did they undertake the serious business of conquering the
+South. In May of that year General Lincoln, the American commander of
+the Southern army, surrendered his entire force at Charleston, and in
+the following August, General Gates, at the head of a second American
+army, suffered a crushing defeat in the battle of Camden. The outlook
+for the patriot cause appeared dark. One thing was certain. An able
+military leader must take charge of the Americans, or the British would
+soon overcome all opposition. Washington had great faith in General
+Greene's ability, and without hesitation selected him for this important
+task.
+
+Nathaniel Greene was born in Warwick, R. I., in 1742. His father, a
+Quaker preacher on Sundays and a blacksmith and miller on week days,
+brought up his son in the strictest Quaker principles, and trained him
+to work in the field, in the mill, and at the forge. Nathaniel was
+robust and athletic, a leader in outdoor sports. From an early age he
+was studious in his habits, and in his manhood, when the troubles with
+England seemed to threaten war, he eagerly turned his attention to the
+study of military tactics.
+
+In 1774 Greene took an active part in organizing, in Rhode Island, a
+military company called the Kentish Guards, in which he at once enrolled
+himself as a private. In order to procure a musket it was necessary for
+him to make a trip to Boston where, in his Quaker costume of
+drab-colored clothes and broad brimmed hat, he was a picturesque and
+interested observer of the British regulars taking their customary
+drill. On his return he brought with him not only a musket, which he
+concealed under some straw in his wagon, but also a British deserter to
+drill his company.
+
+On the news of the battle of Bunker Hill a brigade of three regiments
+was raised in Rhode Island, and Greene was placed at its head with the
+rank of brigadier-general. With this brigade he at once marched to
+Boston, and when Washington arrived to take command of the American
+troops, General Greene had the honor of welcoming him in behalf of the
+army.
+
+[Illustration: Map Showing the War in the South.]
+
+At this time Greene was thirty-three years old, six feet tall, with a
+strong, vigorous body and a frank, intelligent face. He speedily won the
+friendship and confidence of Washington, who afterward placed him in
+positions of great responsibility. Throughout the entire war General
+Greene was actively engaged, and in all his campaigns he showed
+remarkable energy and promptness. It was natural that a general so able
+should be sought in 1780 as commander of the American army in the South.
+
+When General Greene reached the Carolinas (December 2, 1780), he found
+the army in a forlorn condition. There was but one blanket for every
+three soldiers, and there were not enough provisions in camp to last
+three days. The men were disheartened because they had suffered defeat,
+rebellious because they were unpaid, and sick because they were unfed.
+They camped in rude huts made of fence rails, corn-stalks, and
+brushwood.
+
+But by his masterly way of doing things Greene soon inspired the
+confidence of officers and soldiers alike. A story is told that well
+illustrates the faith his men had in their general. Once he saw a
+bare-footed sentry and said to him, "How you must suffer from cold!" "I
+do not complain," the sentry answered, not aware that he was addressing
+his commander. "I know I should fare well if our general could procure
+supplies."
+
+Not long after taking command of the army he sent General Morgan with
+900 picked men toward the mountains in the Carolinas to threaten the
+British posts there, while he himself, with the remainder of the army,
+took a position nearer the coast on the Pedee River. General Cornwallis,
+in command of the British army in the South, detached Tarleton to march
+against Morgan. Early on the morning of January 17, 1781, after a hard
+night march, Tarleton, over-confident of success, attacked Morgan at
+Cowpens. But the Americans repelled the attack with vigor and won a
+brilliant victory. The British lost 230 killed and wounded and 600
+prisoners, almost their entire force.
+
+Cornwallis was deeply chagrined, for he had expected that Tarleton would
+crush the American force. He now planned to march rapidly across the
+country and defeat Morgan before Greene's army could unite with him. But
+Morgan, feeling certain that Cornwallis would make a strenuous effort to
+overwhelm him and rescue the 600 prisoners, marched with all possible
+speed in a northeasterly direction, with the purpose of crossing the
+Catawba River before Cornwallis could overtake him.
+
+[Illustration: Lord Cornwallis.]
+
+Moreover, when Greene heard the glorious news of the American victory,
+he knew that there was great danger that Morgan's force would fall into
+the hands of Cornwallis. He therefore planned not only to prevent such a
+catastrophe, but also to lead Cornwallis far away from his base of
+supplies at Wilmington on the coast, to a place where his own force
+united with Morgan's might fight a winning battle.
+
+With these plans in mind, having ordered General Huger to march rapidly
+with the army in a northerly direction, Greene himself, with a small
+guard, swiftly rode a distance of 150 miles across the rough country to
+Morgan's army. On the last day of January he reached it in the Catawba
+Valley, and began to direct its movements.
+
+In the meantime Cornwallis, with desperate energy, was pressing in
+pursuit. For the next ten days it was a race for life, with the odds in
+favor of Cornwallis. But Greene was exceedingly alert and masterful. The
+Catawba had been safely crossed, but Cornwallis might overtake the
+Americans before they could cross the Yadkin. To make all possible
+provision for a speedy crossing, Greene sent men ahead to see that boats
+should be collected on this river, ready for use when he should need
+them. He also had the fore-thought to carry with his army boats mounted
+on wheels. When crossing a river these boats would carry the wheels, and
+in advancing across the country the wheels would carry the boats.
+
+Having taken these precautions, Greene sent Morgan forward toward
+Salisbury, while he himself waited for a force of militia that was to
+guard fords on the Catawba in order to delay Cornwallis. But while
+waiting he heard that the militia had been scattered. When this
+unfortunate news reached him, he started upon a solitary ride through
+the heavy mud and drenching rain in search of Morgan's force. When
+Greene alighted at the Salisbury Inn, which had been turned into a
+hospital for the soldiers, the army physician greeted him, asking how
+he was. "Fatigued, hungry, alone, and penniless," he answered. The
+landlady, Mrs. Elizabeth Steele, on hearing the reply, brought out two
+bags of money, the savings of many a hard day's labor. She said, "Take
+these, you will need them, and I can do without them."
+
+In this famous retreat of 200 miles through the Carolinas the Americans
+forded three rivers, whose waters, swollen by recent rains soon after
+the Americans had crossed, checked the British in their pursuit. Greene
+crossed the last of these rivers, the Dan, with the two parts of his
+army now united, just in time to escape Cornwallis.
+
+In all this time of trial and uncertainty General Greene received
+valuable aid from partisan leaders in the South. One of the most noted
+of these was Francis Marion, who was born near Georgetown, S.C., in
+1732. Although as a child, he was extremely delicate, he grew strong
+after his twelfth year. In his mature years he was short and slight in
+frame, but strong and hardy in constitution.
+
+When the British began to swarm into South Carolina he raised and
+drilled a company of his neighbors and friends known as "Marion's
+Brigade." These men, without uniforms, without tents, and without pay,
+were among the bravest and best of the Revolutionary soldiers. Old saws
+beaten at the country forge furnished them with sabres, and pewter mugs
+and dishes supplied material for bullets. The diet of these men was
+simple. Marion, their leader, usually ate hominy and potatoes, and
+drank water flavored with a little vinegar.
+
+The story is told that one day a British officer entered the camp with a
+flag of truce. After the conference, Marion, with his usual delicate
+courtesy, invited him to dinner. We may imagine the officer's surprise
+when, seated at a log used for a table, they were served to a dinner
+consisting of roasted sweet potatoes handed to them on pieces of bark.
+The British officer was still more surprised to learn that at times
+Marion's men were not fortunate enough to have even potatoes.
+
+[Illustration: General Francis Marion.]
+
+"Marion's Brigade" of farmers and hunters seldom numbered more than
+seventy, and often less than twenty. With this very small force he
+annoyed the British beyond measure by rescuing prisoners and by
+capturing supply-trains, foraging parties, and outposts. One day a scout
+brought in the report that a party of ninety British with 200 prisoners
+were on the march for Charleston. Waiting for the darkness to conceal
+his movements, Marion with thirty men sallied out, swooped down upon the
+British camp, captured, the entire force, and rescued all the American
+prisoners.
+
+It was the custom of Marion's men when hard pressed by a superior force
+to scatter, each one for himself, and, dashing headlong into the dense,
+dark swamps, to meet again at the well-known hiding-place. Even while
+the British were in search of them they sometimes darted out just as
+suddenly as they had disappeared, and surprised another British party
+near at hand. Well did Marion deserve the name of "Swamp Fox," given him
+by the British.
+
+[Illustration: Marion and His Men Swooping Down on a British Camp.]
+
+With the aid of such partisan leaders, and by the skilful handling of
+his army, Greene was more than a match for Cornwallis. On receiving
+reinforcements from Virginia Greene turned upon his enemy at Guilford
+Court House, N. C., where he fought a losing battle. But although
+defeated, he so crippled the British army that Cornwallis was obliged
+to retreat to the coast to get supplies for his half-famished men before
+marching northward into Virginia. In this long and trying campaign
+Greene had completely outwitted Cornwallis.
+
+At the close of the war, as he passed through Philadelphia on his way
+home, the people received him with great enthusiasm. In 1785 he moved
+with his family to a plantation which the State of Georgia had given
+him. Here he lived in quiet and happiness less than a year, when he died
+of sunstroke at the age of forty-four. His comrade, Wayne, who was with
+him at the time of his death, said of him: "He was great as a soldier,
+great as a citizen, immaculate as a friend.... I have seen a great and
+good man die."
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE BRITISH ATTEMPT TO GET CONTROL IN THE SOUTH.
+  DARK OUTLOOK FOR THE AMERICANS.
+  YOUNG GREENE A LEADER IN OUT-DOOR SPORTS.
+  GREENE MADE BRIGADIER-GENERAL.
+  HE TAKES COMMAND IN THE SOUTH.
+  GENERAL GREENE AND HIS ARMY.
+  THE BATTLE OF COWPENS.
+  GREENE'S PLANS.
+  HIS ALERTNESS AND FORESIGHT.
+  A FAMOUS RETREAT.
+  PARTISAN LEADERS.
+  FRANCIS MARION AND HIS MEN.
+  MARION'S METHODS: THE "SWAMP FOX."
+  GREENE OUTWITS CORNWALLIS.
+  GENERAL GREENE AFTER THE WAR.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Why did the British wish to get control of the South?
+
+  2. How did Greene look? What do you admire in his character?
+
+  3. What was the condition of his army when he took command of it
+  in the South?
+
+  4. What was the "race for life"? How did it result?
+
+  5. Describe Francis Marion and tell all you can about his habits.
+
+  6. Tell the story of Marion and the British officer.
+
+  7. What were Marion's methods of annoying the British?
+
+  8. Are you constantly trying to form mental pictures as you read?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+Daniel Boone, the Kentucky Pioneer
+
+[1735-1820]
+
+[Illustration: Daniel Boone.]
+
+
+You will recall that at the beginning of the Last French War in 1756 the
+English colonies lived almost entirely between the Alleghany Mountains
+and the Atlantic Ocean. Such continued to be their narrow boundaries up
+to the beginning of the Revolutionary War. To understand how, at the end
+of this war, the western boundary had been extended to the Mississippi,
+we must turn our attention to those early western pioneers, the
+backwoodsmen, who rendered very important services to their country.
+
+One of the most noted of these pioneers was Daniel Boone. He was born in
+Bucks County, Pa., in 1735. Caring little for books, he spent most of
+his time in hunting and fishing. The woods were his special delight, and
+naturally he became an expert rifleman.
+
+The story is told that when a small boy he wandered one day into the
+forest some distance from home, and built himself a rough shelter of
+logs. There he would spend days at a time with only his rifle and game
+for company. The rifle served to bring down the game, and this he cooked
+over a fire of logs. A prince might have envied his dreamless slumber as
+he lay on a bed of leaves with the skin of a wild animal for covering.
+This free, wild life trained him for his future career as a fearless
+hunter and woodsman.
+
+[Illustration: The Kentucky Settlement.]
+
+When Daniel was about thirteen years old his father moved to North
+Carolina and settled on the Yadkin River, where Daniel grew to manhood.
+After his marriage at the age of twenty, he built him a hut in the
+solitude of the wilderness, far removed from other settlers' homes.
+
+But Boone was restless. For years he looked with eager eyes toward the
+rugged mountains on the west and to the country beyond. Day by day, his
+desire to visit this wild unknown region increased, until he could no
+longer restrain it. By the time he was twenty-five he had begun his
+explorations and had pushed his way as far as Boone's Creek, which is a
+branch of the Watauga River in Eastern Tennessee. Near this creek there
+yet stands a beech-tree with the inscription: "D. Boon cilled a bar on
+(this) tree in the year 1760."
+
+Nine years after this date Daniel Boone, in company with five other men,
+started out on May 1st to cross the Alleghany Mountains. For five weeks
+the bold travellers picked their way through the pathless woods. But
+when in June they reached Kentucky, they were rewarded for all the
+hardships they had endured. For here was a beautiful country with an
+abundance of game, including deer, bears, and great herds of bison.
+
+[Illustration: Indian Costume (Female).]
+
+They promptly put up a shelter made of logs and open on one side. The
+floor of this camp, as it was called, was the earth, covered with leaves
+and hemlock twigs.
+
+Six months after their arrival Boone and a man named Stewart had an
+unpleasant experience. While off on a hunting expedition, they were
+captured by an Indian party. For seven days the dusky warriors carefully
+guarded their prisoners. But on the seventh night, having gorged
+themselves with the game killed during the day, the Indians fell into a
+sound sleep. Boone, while pretending to be asleep, had been watching his
+opportunity. So when the right moment came he quietly arose, awoke
+Stewart, and the two crept stealthily away until out of hearing of the
+Indians. Then, leaping to their feet, they bounded away like deer,
+through the dark woods toward their camp. This they found deserted, and
+what had become of their friends they never learned.
+
+Some weeks later Boone was pleasantly surprised by the appearance at the
+camp of his brother, Squire Boone, and a companion. The four men lived
+together without special incident, until one day Stewart was surprised
+and shot by some Indians. Stewart's death so terrified the man who had
+accompanied Squire Boone, that he gave up the wilderness life and
+returned to his home.
+
+[Illustration: Indian Costume (Male).]
+
+Boone and his brother remained together in the forest for three months
+longer, but their ammunition getting low, on May 1st Squire Boone
+returned to North Carolina for a fresh supply and for horses. Daniel was
+thus left alone, 500 miles from home. His life was in constant peril
+from wild beasts and Indians. He dared not sleep in his camp, but
+resorted at night to a canebrake or some other hiding-place, where he
+lay concealed, not even kindling a fire lest its light might betray him.
+During these months of solitary waiting for his brother, Boone endured
+many privations. He had neither salt, sugar, nor flour, his sole food
+being game brought down by his rifle. But the return of his brother, in
+July, with the expected provisions, brought him much good cheer.
+
+After two years of this experience in the wilderness, Daniel Boone
+returned to his home on the Yadkin to make preparations for removal. By
+September, 1773, he had sold his farm and was ready to go with his
+family to settle in Kentucky. His enthusiastic reports of the fertile
+country he had been exploring found eager listeners, and when his party
+was ready to start it included, besides his wife and children, five
+families and forty men, with a sufficient number of horses and cattle.
+Unhappily they were attacked on their way by Indians, and six men, one
+of them Boone's eldest son, were killed. Discouraged by this setback the
+party returned to the nearest settlement, and for a while longer the
+migration westward was postponed.
+
+But it was Boone's unflinching purpose to settle in the beautiful
+Kentucky region. It had already become historic, for the Indians called
+it a "dark ground," a "bloody ground," and an old Indian Chief had
+related to Boone how many tribes had hunted and fought on its disputed
+territory.
+
+None of the Indians held an undisputed claim to the land. Nevertheless a
+friend of Boone, Richard Henderson, and other white men made treaties
+with the powerful Cherokees, who allowed them to settle here. As soon
+as it became certain that the Cherokees would not interfere, Henderson
+sent Boone in charge of thirty men to open a pathway from the Holston
+River, over Cumberland Gap to the Kentucky River. This is still known as
+the Wilderness Road, along which so many thousand settlers afterward
+made their way.
+
+On reaching the Kentucky River, Boone and his men set to work to build a
+fort on the left bank of the stream. This fort they called
+Boonesborough. Its four stout walls consisted in part of the outer sides
+of log cabins and in part of a stockade, some twelve feet high, made by
+thrusting into the ground stout pieces of timber pointed at the top.
+There were loop-holes in all the cabins, and a loop-holed block-house at
+each corner of the fort.
+
+Daniel Boone, the leader of this settlement, was a man of interesting
+personality. He was a tall, slender backwoodsman, with muscles of iron
+and a rugged nature that enabled him to endure great hardship. Quiet and
+serious, he possessed courage that never shrank in the face of danger.
+Men had confidence in him because he had confidence in himself.
+Moreover, his kind heart and tender sympathies won lasting friendships.
+He usually though not always dressed like an Indian. A fur cap, a
+fringed hunting shirt, and leggings and moccasins, all made of skins of
+wild animals, made up his ordinary costume.
+
+[Illustration: Daniel Boone in his Cabin.]
+
+If we should go in imagination into Daniel Boone's log cabin out in the
+clearing not far from the fort, we should find it a simple home with
+rude furnishings. A ladder against the wall was the stairway by which
+the children reached the loft. Pegs driven into the wall held the scanty
+family wardrobe, and upon a rough board, supported by four wooden legs,
+was spread the family meal.
+
+There was an abundance of plain and simple food. Bear's meat was a
+substitute for pork, and venison for beef. As salt was scarce, the beef
+was not salted down or pickled, but was jerked by drying in the sun or
+smoking over the fire. Corn was also an important article of diet. When
+away from home to hunt game or to follow the war trail, sometimes the
+only food which the settler had was the parched corn he carried in his
+pocket or wallet. Every cabin had its hand-mill for grinding the corn
+into meal and a mortar for beating it into hominy. The mortar was made
+by burning a hole into the top of a block of wood.
+
+[Illustration: A Hand Corn Mill.]
+
+A pioneer boy found his life a busy and interesting one. While still
+young he received careful training in imitating the notes and calls of
+birds and wild animals. He learned how to set traps, and how to shoot a
+rifle with unerring aim. At twelve years of age he became a
+fort-soldier, with port-hole assigned to him for use in case of an
+Indian attack. He received careful training, also, in following an
+Indian trail and in concealing his own when on the warpath. For expert
+knowledge of this kind was necessary in the midst of dangers from unseen
+foes that were likely to creep stealthily upon the settlers at all
+times whether they were working in the clearings or hunting in the
+forest.
+
+After building the fort, Boone returned to his home in North Carolina
+for his family. Some months after the family reached Boonesborough,
+Boone's daughter with two girl friends was one day floating in a boat
+near the river-bank. Suddenly five Indians darted out of the woods and,
+seizing the three girls, hurried away with them. When in their flight
+the Indians observed the eldest of the girls breaking twigs and dropping
+them in their trail, they threatened to tomahawk her unless she stopped
+it. But watching her chance, she from time to time tore off strips of
+her dress, and dropped them as guides to the pursuing whites.
+
+As soon as possible after hearing of the capture Boone, with seven other
+men from the fort, started upon the trail of the Indians and kept up the
+pursuit until, early on the second morning, they discovered the Indians
+sitting around a fire cooking breakfast. Suddenly the whites, firing a
+volley, killed two of the Indians and frightened the others so badly
+that they beat a hasty retreat, leaving the girls uninjured.
+
+Early in 1778, Boone and twenty nine other men were captured and carried
+off by a party of Indian warriors. At that time the Indians in that part
+of the country were fighting on the English side in the Revolution, and
+as they received a ransom for any Americans they might hand over to the
+English, they took Boone and the other men of his party to Detroit.
+
+Although the English offered $500 for Boone's ransom the Indians
+refused to let him go. They admired him so much that they took him to
+their home, and with due ceremony adopted him into their tribe. Having
+plucked out all his hair except a tuft on the top of his head, they
+dressed this with feathers and ribbons as a scalp-lock. Next they threw
+him into the river and gave his body a thorough scrubbing in order to
+wash out all the white blood. Then, daubing his face with paint in true
+Indian fashion, they looked upon him with huge satisfaction as one of
+themselves.
+
+[Illustration: A Wigwam.]
+
+Boone remained with them several months, during which he made the best
+of the life he had to lead. But when he heard that the Indians were
+planning an attack upon Boonesborough, he determined to escape if
+possible and give his friends warning. His own words tell the story in a
+simple way: "On the 16th of June, before sunrise, I departed in the most
+secret manner, and arrived at Boonesborough on the 20th after a journey
+of 160 miles, during which I had but one meal." He could not get any
+food because he dared not use his gun, nor would he build a fire for
+fear of discovery by his foes. He reached the fort in safety, where he
+was of great service in beating off the attacking party.
+
+But this is only one of the many hairbreadth escapes of the fearless
+backwoodsman. Once while in a shed looking after some tobacco, four
+Indians with loaded guns appeared at the door. They said: "Now, Boone,
+we got you. You no get away any more. You no cheat us any more." In the
+meantime, Boone had gathered up in his arms a number of dry tobacco
+leaves, and with the dust of these suddenly filled the Indians' eyes and
+nostrils. Then while they were coughing, sneezing, and rubbing their
+eyes, he made good his escape.
+
+[Illustration: Indian Implements]
+
+But from all his dangerous adventures Boone came out safely, and for
+years remained the leader of the settlement at Boonesborough. He was
+certainly a masterful leader in that early pioneer life in Kentucky.
+The solitude of the wilderness never lost its charm for him even to the
+last of his long life. He died in 1820, eighty-five years old. It has
+been said that but for him the settlement in Kentucky could not have
+been made for many years.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  WESTERN PIONEERS AND PATRIOTS.
+  BOONE'S FONDNESS FOR LIFE IN THE WOODS.
+  HE GOES TO KENTUCKY.
+  HIS SOLITARY LIFE IN THE FOREST.
+  HE PLANTS A SETTLEMENT IN KENTUCKY.
+  BOONESBOROUGH.
+  PERSONAL APPEARANCE AND CHARACTER OF DANIEL BOONE.
+  HIS LOG CABIN.
+  FOOD OF THE BACKWOODSMEN.
+  LIFE OF THE PIONEER BOY.
+  BOONE'S DAUGHTER CAPTURED BY THE INDIANS.
+  HIS ADOPTION BY AN INDIAN TRIBE.
+  BOONE'S IMPORTANT WORK.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Try to form a picture of Boone alone in the woods in his
+  boyhood, and then tell the story of what he did.
+
+  2. Do the same with Boone alone in the Kentucky forest after
+  his brother had left him.
+
+  3. What do you admire in Boone's character? How did he dress?
+  Describe his log cabin. Give some facts about the Kentucky
+  settlers' diet.
+
+  4. Tell something about the life of the pioneer boy.
+
+  5. Give an account of Boone's adoption into an Indian tribe.
+
+  6. What was Boone's great work?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+Thomas Jefferson and the Louisiana Purchase
+
+[1743-1826]
+
+[Illustration: Thomas Jefferson.]
+
+
+Through the achievements of early pioneers and settlers, of whom Daniel
+Boone is the type, the region lying between the Alleghany Mountains and
+the Mississippi River came into the possession of the United States. In
+a very different way did the territory lying between the Mississippi
+River and the Rocky Mountains become a part of the national domain. It
+was acquired not by exploration or settlement, but by purchase, and the
+man most intimately associated with this purchase was Thomas Jefferson.
+
+He was born in 1743 near Charlottesville, Va., on a plantation of nearly
+2,000 acres. From his father, a man of great physical strength and
+energy, Thomas inherited a hardy constitution. As a boy he lived an
+out-of-door life, sometimes hunting for deer, wild turkeys, and other
+game, sometimes swimming or paddling his boat in the river near his
+home, and sometimes riding one of his father's horses. A skilful and a
+daring rider, he remained to the end of his long life fond of a fine
+horse.
+
+When he was five years of age he entered school, and thus early began
+his life-long habit of reading and study. Even in his younger boyhood
+days he was known among his playmates for industry and thoroughness.
+
+At seventeen he entered William and Mary College, at Williamsburg, Va.
+Although Williamsburg was a village of only 1,000 people, it was the
+State capital, and represented the most aristocratic and refined social
+life of the colony. As a young college student Jefferson received the
+full advantage of this good society, and at the same time studied very
+hard, sometimes as much as fifteen hours a day. But for his strong body
+and sound health he must have broken down under such a severe strain.
+
+Being simple, refined, and gentle in manner, with a cheerful disposition
+and rare intelligence, he easily won and kept warm friends. One of these
+was the rollicking, fun-loving Patrick Henry, who with his jokes and
+stories kept everyone about him in good humor. He and Jefferson were, in
+their youth, the best of friends, and spent many an hour in playing
+their violins together.
+
+While in college at Williamsburg Jefferson, according to a description
+left of him as he appeared at that time, was six feet two and one-half
+inches tall, with a slender frame, a freckled face, sandy hair,
+hazel-gray eyes, and large feet and hands. He stood erect, straight as
+an arrow, a perfect picture of health and vigorous young manhood.
+
+It was during the last of his five-year stay at Williamsburg that
+Jefferson, then twenty-two-years old, stood one day at the door of the
+court-house earnestly listening to his friend Patrick Henry as he
+delivered his famous speech. The impassioned words of the great orator,
+bitterly denouncing the Stamp Act, made a deep impression upon young
+Jefferson's fervid nature. They fell as seed in good soil, and a few
+years later yielded harvest in the cause of liberty.
+
+These two men, devoted friends as they were, had many traits in common.
+Both were earnest patriots and fought in the same cause. But unlike
+Patrick Henry Thomas Jefferson was a poor speaker. His power expressed
+itself rather through his writing, and with such grace and strength that
+he has rightly been called "The Pen of the Revolution."
+
+At twenty-nine years of age he married a beautiful young widow of
+twenty-three. After the wedding festivities, he and his bride started
+out in a four-horse carriage to drive to his home, Monticello, more than
+100 miles away. It was in the month of January, and a heavy snow-storm
+overtook them, compelling them to abandon the carriage and continue the
+journey over the rough mountain roads on horseback.
+
+When at last they reached Monticello, tired and hungry, it was so late
+that the slaves had gone to their quarters for the night. The house was
+dark and the fires all out, but the bride and groom quickly kindled a
+fire, hunted up refreshments, and made the empty rooms ring with their
+songs and merriment. Thus with joyous hearts did they begin a
+long-continued and happy married life in their beautiful home,
+Monticello.
+
+Both Jefferson and his wife inherited wealth. When he was married, he
+owned 5,000 acres of land and fifty-two slaves, and a year later his
+wife's father died and left her 40,000 acres of land and 135 slaves.
+
+[Illustration: Monticello.]
+
+He became strongly attached to his mountain home and his life there as a
+planter, taking great interest in laying out and cultivating the
+grounds, and in introducing many new varieties of plants and trees.
+
+But he was too public-spirited to be lost in his private interest. In
+the year following his marriage, the famous "Boston Tea Party" emptied
+the chests of taxed tea into Boston Harbor. Then followed such stirring
+events as the Boston Port Bill, the first meeting of the Continental
+Congress, and the battles of Lexington and Concord; and finally the
+crisis, when the brave men of the Continental Congress, having decided
+that the time had come for the American people to declare themselves
+free and independent of England, appointed a committee of five to draw
+up the Declaration of Independence.
+
+[Illustration: THOMAS JEFFERSON AT WORK UPON THE FIRST DRAFT OF THE
+DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE.]
+
+Jefferson was one of this committee and, as he had distinguished himself
+for literary ability, it fell to him to write the first draft of this
+great state paper. Congress spent a few days in making some unimportant
+changes in Jefferson's draft, but left it practically as he had written
+it. On July 4, 1776, all the members of the Continental Congress signed
+the Declaration of Independence in Carpenter's Hall, Philadelphia, a
+hall which is yet standing.
+
+One of the striking things that Jefferson wrote in the Declaration of
+Independence was that "all men are created equal." He was always
+democratic in feeling, trying to do what he could for the interest of
+rich and poor alike. There was a law in Virginia requiring that the
+owner of land should hand it down to his eldest son. In its place he got
+a law passed which would permit all the children of a family to share in
+the land owned by their father. Another law in Virginia required that
+people should pay taxes for the support of the religious denomination,
+or church, known as the Established Church. As Jefferson believed this
+law unfair, he secured the passage of one which provided that nobody
+should be compelled to pay taxes for the support of any church.
+
+But Jefferson showed his sympathy for the rights of others quite as much
+in his private as in his public life, and won the personal attachment of
+his numerous household. His letters to his little daughters were full
+of loving advice, and their letters to him breathed the spirit of
+genuine affection. When, after the close of the Revolution, Franklin
+returned from his mission as minister to France, Jefferson was sent to
+take his place. On his return to Monticello at the end of five years,
+his slaves went miles to meet him and give him a hearty welcome home.
+They wished to take the horses from the carriage, that they might draw
+it themselves; and when, arriving at the house, Jefferson alighted, they
+bore him proudly upon their shoulders, while they laughed and cried for
+joy because "Massa" had come home again.
+
+Jefferson was truly polite, because he had warm sympathy for others,
+especially for the poor and the needy. Once when he and his grandson
+were out riding together they met a negro who bowed to them. The young
+man paid no attention to the negro, but Jefferson politely returned the
+bow, saying, "Do you permit a negro to be more of a gentleman than
+yourself?" thus teaching the young man a useful lesson.
+
+After filling many of the highest offices in the country, Thomas
+Jefferson became the third President of the United States in 1801. He
+had looked on with serious misgivings at some of the ceremonies and
+formalities in the executive mansion while Washington was President. He
+loved Washington, but he did not think that the President of the United
+States should be coldly formal and hold himself aloof from the people
+quite as much as Washington did. He believed in "republican
+simplicity," which he began to practise on the very day he was
+inaugurated.
+
+On that occasion he went on foot to the capitol, clothed in his
+every-day dress, and attended by some of his political friends. It
+became his custom later when going up to the capitol on official
+business to ride on a horse, which he tied with his own hands to a fence
+near by, before entering. He declined to hold weekly levees, as had been
+the custom, but instead opened his house to all on the fourth of July
+and the first of January. In these ways he was carrying out his
+convictions that the President should be simple in dress and manner, or,
+in other words, should live in "republican simplicity."
+
+Many acts of Jefferson prove that he was an able statesman; but one of
+the greatest things he did, while President in the years 1801-1809, was
+the purchase of Louisiana. Do not think of this territory as the State
+of Louisiana. It was far more than this, for it included all the country
+lying between the Mississippi River on the east and the Rocky Mountains
+on the west, and extending from Canada on the north to Texas on the
+south.
+
+In 1763, at the close of the Last French War, France gave up all this
+vast region to Spain. But in 1800, Napoleon forced Spain to give it up
+to France. When the Americans learned that Louisiana had again become
+French territory they were alarmed, as the country that held Louisiana
+could control the mouth of the Mississippi, and stop all American goods
+passing down through the river. As a consequence, American settlers
+living west of the Alleghanies would not be able to find a ready outlet
+to the world for their products. Then, too, France might plant a strong
+colony in Louisiana and thus give the American people untold trouble.
+
+[Illustration: Map of Louisiana Purchase; also United States in 1803.]
+
+Accordingly, President Jefferson sent Monroe to France to aid in
+securing New Orleans and a stretch of territory in Louisiana lying on
+the east bank of the Mississippi. By getting that territory, the
+Americans would own the entire east bank of the river, and could
+therefore control their own trade.
+
+The Americans approached Napoleon at a fortunate time; for he was
+greatly in need of money to aid him in his war with England. Besides, he
+feared that England might seize Louisiana with her fleet. He therefore
+gladly sold us for $15,000,000 all the immense territory of Louisiana.
+
+By carefully looking at your map you will get some idea of its vast
+extent. It was much larger than all the rest of the territory which we
+held before this purchase was made. Jefferson himself, perhaps, hardly
+realized how great a thing he was doing for his country when he made the
+purchase.
+
+At the end of his term of office as President, Jefferson retired to
+private life in his much-loved home of Monticello. Famous not only for
+his statesmanship, but for his learning, he was called the "Sage of
+Monticello," and was visited by people from far and near. The number of
+his guests was enormous, his housekeepers sometimes finding it
+necessary to provide fifty beds for them.
+
+Of course all this entertaining was a great burden, and the expense of
+it almost ruined him financially. But his life moved happily on. Always
+busy with some useful work, he took a deep interest in education, and
+was the founder of the University of Virginia, in which he felt a just
+pride.
+
+On July 4, 1826, just fifty years after the signing of the Declaration
+of Independence, this great man breathed his last, at the ripe age of
+eighty-three. On the tombstone which marks his grave at Monticello is
+this inscription, written by his own hand: "Here was buried Thomas
+Jefferson, author of the Declaration of Independence, of the Statutes of
+Virginia for Religious Freedom, and Father of the University of
+Virginia." It was such things as these--things that touched the freedom
+of all men--that he sought to further, and in so doing found his
+greatest satisfaction.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE LOUISIANA TERRITORY.
+  THE OUT-DOOR LIFE OF YOUNG THOMAS JEFFERSON.
+  SCHOOL AND COLLEGE LIFE.
+  JEFFERSON'S PERSONAL APPEARANCE.
+  "THE PEN OF THE REVOLUTION."
+  JEFFERSON'S HAPPY HOME LIFE.
+  A WEALTHY PLANTER AT MONTICELLO.
+  JEFFERSON WRITES THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE.
+  HIS "REPUBLICAN SIMPLICITY."
+  NAPOLEON SELLS US LOUISIANA; ITS VAST EXTENT.
+  THE "SAGE OF MONTICELLO."
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Tell about Jefferson's youthful friendship for Patrick Henry.
+
+  2. How did Jefferson look when he was in college?
+
+  3. Describe Jefferson's happy home life. How did he show his
+  interest in the people? How did his slaves regard him?
+
+  4. What is meant by his "republican simplicity"?
+
+  5. When and why did Jefferson purchase Louisiana?
+
+  6. Draw a map of Louisiana.
+
+  7. What do you admire in Jefferson's character?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+Robert Fulton and the Steamboat
+
+[1765-1815]
+
+[Illustration: Robert Fulton.]
+
+
+After the purchase of Louisiana thousands of settlers joined the
+ever-swelling tide of westward migration which had been set in motion by
+the early pioneers. These frontiersmen had made their way across the
+mountains either by the forest trail, leading with them their
+pack-horses or, a little later, by the rough road cut through the
+forest, their household goods packed in a strong wagon drawn by oxen or
+horses.
+
+Already this difficult method had given place to the flat boat, which,
+though safer and more convenient, was still unsatisfactory except when
+it floated down stream. In the early years of this century, therefore,
+the increasing demands of migration and traffic turned many inventive
+minds to the problem of applying steam-power to river navigation, in the
+hope of accomplishing a speedier means of travel and transportation.
+The first to achieve success in inventing and bringing into practical
+use a steam-driven boat was Robert Fulton.
+
+Robert Fulton was born of poor parents in 1765, in Little Britain, Pa.
+His father having died when the boy was only three years old, his mother
+took charge of his education. She taught him herself until he was eight
+and then sent him to school. But he had no liking for books, and made
+slow progress. Drawing and mechanical devices absorbed his interest, and
+nothing gave him greater delight than to visit the shops of mechanics
+and there with his own hands to work out his new ideas.
+
+It is said that Robert came into school late one morning, and upon being
+reproved by his teacher explained that he had been at a shop beating a
+piece of lead into a pencil. At the same time he exhibited the pencil
+and remarked: "It is the best that I have ever used." Upon examining it
+the school-master was so well pleased that he praised Robert's effort,
+and in a short time nearly all the pupils were using the same sort of
+pencil.
+
+[Illustration: A Pack Horse.]
+
+His ingenious ideas found expression in other ways. For example, it was
+the custom of his town to celebrate the Fourth of July by an
+illumination with candles; but one year candles being scarce, the
+citizens were requested to omit the usual display. Robert was at this
+time only thirteen years old, and like other boys of his age, full of
+Fourth of July patriotism which had to be expressed in some
+extraordinary way. So he set his busy brain to work, and having bought
+gunpowder and pasteboard, produced some home-made sky-rockets which
+greatly astonished the community by their mid-air explosions. Such
+fireworks were at that time entirely new to the people of the town.
+
+[Illustration: A Flat Boat.]
+
+Another illustration of his inventive gift belongs to his boyhood days.
+He and one of his playmates used to go out fishing in a flat boat which
+they propelled by the use of long poles. Getting tired of this method of
+navigation, Robert made two crude paddle-wheels, one for each side of
+the boat, connecting them by a sort of double crank, which the boys
+united in turning. They could then easily propel the boat in their
+fishing trips to various parts of the lake, and keenly enjoyed this
+novel and easy way of going a-fishing.
+
+While still young Robert won the warm regard of a great painter,
+Benjamin West, whose father was an intimate friend of Robert's father.
+Very likely this friendship turned Robert's mind strongly toward
+painting. At all events, the desire to become an artist took so strong
+a hold upon him that at the age of seventeen he went to Philadelphia and
+devoted his time to drawing and painting. Here he remained three years
+and painted with such skill that he not only supported himself, but sent
+money to his old home, and saved $400, with which he bought a little
+home for his mother.
+
+In time his interest in art led him to go to London, where he studied
+under Benjamin West. But very soon he became interested in trying to
+improve canal navigation and in working out various mechanical
+appliances.
+
+This love for invention finally diverted his attention very largely from
+painting, and led him to the work which made him famous. When about
+thirty years old he went to Paris to experiment with a diving-boat, an
+invention of his own, intended to carry cases of gunpowder under water.
+This machine was not successful, but by the spring of 1801, a little
+more than three years after his first effort, he had constructed another
+diving-boat, and went with it to Brest where he gave it a successful
+trial. With three companions he descended twenty-five feet below the
+surface of the water and remained for one hour. In 1805 he tested it
+again in England where, with a torpedo of 170 pounds, he blew up a
+vessel of 200 tons.
+
+For the invention of the torpedo-boat, the world is indebted to Fulton,
+but for the first successful steamboat it owes him a debt of deeper
+gratitude. Before leaving Paris, Fulton became acquainted with Robert
+R. Livingston, who was at that time the American minister to France. Mr.
+Livingston had long felt an interest in steamboat navigation, and was
+willing to supply Fulton the necessary money. A steamboat, constructed
+at Paris, was finished by the spring of 1803, and the day for its trial
+trip was at hand, when, early one morning the boat broke in two parts
+and sunk to the bottom of the river. The frame had been too weak to
+support the weight of the heavy machinery. On receiving the news, Fulton
+hastened to the scene of his misfortune and began at once the work of
+raising the boat. For twenty-four hours, without food or rest, and
+standing up to his waist in the cold water, he labored with his men
+until he succeeded in raising the machinery and in placing it in another
+boat. But the exposure to which he submitted himself brought on a lung
+trouble from which he never fully recovered.
+
+Having discovered the defects of the machinery Fulton returned in 1806
+to America, where, with money furnished by his friend Livingston, he
+began to construct another steamboat which he called the Clermont, after
+the name of Livingston's home on the Hudson. This boat was 130 feet long
+and 18 feet wide, with a mast and a sail, and on each side a wheel 15
+feet in diameter, fully exposed to view.
+
+One morning in August, 1807, a throng of expectant people gathered on
+the banks of the North River at New York, to see the trial of the
+Clermont. Everybody was looking for failure. People had all along
+spoken of Fulton as a crack-brained dreamer, and had called the Clermont
+"Fulton's Folly." "Of course the thing would not move." "That any man
+with common-sense might know," they said. So while Fulton was waiting to
+give the signal to start, these wiseacres were getting ready to jest at
+his failure.
+
+[Illustration: The Clermont.]
+
+Finally, at the signal, the Clermont moved slowly, and then stood
+perfectly still. "Just what I have been saying," said one onlooker with
+emphasis. "I knew the boat would not go," said another. "Such a thing is
+impossible," said a third. But they spoke too soon, for after a little
+adjustment of the machinery, the Clermont steamed proudly up the Hudson.
+
+As she continued her journey, all along the river, people who had come
+from far and near stood watching the strange sight. When the boatmen and
+sailors on the Hudson, heard the clanking machinery and saw the great
+sparks of fire and the volumes of dense, black smoke rising out of the
+funnel, they thought the Clermont was a sea-monster. In their
+superstitious dread, some of them went ashore, some jumped into the
+river, and some fell on their knees in fear, believing the day of
+judgment to be at hand. One old Dutchman told his wife that he had seen
+the devil coming up the river on a raft.
+
+The trip of 150 miles from New York to Albany was made in thirty-two
+hours. Success had at last rewarded this man of strong common-sense,
+quiet modesty, and iron will. The Clermont was the first steamboat of
+practical use ever invented. From that time men saw the immeasurable
+advantage to trade of steam navigation on lakes and rivers.
+
+This was Fulton's last work of great public interest. He died in 1815,
+having rendered an untold service to the industrial welfare of his
+country and the world.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE PACK-HORSE, THE FLAT BOAT, AND THE NEW PROBLEM.
+  ROBERT FULTON AT HOME AND AT SCHOOL.
+  HIS FOURTH OF JULY SKY ROCKETS.
+  A NEW METHOD OF NAVIGATION.
+  FULTON'S FONDNESS FOR DRAWING AND PAINTING.
+  HE INVENTS THE DIVING-BOAT.
+  FULTON AND LIVINGSTON.
+  A SERIOUS ACCIDENT.
+  "FULTON'S FOLLY" AND HER TRIP UP THE HUDSON.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Give an account of Fulton's life at school, and his youthful
+  inventions.
+
+  2. Tell about his experience with the diving-boat.
+
+  3. What serious accident happened to his boat?
+
+  4. Imagine yourself on the Clermont at the time of its trial
+  trip, and give an account of the journey from New York to
+  Albany.
+
+  5. What do you admire in the character of Robert Fulton?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+Andrew Jackson, the Upholder of the Union
+
+[1767-1845]
+
+[Illustration: Andrew Jackson.]
+
+
+Only four years after the Clermont made its successful trip up the
+Hudson, the first steamboat on the Ohio was launched at Pittsburg. This
+boat was the forerunner of numerous steam-driven craft which swarmed the
+extensive network of rivers west of the Alleghany Mountains. A fresh
+impulse was given to westward migration, for settlers could now easily
+and cheaply reach the fertile lands of the Mississippi Valley, and,
+having raised an abundant crop, could successfully send the surplus to
+the Eastern markets. Under conditions so favorable the West grew in
+population with marvellous rapidity.
+
+Wealth went hand in hand with the increase of population, and greatly
+strengthened the influence of the people of the West in the affairs of
+the country. By 1829, one of their number became the sixth President of
+the United States. This was Andrew Jackson, of Tennessee.
+
+Andrew Jackson was born in Union County, N. C., in 1767, of poor
+parents, who about two years before had come from Ireland. In a little
+clearing in the woods, they had built a rude log hut and settled down to
+hard work.
+
+But Andrew's father soon died, and his mother went with her children to
+live in her brother's home, where she spun flax to earn money. She was
+very fond of little Andrew and hoped some day to make a minister of him.
+With this in view she sent him to school where he learned reading,
+writing, and a little ciphering. But he cared so little for study that
+he made small advancement, and in fact never learned to spell well nor
+to write the English language with ease or even correctness.
+
+He found great pleasure in hunting and in rough-and-tumble sports,
+excelling in running, jumping, and wrestling. Although not robust, he
+was wiry and energetic, and when a stronger boy threw him to the ground,
+he was so agile that he always managed to regain his feet.
+
+[Illustration: Andrew Jackson's Cradle.]
+
+As a school-boy Andrew was a bare-footed, freckle-faced lad, with
+slender frame, bright blue eyes, and reddish colored hair. Full of life
+and fun, he became known as "Mischievous Andy." Andy was brave and ready
+to champion the weaker and smaller boys, but sometimes he became
+overbearing and at other times his quick temper got him into trouble.
+One day his companions, wishing to play a practical joke upon him,
+secretly overloaded a gun, and dared Andy to shoot it. The fearless
+little fellow, seizing the gun, shot it off, and was kicked violently
+upon his back. But quickly jumping up, his eyes blazing with anger, he
+shouted, "If any of you boys laugh, I'll kill him." The boys did not
+laugh.
+
+[Illustration: A Spinning Wheel.]
+
+While he was yet a lad the Revolution broke out, and there was severe
+fighting between the Americans and the British near his home. His love
+of action, which up to that time had expressed itself in out-of-door
+sports, now took a more serious turn. War became a passion with him, and
+from this time he could not visit the local blacksmith's shop without
+hammering into shape some form of weapon. Once while fiercely cutting
+weeds with a scythe he was heard repeating these words: "Oh, if I were a
+man, how I would sweep down the British with my grass blade!"
+
+In the course of a few years young "Andy" had real British soldiers to
+fight; for he was only thirteen when he was made a prisoner of war. One
+day soon after his capture, a British officer ordered him to clean his
+muddy boots. The fiery youth flashed back: "Sir, I am not your slave. I
+am your prisoner, and as such I refuse to do the work of a slave."
+Incensed at this reply, the brutal officer struck the boy a cruel blow
+with his sword. Andrew saved himself from the brunt of the blow, but
+received two severe wounds, the scars and the bitter memory of which he
+carried through life.
+
+These indignities were but a beginning. He was transferred to the prison
+pen about Camden jail, some forty miles away, where without shelter and
+almost without food, he suffered from heartless exposure. In a weak and
+half-starved condition, his wounds yet unhealed, he fell a victim to
+small-pox. Hearing of his wretched plight, Andrew's mother secured his
+release and took him home with her. Andrew struggled for months with a
+severe illness. Before he had entirely recovered, his mother died
+leaving him quite alone in the world.
+
+But these hardships passed, and some years later Andrew decided to
+become a lawyer. After studying law for a while, at twenty-one he
+crossed the mountains with an emigrant party into the backwoods region
+of Tennessee. Now grown to manhood, he was six feet and one inch tall,
+slender, straight, and graceful, with a long slim face and thick hair
+falling over a forehead beneath which looked out piercing blue eyes.
+
+When he reached Nashville, the destination of his party, his experience
+was, in a large measure, the same as that of Daniel Boone in the wilds
+of Kentucky. When the women of the settlement went out to pick berries,
+and when the men hoed corn in the clearings, some of the settlers, gun
+in hand, with watchful eyes stood guard against attack from stealthy
+Indians.
+
+To the dangers belonging to backwoods life, Jackson was greatly exposed.
+The court-houses in which, as public prosecutor, he had to try cases,
+were in some instances hundreds of miles apart. In going from one to
+another he journeyed alone, and sometimes had to remain alone in the
+woods for twenty nights in succession. In periods of unusual danger, he
+dared not light a fire or even shoot a deer for fear of Indians.
+
+But in the midst of all these dangers he escaped harm, and by his energy
+and business ability achieved success as a lawyer. In time he acquired
+the means to become a large land-owner. After his marriage he built a
+house which he called The Hermitage, on a plantation of 1,100 acres,
+about eleven miles from Nashville.
+
+Here Jackson lived with his wife, whom he loved with a deep and abiding
+affection. They kept open house for visitors, and entertained large
+numbers of guests at a time, treating rich and poor with like
+hospitality. His warm heart and generous nature were especially shown in
+his own household, where he was kind to all, including his slaves.
+Having no children he adopted two, one of whom was an Indian baby-boy
+who had lost his mother. Of these children, Jackson was very fond.
+
+Indeed, childlike simplicity was always one of his striking traits. Not
+even when he became a noted man did he give up smoking his corn-cob
+pipe. But we must not think of him as a faultless man, for besides being
+often rough in manner and speech he had a violent temper which got him
+into many serious troubles; among them were some foolish duels.
+
+[Illustration: Map Illustrating Two of Andrew Jackson's Campaigns.]
+
+After one of his duels, with a ball in his shoulder and his left arm in
+a sling, he went to lead an army of 2,500 men in an attack upon the
+Creek Indians, who had risen against the whites in Alabama. These
+Indians had captured Fort Mimms, which was in Southern Alabama, about
+forty miles north of Mobile, and had massacred 500 men, women, and
+children seeking shelter there. Although Jackson was weak from a long
+illness, he marched with vigor against the Creeks. In the campaign he
+endured much hardship, increased by the difficulty of feeding his 2,500
+men in a wild country, where they almost starved for lack of food.
+
+Under such conditions Jackson had to exercise much firmness and tact to
+keep his army from deserting and returning home. The following incident
+is told to show in what way he won the confidence and love of his men:
+"A soldier, gaunt and woe-begone, approached the general one morning,
+while he was sitting under a tree eating, and begged for some food, as
+he was nearly starving. 'It has always been a rule with me,' replied
+Jackson, 'never to turn away a hungry man when it was in my power to
+relieve him, and I will most cheerfully divide with you what I have.'
+Putting his hand into his pocket, he drew forth a few acorns, saying:
+'This is the best and only fare that I have.'" But in spite of all his
+drawbacks, Jackson conquered the Creeks, and thus broke for all time the
+power of the Indians south of the Ohio River.
+
+Not long afterward he was sent at the head of an army, with the rank of
+major-general, to defend New Orleans against an attack of the British
+who hoped to get control of the lower Mississippi and all the southern
+part of what was then known as the Louisiana Territory. When Jackson
+went down to New Orleans he was in such extremely poor health that he
+was hardly able to sit on his horse. Nevertheless he worked night and
+day with unflagging energy, arming his men and encouraging them to meet
+the over-confident British foe.
+
+The British army consisted of 12,000 veterans fresh from victories over
+the great Napoleon. Naturally enough they despised the American
+backwoodsmen. Their confidence seemed reasonable, for they numbered
+twice as many as the Americans.
+
+On January 8, 1815, the British made a vigorous assault on the American
+lines. But they were mowed down with such terrible slaughter that at the
+end of twenty-five minutes, they were forced to retreat with a loss of
+2,600 men in killed and wounded. The Americans lost only twenty-one. The
+resolute courage and unwearied action of "Old Hickory," as Jackson was
+fondly called by his men, had won a signal victory. Through his military
+reputation Jackson soon became very popular. His honesty and patriotism
+took a strong hold on the people, and in due time he was elected
+President of the United States.
+
+A man of passionate feeling, he loved his friends and hated his enemies
+with equal intensity. Moreover, he did not seem to think that a man
+could disagree with him, especially in political matters, and still be
+his friend. So when he became President he at once began to turn out of
+office those who held government positions, and put into their places
+men of his own political party who had helped to bring about his
+election. Thus was introduced into our national civil service the
+"spoils system."
+
+We can readily imagine that such a man, so warm-hearted, and yet so
+intolerant, would make many friends and many enemies. But no one doubted
+his sincerity, especially in matters pertaining to the welfare of his
+country. His absolute fairness and his high sense of duty are well
+illustrated by his dealings with the Nullification Act. By reason of a
+high tariff, passed for the protection of manufacturers in the North,
+South Carolina declared that she would not allow any such law to be
+enforced in that State. This declaration was called the Nullification
+Act.
+
+[Illustration: JACKSON AT THE BATTLE OF NEW ORLEANS.]
+
+Jackson himself did not favor a high tariff, but he was firm in his
+purpose that whatever law Congress passed should be enforced in every
+State in the Union. When, therefore, he heard of the action of South
+Carolina, he rose to the full height of his executive authority. The
+news came to him as he was quietly smoking his corn-cob pipe. In a flash
+of anger he cried aloud, "The Union! It must and shall be preserved!
+Send for General Scott!" Troops were speedily sent to compel obedience,
+and South Carolina withdrew her opposition.
+
+In 1837, at the end of his term of office as President of the United
+States, he went to his old home, The Hermitage, where he once more took
+up the life of a hospitable planter. He was now nearly seventy years
+old, and a constant sufferer from disease. With his usual stubborn will,
+however, he battled for several years longer. He died in 1845, at the
+age of seventy-eight, one of the most striking figures in American
+history. His prompt and decisive action in compelling South Carolina to
+obey the tariff laws did much to strengthen the Union, for it prepared
+the nation to ward off the greater danger of secession, in which South
+Carolina took the lead, twenty-eight years later.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  RAPID GROWTH AND INFLUENCE OF THE WEST.
+  ANDREW JACKSON'S EARLY HOME A RUDE LOG HUT.
+  "MISCHIEVOUS ANDY" AT SCHOOL.
+  "ANDY" AND THE BRITISH OFFICER.
+  JACKSON'S PERSONAL APPEARANCE.
+  LIFE AT NASHVILLE; BACKWOODS DANGERS.
+  HOME LIFE AT THE HERMITAGE.
+  JACKSON CONQUERS THE CREEK INDIANS.
+  HE WINS THE CONFIDENCE OF HIS MEN.
+  HE DEFEATS THE BRITISH AT NEW ORLEANS.
+  JACKSON AND THE UNION.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Explain the rapid growth of the West.
+
+  2. Give an account of Jackson's experience in the Revolution.
+
+  3. What sort of a man was he in his home life?
+
+  4. What and where was The Hermitage?
+
+  5. What were his most prominent traits of character?
+
+  6. Tell about the Battle of New Orleans.
+
+  7. What did Jackson do for the Union?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+Daniel Webster, the Defender and Expounder of the Constitution
+
+[1782-1852]
+
+[Illustration: Daniel Webster.]
+
+
+Andrew Jackson's stern rebuke of the nullification movement was a timely
+one, for there existed in the South a widespread feeling that the Union
+was not supreme over the States. In the North, on the contrary, the
+Union was regarded as superior to the States and qualified to enforce
+any law passed by Congress unless the Supreme Court should declare such
+law unconstitutional. Which point of view was correct? The answer to
+that momentous question involved a long and bitter struggle between the
+two parts of the Union. The great statesman who set forth the northern
+view was Daniel Webster.
+
+He was born among the hills of New Hampshire, in Salisbury (now
+Franklin), in 1782, the son of a poor farmer and the ninth of ten
+children.
+
+As Daniel was a frail child, not able to work much on the farm, his
+parents permitted him to spend much time in fishing, hunting, and
+roaming at will over the hills. Thus he came into close touch with
+nature, and gained much knowledge which was useful to him in later
+years. It was his good fortune to have as a companion on these out-door
+excursions an old English soldier and sailor then living in a small
+house on the Webster farm. The two friends, so far apart in age, were
+good comrades, and were often seen walking together along the streams.
+The old soldier entertained his young listener with many thrilling tales
+of adventure on land and sea, and the boy read to his friend from books
+which the old man liked well.
+
+Daniel's father had also been a soldier, having served in Indian wars
+and in the Revolution, and related many interesting experiences to his
+son. One which always appealed to young Daniel was the account of a
+meeting, years before, with General Washington at the time when Arnold
+was found to be a traitor. In this interview Washington had taken
+Webster's hand and, looking seriously into his face, had said, "Captain
+Webster, I believe I can trust you." This expression of confidence by
+the general to his subordinate stirred the boy's imagination.
+
+In these ways did his patriotism receive a great stimulus. An incident
+which occurred when he was only eight years old illustrates the
+seriousness of his mind. Having seen at a store near his home a small
+cotton handkerchief with the Constitution of the United States printed
+on it, he gathered up his small earnings to the amount of twenty-five
+cents and eagerly secured the treasure. From this remarkable copy he
+learned the Constitution word for word, so that he could repeat it from
+beginning to end.
+
+Of course this was an unusual thing for an eight-year-old boy to do, but
+the boy himself was unusual. He spent much of his time poring over
+books. They were few in number, but of good quality, and he read them
+over and over again until he made them a part of himself. It was a
+pleasure to him to memorize fine poems also, and noble selections from
+the Bible, for he learned easily and remembered well what he learned. In
+this way he stored his mind with the highest kind of truth.
+
+Naturally his father was proud of his boy and longed to give him a good
+education. One day, when Daniel was only thirteen years old, they were
+at work together in the hay-field, when a college-bred man, also a
+member of Congress, stopped to speak with Mr. Webster. When the stranger
+had gone his way Mr. Webster expressed to his son deep regret that he
+himself was not an educated man, adding that because of his lack of
+education he had to work hard for a very small return.
+
+"My dear father," said Daniel, "you shall not work. Brother and I will
+work for you, and will wear our hands out, and you shall rest." Then
+Daniel, whose heart was tender and full of deep affection, cried
+bitterly.
+
+"My child," said Mr. Webster, "it is of no importance to me. I now live
+but for my children. I could not give your elder brothers the advantage
+of knowledge, but I can do something for you. Exert yourself, improve
+your opportunities, learn, learn, and when I am gone you will not need
+to go through the hardships which I have undergone, and which have made
+me an old man before my time."
+
+These words show the earnest purpose of the father. The next year the
+boy, now fourteen, was sent to Phillips Exeter Academy. The principal
+began Daniel's examination by directing him to read a passage in the
+Bible. The boy's voice was so rich and musical and his reading so
+intelligent that he was allowed to read the entire chapter and then
+admitted without further questioning. This was only one illustration of
+his marvellous power as a reader. Teamsters used to stop at the home
+farm in order to hear that "Webster boy," as they called Daniel, read or
+recite poetry or verses of Scripture.
+
+The boys he met at the academy were mostly from homes of wealth and
+culture. Some of them were rude and laughed at Daniel's plain dress and
+country manners. Of course the poor boy, whose health was still weak and
+who was by nature shy and independent, found such treatment hard to
+bear.
+
+But he studied well, and soon commanded respect because of his high
+rank. One of his school duties, however, he found impossible to perform,
+and that was to stand before the school and declaim. He would carefully
+memorize and practise his declamation, but, when called on to speak, he
+could not rise from his seat and go upon the platform. During the nine
+months of his stay in the academy, he failed to overcome his deficiency
+in declaiming.
+
+After leaving this school he studied for six months under Dr. Woods, a
+private tutor, who prepared him to enter Dartmouth, at the age of
+fifteen.
+
+Although he proved himself to be a youth of great mental power, he did
+not take high rank in scholarship. But he continued to read widely and
+thoughtfully, and acquired much valuable knowledge which he used with
+great clearness and force in conversation or debate. While in Dartmouth,
+he overcame his inability as a declaimer, and gave striking evidence of
+the oratorical power for which he afterward became so famous.
+
+After spending two years in Dartmouth, Daniel begged his elder brother
+Ezekiel to join him there. But Ezekiel was needed at home, for their
+father, who was now sixty years old, was in poor health and had even at
+that age to work hard to feed and clothe his family. He had found it
+necessary to mortgage the farm to send Daniel to college. How could he
+send Ezekiel, too? It seemed foolish to think of doing so. But when
+Daniel urged such a course and agreed to help by teaching, the matter
+was arranged.
+
+After graduation Daniel taught for a year and earned the money he had
+promised Ezekiel. The following year he studied law and in due time was
+admitted to the bar. As a lawyer he was very successful, his income
+sometimes amounting to $20,000 in a single year. But he could not
+manage his money affairs well, and no matter how large his income he was
+always in debt. This unfortunate state of affairs was owing to a
+reckless extravagance, which he displayed in many ways.
+
+Indeed, Webster was a man of such large ideas that of necessity he did
+all things on a large scale. It was vastness that appealed to him. And
+this dominating force in his nature explains his idea of nationality and
+his opposition to State Rights. He was too large in his views of life to
+limit himself to his State at the expense of his country. To him the
+Union stood first and the State second, and to make the Union great and
+strong became a ruling passion in his life.
+
+Webster's magnificent reach of thought and profound reverence for the
+Union is best expressed in his speeches. The most famous one is his
+brilliant "Reply to Hayne."
+
+Senator Hayne, of South Carolina, had delivered an able speech, in which
+he put the authority of the State before that of the Union, and said
+that the Constitution supported that doctrine. Webster, then a senator
+from Massachusetts, had but one night to prepare an answer. But he knew
+the Constitution by heart, for he had been a close student of it since
+the days of childhood, when he had learned it from the cotton
+handkerchief.
+
+Senator Hayne's masterly speech caused many people to question whether
+even Daniel Webster could answer his arguments, and New England men
+especially, fearing the dangerous doctrine of State Rights, awaited
+anxiously the outcome. When, therefore, on the morning of January 26,
+1830, Mr. Webster entered the Senate Chamber to utter that memorable
+reply, he found a crowd of eager men and women waiting to hear him.
+
+"It is a critical moment," said a friend to Mr. Webster, "and it is
+time, it is high time, that the people of this country should know what
+this Constitution _is_."
+
+"Then," said Webster, "by the blessing of Heaven they shall learn, this
+day, before the sun goes down what I understand it to be."
+
+Nationality was Webster's theme, his sole purpose being to strengthen
+the claims of the Union. For four hours he held his audience spellbound
+while he set forth with convincing logic the meaning of the
+Constitution. The great orator won an overwhelming victory. Not only
+were many of his hearers in the Senate chamber that day convinced, but
+loyal Americans all over the country were inspired with more earnest
+devotion to the Union. His last words "Liberty and Union! one and
+inseparable, now and forever" electrified his countrymen and became a
+watchword of national progress.
+
+Webster's power as an orator was enhanced by his remarkable physique.
+His striking personal appearance made a deep impression upon everyone
+that saw or heard him. One day when he was walking through one of the
+streets of Liverpool a navvy said of him, "There goes a king!" On
+another occasion Sydney Smith exclaimed, "Good heavens! he is a small
+cathedral by himself." He was nearly six feet tall. He had a massive
+head, a broad, deep brow, and great coal-black eyes, which once seen
+could never be forgotten.
+
+To the day of his death he showed his deep affection for the flag, the
+emblem of that Union which had inspired his noblest efforts. During the
+last few weeks of his life, troubled much with sleeplessness, he used to
+watch the stars, and while thus occupied his eyes would often fall upon
+a small boat of his which floated in plain view of his window. On this
+boat he had a ship lantern so placed that in the darkness he could see
+the Stars and Stripes flying there. The flag was raised at six in the
+evening and kept flying until six in the morning to the day of Daniel
+Webster's death, which took place in September, 1852. On looking at the
+dead face a stranger said: "Daniel Webster, the world without you will
+be lonesome."
+
+[Illustration: Marshfield--Home of Daniel Webster.]
+
+Although we need not be blind to his faults, we may indeed count him
+among the greatest of Americans. For he did much to make the Union
+strong. He filled many high positions and had a wonderful influence in
+all the affairs of the nation.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  YOUNG WEBSTER'S FONDNESS FOR HUNTING AND FISHING.
+  THRILLING TALES OF ADVENTURES.
+  DANIEL'S READING HABITS; HIS RICH, MUSICAL VOICE.
+  WEBSTER IN COLLEGE.
+  DANIEL WEBSTER AS A LAWYER.
+  HIS NOBLE IDEAS OF THE UNION.
+  SENATOR HAYNE'S MASTERLY SPEECH.
+  DANIEL WEBSTER'S OVERWHELMING VICTORY FOR THE UNION.
+  HIS STRIKING PERSONAL APPEARANCE.
+  HIS DEVOTION TO THE FLAG OF HIS COUNTRY.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What do the following topics suggest to you concerning the
+  boyhood experiences of Daniel Webster; Daniel and the old English
+  soldier and sailor; Daniel's reading habits; his power as a
+  reader; his deficiency in declamation?
+
+  2. What was Daniel Webster's idea of the Union? Tell what you can
+  about "Webster's Reply to Hayne."
+
+  3. What picture have you of Webster's personal appearance? What
+  is there in Webster's character that you admire?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+Samuel Finley Breese Morse and the Electric Telegraph
+
+[1791-1872]
+
+[Illustration: S. F. B. Morse.]
+
+
+Great as was the power of the steamboat and the railroad in quickening
+the social life of mankind, of still greater influence in binding
+together remote communities was the invention of the electric telegraph.
+The steamboat and the railroad made travel and transportation easier,
+and frequent intercourse by letters and newspapers possible; but the
+electric telegraph enabled men to flash their thoughts thousands of
+miles in a few seconds. The inventor of this wonderful mechanism was
+Samuel Finley Breese Morse.
+
+He was born, in 1791, in a house standing at the foot of Breed's Hill,
+Charlestown, Mass. His father was a learned minister who, as Daniel
+Webster said, "was always thinking, always writing, always talking,
+always acting"; and his mother a woman of noble character, who inspired
+her son with manly purpose.
+
+When Finley was only four years of age he was sent to a school kept by
+an elderly woman known as "Old Ma'am Rand." She was lame, but nowise
+halting in discipline, for she kept near at hand a long rattan stick by
+means of which, when necessary, she could quickly reach her pupils in
+any part of the room.
+
+He did not remain long under "Old Ma'am Rand's" tuition, for when he was
+seven he went to school at Andover, and still later entered Phillips
+Academy in the same town. At fourteen he entered Yale College, where
+from the first he was a thoughtful and diligent student.
+
+Very soon Finley's two brothers joined him at college. As their father
+was poor, the boys had to help themselves along. Finley turned to
+account his talent for drawing. He made considerable money by painting
+on ivory likenesses of his classmates and professors, receiving for a
+miniature $5, and for a profile $1.
+
+At the end of his college course he made painting his chosen profession,
+and planned to get the best instruction for his life work.
+
+Having made a friend of the great artist, Washington Allston, Morse went
+with him to London, and there studied under Benjamin West who, as you
+remember, was Robert Fulton's teacher. Morse was at this time a young
+man of modest, gentle, and sunny manner, and easily won the affection of
+his new teacher.
+
+West held his pupils to high standards, as the following instance shows.
+Upon one occasion, after spending much time in making what he
+considered to be a finished drawing, Morse laid it before West for
+criticism. Upon careful examination the master praised it highly, and
+then added:
+
+"Very well, sir, very well; go on and finish it."
+
+"It is finished," was Morse's reply.
+
+"Oh, no," said Mr. West, "look here, and here, and here," pointing to
+defects in the drawing.
+
+After spending another week upon it, Morse took it to his teacher. Again
+Mr. West praised it and added:
+
+"Very well, indeed, sir; go on and finish it."
+
+"Is it not finished?" Morse asked with surprise and disappointment in
+his voice.
+
+"Not yet," said his critic.
+
+Morse spent three or four days more in trying to perfect the work, and
+again handed it to his teacher, who, after again praising it, said:
+
+"Well, sir, go and finish it."
+
+"I cannot finish it," said Morse, by this time thoroughly disheartened.
+
+"Well," replied Mr. West, "I have tried you long enough. Now, sir, you
+have learned more by this drawing than you would have accomplished in
+double the time by a dozen half-finished beginnings. It is not numerous
+drawings, but the _character of one_, which makes a thorough
+draughtsman. _Finish_ one picture, sir, and you are a painter."
+
+After four years of study, Morse returned to Boston. But in the
+meantime, like Fulton, he had gradually turned his thought from
+painting to invention. His energies were now, for many years, divided
+between the two.
+
+During these years Morse had to depend for a livelihood mainly upon
+drawing and painting. He travelled through New Hampshire and Vermont,
+and even as far as South Carolina, everywhere painting miniatures on
+ivory, and establishing his reputation as an artist.
+
+In 1829 he went once more to Europe for study and remained three years;
+but upon his return, although painting occupied much of his time, his
+career as an artist ended. His change of vocation turned upon an
+incident of his voyage home.
+
+On the ocean steamer the conversation at dinner one day was about recent
+experiments with electricity. The special question of inquiry was this:
+"Does the length of wire make any difference in the velocity of the
+electric current passing through it?" One of the men present, Dr.
+Jackson, said that so far as experiments yet indicated, electricity
+passed through any length of wire in an instant.
+
+"Then," said Morse, "thought can be transmitted hundreds of miles
+instantaneously by means of electricity. For if electricity will go ten
+miles without stopping, I can make it go around the globe." What a
+wonderful idea, in an instant to send thought thousands of miles and
+make a record of it there! That is what the telegraph was to do!
+
+When once the possibility of this great achievement entered Morse's
+mind it took complete possession of him, and he could think of nothing
+else through the busy days and sleepless nights that followed. His
+note-book was ever at hand to outline the new instrument and to jot down
+the signs in sending messages.
+
+In a short time he had worked out on paper the whole scheme of
+transmitting thought over long distances by means of electricity. And
+now began twelve toilsome years of struggle to devise machinery for his
+invention. To provide for his three motherless children, Morse had to
+devote to painting much time that he otherwise would have spent in
+perfecting the mechanical appliances for his telegraph. His progress
+therefore was slow and painful, but he persistently continued in the
+midst of discouraging conditions.
+
+His brothers, who owned a building in New York on the corner of Nassau
+and Beekman Streets, allowed Morse to have a room on the fifth floor.
+Here he toiled day and night, sleeping little and eating the simplest
+and scantiest food. Indeed, so meagre was his fare, consisting mainly of
+crackers and tea, that he bought his provisions at night lest his
+friends might discover his need.
+
+During this time of hardship he kept starvation from his door by giving
+lessons in painting to a few pupils. On a certain occasion, Morse said
+to one of them, who owed him a quarter's tuition: "Well, Strothers, my
+boy, how are we off for money?"
+
+"Professor," said the young fellow, "I'm sorry to say I have been
+disappointed, but I expect the money next week."
+
+"Next week!" cried his needy teacher, "I shall be dead by next week."
+
+"Dead, sir?" rejoined Strothers.
+
+"Yes, dead by starvation," was the emphatic answer.
+
+"Would $10 be of any service?" asked the pupil, now impressed with the
+seriousness of the situation.
+
+"Ten dollars would save my life," was the answer of the poor man, who
+had been without food for twenty-four hours. You may be sure that
+Strothers promptly handed him the money.
+
+But in spite of heavy trials and many discouragements he had by 1837
+finished a machine which he exhibited in New York. Among those present
+was a gifted and inventive young man by the name of Alfred Vail. Greatly
+impressed, he told Morse that he believed the telegraph would be
+successful, and later he joined Morse in a business compact.
+
+Alfred Vail's father and brother were wealthy men, the owners of large
+iron and brass mills, and he himself was skilful in working brass. Morse
+was therefore glad to accept him as a partner, especially on account of
+his good financial backing. Young Vail was full of hope and enthusiasm,
+and was of great assistance in devising suitable apparatus for the
+telegraph.
+
+But in spite of this substantial and timely aid, a patent was not
+secured until 1840. Then followed a tedious effort to induce the
+government at Washington to adopt and apply the invention. Finally,
+after much delay, the House of Representatives passed a bill
+"appropriating $30,000 for a trial of the telegraph." As you may know, a
+bill cannot become a law unless the Senate also passes it, but the
+Senate did not seem inclined to favor this one. Many people believed
+that the whole idea of the telegraph was rank folly. They regarded Morse
+and the telegraph very much as people had regarded Fulton and the
+steamboat, and ridiculed him as a crazy-brained fellow.
+
+Up to the evening of the last day of the session the bill had not been
+considered by the Senate. Morse sat anxiously waiting in the Senate
+chamber until nearly midnight, when, believing there was no longer any
+hope, he withdrew and went home with a heavy heart.
+
+Imagine his surprise, therefore, next morning, when a young woman, Miss
+Annie G. Ellsworth, congratulated him at breakfast on the passage of his
+bill. At first he could scarcely believe the good news, but when he
+found that Miss Ellsworth was telling him the truth his joy was
+unbounded, and he promised her that she should choose the first message.
+
+By the next year (1844) a telegraph line, extending from Baltimore to
+Washington, was ready for use. On the day appointed for trial Morse met
+a party of friends in the chamber of the Supreme Court, at the
+Washington end of the line, and sitting at the instrument which he had
+himself placed for trial, the happy inventor sent the message, as
+dictated by Miss Ellsworth, "What hath God wrought!"
+
+The telegraph was a great and brilliant achievement, and brought to its
+inventor well-earned fame. Morse married a second time and lived in a
+beautiful home on the Hudson, where, with instruments on his table, he
+could easily communicate with distant friends. Simple and modest in his
+manner of life, he was a true-hearted, kindly Christian man. He was fond
+of flowers and of animals. The most remarkable of his pets was a tame
+flying-squirrel that would sit on his master's shoulders, eat out of his
+hand, and go to sleep in his pocket.
+
+[Illustration: Telegraph and Railroad.]
+
+In his prosperity, honors were showered upon him by many countries. At
+the suggestion of the French Emperor, representatives from many
+countries of Europe met at Paris to determine upon some suitable
+testimonial to Morse as a world benefactor. These delegates voted him
+$80,000 as an expression of appreciation for his great invention. Before
+his death, also, a statue to his memory was erected in Central Park,
+New York.
+
+In 1872 this noble inventor, at the ripe age of eighty-one, breathed his
+last. The sincere expression of grief from all over the country gave
+evidence of the place he held in the hearts of the people.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE ELECTRIC TELEGRAPH.
+  THE YOUNG ARTIST AND HIS TEACHER.
+  MORSE GOES TO YALE COLLEGE.
+  HIS SUCCESS IN DRAWING.
+  WITH THE PAINTER WEST IN LONDON.
+  MORSE'S INTEREST IN INVENTION.
+  TWELVE YEARS OF BITTER STRUGGLE.
+  THE STORY OF MORSE AND YOUNG STROTHERS.
+  MORSE'S SCHEME DEBATED IN CONGRESS.
+  SUCCESS AT LAST.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What was the new problem?
+
+  2. Tell the story of Morse and the painter, Mr. West.
+
+  3. How was the idea of the telegraph suggested to Morse?
+
+  4. Give an account of Morse's trials and sufferings.
+
+  5. What honors were showered upon him?
+
+  6. Describe Morse. What do you admire in his character?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+Abraham Lincoln the Liberator of the Slaves
+
+[1809-1865]
+
+[Illustration: Abraham Lincoln.]
+
+
+While Morse had been patiently struggling toward the completion of his
+invention, the nation had been growing more and more tense in its
+contest over slavery and State rights. As an outcome of the bitter
+feeling in 1846, two years after the fulfilment of Morse's scheme,
+Congress declared war against Mexico.
+
+The Southern slaveholders hoped by this war to gain from their weak
+neighbor territory favorable for the extension of slavery. For slavery
+had long since been dying out in the States east of the Mississippi and
+north of the Mason and Dixon Line and the Ohio. On the south of this
+natural boundary line the soil and climate were adapted to the
+cultivation of rice, cotton, sugar, and tobacco. These four staples of
+the South called for large plantations and an abundance of cheap labor
+always subject to the bidding of the planter. Slavery satisfied these
+conditions, and therefore slavery seemed necessary to the prosperity of
+the South.
+
+It was because the soil and climate north of this natural boundary line
+did not favor the use of slaves that slavery gradually died out in the
+North. The result was that in one section of the Union, the South, there
+was a pressing demand for slavery; and in the other, the North, there
+was none. As time wore on, it became evident that the North was growing
+in population, wealth, and political influence much faster than the
+South. Observing this momentous fact, the slaveholders feared that in
+the course of years Congress might pass laws unfriendly to slavery.
+Hence, their stubborn purpose to struggle for the extension of slavery
+as far as possible into the territory west of the Mississippi.
+
+[Illustration: Lincoln's Birthplace.]
+
+But in the North so powerful did the opposition to the spread of slavery
+to new States become, that by 1855 there was a great political party
+that had such opposition as its leading principle. One of its ablest and
+most inspiring leaders was Abraham Lincoln. He was born in Kentucky,
+February 12, 1809. The rough log cabin in which he first saw the light
+was the wretched home of a father too lazy and shiftless to work, and so
+ignorant that he is said not to have learned his letters until taught
+by his wife. Little Abe's only playmates were his sister Sarah, two
+years older than himself, and his cousin, Dennis Hanks, who lived in the
+Lincoln home.
+
+When Abe was seven years old the family moved to Indiana, and settled
+about fifteen miles north of the Ohio River. The journey to their new
+home was very tedious and lonely, for they had in some places to cut a
+roadway through the forest.
+
+Having arrived safely in November, all set vigorously to work to provide
+a shelter against the winter. Young Abe was healthy, rugged, and active,
+and from early morning till late evening he worked with his father,
+chopping trees and cutting poles and boughs for their "camp." This
+"camp" was a mere shed, only fourteen feet square, and open on one side.
+It was built of poles lying upon one another, and had a thatched roof of
+boughs and leaves. As there was no chimney, there could be no fire
+within the enclosure, and it was necessary to keep one burning all the
+time just in front of the open side.
+
+In this rough abode the furniture was of the scantiest and rudest sort,
+very much like what we have already observed in Boone's cabin. For
+chairs there were the same kind of three-legged stools, made by
+smoothing the flat side of a split log, and putting sticks into
+auger-holes underneath. The tables were of the same simple fashion,
+except that they stood on four legs instead of three.
+
+The crude bedsteads in the corners of the cabin were made by sticking
+poles in between the logs at right angles to the wall, the outside
+corner where the logs met being supported by a crotched stick driven
+into the ground. Upon this framework, shucks and leaves were heaped for
+bedding, and over all were thrown the skins of wild animals for a
+covering. Pegs driven into the wall served as a stairway to the loft,
+where there was another bed of leaves. Here little Abe slept.
+
+In the space in front of the open side of the cabin, hanging over the
+fire, was a large iron pot, in which the rude cooking was done. These
+backwoods people knew nothing of dainty cookery, but they brought keen
+appetites to their coarse fare. The principal vegetable was the ordinary
+white potato, and the usual form of bread was "corn-dodgers," made of
+meal and roasted in the ashes. Wheat was so scarce that flour bread was
+reserved for Sunday mornings. But generally there was an abundance of
+game, such as deer, bears, and wild turkeys, many kinds of fish from the
+streams close by, and in summer wild fruits from the woods.
+
+During this first winter in the wild woods of Indiana little Abe must
+have lived a lonely life. But it was a very busy one. There was much to
+do in building the cabin which was to take the place of the "camp," and
+in cutting down trees and making a clearing for the corn-planting of the
+coming spring. Besides, Abe helped to supply the table with food, for he
+had already learned to use the rifle, and to hunt and trap animals.
+These occupations took him into the woods, and we must believe,
+therefore, in spite of all the hardships of his wilderness life, that he
+spent many happy hours.
+
+If we could see him as he started off with his gun, or as he chopped
+wood for the fires, we should doubtless find his dress somewhat
+peculiar. He was a tall, slim, awkward boy, with very long legs and
+arms. In winter he wore moccasins, trousers, and shirt of deerskin, and
+a cap of coonskin with the tail of the animal hanging down behind so as
+to serve both as ornament and convenience in handling the cap. On a cold
+winter day, such a furry costume might look very comfortable if
+close-fitting, but we are told that Abe's deerskin trousers, after
+getting wet, shrunk so much that they became several inches too short
+for his long, lean legs. As for stockings, he tells us he never wore
+them until he was "a young man grown."
+
+But although this costume seems to us singular, it did not appear so to
+his neighbors and friends, for they were used to seeing boys dressed in
+that manner. The frontiersmen were obliged to devise many contrivances
+to supply their lack of manufactured things. For instance, they all used
+thorns for pins, bits of stone for buttons, and home-made soap and
+tallow-dipped candles. Candles, indeed, were a luxury much of the time,
+and in Abe's boyhood, he was obliged in the long winter evenings to read
+by the light of the wood fire blazing in the rude fireplace of the log
+cabin.
+
+[Illustration: Lincoln Studying.]
+
+Great as had been his privations in this Indiana home, Abe had now to
+suffer a more grievous loss in the death of his mother. The rough life
+of the forest and the exposure of the open cabin had been too much for
+her delicate constitution. Before she died she said to her boy:
+"Abraham, I am going away from you, and you will never see me again. I
+know that you will always be good and kind to your sister and father.
+Try to live as I have taught you, and to love your Heavenly Father."
+Many years later Lincoln said, "All that I am, or I hope to be, I owe to
+my angel mother."
+
+A year after this sad event, his father brought home a second wife, who
+became a devoted friend to the motherless boy. Energetic, thrifty, and
+intelligent, this woman, who had been accustomed to better things than
+she found in her new home, insisted that the log cabin should be
+supplied with a door, a floor, and windows, and she at once began to
+make the children "look a little more human."
+
+Abraham Lincoln's schooling was brief--not more than a year in all. Such
+schools as he attended were nothing like the graded schools of to-day.
+The buildings were rough log cabins with the earth for floor and oiled
+paper for windows. Desks were unknown, the little school-house being
+furnished with rude benches made of split logs, after the manner of the
+stools and tables in the Lincoln home. The teachers were ignorant men,
+who taught the children a little spelling, reading, writing, and
+ciphering. While attending the last school, Abe had to go daily a
+distance of four and a half miles from his home.
+
+In spite of this meagre schooling, however, the boy, by his
+self-reliance, resolute purpose, and good reading habits, acquired the
+very best sort of training for his future life. He had but few books at
+his home, and found it impossible in that wild country to find many in
+any other homes. Among those which he read over and over again, while a
+boy, were the Bible, "AEsop's Fables," "Robinson Crusoe," "Pilgrim's
+Progress," a History of the United States, and "Weems's Life of
+Washington."
+
+His step-mother said of him: "He read everything he could lay his hands
+on, and when he came across a passage that struck him, he would write it
+down on boards, if he had no paper, and keep it before him until he
+could get paper. Then he would copy it, look at it, commit it to memory
+and repeat it."
+
+His step-brother said: "When Abe and I returned to the house from work,
+he would go to the cupboard, snatch a piece of corn-bread, take down a
+book, sit down, cock his legs up as high as his head, and read." When
+night came he would find a seat in the corner by the fireside, or
+stretch out at length on the floor, and write or work sums in arithmetic
+on a wooden shovel, using a charred stick for a pencil or pen. When he
+had covered the shovel, he would shave off the surface and begin over
+again.
+
+Having borrowed a copy of the "Life of Washington" on one occasion, he
+took it to bed with him in the loft and read until his candle gave out.
+Then before going to sleep, he tucked the book into a crevice of the
+logs in order that he might have it at hand as soon as daylight would
+permit him to read the next morning. But during the night a storm came
+up, and the rain beat in upon the book, wetting it through and through.
+With heavy heart Lincoln took it back to its owner, who told him that
+it should be his if he would work three days to pay for it. Eagerly
+agreeing to do this, the boy carried his new possession home in triumph.
+This book had a marked influence over his future.
+
+Until he was twenty his father hired him out to all sorts of work, at
+which he sometimes earned $6 a month and sometimes thirty-one cents a
+day. Just before he came of age his family, with all their possessions
+packed in a cart drawn by four oxen, moved again toward the West. For
+two weeks they travelled across the country into Illinois, and finally
+made a new home on the banks of the Sangamon River, a stream flowing
+into the Ohio. The tiresome journey was made in the month of March along
+muddy roads and over swollen streams, young Lincoln driving the oxen.
+
+On reaching the end of the journey, Abraham helped his father to build a
+hut and to clear and fence ten acres of land for planting. Shortly after
+this work was done he bargained with a neighbor, Mrs. Nancy Miller, to
+split 400 rails for every yard of brown jeans needed to make him a pair
+of trousers. As Lincoln was tall, three and one-half yards were needed,
+and he had to split 1,400 fence rails--a large amount of work for a pair
+of trousers.
+
+From time to time he had watched the boats carrying freight up and down
+the river, and had wondered where the vessels were going. Eager to know
+by experience the life of which he had dreamed, he determined to become
+a boatman. He was hungry for knowledge, and with the same earnestness
+and energy with which he had absorbed the great thoughts of his books,
+he now applied himself to learn the commerce of the river and the life
+along its banks. When an opportunity presented, he found employment on a
+flat boat that carried corn, hogs, hay, and other farm produce down to
+New Orleans. On one of his trips he chanced to attend a slave auction.
+Looking on while one slave after another was knocked down to the highest
+bidder, his indignation grew until at length he cried out, "Boys, let's
+get away from this; if I ever get a chance to hit that thing" (meaning
+slavery), "I'll hit it hard." Little did he think then what a blow he
+would strike some thirty years later.
+
+Tiring at length of his long journeys to New Orleans, he became clerk in
+a village store at New Salem. Many stories are told of Lincoln's honesty
+as displayed in his dealings with the people in this village store. It
+is said that on one occasion a woman in making change overpaid him the
+trifling sum of six cents. When Lincoln found out the mistake he walked
+three miles and back that night to give the woman her money.
+
+He was now six feet four inches tall, a giant in strength, and a skilful
+wrestler. Much against his will--for he had no love of fighting--he
+became the hero of a wrestling match with a youth named Armstrong, who
+was the leader of the rough young fellows of the place. Lincoln defeated
+Armstrong, and by his manliness won the life-long friendship of his
+opponent.
+
+At times throughout his life he was subject to deep depression, which
+made his face unspeakably sad. But as a rule he was cheerful and merry,
+and on account of his good stories was in great demand in social
+gatherings and at the cross-roads grocery stores. At such times, when
+the social glass passed around, he always declined it, never indulging
+in strong liquor of any kind, nor in tobacco.
+
+Lincoln was as kind as he was good-natured. His step-mother said of him:
+"I can say, what scarcely one mother in a thousand can say, he never
+gave me a cross word or look, and never refused in fact or appearance to
+do anything I asked him." He was tender-hearted too, as the following
+incident shows:
+
+Riding along the road one day with a company of men, Lincoln was missed
+by his companions. One of them, going to look for him, found that
+Lincoln had stopped to replace two young birds that had been blown out
+of their nest. He could not ride on in any peace of mind until he had
+restored these little ones to their home in the tree-branches.
+
+In less than a year the closing of the village store in which Lincoln
+was clerk left him without employment. He therefore enlisted as a
+volunteer for the Black Hawk War, which had broken out about this time,
+and went as captain of his company. On returning from this expedition,
+he opened a grocery store as part owner, but in this undertaking he soon
+failed. Perhaps the reason for his failure was that his interest was
+centred in other things, for about this time he began to study law.
+
+For a while after closing his store he served the Government as
+postmaster in New Salem, where the mail was so scanty that he could
+carry it in his hat and distribute it to the owners as he happened to
+meet them.
+
+He next tried surveying, his surveyor's chain, according to report,
+being a trailing grapevine. Throughout all these years Lincoln was
+apparently drifting almost aimlessly from one occupation to another. But
+whatever he was doing his interest in public affairs and his popularity
+were steadily increasing. In 1834 he sought and secured an election to
+the State Legislature. It is said that he tramped a distance of a
+hundred miles with a pack on his back when he went to the State Capitol
+to enter upon his duties as law-maker.
+
+About four years after beginning to study law, he was admitted to the
+bar and established himself at Springfield, Ill. From an early age he
+had been fond of making stump speeches, and now he turned what had been
+a pleasant diversion to practical advantage in the progress of his
+political life. In due time he was elected to Congress, where his
+interest in various public questions, especially that of slavery, became
+much quickened.
+
+On this question his clear head and warm heart united in forming strong
+convictions that had great weight with the people. He continued to grow
+in political favor, and in 1858 received the nomination of the
+Republican party for the United States Senate. Stephen A. Douglas was
+the Democratic nominee. Douglas was known as the "Little Giant," on
+account of his short stature and great power as an orator.
+
+The debates between the political rivals challenged the admiration of
+the whole country. Lincoln argued with great power against the spread of
+slavery into the new States. Although unsuccessful in securing a seat in
+the Senate, he won a recognition from his countrymen that led to his
+election as President two years later. In 1860 the Republican National
+Convention, which met at Chicago, nominated "Honest Old Abe, the
+Railsplitter," as its candidate for President, and elected him in the
+same autumn.
+
+The burning political question before the people at this time, as for
+many years before, related to the extension of slavery into the
+Territories. The South was eager to have more States come into the Union
+as slave States, while the North wished that slavery should be confined
+to the States where it already existed.
+
+Before the purchase of the Louisiana Territory in 1803, Mason and Dixon
+Line and the Ohio River formed the dividing line between the free States
+on the north and the slave States on the south. But after that purchase
+there was a prolonged struggle to determine whether the new territory
+should be slave or free.
+
+It was thought that the Missouri Compromise of 1820 would forever settle
+the trouble, but such was not the case. It broke out again, as bitter as
+ever, about the Mexican Cession, which became ours as a result of the
+Mexican War. Again it was hoped that the Compromise of 1850 would bring
+an end to the struggle. But even after this second compromise, the
+agitation over slavery continued to become more and more bitter until
+Mr. Lincoln's election, when some of the Southern States threatened to
+secede, that is, withdraw from the Union. These States claimed the right
+to decide for themselves whether or not they should remain in the Union.
+On the other hand, the North declared that no State could secede from
+the Union without the consent of the other States.
+
+Before Lincoln was inaugurated, seven of the Southern States had
+seceded. The excitement was everywhere intense. Many people felt that a
+man of larger experience than Lincoln should now be at the head of the
+Government. They doubted the ability of this plain man of the people,
+this awkward backwoodsman, to lead the destinies of the nation in these
+hours when delicate and intricate diplomacy was needed. But, little as
+they knew it, he was well fitted for the work that lay before him.
+
+While on his way to Washington for inauguration, his friends learned of
+a plot to assassinate him when he should pass through Baltimore. To save
+him from violence, therefore, they prevailed upon him to change his
+route and make the last part of his journey in secret.
+
+In a few weeks the Civil War had begun. We cannot here pause for full
+accounts of all Lincoln's trials and difficulties during this fearful
+struggle that began in 1861 and ended in 1865. His burdens were almost
+overwhelming, but, like Washington, he believed that "right makes might"
+and must prevail.
+
+When he became President he declared that the Constitution gave him no
+power to interfere with slavery in the States where it existed. But as
+the war continued, he became certain that the slaves, by remaining on
+the plantations and producing food for the Southern soldiers, were a
+great aid to the Southern cause, and thus threatened the Union. He
+therefore determined, as commander-in-chief of the Union armies, to set
+the slaves free in all territory whose people were fighting against the
+Union. He took this step as a military necessity.
+
+The famous state paper, in which Lincoln declared that the slaves were
+free in all the territory of the seceded States whose people were waging
+war against the Union, was called the Emancipation Proclamation. This he
+issued on January 1, 1863, and thus made good his word, "If ever I get a
+chance to strike that thing" (meaning slavery), "I'll strike it hard."
+
+[Illustration: SLAVES ON A COTTON PLANTATION.]
+
+On April 9, 1865, General Lee surrendered his army to General Grant at
+Appomattox Court House. By this act the war came to a close. Great was
+the rejoicing everywhere. But suddenly the universal joy was changed
+into universal sorrow. Five days after Lee's surrender Lincoln went with
+his wife and some friends to see a play at Ford's Theatre in Washington.
+In the midst of the play, a half-crazed actor, who was familiar with the
+theatre, entered the President's box, shot him in the back of the head,
+jumped to the stage, and, shouting "Sic semper tyrannis!" (So be it
+always to tyrants), rushed through the wing to the street. There he
+mounted a horse in waiting for him, and escaped, but was promptly hunted
+down and killed in a barn where he lay in hiding. The martyr-President
+lingered some hours, tenderly watched by his family and a few friends.
+When on the following morning he breathed his last, Secretary Stanton
+said with truth, "Now he belongs to the ages." A noble life had passed
+from the field of action; and the people deeply mourned the loss of him
+who had wisely and bravely led them through four years of heavy trial
+and anxiety.
+
+Wise and brave as the leadership of Abraham Lincoln was, however, the
+drain of the Civil War upon the nation's strength was well-nigh
+overwhelming. Nearly 600,000 men lost their lives in this murderous
+struggle, and the loss in wealth was not far short of $8,000,000,000.
+
+But the war was not without its good results also. One of these,
+embodied later in the Thirteenth Amendment to the Constitution, set free
+forever all the slaves in the Union; and another swept away for all time
+the evils of State rights, nullification, and secession. Webster's idea
+that the Union was supreme over the States had now become a fact which
+could never again be a subject of dispute. The Union was "one and
+_inseparable_."
+
+[Illustration: Map of the United States showing the Southern
+Confederacy, the Slave States that did not Secede, and the
+Territories.]
+
+The immortal words that Lincoln uttered as part of his Second Inaugural
+are worthy of notice, for in their sympathy, tenderness, and beautiful
+simplicity they reveal the heart of him who spoke them. This inaugural
+address was delivered in Washington on March 4, 1865, only about six
+weeks before Lincoln's assassination. It closed with these words:
+
+"With malice toward none, with charity for all, with firmness in the
+right, as God gives us to see the right, let us strive on to finish the
+work we are in, to bind up the nation's wounds, to care for him who
+shall have borne the battle, and for his widow and his orphan--to do all
+which may achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace among ourselves
+and with all nations."
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  THE MEXICAN WAR.
+  CONFLICT OVER THE EXTENSION OF SLAVERY.
+  ABRAHAM LINCOLN IN HIS KENTUCKY HOME.
+  THE LINCOLN FAMILY MOVES TO INDIANA.
+  THE FURNITURE AND THE FOOD OF THE BACKWOODS PEOPLE.
+  LITTLE ABE'S BUSY LIFE.
+  HIS PERSONAL APPEARANCE.
+  BACKWOODS MAKESHIFTS.
+  HIS SCHOOL LIFE; HIS READING HABITS.
+  ABRAHAM LINCOLN AS A BOATMAN.
+  "HONEST ABE."
+  HIS PHYSICAL STRENGTH.
+  HIS KINDNESS AND SYMPATHY.
+  HE IS ELECTED TO THE STATE LEGISLATURE.
+  THE GREAT DEBATE WITH STEPHEN A. DOUGLAS.
+  ABRAHAM LINCOLN AS PRESIDENT.
+  HE ISSUES THE EMANCIPATION PROCLAMATION.
+  HIS ASSASSINATION.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Explain the conflict between the North and the South over the
+  extension of slavery.
+
+  2. Form mental pictures of the following: the "camp"; the
+  furniture and the food of the backwoods people; and Abraham
+  Lincoln's personal appearance.
+
+  3. What were his reading habits?
+
+  4. Imagine yourself with Lincoln when he saw the slave auction in
+  New Orleans, and tell what you see.
+
+  5. Tell, in your own words, what you have learned of his honesty,
+  sympathy, and kindness.
+
+  6. The greatest act of Abraham Lincoln's life was the issuing of
+  the Emancipation Proclamation. What was this?
+
+  7. What do you admire in the character of Abraham Lincoln?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+Ulysses Simpson Grant and the Civil War
+
+[1822-1885]
+
+[Illustration: Ulysses S. Grant.]
+
+
+In tracing the leading events in the remarkable career of the
+martyr-President, we have had occasion to refer briefly to the causes
+and results of the Civil War. It was a struggle that tested the manhood
+quite as much as the resources of the warring sections, and each side
+might well be proud of the bravery and military skill displayed by its
+officers and soldiers. Certainly each side had among its generals some
+of the greatest military leaders of all time. One of these, who is by
+common consent regarded as the ablest general that led Northern troops
+in battle, was Ulysses Simpson Grant.
+
+He was born in a humble dwelling at Point Pleasant, O., in April, 1822.
+The year following his birth the family removed to Georgetown, O., where
+they lived many years.
+
+The father of Ulysses was a farmer and manufacturer of leather. The boy
+did not like the leather business, but was fond of the various kinds of
+farm work. When only seven years old he hauled all the wood which was
+needed in the home and at the leather factory, from a forest, a mile
+from the village. As he was too small to load and unload the wood, the
+men did that for him.
+
+From the age of eleven to seventeen, according to his own story as told
+in his "Personal Memoirs," he ploughed the soil, cultivated the growing
+corn and potatoes, sawed fire-wood for his father's store, and did any
+other work that would naturally fall to the lot of a farmer's boy. He
+had his recreations, also, including fishing, swimming in the creek not
+far from his home, skating in winter, and driving about the country
+winter and summer.
+
+Young Grant liked horses, and early became a skilful rider. Lincoln told
+a story of him which indicates not only his expert horsemanship, but his
+"bull-dog grit" as well. One day when he was at a circus the manager
+offered a silver dollar to anybody who could ride a certain mule around
+the ring. Several persons, one after another, mounted the animal only to
+be thrown over its head. Young Ulysses was among those who offered to
+ride, but like the others he was unsuccessful. Then pulling off his
+coat, he got on the animal again. Putting his legs firmly around the
+mule's body, and seizing him by the tail, Ulysses rode triumphantly
+around the ring, amid the cheers of the expectant crowd.
+
+Although he cared little for study, his father wished to give him all
+the advantages of a good education, and secured for him an appointment
+at West Point. This was indeed a rare opportunity for thorough training
+in scholarship, but Ulysses was rather indifferent to it. He had a
+special aptitude for mathematics, and became an expert horseman, but
+with these exceptions, he took little interest in the training received
+at this famous military school, his rank being only twenty-first in a
+class of thirty-nine.
+
+After graduation he wished to leave the army and become an instructor in
+mathematics at West Point. But as the Mexican War broke out about that
+time he entered active service. Soon he gave striking evidence of that
+fearless bravery for which he was to become so noted on the
+battle-fields of the Civil War.
+
+It fell to his lot to deliver a message which necessitated a dangerous
+ride. He says of it: "Before starting I adjusted myself on the side of
+my horse farthest from the enemy, and with only one foot holding to the
+cantle of the saddle and an arm over the neck of the horse exposed, I
+started at full run. It was only at the street crossings that my horse
+was under fire, but there I crossed at such a flying rate that generally
+I was past and under cover of the next block of houses before the enemy
+fired. I got out safely without a scratch."
+
+Shortly after the close of the war Grant was married. Six years later he
+resigned from the army and went with his family to live on a farm near
+St. Louis. Although he worked hard, he found it up-hill work to support
+his family, and was eventually compelled by bad health to give up
+farming. He next tried the real estate business, but without success. At
+last, his father offered him a place in his leather and hardware store,
+where Grant worked as clerk until the outbreak of the Civil War.
+
+With the news that the Southern troops had fired upon the flag at Fort
+Sumter, Grant's patriotism was aroused. Without delay he rejoined the
+army and at once took an active part in the preparations for war. First
+as colonel and then as brigadier-general, he led his troops. At last he
+had found a field of action in which he quickly developed his powers as
+a leader.
+
+The first of his achievements was the capture of Forts Henry and
+Donelson, the centre of a strong Confederate line of defence, extending
+from Columbus to Cumberland Gap. At Fort Donelson he received the
+surrender of nearly 15,000 prisoners, and by his great victory compelled
+the Confederates to abandon two of their most important strongholds,
+Columbus and Nashville.
+
+After the loss of Fort Donelson the Confederates fell back to a second
+line of defence, extending from Memphis through Corinth to Chattanooga.
+The Confederate army took position at Corinth; General Grant's army at
+Pittsburg Landing, eighteen miles away. Here, early on Sunday morning,
+April 6, 1862, Grant was attacked by Johnston, and his men were driven
+back a mile and a half toward the river. It was a fearful battle,
+lasting until nearly dark. Not until after midnight was Grant able to
+rest, and then as he sat in the rain leaning against the foot of a tree,
+he slept a few hours before the renewal of battle on Monday morning.
+With reinforcements he was able on the second day to drive the enemy off
+the field and win a signal victory.
+
+By this battle Grant broke the second Confederate line of defence.
+Although the Confederates fought bravely and well to prevent the
+Northern troops from getting control of the Mississippi River, by the
+close of 1862 they had lost every stronghold except Port Hudson and
+Vicksburg. In 1863, General Grant put forth a resolute effort to capture
+Vicksburg, and after a brilliant campaign laid siege to the city. For
+seven weeks the Confederate army held out. Meanwhile the people of
+Vicksburg found shelter in caves and cellars, their food at times
+consisting of rats and mule flesh. But on July 4, 1863, the day
+following General Lee's defeat at Gettysburg, General Pemberton, with an
+army numbering about 32,000 men, surrendered Vicksburg to General Grant.
+Four days later Port Hudson was captured, and thus the last stronghold
+of the Mississippi came under control of the North.
+
+General Grant's success was in no small measure due to his dogged
+perseverance. While his army was laying siege to Vicksburg a Confederate
+woman, at whose door he stopped to ask a drink of water, inquired
+whether he expected ever to capture Vicksburg. "Certainly," he replied.
+"But when?" was her next question. Quickly came the answer: "I cannot
+tell exactly when I shall take the town, but _I mean to stay here till I
+do, if it takes me thirty years_."
+
+[Illustration: Map Illustrating Campaigns in the West in 1862-63.]
+
+General Grant having by his effective campaign won the confidence of the
+people, President Lincoln in 1864 made him lieutenant-general, thus
+placing him in command of all the Northern forces. In presenting the new
+commission, Lincoln addressed General Grant in these words: "As the
+country herein trusts you, so, under God, it will sustain you." General
+Grant made answer: "I feel the full weight of the responsibilities now
+devolving upon me; and I know that if they are met, it will be due to
+those armies, and above all, to the favor of that Providence which leads
+both nations and men."
+
+Early in May, 1864, Grant entered upon his final campaign in Virginia,
+and while he marched with his army "On to Richmond," General Sherman, in
+Georgia, pushed with his army "On to Atlanta" and "On to the sea." Both
+generals were able, and both had able opponents. Grant crossed the
+Rapidan and entered the Wilderness, where Lee's army contested every
+foot of his advance. In the terrible fighting that followed Grant's
+losses were severe, but, with "bull-dog grit," to use Lincoln's phrase,
+he pressed on, writing to the President his stubborn resolve, "I propose
+to fight it out on this line if it takes all summer."
+
+It did take all summer and more, for Grant found it impossible to
+capture Richmond by attacking it from the northern side. He therefore
+transferred his army across the James River, and attacked the city from
+the south; but at the end of the summer Lee still held out.
+
+Nor did Lee relinquish his position until April 2, 1865, when he was
+compelled to retreat toward the west. Grant pursued him closely for a
+week, during which Lee's troops suffered great privation, living mainly
+on parched corn and the young shoots of trees. Aware that the Southern
+cause was hopeless, the distinguished leader of the Confederate armies,
+after a most brilliant retreat, decided that the time had come to give
+up the struggle.
+
+While suffering from a severe sick headache, General Grant received a
+note from Lee saying that the latter was now willing to consider terms
+of surrender. It was a remarkable occasion when the two eminent generals
+met on that Sunday morning, in what is known as the McLean house,
+standing in the little village of Appomattox Court House. Grant writes
+in his "Personal Memoirs": "I was without a sword, as I usually was when
+on horseback on the field, and wore a soldier's blouse for a coat, with
+the shoulder-straps of my rank to indicate to the army who I was....
+General Lee was dressed in a full uniform which was entirely new, and
+was wearing a sword of considerable value--very likely the sword which
+had been presented by the State of Virginia.... In my rough travelling
+suit, the uniform of a private with the straps of a lieutenant-general,
+I must have contrasted very strangely with a man so handsomely dressed,
+six feet high and of faultless form.
+
+[Illustration: THE MEETING OF GENERALS GRANT AND LEE AT APPOMATTOX.]
+
+The result of the interview was the surrender of General Lee with his
+entire army of 26,000 men. General Grant at this time gave striking
+evidence of his great kindness of heart and fine delicacy of feeling. He
+issued orders that all the Confederates who owned horses and mules
+should be allowed to take them home. "They will need them for the spring
+ploughing," he said. He spared the vanquished troops the humiliation of
+marching out and stacking their arms in token of surrender, and even
+stopped the firing of salutes by his men. Never, indeed, did General
+Grant appear more truly great than on the occasion of Lee's surrender.
+Thus ended the military career of the greatest general that the North
+produced during the Civil War.
+
+While in the army he seemed to have marvellous powers of endurance. He
+said of himself: "Whether I slept on the ground or in a tent, whether I
+slept one hour or ten in the twenty-four, whether I had one meal, or
+three or none, made no difference. I could lie down and sleep in the
+rain without caring."
+
+[Illustration: The McLean House]
+
+His appearance did not indicate his robust health. He was only five feet
+eight inches tall, round-shouldered, and not military in bearing or
+walk. He had brown hair, blue eyes, and a musical voice. He was of a
+sunny disposition and singularly pure soul, never having been known in
+all his life to speak an unclean word or tell an objectionable story.
+Quiet and simple in manner, he never became excited even in the heat of
+battle, but always kept himself cool and collected, ready for the
+severest ordeal that he might have to face.
+
+[Illustration: General R. E. Lee.]
+
+It need hardly be said that at the close of the war he had a warm place
+in the hearts of his countrymen. Wherever he went people flocked to see
+him. But like Washington and Jefferson, he found speech-making most
+difficult. At one time, in the presence of friends, General Grant's
+young son Jesse, mounted a haystack and said, "I'll show you how papa
+makes a speech. 'Ladies and Gentlemen, I am very glad to see you: I
+thank you very much. Good-night.'" All present were greatly amused
+except Grant, who was much embarrassed, feeling that his little son's
+effort verged too closely upon the truth.
+
+Grant was elected President of the United States in 1868, and served two
+terms. Upon retiring from the Presidency he made a tour around the
+world, and was everywhere received by rulers and people alike with great
+honor and distinction.
+
+During his last days he suffered much from an incurable disease, which
+became a worse enemy than he had ever found on the field of battle.
+After nine months' of struggle he died at Mount McGregor, near Saratoga,
+on July 23, 1885. His body was laid to rest in Riverside Park, on the
+Hudson, where in 1897 a magnificent monument was erected to his memory.
+Like Lincoln and Washington, he will ever live in the hearts of his
+countrymen.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  YOUNG ULYSSES S. GRANT FOND OF FARM WORK.
+  AN INSTANCE OF HIS "BULL-DOG GRIT."
+  GRANT GOES TO WEST POINT.
+  HIS BRAVERY IN THE MEXICAN WAR.
+  HE TRIES FARMING AND BUSINESS.
+  THE BEGINNING OF THE CIVIL WAR.
+  THE BATTLE OF PITTSBURG LANDING.
+  GENERAL GRANT CAPTURES VICKSBURG.
+  GENERAL LEE'S SURRENDER.
+  GENERAL GRANT'S KINDNESS AND DELICACY OF FEELING.
+  HIS PERSONALITY.
+  HIS TOUR AROUND THE WORLD; HIS LAST DAYS.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. Tell as much as you can about the boyhood of Grant.
+
+  2. What can you say of his record in the Mexican War?
+
+  3. Give an account of his capture of Vicksburg.
+
+  4. Picture the scene of the interview which took place when Lee
+  surrendered.
+
+  5. What can you tell about Grant's personality? About his ability
+  as a speech-maker?
+
+  6. What traits in Grant's character do you admire?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI
+
+Some Leaders and Heroes in the War with Spain
+
+[1898-1899]
+
+
+Thus far we have directed our attention to the prominent events in
+American history centring about certain leaders and heroes. In so doing
+we have in every chapter given emphasis to the achievements of some one
+man. But in all these cases there were many other men that received no
+mention by name, and yet their co-operation was necessary to the success
+of the leader in working out his plans.
+
+This is no doubt true of all times and countries, but it is eminently
+true of our own country, whose history is full of striking instances of
+individual heroism and devotion to the flag. We shall find no better
+example of patriotic daring than in the late war with Spain--a war which
+exhibited to us and to the world the strong and manly qualities of
+American life and character. It seems fitting, therefore, that we should
+in this closing chapter briefly consider a few of the recent events
+that help us to understand what manner of people we have come to be,
+and what we are able to accomplish in time of earnest endeavor.
+
+[Illustration: The United States Coast and the West Indies.
+
+Distances are given in geographical or sea miles, sixty miles in a
+degree of latitude.]
+
+From the very beginning of her dominion in Cuba, Spain ruled the people
+there with extreme cruelty and oppression. Again and again did the
+Cubans, driven to desperation by unjust treatment, rise in rebellion,
+without success. But in 1895 they organized an uprising that Spain
+strove in vain to put down. In the last extremity of her power, she sent
+over as governor-general a man who tried to starve the Cubans into
+submission. A large part of the population lived in the country, and
+furnished the Cuban troops with food and recruits. The Spanish
+commander's brutal method was to drive these country people into the
+towns and cities, burning their homes, and destroying everything that
+might be of use to feed and support the fighting Cubans. But the Cubans
+were determined to win their independence or die in the attempt.
+
+[Illustration: The Wreck of the Maine.]
+
+As the war continued, and this inhuman policy of starvation grew more
+brutal, the horror and indignation of the United States were aroused.
+Our Government tried to induce Spain to stop her barbarous methods, but
+while the attempt was still in progress an event took place which
+greatly embittered the feeling of Americans against Spain. On the night
+of February 15, 1898, one of our battle-ships, the Maine, was blown up
+in the harbor of Havana, and 266 of our sailors were killed. Many
+believed that this awful deed was the work of Spanish officials; and
+this conviction deepened when a careful investigation was made by a
+court of naval inquiry. In all parts of this country the excitement of
+the people increased until they were ready to go to war with Spain if
+she would not change her policy toward Cuba.
+
+But Spain was so stubborn that President McKinley, after trying in every
+possible way to prevent hostilities, was obliged to say in a message
+that "the war in Cuba must stop"; and on April 25, 1898, Congress took
+the momentous step of declaring war.
+
+Our Secretary of the Navy, Mr. Long, lost no time in sending a despatch
+to Commodore Dewey,--who was in command of an American fleet of six
+war-vessels at Hong-Kong,--directing him to proceed at once to the
+Philippine Islands and capture or destroy the Spanish fleet stationed
+there.
+
+Two days later Commodore Dewey's fleet was steaming southward toward
+Manila Bay, in search of the Spanish squadron of ten war-vessels and two
+torpedo-boats. It was extremely important that these ships of war should
+be captured or destroyed before they could make their way to our Pacific
+coast and attack American cities.
+
+On the night preceding May 1st our fleet entered Manila Bay. The supreme
+moment in the life of Commodore Dewey, now in his sixty-second year, had
+come. He was 7,000 miles from home and in hostile waters. Without even a
+pilot to guide his fleet as it moved slowly but boldly into the bay, he
+knew well that he might be going into a death-trap. Two torpedoes
+exploded just in front of the flag-ship Olympia, which was in the lead,
+but the fearless commander did not swerve from his course.
+
+[Illustration: Admiral Dewey.]
+
+Drawn up at the entrance of Bakor Bay, not far from Manila, was the
+Spanish fleet, protected on either side by strong shore batteries. When
+about three miles distant Commodore Dewey quietly said to the captain of
+the Olympia, "If you are ready, Gridley, you may fire." Spanish shells
+had already filled the air all about the American fleet, but as the
+Spanish gunnery was exceedingly poor it did little serious damage.
+During the battle the American fleet steamed forward in single file, the
+Olympia in the lead. After going for some distance toward Manila the
+ships swung round and returned, firing terrible broadsides into the
+Spanish fleet as they passed. Five times they followed the course in
+this way, each time drawing nearer to the enemy's position, and each
+time pouring in a more furious and deadly fire.
+
+At seven o'clock the Spanish flagship dashed boldly out, as if with the
+purpose of running down the Olympia. But the American war-vessels
+concentrated their fire upon her so that she had to turn back. As she
+was swinging around, the Olympia hurled a shell which raked her deck,
+killing or wounding her captain and sixty of her sailors. About this
+time two Spanish torpedo-boats darted out toward the American fleet, and
+one of them, with the evident purpose of blowing her up, headed for the
+Olympia. But a well-aimed shell exploded upon the deck of the
+torpedo-boat, and sank it to the bottom of the sea.
+
+At the end of two hours, it being plain that the Spanish fleet was
+nearly done for, Commodore Dewey decided to give his tired men a rest.
+He therefore withdrew his fleet from the scene of battle, and gave his
+brave sailors some breakfast. Three hours later he renewed the fight,
+which ended with the destruction of the entire Spanish fleet. Although
+1,200 Spaniards were killed or wounded, not one American was killed and
+only eight were wounded. None of Dewey's war-vessels received serious
+injury. The battle was a brilliant exhibition of superb training and
+seamanship on the part of the American sailors, whose rapid and accurate
+handling of the guns was marvellous.
+
+[Illustration: President McKinley]
+
+The people were electrified with joy when the news of the glorious
+achievement in Manila Bay was cabled to America. On May 9th, Congress
+voted that ten thousand dollars ($10,000) should be spent in securing a
+sword for Commodore Dewey and medals for all his men, and President
+McKinley promptly appointed him a rear-admiral. Before the middle of
+August an army of 15,000 troops, under General Merritt, was sent to
+Manila to unite with the fleet under Admiral Dewey in capturing the
+city. Manila surrendered on August 13th.
+
+With the destruction of the Spanish fleet at Manila, within a week after
+Congress declared war, all danger of attack from Spanish war-vessels
+upon our Pacific coast was at an end. But there was grave fear that the
+Spanish fleet under Admiral Cervera might attack the large and wealthy
+cities upon our Atlantic coast. Shortly after the war began, this fleet
+was reported to have left the Cape Verde Islands and to have directed
+its course toward Cuban waters.
+
+[Illustration: "Escolta," Manila's Main Street.]
+
+At once Americans began to put serious questions which nobody could
+answer. "Where is Cervera going?" they asked. "Will he try to break the
+blockade which an American fleet under Admiral Sampson is keeping up on
+the northern coast of Cuba? Will he try to intercept and destroy the
+battle-ship Oregon?[12] Or, will he bring havoc and destruction upon us
+by sailing straight for some great Atlantic seaport?" Americans looked
+anxious and worried as they considered these questions.
+
+  [12] The American battle-ship Oregon was then on her famous trip
+       from San Francisco, by way of Cape Horn, to join Admiral
+       Sampson's fleet.
+
+But the uncertainty did not long continue, for soon it was learned by
+cable that Cervera had stopped at Martinique, and later at a small
+island off the coast of Venezuela, whence he had speedily steamed
+northward toward Cuba. We now know that he went to Santiago harbor,
+which he thought would prove a good hiding-place while his fleet took on
+board coal and other supplies. Shortly after Cervera's arrival at
+Santiago an American fleet under Commodore Schley discovered him, and
+blockaded the harbor in order to prevent his escape. It was extremely
+important to keep him "bottled up" there until an American army might
+come down and capture Santiago and the Spanish army which held the
+place. This capture accomplished, Cervera would have to fight either in
+the harbor or out on the open sea. But there was still some anxiety lest
+he might on some dark, stormy night manage to steal out and make his
+escape.
+
+One reason why Cervera went into the Santiago harbor was that the
+entrance was very narrow and well protected by headlands surmounted by
+batteries. At its narrowest place, the channel was not much more than a
+hundred yards wide. If, therefore, the American war-vessels should
+attempt to enter the harbor they would have to enter in single file, and
+the foremost one would possibly be blown up by the Spanish torpedoes,
+many of which were planted in the channel. The sinking of a single
+vessel in the channel would block the way for all the rest.
+
+With these facts in mind Admiral Sampson planned to obstruct the
+entrance to Santiago harbor to prevent the Spanish fleet from getting
+out. Lieutenant Hobson, a young man of twenty-eight, worked out the plan
+of sinking the collier Merrimac across the channel; and to him the
+important task of carrying it out was assigned. Torpedoes were so
+arranged on the sides of the Merrimac that their explosion would shatter
+her bottom and sink her in the channel.
+
+There was serious difficulty in selecting the small number of brave,
+cool-headed men who were to accompany Lieutenant Hobson in this perilous
+enterprise, for several hundred American sailors were eager to go, even
+though they knew that in so doing they were running serious risk of
+capture or death. But such was the heroic temper of the American sailors
+that many of them begged for an opportunity of rendering this loyal
+service.
+
+On the night appointed for the daring feat, the Merrimac did not get
+well started before the morning light began to appear in the eastern
+sky, so that Admiral Sampson recalled the expedition.
+
+After a long, nervous day of waiting, the next morning, June 3d, the
+Merrimac started off a second time. The vessel moved stealthily forward
+with its eager, silent crew, but before the place of sinking could be
+reached the Spaniards discovered her. Suddenly from the forts and the
+war-vessels in the harbor a storm of shot and shell beat in pitiless
+fury about the Merrimac. But she pressed forward. When the moment came
+for her to be swung across the channel Hobson found that the rudder of
+the ship had been shot away, so that she could not be swung about
+according to the plan. He therefore had to be content with sinking her
+_along_ instead of _across_ the channel.
+
+When the torpedoes exploded and she went down, her crew of eight men,
+struggling for life in the seething waters, managed to reach a float
+which they had brought with them on the deck of the collier. To this
+float they clung, hanging on with their hands, for they dared not expose
+their bodies as targets to Spanish soldiers on land or to Spanish
+sailors in the launches that were trying to find out what had happened.
+For some hours Hobson and his men remained in this uncomfortable
+position, shivering with the cold. At length Hobson hailed an
+approaching launch to which he swam. He was pulled in by an elderly man,
+with the exclamation, "You are brave fellows." This was Admiral Cervera,
+who treated the prisoners, Lieutenant Hobson and his crew, with great
+kindness. With the rest of the world he admired the courageous spirit of
+the "brave fellows" who had given so much in the service of their
+country.
+
+During the remainder of June, the American fleet kept watch at the
+harbor entrance. Before the end of the month an American army of 15,000
+men was ready to advance through a tropical forest upon the Spanish
+defences outside of Santiago. On July 1st the Americans made a vigorous
+attack upon these outworks, and won a glorious victory.
+
+It looked to Cervera as if he might be compelled to surrender his fleet
+without striking a blow. Although he was likely to suffer defeat in a
+battle, there was nothing to gain by remaining in the harbor. So he
+decided to dash boldly out, in a desperate effort to escape. When at
+about half-past nine of that quiet Sunday morning (July 3d) the foremost
+Spanish war-vessel was seen heading at full speed out of the harbor, the
+American sailors sent up a shout, "The Spanish fleet is coming out!" and
+leaped forward to their places at the guns. As at Manila, the battle was
+one-sided. The superior seamanship and gunnery of the Americans enabled
+them quickly to win a victory as brilliant as that won by Dewey and his
+men. Every Spanish vessel was destroyed, 600 Spaniards were killed, and
+1,300 captured. Not one American ship was seriously injured, while but
+one American was killed and one badly wounded. About the middle of July
+Santiago and a Spanish army of 22,000 men surrendered to the Americans.
+
+Although this ended the serious fighting of the war, the treaty of peace
+was not ratified by the United States Senate until February 6, 1899. In
+accordance with this treaty Spain gave up Cuba and ceded Porto Rico to
+the United States; and she also ceded to us the Philippine Islands, in
+return for which we agreed to pay her $20,000,000.
+
+But some of the most striking results of the war with Spain received no
+mention in the terms of the treaty. From the beginning of the struggle,
+Spain doubtless hoped that one or more of the Great Powers of Europe
+might intervene in her behalf. Some of them, with ill-concealed dislike
+for the United States, were quite ready to interfere in Spain's
+interests. But England refused to take any part in the movement. Her
+friendly attitude toward us in this struggle has done much to bring the
+two countries into closer sympathy with each other. A reflection of this
+good-will toward England was especially evident at the time of Queen
+Victoria's death in January, 1901.
+
+[Illustration: Portion of the Coast of China and the Philippine
+Islands.]
+
+But, after all, one of the most striking results of the war with Spain
+has been the bringing of the various sections of our own country into
+closer sympathy and union. It is safe to say that never before have the
+North, the South, the East, and the West felt so closely bound together
+in thought and feeling. Let us hope that with noble ideals of the high
+destiny that awaits us, we shall go forward to greater achievements than
+we have yet known in our history.
+
+
+REVIEW OUTLINE
+
+  SPAIN'S CRUEL RULE IN CUBA.
+  THE BLOWING UP OF THE BATTLE-SHIP MAINE.
+  COMMODORE DEWEY HEADS HIS FLEET FOR THE PHILIPPINES.
+  THE DANGEROUS ENTERPRISE.
+  THE GLORIOUS VICTORY.
+  SERIOUS QUESTIONS ABOUT ADMIRAL CERVERA'S PLANS.
+  HIS FLEET "BOTTLED UP."
+  THE DARING FEAT OF LIEUTENANT HOBSON AND HIS MEN.
+  THE DESTRUCTION OF CERVERA'S FLEET.
+  THE TREATY OF PEACE.
+  FRIENDLY RELATIONS BETWEEN OUR COUNTRY AND ENGLAND.
+  CLOSER SYMPATHY AND UNION OF THE NORTH, THE SOUTH, THE EAST, AND
+      THE WEST.
+
+
+TO THE PUPIL
+
+  1. What is a hero? Whom do you most admire of all the heroes you
+  have read about in this book?
+
+  2. Why did Commodore Dewey go with his fleet to the Philippines?
+
+  3. Imagine yourself with him, and give an account of the battle.
+
+  4. What did Lieutenant Hobson and his men do? Impersonating
+  Hobson, give an account of the daring feat.
+
+  5. What caused the war with Spain? What were its most striking
+  results?
+
+  6. What do you admire in the character of Admiral Dewey? What,
+  in the American sailors in the war with Spain?
+
+  7. What do the following dates signify: 1492, 1607, 1620,
+  1775-1783, 1861-1865, 1898?
+
+
+
+
+INDEX
+
+
+  Adams, Samuel, 156;
+    in public life, 157;
+    opposes tax on tea, 158-162
+
+
+  Bacon, Nathaniel, 55;
+    marches against the Indians, 59;
+    his struggle with Berkeley, 60-62
+
+  Boone, Daniel, 222;
+    goes to Kentucky, 224;
+    at Boonesborough, 227;
+    captured by Indians, 230
+
+  "Boston Tea Party," 158-163
+
+  Braddock, General, 132, 133
+
+  Bradford, Governor, 69, 70, 74
+
+  Bunker Hill, battle of, 173
+
+  Burgoyne, General, 203-205
+
+
+  Cabot, John, 31
+
+  Cartier, 103
+
+  Carver, Governor, 70, 74-76
+
+  Cervera, Admiral, 320-324
+
+  Champlain, 104
+
+  Civil War, 295, 298
+
+  Clermont, the, 250-252
+
+  Columbus, Christopher, 1;
+    at Lisbon, 4;
+    goes to Spain, 5;
+    first voyage, 10;
+    in the New World, 12-15;
+    other voyages, 17-20
+
+  Concord, battle of, 170-173
+
+  Continental Congress, 193
+
+  Cornwallis, General, 200-203, 206, 207, 214-220
+
+  Cortez, 22, 23
+
+  Cowpens, battle of, 214, 215
+
+
+  Dale, Sir Thomas, 56
+
+  Dawes, William, 167-170
+
+  Declaration of Independence, 186, 239
+
+  De Leon, 23
+
+  De Soto, Hernando, 22;
+    lands in Florida, 24;
+    his trials and difficulties, 26-28;
+    discovers the Mississippi, 29
+
+  Dewey, Admiral, 317-319
+
+  Dinwiddie, Governor, 128, 131
+
+  Douglas, Stephen A., 293, 294
+
+  Drake, Sir Francis, 36
+
+
+  Elizabeth, Queen, 33-35
+
+
+  Fairfax, Lord, 124-127
+
+  Faneuil Hall, 159, 160
+
+  Ferdinand, King, 6
+
+  Franklin, Benjamin, 175;
+    in his brother's printing-office, 176;
+    goes to Philadelphia, 179;
+    in London, 181;
+    "Poor Richard's Almanac," 182;
+    his great discovery, 184;
+    "Plan of Union," 185;
+    in France, 186
+
+  French War, Last, 128-133, 136-144
+
+  Fulton, Robert, 246;
+    his boyhood, 247;
+    invents a torpedo boat, 249;
+    the Clermont, 250-252
+
+
+  Gage, General, 166, 167
+
+  Gates, General, 212
+
+  George III., 146-152
+
+  Grant, Ulysses S., 302;
+    his boyhood and youth, 303;
+    in Civil War, 305-309;
+    captures Lee's army, 309-311
+
+  Greene, Nathaniel, 211;
+    a Quaker boy, 212;
+    joins the army, 213;
+    in the South, 214-220
+
+  Griffin, the, 108-110
+
+
+  Hancock, John, 165-168, 170
+
+  Henry, Patrick, 146;
+    early life, 148;
+    opposes Stamp Act, 150;
+    his great speech, 153
+
+  Hobson, Lieutenant, 322
+
+  Howe, General, 195-197, 203-205
+
+  Hudson, Henry, 105
+
+  Hutchinson, Governor, 159-162
+
+
+  Indians, 14, 15, 17, 48, 49
+
+  Iroquois, 104-106
+
+  Isabella, Queen, 6, 8
+
+
+  Jackson, Andrew, 253;
+    his boyhood, 254;
+    goes to Nashville, 256;
+    conquers the Creeks, 258;
+    at battle of New Orleans, 259;
+    as President, 260
+
+  James I., 65, 66
+
+  Jefferson, Thomas, 234;
+    at college, 235;
+    as President, 240;
+   the Louisiana Purchase, 241-243
+
+  Jesuit Missionaries, 106
+
+
+  La Salle, 103;
+    his plans, 108;
+    his explorations, 109-112;
+    his colony, 112;
+    his assassination, 114
+
+  Lee, General, his surrender, 296, 309-311
+
+  Lincoln, Abraham, 282;
+    in Kentucky and Indiana, 283-289;
+    goes to Illinois, 290;
+    debates with Douglas, 294;
+    Emancipation Proclamation, 296;
+    his assassination, 296
+
+  Long Island, battle of, 196
+
+
+  Mckinley, President, 317-319
+
+  Maine, the, 316
+
+  Manila, 317
+
+  Marion, Francis, 217-219
+
+  Marquette, Father, 106
+
+  Massasoit, 75, 76
+
+  Merrimac, the, 319-322
+
+  Mimms, Fort, massacre at, 258
+
+  Montcalm, General, 138-140, 143, 144
+
+  Morgan, General, 214-216
+
+  Morse, Samuel F. B., 273;
+    studies painting, 274;
+    invents the telegraph, 276-280
+
+
+  Narvaez, 24
+
+  Navigation Laws, 58
+
+  New Orleans, battle of, 259, 260
+
+  Nullification, 260
+
+
+  Old North Church, 167, 168
+
+  Old South Church, 159, 161
+
+  Olympia, the, 316
+
+  Ortiz, 24
+
+
+  Penn, William, 92;
+    turns Quaker, 94;
+    his settlement in Pennsylvania, 98;
+    his Indian treaty, 99;
+    his country home, 100
+
+  Pilgrims, 65-79
+
+  Pittsburg Landing, battle of, 305
+
+  Pizarro, 22, 23
+
+  Plymouth, landing at, 72
+
+  Pocahontas, 50, 52
+
+  Powhatan, 49-52
+
+  Puritans, 65, 81-88
+
+
+  Quakers, 92-101
+
+  Quebec, capture of, 142-144
+
+
+  Raleigh, Sir Walter, 31;
+    in France, 33;
+    his first colony, 35;
+    second colony, 37-39;
+    in the Tower of London, 40
+
+  Revere, Paul, 165;
+    on his "midnight ride," 167-170
+
+
+  Sampson, Admiral, 322
+
+  Santiago, fighting near, 322-324
+
+  Schley, Commodore, 321
+
+  Secession, 295
+
+  Slavery, 282, 283, 294, 296
+
+  Smith, John, 42;
+    early life, 46;
+    in Virginia, 47-53;
+    relations with the Indians, 47-52;
+    explores New England coast, 53
+
+  South Carolina, 261, 262
+
+  Stamp Act, 147-151
+
+  Standish, Miles, 64;
+    military leader of the Pilgrims, 68;
+    explores coast, 69-71;
+    at Plymouth, 72-79
+
+  State Rights, 269
+
+
+  Tariff, 261, 262
+
+  Telegraph, the electric, 276-280
+
+  Tobacco, 57, 58
+
+  Trenton, battle of, 200-202
+
+
+  Valley Forge, suffering at, 205, 206
+
+  Vicksburg, capture of, 306
+
+
+  Warren, Dr. Joseph, 167
+
+  Washington, George, 116;
+    at home and school, 117-124;
+    the young surveyor, 124-127;
+    his journey to the French forts, 130;
+    at Great Meadows, 132;
+    with Braddock, 132;
+    at Mount Vernon, 189-193;
+    as General, 193-207;
+    as President, 208
+
+  Washington, Lawrence, 118-121
+
+  Webster, Daniel, 264;
+    his boyhood and youth, 265-268;
+    his "Reply to Hayne," 269;
+    his last days, 271
+
+  West, Benjamin, 274, 275
+
+  Williams, Roger, 81;
+    goes to Salem, 86;
+    driven into exile, 88;
+    his settlement at Providence, 89
+
+  Wolfe, James, 136;
+    his youth, 136;
+    at Quebec, 138-144
+
+
+
+
+TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES
+
+
+1. Passages in italics are surrounded by _underscores_.
+
+2. Images have been moved from the middle of a paragraph to the closest
+paragraph break.
+
+3. Footnotes have been renumbered and moved to the end of a paragraph in
+which they are referenced.
+
+4. Obvious punctuation errors have been silently corrected.
+
+5. The word Crevecoeur uses an oe ligature in the original.
+
+6. The following misprints have been corrected:
+    "Wahington" corrected to "Washington" (page 190)
+    "Breeze" corrected to "Breese" (page 273)
+    "1809-1861" corrected to "1809-1865" (page 282)
+
+7. Other than the corrections listed above, printer's inconsistencies in
+spelling, hyphenation, and ligature usage have been retained.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's American Leaders and Heroes, by Wilbur Fisk Gordy
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AMERICAN LEADERS AND HEROES ***
+
+***** This file should be named 35742.txt or 35742.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/7/4/35742/
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/35742.zip b/35742.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc7b3a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35742.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..974c600
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #35742 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/35742)